ME 708 · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · Year IV Part I · 80 marks · 3 hours

Organization and Management

A working reader for ME 708, built around every question the Institute of Engineering has set since 2057. It is a theory subject that rewards structure: a clean definition, the right list, a labelled chart, an example from Nepal, and an opinion argued with reasons. So the chapters teach each topic in full with drawn diagrams, every question ever asked is answered in the words to write, and the procedures are set out step by step in their own panel.

36
past papers read
372
questions, all here
274
exam answers written
80
marks in the paper
2057 Chaitra to 2082 Bhadra Regular and Back papers Attempt all questions Pass 32 of 80

Where the marks actually areThe paper walks the syllabus

Every question from the 36 sittings was filed against the five chapters of the syllabus, and its marks shared among the chapters it touches (the 27 papers that print their marks are averaged). Chapter 1, Introduction, carries about 34 of the 80 marks on its own.

The blueprint of the paper

Since 2069 Chaitra the paper walks the syllabus from front to back, so the question number tells you the chapter before you read it. The table counts papers: of the 22 papers in this layout, how many took each question from each chapter.

QuestionUsually fromPapersAlso seen
Q1Chapter 1, Introduction22/22nothing else
Q2Chapter 1, Introduction21/22chapter 2 in 1
Q3Chapter 1, Introduction22/22chapter 2 in 1, chapter 3 in 1
Q4Chapter 1, Introduction21/22chapter 3 in 1
Q5Chapter 2, Personnel management14/22chapter 1 in 7, chapter 3 in 1
Q6Chapter 2, Personnel management17/22chapter 3 in 5
Q7Chapter 3, Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship14/22chapter 2 in 8
Q8Chapter 3, Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship20/22chapter 4 in 1, chapter 5 in 1
Q9Chapter 3, Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship12/22chapter 5 in 6, chapter 4 in 4
Q10Chapter 5, Management information system13/22chapter 3 in 7, chapter 1 in 6, chapter 4 in 6, chapter 2 in 1, short notes in 6
  • Ten questions in 21 of these 22 papers, all to be answered; 2070 Ashad set 12 and asked for any ten.
  • Chapters 4 and 5 close the paper: in 29 of the 31 questions that touch case studies or MIS, they sit in the last two questions or a short note.
  • The older six question paper (14 papers) asked for any five of the six and put MIS third: Q3 was chapter 5 in 13, and Q6 was short notes in 14.

The six question paper, 2057 Chaitra to 2068 Chaitra

QuestionUsually fromPapersAlso seen
Q1Chapter 1, Introduction14/14nothing else
Q2Chapter 1, Introduction13/14chapter 2 in 2, chapter 3 in 1
Q3Chapter 5, Management information system13/14chapter 3 in 1
Q4Chapter 3, Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship12/14chapter 1 in 5, chapter 2 in 2
Q5Chapter 2, Personnel management13/14chapter 4 in 1
Q6Short notes across the syllabus14/14chapter 1 in 14, chapter 5 in 12, chapter 2 in 10, chapter 3 in 5, chapter 4 in 2

What to study first

These topics were asked in 12 or more of the 36 sittings. Learn them before anything else; each link opens its card.

  1. Personnel management: getting, growing and keeping people TOP 21/36
  2. What an organization is: people, a purpose and a structure TOP 20/36
  3. Marketing: start from the customer, end with a satisfied one TOP 20/36
  4. What moves people to work: motivation and human needs TOP 20/36
  5. The right information to the right manager at the right time TOP 20/36
  6. What management is: getting things done through people TOP 17/36
  7. Taylor's scientific management: find the one best way TOP 15/36
  8. Formal and informal organization: the chart and the grapevine TOP 15/36
  9. Leadership: influence that people follow willingly TOP 15/36
  10. What computers changed, and the systems they made possible TOP 15/36
  11. The five functions: plan, organize, direct, coordinate, control TOP 14/36
  12. Job analysis, job description and job specification TOP 14/36
  13. Scientific selection: a funnel of hurdles TOP 14/36
  14. Autocratic, democratic, laissez faire: who makes the decision TOP 14/36
  15. Each level of management needs different information TOP 13/36
  16. Principles of organization: dividing the work, ordering the authority TOP 12/36
  17. Purchasing: the right goods, at the right price, at the right time TOP 12/36
  18. Why organizations exist, and what they do for society and for their people TOP 12/36
  19. Wages, salary and the pay structure TOP 12/36
  20. Maslow's hierarchy of needs: five needs, climbed in order TOP 12/36
  21. Four approaches: traits, behaviour, situation, and all three together TOP 12/36
  22. Entrepreneurship: an idea, a risk and the will to build a business TOP 12/36

How to use this reader

  • Chapters 1 to 5 are the study content: each topic explained in plain language, with drawn charts, the lists, the Nepal examples, and at the foot of each card every question the papers have asked about it, word for word, with the part it answers lit. The copy button on a card copies it to paste into Claude and ask about.
  • Summary gives every topic in a line or two, for the last read before the exam, and ends with the Recall sheet: every topic again as bare keywords, the steps, types, advantages and names that are easiest to forget.
  • Compact chapters keep every detail of a chapter with the teaching prose taken out; one button copies a whole chapter to give Claude as context.
  • Theory answers gives the exam answer to every question that asks what a thing is, why it matters or which is better, written at the length its marks deserve.
  • Practical answers gives the ones that ask how a thing is done: the procedures and processes, step by step, in the order to write them.
  • Question bank reproduces all 372 questions word for word, each linked to its answer.
  • Mind map draws each chapter as its lists; Close all turns it into a test.
  • Flashcards drill the definitions and every exam question.

Writing the paper

  • About two minutes a mark: 180 minutes for 80 marks. An 8 mark question gets sixteen minutes, not half an hour.
  • Every answer has the same shape: a one line definition, the list or the steps with a line on each, a chart or a diagram where one exists, and an example.
  • Read the marks split. "3+5" is two questions: three marks of ink on the first ask, the rest on the second.
  • Opinion questions want a position. "Which structure suits an engineering project?" or "which theory suits Nepal?": name your choice first, give three or four reasons, an example from Nepal, and a one line conclusion.
  • Draw the chart. Organization structures, the levels of management, Maslow's pyramid, the managerial grid and the MIS pyramid each earn marks as a drawing.
  • For a procedure, number the steps. Purchasing, selection, manpower planning, setting up a small scale unit and a case study are marked step by step.

The whole subject on one page

Five chapters and every topic card in them. The number beside a topic is how many of the 36 sittings asked it.

THE WHOLE SUBJECT ON ONE PAGE Every chapter and every topic card, with the number of the 36 sittings that asked it. Bold: 12 or more. ME 708 80 marks, 3 hours 1. Introduction 20 What an organization is 12 Why organizations exist, and what th... 5 The organization as an open system 12 Principles of organization 9 Authority, responsibility, accountab... 15 Formal and informal organization 17 What management is 14 The five functions 7 Three levels of management 7 Managerial skills 6 Six models of management 15 Taylor's scientific management 6 Fayol's administrative management 6 Mayo and the Hawthorne studies 6 Organization behaviour 3 Modern theories 10 Comparing the schools, and which one... 3 Who owns the business 3 Single ownership 3 Partnership 11 Joint stock company 4 Co-operative societies 0 Public corporation 10 Organizational structure 4 Line organization 4 Functional organization 4 Line and staff organization 2 Committee organization 12 Purchasing 6 Methods and procedure of purchasing 20 Marketing 3 The functions of marketing 4 Advertising 5 Production development 2. Personnel 21 Personnel management 6 Managerial and operative functions 7 The personnel policy, or employee ha... 8 Manpower planning 8 Recruitment 14 Scientific selection 6 Training and development 14 Job analysis, job description and jo... 2 Job evaluation 10 Merit rating and performance appraisal 12 Wages, salary and the pay structure 9 Incentives and the incentive plans 9 Industrial relations and collective... 3. Motivation and leadership 20 What moves people to work 7 Techniques of motivation 2 The theories of motivation 12 Maslow's hierarchy of needs 8 McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y 1 Fear and punishment 5 Alderfer's ERG theory 0 McClelland's learned needs 9 Herzberg's two factor theory 6 Vroom's expectancy theory 15 Leadership 14 Autocratic, democratic, laissez faire 6 The managerial grid 12 Four approaches 12 Entrepreneurship 3 Why the state must grow entrepreneurs 3 Seven steps from an idea to a runnin... 4. Case studies 11 One real case, studied in depth 7 Four phases, ten steps, one report 1 Classified by purpose, by number and... 5. MIS 3 From raw facts to a wise decision 20 The right information to the right m... 0 From ledgers to computer-based MIS 13 Each level of management needs diffe... 3 A loop from the business back to the... 15 What computers changed, and the syst... 7 Six systems on four levels 4 What each department needs from MIS 3 Where the computers, the data and th...

How to read the chips

ChipMeans
TOP n/36Asked in 12 or more of the 36 sittings.
HOT n/36Asked in 6 to 11 sittings.
PIN n/36Asked in 1 to 5 sittings.
3+5The marks the question has carried.

Under each chip is the list of sittings that asked it. Bold is a Regular sitting, plain is a Back sitting.

CodeMonthCodeMonthCodeMonth
BhBhadraBaBaishakhChChaitra
AshAshwinShrShrawanKaKartik
AsaAshadJthJestha

Chapter 1 · 20 hours · about 34 marks a paper · in all 36 sittings

Introduction

Everything else in the course stands on this chapter: what an organization is, what managers do and at which level, the three schools of management thought, the five forms of ownership, the four structures, and how a firm buys and sells. It is also the heaviest chapter in the paper: since 2067 it has supplied 32 to 40 of the 80 marks in almost every sitting, usually questions 1 to 4 or 5.

What this chapter is about
  • Organization: people working to a common goal through a structure; why it is needed, how it works as an open system, the principles that hold it together, authority and power, and the informal organization that grows inside every formal one.
  • Management: getting things done through people; its five functions, three levels, the skills each level needs, the roles a manager plays and the six models of management in the course notes.
  • Theory of management: Taylor's scientific management, Fayol's administrative management, Mayo's behavioral approach, organization behaviour, and the modern systems and contingency approaches, compared.
  • Forms of ownership: single ownership, partnership, joint stock company, co-operative society and public corporation, with how a company is registered in Nepal.
  • Organizational structure: line, functional, line and staff, and committee organization, and which one suits an engineering project.
  • Purchasing and marketing: the five rights, methods and procedure of purchasing; the marketing concept, the four Ps, the functions of marketing and advertising; production development from the older syllabus.
Where it fits
What you will learn
  1. 1.1 Organization: what an organization is, why organizations exist, the organization as a system, principles of organization, authority, responsibility and power, formal and informal organization
  2. 1.2 Management: what management is, functions of management, levels of management, managerial skills, models of management
  3. 1.3 Theory of management: scientific management (Taylor), administrative management (Fayol), behavioral management (Mayo), organization behaviour, modern management theories, comparing the approaches
  4. 1.4 Forms of ownership: the forms at a glance, single ownership, partnership, joint stock company, co-operative societies, public corporation
  5. 1.5 Organizational structure: structure and how it is chosen, line, functional, line and staff, committee
  6. 1.6 Purchasing and marketing management: purchasing, methods and procedure of purchasing, marketing, functions of marketing, advertising, production development
  7. Recall Chapter 1 in one screen
How it is examined
  • The heaviest chapter: all 36 papers set it, and since 2067 it has usually carried 32 to 40 of the 80 marks: questions 1 to 4 or 5, each of 8 marks split two or three ways (4+4, 3+5, 2+6, 3+2+3), and often a 4 mark short note as well.
  • Question 1 usually opens with a definition of organization (20 sittings, mostly 1 to 3 marks), tied to its need and importance (12), its principles (12) or formal against informal organization (15). Have one crisp definition, the principles with an example each, and the difference table ready.
  • Management basics fill the next question: what management is (17 sittings), its functions (14), levels (7), skills (7) and models (6), often two or three of them in one question. The skills question wants Katz's three skills and the degree of each at every level.
  • Theory is one 8 mark question: Taylor's scientific management (15 sittings) or a comparison (10): scientific against behavioral, administrative against behavioral, or the advantages of behavioral theory.
  • Ownership and structure share a question: the joint stock company leads (11 sittings: features, formation, registration in Nepal), then co-operatives; the other half is a structure: line, line and staff, functional or committee.
  • Purchasing and marketing close the chapter: marketing (20 sittings, above all its definition and importance), the purchasing department and its functions (12), and the methods and procedure of purchasing (6).
  • Opinion questions recur: which management theory is most practical today or suits Nepal best, which structure suits an engineering project, whether scientific management or Fayol's principles still apply, whether we can live without organization, whether a family can hold an informal organization, whether management is a science or an art.
  • They want a verdict in the first line: state the position, give three or four reasons and a Nepal example, and close in one line.
  • Papers up to 2068 also asked authority and power, the policy and executive groups, organization behaviour, production development, market structure and the transactional model. The cards teach these too, so every question ever set can be answered.

1.1Organization

What an organization is: people, a purpose and a structure TOP 20/36

82 Bh · 81 Bh · 80 Bh · 79 Bh · 79 Ba · 78 Bh · 76 Ash · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 73 Shr · 72 Ka · 71 Ch · 69 Ch · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 65 Shr · 64 Jth · 63 Ash · 62 Ba3+52+2+42+4+2

Organization A social structure in which two or more people work interdependently through structured patterns, coordinating manpower, machines and materials to accomplish a set of goals and to create value for owners, employees, customers and the community.

Two senses of one word. "Organization" names an entity (a bank, Nepal Electricity Authority, a campus) and also a process: organizing, the management function that arranges work, authority and relationships. A full definition gives one sentence for each sense.

  • Chester Barnard (1938): "a system of consciously coordinated activities or forces of two or more persons". The shortest definition, and the root of the idea of formal organization.
  • Stephen Robbins: a consciously coordinated social unit of two or more people that works on a relatively continuous basis to achieve a common goal or set of goals.
  • Louis Allen (the process sense): identifying and grouping the work, defining and delegating responsibility and authority, and establishing relationships so that people work together most effectively towards objectives.

Characteristics. Whatever its size or purpose, every organization shows the same features:

  • A group of people: at least two, each playing a role.
  • Common goals: the reason the group exists and the test of its success.
  • Division of work: the total task is split into jobs so that people specialize.
  • A structure of authority: positions arranged in a hierarchy, each with defined authority and responsibility.
  • Coordination and communication: the separate jobs are tied back together towards the goal.
  • Rules and procedures that make behaviour predictable.
  • Continuity: it outlives any one member.
  • Openness: it takes inputs from its environment and returns outputs to it (the organization as a system).

The elements of an organization

Elements are the building blocks that every organization is made of:

  • People: the members, with their skills, needs and attitudes.
  • Goals: the common purpose that directs every effort.
  • Structure: division of work, positions, authority and reporting relationships, drawn as the organization chart.
  • Tasks and technology: the work to be done and the tools, machines, methods and knowledge used to do it.
  • Resources: money, materials, machines and information.
  • Communication and coordination: the flows that tie the parts together.
  • Environment: customers, competitors, suppliers, government and society, which supply the inputs and judge the outputs.

Barnard's three elements are the classic short answer: communication, willingness to serve (to cooperate) and a common purpose. Take away any one and the group falls apart. The course notes' four conditions for cooperation (why organizations exist) are the same idea.

Organization as a system, and as a social system

Three systems at once. The course notes describe every organization as three overlapping systems:

SystemWhat it meansIn a teaching hospital
Goal orientedpeople work together towards specific goalstreat patients, train doctors and nurses
Socialpeople work as part of groups, with roles, norms, friendships and statusward teams, shifts, staff unions, friendships in the canteen
Technologicalpeople apply the knowledge, techniques and tools they possesslaboratories, imaging machines, surgical methods, hospital software

Organization as a social system means it is people interacting, not a machine of positions. Each member holds a role, groups form, norms and a culture grow, and behaviour is shaped by these relationships as much as by the chart or by pay.

The proof came from the Hawthorne studies (behavioral management), and it is why an informal organization grows inside every formal one (formal and informal organization).

Historical development of organization

  1. Early groups: families, clans and tribes that hunted and farmed together were the first organizations, formed to survive.
  2. Ancient states, armies and temples: the pyramids of Egypt, the Roman army and the Church needed hierarchy, division of work and a chain of command on a large scale. Chanakya's Arthashastra (about 300 BC) set out how to organize a state's departments.
  3. Guilds of the middle ages: craftsmen and traders organized by trade, with masters, journeymen and apprentices.
  4. The Industrial Revolution (Britain, from the late eighteenth century): the factory put hundreds of workers under one roof; Adam Smith (1776) explained the gain from division of labour; joint stock companies separated owners from managers.
  5. Classical theory (about 1900 to 1930): Taylor, Fayol and Max Weber saw the organization as a rational machine of rules, specialization and hierarchy.
  6. Human relations (1920s to 1950s): the Hawthorne studies found that the organization is also a social system, with informal groups.
  7. Modern period (1960s onwards): the systems and contingency views treat it as an open system that must fit its environment; computers and the internet brought flatter, matrix, network and virtual organizations.

In Nepal the same path shows. The guthi of the Newar community is an old organization that runs temples, festivals and funerals collectively. Modern companies begin with Biratnagar Jute Mills (1936) and Nepal Bank Limited (1937), the first bank. Today a company is registered with the Office of the Company Registrar under the Companies Act 2063 (2006).

Why an organization must set goals

Goals are the results an organization commits itself to reach. Everything else is measured against them:

  • Direction: every member knows what the organization is trying to do, so effort is not scattered.
  • Basis of planning: plans, budgets and schedules are worked out backwards from the goals.
  • Standard for control: actual results are compared with the goal and corrected.
  • Motivation: clear, challenging goals raise effort; Edwin Locke's goal setting research found that specific hard goals beat "do your best".
  • Coordination: departments pulling towards one goal pull together (unity of objective).
  • Decisions and resources: the goal is the test for choosing between options and dividing the budget.
  • Trust: owners, lenders and the public judge the organization by its stated goals.

Good goals are SMART: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound. "Grow" is a wish; "connect 20,000 new fibre customers in Pokhara this fiscal year" lets the network, sales and hiring teams each plan their share. The same logic drives management by objectives (appraisal) and the goal concentrated model (models of management).

Organization and management: the difference

PointOrganizationManagement
Meaningthe structure of roles, authority and relationships; also the organizing functionthe process of planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling people and resources towards goals
Naturea means, a framework: the bodythe force that drives the framework: the brain
Scopenarrower: organizing is one function of managementwider: organizing plus the other functions
Question it answerswho does what, and who reports to whomwhat is to be done, when, and is it being done
Resultpositions, departments, the chartdecisions, plans, coordinated action and results
Examplea bank's chart of departments and branchesthe chief executive setting targets and branch managers meeting them

In one line: management decides and drives; organization is the structure it builds and works through (what management is).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What is the importance of setting the goals for an organization? Describe the principles of organization with relevant examples. 2082 Bhadra Q3 · 3+5
  • Define organization as a social system. What role does an organization play in the professional growth of an employee? What is the need of an informal organization? 2081 Bhadra Q1 · 2+4+2
  • How would you define organization? How can you describe principles of organization? Elaborate the importance of organization. 2080 Bhadra Q4 · 1+4+3
  • Explain the historical development of the organization. Distinguish between formal and informal organizations. 2079 Bhadra Q1 · 3+5
  • Define organization as a system. Describe the concepts of organization in this respect. Is it possible to have an informal organization within the same family? 2079 Baishakh Q1 · 2+2+4
  • Describe any two principal functions of a manager. Why do you think that these two functions are most important functions in an organization? What is the difference between organization and management? 2079 Baishakh Q2 · 4+2+2
  • Define organization. "Management is both a science and an art". Discuss this statement, giving suitable examples. What are the managerial skill a modern manager needs to be equipped with? 2078 Bhadra Q1 · 1+3+4
  • Define organization and management. What are the principles of organization? 2076 Ashwin Q1 · 2+6
  • Define organization. What are the roles of an organization for professional growth and development of an employee? Do we need informal organization indeed? 2075 Chaitra Q1 · 2+4+2
  • Define organization. Why do we need organization? Can we sustain without organization? 2075 Ashwin Q1 · 2+3+3
  • Define the term organization. What impact do different organizations have over our society? 2074 Ashwin Q1 · 3+5
  • Explain the term organization. Explain the difference between Formal and Informal organization. 2073 Shrawan Q1 · 3+5
  • Define organization and explain the principle of organization. 2072 Kartik Q1
  • What are the differences between the terms organization and management? Why do you need scientific approach of management to an organization? 2071 Chaitra Q2 · 2+2+4
  • Define Organization. Explain the importance of Organization in society. 2069 Chaitra Q1
  • How can organization behavior be affected by management? Explain all the elements of an organization. 2068 Chaitra Q1a · 4+4
  • What is meaning of organization? Explain organization behavior as a multidisciplinary field. Explain the Scientific Management theory. 2068 Baishakh Q1 · 4+4+8
  • What do you mean by organization? Explain the importance of organization in society. Discuss the concept of scientific management theory. 2065 Shrawan Q1 · 3+5+8
  • Define the term organization. Explain organization as an open system. What do you mean by management? Explain different function of management. 2064 Jestha Q1 · 3+5+3+5
  • Write short notes on: Organization 2063 Ashwin Q6a
  • Define the terms organization and management. What is a closed system? Explain organization as a open system. 2062 Baishakh Q1

Why organizations exist, and what they do for society and for their people TOP 12/36

81 Bh · 80 Bh · 76 Ch · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 72 Ch · 71 Ch · 70 Ch · 69 Ch · 65 Shr · 59 Ch4+42+4+21+4+3

Necessity of organization People organize because working together outperforms working alone: a group pools resources, knowledge, experience and effort, and so meets needs and reaches goals that no individual could reach.

Synergy is the word for it: the organized whole produces more than its members working separately. One person cannot build a hydropower plant, run a hospital or connect a country by phone; organized groups do all three.

Why we need organization: its importance

  • Goals beyond one person: a power plant, a hospital or a telecom network needs thousands of coordinated people.
  • Specialization: division of work lets each person do what he does best and get better at it.
  • Optimum use of resources: men, money, materials and machines go where they add most, with less waste and duplication.
  • Coordination: clear roles prevent overlapping work, gaps and conflict.
  • Clear authority and responsibility: everyone knows who decides and who answers for what.
  • Growth and adaptation: a sound structure can add products, branches and people, and change with technology.
  • Continuity: the organization outlives its founders; Nepal Bank Limited has worked since 1937.
  • Human satisfaction: it meets people's needs for income, security, belonging and recognition.

Four conditions make cooperation work (course notes): the objective must be common to the whole organization; rules and regulations must be organized so that conflict and confusion do not occur; people must be willing to cooperate; and there must be strong communication between members. They mirror Barnard's three elements (what an organization is).

Importance and impact of organizations in society

The goals organizations pursue ripple out into society, directly or indirectly. The impact is mostly positive, but an honest answer names the costs too:

Positive impactNegative impact
Goods and services: food, electricity from Nepal Electricity Authority, phone and internet from Nepal Telecom, bankingPollution: brick kilns and factories foul the Kathmandu valley's air
Employment and income for millions, and taxes for the stateMonopoly and high prices where one organization controls a market
Education and health: schools, colleges, universities and hospitals raise living standardsExploitation: unsafe work and low pay in the worst cases
Technology and innovation: research, new products, digital paymentsHarmful products and misleading advertising
Social welfare: co-operatives, NGOs, community forest user groupsCorruption and misuse of power by large organizations
Order and development: government, courts, police, infrastructureLoss of individuality: rules and routines can crush initiative

Nepal example. Community forest user groups, formed by villagers to protect and use their local forest, helped turn bare hillsides green again while giving households fuel, fodder and income: ordinary people, organized, changing a landscape.

What an organization does for an employee's professional growth

  • Training: induction, on the job training and courses build skills (training and development).
  • Experience and exposure: real projects, clients, tools and technology that no classroom gives.
  • Mentoring: seniors teach, review the work and pass on judgment.
  • Feedback: performance appraisal shows strengths and gaps (appraisal).
  • Career ladder: promotion from operating to supervisory to managerial posts (levels of management).
  • Responsibility: delegated authority teaches decision making and leadership.
  • Network and reputation: colleagues, clients and a known employer open later doors.
  • Income and security: pay and benefits fund further study and a stable life.
  • Professional standards: discipline, ethics and codes, such as registration with the Nepal Engineering Council.

Worked example. A fresh computer engineer joins a Kathmandu software company: a month of induction, code reviewed by a senior every day, a first appraisal after a year, a module to lead in the second year, a team to lead a few years on. Freelancing alone, the same person learns only what he can find for himself.

Life without organization

No, not above bare survival. A person alone might grow enough food to live, but everything that makes modern life (water supply, electricity, schools, hospitals, banks, roads, law and order) is organized cooperation. Even the family and the tole committee are organizations.

Without organization there would be duplication, conflict, no specialization and no continuity. The COVID-19 lockdown, when supply chains stalled, showed how quickly daily life suffers when organizations stop working.

Are people dominated by organizations rather than by individuals?

The meaning: in a modern society a person's life is shaped less by other individuals than by organizations and their rules. It is largely true:

  • An organizational society: Amitai Etzioni (1964) observed that we are born in organizations, educated by them, work for them and spend much of our leisure in them.
  • Decisions come from institutions: a bank's credit policy, a university's exam rules or the government's budget affect millions, and no single person can overturn them.
  • Authority belongs to positions, not persons: a new chief takes over the same powers; Max Weber called this legal rational authority.
  • Rules outlast people: members come and go, the organization and its culture continue.

The other side: individuals still create and change organizations (founders, leaders, reformers), informal groups resist rules they dislike, and in Nepal personal connections (afno manchhe) still bend formal procedures.

Verdict: people are increasingly governed by organizations; good management makes the organization serve its people rather than dominate them.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define organization as a social system. What role does an organization play in the professional growth of an employee? What is the need of an informal organization? 2081 Bhadra Q1 · 2+4+2
  • How would you define organization? How can you describe principles of organization? Elaborate the importance of organization. 2080 Bhadra Q4 · 1+4+3
  • Explain the importance of organization in the society. Define the term informal Organization. 2076 Chaitra Q1 · 5+3
  • Define organization. What are the roles of an organization for professional growth and development of an employee? Do we need informal organization indeed? 2075 Chaitra Q1 · 2+4+2
  • Define organization. Why do we need organization? Can we sustain without organization? 2075 Ashwin Q1 · 2+3+3
  • Define the term organization. What impact do different organizations have over our society? 2074 Ashwin Q1 · 3+5
  • Why do we need organizations? Describe the principles of an organization. 2072 Chaitra Q1 · 4+4
  • Why is an organization necessary? Explain the principles of an organization. 2071 Chaitra Q1 · 4+4
  • Describe why organization is considered as an open system. Explain the importance of organization. 2070 Chaitra Q1 · 4+4
  • Define Organization. Explain the importance of Organization in society. 2069 Chaitra Q1
  • What do you mean by organization? Explain the importance of organization in society. Discuss the concept of scientific management theory. 2065 Shrawan Q1 · 3+5+8
  • "People dominated not by individual but by organization", comment. 2059 Chaitra Q1

The organization as an open system PIN 5/36

79 Ba · 70 Ch · 65 Ka · 64 Jth · 62 Ba3+5+3+52+2+44+4

System A set of interrelated and interdependent parts working together as a whole towards a common purpose, so that a change in one part affects the others.

The systems approach applies this idea to the organization: it is one system made of subsystems (production, marketing, finance, personnel) and is itself part of larger systems (its industry, the economy, society). It grew from Ludwig von Bertalanffy's general systems theory and was applied to organizations by Daniel Katz and Robert Kahn (1966).

Organization as a system, defined: a set of interdependent subsystems that continuously takes inputs from its environment, transforms them, and returns outputs to it, using feedback to correct itself.

  • Inputs: raw materials, human resources, financial resources, information, equipment.
  • Transformation (throughput): the work of the subsystems that turns inputs into outputs.
  • Outputs: goods and services, employee behaviour, profit or loss.
  • Feedback: results and customer response that adjust the next round of inputs.
  • Environment: customers, technology, market trends, competitors and regulation.
  • Boundary: the line between the system and its environment; for an organization it is permeable.
THE ORGANIZATION AS AN OPEN SYSTEM It draws inputs from its environment, transforms them and returns outputs; feedback steers the next round. ENVIRONMENT Customers Technology Market trends Regulation Inputs Raw materials Human resources Financial resources Information Equipment Organization transforms inputs into outputs Production Marketing Finance Personnel interdependent subsystems Outputs Goods and services Employee behaviour Profit or loss Feedback: results and customer response adjust the inputs

The concepts the systems view brings to the study of organization:

  • Holism: study the whole, not the parts one by one; a brilliant sales team fails if production cannot deliver.
  • Interdependence: a change in one subsystem ripples through the rest.
  • Synergy: the coordinated whole produces more than the parts separately.
  • Feedback and control: the system senses its results and corrects itself.
  • Negative entropy: a closed system runs down; an organization survives by importing fresh energy (people, money, ideas).
  • Equifinality: the same goal can be reached by different routes, so there is no single best structure.
  • Hierarchy of systems: subsystems within the system, the system within bigger ones.

Closed and open systems

A closed system is self-contained: it exchanges no energy, materials or information with its environment, so it cannot adapt and tends to run down, like a wound clock that stops when its spring is spent. An open system continuously exchanges inputs and outputs with its environment and adapts through feedback, like a living body.

PointClosed systemOpen system
Exchange with environmentnonecontinuous inputs and outputs
Boundaryrigidpermeable
Feedback and adaptationnone; it cannot adjustessential; it adjusts to change
Over timeruns down (entropy)survives by importing energy
Management viewclassical theories (Taylor, Fayol) looked only inside the firmmodern theories (systems, contingency) see the firm in its environment
Examplea wound clockthe human body, a company, a university

Why an organization is an open system:

  • It depends on its environment for inputs: people from colleges, capital from banks and investors, materials from suppliers, information from the market.
  • It lives by selling outputs to customers who can choose a competitor.
  • It is steered by feedback: sales, complaints, audit reports and regulators' rulings change what it does next.
  • It must adapt to change in technology, law, prices and customer needs, or fail.
  • Its parts are interdependent, so the whole must be managed, not each department alone.

Worked example: Nepal Electricity Authority. Inputs are river water, power bought from private producers and from India, staff, capital and tariffs set by the regulator. Generation, transmission, distribution, finance and personnel transform them into outputs: electricity for homes and industries, revenue or loss, and the behaviour of its employees.

Feedback and environment: load data, complaints and bill collection steer the next decision. In the dry winter the rivers fall and imports rise; in the monsoon there is surplus to sell across the border. A closed NEA, blind to rainfall and demand, would black out.

The same loop of source, processing, output and feedback reappears as the information system model, and the systems approach is one of the modern management theories.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define organization as a system. Describe the concepts of organization in this respect. Is it possible to have an informal organization within the same family? 2079 Baishakh Q1 · 2+2+4
  • Describe why organization is considered as an open system. Explain the importance of organization. 2070 Chaitra Q1 · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Organization as an open system 2065 Kartik Q6a · 4
  • Define the term organization. Explain organization as an open system. What do you mean by management? Explain different function of management. 2064 Jestha Q1 · 3+5+3+5
  • Define the terms organization and management. What is a closed system? Explain organization as a open system. 2062 Baishakh Q1

Principles of organization: dividing the work, ordering the authority TOP 12/36

82 Bh · 80 Bh · 76 Ash · 72 Ch · 72 Ka · 71 Ch · 71 Shr · 70 Asa · 68 Ch · 67 Asa · 65 Shr · 64 Jth4+45+3+5+31+4+3

Principles of organization The guidelines followed in designing and running an organization so that work is divided sensibly, authority is clear and effort is coordinated towards the goals.

Where they come from. The course notes list five and credit them to Fayol; they are also called principles of management. Four of the five are among Fayol's fourteen; span of control was formalized by V. A. Graicunas and Lyndall Urwick in the 1930s. Textbooks add a few more.

The five principles in the course notes

  1. Division of work (division of labour): the total work is split into separate jobs, each given to the person best suited, so people specialize and become faster and better. Example: a software firm splits a project among analysts, developers and testers.
  2. Authority and responsibility: authority is the right to decide and direct; responsibility is the obligation to do the work. The two must go together and be equal. Example: a site engineer held responsible for concrete quality must have the authority to reject a bad batch of cement.
  3. Span of control: the number of people reporting directly to one superior. The notes' typical case is about 20 workers under a supervisor and 6 supervisors under a manager (explained below).
  4. Scalar chain (chain of command): authority flows from top to bottom in an unbroken line, which makes clear who is above whom at every level. Example: in Nepal's civil service a section officer reports to an under secretary, then a joint secretary, then the secretary.
  5. Unity of command: one subordinate, one superior; every worker takes orders from only one boss. Example: a lab assistant given clashing orders by two lecturers cannot satisfy both, and is blamed by one of them.

Adam Smith's pin factory (1776) is the classic proof of division of work: ten workers, each doing one step, made about 48,000 pins a day, where each working alone could hardly have made twenty.

  • Why it pays (Smith's three reasons): each worker gains dexterity by repeating one task, no time is lost passing from one task to another, and simple repeated tasks invite machines to do them.
  • What it costs: monotony and boredom, narrow skills, every job depending on the others, and more coordination to tie the pieces back together.

Fayol's gang plank softens the scalar chain: two people at the same level in different branches may deal directly, with their superiors' consent, when going up and down the chain would waste time.

Principles the textbooks add

  • Unity of objective: every department and job serves the common goal.
  • Coordination: the divided work is tied back together in time and effort.
  • Balance: between centralization and decentralization, span and number of levels, line and staff.
  • Flexibility: the structure absorbs growth and change without being torn up.
  • Continuity: the organization provides for replacing people, so it outlives them.
  • Exception: routine decisions are taken low down; only exceptional ones go up.
  • Efficiency and simplicity: the goals are reached at least cost, with as few levels and rules as will do.

Span of control in depth

Span of control (span of management) is the number of subordinates a manager can supervise directly and effectively. It fixes the shape of the organization: a narrow span needs more managers and more levels (a tall structure); a wide span needs fewer (a flat structure).

Why it is limited: Graicunas (1933) showed that the relationships a manager must handle (direct, group and cross relationships) grow far faster than the number of subordinates n: C=n(2n−1+n−1). Four subordinates give 44 relationships, five give 100 and six give 222.

Urwick's rule follows: no superior can directly supervise more than five, at most six, subordinates whose work interlocks. Lower down, where work is routine and alike, spans are much wider, which is why the notes put 20 workers under one supervisor.

Factors that set the span:

  • Nature of work: routine, similar jobs allow a wide span; complex, varied ones need a narrow one.
  • Ability of the manager and training of the subordinates.
  • Delegation and clear plans: subordinates who know what to do and may decide need less supervision.
  • Communication tools: standard procedures and information systems widen the span.
  • Physical dispersion: people spread over many sites are harder to supervise.
  • Level: spans are narrow at the top and wide at the bottom.
PointNarrow span, tall structureWide span, flat structure
Supervisionclose and detailedgeneral, with more freedom
Levels and costmany levels, many managers, high costfew levels, low cost
Communicationslow, distorted through many layersfast and direct
Decisionscentralized and slowdelegated and quicker
Riskover-control, little initiativeoverloaded managers, loss of control

Worked example. A factory has 720 workers. With the notes' spans (20 per supervisor, 6 per manager, 6 managers under the general manager) it needs 36 supervisors, 6 managers and 1 general manager: 43 managers on three levels.

With a span of 4 at every level it needs 180 supervisors, 45 section heads, 12 managers, 3 senior managers and 1 general manager: 241 managers on five levels, and every instruction passes through four intermediate managers instead of two.

Span of control in a line organization. A line organization has no staff specialists to share the load, so each superior personally instructs, supervises and decides for everyone below him. The workable span stays small, and as the firm grows the only way to add people is to add levels.

The result is a longer chain, slower messages and an overloaded top, the chief weakness of line organization.

Why the principles matter:

  • A tested basis for designing a structure instead of trial and error.
  • Clarity: everyone knows his duties, his authority and his boss.
  • No duplication, conflict or confusion between people and departments.
  • Faster communication and decisions along known channels.
  • Growth without loss of control, and easier training of new managers.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What is the importance of setting the goals for an organization? Describe the principles of organization with relevant examples. 2082 Bhadra Q3 · 3+5
  • How would you define organization? How can you describe principles of organization? Elaborate the importance of organization. 2080 Bhadra Q4 · 1+4+3
  • Define organization and management. What are the principles of organization? 2076 Ashwin Q1 · 2+6
  • Why do we need organizations? Describe the principles of an organization. 2072 Chaitra Q1 · 4+4
  • Define organization and explain the principle of organization. 2072 Kartik Q1
  • Why is an organization necessary? Explain the principles of an organization. 2071 Chaitra Q1 · 4+4
  • What are the principles of organization? Explain formal and informal organization. 2071 Shrawan Q1 · 4+4
  • What are the principles of Organization? Explain the Informal Organization. 2070 Ashad Q1 · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Span of control 2068 Chaitra Q6b · 4
  • What do you mean by purchasing and marketing concept? Explain the manufacturing methods in industrial organization. What do you mean by span of control in a line organization? 2067 Ashad Q2 · 5+6+5
  • Explain different activities of production development. What do you mean by purchasing? Define the term responsibility and authority. What do you mean by span of control? 2065 Shrawan Q2 · 5+3+5+3
  • What do you understand by division of labour? Define term span of control. Explain the term authority and responsibility. 2064 Jestha Q2 · 4+4+8

Authority, responsibility, accountability and power HOT 9/36

68 Ch · 68 Ba · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 64 Ka · 64 Jth · 59 Ch · 57 Ch4+4+3+55+3+5+32+3+3

Authority The right, attached to a position, to make decisions, give orders, take action and use resources to achieve the organization's goals.
Responsibility The obligation of a subordinate to perform the duties assigned to him, to the best of his ability.

Accountability completes the triangle: the subordinate must answer to his superior for how he used the authority and carried out the responsibility. Authority flows down; responsibility and accountability flow up.

Features of authority:

  • Legitimate: granted by the organization and backed by ownership and law.
  • Attached to the position, not the person: a new manager has it on the first day.
  • Flows downward along the scalar chain.
  • Can be delegated in part to subordinates.
  • Limited by law, company policy, higher authority, budgets and social norms.

Where authority comes from, three views:

  • Formal (legal) theory: it flows from ownership and law: shareholders elect the board, the board appoints the chief executive, who delegates down the line.
  • Acceptance theory (Chester Barnard): an order carries authority only if the subordinate accepts it; orders within his "zone of indifference" are obeyed without question.
  • Competence theory: people obey someone for his knowledge or skill, whatever his position.

Kinds of authority: line authority to command, staff authority only to advise, and functional authority over one specialized function in other departments (line and staff, functional organization).

Features of responsibility:

  • Arises from the superior and subordinate relationship when a duty is assigned.
  • Flows upward: the subordinate is responsible to his superior.
  • Cannot be delegated away: a manager may pass on the work, but stays finally responsible to his own superior for it.
  • Must equal authority (parity): too much authority invites misuse; responsibility without authority breeds frustration and failure.

Delegation ties the three together through three elements: assignment of duties, grant of authority and creation of accountability.

Worked example. A project manager tells a site engineer to buy the cement for the next floor (duty), lets him sign purchase orders up to a set limit (authority), and asks for a weekly report on stock and spending (accountability). If the cement fails, the project manager still answers to the client.

PointAuthorityResponsibility
Meaningthe right to decide and commandthe obligation to perform
Sourcethe position, delegated by the superiorthe duty assigned along with the authority
Directionflows downwardflows upward
Delegationcan be delegatedcannot be fully delegated
Purposeto get things doneto see that they are done
Ends whenit is withdrawn or the post is leftthe duty is done and accounted for

Power, and how it differs from authority

Power The capacity to influence the behaviour of others, whatever its source: position, rewards, knowledge or personality.

Authority is one kind of power: the legitimate power the organization attaches to a position. Power is wider: it can come from outside the chart and flow in any direction.

PointAuthorityPower
Meaningthe legitimate right to commandthe ability to influence
Sourcethe positionthe position or the person: knowledge, charisma, control of resources
Legitimacyalways legitimatemay or may not be
Directiondownward onlydown, up and sideways
On the chartshownnot shown
How gaineddelegated from aboveearned or acquired; it cannot simply be handed over
Scopea subset of powerthe wider idea

Example. In a government office the section officer has the authority to forward a file, but a senior assistant who knows every rule and controls where the file goes often has more practical power. Good managers join the two.

Sources of power in the organization

French and Raven (1959) named five bases of power, the standard answer:

  • Legitimate power: from the position itself; people accept that the post holder may give orders. This is authority.
  • Reward power: control over what people want: pay rises, promotion, good assignments, leave.
  • Coercive power: the ability to punish: warnings, transfers, demotion, dismissal.
  • Expert power: knowledge or skill that others need, like the only engineer who can repair the plant's control system.
  • Referent power: admiration and personal liking; people follow someone they identify with.

Positional and personal: the first three go with the post, the last two with the person. Raven later added information power.

Organizational sources add to these: control of scarce resources and budgets, a central place in the workflow, access to top management, and collective strength such as a trade union. A leader's power over followers is the same set seen from the other side (leadership).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What is organization structure? Differentiate between responsibility and authority. Explain functional organization with sketch. 2068 Chaitra Q2b · 2+3+3
  • What do you understand by policy and executive groups in an organization? Explain functional organization. What is responsibility and authority? Explain matrix organization chart. 2068 Baishakh Q2 · 4+4+3+5
  • What are the motivational theory of Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivational factors? Discuss the behavioural approach of leadership. Define the term authority and power. 2066 Bhadra Q4 · 6+5+5
  • Write short notes on: Authority and responsibility 2065 Kartik Q6b · 4
  • Explain different activities of production development. What do you mean by purchasing? Define the term responsibility and authority. What do you mean by span of control? 2065 Shrawan Q2 · 5+3+5+3
  • What do you mean by organization structure? Explain the meaning of responsibility and authority. 2064 Kartik Q2
  • What do you understand by division of labour? Define term span of control. Explain the term authority and responsibility. 2064 Jestha Q2 · 4+4+8
  • Write short notes on: Authority and power 2059 Chaitra Q6a
  • Describe the term "Authority and Power". Explain the sources of power in the organization. 2057 Chaitra Q4

Formal and informal organization: the chart and the grapevine TOP 15/36

82 Ba · 81 Bh · 79 Bh · 79 Ba · 76 Ch · 75 Ch · 73 Shr · 71 Shr · 70 Asa · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 61 Ba · 58 Ch2+4+23+54+4

Formal organization The deliberately designed structure of positions, authority, responsibility, rules and communication channels set up by management to achieve the organization's goals; in Barnard's words, a system of consciously coordinated activities of two or more persons.
Informal organization A network of personal and social relations, not established or required by formal authority, arising spontaneously as people associate with one another (Keith Davis).

How the informal side grows (course notes): inside every formal organization, people who share a language, culture, attitudes, tastes, a hometown or a hobby drift into groups through tea breaks, lunches, festivals and social functions.

It exists to satisfy social needs, not organizational ones, yet it strongly shapes how people work. Management that understands it can use it to raise productivity.

PointFormal organizationInformal organization
Origindeliberately created by managementarises spontaneously among people
Purposeorganizational goalsmembers' social needs
Ruleswritten rules, policies and proceduresunwritten norms of the group
Chartshown on the organization chartinvisible on any chart
Authorityfrom the position, flowing downfrom group acceptance, flowing up from members
Communicationofficial channelsthe grapevine: fast, flexible, not always accurate
Leadermanager appointed from aboveinformal leader chosen by the group
Natureimpersonalpersonal
Stabilitystable and lastingchanges as people and friendships change
Sizecan be very largesmall groups, often across departments
Controlrules, rewards and penaltiesgroup norms and sanctions

The rows serve both questions: read down one column for the characteristics of each, across the rows for the differences.

Role and need of informal organization in management

Do we need it? Yes, and it cannot be abolished anyway: management can only choose to work with it or against it. Used well, it does what the formal structure cannot:

  • Satisfies social needs: friendship, belonging and recognition raise morale and cut turnover.
  • Fast communication: the grapevine carries news in hours that memos take days to spread.
  • Fills the gaps: people help each other with jobs no rule foresaw.
  • Teamwork and support: groups cover for absent colleagues and teach newcomers the ropes.
  • Safety valve: members let off frustration among friends instead of against the organization.
  • Lighter supervision: a group that accepts a goal polices itself.
  • Feedback: through it managers learn what employees really think.

Its problems: rumours on the grapevine, resistance to change, and pressure to conform; the Hawthorne bank wiring group punished members who produced too much or too little (behavioral management). Loyalty to the group can clash with loyalty to the organization, and an informal leader may work against management.

How a manager uses it: accept it, find the informal leaders and consult them, feed accurate information into the grapevine, keep group interests in line with the organization's goals, and never threaten a group needlessly.

The informal leader emerges through seniority, skill, helpfulness or personality, not appointment. The notes stress that he can hold more real influence over getting things done than the formal leader: when the senior technician says the new schedule will not work, the crew believes him, not the manager.

Winning him over is often the quickest way to win the group (leadership).

Can a family hold an informal organization?

Yes. Informal organization grows wherever people interact over time, whatever the formal setting. A family is mostly an informal, primary group, but it has a formal side: a recognized head (in a Nepali joint family, usually the eldest), assigned household duties, and rules of property and inheritance set by custom and law.

In a family business the formal side is sharper: family members hold posts such as chairman and managing director, with a chart and written rules like any company.

Within that frame the informal organization appears: cousins who side together, daughters-in-law who cook and confide together, grandparents allied with grandchildren, a family grapevine that spreads news before the head announces it, and an informal leader (the aunt whose word settles a wedding date) whose influence can exceed the formal head's.

The point: informal organization depends on people and their relationships, not on the kind of formal organization around them.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the different types of managerial skills? Explain with illustrations the degree of managerial skills needed for various levels of management. Write down the characteristics of formal and informal organization. 2082 Baishakh Q1 · 1+4+3
  • Define organization as a social system. What role does an organization play in the professional growth of an employee? What is the need of an informal organization? 2081 Bhadra Q1 · 2+4+2
  • Explain the historical development of the organization. Distinguish between formal and informal organizations. 2079 Bhadra Q1 · 3+5
  • Define organization as a system. Describe the concepts of organization in this respect. Is it possible to have an informal organization within the same family? 2079 Baishakh Q1 · 2+2+4
  • Explain the importance of organization in the society. Define the term informal Organization. 2076 Chaitra Q1 · 5+3
  • Define organization. What are the roles of an organization for professional growth and development of an employee? Do we need informal organization indeed? 2075 Chaitra Q1 · 2+4+2
  • Explain the term organization. Explain the difference between Formal and Informal organization. 2073 Shrawan Q1 · 3+5
  • What are the principles of organization? Explain formal and informal organization. 2071 Shrawan Q1 · 4+4
  • What are the principles of Organization? Explain the Informal Organization. 2070 Ashad Q1 · 4+4
  • Explain the two factors theory of motivation. How can you determine the most effective leadership style? Define the term informal organization. 2068 Baishakh Q4 · 5+7+4
  • Discuss the Herzberg's theory of motivation. How will you determine the most effective leader in the business organization? Define the term informal organization. 2067 Ashad Q4 · 6+6+4
  • Write short notes on: Informal organization 2065 Kartik Q6c · 4
  • Write short notes on: Informal organization 2065 Shrawan Q6d · 4
  • What do you mean by participative management? Explain the role of informal organization in management. 2061 Baishakh Q4
  • Write short notes on: Informal Organization 2058 Chaitra Q6b

1.2Management

What management is: getting things done through people TOP 17/36

78 Bh · 76 Ash · 75 Ash · 73 Shr · 72 Ka · 71 Shr · 70 Asa · 69 Ch · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 64 Ka · 64 Jth · 63 Ash · 62 Ba · 61 Ba · 59 Ch · 58 Ch3+54+43+2+3

Management In simple words, getting things done through other people: bringing people together to achieve set goals by using the available resources effectively and efficiently.

The brain of the organization. The course notes call management the brain that coordinates human, material and technological resources. It is as old as civilization: Sun Tzu's The Art of War (6th century BC) and Chanakya's Arthashastra (about 300 BC) are early manuals of it.

  • Mary Parker Follett: "the art of getting things done through people".
  • F. W. Taylor: knowing exactly what you want men to do, and then seeing that they do it in the best and cheapest way.
  • Henri Fayol: to manage is to forecast and plan, to organize, to command, to coordinate and to control.
  • Koontz and Weihrich: the process of designing and maintaining an environment in which individuals, working together in groups, efficiently accomplish selected aims.

Effective and efficient differ: effectiveness is reaching the right goal (doing the right things), efficiency is reaching it with the least waste (doing things right), in Peter Drucker's phrasing. Management needs both.

Characteristics of management:

  • Goal oriented: it exists to reach definite objectives.
  • Universal: needed in a firm, a hospital, a government office, a club, in every country.
  • A continuous process of planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling.
  • A group activity that works through others rather than doing the work itself.
  • Intangible: it cannot be seen; only its results can.
  • Multidisciplinary: it draws on economics, psychology, sociology, engineering and statistics.
  • Dynamic: it adapts to a changing environment.
  • A system of authority running down the levels of management.
  • Both a science and an art, and a developing profession.

Management as a science and an art

A science is a systematic body of knowledge whose principles come from observation and experiment and hold generally. Management has this: Taylor's time and motion studies measured the best way to do a job, and techniques such as the economic order quantity give answers any trained manager can reproduce.

But an inexact science, because people do not respond like materials: its principles are guides, not laws.

An art is the personal skill of applying knowledge to get a desired result, improved by practice and marked by creativity and style. Management has this too: two managers who know the same principles handle a strike, a demoralized team or a difficult client with very different results.

FeatureManagement as scienceManagement as art
Basisorganized knowledge and principlespersonal skill and experience
Learned bystudypractice
Answerswhat works and whyhow to apply it in this situation
Examplecalculating how much stock to reorderpersuading a union to accept a new shift

Verdict: both, and they complement each other. The science is the knowledge; the art is using it well in a particular situation. Medicine is the usual comparison: a science to learn, an art to practise. Management is also becoming a profession (formal study, codes of conduct), though unlike engineering it needs no licence.

Importance of management

The course notes give four reasons: proper planning (deciding what is to be achieved), proper organizing (allocating resources and setting up the means), proper influence (motivating and leading people towards the goal) and controlling (comparing results with the goals). The textbooks add:

  • Achieves group goals that individuals cannot.
  • Optimum use of resources: less waste of men, money, materials and machines.
  • Sound organization: clear roles, authority and coordination.
  • Adapts to change and brings innovation.
  • Develops people and creates employment.
  • Drives national development: a country is often held back more by poor management than by poor resources.

Same resources, different management. The end of daily load-shedding in Nepal in the late 2010s is widely credited to better management at Nepal Electricity Authority (tighter control of leakage and of favoured supply, and better planned imports) as much as to new power plants.

Qualities of a good manager

Fayol's six are the classic list: physical (health, vigour), mental (judgment, ability to learn, adaptability), moral (energy, firmness, initiative, loyalty, tact, willingness to accept responsibility), general education, special knowledge of the function managed, and experience. In today's terms:

  • Leadership and vision: sets direction and makes people want to follow.
  • Communication: listens, explains and persuades.
  • Decision making: decides on time, even with incomplete information.
  • Integrity and fairness: the team can trust him.
  • Human relations: understands, motivates and develops people.
  • Delegation: trusts others with authority.
  • Technical competence in his field, and adaptability to change.
  • Discipline and time management.

Roles a manager plays

Henry Mintzberg (1973) watched managers at work and found ten roles in three groups. The course notes list the three groups as interpersonal, informational and decisional "skills"; in the textbooks they are roles, while Katz's skills are technical, human and conceptual (managerial skills).

GroupRolesA campus chief, for example
Interpersonalfigurehead (ceremonial duties), leader (hires, motivates, directs), liaison (contacts outside the unit)hands out certificates, leads the staff meeting, meets the university and industry
Informationalmonitor (collects information), disseminator (passes it inside), spokesperson (speaks for the unit outside)reads results and complaints, briefs the departments, talks to the press
Decisionalentrepreneur (starts improvements), disturbance handler (settles crises), resource allocator (divides budget and time), negotiator (bargains)starts a new programme, handles a strike, splits the budget, negotiates with the union

The policy group and the executive group

Two groups run every sizeable organization. The policy group (administration) decides what the organization will do: its objectives, policies, major plans and budget. It is the board of directors elected by the shareholders, with the chairman and managing director.

The executive group (management) carries those policies out: the general manager, the departmental heads and the supervisors. Oliver Sheldon (1923) put it as administration determining policy and management executing it within the limits administration sets.

PointPolicy group (administration)Executive group (management)
Functionthinking and deciding: objectives, policies, budgetdoing: executing the policies
Leveltopmiddle and lower
Membersowners' representatives: board of directors, chairmansalaried managers and supervisors
Decisionsbroad, long range, determinativeoperational, within the policy
Influenced byoutside forces: government, economy, public opinioninside forces: staff, resources, schedules
Main skillsconceptual skill and judgmenttechnical and human skill

Nepal example. In a public company the board of directors elected at the annual general meeting approves policy and budget; the chief executive and department heads run the business. In government the Council of Ministers sets policy and the civil service executes it.

In practice the line blurs, since top managers also execute, and many writers (Koontz among them) use administration and management as one idea. How management differs from organization is on the organization card.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define organization. "Management is both a science and an art". Discuss this statement, giving suitable examples. What are the managerial skill a modern manager needs to be equipped with? 2078 Bhadra Q1 · 1+3+4
  • What are the functions of Management? Explain different levels of management. What are the qualities of good manager? 2078 Bhadra Q2 · 3+2+3
  • Define organization and management. What are the principles of organization? 2076 Ashwin Q1 · 2+6
  • Describe various roles for a manager to play in an organization. Briefly mention the different models of management. 2076 Ashwin Q2 · 4+4
  • What are the functions of management? Explain different levels of management? What are the qualities of good manager? 2075 Ashwin Q2 · 3+2+3
  • Define the term management and explain the function of management. 2073 Shrawan Q2 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by management? Explain the function of management. 2072 Kartik Q2
  • What are the managerial skills? Explain the importance of management. 2071 Shrawan Q2 · 4+4
  • Explain the importance of Management and discuss the different function of Management. 2070 Ashad Q2 · 3+5
  • Define the term Management and explain different levels of Management. 2069 Chaitra Q2
  • Define management. Explain contingency and system approach of management. 2068 Chaitra Q1b · 3+5
  • How are Policy group and Executive groups different in an organization? Differentiates between marketing and purchasing. 2068 Chaitra Q2a · 4+4
  • What do you understand by policy and executive groups in an organization? Explain functional organization. What is responsibility and authority? Explain matrix organization chart. 2068 Baishakh Q2 · 4+4+3+5
  • Define the term management and discuss the concept of Taylor's scientific management theory. 2064 Kartik Q1
  • Define the term organization. Explain organization as an open system. What do you mean by management? Explain different function of management. 2064 Jestha Q1 · 3+5+3+5
  • Explain the concept of management in an organization and describe the level of management in details. 2063 Ashwin Q1
  • Define the terms organization and management. What is a closed system? Explain organization as a open system. 2062 Baishakh Q1
  • What do you mean by management? Explain the different models of management. 2061 Baishakh Q1
  • Define the term policy and executive group and explain the managerial function. 2059 Chaitra Q2
  • Define the term 'Management' and explain the various function of management. 2058 Chaitra Q1

The five functions: plan, organize, direct, coordinate, control TOP 14/36

81 Ba · 80 Ba · 79 Ba · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 73 Shr · 72 Ka · 70 Asa · 66 Bh · 64 Jth · 59 Ch · 58 Ch3+54+43+2+3

Functions of management The activities every manager performs, at every level, to turn resources into results: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling (PODCC in the course notes).

Where the list comes from. Fayol (1916) named five elements of management: to plan, organize, command, coordinate and control. Luther Gulick (1937) stretched them to seven, POSDCORB: planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting and budgeting.

Koontz uses planning, organizing, staffing, leading and controlling, and treats coordination as the essence of all of them. The notes' PODCC is Fayol's list with command renamed directing.

THE FIVE FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT Fayol's elements of management, performed in order and repeated as a cycle. Planning deciding in advance what to do 1 Organizing arranging people, work and resources 2 Directing guiding, leading and supervising 3 Coordinating making the parts work together 4 Controlling comparing results with plans and correcting 5 Management a continuous process results guide the next plan

Running example: a Kathmandu software company has won a contract to build a hospital's billing system in six months.

  1. Planning, thinking before doing: deciding in advance what to do, how, when and by whom; setting objectives, forecasting, and preparing policies, programmes, budgets and schedules. It is the primary function, since every other one serves a plan. Example: fix the features, three releases in six months, a budget and a team of eight.
  2. Organizing, building the framework: identifying and grouping the activities, assigning them to people, delegating authority and fixing who reports to whom, so that personnel, work and resources are related. Example: backend, frontend and testing teams under one project manager, with the test lead able to stop a release.
  3. Staffing (separate in POSDCORB and in Koontz, part of organizing in the notes): filling the posts through manpower planning, recruitment, selection, training and pay, the whole of chapter 2. Example: hiring two testers and training them in hospital billing rules.
  4. Directing, leading people to act: guiding, instructing, motivating, communicating with and supervising people so that they work willingly towards the objectives; it needs leadership (chapter 3). Example: a daily stand-up meeting, clearing blockers, praising the team after the first release.
  5. Coordinating, making the parts work as one: harmonizing the efforts of individuals and departments in timing and direction, through communication, so that all work towards the same goal. Example: getting the frontend and backend teams to agree the interfaces, and keeping the hospital's accounts staff in step.
  6. Controlling, checking and correcting: setting standards, measuring performance, comparing it with the plan and correcting deviations. Example: the weekly review shows release one two weeks late, so a developer is added and a minor report is postponed.

The functions form a cycle, not a queue. Control results feed the next plan, and in a real week a manager plans, organizes, directs, coordinates and controls all at once.

Planning and controlling are twins: a plan without control is a wish, and control without a plan has nothing to measure against.

The two principal functions

Planning and controlling is the strongest pair to defend:

  • Planning comes first: it sets the goals and standards that organizing, staffing and directing then serve; badly planned work cannot be rescued later.
  • Controlling closes the loop: it shows whether the plan is being met and forces correction before small slips become failures.
  • Together they make management self-correcting: plan, measure, correct, plan again.
  • Nepal shows the cost of neglecting them: Kathmandu's Melamchi water project, delivered more than a decade behind its first schedule, is the familiar case of weak planning and control over time and contractors.

A defensible alternative is planning and directing, because directing is where work actually gets done through people, the very definition of management. Either pair stands if the reasons are given.

Why the functions matter: together they turn goals into results, keep resources from being wasted, keep departments pulling together, and let the organization notice change and adjust. How the same functions look at the top, middle and bottom is on levels of management.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain different functions of management. List out the major skill desired for successful manager. 2081 Baishakh Q1 · 4+4
  • What are the basic functions of management? In your opinion which management theory is the most practical and fruitful in today's business scenario? 2080 Baishakh Q1 · 4+4
  • Describe any two principal functions of a manager. Why do you think that these two functions are most important functions in an organization? What is the difference between organization and management? 2079 Baishakh Q2 · 4+2+2
  • What are the functions of Management? Explain different levels of management. What are the qualities of good manager? 2078 Bhadra Q2 · 3+2+3
  • Explain behavioral management approach theory. What are the basic skills and function required for management? 2076 Chaitra Q2 · 3+5
  • What are the function of Management? Briefly explain the features of scientific management theory. 2075 Chaitra Q2 · 4+4
  • What are the functions of management? Explain different levels of management? What are the qualities of good manager? 2075 Ashwin Q2 · 3+2+3
  • Define the term management and explain the function of management. 2073 Shrawan Q2 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by management? Explain the function of management. 2072 Kartik Q2
  • Explain the importance of Management and discuss the different function of Management. 2070 Ashad Q2 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by organization behaviour? Explain the functions of management. Discuss the behavioural management theory. 2066 Bhadra Q1 · 4+4+8
  • Define the term organization. Explain organization as an open system. What do you mean by management? Explain different function of management. 2064 Jestha Q1 · 3+5+3+5
  • Define the term policy and executive group and explain the managerial function. 2059 Chaitra Q2
  • Define the term 'Management' and explain the various function of management. 2058 Chaitra Q1

Three levels of management: top, middle and lower HOT 7/36

82 Bh · 80 Bh · 78 Bh · 75 Ash · 72 Ch · 69 Ch · 63 Ash3+2+34+42+6

Levels of management The layers of managerial positions in an organization, ranked by the authority and responsibility each carries: top, middle and lower (supervisory or operational).

The number and shape of the levels depend on the organization's size, complexity and nature (course notes): a tea shop has one, a bank or a hydropower company three or more.

Why there are levels at all

  • Limited span of control: no one can supervise hundreds of people directly, so supervisors are needed, then managers over them (span of control).
  • Division of managerial work: long range strategy, departmental coordination and daily supervision need different knowledge, time horizons and skills.
  • Delegation: the top can concentrate on policy only if others handle execution.
  • A clear chain of command: everyone knows whom he reports to and who answers for what.
  • Coordination: each level links the one above with the one below.
  • A career path: levels give a ladder for promotion and a pool of successors.
THE THREE LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT The number of levels depends on the organization's size, complexity and nature. Top level Board, chief executive set goals, objectives, policy and budgets Middle level Heads of departments implement policy, link top and lower levels Lower level Supervisors, foremen run day to day work, supervise workers Authority and orders flow down Reports flow up Fewer people, broader decisions More people, day to day decisions
LevelWhoMain role
Topboard of directors, chairman, chief executive, managing director or general managersets goals, objectives, policy and budgets; takes the major decisions; issues rules and guidelines to the levels below; represents the organization; answers to the owners for overall results
Middleheads of departments (production, finance, marketing, personnel), regional and branch managers, project managersimplements the policies of the top; plans for its department; mediates between top and lower levels, passing policy down and problems up; coordinates with other departments
Lowersupervisors, foremen, section officers, site engineers, team leadersruns day to day activity; assigns jobs and gives instructions; supervises workers; keeps quality, safety and discipline; carries workers' problems upward; most directly involved in executing goals

The functions of management at each level

FunctionTopMiddleLower
Planninglong range, strategic: objectives, policy, budgets for years aheaddepartmental plans and yearly budgets that fit the policydaily and weekly work schedules
Organizingthe overall structure and the main departments; appoints department headsorganizes the department into sections and assigns their workassigns jobs to workers; arranges tools and materials
Staffingchooses senior executives; sets personnel policyrecruits and trains supervisorstrains workers on the job; asks for staff
Directinggives vision and policy; guides the middle managersexplains policy; motivates and guides supervisorsinstructs, supervises and motivates workers every day; most of its time goes here
Coordinatingbetween departments, and with owners, government and marketbetween sections and with other departmentswithin the work group and the shift
Controllingoverall results: profit, growth, market sharedepartmental budgets and targetsdaily output, quality, cost and attendance

The pattern: going up, planning reaches further ahead and takes more of the day, and directing is done through policy rather than by instruction; going down, directing and controlling become daily and hands-on.

Worked example: a commercial bank in Nepal. The board and the chief executive decide to open twenty branches and launch a mobile banking app (top). The province heads and the heads of credit, IT and operations plan the branches and build the app (middle). Branch supervisors run the counters and the cash every day (lower).

Each level needs a different mix of skills (managerial skills) and different information (MIS and the levels of management).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Why do we have different levels of management in an organization? Describe the functions of management at each level. 2082 Bhadra Q2 · 2+6
  • Why is there a need for different levels of managements? List out the different models of management and write down short note on any two with proper example you are aware of. 2080 Bhadra Q1 · 4+4
  • What are the functions of Management? Explain different levels of management. What are the qualities of good manager? 2078 Bhadra Q2 · 3+2+3
  • What are the functions of management? Explain different levels of management? What are the qualities of good manager? 2075 Ashwin Q2 · 3+2+3
  • State and explain the different levels of Management. What are the basic skills required for Management? 2072 Chaitra Q2 · 4+4
  • Define the term Management and explain different levels of Management. 2069 Chaitra Q2
  • Explain the concept of management in an organization and describe the level of management in details. 2063 Ashwin Q1

Managerial skills: technical, human and conceptual HOT 7/36

82 Ba · 81 Bh · 81 Ba · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 72 Ch · 71 Shr4+41+3+41+4+3

Managerial skill The ability to turn knowledge into effective action. Robert L. Katz (1955) showed that every manager needs three: technical, human and conceptual skill, in a mix that changes with the level.
  • Technical skill: knowledge of, and proficiency in, the methods, processes, procedures and tools of a specialized field. Example: a site engineer reading structural drawings and testing concrete; a supervisor who can run the machine he supervises.
  • Human skill: the ability to work with and through people: to understand, motivate, communicate with and lead them, and to build a cooperative team. Example: a foreman settling a quarrel between two masons before it stops the work.
  • Conceptual skill: the ability to see the organization as a whole, how its parts depend on each other and on the environment, and to analyse complex situations and plan ahead. Example: a bank's chief executive seeing how a new digital wallet will affect branches, IT, staff and profit together.

The degree of each skill at each level

Moving up, conceptual skill grows and technical skill shrinks; human skill is needed equally at every level. Lower managers work directly with operators, machines and procedures, so they must know the technique. Top managers deal with the whole organization, the long run and the environment, so they must think in concepts. Everyone manages people.

KATZ'S THREE MANAGERIAL SKILLS An illustrative mix, not measured shares: conceptual skill grows towards the top, technical towards the bottom. Top management Conceptual Human Technical Middle management Conceptual Human Technical Lower management Conceptual Human Technical Conceptual skill see the organization as a whole, analyse problems and plan ahead Human skill work with and through people: motivate, communicate and lead Technical skill use the methods, tools and techniques of a specialised field Human skill is needed equally at every level.
LevelTechnicalHumanConceptual
Topleasthighmost
Middlemoderatehighmoderate
Lowermosthighleast

Worked example: one engineer's career at Nepal Electricity Authority. At a substation he lives on technical skill (protection relays, maintenance schedules) and needs human skill to lead the linemen. Heading a regional office, he spends his days coordinating stations, budgets and people: human skill, with more conceptual.

As managing director he weighs tariffs, imports and investment for the whole country: conceptual skill above all, with others supplying the technique.

Skills later writers add: design skill (Koontz: solving problems in ways that work for the enterprise, not only spotting them), diagnostic and analytical skill, decision making, communication and time management.

Skills a modern manager needs

  • Digital and data literacy: reading dashboards, using ERP and information systems, judging data (MIS).
  • Communication in person and online, with remote and hybrid teams.
  • Emotional intelligence: managing his own emotions and reading others'.
  • Change management and adaptability: technology and markets shift every year.
  • Innovation and an entrepreneurial eye for opportunities.
  • Ethical judgment and social responsibility.
  • Cross-cultural awareness: foreign clients, international partners, a workforce from many places.
  • Negotiation and conflict resolution.

The course notes' three skills

The notes list three different skills: interpersonal (dealing well with people inside and outside the organization), informational (gathering information relevant to its goals and operations) and decisional (using that information to make decisions that benefit it).

These are Henry Mintzberg's three groups of managerial roles, not Katz's skills (roles a manager plays). A full answer gives Katz's three with the degree at each level, then adds the notes' three under the name the course uses: interpersonal draws on human skill, decisional on conceptual skill.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the different types of managerial skills? Explain with illustrations the degree of managerial skills needed for various levels of management. Write down the characteristics of formal and informal organization. 2082 Baishakh Q1 · 1+4+3
  • Write short notes on: Managerial Skills 2081 Bhadra Q10b · 4
  • Explain different functions of management. List out the major skill desired for successful manager. 2081 Baishakh Q1 · 4+4
  • Define organization. "Management is both a science and an art". Discuss this statement, giving suitable examples. What are the managerial skill a modern manager needs to be equipped with? 2078 Bhadra Q1 · 1+3+4
  • Explain behavioral management approach theory. What are the basic skills and function required for management? 2076 Chaitra Q2 · 3+5
  • State and explain the different levels of Management. What are the basic skills required for Management? 2072 Chaitra Q2 · 4+4
  • What are the managerial skills? Explain the importance of management. 2071 Shrawan Q2 · 4+4

Six models of management HOT 6/36

81 Bh · 80 Bh · 76 Ash · 70 Ch · 64 Ka · 61 Ba4+43+54

Model of management A pattern of how managers use authority and resources to get work done. The course notes list six; an organization may use one or several at once, according to its needs.
ModelCore ideaExample
Hierarchicalauthority comes from superiors; managers command subordinates and answer requests from aboveNepal's civil service and army
Task oriented (transactional)managers work through five defined tasks: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controllinga contractor running a building project task by task
Allocationalmanagers obtain, allocate, share, monitor and return resourcesa hospital dividing beds, staff and budget
Team effortmanagers and subordinates work as one team; cooperation over individual effortan Everest expedition; a software team
Knowledge orientedmanagers gain knowledge from experience and pass it on by teaching, guiding and traininga teaching hospital; senior engineers mentoring juniors
Goal concentratedeverything is aimed at the goals; management supplies the tools that keep to the pathmanagement by objectives; a national tourism target

1. Hierarchical model. Managers receive authority from their superiors and use it to command resources and the actions of subordinates, while responding to requests from above. Order and accountability are clear, but decisions are slow and initiative low.

Example: in Nepal's civil service an order passes from the secretary to the joint secretary, the under secretary and the section officer.

2. Task oriented model. Management is five major tasks (planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling), each with its own tools (schedules, charts, budgets, reports), done in sequence or in parallel. It is systematic and easy to teach, but can neglect people.

Example: a contractor runs a school building project from a bar chart of tasks, checking every week which task is behind.

3. Allocational model. The manager's job is handling the organization's resources (money, manpower, physical objects): obtaining them, allocating them, sharing them between units, monitoring their use and returning them. It suits resource-heavy operations.

Example: a hospital administrator divides beds, nursing rosters and the medicine budget between wards; a software firm moves developers between projects.

4. Team effort model. Managers and subordinates work together as a team, stressing cooperation, leadership and coordination; the notes call it more effective, and more value adding, than individual work. Detail below.

5. Knowledge oriented model. Managers gain knowledge through experience and pass it on by teaching, guiding and training, which the organization needs to adapt to a changing environment.

Example: senior engineers in a software company run code reviews and training sessions, so that knowledge stays when people leave.

6. Goal concentrated model. The organization focuses squarely on its goals, and management supplies the tools (targets, budgets, progress reviews) that keep it on the established path.

Example: management by objectives (appraisal); the Visit Nepal 2020 campaign, which organized the tourism bodies around a target of two million visitors.

The team effort model in detail

The idea: the manager is a coach inside the team rather than a commander above it; the team shares the goal, the work and the credit.

  • Features: a shared goal; collective responsibility; members join in decisions; open communication; trust and mutual support; complementary skills; a manager who facilitates.
  • Advantages: better decisions from pooled knowledge; higher motivation and morale; flexibility; creativity; members learn from each other; synergy.
  • Limitations: slower decisions; groupthink; free riders who hide in the team; conflict; blurred individual accountability; it needs skilled, trusting members.

Worked example: an Everest expedition. The leader, the Sherpa climbing team who fix ropes and carry loads, the base camp manager, the cook and the doctor all work to one goal; no climber reaches the summit on individual effort alone.

In offices the same model appears as Rensis Likert's linking pin (each manager leads the team below and is a member of the team above) and as the 9,9 team management of the managerial grid.

The transactional management model

The older papers' name for managing by exchange. The manager sets clear tasks and standards, then trades rewards (pay, bonus, promotion) for tasks done and penalties for failure, stepping in only when results stray from standard (management by exception).

Its roots are the transactional leadership of James MacGregor Burns (1978) and Bernard Bass (1985), set against transformational leadership, which inspires people beyond the deal. The notes' task oriented model is its nearest relative: both run the organization as defined tasks to be completed.

  • Strengths: clear expectations, easy measurement, efficient in stable routine work.
  • Weaknesses: little creativity or loyalty, only extrinsic motivation, weak in times of change.
  • Example: a garment factory paying piece rates against daily targets; a call centre with call quotas.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Team Effort Management Model 2081 Bhadra Q10a · 4
  • Why is there a need for different levels of managements? List out the different models of management and write down short note on any two with proper example you are aware of. 2080 Bhadra Q1 · 4+4
  • Describe various roles for a manager to play in an organization. Briefly mention the different models of management. 2076 Ashwin Q2 · 4+4
  • Name the different models of management. Explain any three of them in detail. 2070 Chaitra Q2 · 3+5
  • Write short notes on: Transactional Management Model 2064 Kartik Q6a
  • What do you mean by management? Explain the different models of management. 2061 Baishakh Q1

1.3Theory of management

Taylor's scientific management: find the one best way TOP 15/36

82 Bh · 81 Bh · 81 Ba · 80 Bh · 79 Ba · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 72 Ch · 71 Ch · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 64 Ka · 64 Jth4+45+34

Scientific management F. W. Taylor's approach of studying every task by observation and measurement to find the one best way of doing it, then selecting and training workers for that way and paying them by output, so that productivity and wages rise together.

The problem it solved. Late nineteenth century factories ran on rule of thumb: nobody knew how long a task should take, and workers held output down on purpose (Taylor called it soldiering) for fear of losing jobs or piece rates. Taylor set out to replace opinion with measurement.

WhenHistorical development
1878Frederick Winslow Taylor (1856 to 1915), an American mechanical engineer, joins Midvale Steel, Philadelphia, as a labourer and rises to chief engineer, timing jobs and testing metal cutting.
1898 to 1901At Bethlehem Steel: the pig iron and shovelling studies.
1903Shop Management: the planning department and functional foremanship.
1911The Principles of Scientific Management. Followers spread it: Henry Gantt (the Gantt chart), Frank and Lillian Gilbreth (motion study).
LaterIt grows into industrial engineering and work study; Taylor becomes the father of scientific management.

The principles. Taylor summed up his system in five phrases, which the textbooks give as its principles:

  • Science, not rule of thumb: each element of a job is studied, and a standard method, time and tool are fixed for it.
  • Harmony, not discord: managers and workers stop fighting over how to divide the surplus and work together to enlarge it. Taylor called this change of attitude on both sides a mental revolution.
  • Co-operation, not individualism: management plans and workers carry out, each helping the other.
  • Maximum output, in place of restricted output: soldiering ends because more output earns more pay.
  • Development of each worker to his greatest efficiency and prosperity: choose the right person scientifically, then train him in the standard method.

Taylor's four duties of management, which is how the course notes put it: find the one best way for each task by scientific study; select the best suited workers and train them properly; co-operate with them in a friendly way; and divide the work clearly, managers planning and workers doing.

The experiments behind it

Four ways to raise efficiency. From his work at Bethlehem Steel, Taylor named four levers, each resting on a kind of study:

  • Motion study (an improved method): record every movement in a task and remove the needless ones, so the job takes the fewest and easiest motions.
  • Fatigue study (prescribed rest): fix how often and how long to rest, because a tired worker loses more output than the rest costs.
  • Time study (a standard of output): split the task into elements, time each with a stopwatch on a first class worker using the best method, and add allowances for rest and delays. The total is the standard time, which defines a fair day's work.
  • Incentive wages (payment by the unit of output): pay for work done against the standard, so that effort is rewarded.
TAYLOR'S SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT AT BETHLEHEM STEEL Study each task scientifically, find the one best way, then select and train workers and pay by output. PIG-IRON HANDLING 75 labourers carrying 42 kg loads of iron to rail cars Output tons per labourer per day 12.7 Before 48.8 After nearly 4 times the output Pay dollars per labourer per day $1.14 Before $1.85 After about 60 percent more pay FOUR WAYS TO RAISE EFFICIENCY 1 Motion study an improved method of work, no wasted motion 2 Fatigue study a prescribed amount of rest on the job 3 Time study a specific standard of output for each task 4 Incentive wages payment by the unit of output

Pig iron handling, the famous case:

  • Before: a gang of 75 labourers carried pigs of iron of about 42 kg up a plank into railway wagons, averaging 12.7 tons per man per day, for $1.14 a day.
  • The change: Taylor picked a strong, willing worker (he called him Schmidt), taught him the studied way to lift and walk, and told him exactly when to work and when to rest.
  • After: 48.8 tons a day for $1.85, nearly four times the output for about 60 percent more pay. The rest of the gang were then selected and trained one by one.
Two sets of figures. These are the course notes' numbers. Taylor's own account (1911) gives about 12½ long tons rising to 47½ long tons a day, and $1.15 rising to $1.85; the notes' 12.7 and 48.8 are close to those loads in metric tonnes.

Shovelling. Labourers used one shovel for everything, from heavy ore to light coal. Trials showed a man moved most in a day with loads of about 21 pounds (about 9.5 kg), so Taylor issued a different shovel for each material to keep every load near that weight. The yard needed far fewer men, each earned more, and handling cost per ton fell sharply.

Metal cutting. Years of experiments on the speed, feed and depth of cut of machine tools, begun at Midvale, fixed standard cutting conditions and gave (with Maunsel White) high speed tool steel.

Techniques

  • Separation of planning from doing: a planning department decides what, how and when; the workers carry it out.
  • Functional foremanship: the single foreman gives way to eight specialists, four in the planning room (route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk, shop disciplinarian) and four on the floor (gang boss, speed boss, repair boss, inspector). It is the origin of the functional organization, and it breaks unity of command.
  • Differential piece rate: a higher rate per piece for a worker who reaches the standard, a lower one for a worker below it. With a standard of 10 pieces a day and rates of Rs 50 and Rs 40, a worker making 10 earns Rs 500 but one making 9 earns only Rs 360 (round numbers, for illustration). See incentive plans.
  • Standardisation of tools, machines, materials, methods and conditions, so that a standard time holds everywhere.
  • Scientific selection and training: fit the worker to the job, then teach the best method; the root of scientific selection.
  • Instruction cards and management by exception: written orders for each day's task, while managers attend only to significant departures from the standard.

Its features, in short: scientific study of work in place of rule of thumb; standard methods, tools and times; scientific selection and training; planning separated from doing; functional foremanship; incentive pay by output; co-operation between managers and workers.

Contributions, limitations and rationale

ContributionsLimitations
Productivity rose several times over, and wages with it.The worker as a machine, moved only by money (the "economic man"); social needs are ignored, as Mayo later showed.
Industrial engineering: work study, time and motion study, production planning and control.Speed up and monotony: workers feared exhaustion and lost jobs, and unions resisted.
Personnel practice: scientific selection, training and incentive wages.Eight bosses under functional foremanship confuse the worker.
Cost control: standard times and standard costs make budgets possible.No initiative: separating thinking from doing wastes the worker's ideas.
Management as a discipline: it can be studied systematically, not left to rule of thumb.Narrow and costly: confined to the shop floor, and expensive for a small firm.
Shared gains: management's duty to plan, and to share the results with workers.One best way for every situation, which the contingency approach denies.

The rationale, or why an organization needs a scientific approach:

  • Facts over guesses: decisions rest on measurement, not on a foreman's opinion.
  • Less waste: standard methods cut wasted time, motion and material, so the cost per unit falls.
  • Planning becomes possible: standard times let production be scheduled, costed and controlled, which is why Taylor's principles matter most in production processes.
  • Right person, right job: selection and training raise output and earnings together.
  • Industrial peace: a fair day's work for a fair day's pay removes the main quarrel between employer and workers.

Today, and in an HR manager's hands

Is it still applicable? Yes in its techniques, no in its view of people.

  • Still alive: standard operating procedures, work study and lean production; fast food kitchens and courier firms such as UPS that time every step; call centres that measure handling time; piece rates in Nepal's garment and carpet factories and brick kilns; standard labour norms for estimating construction work.
  • Dropped or softened: eight bosses for one worker, money as the only motivator, and workers with no say. Educated workers expect participation, so the techniques now come with behavioral practice (see comparing the approaches).

How an HR manager would implement it, step by step:

  1. Study the jobs: job analysis with time and motion study fixes the standard method, time and output.
  2. Standardise tools, materials and conditions, with the production department.
  3. Select scientifically: tests matched to the job specification.
  4. Train every worker in the standard method, and retrain when it changes.
  5. Pay for performance: an incentive or differential piece rate tied to the standard.
  6. Plan rest: scheduled breaks, set by a fatigue study.
  7. Win co-operation: explain the standards, involve the union, share the gains and keep a grievance channel open, so the change is accepted, not resisted.
  8. Review: compare actual output with the standard, and revise it as methods change.

Scientific management versus management science. Similar names, different eras: management science is the quantitative approach born in the operations research teams of the Second World War.

PointScientific managementManagement science
OriginTaylor, 1880s to 1910sOperations research, Second World War (1940s)
Question askedHow should this task be done?Which decision is best?
LevelThe shop floor: workers and jobsManagers at every level: planning and decisions
ToolsObservation, stopwatch, time and motion study, piece ratesMathematical models, statistics, linear programming, queuing, simulation, PERT and CPM, computers
AimEfficiency of labourThe best use of all resources
ExampleThe standard time to lay a brickThe least cost schedule for building the whole house
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain the different experiments that support the scientific management approach and administrative management approach. 2082 Bhadra Q1 · 4+4
  • How do scientific management approach differ from behavioral management approach? Describe their contributions and limitations. State Maslow's need theory with examples. 2081 Bhadra Q3 · 5+3
  • Explain the scientific management theory with its historical development. What are the major differences between the scientific management theory and behavioral mangement theory? 2081 Baishakh Q2 · 4+4
  • Explain Scientific Management theory with proper examples. Is it still applicable in modern-day management practices? 2080 Bhadra Q2 · 5+3
  • What is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach? What is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach? 2079 Baishakh Q3 · 4+4
  • What are the function of Management? Briefly explain the features of scientific management theory. 2075 Chaitra Q2 · 4+4
  • What is the significance of Human Resource Manager in modern organization? Elaborate how HR manager would implement Scientific Management Approach? 2075 Chaitra Q3 · 4+4
  • What is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach? What is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach? 2075 Ashwin Q3 · 4+4
  • What is the difference between Scientific Management and Management Science? How do Taylor's principles illustrate importance of Scientific Management for production processes? 2072 Chaitra Q3 · 3+5
  • What are the differences between the terms organization and management? Why do you need scientific approach of management to an organization? 2071 Chaitra Q2 · 2+2+4
  • Write short notes on: Scientific Management 2068 Chaitra Q6a · 4
  • What is meaning of organization? Explain organization behavior as a multidisciplinary field. Explain the Scientific Management theory. 2068 Baishakh Q1 · 4+4+8
  • What do you mean by scientific management theory? How does it differ from behavioral approach? Explain organization is a multidisciplinary field. 2065 Kartik Q1 · 5+6+5
  • What do you mean by organization? Explain the importance of organization in society. Discuss the concept of scientific management theory. 2065 Shrawan Q1 · 3+5+8
  • Define the term management and discuss the concept of Taylor's scientific management theory. 2064 Kartik Q1
  • Write short notes on: Scientific management theory 2064 Jestha Q6a · 4

Fayol's administrative management: the manager's job in 14 principles HOT 6/36

82 Bh · 79 Bh · 72 Ka · 71 Shr · 70 Ch · 70 Asa84+4

Administrative management Henri Fayol's approach, which looks at the whole organization from the top and defines what every manager does (the functions) and the principles to do it by, holding that management is a skill of its own that can be taught.

Henri Fayol (1841 to 1925), spelt Henry in the papers, was a French mining engineer who spent his whole career in one mining and metals company, Commentry-Fourchambault-Decazeville. He joined it in 1860 and was its managing director from 1888, taking over a firm close to bankruptcy and leaving it financially strong.

His book, General and Industrial Management (in French in 1916, in English in 1949), made him the father of modern management theory and of the administrative, or management process, school.

The evidence behind it. Fayol ran no laboratory experiments like Taylor's: his test bed was the company itself. Rescuing a failing business convinced him that its fortunes turned on how it was managed, not on its mines or machines, and that the same principles would serve any undertaking, industrial, commercial, political or religious.

Six activities of every industrial undertaking. Fayol showed that managing is only one of them, and is different from the rest:

  • Technical: production and manufacture.
  • Commercial: buying, selling and exchange.
  • Financial: raising capital and using it well.
  • Security: protecting property and people.
  • Accounting: stocktaking, balance sheets, costs and statistics.
  • Managerial: planning, organizing, commanding, coordinating and controlling.

His three contributions (the course notes' list):

  • Technical and managerial skills are different: the higher a person stands, the more managerial and the less technical ability the job needs (the idea behind managerial skills).
  • The management process: the functions that make up a manager's job.
  • The principles of management: fourteen of them.

The five functions (elements) of management. To plan (forecast and draw up a plan of action), to organize (build the structure of people and material), to command (direct the staff; the notes call it directing), to coordinate (bind all the activity together) and to control (check that everything happens according to plan): still the functions of management.

Qualities of a manager, in Fayol's list: physical, mental, moral, general education, special knowledge and experience.

The 14 principles

No.PrincipleMeaningExample
1Division of workSpecialisation: each person does a limited set of tasks and becomes good at them.A software firm with separate design, coding and testing teams.
2Authority and responsibilityAuthority is the right to give orders; responsibility is the duty that goes with it. The two must be equal.A site engineer answerable for a slab can also stop the pour.
3DisciplineObedience and respect for agreed rules, which needs good superiors, clear and fair agreements, and penalties applied with judgement.Site safety rules enforced for everyone.
4Unity of commandEach employee takes orders from one superior only.A technician is not ordered about by both the project manager and the accounts head.
5Unity of directionOne head and one plan for each group of activities with the same objective.All work on one product line under one plan and one manager.
6Subordination of individual interest to the general interestThe organization's interest comes before that of any person or group.A department does not hide a defect to protect its own bonus.
7RemunerationPay fair to both sides, set by the cost of living, business conditions, the job and the person.Salaries matched to the market and to performance.
8CentralisationHow far authority is kept at the top or spread down; the right degree depends on the case.A bank lets branch managers approve small loans and head office the large ones.
9Scalar chainThe line of authority from top to bottom, along which communication normally flows. A gang plank lets two people at the same level deal directly, with their superiors' consent, when the chain would be too slow.Two section heads in different departments fix a delivery date between them and inform their bosses.
10OrderA place for everything and everything in its place: material order for things, social order for people (the right person in the right post).A labelled store; posts filled by qualified staff.
11EquityKindness and justice in dealing with employees.The same leave rules for everyone.
12Stability of tenure of personnelPeople need time to learn a job; high turnover is costly and a sign of bad management.Keeping trained engineers rather than rehiring every year.
13InitiativeFreedom to think out a plan and carry it out; managers should encourage it.A suggestion scheme that rewards good ideas.
14Esprit de corps"Union is strength": harmony and team spirit. Do not divide the staff, and prefer speaking face to face over written messages where possible.A project team that celebrates a milestone together.
Order of the list. The table follows Fayol's own numbering, as the textbooks do. The course notes give the same fourteen in another order: division of labour, authority and responsibility, discipline, scalar chain, centralisation, unity of direction, unity of command, order, initiative, equity, remuneration, stability of tenure, general over individual interest, esprit de corps. The 14th is esprit de corps in both.
ContributionsLimitations
The first general theory of management, meant for every kind of organization.Management centred: little on workers' needs or the informal organization.
Management can be taught, as a skill separate from technical skill.Principles can clash: unity of command against specialisation; critics (Herbert Simon) called them proverbs.
The management process (plan, organize, command, coordinate, control) still structures the subject.One man's experience in one industry, never tested scientifically.
Principles of structure still used: unity of command, scalar chain, authority with responsibility.Suits stable, large hierarchies; rigid for fast changing ones.
Complements Taylor: Taylor worked up from the shop floor, Fayol down from the top.Does not fit matrix and project organizations, which give two bosses on purpose.

Are the principles applicable today? Yes, most of them, as flexible guides rather than fixed rules. Fayol himself wrote that nothing in management is rigid or absolute: it is all a question of proportion.

  • Used almost as written: division of work (specialised teams), authority with responsibility (job descriptions), discipline (codes of conduct), remuneration and equity (pay scales, equal treatment), order (5S housekeeping), initiative (suggestion schemes), esprit de corps (team building).
  • Adapted: matrix and project teams give two bosses on purpose; flat structures and email shorten the scalar chain and make the gang plank the everyday rule; centralisation gives way to empowered teams.
  • Under pressure: stability of tenure, in an age of contract work and job hopping, so firms now work at retention.
  • In Nepal: government offices and public corporations such as the Nepal Electricity Authority keep a strict scalar chain and unity of command, while Kathmandu software firms run flat teams where the gang plank is routine.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain the different experiments that support the scientific management approach and administrative management approach. 2082 Bhadra Q1 · 4+4
  • Are Fayol's principles of management applicable in today's organization? How? 2079 Bhadra Q2 · 8
  • Explain Henry Fayol's 14th principle of management. 2072 Kartik Q3
  • What do you understand by behavioral management approach? Explain administrative management approach. 2071 Shrawan Q4 · 4+4
  • State and describe H.Fayol's administrative management theory. 2070 Chaitra Q3 · 8
  • Explain Administrative Management Theory. 2070 Ashad Q3 · 8

Mayo and the Hawthorne studies: the worker is a social being HOT 6/36

81 Bh · 76 Ch · 71 Shr · 66 Bh · 62 Ba · 57 Ch4+4+83+54+4

Behavioral management The approach begun by Elton Mayo and his colleagues in the 1920s, which holds that productivity depends on human behaviour and the social setting of work, not on money and physical conditions alone.

Why it arose. Classical theory raised output but treated people as parts of a machine, and workers resisted. Researchers measuring how working conditions affect output found that feelings, attention and group relations mattered more. Elton Mayo (1880 to 1949), an Australian at Harvard, led the work with Fritz Roethlisberger and William Dickson.

ELTON MAYO'S HAWTHORNE STUDIES Western Electric's Hawthorne Works, 1920s: three studies over five years. 1 Relay assembly test room 6 women assembling telephone relays output rose with attention, not with physical conditions 2 Interviewing programme about 21,000 workers over 3 years feelings and informal groups affect how people work 3 Bank wiring observation room a group of 14 men the group sets its own output norm and holds members to it Conclusions The organization is a social system. Social factors motivate workers, not money alone. The Hawthorne effect: attention itself raises output. These findings began the human relations movement.

The Hawthorne experiments took place at the Hawthorne Works of the Western Electric Company near Chicago. The course notes count the three studies Mayo's team ran over five years; the textbooks add the illumination experiments that came first.

StudyWhat was doneWhat was found
Illumination experiments (1924 to 1927, before Mayo)A test group worked under changing light, a control group under steady light.Output rose in both groups, and in the test group held up until the light was nearly as dim as moonlight. Lighting was not the cause.
Relay assembly test room (1927 to 1932)Six women (five assembling telephone relays, one supplying parts) in a room of their own; rest pauses, hours, refreshments and pay were changed period after period.Output rose with almost every change and stayed high when the old conditions returned. The causes were social: attention, a friendly observer instead of a strict supervisor, being consulted, a close knit group.
Interviewing programme (about 21,000 workers over three years)Set questions at first, then workers were allowed to talk freely.Being heard raised morale; complaints often hid personal or social worries; feelings and informal groups shape how people work.
Bank wiring observation room (1931 to 1932)A group of 14 men (nine wiremen, three soldermen, two inspectors) wiring telephone exchange equipment on a group incentive, observed with nothing changed.The group fixed its own output norm below its capacity and enforced it: a rate buster produced too much, a chiseler too little, a squealer told the supervisor. Group approval outweighed extra pay.

Conclusions.

  • The Hawthorne effect: special attention raises output more than a change in physical conditions does.
  • The organization is a social system, not only a technical one.
  • Social needs motivate, not money alone: recognition, belonging and security.
  • Informal groups set their own norms of output and behaviour, and can make or break management's plans (see formal and informal organization).
  • Group work improves performance, and satisfied workers are more effective.
  • Communication across levels, and listening to workers, matter.
  • Supervisors need social skills, not only technical ones.

The human relations movement. These findings launched a movement, from the 1930s to the 1950s, that trained supervisors in human relations, counselled employees, encouraged participation and watched morale. Mary Parker Follett and Chester Barnard (for whom authority works only when subordinates accept it) belong to the same line of thought.

The behavioral science approach grew out of it, studying motivation and leadership more rigorously: Maslow's needs, McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y, Herzberg's two factors, and the field of organization behaviour. Together the two are what the syllabus calls the behavioral management approach.

ContributionsLimitations
People at the centre: motivation, morale, leadership and communication.Weak method: tiny samples (six women, fourteen men) and many changes at once, so the results allow other explanations.
The informal organization and group dynamics recognised.Overstates social factors, and understates pay, the work itself, technology and structure.
Participative, democratic supervision and two way communication.A happy worker is not always a productive one.
Modern HRM practice: counselling, welfare, training in human skills.Can turn manipulative: keeping workers content instead of fixing real problems.
The base of organization behaviour and of the motivation and leadership theories.Ignores conflict of interest, unions and the outside environment.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • How do scientific management approach differ from behavioral management approach? Describe their contributions and limitations. State Maslow's need theory with examples. 2081 Bhadra Q3 · 5+3
  • Explain behavioral management approach theory. What are the basic skills and function required for management? 2076 Chaitra Q2 · 3+5
  • What do you understand by behavioral management approach? Explain administrative management approach. 2071 Shrawan Q4 · 4+4
  • What do you mean by organization behaviour? Explain the functions of management. Discuss the behavioural management theory. 2066 Bhadra Q1 · 4+4+8
  • Write short notes on: Behavioural Management Theory 2062 Baishakh Q6a
  • Discuss the concept of Elton Mayo's human relation movement. 2057 Chaitra Q1

Organization behaviour: many sciences, one workplace HOT 6/36

68 Ch · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 57 Ch4+4+85+4+75+6+5

Organization behaviour (OB) A field of study that investigates the impact that individuals, groups and structure have on behaviour within organizations, in order to use that knowledge to make the organization more effective (Robbins).

What it studies. What people do in an organization and how that behaviour affects its performance: productivity, absenteeism, turnover, job satisfaction, and the willingness to do more than the job description asks. It grew out of the behavioral approach, and the older syllabus asked it as a topic of its own.

Three levels of analysis.

  • Individual: personality, perception, attitudes, values, learning, motivation and individual decisions.
  • Group: communication, leadership, power and politics, conflict, group norms and teams.
  • Organization system: structure, culture, HR policies, technology and change.

A multidisciplinary field. OB is an applied field built from several behavioral sciences, each of which explains a different level:

DisciplineStudiesWhat it gives OB
PsychologyThe individualLearning, motivation, personality, perception, emotions, job satisfaction, stress, selection tests, training, work design.
SociologyPeople in social systemsGroups and teams, communication, power, conflict, formal organization, culture and change.
Social psychologyHow people influence one anotherChanging attitudes and behaviour, group decision making, patterns of communication.
AnthropologySocieties and culturesValues and attitudes across cultures, organizational culture, working across national and ethnic lines.
Political sciencePower and interestsConflict, the use of power, organizational politics, bargaining.
EconomicsChoice under scarcityDecision making, costs and benefits, labour markets, incentives.

Some texts add industrial engineering (work measurement, Taylor's legacy) and medicine (stress and health).

How management affects organization behaviour. Behaviour follows what management decides, so a manager changes behaviour all the time, on purpose or not:

What management decidesHow behaviour responds
Leadership styleAutocratic control brings compliance and little initiative; participation brings commitment (see leadership styles).
Rewards and payPeople do what is rewarded; unfair pay breeds resentment, absence and quitting.
Job designVaried, meaningful jobs motivate; dull, fragmented jobs bore.
Structure and rulesTall, rigid hierarchies slow decisions and discourage initiative; clear roles reduce conflict.
CommunicationOpen information starves the rumour mill of the informal organization; secrecy feeds it.
Selection, training and cultureDecide who joins, what they can do, and the values they copy from the top.

Why it matters: it helps a manager understand, predict and influence behaviour; motivate and lead; manage a diverse workforce and change; and cut absenteeism, turnover and conflict.

Nepal example. A hydropower project in a remote district uses every discipline: psychology to keep crews motivated far from home, sociology and anthropology to work with local communities of different castes and ethnic groups, and political science to deal with trade unions tied to political parties.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • How can organization behavior be affected by management? Explain all the elements of an organization. 2068 Chaitra Q1a · 4+4
  • What is meaning of organization? Explain organization behavior as a multidisciplinary field. Explain the Scientific Management theory. 2068 Baishakh Q1 · 4+4+8
  • Differentiate between private limited and public limited company. Explain organization behaviour as a multidisciplinary field. What are the importance of contingency theory of management? 2067 Ashad Q1 · 5+4+7
  • What do you mean by organization behaviour? Explain the functions of management. Discuss the behavioural management theory. 2066 Bhadra Q1 · 4+4+8
  • What do you mean by scientific management theory? How does it differ from behavioral approach? Explain organization is a multidisciplinary field. 2065 Kartik Q1 · 5+6+5
  • Write short notes on: Organization behaviour 2057 Chaitra Q6a

Modern theories: systems, contingency and management science PIN 3/36

68 Ch · 67 Asa · 66 Bh5+4+73+54

Contingency approach The view that there is no one best way to manage: the right structure, style or technique depends on the situation, so the manager diagnoses the situation first and then chooses from the classical, behavioral and quantitative ideas.

Why "modern". From the Second World War on, three approaches tried to go beyond both the classical one best way and the behavioral focus on people: the quantitative approach (management science), the systems approach and the contingency (situational) approach. They combine the earlier schools rather than replace them.

Systems approach

The idea. An organization is a system: interdependent parts (subsystems such as production, marketing, finance and personnel) that take inputs from the environment, transform them and return outputs, with feedback to correct the process. The drawing is on the organization as a system.

Its roots: Ludwig von Bertalanffy's general systems theory. Chester Barnard had already described the organization as a co-operative system, and Katz and Kahn later developed the open system view.

  • Open system: it trades with its environment (customers, suppliers, government, technology) and must adapt to survive.
  • Interdependent subsystems: a change in one (a new machine in production) affects the others (training, finance, marketing).
  • Synergy: the parts working together achieve more than their sum working alone.
  • Entropy: a closed system runs down, so an organization must keep drawing energy and information from outside.
  • Equifinality: the same result can be reached by different routes, so there is no single best way.
  • Feedback: information on outputs (sales, complaints, quality) returns to adjust the inputs and the process.

Contributions: it shows the whole organization and its environment, and makes managers look beyond their own department. Limitations: it is abstract, offers no specific tools, and says little about what to do in a given case.

Contingency (situational) approach

If, then. Management becomes a set of rules of the form "if this situation, then this action". The course notes call it an integrative approach that applies existing theories selectively, according to the situation. The research behind it:

  • Size: a small firm can be informal and centralised; a large one needs rules and delegation.
  • Technology: Joan Woodward found that the best structure differed for unit, mass and process production.
  • Environment: Burns and Stalker found that rigid, mechanistic structures work in stable conditions and flexible, organic ones in changing conditions.
  • People and tasks: skilled, motivated staff can be given freedom, while new staff need direction; the same logic as contingency leadership.

Importance of the contingency approach.

  • Realistic: it admits that what works in one place may fail in another.
  • Integrative: it keeps every earlier theory as a toolbox instead of rejecting any.
  • Flexible: it suits a fast changing environment, where fixed rules fail.
  • Diagnostic: it trains managers to analyse the situation before acting.
  • A guide to design: of structure, leadership style, control and motivation, case by case.

Limitations: "it depends" gives no ready answer; the situational factors are many and hard to measure; and it needs experienced managers to diagnose well.

Quantitative approach (management science)

Numbers for decisions. Born in the operations research teams that British and American forces used in the Second World War, it builds a mathematical model of a problem and solves it, today by computer.

  • Tools: linear programming (the best use of limited resources); queuing theory (how many service counters); inventory models (how much to order, and when); simulation; decision trees; PERT and CPM for planning project networks.

Contributions: rational, measurable decisions in planning, scheduling, stock and transport, and the base of management information systems and decision support. Limitations: it cannot model human behaviour, needs reliable data, rests on simplifying assumptions, and is costly and hard for managers to follow.

All three at once. A contractor building a hydropower plant in Nepal schedules the job with CPM (quantitative), treats the site as a system at the mercy of the monsoon, imported equipment and local labour (systems), and runs its Kathmandu office and its remote site in different ways (contingency).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define management. Explain contingency and system approach of management. 2068 Chaitra Q1b · 3+5
  • Differentiate between private limited and public limited company. Explain organization behaviour as a multidisciplinary field. What are the importance of contingency theory of management? 2067 Ashad Q1 · 5+4+7
  • Write short notes on: Contingency Management Theory 2066 Bhadra Q6a · 4

Comparing the schools, and which one to use HOT 10/36

82 Ba · 81 Bh · 81 Ba · 80 Ba · 79 Ba · 78 Bh · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 73 Shr · 65 Ka84+45+6+5

The schools in one line Classical theory (Taylor, Fayol) makes the work efficient, behavioral theory (Mayo) makes the worker willing, and modern theory (systems, contingency, management science) holds that the right mix depends on the situation.

Scientific versus behavioral

PointScientific management (Taylor)Behavioral management (Mayo)
Period1880s to 1910s1920s onward
View of the worker"Economic man": moved by money, a part of the production machine"Social man": moved by social and psychological needs
FocusThe task: the one best way to do each jobPeople and groups: relations, morale, satisfaction
Source of productivityStandard methods and tools, selection, incentive payJob satisfaction, group norms, attention and good supervision
MotivationFinancial: the differential piece rateNon-financial as well: recognition, belonging, participation
Organization seen asA formal, mechanical structureA social system, formal plus informal
SupervisionClose and authoritarian; planning separated from doingSupportive and participative
CommunicationOne way, downward (instruction cards)Two way, with listening to workers
Informal groupsIgnored, or blamed for soldieringCentral: the group sets output
Research methodTime and motion study of individual tasksExperiments and interviews with groups (Hawthorne)
WeaknessIgnores the human sideUnderrates structure, the task and money

Administrative versus behavioral

PointAdministrative management (Fayol)Behavioral management (Mayo)
Looks atThe whole organization and the manager's jobThe people in it: individuals and groups
ViewpointTop down, from the managing director's chairBottom up, from the worker and the work group
OffersFive functions and fourteen universal principlesFindings on motivation, morale and group behaviour
OrganizationFormal structure: hierarchy, scalar chain, unity of commandFormal and informal organization together
AuthorityComes from the positionWorks only when subordinates accept it
Decision makingMostly at the top, to the chosen degree of centralisationShared with those it affects
CommunicationFormal, along the scalar chainOpen and two way, informal channels included
PeopleAcknowledged (equity, stability, initiative, esprit de corps) but secondaryThe centre of the theory
EvidenceA practising manager's experienceField experiments and interviews

Advantages of behavioral theory over scientific management.

  • The whole person: a worker with feelings and social needs, not a machine to be timed.
  • Wider motivation: recognition, belonging and participation work even when pay cannot rise.
  • The informal group as an ally: management works with group norms instead of fighting them.
  • Participation and two way communication: workers who help set targets accept them.
  • Higher morale: less absenteeism, turnover, conflict and union hostility.
  • Fits skilled and knowledge work, whose output a stopwatch cannot measure.
  • Respects dignity: it answered the charge that scientific management exploited workers.

Advantages of behavioral theory over modern theory. Modern theory counts people as one part of the system, so the advantage is one of focus and ease of use rather than completeness:

  • People first: it deals with motivation and morale directly, where the systems view is abstract and management science leaves people out of its models.
  • Usable at once: any supervisor can listen, recognise, consult and build a team tomorrow; the systems and contingency ideas give no ready prescription.
  • Cheap and simple: it needs no models, data or specialists, so it suits small firms.
  • Works where numbers fail: in service and knowledge work, whose output is hard to quantify.
  • A stable base: human needs change slowly, while a contingency answer changes with every situation.

Which theory is most practical today, and which suits Nepal?

Verdict. No single theory. The contingency approach is the most practical and fruitful, because it lets a manager take scientific management's methods, Fayol's principles and behavioral practice, and fit the mix to the organization. For Nepal I would use it with a strong behavioral core.

  • Today's business changes fast: technology, competition and customers shift every year, so fixed rules age quickly and situational judgement wins.
  • Nepal's organizations differ widely: ministries, public corporations such as the Nepal Electricity Authority, family businesses, co-operatives, banks and IT start-ups cannot all be run one way.
  • Manual work needs Taylor: factories, construction and hydropower sites gain from work study, standard times and incentive pay, and projects from CPM; the long delays of national projects such as the Melamchi Water Supply Project show the cost of weak planning and control.
  • Public bodies need Fayol: clear authority and responsibility, unity of command, discipline and equity counter slow, politicised administration.
  • People decide the result: Nepali workplaces run on relationships, many young people leave to work abroad, and unions are politically active, so participation, recognition and fair treatment keep good staff and industrial peace.

Example. A Kathmandu software company runs almost wholly on behavioral lines (flat teams, autonomy, recognition), while a cement factory relies on standard times and shift discipline, with welfare and participation to keep its union on side. Same country, different mix: that is the contingency approach at work.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What advantages does behavioral management theory have over modern management theory? Explain in brief. 2082 Baishakh Q3 · 8
  • How do scientific management approach differ from behavioral management approach? Describe their contributions and limitations. State Maslow's need theory with examples. 2081 Bhadra Q3 · 5+3
  • Explain the scientific management theory with its historical development. What are the major differences between the scientific management theory and behavioral mangement theory? 2081 Baishakh Q2 · 4+4
  • What are the basic functions of management? In your opinion which management theory is the most practical and fruitful in today's business scenario? 2080 Baishakh Q1 · 4+4
  • Explain the difference between administrative management approach and behavioral management approach. 2080 Baishakh Q3 · 8
  • What is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach? What is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach? 2079 Baishakh Q3 · 4+4
  • What advantage does behavioral management theory has over scientific management theory? Explain in brief. 2078 Bhadra Q3 · 8
  • What is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach? What is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach? 2075 Ashwin Q3 · 4+4
  • Which Management theory is best suited for the organizations in Nepal? 2074 Ashwin Q2 · 8
  • What advantage does Behavioral Management theory has over Scientific Management Theory. Explain in detail. 2073 Shrawan Q3 · 8
  • What do you mean by scientific management theory? How does it differ from behavioral approach? Explain organization is a multidisciplinary field. 2065 Kartik Q1 · 5+6+5

1.4Forms of ownership

Who owns the business: the forms of ownership PIN 3/36

82 Ba · 73 Shr · 71 Shr4+4

Form of ownership The legal form in which a business is owned and run, which decides who puts in the capital, who controls it, who takes the profit and who bears the risk.

The forms. The private sector forms are owned by individuals, the public sector forms by the state. Choosing one is the second step in setting up a small scale unit.

  • Single ownership (sole proprietorship): one person owns and manages, takes all the profit and bears unlimited liability; the oldest and simplest form (single ownership).
  • Partnership: two or more persons share capital, management, profit and unlimited liability under a partnership deed (partnership).
  • Joint stock company: a legal person registered under company law, owned by shareholders with limited liability and run by a board of directors; private limited or public limited (joint stock company).
  • Co-operative society: a voluntary, democratic association that serves its members rather than seeking profit, one member one vote (co-operatives).
  • Public enterprise: owned by the government for public service, as a departmental undertaking, a public corporation created by its own Act (Nepal Electricity Authority) or a government company (Nepal Telecom).
PointSingle ownershipPartnershipJoint stock companyCo-operativePublic corporation
OwnersOne personTwo or more partnersShareholdersMembersThe government
FormationEasiestEasy: an agreementLong and costly registration under company lawEasy registration under co-operative lawHardest: a special Act
Separate legal personNoNo (in the classic form)YesYesYes
LiabilityUnlimitedUnlimited, joint and severalLimited to sharesLimitedLimited; the state bears losses
CapitalSmallModerateVery largeLimitedLarge, from the state
ManagementThe ownerThe partnersBoard of directorsElected committeeBoard appointed by the government
ContinuityEnds with the ownerUnstablePerpetualStablePerpetual
MotiveProfitProfitProfitService to membersPublic service
SecrecyFullHighLow: accounts publishedLowLow: answerable to parliament
Government controlLeastLittleHeavyConsiderableFull

Changing the form of ownership. Each form suits a stage of a business's life. When the business outgrows it, or the owners' needs or the law change, it moves to another form:

  • More capital: a sole trader takes partners, a partnership becomes a company, and a private company goes public to sell shares.
  • Less risk: becoming a company swaps unlimited for limited liability.
  • Continuity: a company survives the death or retirement of its founders.
  • Credibility: audited company accounts win banks, customers and professional managers.
  • Government policy: privatisation moves public enterprises to private owners, and nationalisation the other way.
  • Regulation, merger or failure: a regulator may require a form or push firms to merge, and a failing firm may be taken over.

Examples.

  • Growing up: a freelance software developer in Kathmandu (a sole owner) takes two partners to win larger contracts, then registers a private limited company with the Office of the Company Registrar to limit liability and hire staff.
  • Private to public: many Nepali hydropower companies start as private limited companies and convert to public limited to raise money through an IPO on the Nepal Stock Exchange.
  • Public corporation to company: Nepal Telecommunications Corporation became Nepal Doorsanchar Company Limited (Nepal Telecom), a company in which the government keeps most of the shares and the rest trade on the stock exchange.
  • Privatisation: in the early 1990s the government sold public enterprises such as Bhrikuti Paper Mills and Harisiddhi Brick and Tile Factory to private owners.
  • Merger: Nepal Rastra Bank's merger policy led many banks and finance companies to join into larger ones.

How the change is made: admit partners under a new deed; or register a company, transfer the business's assets and liabilities to it and issue shares to the old owners; or, from private to public, pass the shareholders' resolution, amend the memorandum and articles of association and register the change with the Registrar.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • List out different forms of ownership with a brief explanation of each. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of line and staff organization. 2082 Baishakh Q4 · 4+4
  • An organization may change its form of ownership. Explain this with some examples. 2073 Shrawan Q4 · 4+4
  • What are the forms of ownership? Explain advantages and disadvantages of single ownership organization. 2071 Shrawan Q3 · 4+4

Single ownership: one owner, all the risk PIN 3/36

80 Bh · 71 Shr · 65 Shr4+448

Single ownership A business owned, financed and controlled by one person, who takes all the profit and bears all the loss; also called sole proprietorship or sole trading. It is the oldest, most common and simplest form of business.

Where it is found: grocery (kirana) shops, tea shops, tailoring and repair workshops, pharmacies, and freelance engineers or designers; small businesses where personal attention matters more than capital.

Features.

  • One owner, who supplies the capital from savings and loans.
  • The owner is the manager, and decides everything, often with family help.
  • All the profit, all the risk: nothing is shared.
  • Unlimited liability: if the business fails, the owner's personal property (house, land) can be sold to pay its debts.
  • No separate legal entity: in law the owner and the business are one.
  • Few formalities: a registration or licence is enough, and the government does not control how it is run.
  • Uncertain life: it usually ends with the owner's death, illness or retirement.
AdvantagesLimitations
Easy to form and dissolve: few formalities, little cost.Limited capital: only the owner's savings and what he can borrow.
Absolute control: no one to consult, so decisions are prompt.Limited managerial ability: one person cannot be expert in buying, selling, finance and staff.
Direct motivation: every rupee of profit is the owner's, so effort pays directly.Unlimited liability: personal assets are at risk, which makes the owner wary of expanding.
Business secrecy: no accounts to publish.Uncertain continuity: tied to one person's life and health.
Flexibility: the line of business, hours or prices can change overnight.Overwork: health and time suffer, with no one to share the load.
Personal contact with customers and employees builds loyalty.Unchecked profit motive: only competition and the law restrain overcharging or poor quality.
Little government control, and simple taxation.Small scale: no economies of large scale production.

Single ownership versus joint stock company.

PointSingle ownershipJoint stock company
OwnersOne personMany shareholders (a legal minimum, and a maximum for a private company)
FormationEasy, cheap and quickRegistration with the Office of the Company Registrar under the Companies Act 2063, with a memorandum and articles of association
Legal statusNot separate from the ownerA separate legal person that owns property, sues and is sued
LiabilityUnlimitedLimited to the amount of the shares
CapitalSmallVery large: shares, debentures and loans
ManagementThe owner himselfA board of directors elected by the shareholders, with hired managers
DecisionsPromptSlower: board and general meetings
SecrecyCompleteLittle: audited accounts are published
ContinuityEnds with the ownerPerpetual succession
Transfer of ownershipOnly by selling the whole businessBy selling shares (freely, in a public company)
ProfitAll to the ownerShared as dividend in proportion to the shares held
Government controlMinimalHeavy
SuitsShops, workshops, personal servicesBanks, factories, airlines, telecom, hydropower
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the differences between single ownership and organization joint stock company? 2080 Bhadra Q3 · 8
  • What are the forms of ownership? Explain advantages and disadvantages of single ownership organization. 2071 Shrawan Q3 · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Single ownership organization 2065 Shrawan Q6a · 4

Partnership: shared capital, shared liability PIN 3/36

81 Bh · 74 Ash · 67 Asa3+54

Partnership The relation between persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all (Indian Partnership Act 1932). The persons are the partners and, together, the firm.

Why it exists. When one owner's capital and skill are not enough, two or more people pool money, skill and contacts. It is common for law and chartered accountancy firms, consulting engineers, clinics, traders and small builders.

Features.

  • Two or more persons, up to a maximum set by law.
  • An agreement, oral or written, best written as a partnership deed.
  • A lawful business run for profit, shared in the agreed ratio. The course notes say equally, which is also the rule when the deed is silent.
  • Mutual agency: each partner is an agent of the others, so one partner's act in the firm's business binds them all.
  • Unlimited, joint and several liability: a creditor can recover the whole debt from the personal property of any one partner.
  • Utmost good faith: partners must be honest and open with each other.
  • Restricted transfer: no partner can pass his share to an outsider without the consent of all.
  • Limited life: the death, insolvency or retirement of a partner can dissolve the firm, which is not a legal person separate from its partners.

Partnership deed. The written agreement, signed by all the partners, that prevents later disputes. It usually states:

  • The firm: name, address, nature of business, date of start and duration.
  • The partners: names and addresses, and the capital each brings.
  • Money matters: the profit and loss sharing ratio, interest on capital and on drawings, and any salary or commission for working partners.
  • Powers and duties of each partner, and how the accounts are kept and audited.
  • Changes: rules for admitting, retiring or expelling a partner, for a partner's death, and for valuing goodwill.
  • Disputes and dissolution: arbitration of disputes, and the procedure for closing the firm.

Types of partners. A limited partnership must keep at least one general partner with unlimited liability.

PartnerBrings capitalManagesShares profitLiability
Active (working)YesYesYesUnlimited
Sleeping (dormant)YesNoYesUnlimited
NominalNo: lends only his name and reputationNoNoUnlimited, to outsiders
Partner in profits onlyYesNoProfits but not lossesUnlimited, to outsiders
Partner by estoppel (holding out)No: only lets others believe he is a partnerNoNoTo those who relied on that belief
SecretYesYesYesUnlimited, though outsiders do not know of him
LimitedYesNoYesLimited to his capital
MinorMayNoAdmitted to the benefits only, with all partners' consentLimited to his share in the firm
AdvantagesLimitations
Easy to form and dissolve, by mutual consent.Unlimited liability, even for debts a partner did not cause.
More capital than one owner can raise, and better credit.Capital still limited by the number and wealth of the partners.
Combined skills and judgement: one partner technical, another commercial.Instability: death, insolvency, retirement or a quarrel can end the firm.
Shared risk among several people.Mutual agency: one partner's mistake or dishonesty binds all.
Quick decisions: partners meet in person, without formal meetings.Disagreements slow decisions and can deadlock the firm.
Flexibility and secrecy: few legal controls and no published accounts.No free transfer of a share without everyone's consent, so leaving is hard.
Personal touch with customers and staff.Less public confidence than a company with published accounts.

Difficulties a partnership can face in practice.

  • Conflict and mistrust over work, drawings or direction; the commonest cause of break up.
  • Unequal effort, equal shares: the partner who works harder resents an equal split of profit.
  • One bad act ruins all, through mutual agency and unlimited liability.
  • A growth ceiling: capital and borrowing are limited.
  • Exit and succession: valuing goodwill and paying out a retiring partner, or a dead partner's heirs, can drain the firm.
  • New partners need everyone's consent, so good people may be lost.

Remedies: a detailed deed with an arbitration clause, clear roles, regular accounts and, once the firm grows, conversion into a private limited company.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the advantages of Partnership Organization? Explain different types of Co-Operatives. 2081 Bhadra Q4 · 3+5
  • Explain the features of Partnership Organization. What difficulties can a Partnership Organization possibly face? 2074 Ashwin Q3 · 3+5
  • Write short notes on: Partnership organization 2067 Ashad Q6a · 4

Joint stock company: a legal person owned by shareholders HOT 11/36

81 Ba · 80 Ba · 79 Ba · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 75 Ash · 70 Ch · 69 Ch · 67 Asa · 61 Ba · 58 Ch4+43+55+4+7

Joint stock company An artificial person created by law, with a separate legal entity, perpetual succession and usually limited liability, whose capital is divided into transferable shares held by its members. It is also called a company, a corporation or a limited company.

How it works. Many people put money into a common stock (the capital) divided into shares. Shareholders elect a board of directors at the annual general meeting (AGM); the board appoints managers; profit is paid as a dividend in proportion to shares. In Nepal, companies register with the Office of the Company Registrar under the Companies Act 2063 (2006).

Characteristics.

  • Artificial person created by law: it exists only because it is registered.
  • Separate legal entity: it owns property, makes contracts, and sues and is sued in its own name, apart from its members (the classic case: Salomon v Salomon and Co Ltd, 1897).
  • Perpetual succession: members come and go, die or sell out; the company goes on.
  • Limited liability: a shareholder can lose at most what he paid, or agreed to pay, for his shares; his personal property is safe.
  • Transferable shares: freely in a public company, restricted in a private one.
  • Separation of ownership and management: shareholders own it; the elected board and hired managers run it.
  • Compulsory registration and a common seal (the seal was its signature under older company law).
  • Large capital and public accountability through audited, published accounts.

Private limited and public limited company

PointPrivate limited companyPublic limited company
MembersA small number, capped by lawA higher legal minimum and no maximum
Public offerCannot invite the public to buy its shares or debenturesCan offer shares to the public in an IPO, with a prospectus approved by the Securities Board of Nepal
Transfer of sharesRestricted by its articlesFree; listed shares trade on the Nepal Stock Exchange
Name ends with"Private Limited" (Pvt. Ltd.)"Limited" (Ltd.)
Starting businessAs soon as it is incorporatedAfter raising its capital (under textbook company law, only with a certificate of commencement of business)
Disclosure and regulationLighterHeavier: published audited accounts, general meeting rules, securities law
Size and ownershipSmall or medium, often a family or a few foundersLarge, with thousands of shareholders
Nepal examplesMost software houses, consultancies and trading firmsCommercial banks, insurers, listed hydropower companies, Nepal Telecom

Formation, stage by stage

  1. Promotion: the promoters discover the idea, investigate it (a feasibility study of market, technology and finance), assemble the people, property and capital needed, and draft the documents. They are personally liable for contracts made before the company exists.
  2. Incorporation (registration): the application and documents go to the Registrar (in Nepal, the Office of the Company Registrar), who registers the company and issues a certificate of incorporation. From that day the company is a legal person.
  3. Capital subscription (public company): a prospectus invites the public to buy shares; in Nepal the issue is approved by the Securities Board of Nepal and handled by an issue manager, shares are allotted, and they are then listed on the Nepal Stock Exchange.
  4. Commencement of business: a private company starts at once; a public company once its capital is raised and the legal conditions are met.

Memorandum of association: the company's charter, which fixes its relation with the outside world. Its clauses: name, registered office, objects, liability of members, capital, and the subscribers' agreement to form the company. An act outside the objects is ultra vires (beyond its powers) and void.

Articles of association: the internal rules: issue and transfer of shares, meetings and voting, appointment and powers of directors, dividends, accounts and audit, and borrowing. They must not go beyond the memorandum.

Registering a private company in Nepal

  1. Name approval: propose a name ending in "Private Limited"; the Office of the Company Registrar (OCR) checks that it is not already taken or misleading.
  2. Documents: the promoters prepare and sign the documents listed below.
  3. Application: file them with the OCR (which also takes applications online) and pay the registration fee, which depends on the authorised capital.
  4. Scrutiny and registration: the OCR examines the papers, registers the company and issues its certificate of incorporation with a registration number.
  5. After registration: take a PAN (and VAT registration where required) from the Inland Revenue Department, open a bank account, register with the local ward office, and obtain any licence the line of business needs. The company may then start business.

Documents usually required:

  • The application in the OCR's form, with the approved name.
  • Memorandum of association and articles of association, signed by every promoter.
  • Promoters' identity: copies of citizenship certificates for Nepali promoters, and passports for foreign ones.
  • A corporate promoter's papers: its registration certificate and its board's decision to invest.
  • Any agreement among the promoters, where one has been made.
  • Approval of foreign investment from the Department of Industry, where a promoter is foreign.
  • A power of attorney, if a representative files on the promoters' behalf.
  • The receipt for the registration fee.
AdvantagesDisadvantages
Large financial resources: shares, debentures and loans, and fresh shares when needed.Difficult formation: slow, formal and costly.
Limited liability draws investment, even from small savers.Lack of personal interest: hired managers do not own the business.
Transferable shares give investors liquidity.Lack of secrecy: accounts and affairs are public.
Perpetual succession gives stability for long projects.Slow decisions: board and general meetings.
Professional management: experts can be hired.Heavy regulation: returns, audits and approvals.
Economies of large scale production.Control by a few: directors may run it for themselves.
Public confidence from audited, published reports.Speculation in its shares, sometimes by insiders.
Social benefits: jobs, products, and an outlet for people's savings.Double taxation: profit is taxed, and then the dividend again.

Why a joint stock company is better than a partnership.

  • Limited, not unlimited, liability: investors risk only their shares.
  • A separate legal entity with perpetual succession, where a firm may dissolve when a partner dies or leaves.
  • Far larger capital from many shareholders and the public, not a few partners.
  • Transferable shares, where a partner's share needs everyone's consent.
  • No mutual agency: one shareholder's act does not bind the others.
  • Professional management instead of partners who may lack the skills.
  • Public confidence and credit from audited accounts, and the scale to keep growing.

Joint stock company versus public corporation.

PointJoint stock companyPublic corporation
Created byRegistration under the Companies ActA special Act of parliament
Owned byPrivate shareholdersThe government
ObjectiveProfit for the shareholdersPublic service, run on business lines
CapitalShares, debentures and loansGovernment funds and borrowing
ManagementBoard elected by the shareholdersBoard appointed by the government
Answerable toShareholders at the AGMThe government and parliament, and so the public
Governing rulesThe Companies Act, memorandum and articlesIts own Act
ProfitPaid out as dividendsKept for the service or paid to the government
AuditAuditor appointed by the shareholdersThe Auditor General
Ended byWinding up under company lawRepeal of its Act
Nepal examplesCommercial banks, hydropower and insurance companiesNepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Oil Corporation, Nepal Airlines Corporation
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • How would you clarify the characteristics of Joint Stock Company? What are the major differences between Joint Stock Company and Public Corporation? 2081 Baishakh Q3 · 4+4
  • What is the process of formation of a joint-stock company in Nepal? What are the advantages and disadvantages of a joint-stock company? 2080 Baishakh Q4 · 4+4
  • Why joint stock company is better than partnership firm? Discuss the process of a private company registration in Nepal, including the types of documents required. 2079 Baishakh Q4 · 3+5
  • What advantages does joint stock organization has over partnership organization? Explain the features of line organization. 2076 Chaitra Q3 · 4+4
  • What advantages does Joint stock Organization has over Partnership Organization? Explain the features of line Organization. 2076 Ashwin Q3 · 4+4
  • Discuss on different steps for formation of Joint Stock Company. Explain the merits and demerits of Committee organization. 2075 Ashwin Q4 · 4+4
  • What is meant by 'Joint Stock Company'? Describe the procedure for forming 'Joint Stock Company'. 2070 Chaitra Q4 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by Joint Stock Company? Explain the advantages and limitations of Joint Stock Company. 2069 Chaitra Q3
  • Differentiate between private limited and public limited company. Explain organization behaviour as a multidisciplinary field. What are the importance of contingency theory of management? 2067 Ashad Q1 · 5+4+7
  • Write short notes on: Joint Stock Company 2061 Baishakh Q6a
  • Write short notes on: Joint Stock Company 2058 Chaitra Q6a

Co-operative societies: members first, profit second PIN 4/36

82 Bh · 81 Bh · 79 Bh · 72 Ka3+55+38

Co-operative society An autonomous association of persons united voluntarily to meet their common economic, social and cultural needs through a jointly owned and democratically controlled enterprise (International Co-operative Alliance).

The idea. People of small means who cannot compete alone join to serve themselves: they buy, sell or save together and cut out the middleman. The motive is service to members, not profit. The modern movement dates from the Rochdale Pioneers in England in 1844.

In Nepal co-operatives are registered under the Cooperatives Act 2074 (2017), and the constitution counts the co-operative sector, beside the public and private sectors, as a pillar of the economy.

How it is run.

  • Voluntary, open membership: anyone with the common need may join or leave. The course notes give a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 100 members; the Indian texts (Co-operative Societies Act 1912) require at least 10 and set no maximum, and Nepal's Act sets its own minimum.
  • One member, one vote: the managing committee is elected democratically, whatever the number of shares each member holds.
  • Capital: members' shares, with loans and grants from the government.
  • Surplus: a fixed, limited dividend on capital; the rest goes to reserves and general welfare, and a bonus to members in proportion to their dealings with the society.
  • A separate legal entity once registered, with limited liability.
  • Values: self-help, self-responsibility, democracy and equality.

Principles (the International Co-operative Alliance's seven, 1995):

  1. Voluntary and open membership.
  2. Democratic member control: one member, one vote.
  3. Member economic participation: members provide and control the capital, with a limited return on it.
  4. Autonomy and independence from government and other bodies.
  5. Education, training and information for members and staff.
  6. Co-operation among co-operatives.
  7. Concern for community.

Types of co-operatives

TypeFormed byHow it helpsExample
Producers' (industrial)Small producers and artisansSupplies raw materials, tools and equipment and markets the output, so that small producers can face large ones.Weavers' and handicraft co-operatives
Consumers'ConsumersBuys daily goods wholesale and sells them to members below the market price; the surplus returns as a bonus on purchases.A co-operative store for employees
MarketingFarmers and small producersPools, grades, stores and sells the produce for a better price, often advancing money against it.Milk producers' co-operatives selling to the Dairy Development Corporation; Amul in India
HousingPeople who need homes, mainly in townsBuys land, builds houses or flats and allots them at reasonable cost, often paid in instalments.A housing society for teachers
Credit (savings and credit)People who need small loansPools members' savings and lends to members on fair terms, freeing them from moneylenders.Savings and credit co-operatives, the most numerous kind in Nepal

Others in the textbooks: co-operative farming, where members pool their land, and multipurpose co-operatives that do several of these jobs at once. Sajha Yatayat, the Kathmandu bus service, is a transport co-operative.

AdvantagesLimitations
Easy formation: a few members and a simple registration.Limited capital: members are of small means, and returns are capped.
Democratic management: one member, one vote.Lack of managerial talent: committees are honorary and cannot pay for experts.
Limited liability of members.Lack of motivation: a capped dividend gives little reason to work harder.
Service motive: no middlemen, lower prices, fair credit.Lack of secrecy among members of one community.
Stable life: not ended by a member's death or exit.Government control and politics: rules, audits and party interference.
Government support: tax concessions, loans and grants.Misuse of funds: with weak supervision a few leaders can abuse deposits; in recent years several savings and credit co-operatives in Nepal failed to repay their depositors.
Social good: less inequality, and habits of saving and self-help.Conflict among members once the founding spirit fades.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain various types of co-operatives organization. Also explain the features of functional organization. 2082 Bhadra Q4 · 5+3
  • What are the advantages of Partnership Organization? Explain different types of Co-Operatives. 2081 Bhadra Q4 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by co-operative societies and describe different types of co-operatives. 2079 Bhadra Q3 · 8
  • What do you mean by co-operative societies? Explain different types of co-operatives. 2072 Kartik Q4

Public corporation: a state business with its own Act

Public corporation A body corporate created by a special Act of parliament, owned by the government, which defines its powers, duties, management and relation to its ministry, and which runs a public service on business lines with its own finances.

Why governments create them. Some services are too important, too large or too much of a natural monopoly to leave to private profit (electricity, fuel supply, a national airline), yet too commercial to run through a slow government department. The corporation is the middle way: public ownership with business flexibility.

The course notes describe it as a body formed by the government for social welfare and non-profit objectives, and record that about 20 were formed between 1936 and 1939.

Nepal examples: Nepal Electricity Authority (generation, transmission and distribution of electricity), Nepal Oil Corporation (import and distribution of petroleum products) and Nepal Airlines Corporation (the national airline).

Features.

  • Created by a special Act, which only the legislature can change.
  • A separate legal entity: it owns property, makes contracts, and sues and is sued in its own name.
  • Owned by the state, which provides the capital.
  • Financial autonomy: it keeps its own revenue, budget and accounts, and can borrow, outside the annual government budget.
  • Run by a board appointed by the government, often chaired by the minister or the secretary of the ministry concerned.
  • Service motive: it is expected to cover its costs, not to maximise profit.
  • Public accountability: answerable to the government and parliament, and audited by the Auditor General.
  • Its own staff rules: its employees are not civil servants.
AdvantagesLimitations
Autonomy and flexibility: quicker decisions than a government department, free of red tape.Difficult formation: it needs an Act of parliament.
Public interest: prices and services set for welfare, with strategic sectors kept in national hands.Political interference: autonomy on paper, while ministers influence appointments, prices and hiring, so the best person may not run it.
Large resources: state capital, plus borrowing and the sale of bonds and securities.Excessive government regulation.
Limited liability and continuity: it outlives governments and managers.Lack of secrecy: its affairs are public.
Professional management: experts can sit on the board.Losses and inefficiency: no profit motive, overstaffing; Nepal Oil Corporation has lost money when it could not pass higher import costs on to buyers.
No private monopoly: an essential service is not exploited for profit.Rigidity and complacency: changing its Act takes parliament, and a monopoly feels no competition.

Three forms of public enterprise.

PointDepartmental undertakingPublic corporationGovernment company
Set up asA department under a ministryA body created by a special ActA company registered under the Companies Act
Legal personNoYesYes
FinanceThe annual government budgetIts own funds and borrowingShare capital, with the government holding most of it
AutonomyLeastHighHighest
StaffCivil servantsIts own employeesIts own employees
Nepal exampleThe postal service (Department of Postal Services)Nepal Electricity AuthorityNepal Telecom

Against a joint stock company, a public corporation is created by its own Act rather than registered, owned by the government rather than by private shareholders, run for service rather than dividends, and answerable to parliament rather than to an AGM. The full comparison is on the joint stock company card.

1.5Organizational structure

Organizational structure: who does what, and who reports to whom HOT 10/36

79 Bh · 75 Ch · 72 Ch · 71 Ch · 71 Shr · 70 Asa · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 64 Ka · 58 Ch44+4+3+52+2+4

Organizational structure The formal arrangement of jobs, departments and positions: the division of work plus the patterns of authority, coordination, communication and workflow that decide who directs whom and who reports to whom.

Organizing produces it. Organizing, the second function of management, produces a structure, and the organization chart is its picture: boxes are positions, lines are authority and reporting. Robbins describes it as the way job tasks are formally divided, grouped and coordinated.

No single best structure (the notes): each organization evolves its own from the nature of its work and the competence of its people.

Six elements decide the shape of any structure (Robbins):

  • Work specialisation: how finely the work is divided into separate jobs (the division of work).
  • Departmentation: how jobs are grouped: by function, product, territory, process or customer.
  • Chain of command: the unbroken line of authority from top to bottom (scalar chain, unity of command).
  • Span of control: how many subordinates one manager directs, which fixes the number of levels (worked out on the line organization card).
  • Centralisation: whether decisions are taken at the top or pushed down by delegation.
  • Formalisation: how far jobs are fixed by written rules, job descriptions and procedures.

Defining the structure of a particular enterprise

It is designed from the objectives down, then written up:

  1. State the objectives and list the activities needed to reach them.
  2. Group the activities into jobs, and the jobs into departments.
  3. Assign duties and delegate authority to each position, and fix responsibility.
  4. Decide the span of control at each level, which fixes the number of levels.
  5. Set the relationships: line (command), staff (advice), functional authority, and committees for coordination.
  6. Record it in an organization chart, job descriptions and an organization manual.
  7. Review it as the enterprise grows, adds products or changes its strategy.

Worked example: a software company of 40 people.

  • Activities: development, testing, sales, customer support, accounts, recruitment.
  • Grouping: four departments by function: engineering, sales and support, finance, human resources.
  • Authority and span: a head over each, under the chief executive; about ten people per head.
  • Relationships: an outside lawyer and auditor advise (staff); a monthly meeting of the heads coordinates (a committee).
  • Result: a line and staff chart. Once the firm runs several client projects at once, it lays project managers across the departments and becomes a matrix.

Factors that shape the choice. The right structure depends on the situation (the contingency view of modern theory):

FactorEffect on the structure
SizeA small firm manages with a simple line; a large one needs specialists, departments and more levels.
StrategyOne product suits grouping by function; many products or regions suit divisions; innovation suits flexible teams.
TechnologyWoodward found unit and process production do best with flexible (organic) structures, mass production with rigid (mechanistic) ones (production types: production development).
EnvironmentA stable market allows a formal, centralised structure; a fast changing one (IT, telecom) needs a flatter, decentralised one.
PeopleSkilled professionals work with wide spans and little supervision; routine work needs closer control.
Geography and lawBranches across the country need area divisions; the law may prescribe bodies such as a company's board of directors or a co-operative's elected committee.

The types

TypeIn one lineBest for
LineAuthority flows straight down; one boss eachSmall firms, routine work
FunctionalSpecialist heads, each commanding within one function (Taylor)Work needing deep specialisation
Line and staffLine commands; staff specialists adviseMedium and large organizations
CommitteeA group appointed to decide or adviseCoordination and policy, as a supplement
ProjectA temporary team under a project manager, dissolved at the endOne large, one time job
MatrixFunctional departments crossed with projects; two bossesMany projects sharing scarce experts
DivisionalSelf-contained divisions by product or regionLarge, diversified firms
Syllabus and textbooks. The syllabus teaches the first four (the notes: three popular structures plus committees). Project, matrix and divisional are the textbooks' later forms; the matrix is asked in the older papers.

Matrix organization and its chart

What it is. A structure that lays project (or product) authority across functional authority, so there are two lines of command. Specialists stay in their functional departments but are lent to project managers for the life of a project.

The chart is a grid: functional heads across the top, project managers down the side, a person or team at each crossing.

Chief executiveCivil design headElectro-mechanical headGeology headFinance head
Project A manager (hydropower)2 civil engineers3 mechanical and electrical engineers1 geologist1 accountant
Project B manager (road)3 civil engineersnone1 geologist1 accountant
Project C manager (substation)1 civil engineer2 electrical engineersnone1 accountant

Reading the chart. Everyone in a cell has two bosses: the column head decides who is assigned, the technical standards and the person's career; the row head decides what the project needs and by when. When a project ends, its people go back to their columns.

  • Advantages: scarce experts are shared, not duplicated; each project has one manager accountable for time, cost and quality; specialists keep a technical home; projects can be started and closed quickly.
  • Disadvantages: it breaks unity of command, so the two bosses can give conflicting orders; project and functional managers compete for people; more meetings and overhead; it needs mature staff and clear rules.

Choosing a structure for an engineering project

Verdict: line and staff, built around the project, suits an engineering project best. A project manager commands and specialists advise; a firm running several projects at once extends this into a matrix. The logic follows from what such a project needs:

  • Command and discipline on site: safety, deadlines and contract work need orders that flow one way. Line authority from the project manager to site engineers, foremen and workers gives unity of command and quick decisions.
  • Many specialisms: civil, electrical, mechanical, geotechnical, environmental, legal and financial knowledge. Staff specialists supply it without giving orders, so decisions improve and command stays clear.
  • A fixed goal, budget and deadline: one accountable head answers for time, cost and quality.
  • Coordination: committees (a steering committee, a bid evaluation committee) handle the big joint decisions without running the daily work.
StructureFit for an engineering project
LineClear command but no specialists; only a small, simple job
FunctionalExperts, but a worker with several bosses on site is confusing and unsafe, and responsibility is hard to fix
Line and staffCommand plus expertise: the best single choice
CommitteeGood for coordination and big decisions, too slow to run daily work
MatrixBest for a consultancy or contractor with many projects sharing engineers; needs mature people

Nepal example. A hydropower project organized this way has a project chief with site engineers and foremen in the line; design, geology, environment, contract and finance specialists as staff; and committees for bid evaluation and overall steering.

Why structure matters (the closing points of a short note): it fixes roles and accountability, avoids duplication and gaps, opens clear channels of communication, supports coordination and control, lets people specialise, and makes growth orderly. An informal structure of friendships always grows inside it (formal and informal organization).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Organization Structure 2079 Bhadra Q10a · 4
  • Write short notes on: Organizational structure 2075 Chaitra Q10b · 4
  • Which organization structure is more suitable to engineering project? Discuss with your logic. 2072 Chaitra Q4 · 8
  • What do you mean by organizational structure? How is it defined for a particular enterprise? Write advantages and disadvantage of line organization. 2071 Chaitra Q3 · 2+2+4
  • Write short notes on: Organization structure and 2071 Shrawan Q10ii · 4
  • What do you mean by organization structure? Explain Line Organization. 2070 Ashad Q4 · 4+4
  • What is organization structure? Differentiate between responsibility and authority. Explain functional organization with sketch. 2068 Chaitra Q2b · 2+3+3
  • What do you understand by policy and executive groups in an organization? Explain functional organization. What is responsibility and authority? Explain matrix organization chart. 2068 Baishakh Q2 · 4+4+3+5
  • What do you mean by organization structure? Explain the meaning of responsibility and authority. 2064 Kartik Q2
  • What do you mean by organizational structure? Explain the salient features of line and staff organization. 2058 Chaitra Q2

Line organization: one chain of command, top to bottom PIN 4/36

76 Ch · 76 Ash · 71 Ch · 70 Asa4+42+2+4

Line organization The oldest and simplest structure, in which authority flows in a direct vertical line from the top executive down to the lowest worker, and every person answers to one superior only.

Also called the military organization, because it copies an army's chain of command, or the scalar organization, because it follows the scalar chain. Authority is greatest at the top and decreases at each level down; responsibility is reported back up the same line.

LINE ORGANIZATION Authority flows straight down, every person has one boss. General manager Manager Manager Manager Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers most authority least authority Highlighted: one chain of command. Each box has one line up, to its only superior.

Features

  • Vertical authority: orders pass down, and reports pass up, through the same line.
  • Unity of command: each person has exactly one boss (a principle of organization).
  • No specialists: line managers do everything in their unit themselves; nobody is there only to advise.
  • Self-contained units: each department is complete under its own head.
  • No by-passing: communication follows the chain, and nobody skips a level.
  • Limited span: the number under each superior is kept small enough to supervise directly.

Two forms. In pure line, everyone at one level does the same kind of work (a gang of labourers under a foreman). In departmental line, the work is split into departments, each a self-contained line under its own head.

AdvantagesDisadvantages
Simple: easy to set up and to understandOverload: the top executive carries every decision, and the load grows with the firm
Clear authority and responsibility: everyone knows who commands and who answersNo specialisation: one manager must know production, finance, personnel and sales
Discipline: with one boss, orders are hard to evadeKey person risk: weak performance at the top sinks the whole organization
Prompt decisions: one person decides, without waiting for expertsAutocratic: power at the top invites one person rule and little initiative below
Economical: no specialists on the payrollSlow upward communication: ideas from below climb a long chain
Unity of command is built inWeak coordination: departments work as separate silos, so it suits only small organizations

Where it fits. Small firms with simple, routine work: a shop, a workshop, a small building contractor. Once the firm grows, specialists are added and it becomes line and staff.

Span of control in a line organization

Span of control is the number of subordinates who report directly to one superior. In a line organization it matters most, because every manager supervises in person with no staff to help, so the span sets both each manager's load and the number of levels.

Worked example. Take 64 workers. With a span of 8 there are 8 supervisors and 1 manager: 9 managers in 2 levels (a flat structure). With a span of 4 there are 16 supervisors, 4 managers and 1 top manager: 21 managers in 3 levels (a tall structure).

Narrow span (tall)Wide span (flat)
Close supervision and controlMore freedom; subordinates must be competent
More levels, more managers, higher costFewer levels, lower cost
Slower communication up and downFaster communication, quicker decisions

How wide it can be depends on the ability of the manager and the subordinates, how routine and similar the work is, how clear the plans and rules are, how far apart people work, and how much of the manager's time other duties take.

The notes' typical case: about 20 workers under a supervisor (routine work allows a wide span) and 6 supervisors under a manager (their work interlocks).

Why it cannot grow without limit. Urwick held that a superior can directly supervise no more than five or six subordinates whose work interlocks. Graicunas showed why: the relationships a manager must handle grow far faster than the people, C=n(2n−1+n−1), so 5 subordinates give 100 relationships and 6 give 222.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What advantages does joint stock organization has over partnership organization? Explain the features of line organization. 2076 Chaitra Q3 · 4+4
  • What advantages does Joint stock Organization has over Partnership Organization? Explain the features of line Organization. 2076 Ashwin Q3 · 4+4
  • What do you mean by organizational structure? How is it defined for a particular enterprise? Write advantages and disadvantage of line organization. 2071 Chaitra Q3 · 2+2+4
  • What do you mean by organization structure? Explain Line Organization. 2070 Ashad Q4 · 4+4

Functional organization: a specialist boss for every function PIN 4/36

82 Bh · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 67 Asa4+4+3+52+3+35+3

Functional organization A structure developed by F. W. Taylor in which the work is divided by function, each under a specialist head who has authority over that function wherever it is done, so a worker takes orders from several specialists at once.

Where it came from. Taylor (scientific management) saw that no single foreman could be expert in planning, speed, quality, maintenance and discipline at once. He replaced the one foreman with eight functional foremen, and separated planning from doing:

Planning department (office)Shop floor (doing)
Route clerk: the sequence of operationsGang boss: sets up the job, machines and tools
Instruction card clerk: written instructions for each jobSpeed boss: the right speeds, feeds and tools
Time and cost clerk: time standards and cost recordsRepair boss: maintenance of the machines
Shop disciplinarian: order, discipline and disputesInspector: the quality of the work
FUNCTIONAL ORGANIZATION F. W. Taylor: each function has its own specialist head, and a worker reports to several heads at once. General manager Production head Marketing head Finance head Personnel head Worker Worker orders from 4 heads Worker Every worker takes orders from all four heads (highlighted for one), so unity of command is broken.

Features

  • Division by function: production, marketing, finance and personnel (or Taylor's eight tasks), each under its own specialist.
  • Functional authority: each head commands only within one speciality, but does so across all departments.
  • Several bosses: a worker takes orders from each functional head, so unity of command is given up.
  • Planning separated from doing: experts plan, workers carry out.
  • Line authority stays at the top: the general manager still commands the functional heads.
AdvantagesDisadvantages
Specialisation: every head is an expert, so each task is done the best wayConfusion: a worker with several bosses does not know whose order comes first
Efficiency and quality: expert methods raise output and cut wasteUnity of command broken: discipline weakens
Easy to develop executives: a manager needs expertise in one function onlyResponsibility hard to fix: when output fails, each head blames another
Relief for the top: specialists take routine decisions off the general managerDepartmental loyalty: heads favour their own function over the whole
Standard methods: uniform ways of working suit large scale productionSlow decisions: anything that crosses functions needs several heads to agree
Planning by experts, leaving workers free to doCostly: many specialists on the payroll

The pure form and the modern form. Taylor's pure form, with workers under several bosses, is rare today. Two things survive:

  • Grouping by function: departments for production, marketing, finance and personnel (the notes' chart), each with its own line of command. A public utility such as Nepal Electricity Authority is organized in directorates for generation, transmission and distribution.
  • Functional authority: a quality or safety department's right to enforce its own rules in every department.

Each functional area also needs its own information (information support for functional areas).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain various types of co-operatives organization. Also explain the features of functional organization. 2082 Bhadra Q4 · 5+3
  • What is organization structure? Differentiate between responsibility and authority. Explain functional organization with sketch. 2068 Chaitra Q2b · 2+3+3
  • What do you understand by policy and executive groups in an organization? Explain functional organization. What is responsibility and authority? Explain matrix organization chart. 2068 Baishakh Q2 · 4+4+3+5
  • Write short notes on: Functional organization 2067 Ashad Q6d · 4

Line and staff organization: the line commands, the staff advises PIN 4/36

82 Ba · 79 Bh · 66 Bh · 58 Ch4+45+6+5

Line and staff organization A line organization to which specialists (staff) are attached to advise the line managers; authority to command still flows down the line, while the staff hold no authority over it and only advise.

The logic. A growing firm keeps the discipline of one chain of command and adds the expertise that a line lacks. The line manager listens to the specialist, then decides.

  • Line: does the work and answers for results (production, sales).
  • Staff: study, advise and serve: a legal adviser, a research expert, a personnel manager, quality control, accounts.
  • Origin: armies, where commanders form the line and staff officers plan for them.
LINE AND STAFF ORGANIZATION Line managers give orders down the chain; staff specialists attached to them only advise. advice only, no command Legal adviser Research expert Personnel manager General manager Manager Manager Manager Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor line: gives orders staff: advises only

Salient features

  • Two kinds of position: line executives, who command and answer for results, and staff, who advise and provide services.
  • Unity of command kept: workers take orders only from their line superior.
  • Staff advice is not binding: the line manager may accept or reject it, and bears the responsibility for the decision.
  • Staff command only their own department: the head of the legal section directs the legal team, not the factory.
  • Staff at several levels: attached to the chief executive, to a department, or to the shop floor.

Types of staff in the textbooks: personal staff (an assistant to a manager, who handles correspondence and follow up), specialised staff (experts in law, accounts, research, personnel, quality control, public relations) and general staff (a group advising top management on overall matters, such as a planning cell).

AdvantagesDisadvantages
Expert advice: line managers draw on specialist knowledgeLine and staff conflict: the line resents interference, the staff resent being ignored
Better decisions: the staff supply information and analysisConfused duties: if advising and commanding are not clearly split, coordination suffers
Relief for line executives: they can concentrate on running operationsTheory against practice: staff advice can be theoretical, the line is practical
Discipline kept: unity of command survivesStaff not accountable: they do not answer for results, and may grow careless
Flexible growth: new specialists are added as the firm expandsCostly: specialists are expensive, too costly for a small firm
Training ground: staff posts prepare future executivesSlower: consulting the staff adds time before a decision

Its advantages over line and over functional organization

PointLineFunctionalLine and staff
SpecialistsNoneCommand in their functionAdvise only
Unity of commandKeptBrokenKept
DisciplineStrongWeakStrong
Quality of decisionsOne person's judgementExpert, but slow across functionsExpert advice, one decision maker
Load on the topHeavyShared with the specialistsShared with the staff
Fixing responsibilityEasyHardEasy (the line answers)
CostLowestHighModerate to high
SuitsSmall firmsSpecialised production shopsMedium and large organizations
  • Over line: it adds the specialisation the line lacks, relieves the overloaded top and improves decisions, so it works in a large firm where a pure line fails.
  • Over functional: it brings in expert knowledge without splitting command, so every worker has one boss, discipline holds and responsibility can be fixed.

Where it fits. Most medium and large organizations work this way, such as a manufacturing company whose general manager, managers and supervisors form the line, with a legal adviser, research expert and personnel manager as staff (the notes' chart).

Links: the personnel manager is the textbook staff officer (personnel management); line against staff authority is on the authority card.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • List out different forms of ownership with a brief explanation of each. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of line and staff organization. 2082 Baishakh Q4 · 4+4
  • Explain the advantages of line and staff organization over line and function organization and describe the committee and its types. 2079 Bhadra Q4 · 4+4
  • Discuss the activities of production development. What do you mean by industrial relation? Define the term line and staff organization. 2066 Bhadra Q2 · 5+6+5
  • What do you mean by organizational structure? Explain the salient features of line and staff organization. 2058 Chaitra Q2

Committee organization: a group that decides or advises PIN 2/36

79 Bh · 75 Ash4+4

Committee Two or more people appointed by a higher authority to consider a matter referred to them, and to advise on it or decide it as a group; the members usually keep their regular jobs in the organization.

A supplement, not a whole structure. A committee is added to a line or line and staff organization to pool judgement, give several departments a voice and coordinate them. A classic definition: a group of persons to whom, as a group, some matter is committed.

The notes add that it may be temporary or standing, and may or may not hold real authority.

COMMITTEE ORGANIZATION A group appointed by higher authority studies a problem and recommends; members come from several departments. Production Finance Marketing Personnel Committee members drawn from departments Board or manager the appointing authority appoints it, refers a problem recommendations TYPES OF COMMITTEE Standing or temporary standing: permanent, meets regularly temporary (ad hoc): ends when its task is done Advisory or with authority advisory: recommends, the appointer decides with authority: its decision is binding

Types of committees

TypeMeaningExample
Standing (permanent)Continues indefinitely and meets regularlyA company's board of directors, an audit committee
Ad hoc (temporary, special)Formed for one task and dissolved when it is doneA committee to investigate an accident or choose a factory site
Advisory (staff)Studies and recommends; the appointing authority decidesA committee advising on a new pay scale
Executive (line, with authority)Its decision is binding and it sees it carried outA board of directors; a purchase committee that awards contracts
FormalSet up under the rules, with defined duties and authorityA bid evaluation committee under procurement rules
InformalCalled by a manager to hear views, with no formal authorityDepartment heads meeting over a problem
CoordinatingBrings departments together to align their workA production planning committee of production, sales and purchasing

Merits and demerits

  • Merits:
    • Pooled judgement: well chosen members bring varied ideas, expertise and interests.
    • Representation: every department is heard, so all angles are considered.
    • Coordination: departments plan together and communicate.
    • Motivation: people who share in a decision accept it and carry it out.
    • A check on power: authority is not concentrated in one person.
    • Training: members learn how other departments work.
  • Demerits:
    • Delay: meetings, discussion and agreement take time.
    • Compromise: the decision may be the one all can accept, not the best one.
    • Divided responsibility: when a group decides, no one person is accountable.
    • Costly: it uses the time of several senior people.
    • Domination: one strong member can steer the rest.
    • Leaks: secrecy is harder to keep.

Making a committee work. Written terms of reference, a small membership, a competent chairperson, an agenda circulated in advance, minutes, and a time limit. Use it for policy, coordination and review, never for decisions that need speed.

Nepal context. A company is governed by its board of directors, a standing executive committee (joint stock company); a co-operative by its elected management committee (co-operative societies); and public bodies evaluate bids through an evaluation committee under the Public Procurement Act 2063 (2007) (tender procedure).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain the advantages of line and staff organization over line and function organization and describe the committee and its types. 2079 Bhadra Q4 · 4+4
  • Discuss on different steps for formation of Joint Stock Company. Explain the merits and demerits of Committee organization. 2075 Ashwin Q4 · 4+4

1.6Purchasing and marketing management

Purchasing: the right goods, at the right price, at the right time TOP 12/36

82 Bh · 81 Bh · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 72 Ka · 71 Ch · 70 Ch · 70 Asa · 67 Asa · 65 Shr · 64 Ka · 57 Ch3+55+3+5+31+3+4

Purchasing The activity of acquiring goods and services by payment to accomplish the organization's goals: procuring the materials, machines, tools, equipment, supplies and services it needs.

Why it matters. No business can run without inputs, and in a manufacturing firm materials are often the largest single element of cost, so every rupee saved in buying adds to profit.

The aim (the notes): keep a regular flow of inputs so as to keep a regular flow of outputs. Small organizations let each department buy for itself; large ones run a purchasing department that serves the whole organization.

Purchasing and procurement

Procurement is the wider process of obtaining goods and services by any means (buying, hiring, leasing, making), from identifying the need to managing the suppliers. Purchasing is the buying part of it, the commercial transaction: a subset of procurement.

PointPurchasingProcurement
ScopeOrdering, receiving and paying for goodsThe whole cycle: need, specification, sourcing, supplier selection, negotiation, contract, purchase, receipt, payment, supplier management
NatureTransactional, short termStrategic, long term
MeansBuying with moneyBuying, leasing, hiring, making, exchanging
FocusThe price of the order in handTotal cost, value, risk and supplier relations
Starts withA purchase requisitionIdentifying the need

Objectives: the five rights

QuestionObjectiveWhat it means
What to buy?Right qualityFit for use and to specification: the suitable quality, not the highest
How much?Right quantityEnough to avoid stoppages, not so much that money is locked in stock
At what rate?Right priceThe lowest total cost for the quality, not just the lowest quoted price
When?Right timeArriving when needed, so materials flow without a break
Where from?Right source and placeA reliable supplier, delivering to the right place

Further objectives the textbooks add: continuity of supply, the minimum investment in stock, no duplication or waste, steady quality standards, reliable and alternative suppliers and good relations with them, records of prices and sources, and cooperation with other departments.

Principles of purchasing

The rights are the principles: buy the right quality, in the right quantity, at the right price, at the right time, from the right source, delivered to the right place. The working principles that follow from them:

  • Buy against a need: every purchase starts from an approved requisition and a clear specification.
  • Competitive buying: invite several quotations or tenders so that price and terms are tested (methods).
  • Standardisation: buy standard, interchangeable items to cut variety, stock and cost.
  • Total cost, not price: count transport, storage and the cost of poor quality, and weigh making against buying.
  • Inspection on receipt: accept nothing until it is checked against the order.
  • Records and control: keep documents for every order, so every rupee can be traced.
  • Integrity and good supplier relations: fair dealing, no personal gifts, prompt payment.

Functions of the purchasing department

  1. Receive and check requisitions from departments: need, quantity and budget.
  2. Find and select suppliers: keep a list of approved vendors and look for new sources.
  3. Invite and compare quotations or tenders, and negotiate price, quality, delivery and terms.
  4. Place purchase orders, with copies to stores, accounts and the user.
  5. Follow up (expedite) orders so goods arrive on time.
  6. Arrange receipt and inspection with stores and quality control; return rejected goods.
  7. Check invoices against the order and the receipt, and pass them for payment.
  8. Keep records of suppliers, prices, orders and catalogues.
  9. Study the supply market: price trends, new materials, substitutes.
  10. Support stock control: order quantities and timing that avoid both stock-outs and overstock.
  11. Reduce cost through standardisation, value analysis and make or buy studies.
  12. Dispose of scrap, surplus and obsolete materials.

Role of the purchasing department in the organization

  • Keeps production running: materials arrive on time, so machines and people are never idle.
  • Controls cost: better prices and less waste raise profit directly.
  • Protects quality: good inputs make good outputs.
  • Saves working capital: the right quantities keep money out of idle stock.
  • Watches the supply market: it is the organization's window on suppliers, prices and new materials.
  • Serves every department, and works hand in hand with marketing, whose sales forecast tells it what and how much to buy (marketing and purchasing).

Example. A cement plant that runs out of coal stops its kiln; one that buys a whole year's stock at once ties up the money it needs for wages. The purchasing department steers between the two.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Role of marketing and purchasing department in an organization 2082 Bhadra Q10a · 4
  • What are the functions of purchasing department? Elucidate the purchasing procedure. Highlight the importance of marketing. 2081 Bhadra Q2 · 3+2+3
  • Define advertising and importance of marketing. Explain the Principle of purchasing. 2078 Bhadra Q4 · 1+3+4
  • Explain the role of purchasing and marketing department in the organization. 2076 Chaitra Q4 · 8
  • What do you mean by purchasing? Explain different function of purchasing department. 2072 Kartik Q5
  • What do you mean by purchasing and procurement? Explain the functions of marketing. 2071 Chaitra Q4 · 3+5
  • Define marketing, advertising. Explain the function of purchasing in detail. 2070 Chaitra Q5 · 3+5
  • Define the term purchasing. Explain different function of Purchasing department. 2070 Ashad Q5 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by purchasing and marketing concept? Explain the manufacturing methods in industrial organization. What do you mean by span of control in a line organization? 2067 Ashad Q2 · 5+6+5
  • Explain different activities of production development. What do you mean by purchasing? Define the term responsibility and authority. What do you mean by span of control? 2065 Shrawan Q2 · 5+3+5+3
  • Write short notes on: Objective of Purchasing 2064 Kartik Q6b
  • Define the term "purchasing" and explain the relation between marketing management and purchasing procedure. 2057 Chaitra Q2

Methods and procedure of purchasing HOT 6/36

81 Bh · 79 Ba · 76 Ash · 74 Ash · 72 Ch · 71 Shr4+43+2+35+3

Two questions that come together: how a supplier is chosen and bought from (the methods), and the sequence of steps from a department's need to paying the supplier (the procedure).

Procedures or methods. The notes call direct, quotation and tender buying three "procedures", and give a separate ten step process. The textbooks' "methods of purchasing" also include ways of deciding when and how much to buy. Know both: the three first, then the table of other methods.

The three procedures in the notes

  • Direct purchase: buying straight from a supplier without inviting competition, when the materials are needed immediately, the value is small, or only one supplier exists (a spare part for a particular machine). Fast, but the price is not tested.
  • Quotation procedure: price quotations are collected from at least three suppliers, compared in a comparative statement of price, quality, delivery and terms, and the most suitable is chosen. Used for medium value purchases.
  • Tender procedure: for large purchases in the open market. The requirement is advertised in local or international media, interested suppliers submit tenders (written offers with price, terms and conditions), and these are evaluated and the order placed with the best supplier.

The tender, step by step:

  1. Prepare the specifications, the tender documents and a cost estimate.
  2. Publish the notice with the last date for submission.
  3. Receive sealed bids, each with a bid security (earnest money).
  4. Open the bids in public, at the stated time, in front of the bidders.
  5. Evaluate: a committee checks each bid against the requirements, then compares prices.
  6. Award: the winner gets a letter of acceptance, gives a performance guarantee and signs the contract.

Open and limited tenders. An open tender lets anyone qualified bid; a limited tender is sent only to pre-qualified or approved suppliers.

Nepal context. Public bodies buy under the Public Procurement Act 2063 (2007): open competitive bidding for large purchases, sealed quotations for smaller ones, and direct purchase only for small or exceptional cases, with the limits set by the rules. Notices appear in national newspapers and on the electronic procurement (e-GP) system of the Public Procurement Monitoring Office.

Other standard methods in the textbooks

MethodHow it worksSuits
Purchasing by requirement (hand to mouth)Buy only when a need arises, and only the quantity neededItems used rarely, perishable, or costly to store
Market purchasingBuy ahead of need when market prices are favourableMaterials whose prices swing, such as seasonal farm produce
Speculative purchasingBuy more than needed when prices are low, to gain when they riseRarely wise for a manufacturer: it is a gamble on prices
Contract (rate contract) purchasingFix price and terms for a period; call off supplies as neededItems used regularly: stationery, fuel, standard parts
Scheduled purchasingDeliveries timed to the production scheduleSteady, planned production
Group purchasingCombine many related items in one order with one supplierLow value items; saves ordering cost and earns discounts
Cooperative purchasingSeveral small firms pool their ordersSmall firms and co-operatives seeking bulk discounts
Centralised purchasingOne purchasing department buys for all departments and branchesCommon items: bulk discounts, standard items, expert buyers, tight control
Decentralised (local) purchasingEach department or branch buys for itselfUrgent or local needs: faster, but duplicates effort and loses discounts
Just in time and e-procurementSmall, frequent deliveries exactly when needed; buying and bidding onlineFirms with reliable suppliers; e-tendering in the public sector

The purchasing procedure: ten steps

PURCHASING PROCEDURE Ten steps from a department's need to paying the supplier and issuing the material. FIND AND CHOOSE A SUPPLIER ORDER, RECEIVE AND PAY 1 Identify requirements from the different departments 2 Send inquiries ask suppliers for prices and terms 3 Receive quotations price offers from at least three suppliers 4 Comparative statement prepare it and evaluate the offers 5 Select the supplier choose and approve the best offer 6 Place the order copies to departments, store and accounts 7 Follow up the order chase the supplier for timely delivery 8 Receive the goods inform the departments and users 9 Inspect and record check the materials, write a report 10 Pay and issue pass the bill for payment, issue materials
  1. Identify requirements: departments send purchase requisitions stating the item, specification, quantity and date needed.
  2. Send inquiries to possible suppliers for prices and terms (a request for quotation, or a tender notice).
  3. Receive quotations from the suppliers, at least three.
  4. Prepare a comparative statement of price, quality, delivery, payment terms and warranty, and evaluate it.
  5. Select and approve the supplier who gives the best overall value.
  6. Place the purchase order, with copies to the requesting department, stores and accounts.
  7. Follow up the order so the supplier delivers on time.
  8. Receive the goods, record them on a goods received note, and inform the users.
  9. Inspect and record: check quality and quantity against the order, reject what fails, write an inspection report.
  10. Pay and issue: accounts match the order, the receipt and the invoice before paying; the materials go to stores and are issued to users.

Worked example: 30 computers for a private college's lab.

  • Steps 1 to 3: the department raises a requisition; purchasing asks five suppliers, and three send quotations.
  • Steps 4 and 5: the comparative statement shows supplier B cheapest at the required specification, with a two year warranty, and B is approved.
  • Steps 6 to 10: the order goes to B and is followed up; the computers are received, tested and recorded; accounts pay once the invoice matches the order and the receipt.

Drawing the outline. Draw the ten boxes in two rows, finding and choosing a supplier (steps 1 to 5) and ordering, receiving and paying (steps 6 to 10), and name the document at each step: requisition, inquiry, quotation, comparative statement, purchase order, goods received note, inspection report, invoice.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the functions of purchasing department? Elucidate the purchasing procedure. Highlight the importance of marketing. 2081 Bhadra Q2 · 3+2+3
  • How important is marketing in business? What are the different methods of purchasing? 2079 Baishakh Q5 · 4+4
  • Draw an outline of purchasing process for an organization. What are the challenges for marketing of software products in Nepal? 2076 Ashwin Q4 · 4+4
  • How important is Marketing in business? What are the different methods of Purchasing? 2074 Ashwin Q4 · 4+4
  • Explain the different methods of Purchasing. Why is advertising one of the best form of Marketing? 2072 Chaitra Q5 · 5+3
  • What are the methods of purchasing? Explain the various functions of marketing. 2071 Shrawan Q5 · 4+4

Marketing: start from the customer, end with a satisfied one TOP 20/36

82 Bh · 82 Ba · 81 Bh · 81 Ba · 79 Bh · 79 Ba · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 75 Ch · 74 Ash · 73 Shr · 70 Ch · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 65 Ka · 63 Ash · 61 Ba · 57 Ch4+43+54

Marketing The organizational function of creating, communicating and delivering value to customers and managing customer relationships for the benefit of the customer, the organization and its shareholders: the business activities that direct the flow of goods and services from producers to consumers.

Two textbook definitions. William J. Stanton, quoted in the notes, calls marketing a total system of business activities that plan, price, promote and distribute want-satisfying goods and services to present and potential customers. Kotler's shortest form: meeting needs profitably.

Marketing management is the operative function that finds out what customers need and organizes the supply of goods and services to meet it.

The marketing concept

The idea: the goal is not profit through sales volume but profit through customer satisfaction. Find out what customers want, then make and sell that, rather than make what the factory can and push it. The notes rest it on three beliefs:

  • Customer orientation: planning, policy and operations centre on the customer.
  • Profit orientation: the goal is profitable sales volume, not volume at any price.
  • Customer satisfaction: products are built around what satisfies the customer.
PointSelling concept (inside out)Marketing concept (outside in)
Starts fromThe factory and its existing productsThe target market and its needs
MeansSelling and heavy promotionIntegrated marketing: the four Ps together
Ends inProfit through sales volumeProfit through customer satisfaction
HorizonThis month's saleA lasting customer relationship

The five marketing philosophies, in textbook order: production (make it cheaply), product (make it best), selling (push it hard), marketing (make what customers want), and societal marketing (satisfy customers while protecting society and the environment).

The four Ps: the marketing mix

The marketing mix is the set of controllable tools a firm blends to satisfy its target market; E. Jerome McCarthy grouped them as the four Ps.

MARKETING MIX The four Ps, all aimed at one target customer. The notes call them product, pricing, placement and promotion. Target customer Product designed from market research to meet the needs of end users Price set to suit demand and product quality Place how it reaches the buyer: retail, wholesale, online Promotion advertising, sales promotion, publicity, branding
  • Product: developed from market research to meet end users' needs: features, quality, design, brand, packaging, service.
  • Price (pricing): what the customer pays, set by cost, demand, competition and quality, with discounts and credit terms.
  • Place (placement): how the product reaches the buyer (online, retail, wholesale) and which market it serves (businesses, families, youth).
  • Promotion: advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, publicity and branding (advertising).

Importance of marketing

Why it is fundamental. Peter Drucker argued that because the purpose of a business is to create a customer, it has two basic functions only: marketing and innovation. Every other activity is a cost; marketing brings in the revenue that pays for them.

  • Revenue and survival: no sale, no income; the notes call marketing the last but most important step of a new unit (small scale unit).
  • Guides production: research tells the firm what to make, how much and at what price (production development).
  • Growth and competition: it finds new customers and markets and defends existing ones.
  • For consumers and society: the right goods at the right place and price, jobs in distribution, advertising and retail, and a higher standard of living.

In the modern digital era it matters even more, and works differently:

  • Reach: social media, search engines and video platforms put a small Nepali firm in front of customers anywhere, at low cost.
  • Targeting and measurement: advertisements are aimed by age, place and interest, and every view, click and sale is counted, so spending follows results.
  • Two way: customers comment, review and compare in public, so a firm must listen and respond.
  • Selling online: e-commerce sites such as Daraz and wallets such as eSewa and Khalti let customers find, order and pay from a phone.
  • Speed and data: a campaign is launched, tested and changed within hours, and purchase data feed back into research and product decisions.

Marketing research

Marketing research is the systematic gathering and analysis of information about customers and markets to guide marketing decisions. The notes build it on four elements:

ElementWhat it involves
Analysis of current activitiesMonitoring sales trends: who buys what, and where
Market intelligenceKnowing what is happening in the market, including competitors' plans
Market analysisCustomers' reactions to new prices and new products
Product evaluationHow well the current product strategy works, and what must change

The process: define the problem, plan the research, collect data (primary: surveys, interviews, observation, test marketing; secondary: sales records, reports, published statistics), analyse it, and report to the decision makers.

Market structure (older papers)

Market structure is the set of features of a market that decide how firms compete and set prices: the number of sellers, the kind of product, how easily new firms can enter, and each firm's control over price.

StructureSellersProductEntryControl over priceExample
Perfect competitionVery manyIdenticalFreeNone: a price takerVegetable sellers in a wholesale market
Monopolistic competitionManyDifferentiated by brandEasySomeRestaurants, instant noodles, clothing
OligopolyA few largeSame or differentiatedDifficultConsiderable; each watches the othersMobile telephony (Nepal Telecom and Ncell)
MonopolyOneNo close substituteBlockedA price makerNepal Oil Corporation, the sole importer and supplier of petroleum products

Also: two sellers make a duopoly, a single buyer a monopsony. Branding and promotion matter most under monopolistic competition and oligopoly; under perfect competition, where every seller's product is identical, one seller's advertising has no use, and a monopoly advertises mainly to inform. (A marketing department's own structure, by function, product, territory or customer, is a different thing.)

Salesmanship and its place in marketing

Salesmanship is the art of persuading prospective buyers to buy goods or services that give them lasting satisfaction, to the benefit of both buyer and seller. It is exercised in personal selling, the face to face part of promotion: find prospects, prepare, approach, present and demonstrate, meet objections, close the sale, follow up.

Verdict: it is an important ingredient, with one qualification.

  • It is where the sale happens: selling turns the rest of the marketing effort into revenue (functions of marketing).
  • Two way: a salesperson answers questions, meets objections and fits the offer to the buyer, which an advertisement cannot.
  • Essential for technical, costly products: machinery, building materials, business software and insurance need explanation and demonstration.
  • Builds relationships and repeat business, which matters in Nepal where buying often rests on personal trust.
  • Brings back market information: salespeople hear complaints and competitors' offers first.
  • The qualification: one ingredient, not the whole recipe. A product that meets no need is not bought twice however skilled the salesperson, and for simple goods bought online, advertising and the product page do much of the selling.

Marketing and purchasing: difference and relation

PointPurchasingMarketing
PurposeAcquire the inputsSell the outputs and satisfy customers
Goods flowInto the organizationOut of the organization
Money flowOut, to suppliersIn, from customers
Market facedThe supply market (vendors)The customer market (buyers, dealers)
Main concernQuality, cost, continuity of supplyCustomer needs, sales, market share
Key activitiesRequisition, quotation, tender, order, follow up, inspectionResearch, product planning, pricing, promotion, distribution, selling
Measured bySavings, timely supply, no stock-outsSales, profit, customer satisfaction

The relation. They are the two ends of one chain: purchasing at the input end, marketing at the output end, production between them.

  • Marketing starts the purchasing procedure: the sales forecast sets the production plan, and the production plan sets what, how much and when purchasing buys.
  • Customers set the specifications: the quality buyers demand decides the quality of the materials bought and the standard used at inspection.
  • Purchasing sets what marketing can promise: material cost and supply reliability decide the price and delivery dates marketing can offer.
  • Buying is itself a marketing function for traders, and purchasing is marketing in reverse: both study a market, negotiate and manage relations.

Role of the marketing department

It is the firm's link with its customers:

  • Research and forecast: studies the market and forecasts sales.
  • Product and price: plans products with production and R&D, and sets prices.
  • Promotion and sales: runs advertising and the sales force.
  • Distribution and service: builds the dealer network and serves customers after the sale.
  • Feedback: passes customer information to production, purchasing and finance.

Together with purchasing (its role), it keeps the organization in step with both markets it faces: suppliers on one side, customers on the other.

Challenges of marketing software products in Nepal

  • Small, price sensitive market: few businesses and households can pay much.
  • Low willingness to pay: pirated and free software are common, and buyers expect software to be cheap or bundled with hardware.
  • Low awareness: many firms still keep paper records and do not see what software would save them.
  • Trust: buyers prefer foreign brands or vendors they know personally; a start-up has no references.
  • An intangible product: it must be demonstrated and explained before anyone buys.
  • Long sales cycles: businesses and government offices decide slowly, and public purchases go through tenders where the lowest evaluated price usually wins.
  • Global competition: international cloud products are one click away.
  • Payments: collecting from foreign customers and paying for global advertising involve foreign exchange formalities.
  • Uneven infrastructure and skills: internet quality varies outside the cities, and few engineers are trained to sell.
  • Support expectations: customisation, training and on-site support, expected free.

How firms respond: free trials, small monthly subscriptions, Nepali language and mobile first design, case studies from early customers, partnerships with banks and telecom companies, digital marketing aimed at a niche, and export of services. The same risks face IT entrepreneurs (entrepreneurship).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Role of marketing and purchasing department in an organization 2082 Bhadra Q10a · 4
  • Define the term marketing. Explain why marketing is so important and fundamental in an organization. 2082 Baishakh Q2 · 3+5
  • What are the functions of purchasing department? Elucidate the purchasing procedure. Highlight the importance of marketing. 2081 Bhadra Q2 · 3+2+3
  • What are the major function of marketing? Explain the importance of marketing in this modern digital era. 2081 Baishakh Q4 · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Marketing 2079 Bhadra Q10b · 4
  • How important is marketing in business? What are the different methods of purchasing? 2079 Baishakh Q5 · 4+4
  • Define advertising and importance of marketing. Explain the Principle of purchasing. 2078 Bhadra Q4 · 1+3+4
  • Explain the role of purchasing and marketing department in the organization. 2076 Chaitra Q4 · 8
  • Draw an outline of purchasing process for an organization. What are the challenges for marketing of software products in Nepal? 2076 Ashwin Q4 · 4+4
  • Define the term Marketing. Explain the importance of Marketing in an Organization. 2075 Chaitra Q4 · 3+5
  • How important is Marketing in business? What are the different methods of Purchasing? 2074 Ashwin Q4 · 4+4
  • Explain the importance of marketing in modern business. Salesmanship is an important ingredient of marketing. Do you agree with this statement? 2073 Shrawan Q5 · 4+4
  • Define marketing, advertising. Explain the function of purchasing in detail. 2070 Chaitra Q5 · 3+5
  • How are Policy group and Executive groups different in an organization? Differentiates between marketing and purchasing. 2068 Chaitra Q2a · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Marketing concept 2068 Baishakh Q6c · 4
  • What do you mean by purchasing and marketing concept? Explain the manufacturing methods in industrial organization. What do you mean by span of control in a line organization? 2067 Ashad Q2 · 5+6+5
  • What do you mean by marketing? Explain the relation between marketing concept and production development. What do you mean by industrial relation? 2065 Kartik Q2 · 4+8+4
  • Write short notes on: Market Structure 2063 Ashwin Q6b
  • Define the term marketing and explain the importance of marketing management. 2061 Baishakh Q2
  • Define the term "purchasing" and explain the relation between marketing management and purchasing procedure. 2057 Chaitra Q2

The functions of marketing: eight jobs between factory and customer PIN 3/36

81 Ba · 71 Ch · 71 Shr4+43+5

Functions of marketing are the activities needed to move goods and services from producers to consumers and satisfy them at a profit. The notes list eight; each settles a question the firm must answer.

  1. Pricing: setting the right price level for the demand and the product's quality, with the discounts and credit terms around it. Example: a low launch price to win customers, raised once the brand is known.
  2. Buying: deciding what, where, how much, from whom, when and at what price to purchase, whether goods for resale (a trader) or materials for production (purchasing).
  3. Selling: the core of marketing: supplying the product to buyers in exchange for payment, through salespeople, dealers or online.
  4. Distribution: the best way for customers to locate, obtain and use the product: the channel (producer to wholesaler to retailer to consumer, or direct), transport and storage.
  5. Financing: budgeting for marketing activities, and funding stocks, credit to dealers and credit to customers.
  6. Product and service management: designing, developing, maintaining, improving and acquiring products and services to meet consumer needs (the older syllabus called this the production development function).
  7. Market information management: gathering and using information about customers, competitors and trends to decide what will sell (marketing research; information support for marketing).
  8. Promotion: communicating with customers to create demand and prompt purchase, through advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, publicity and public relations (advertising).

The textbook grouping

The classical scheme sorts the functions into groups, and adds a few the notes leave implicit:

GroupFunctionsWhat they achieve
Functions of exchangeBuying (and assembling), sellingTransfer of ownership
Functions of physical supplyTransportation, storage and warehousingGoods at the right place (transport) and time (storage)
Facilitating functionsFinancing, risk bearing, standardisation and grading, market informationMake exchange and supply smooth
Product related (modern texts)Product planning and development, packaging, branding, pricing, promotion, after-sales serviceA product people want, and know about
  • Risk bearing: goods may spoil, go out of fashion or fall in price while stored or in transit; insurance and careful stocking spread the risk.
  • Standardisation and grading: fixing standards of size and quality, and sorting produce into grades (tea, rice, fruit), so that buyers can buy by description.
  • Packaging and branding: protect the product, identify it, and make it recognisable on the shelf.

Worked example: a Nepali tea estate. It grades its leaf (standardisation), packs and brands it, prices it for export and local markets, sells through a Kathmandu wholesaler and online, ships and warehouses it (distribution), insures stock in transit (risk bearing), gives credit to dealers (financing), and tracks which grades sell where (market information).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the major function of marketing? Explain the importance of marketing in this modern digital era. 2081 Baishakh Q4 · 4+4
  • What do you mean by purchasing and procurement? Explain the functions of marketing. 2071 Chaitra Q4 · 3+5
  • What are the methods of purchasing? Explain the various functions of marketing. 2071 Shrawan Q5 · 4+4

Advertising: paid, public persuasion PIN 4/36

78 Bh · 72 Ch · 70 Ch · 69 Ch1+3+43+55+3

Advertising A form of marketing that uses paid, non-personal messages from an identified sponsor to inform and persuade consumers to act on a product, service or idea; in the notes, it makes people conscious of products and brands and so increases sales.

Its place. Advertising is one tool of promotion, the fourth P, alongside personal selling, sales promotion (discounts, gifts), publicity and public relations. It is paid (unlike publicity), non-personal (unlike a salesperson) and carries the sponsor's name. It works along the AIDA path: win attention, raise interest, create desire, prompt action.

Objectives

  • Inform: announce a new product, its features, its price and where to buy it.
  • Persuade: build preference for the brand and win buyers from competitors.
  • Remind: keep an established brand in mind so that buyers come back.
  • Build image and goodwill: a corporate image that makes all of the firm's products more trusted.
  • Support salespeople and dealers: customers arrive already knowing the product.
  • Increase sales, which allows large scale production at a lower cost per unit.

Media

MediumStrengthWeakness
Newspapers and magazinesDetailed message, local reach, credibilityShort life; little colour or motion
TelevisionSight, sound and motion; mass reachCostly; viewers switch channels
Radio (FM)Cheap; reaches rural listeners and people who cannot readSound only; brief message
Outdoor: hoardings, billboards, vehiclesSeen again and again, day and nightOnly a few words fit
Online: search, social media, video, websites, emailPrecise targeting, interactive, measurable, cheap to startCrowded; ad blockers; needs skills
Direct mail, cinema, point of purchase displaysPersonal, or placed at the moment of choiceNarrow reach
The notes' list of media also names door-to-door selling and sales promotion. Strictly these are the other tools of promotion (personal selling and sales promotion), which work alongside advertising rather than as its media.

Importance

  • To the firm: it launches new products, raises sales, builds a brand, supports salespeople and dealers, and spreads fixed costs over a larger output.
  • To consumers: information about products, prices and choices; lower prices where mass demand allows mass production.
  • To society: jobs in media and creative work, revenue that funds newspapers, television and free online services, and a spur to competition and quality.

Why advertising ranks among the best forms of marketing

  • Mass reach at a low cost per person: one message reaches millions, which no sales force can.
  • A controlled message: the firm decides what is said, where, when and how often.
  • Creates demand and brands: it makes a product known before anyone meets a salesperson, and turns a product into a brand people trust.
  • Repetition: reminder advertising keeps customers loyal.
  • Pre-selling: customers arrive half persuaded, so every other promotional tool works better.
  • Measurable and adjustable: online advertising shows what each rupee returned.

The limits. It is one way (it cannot answer questions), it can be expensive, and it can mislead; so it sells best combined with a good product, a fair price and good personal selling.

Computer aided advertising

Computer aided advertising is the use of computers and the internet to design, produce, place, target and measure advertisements.

  • Design and production: graphic design, desktop publishing, animation, video editing and 3D software make advertisements quicker and cheaper to create and to change.
  • Digital placement: search, display, social media, video and email advertisements, and electronic (LED) billboards.
  • Targeting: data on location, age, interests and past behaviour decide who sees which advertisement, and automated (programmatic) systems buy advertising space in real time.
  • Personalisation and testing: different versions for different customers, and two versions run side by side to keep the better one (A/B testing).
  • Measurement: impressions, clicks, click-through rate and sales are counted automatically, so money moves to what works.
AdvantagesLimitations
Cheaper and faster to produce and revisePrivacy concerns over personal data
Precise targeting, less wasteClutter, ad blocking and ad fatigue
Interactive: the viewer can click and buy at onceNeeds skilled staff and tools
Results measured exactlyMisses people who are not online

The same data make the computer a marketing information tool as well as a design tool (computers and MIS).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define advertising and importance of marketing. Explain the Principle of purchasing. 2078 Bhadra Q4 · 1+3+4
  • Explain the different methods of Purchasing. Why is advertising one of the best form of Marketing? 2072 Chaitra Q5 · 5+3
  • Define marketing, advertising. Explain the function of purchasing in detail. 2070 Chaitra Q5 · 3+5
  • Write short notes on: Computer aided Advertising 2069 Chaitra Q10a

Production development: from a customer need to a product the plant can make PIN 5/36

67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 62 Ba5+6+55+3+5+34+8+4

Production development The function that develops new products and improves existing ones, together with the methods of making them, so that the organization can produce what the market wants at a quality and cost it will pay for.

An older syllabus topic. The older papers set it beside marketing, and it survives in the notes as the marketing function of product and service management (functions of marketing). It covers what to make (product development) and how to make it (process development).

Activities of the production development function

  1. Research and development (R&D): research finds new knowledge (basic research) or applies it to a problem (applied research); development turns it into a workable product or process.
  2. Product design: what the product does (functional design), how it looks (form design) and how easily it can be made (production design: standard parts, simple shapes, easy assembly), ending in drawings and specifications.
  3. Prototype and testing: building a model or pilot batch and testing its performance, reliability and safety; often test marketing a small quantity to check customers' response.
  4. Process planning: how it will be made: the operations and their sequence, machines, tools, jigs and fixtures, time standards, and whether to make or buy each part.
  5. Standardisation: fixing standard sizes, materials, parts and methods, with simplification (cutting needless variety) and specialisation (concentrating on fewer lines); it lowers cost and makes parts interchangeable.
  6. Value analysis: examining each part's function against its cost and removing cost that adds no function, without losing quality or reliability (V=F/C: value is function over cost). It was developed by Lawrence Miles at General Electric.

The sequence for a new product: an idea (from customers, research, competitors or staff), screening, a feasibility study (technical and economic), R&D, design, prototype and test, process planning and tooling, a pilot run and test marketing, full production and launch, then continuing improvement through standardisation and value analysis.

Manufacturing methods in an industrial organization

The choice follows volume and variety: the more units of one standard product, the more the work can be laid out as a line.

PointJob (unit)BatchMass (flow)Continuous (process)
WhatOne or a few units to a customer's orderA limited lot of each product, made at intervalsA large volume of a standard product on a lineMaterial flows through fixed processes, often round the clock
VarietyVery highMediumLowVery low
MachinesGeneral purposeGeneral purpose, set up for each batchSpecial purposeA highly automated plant
LayoutBy processBy processBy product (a line)By product, fully integrated
LabourHighly skilledSkilled and semi-skilledSemi-skilledA few operators who monitor
Cost per unitHighMediumLowLowest
ExampleA transformer to a utility's specification, a special machineMedicines, garments, bakery goodsInstant noodles, bottled drinks, motorcyclesCement, sugar, paper, oil refining

By what is done to the material, manufacturing is also classed as:

  • Analytical: one material separated into several products (an oil refinery).
  • Synthetic: ingredients combined into a new product (cement).
  • Processing: material passed through successive stages (sugar, paper).
  • Assembling: parts joined into a product (cars, televisions, computers).

The method also shapes the organization (Woodward, on the structure card).

The marketing concept and production development

The link: under the marketing concept, production development starts from the customer, not from the factory. Marketing says what to make; production development makes it possible at a quality and cost the market will pay for (marketing concept).

  • Ideas come from the market: research on customers' needs and complaints starts the development.
  • Design follows customer requirements: features, quality, size and the target price are set by what buyers value.
  • The target price drives cost: value analysis and standardisation bring the cost down to a price customers accept.
  • Testing includes the market: prototypes and test marketing check customers' response before full production.
  • The sales forecast sets the method: the expected volume decides job, batch or mass production.
  • Feedback closes the loop: complaints after the sale and competitors' moves lead to redesign, and the product life cycle signals when a new product is due.

The contrast is the production concept, under which a firm makes what its plant does best and then looks for buyers.

The tension to manage: marketing wants variety and quick changes, production wants standard products and long runs; production development balances the two.

Example. A noodle maker launches a new flavour only after tasting trials with customers, sizes the pack to a target price, and runs it on its existing flow line.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What do you mean by purchasing and marketing concept? Explain the manufacturing methods in industrial organization. What do you mean by span of control in a line organization? 2067 Ashad Q2 · 5+6+5
  • Discuss the activities of production development. What do you mean by industrial relation? Define the term line and staff organization. 2066 Bhadra Q2 · 5+6+5
  • What do you mean by marketing? Explain the relation between marketing concept and production development. What do you mean by industrial relation? 2065 Kartik Q2 · 4+8+4
  • Explain different activities of production development. What do you mean by purchasing? Define the term responsibility and authority. What do you mean by span of control? 2065 Shrawan Q2 · 5+3+5+3
  • What do you mean by production development? Explain different activities of the production development function. 2062 Baishakh Q2

Chapter 1 in one screen

1.1 Organization

  • Organization: two or more people working interdependently through structured patterns towards common goals.
  • Three systems at once: goal oriented, social, technological.
  • Elements: people, goals, structure, tasks and technology, resources, communication and coordination, environment.
  • Barnard's three elements: communication, willingness to serve, common purpose.
  • Four conditions for cooperation: common objective, organized rules and regulations, willingness to cooperate, strong communication.
  • Open system: inputs (raw materials, human, financial, information, equipment), transformation by subsystems (production, marketing, finance, personnel), outputs (goods and services, employee behaviour, profit or loss), feedback, environment.
  • Closed against open system: closed, no exchange with the environment, runs down (classical view); open, inputs, outputs and feedback, adapts (modern view).
  • Principles of organization, notes: division of work, authority and responsibility, span of control, scalar chain, unity of command.
  • Principles the textbooks add: unity of objective, coordination, balance, flexibility, continuity, exception, efficiency.
  • Span of control numbers: notes, 20 workers per supervisor and 6 supervisors per manager; Urwick, 5 or at most 6; Graicunas, C=n(2n−1+n−1), so 4 give 44 relationships, 5 give 100, 6 give 222.
  • Pin factory, Adam Smith (1776): 10 workers dividing the work made about 48,000 pins a day; alone each could hardly make 20.
  • Authority, responsibility, accountability: the right (flows down, can be delegated); the obligation (flows up, cannot be delegated away); answerability upward.
  • Delegation, three elements: assignment of duties, grant of authority, creation of accountability.
  • Theories of authority: formal (legal), acceptance (Barnard), competence.
  • Kinds of authority: line, staff, functional.
  • Five bases of power, French and Raven (1959): legitimate, reward, coercive, expert, referent; information added later.
  • Informal organization: spontaneous, social needs, unwritten norms, grapevine, informal leader; cannot be abolished, can be used.

1.2 Management

  • Management: getting things done through people; the brain of the organization.
  • Ancient roots: Sun Tzu, The Art of War (6th century BC); Chanakya, Arthashastra (about 300 BC).
  • Definitions: Follett (the art of getting things done through people), Taylor (the best and cheapest way), Fayol (forecast and plan, organize, command, coordinate, control), Koontz and Weihrich (an environment in which groups efficiently accomplish aims).
  • Why management matters, notes: proper planning, proper organizing, proper influence, controlling.
  • Science and art: science, organized principles (inexact); art, skilful application; both, and a developing profession.
  • Five functions, PODCC: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling.
  • POSDCORB, Gulick (1937): planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting, budgeting.
  • Three levels: top (board, chief executive: goals, policy, budgets), middle (department heads: implement, link), lower (supervisors, foremen: day to day work).
  • Katz's skills (1955): technical (most at the bottom), human (equal at every level), conceptual (most at the top).
  • Mintzberg's roles (1973), the notes' three skills: interpersonal (figurehead, leader, liaison), informational (monitor, disseminator, spokesperson), decisional (entrepreneur, disturbance handler, resource allocator, negotiator).
  • Six models: hierarchical, task oriented (transactional), allocational, team effort, knowledge oriented, goal concentrated.
  • Policy group against executive group: administration decides policy (board, chairman); management executes it (managers, supervisors); Sheldon (1923).
  • Fayol's qualities of a manager: physical, mental, moral, general education, special knowledge, experience.

1.3 Theory of management

  • Three schools: classical (scientific, administrative), behavioral (human relations), modern (systems, contingency, quantitative).
  • Taylor (1856 to 1915): scientific management, early 1900s, Bethlehem Steel, one best way; The Principles of Scientific Management (1911).
  • Taylor's four ways to raise efficiency: motion study (improved method), fatigue study (prescribed rest), time study (standard output), incentive wages (pay by unit of output).
  • Pig iron study: 75 labourers, loads of about 42 kg; 12.7 to 48.8 tons a day per man; pay $1.14 to $1.85 a day.
  • Taylor's experiments: time study, motion study, fatigue study, pig iron handling, shovelling.
  • Taylor's techniques: functional foremanship, differential piece rate, standardization, scientific selection and training, time and motion study.
  • Functional foremanship, eight foremen: planning room (route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk, shop disciplinarian); shop floor (gang boss, speed boss, repair boss, inspector).
  • Taylor's principles: science not rule of thumb, harmony not discord, cooperation not individualism, maximum not restricted output, development of every worker to his greatest efficiency.
  • Fayol (1841 to 1925): French mining engineer, father of administrative management; contributions: technical and managerial skills separated, functions of management identified, principles developed.
  • Fayol's five elements: planning, organizing, directing (commanding), coordinating, controlling.
  • Fayol's 14 principles: division of labour, authority and responsibility, discipline, scalar chain, centralization, unity of direction, unity of command, order, initiative, equity, remuneration, stability of tenure, general interest over individual interest, esprit de corps.
  • Mayo (1880 to 1949): behavioral management and the human relations movement, 1920s, the Hawthorne works of Western Electric near Chicago.
  • Hawthorne, three studies over five years: relay assembly test room (6 women), interviewing programme (about 21,000 workers over 3 years), bank wiring observation room (14 men).
  • Hawthorne conclusions: attention raises output (the Hawthorne effect), organization is a social system, social factors motivate as well as money, group work raises performance, satisfaction goes with productivity, communication across levels matters, managers need social skills.
  • Organization behaviour, disciplines: psychology, sociology, social psychology, anthropology, political science, economics.
  • Organization behaviour, three levels: individual, group, organization.
  • Modern theories: systems approach (inputs, transformation, outputs, feedback), contingency approach (no one best way; it depends on the situation), quantitative approach (management science).

1.4 Forms of ownership

  • Five forms: single ownership (sole proprietorship), partnership, joint stock company, co-operative society, public corporation.
  • Single ownership, advantages (notes): easy to form and dissolve, easy to manage, direct motivation, absolute control, secrecy, prompt decisions, flexibility, personal relations, little government control.
  • Single ownership, limitations (notes): limited finance, limited managerial ability, uncertain life, misuse of the profit motive, unlimited liability, strain on the owner.
  • Partnership: two or more people, partnership deed, shared profit and loss, liability for the partners' acts.
  • Types of partners: active, sleeping (dormant), nominal, secret, partner in profits only, partner by estoppel, minor, limited and general.
  • Partnership, notes: advantages, easy to form and dissolve, more capital, more skills, quick decisions; limitations, instability, liability for others' acts, misunderstandings, uneven effort.
  • Joint stock company: transferable shares, limited liability, continuity, board of directors elected at the annual general meeting.
  • Formation stages: promotion, incorporation (registration), capital subscription, commencement of business.
  • Registration in Nepal: Office of the Company Registrar, Companies Act 2063 (2006), memorandum and articles of association; private limited or public limited.
  • Joint stock company, notes: advantages, large finance, limited liability, transferable shares, continuity, efficient management, social benefits, large scale economies, public confidence; disadvantages, difficult formation, lack of personal interest, lack of secrecy, delayed decisions, heavy regulation.
  • Co-operative society: service before profit; notes, at least 10 and at most 100 members; one man, one vote; fixed dividend; Nepal, Cooperatives Act 2074 (2017).
  • Five types of co-operatives: producer's, consumer's, marketing, housing, credit.
  • ICA's seven co-operative principles: voluntary and open membership, democratic member control, member economic participation, autonomy and independence, education and training, cooperation among co-operatives, concern for community.
  • Public corporation: created by the government for public welfare, not profit; notes, about 20 formed between 1936 and 1939; Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Oil Corporation, Nepal Airlines Corporation.

1.5 Organizational structure

  • Structures: line, functional, line and staff, committee; matrix in the older papers.
  • What shapes a structure: nature of the activities, size, strategy, technology, environment, the competence of its people; no single best structure.
  • Line: simplest, authority straight down, unity of command, quick decisions; small firms only, overloads the top.
  • Functional (Taylor): divided by function (production, marketing, finance, personnel), expert heads; several bosses, breaks unity of command.
  • Line and staff: line managers command; staff specialists (legal advisor, research expert, personnel manager) only advise.
  • Committee: two or more people appointed to advise; standing or temporary (ad hoc), advisory or with authority; slow, compromise decisions.
  • Matrix: functional departments crossed with project managers; a member has two bosses.

1.6 Purchasing and marketing management

  • Five rights of purchasing: right quality, right quantity, right price, right time, right source (delivered to the right place).
  • Purchasing department, functions: receive requisitions, find and select suppliers, negotiate prices, place and follow up orders, receive and inspect, keep records, pass invoices for payment, work with stores, production and accounts.
  • Three purchasing procedures: direct purchase, quotation (at least three suppliers), tender (open, advertised).
  • Ten steps of purchasing: identify needs, send inquiries, receive quotations, compare them, approve the supplier, place the order, follow up, receive and inform, inspect and record, pay and issue the materials.
  • Marketing, Stanton: a total system of business activities to plan, price, promote and distribute want-satisfying products and services.
  • Four Ps: product, pricing, placement, promotion.
  • Marketing concept, three beliefs: customer oriented, profit oriented, customer satisfaction.
  • Marketing research, four elements: analysis of current activities, market intelligence, market analysis, product evaluation.
  • Eight functions of marketing: pricing, buying, selling, distribution, financing, product and service management, market information management, promotion.
  • Promotion mix: advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, publicity, public relations.
  • Advertising objectives: inform, persuade, remind.
  • Advertising media: newspapers, magazines, television, radio, online and social media, billboards, door to door selling.
  • Market structures, older papers: perfect competition, monopolistic competition, oligopoly, monopoly.
  • Production development activities: research and development, product design, process planning, prototype and testing, standardization, value analysis.
  • Manufacturing methods: job (unit), batch, mass (flow), continuous (process).

Chapter 2 · 8 hours · about 16 marks a paper · in all 36 sittings

Personnel management

Personnel management is the human side of management: finding the right people, training them, judging their work, paying them fairly and keeping them willing. The chapter is a whole unit of the syllabus, worth 16 marks (usually two eight mark questions), and its questions are the most predictable in the paper.

What this chapter is about
  • Personnel management: what it is, its three aspects, its functions, and how it differs from human resource management.
  • Getting people: the personnel policy, manpower planning, recruitment and scientific selection.
  • Growing people: training and development, and the job analysis that every personnel activity runs on.
  • Judging and paying people: job evaluation, merit rating, the wage and salary structure, and the incentive plans.
  • Living with labour: industrial relations and collective bargaining, which the older papers asked.
Where it fits
  • The managerial functions of personnel management are the management functions of chapter 1, applied to people.
  • Taylor's scientific management (chapter 1) gave this chapter time study, scientific selection and the differential piece rate.
  • Incentives and job design are the practical side of the motivation theories of chapter 3, above all Herzberg and Maslow.
  • The personnel information system of chapter 5 keeps the records this chapter runs on.
What you will learn
  1. 2.1 Personnel management, its aspects and its role
  2. 2.2 Managerial and operative functions
  3. 2.3 The personnel policy, or employee handbook
  4. 2.4 Manpower planning
  5. 2.5 Recruitment and outsourcing
  6. 2.6 Scientific selection of manpower
  7. 2.7 Training and development
  8. 2.8 Job analysis, description, specification and design
  9. 2.9 Job evaluation
  10. 2.10 Merit rating, performance appraisal and MBO
  11. 2.11 Wages, salary and the pay structure
  12. 2.12 Incentives and the incentive plans
  13. 2.13 Industrial relations and collective bargaining
  14. 2.14 Chapter 2 in one screen
How it is examined
  • The definition and the functions of personnel management are the staple: its card sits under 21 of the 36 sittings, and five sittings ask for the definition and the functions together.
  • A definition plus a list makes most questions: the factors of the wage and salary structure (nine sittings, four of them paired with the meaning of incentives), selection and its steps (14), the methods of job analysis and of appraisal.
  • Opinion and application asks fill the recent papers: the job analysis method that suits Nepal, a lecturer's job description, the salary you would expect, talent poaching, a short term development programme, appropriate against inappropriate human resources. Take a position and give reasons.
  • The older papers (2068 and before) asked collective bargaining and industrial relations, often as short notes, along with job design and MBO.
  • Splits are usually 4+4 or 3+5. The selection funnel and the job analysis figure are worth drawing in an eight mark answer.

2.1Personnel management

Personnel management: getting, growing and keeping people TOP 21/36

82 Bh · 81 Ba · 80 Bh · 80 Ba · 79 Ba · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 73 Shr · 72 Ka · 71 Ch · 71 Shr · 70 Ch · 70 Asa · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 65 Shr · 64 Jth · 62 Ba4+43+58

Personnel management The part of management that deals with people at work: obtaining, developing, rewarding and keeping a satisfied workforce, so that the organization's goals and the employees' own goals are both met. It is also called human resource management (HRM).

Flippo's definition, the one textbooks quote: the planning, organizing, directing and controlling of the procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance and separation of human resources, so that individual, organizational and societal objectives are accomplished.

Its first four nouns are the managerial functions, the next six the operative functions of 2.2.

The main idea is that people are the one resource that decides how well every other resource is used: machines, money and materials can be bought, but skill and willing effort have to be attracted, developed and kept.

The motive is therefore the effective use of manpower: the right person in the right job, able and willing, at a cost the organization can bear.

In the course notes' words, whoever is concerned with the welfare and performance of individuals in the organization is doing personnel management. It covers company policies, staffing, hiring and firing, orientation, wage fixing, leave, health care programmes, training and appraisal.

The three aspects

AspectWhat it coversExample
Welfare aspectWorking conditions and amenities: canteens, housing, rest rooms, help with employees' personal problems, counsellingA factory canteen and a medical room
Labour or personnel aspectRecruitment, placement, pay, promotion, incentivesHiring and promoting engineers
Industrial relations aspectNegotiating with trade unions, collective bargaining, settling disputes (2.13)A wage agreement signed with the union

Objectives

  • Organizational: help the organization reach its goals by using people effectively.
  • Functional: keep the personnel department's contribution matched to what the organization needs, neither more costly nor less useful than it should be.
  • Societal: act ethically and within the law, for example Nepal's Labour Act, 2074 (2017).
  • Personal: help employees reach their own goals of pay, security and growth, which is what keeps them.

Role and importance in the organization

A staff function: the personnel department advises and serves the line managers who supervise people day to day (line and staff). Its role, which is also the part HRM plays in developing an organization:

  • Staffing: puts the right number and kind of people in place.
  • Building capability: training and development grow the skills the organization will need next.
  • Performance: appraisal and incentives raise productivity and tie pay to results.
  • Retention: fair pay, welfare and career paths lower turnover and keep knowledge in the firm.
  • Industrial peace: good relations with the unions keep work going.
  • Culture and change: it spreads the organization's values and prepares people for new technology, restructuring and growth.
  • Compliance: it keeps the firm within labour law on hours, leave, social security and bonus.

The HR manager in a modern organization plays the four roles Dave Ulrich named:

RoleWhat the HR manager does
Strategic partnerTurns the business plan into a people plan, for example the staff a new branch or project will need
Administrative expertRuns payroll, records, attendance and benefits efficiently, today through a computerized HR system
Employee championHears grievances, looks after welfare and morale, and speaks for employees to management
Change agentPrepares people for new technology, mergers and new ways of working

Scientific management in practice is also the HR manager's work: standard tasks from job analysis and time study, scientific selection and training, and incentive pay (chapter 1).

Personnel management and HRM

HRM is the modern successor of personnel management. Michael Armstrong calls it a strategic and coherent approach to managing an organization's most valued assets, the people who work there. The course notes treat the two names as one, which is fine for a definition; when a question asks how they differ:

PointPersonnel managementHuman resource management
NatureTraditional, administrative, routineModern, strategic
View of peopleA cost, a factor of productionAn asset to invest in
ApproachReactive: deals with problems as they comeProactive: plans ahead with the business
Who does itThe personnel department, a staff functionEvery line manager, with HR as a partner
AimCompliance with rules and contractsCommitment to goals and values
PayFixed grades from job evaluationLinked to performance
Employee relationsCollective, through the unionsAlso direct, with individuals and teams
TrainingLimited, for the present jobContinuous learning and development

A human resource management system (HRMS), read as software, is the computer system behind this work: records, payroll, attendance, recruitment and appraisal in one database (chapter 5). Personnel management is the function; the HRMS is its tool.

Appropriate and inappropriate human resources

Appropriate human resources are people whose number, skills, qualifications and attitude match what the jobs and the organization need. Inappropriate human resources are a mismatch on any of those counts: too many or too few, wrongly skilled, wrongly placed or unwilling.

PointAppropriateInappropriate
NumberRight for the workloadOverstaffing (idle wages) or understaffing (overload, overtime)
Skill and qualificationMatches the job specificationUnderqualified (errors, accidents) or overqualified (bored, soon gone)
PlacementEach person in the job that uses their skillsAn engineer doing clerical work, a clerk supervising a plant
Attitude and valuesCommitted, fits the culture, open to changeIndifferent, resists change, undisciplined
TimingAvailable when the work arrivesHired too late, or hired before there is work
CostPay matched to contributionA payroll with no matching output
  • Building appropriate human resources: manpower planning fixes the number, job analysis the specification, scientific selection picks against it, training closes the gaps, and appraisal and fair pay keep people performing.
  • Dealing with inappropriate ones: retraining, job rotation or transfer to a better fitting job, counselling, discipline, a voluntary retirement scheme for a surplus, and dismissal only as the last resort, by the procedure the Labour Act lays down.

A Nepali illustration: a criticism often made of the country's public enterprises is exactly this mismatch, many staff taken on outside any manpower plan and too few of the technical specialists the work needs.

Talent poaching

Talent poaching is a rival deliberately luring away an organization's skilled employees, usually with higher pay or a bigger title. The loser loses the skills, the training invested, client relationships and sometimes a whole team.

It is sharpest where skills are scarce, as with experienced software engineers in Kathmandu, whom foreign firms and remote employers also hire. The HR manager tackles it on several fronts:

  • Competitive pay: salary surveys keep pay at or above the market rate for scarce skills.
  • Retention pay: bonuses that vest over time and long service benefits make leaving expensive.
  • Career paths: promotion from within, so the next step is inside the firm.
  • Training with a service agreement: costly training is tied to a period of service after it.
  • Engagement: recognition, interesting work, flexible hours and a good manager, the non-financial reasons people stay.
  • Succession planning and knowledge sharing: no single departure can cripple a project.
  • Stay and exit interviews: learn why people leave and fix it before the next one goes.
  • Employer brand: a name as a good place to work.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Describe necessary terms included in a development of personnel policy. What role does human resource management play in the development of an organization? 2082 Bhadra Q5 · 4+4
  • What is the main idea of personal management? Explain steps of the HR planning process. What are the methods of scientific selection of manpower in organization? 2081 Baishakh Q5 · 1+4+3
  • What is personal management? Elaborate the various factors of wage and salary structure with proper examples. 2080 Bhadra Q5 · 4+4
  • Define personal management and explain the function of personal management. 2080 Baishakh Q2 · 8
  • How would HR Manager tackle with the problem of talent poaching in the modern industries? Elaborate how HR manager would implement employee development program with short term plans. 2079 Baishakh Q6 · 4+4
  • Explain the role of personnel management in the organization. Why do we need manpower planning in the organization. 2076 Chaitra Q5 · 4+4
  • Explain the role of Personnel Management in the organization. Why do we need manpower planning in the organization? 2076 Ashwin Q5 · 4+4
  • What is the significance of Human Resource Manager in modern organization? Elaborate how HR manager would implement Scientific Management Approach? 2075 Chaitra Q3 · 4+4
  • What is personnel management? What must a good personal policy include? 2075 Ashwin Q5
  • Define Personnel Management. How important is discussing Personnel Policy/Employee Handbook to newly hired employee? 2074 Ashwin Q5 · 3+5
  • What is difference between appropriate and inappropriate human resources? List out some idea to elaborate them concerning with "Human Resources Management". 2073 Shrawan Q7 · 8
  • Define personal management and explain function of personal management. 2072 Kartik Q6
  • Explain the motive behind personnel management? Describe various functions of personnel management. How does Human Resources Management System differ from personnel management? 2071 Chaitra Q5 · 2+4+2
  • What is personnel management? Explain recruitment and selection of staff. 2071 Shrawan Q6 · 3+5
  • Define the term personnel management. Explain the function of personal management. 2070 Chaitra Q6 · 3+5
  • Define the term Personnel management and explain its functions. 2070 Ashad Q6 · 8
  • What do you understand by personnel management? Explain job description. 2068 Chaitra Q5a · 4+4
  • Define the term personnel management. Explain the different factors of wage and salary structure. What are the methods of performance appraisals? 2068 Baishakh Q5 · 4+8+4
  • What do you mean by personal management? Define the term job analysis. Discuss deferent steps of hiring and selecting staff. What do you mean by collective bargaining? 2065 Shrawan Q5 · 3+5+5+3
  • What do you mean by human resource management? Define the term collective bargaining. Explain the process of collective bargaining. 2064 Jestha Q5 · 5+5+8
  • Define the term personnel management and explain different methods of performance appraisal. 2062 Baishakh Q5

2.2Functions of personnel management

Managerial and operative functions HOT 6/36

80 Ba · 75 Ch · 72 Ka · 71 Ch · 70 Ch · 70 Asa82+4+23+5

Two groups of functions. The managerial functions are the management cycle of chapter 1 applied to the personnel department and its people. The operative functions are the personnel work itself, and they follow an employee's journey from hiring to retention.

FUNCTIONS OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT Managerial functions run the personnel work; operative functions are that work itself. Personnel management or human resource management Managerial functions the management cycle, applied to people Operative functions the employee's journey, hiring to retention 1 Planning decide in advance 2 Organizing jobs, roles, authority 3 Directing guide and supervise 4 Coordinating unify the efforts 5 Controlling check against plan 1 Procurement recruit, select, place 2 Development train and educate 3 Compensation fair pay 4 Integration harmony and communication 5 Maintenance health, safety, welfare 6 Motivation incentives

A. Managerial functions

  • Planning: deciding the personnel programme in advance: how many people of what kind will be needed, what training, what changes in pay. Example: the staff plan for a new hydropower project.
  • Organizing: designing the jobs and the structure of the personnel department, and fixing authority and responsibility. Example: separate sections for recruitment, training and payroll.
  • Directing: guiding, motivating and supervising people so that the plans are carried out. Example: briefing line managers on a new appraisal form.
  • Coordinating: unifying the efforts of departments so that personnel work fits the rest of the business. Example: fitting the training calendar around production peaks.
  • Controlling: checking results against the plan and correcting them. Example: watching absenteeism, turnover and overtime, and auditing the personnel records.

B. Operative functions

FunctionWhat it coversTaught in
1. Procurement (employment)Hiring the right kind and number of people: manpower requirement, recruitment, selection, placement of new hires2.4 to 2.6
2. DevelopmentEducation, training and development after placement, to build efficiency: seminars, training programmes, team building2.7
3. CompensationFair pay, set by the job's requirements, employees' basic needs, the minimum wage, the ability to pay, competitors' pay, qualification and experience2.9, 2.11
4. IntegrationReconciling individual, group and organizational interests: an effective communication system, grievance handling, harmony between employees, employers and unions2.13
5. MaintenanceKeeping the workforce fit and willing beyond training: health, safety, comfort, a healthy canteen, clean rest rooms, counselling, insurance, recreation, family benefitsThe welfare aspect, 2.1
6. MotivationDesigning, with the other departments, the monetary and non-monetary benefits and incentives that make people give their best2.12

The order is the employee's journey: procured, developed, paid, fitted into the group, looked after, and kept keen.

Notes and textbook. The course notes list motivation as the sixth operative function. Flippo's list, the six in his definition, has the same first five and ends with separation: handling retirement, resignation, lay-off and dismissal fairly, with exit interviews, gratuity and pension. Write the notes' six and add separation. Some textbooks also name advisory functions (advising top management and department heads on personnel matters) and supporting ones (personnel records, research and audit).

A worked picture: a commercial bank opening ten branches plans for about 60 new assistants, procures them by advertisement and tests, develops them in an induction course, fixes their grade (compensation), gives them a grievance channel (integration), insures them (maintenance) and adds a bonus for deposit targets (motivation).

Controlling closes the loop: a year later the bank checks how many of them are still there, and why the others left.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define personal management and explain the function of personal management. 2080 Baishakh Q2 · 8
  • What are the functions of personal management? How wages are calculated? 2075 Chaitra Q5 · 5+3
  • Define personal management and explain function of personal management. 2072 Kartik Q6
  • Explain the motive behind personnel management? Describe various functions of personnel management. How does Human Resources Management System differ from personnel management? 2071 Chaitra Q5 · 2+4+2
  • Define the term personnel management. Explain the function of personal management. 2070 Chaitra Q6 · 3+5
  • Define the term Personnel management and explain its functions. 2070 Ashad Q6 · 8

2.3Personnel policy

The personnel policy, or employee handbook HOT 7/36

82 Bh · 80 Ba · 79 Bh · 78 Bh · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 73 Shr3+54+45+3

Personnel policy A written statement of what the employer expects from employees, and what employees can expect from the employer. Handed to every employee at hiring, it is called the employee handbook.

A policy is a standing plan: a decision made once, in advance, that guides the many similar decisions that follow, so that any manager decides a case the same way.

Policy, rule and procedure: a policy leaves room for judgement ("we fill vacancies from inside when a qualified employee is available"); a rule leaves none (no smoking in the plant); a procedure gives the steps to follow.

The handbook is given out at hiring or placement and gone through during orientation and training by the personnel manager. It usually opens with a welcome, a short company history, its values and objectives and its structure, and then sets out the workplace rules.

The policies it contains

Policy areaWhat it decides
EmploymentSources of recruitment, the selection method, probation, filling posts from inside or outside
Training and developmentWho is trained, how, at whose cost, with what obligation afterwards
CompensationPay scales, increments, allowances, overtime, bonus, pay against the market
Promotion and transferSeniority or merit, and how transfers are decided
Hours and leaveWorking hours, rest periods, attendance, holidays, home, sick, maternity and paternity leave
Welfare and benefitsInsurance, provident fund or social security, health, education help, family benefits
Discipline and grievancesConduct and dress rules, penalties, how a complaint is raised and heard
Industrial relationsRecognition of unions and how bargaining is done
SeparationNotice periods, retirement, lay-off, dismissal

What a good policy must include

  • Welcome: an address by top management.
  • The organization: its values, morals, goals and objectives, and its structure.
  • Rules and regulations: the hiring and dismissal policy, lay-offs, discipline, attire, the probation period.
  • Time: hours of work, rest periods, attendance, leave, sick leave, holidays, paid leave, vacation, allowances.
  • Pay and benefits: the pay structure, incentives and bonus, insurance, family benefits, education assistance, pension, disability and health plans.
  • Employee assistance: counselling, relocation help, the unions.
  • Legal policies: harassment, work accidents, disability, security, the disciplinary procedure, conflicts, administrative dismissal.

In Nepal, the handbook may give more than the Labour Act, 2074 (2017) but never less. Among the Act's minimums:

  • Hours: 8 a day and 48 a week.
  • Overtime: one and a half times the basic rate.
  • Festival allowance: one month's basic pay a year.
  • Leave: 12 days of sick leave, 98 days of maternity leave (60 of them paid), 15 days of paid paternity leave.

Why an organization needs one

  • Consistency: similar cases get the same decision, whoever the manager is.
  • Delegation and speed: managers decide routine people matters themselves, without referring each one upwards.
  • Fairness and trust: employees know the rules in advance and see them applied equally.
  • Fewer grievances and disputes: most arguments are settled by the written rule.
  • Legal compliance: the law's requirements are built in once, not remembered case by case.
  • A basis for control: actual practice can be checked against the stated policy.

A sound personnel policy is

  • Tied to objectives: it serves the organization's goals.
  • Written and clear: easy to read, with no room for two readings.
  • Fair and consistent: the same rule for everyone, at every level.
  • Stable but flexible: not changed at whim, reviewed when conditions change.
  • Lawful: in line with the labour law.
  • Made with participation: managers, employees and the union consulted.
  • Communicated: every employee has it and has been taken through it.
  • Comprehensive: it covers every personnel function.

Developing a personnel policy

  1. Study the objectives and the law: the organization's goals, the Labour Act, the Trade Union Act, the Bonus Act and the social security rules.
  2. Gather facts: present practice, grievances, turnover, and what similar firms do.
  3. Consult line managers, employees and the union.
  4. Draft the policy in writing.
  5. Approve it at top management or board level.
  6. Communicate it: the handbook, orientation, notice boards, the intranet.
  7. Apply it consistently and review it periodically, as every Nepali employer had to when the Labour Act, 2074 replaced the old Labour Act of 2048.

Why it is discussed with every new employee

  • Expectations both ways: the employee learns the hours, conduct and targets expected, and the pay, leave and benefits due.
  • Faster settling in: it is the heart of induction, and it removes first-week confusion and anxiety.
  • Fewer disputes: once a rule has been explained at hiring, no one can later claim not to have known it.
  • Legal protection: a signed acknowledgement shows the harassment, safety and disciplinary rules were made known.
  • Consistency: every new employee hears the same rules, which is itself fair.
  • Commitment: values and culture are passed on from the first day.
  • Rights and channels: the employee knows whom to approach with a grievance.
  • Lower early turnover: a realistic picture of the job keeps those who stay.

Example: a new engineer posted to a remote hydropower site learns on the first day the site safety rules, the leave rules for remote postings and the allowances due, instead of finding them out through a dispute.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Describe necessary terms included in a development of personnel policy. What role does human resource management play in the development of an organization? 2082 Bhadra Q5 · 4+4
  • Explain about the personal policy and describe about the importance of manpower planning in an organization. 2080 Baishakh Q5 · 4+4
  • Explain the policies of personnel mangement. How can you identify the training needs of manpower in an organization? 2079 Bhadra Q5 · 5+3
  • Define Manpower Planning. Why is it important to discuss Personnel Policy with the employees at Hiring? 2078 Bhadra Q7 · 3+5
  • What is personnel management? What must a good personal policy include? 2075 Ashwin Q5
  • Define Personnel Management. How important is discussing Personnel Policy/Employee Handbook to newly hired employee? 2074 Ashwin Q5 · 3+5
  • Why is personnel Policy necessary to be discussed? Discuss the importance of Manpower Planning. 2073 Shrawan Q6 · 5+3

2.4Manpower planning

Manpower planning: the right people at the right time HOT 8/36

81 Bh · 81 Ba · 80 Ba · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 75 Ch · 73 Shr4+43+51+4+3

Manpower planning The personnel function that ensures the right number and kind of people are at the right place, at the right time, doing the right job. It is also called human resource planning (HRP).

Manpower here means more than a head count: it is the sum of the skills, talents, knowledge, qualifications, creativity, abilities and values of the workforce. E. W. Vetter describes the planning as the process by which management decides how the organization should move from its current manpower position to its desired one.

It is the first step of procurement: nothing is recruited until the plan says it is needed.

MANPOWER (HUMAN RESOURCE) PLANNING Four steps put the right people in place; a review feeds back into the next round. 1 Analyse present manpower inventory how many people work here now, by department 2 Forecast future manpower needs from future workload, prospects and budget 3 Develop employment programmes recruit, select and place to meet the forecast 4 Design training and development programmes train new and old staff, keep pace with technology Right number and kind of people, at the right place and time feedback: monitor, review and plan again
  1. Analyse the current manpower inventory: how many people work in each department now, with what skills, qualifications, age and performance. The result is a skills inventory.
  2. Forecast future manpower needs: from the future workload, the organization's plans and prospects, the budget and the specialists it will need, by managerial judgement, workload analysis (work to be done divided by one person's output), past ratio trends or the Delphi method (rounds of expert opinion).
  3. Develop employment programmes: once the gap is known, plan the recruitment, selection and placement that fill it. A forecast surplus calls for redeployment, retraining or a freeze on hiring instead.
  4. Design training programmes: for new recruits and for existing staff, to keep pace with technology and build the skills the forecast needs.

Then review: actual staffing is monitored against the plan, and the next round starts from the new inventory. That is the feedback arrow in the drawing.

The textbook refinement splits the forecast in two, and the difference is what the programmes must fill:

  • Demand forecast: how many people of each kind the future work needs.
  • Supply forecast: how many of today's staff will still be there after retirements, resignations and promotions, plus those who can be moved or retrained inside.
  • Net requirement: N=D−S, where D is the demand and S the internal supply.

Worked example. A software company in Lalitpur has 40 developers, and next year's signed projects need 58. Six developers left last year, so it expects about the same: turnover rate=640×100=15 percent.

The gap: internal supply is 40−6=34, so the net requirement is 58−34=24. The employment programme might fill 4 posts by retraining testers and recruit 20 from outside; the training programme adds a course on the new technology for everyone.

Why it is needed, and why it matters

  • Higher productivity: resources are used best when every employee's skills and qualifications are known and well placed.
  • No shortage, no surplus: the required manpower is there, with no overload and no idle staff.
  • Lower cost: excess labour is avoided, and so are last-minute hiring and overtime.
  • Attracts talent: planned recruitment reaches good candidates before a vacancy becomes a crisis.
  • Motivation: training, career and succession plans show employees a future.
  • Meets change: expansion, new technology and retirements are prepared for, not discovered.
  • The base of other functions: recruitment, selection, training and the personnel budget all start from the plan.
  • In Nepal, where many skilled workers leave for jobs abroad, a firm that does not forecast its losses finds critical posts empty without warning.

Its limits: forecasts go wrong when markets or policies change, planning needs time and records that many small firms do not keep, and a plan not tied to the budget is ignored.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain the term Human Recourse Planning. What are the different methods of Job Analysis process? 2081 Bhadra Q5 · 3+5
  • What is the main idea of personal management? Explain steps of the HR planning process. What are the methods of scientific selection of manpower in organization? 2081 Baishakh Q5 · 1+4+3
  • Explain about the personal policy and describe about the importance of manpower planning in an organization. 2080 Baishakh Q5 · 4+4
  • Define Manpower Planning. Why is it important to discuss Personnel Policy with the employees at Hiring? 2078 Bhadra Q7 · 3+5
  • Explain the role of personnel management in the organization. Why do we need manpower planning in the organization. 2076 Chaitra Q5 · 4+4
  • Explain the role of Personnel Management in the organization. Why do we need manpower planning in the organization? 2076 Ashwin Q5 · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Manpower planning 2075 Chaitra Q10a · 4
  • Why is personnel Policy necessary to be discussed? Discuss the importance of Manpower Planning. 2073 Shrawan Q6 · 5+3

2.5Recruitment

Recruitment: building a pool of applicants HOT 8/36

82 Ba · 80 Bh · 79 Bh · 78 Bh · 72 Ch · 71 Shr · 69 Ch · 68 Ch3+52+3+34+4

Recruitment The process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organization (Flippo). The applicants are then selected by skill and qualification.

Recruitment is a positive process: its job is to attract as many suitable applicants as possible, so that selection has a real choice. It is usually run by the HR department and counts among the most important personnel functions, because selection can never be better than the pool it chooses from.

Job analysis comes first: the job description and specification tell the recruiter whom to look for.

Sources of recruitment

PointInternal sourcesExternal sources
ExamplesPromotion, transfer, internal job posting, former employees and retirees taken back, referrals by employeesAdvertisements in newspapers and on job portals, campus recruitment at engineering colleges, employment agencies and manpower consultants, walk-in and unsolicited applicants, executive search (headhunters), labour contractors
AdvantagesCheaper and faster; motivates staff with a chance of promotion; the person's record is known; little induction neededWider choice; fresh ideas and skills the firm does not have; meets an expansion insiders cannot fill
DisadvantagesA small pool; inbreeding of ideas; favouritism and rivalry; one vacancy creates anotherCostly and slower; the newcomer is an unknown; can demoralize insiders passed over; longer induction

In Nepal, the civil service recruits through the Public Service Commission (Lok Sewa Aayog), which advertises vacancies publicly and fills them by open competition; private firms rely on newspapers, online job portals, campus visits and referrals.

The recruitment process

  1. Recruitment planning: identify the vacancies from the manpower plan, their number and kind, and get them approved.
  2. Job analysis: prepare or update the job description and specification (2.8).
  3. Strategy: decide internal or external sources, where and how to search, when, and at what cost.
  4. Searching: advertise the vacancy with the job title, location, duties, qualifications, pay, deadline and how to apply; brief agencies; visit campuses.
  5. Screening: collect the applications and shortlist those that meet the specification. The shortlist is handed over to selection.
  6. Evaluation and control: check the cost per hire, the time taken and the quality of the applicants, and improve the next round.

Example: a hydropower developer needing five civil engineers takes the posts from its manpower plan, updates the job specification, advertises in the newspapers and on job portals, visits engineering campuses, receives 120 applications and shortlists 30 for the written test.

Recruitment, selection and hiring

PointRecruitmentSelection
MeaningSearching for candidates and making them applyChoosing the most suitable of the applicants
NaturePositive: increases the number of applicantsNegative: rejects the unsuitable, step by step
OrderComes firstFollows recruitment
AimA large pool of suitable applicantsThe right person for the job
MethodsAdvertisement, sources, campus visitsTests, interviews, reference and medical checks
OutcomeApplicationsAn appointment letter and a contract of employment
EffortSimpler and cheaperMore complex, costly and expert

Hiring is the whole process that ends in employment: recruitment, then selection, then appointment and placement. Recruitment is only its first stage, so recruitment against hiring is the part against the whole.

Outsourcing

Outsourcing is contracting out a function, a process or the supply of manpower to an outside specialist firm, instead of employing people to do it in house. In recruitment it appears in two ways:

  • Outsourcing the recruitment itself: a recruitment agency or consultant advertises, screens and even tests, and hands over a shortlist.
  • Outsourcing the work, so there is no one to recruit: security guards, cleaning, canteens, payroll or IT support supplied by a contractor whose workers stay on its own payroll.

For it: lower cost, focus on the core business, access to specialists, flexibility to scale numbers up and down, speed. Against it: less control over quality and people, confidentiality risks, dependence on the vendor, weaker loyalty of contract staff, and the employer's continuing legal duties towards them.

Nepal sits on both sides: its offices buy in services such as security, and Kathmandu's software firms do outsourced work for foreign clients.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What kind of salary and benefits will you expect when you join an organization? Briefly explain the recruitment process. 2082 Baishakh Q6 · 3+5
  • Define the term outsourcing. Explain the process of recruitment and selection of manpower in an organization. 2080 Bhadra Q6 · 3+5
  • Explain the following: Recruitment 2079 Bhadra Q6d · 2
  • Define term wages and merit ranking. Differentiate between recruitment and selection. Explain the scientific selection of manpower and methods of job analysis. 2078 Bhadra Q6 · 2+3+3
  • What is the difference between recruitment and hiring? Why do we need incentives in an organization? 2072 Chaitra Q6 · 4+4
  • What is personnel management? Explain recruitment and selection of staff. 2071 Shrawan Q6 · 3+5
  • Explain the process of recruitment and selection of man power in an organization. What do you mean by outsourcing in this context? 2069 Chaitra Q5
  • Explain recruitment and selection process in detail. 2068 Chaitra Q5b · 8

2.6Scientific selection of manpower

Scientific selection: a funnel of hurdles TOP 14/36

81 Ba · 80 Bh · 78 Bh · 75 Ch · 71 Ch · 71 Shr · 69 Ch · 68 Ch · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 64 Ka · 63 Ash3+55+33+5+5+3

Selection The process of choosing, from the pool of applicants, the person best suited to the job, by comparing each one with the job specification.

Scientific selection means choosing by evidence rather than impression or favour: the yardstick comes from job analysis, candidates pass objective tests and structured interviews, and references and health are checked. It was one of Taylor's principles (chapter 1): select the worker scientifically, then train him.

Successive hurdles: each step is a hurdle, and the unfit leave at each one, so the process narrows like a funnel.

RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION Eleven steps from vacancy to placement; each hurdle rejects the unfit. Job analysis and vacancy Advertisement Applications received Screening and reference check Tests (aptitude, written, physical) Preliminary interview (HR) Final interview (department head) Medical and background check Selection and appointment Induction Placement Rejected unfit candidates leave at each hurdle Recruitment attract a pool Selection hurdles reject the unfit Joining settle into the job
  1. Job analysis and vacancy: the job description and specification set the standard every candidate is measured against.
  2. Advertisement (the notes' job forecast): newspapers, websites, pamphlets, naming the job title, location, period, functions and contacts.
  3. Applications received: all are collected for review.
  4. Screening and reference check: applications checked against the specification; referees asked about past work, behaviour and education.
  5. Tests: written tests of job knowledge, aptitude and intelligence tests, physical and mental tests.
  6. Preliminary interview (HR): tests attitude, knowledge and confidence, and weeds out clear misfits.
  7. Final interview (department head): checks knowledge, experience and skills in depth. An interview aims to get as much information as possible about the candidate's suitability.
  8. Medical and background check: physical and mental fitness, drug and disability tests, verification of the background.
  9. Selection and appointment: final approval and an appointment letter stating the terms.
  10. Induction: introducing the new employee to the organization, its policies, practices and purpose (the handbook): a welcome that makes the new environment comfortable.
  11. Placement: assigning the job and its responsibilities, usually on probation.
Notes and textbook. The course notes compress this into seven steps: job analysis and description, job forecast, application collection, reference check, tests, selection and induction, placement. The drawing opens it out to eleven: the first three are recruitment, the next six selection, the last two joining.

The funnel in numbers: of 120 applications, 30 pass screening, 12 pass the written test, 6 reach the final interview and 2 are appointed.

Selection tests

TestWhat it measuresExample
AptitudeThe potential to learn a skillA numerical and reasoning test for trainee engineers
Achievement or tradeSkill already acquiredA coding test, a welding or typing test
IntelligenceGeneral mental ability: reasoning, memory, understandingA general ability paper
PersonalityTraits such as sociability, stability, initiativeFor sales and customer roles
InterestThe kind of work a person likesCareer placement
SituationalBehaviour in a job-like situationA group discussion, an in-basket exercise
Physical and medicalFitness for the job's demandsEyesight and strength for linemen who climb poles

A good test is valid (it measures what it claims to, so high scorers really do the job better) and reliable (the same person gets about the same score on a retest).

The interview process

Types: preliminary (screening), structured (the same prepared questions for every candidate), unstructured (free conversation), panel or board (several interviewers), group (several candidates together), stress (deliberate pressure, to see composure) and depth (the candidate's whole background).

  1. Preparation: decide what the interview must find out, study the job description and the application, prepare the questions, fix the panel, time and a quiet place.
  2. Reception and rapport: receive the candidate on time and put them at ease, so they talk freely.
  3. Conducting: ask the planned questions, listen more than talk, observe, and let the candidate ask about the job.
  4. Closing: end courteously and say what happens next.
  5. Evaluation: rate the candidate on a standard form at once, while the impression is fresh, and compare candidates on the same scale.

Errors to avoid: the halo effect (one good point colours everything), snap first impressions, favouring people like oneself, the contrast effect (a weak candidate makes the next look strong), stereotyping, and an interviewer who talks more than the candidate.

Why the hiring procedure matters

  • Productivity: the right person learns faster and performs better.
  • Cost: a wrong hire costs its salary, the training wasted, the damage done and a second recruitment.
  • Lower turnover and absenteeism: people suited to the job stay.
  • Fairness: an open, objective procedure gives every applicant an equal chance and stands up to challenge.
  • Culture and reputation: good hires strengthen the team, and a fair process attracts better applicants next time.

Nepal's civil service is scientific selection at national scale: the Public Service Commission advertises, holds a written examination, interviews those who pass, and recommends appointment in order of merit.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What is the main idea of personal management? Explain steps of the HR planning process. What are the methods of scientific selection of manpower in organization? 2081 Baishakh Q5 · 1+4+3
  • Define the term outsourcing. Explain the process of recruitment and selection of manpower in an organization. 2080 Bhadra Q6 · 3+5
  • Define term wages and merit ranking. Differentiate between recruitment and selection. Explain the scientific selection of manpower and methods of job analysis. 2078 Bhadra Q6 · 2+3+3
  • What kind of salary and benefits do you expect when you join an organization? Explain interviewing process. 2075 Chaitra Q6 · 5+3
  • Define the term job analysis and explain scientific selections of manpower. 2071 Chaitra Q6 · 5+3
  • What is personnel management? Explain recruitment and selection of staff. 2071 Shrawan Q6 · 3+5
  • Explain the process of recruitment and selection of man power in an organization. What do you mean by outsourcing in this context? 2069 Chaitra Q5
  • Explain recruitment and selection process in detail. 2068 Chaitra Q5b · 8
  • Explain the term job description. What are the processes of collective bargaining? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff. 2067 Ashad Q5 · 4+6+6
  • What do you mean by job analysis? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff. Explain the methods of performance appraisal. 2066 Bhadra Q5 · 6+5+5
  • Define the term Job analysis. How the personnel are selected in the organization explain? Does the job design help to work efficiency comment? 2065 Kartik Q5 · 3+8+5
  • What do you mean by personal management? Define the term job analysis. Discuss deferent steps of hiring and selecting staff. What do you mean by collective bargaining? 2065 Shrawan Q5 · 3+5+5+3
  • What do you mean by job analysis? Explain different steps of hiring and selecting staff. 2064 Kartik Q5
  • Describe the importance of hiring procedure in an organization and explain the steps of hiring in details. 2063 Ashwin Q4

2.7Training and development

Training and development: closing the skill gap HOT 6/36

82 Ba · 81 Bh · 79 Bh · 79 Ba · 72 Ch · 71 Shr4+45+33+2+3

Training An organized activity to increase people's knowledge and skills for a definite purpose, changing the behaviour of those trained so that they do their jobs better.

Flippo's shorter definition: training is the act of increasing the knowledge and skill of an employee for doing a particular job. Development is wider: the growth of a person for future, usually managerial, roles.

Neither is a one-time event: training continues throughout the organization's life, for new and old employees alike.

PointTrainingDevelopment
AimSkill for the present jobGrowth for future roles
ContentSpecific, technical, practicalBroad: conceptual, human and decision skills
TermShortLong, continuous
For whomMainly operatives and new staffMainly managers and executives
Started byManagementManagement and the individual
ExampleA new lineman learns safe working on live linesA section engineer is groomed to become a project manager

Need and importance

  • Productivity: training raises motivation, job satisfaction and morale, and with them efficiency.
  • A shorter learning period: no learning only by watching others or by trial and error.
  • Lower turnover: people who are invested in tend to stay.
  • Less supervision: a well trained employee needs less watching.
  • New technology: skills keep pace with new machines and software.
  • Fewer accidents and less waste: safe, correct methods are taught, not guessed.
  • Ready for promotion and transfer: a trained pool fills higher posts from inside.
  • Better management overall, because good practice spreads.

For a new employee training is the bridge from college to the job: orientation teaches the organization's ways, job training makes the recruit productive quickly, and early development shows a career path. It builds confidence, helps a graduate grow mentally and professionally, and cuts the high turnover of the first year.

Identifying training needs

A training need is the gap between the performance a job requires and the performance the employee gives. McGehee and Thayer's three level analysis finds it:

  • Organization analysis: where in the organization training is needed, from its goals and plans (a new plant, new software) and from its records of output, quality, accidents and complaints.
  • Task analysis: what the job demands, from the job description and specification (2.8).
  • Person analysis: who needs training and in what, from performance appraisal, tests, self assessment and the supervisor's observation.

The sources in practice: appraisal reports, observation, interviews and questionnaires, records of waste, accidents and customer complaints, exit interviews, and new laws or technology on the way.

Methods of training, with their benefits

MethodHow it worksBenefit
On-the-job trainingThe trainee learns at the actual workplace from the immediate supervisor, who knows exactly what the job needsThe most effective form: realistic, cheap, productive while learning
Vestibule trainingA mock facility copies the real workplace with the same equipment, to train many people at once for the same workNo pressure of real production and no risk to it; but expensive, and the move to the real job can be harder
Special coursesKnowledge more than skill; designed in house or bought from specialist institutions; also used to develop executives at every levelDepth and expert teaching
ApprenticeshipLong training in a craft or trade under a master, combining theory and practice, with a stipendFull skill in trades such as electrician, fitter or welder
Job rotationThe trainee moves through several jobs in turnBroad skills and a pool of stand-ins
Coaching and mentoringA senior guides the trainee regularlyPersonal feedback, quick correction
Lectures, seminars, conferencesClassroom teaching and discussionReaches many at low cost
Case study, role play, simulation, gamesTrainees solve realistic problems or act out situationsDecision making and human skills
E-learningOnline courses at the trainee's own paceFlexible and cheap per head

On or off the job: on-the-job training, job rotation and coaching happen at work, apprenticeship mixes work with classes, and the rest take the trainee away from the job. The course notes teach the first three rows.

An employee development programme with short term plans

  1. Identify needs: from appraisals, career discussions and the business plan.
  2. Set short term objectives: for three to twelve months, specific and measurable.
  3. Choose methods: a mix of coaching, rotation, workshops, online courses, certification and stretch assignments.
  4. Write an individual development plan for each employee, with a schedule and a budget.
  5. Implement: release time for learning and assign mentors.
  6. Evaluate on Kirkpatrick's four levels: reaction (did they like it), learning (did they learn), behaviour (do they now work differently) and results (did output, quality or sales improve).
  7. Link to rewards: recognition, promotion and pay, then set the next plan.
MonthA six month plan for a software team
1Skills audit; an individual development plan for each developer
2 and 3A certification course on the new cloud platform; weekly mentoring by a senior
4Rotation into a client-facing role for a sprint
5A workshop on communication and presentation
6Evaluation against the objectives, recognition, and the next plan
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What role does trainings play in the growth and development of the new employees? Explain the modern performance appraisal methods. 2082 Baishakh Q5 · 4+4
  • Why are trainings and merit rating necessary in the organization? Describe different types of trainings with their benefits. List out the things to be included in the job description and job specification. 2081 Bhadra Q6 · 3+2+3
  • Explain the policies of personnel mangement. How can you identify the training needs of manpower in an organization? 2079 Bhadra Q5 · 5+3
  • How would HR Manager tackle with the problem of talent poaching in the modern industries? Elaborate how HR manager would implement employee development program with short term plans. 2079 Baishakh Q6 · 4+4
  • What are the different factors that affect wage / salary structure? Explain different methods of Training Manpower. 2072 Chaitra Q7 · 4+4
  • What do you mean by Training and Development of Human resources? Explain various incentives used in organization. 2071 Shrawan Q7 · 5+3

2.8Job analysis

Job analysis, job description and job specification TOP 14/36

82 Bh · 81 Bh · 81 Ba · 79 Bh · 78 Bh · 71 Ch · 68 Ch · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 64 Ka · 64 Jth · 57 Ch3+55+34

Job analysis The process of studying a job to describe what it involves and to specify the skills and qualities needed to do it: why the job exists, who is qualified, how and when it is done, its conditions, the tools and equipment needed, and the appropriate pay.

A job is one of the packages the organization's total work is divided into: a collection of tasks, duties and responsibilities performed for pay, under a specific title. Flippo calls job analysis the process of studying and collecting information relating to the operations and responsibilities of a specific job.

What it does: it tells one job from another, fixes the tasks, skills, knowledge, abilities and responsibilities each needs, and lets personnel managers understand job structures and improve the workflow.

JOB ANALYSIS Three methods gather the facts, two documents record them, and personnel work runs on them. Questionnaire job holders fill in a form Interview the holder describes the duties Observation the analyst watches the work Job analysis describes the job and who can do it Job description about the JOB title, location, job summary, duties, machines and tools, working conditions what is done, how and why Job specification about the PERSON education and qualifications, skills, knowledge, experience, personal qualities the human qualities the job needs Recruitment and selection hire people who fit Training close the skill gap Job evaluation rank jobs, set fair pay Performance appraisal a standard to rate against

Everything in this chapter runs on it: recruitment and selection use the specification, training fills the gap against it, job evaluation prices the job from it, appraisal uses its duties as the standard, and job design reshapes it.

Methods of job analysis

  • Questionnaire: job holders fill in a form on the nature and complexity of the job, the skills, stress and strength it needs. Cheap for many people at once, but forms come back incomplete or misunderstood.
  • Interview: the job holder (and the supervisor) describes the tasks and duties. It captures duties that cannot be seen, such as planning and decisions, but the holder may exaggerate the job.
  • Observation: the analyst watches the holder at work, getting first-hand knowledge of the real conditions, relationships and tools. Best for visible work (machine operators, construction workers, traffic police); weak for mental work, and people act differently when watched (the Hawthorne effect of chapter 1).
  • Others in the textbooks: checklists, a daily diary or log kept by the holder, a technical conference of experienced supervisors, and critical incidents (records of what separates good from poor performance).

The process of job analysis, step by step:

  1. Decide the purpose: hiring, pay or training.
  2. Collect background information: the organization chart, process charts, old descriptions.
  3. Choose representative jobs to study.
  4. Collect the data by the methods above.
  5. Verify it with the job holder and the supervisor.
  6. Write the job description and specification.
  7. Update them as the job changes.

Which method suits organizations in Nepal

Recommendation: the interview, backed by observation, with a structured questionnaire added only in large organizations that have many identical posts.

  • Scale: most Nepali organizations are small or medium, with few holders of each job; interviews cost little, while a good questionnaire pays off only over large numbers.
  • The work: much operative work (factories, construction, hydropower sites) is manual and visible, which observation captures best.
  • The people: many workers explain their job better in conversation, in Nepali, than on an English form.
  • Missing records: job descriptions are often absent or out of date, and an interview with the holder and the supervisor gives usable facts quickly.
  • The exception: bodies such as Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Telecom or a commercial bank, with hundreds of similar posts, gain consistency from a questionnaire, checked by interviews.

Job description and job specification

The job description states what is to be done, how and why. It carries organizational facts (location, structure, authority) and functional facts (what the position does, what is expected), which also helps top executives trace accountability. It describes the job, not the job holder.

The job specification is a written record of the minimum acceptable human qualities needed to do the job properly.

PointJob descriptionJob specification
AboutThe jobThe person who can do it
AnswersWhat is done, how and whyWho is fit to do it
ContentsLocation (division, department, branch), job title and identification, job summary, duties (what, how and why of each), machines, tools and materials, working conditions (shifts, weekend loads, heavy lifting, hazards), reporting line, pay gradeEducation and qualification, experience, training, skills and knowledge, physical needs (strength, eyesight), mental abilities, personality and communication
Used forOrientation, appraisal standards, job evaluationAdvertising, screening, selection, training needs

The notes put the required skills and qualifications in the job description too; both documents come out of the same analysis, and a short one often combines them.

Example: a lecturer's post in an engineering college

Generating them is job analysis in miniature: interview the head of department and two or three serving lecturers, observe lectures and lab sessions, read the university's workload rules and syllabus, then draft, review with the head of department, and approve.

Job descriptionJob specification
Title: Lecturer, Department of Electronics and Computer Engineering. Reports to: the head of department. Summary: teaches undergraduate courses, runs laboratories and supervises projects. Duties: lectures and tutorials by the timetable; lesson plans and lab sheets; setting and marking internal assessments; invigilation; supervising minor and major projects; counselling students; research and publication; department committees. Tools: projector, lab equipment, simulation software, the learning management system. Conditions: daytime teaching, lab supervision, some exam duty outside hours. Pay: the college's scale.Education: normally a master's degree in the relevant engineering discipline. Experience: teaching or industry experience preferred. Skills: command of the subject, clear teaching in English and Nepali, lab and software skills, research writing. Personal qualities: patience, integrity, punctuality, the ability to motivate students. Registration: with the Nepal Engineering Council, desirable.

Job design and work efficiency

Job design decides the content of a job, its methods and its relations with other jobs, so as to satisfy both the technical needs of the organization and the social and personal needs of the holder (Louis Davis). The notes put it as altering the nature and structure of a job to raise productivity. Its approaches:

  • Job simplification: the work split into small, specialized, repetitive tasks, as Taylor did: quick to learn and efficient, but monotonous.
  • Job rotation: moving people between jobs: less boredom, more skills.
  • Job enlargement: more tasks of the same level (horizontal loading).
  • Job enrichment: more responsibility, autonomy and control over one's own work (vertical loading), from Herzberg's motivators (chapter 3).
  • The job characteristics model (Hackman and Oldham): a job motivates when it has skill variety, task identity, task significance, autonomy and feedback.
  • Work study and ergonomics: method study removes wasted motion, and the workplace is fitted to the worker to cut fatigue.

Its effect on efficiency: a well designed job raises it, provided the design balances the technical and the human sides. It removes wasted motion and fatigue, matches jobs to skills, gives meaningful work that cuts absence, errors and turnover, and multi-skilling cuts idle time.

Pushed to one side it fails: over-simplified jobs breed boredom and mistakes, and enrichment costs money and does not suit everyone. Example: an assembler who fitted one part all day now builds and tests the whole unit, and defects fall because one person owns the result.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • In your opinion, which job analysis process is the more suitable in organizations operating in Nepal? What are the different factors that affect wage/salary structure? 2082 Bhadra Q7 · 5+3
  • Explain the term Human Recourse Planning. What are the different methods of Job Analysis process? 2081 Bhadra Q5 · 3+5
  • Why are trainings and merit rating necessary in the organization? Describe different types of trainings with their benefits. List out the things to be included in the job description and job specification. 2081 Bhadra Q6 · 3+2+3
  • How can you compare Job evaluation with Merit Rating? How would you generate Job description and job specification of Lecture post in engineering college? 2081 Baishakh Q6 · 3+5
  • Explain the following: Job analysis 2079 Bhadra Q6a · 2
  • Define term wages and merit ranking. Differentiate between recruitment and selection. Explain the scientific selection of manpower and methods of job analysis. 2078 Bhadra Q6 · 2+3+3
  • Define the term job analysis and explain scientific selections of manpower. 2071 Chaitra Q6 · 5+3
  • What do you understand by personnel management? Explain job description. 2068 Chaitra Q5a · 4+4
  • Explain the term job description. What are the processes of collective bargaining? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff. 2067 Ashad Q5 · 4+6+6
  • Write short notes on: Job design and work efficiency 2067 Ashad Q6c · 4
  • What do you mean by job analysis? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff. Explain the methods of performance appraisal. 2066 Bhadra Q5 · 6+5+5
  • Define the term Job analysis. How the personnel are selected in the organization explain? Does the job design help to work efficiency comment? 2065 Kartik Q5 · 3+8+5
  • Define the term theory 'X' and theory 'Y' in the motivation theory. Justify job design improve work efficiency. What do you mean by trait approach in leadership? Discuss the importance of participative management in organization. 2065 Shrawan Q4 · 5+3+4+4
  • What do you mean by personal management? Define the term job analysis. Discuss deferent steps of hiring and selecting staff. What do you mean by collective bargaining? 2065 Shrawan Q5 · 3+5+5+3
  • What do you mean by job analysis? Explain different steps of hiring and selecting staff. 2064 Kartik Q5
  • Write short notes on: Job analysis 2064 Jestha Q6e · 4
  • Write short notes on: Job description 2057 Chaitra Q6c

2.9Job evaluation

Job evaluation: what each job is worth PIN 2/36

81 Ba · 79 Bh3+52

Job evaluation A systematic way of ranking a job's worth relative to other jobs, from the skill, qualification, experience and effort it demands, as the basis of the job hierarchy and of fair differences in pay.

It rates the job, not the person. The ILO describes it as comparing the demands that the normal performance of a job makes on normal workers, without regard to the ability or performance of whoever holds it. Its product is a rational, acceptable pay structure: equal pay for equal work, and more pay for more demanding work.

Objectives: a rational wage structure; removing pay inequities between jobs; a fair basis for pricing new jobs; facts for bargaining with the union; fewer pay grievances.

Steps: win the acceptance of employees and the union; form a job evaluation committee; analyse and describe the jobs (2.8); choose key jobs and the method; rate the jobs; turn the ratings into money with a wage survey and a pay line; install the structure and review it.

The four methods

  1. Ranking method: a committee ranks whole jobs from the most to the least demanding, usually by comparing their job descriptions.
  2. Grading or job classification method: grades are defined in advance (for example unskilled, semi-skilled, skilled and supervisory work), and each job goes into the grade whose description it matches best.
  3. Point rating method: each job is rated factor by factor on a scale of points, the points are added, and a pay line turns the total into money.
  4. Factor comparison method: key jobs whose pay is agreed to be fair have their wages split among a few factors, and every other job is priced factor by factor against them.

Point rating in detail: the factors are usually skill, effort, responsibility and job conditions (the four groups of the widely copied NEMA plan, split into eleven sub-factors such as education, experience, mental effort and hazards), each divided into degrees worth points.

Factor comparison in detail: the usual five factors are mental requirements, skill requirements, physical requirements, responsibility and working conditions. A new job's money value on each factor is read off against the key jobs, and the values are added.

MethodStrengthWeakness
RankingSimplest and cheapest; fine for a small firmSubjective; says nothing about how much more one job is worth than the next
GradingSimple and easy to explain; the method government services commonly useGrade descriptions are broad, and a job may seem to fit two grades
Point ratingThe most widely used: consistent and explainableSlow and costly to set up
Factor comparisonGives money values directlyComplex to explain; the key jobs' rates go out of date
BasisJob against jobJob against a scale
Whole job, non-quantitativeRankingGrading (classification)
Factor by factor, quantitativeFactor comparisonPoint rating

Worked example, point rating (the figures are illustrative): four factors, five degrees each, and maximum points of skill 200, effort 100, responsibility 150 and working conditions 50, so each degree is worth a fifth of the maximum.

FactorElectricianOffice assistant
Skilldegree 4 = 160degree 2 = 80
Effortdegree 3 = 60degree 2 = 40
Responsibilitydegree 3 = 90degree 2 = 60
Working conditionsdegree 4 = 40degree 1 = 10
Total350 points190 points

Into money: if the pay line fitted through the key jobs is Rs 15,000 plus Rs 40 a point, the basic pay is Rs 29,000 for the electrician's job and Rs 22,600 for the office assistant's, whoever holds them.

Job evaluation and merit rating

PointJob evaluationMerit rating
RatesThe jobThe person doing the job
QuestionHow much is this job worth?How well is this person doing it?
Based onJob analysis: the description and specificationActual performance and traits
PurposeBase pay and pay grades; pay differences between jobsIncrements, bonus, promotion, transfer, training; pay differences between people on the same job
WhenWhen the pay structure is set up, and again when jobs changePeriodically, usually every year
Done byA job evaluation committee of managers, experts and often union membersThe immediate supervisor, checked by a reviewer

They work together: job evaluation fixes the pay range of the job, and merit rating places each holder within it. Both are systematic ratings aimed at fair pay.

Same words, different objects. Ranking and grading appear twice in this chapter. In job evaluation they rank or grade jobs; in merit rating (2.10) they rank or grade people.

Limits: the choice of factors and weights is still a judgement; market rates for scarce skills can override the structure; it is slow and costly; and employees may distrust a system they do not understand.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • How can you compare Job evaluation with Merit Rating? How would you generate Job description and job specification of Lecture post in engineering college? 2081 Baishakh Q6 · 3+5
  • Explain the following: Job evaluation 2079 Bhadra Q6b · 2

2.10Merit rating and performance appraisal

Merit rating and performance appraisal HOT 10/36

82 Ba · 81 Bh · 79 Bh · 70 Ch · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 62 Ba · 57 Ch43+2+34+8+4

Performance appraisal The systematic, periodic and impartial rating of an employee's excellence in the present job and potential for a better one (Flippo). The older name, the one in the syllabus, is merit rating.

The oldest and most universal management practice, in the notes' words: once people are selected, trained and placed, their personality, potential and contribution are evaluated, to see whether they meet the job's requirements. It is the basis for promotion, placement, raises, rewards and bonuses.

Merit rating was the term for rating operative workers, mainly on personal traits, to decide increments and promotion; performance appraisal is the wider modern term that rates results as well and covers managers.

Need and importance

  • Feedback: each person learns how they are doing.
  • Improvement: a basis for changing behaviour towards better work habits.
  • Decisions: data for future assignments and pay.
  • Efficiency: it draws out employees' best efforts.
  • The four objectives in the notes: promotions, salary review, job rotation planning, and development and training.
  • Also: finding training needs, checking that the selection tests pick good performers, and a fair record for discipline.

The process: set standards from the job description, tell the employee what they are, measure actual performance, compare, discuss the result in an appraisal interview, and act: reward, train, counsel or promote.

Traditional methods (trait based)

MethodHow it worksStrength and weakness
RankingEmployees ranked from best to worst (1, 2, 3 ...) on overall performance, each compared with the rest of the groupOldest and simplest; shows no gap between ranks, and is hard with large groups
Person to person comparisonEach employee compared with every other one, a pair at a time; the rank is the number of times preferred. N people make N(N−1)2 pairs, 45 for ten peopleMore careful than plain ranking; unwieldy for big groups
GradingPerformance compared with predefined categories, such as outstanding, satisfactory and unsatisfactory, as in civil servicesSimple; the categories are vague, and most people land in the middle
Graphic rating scaleQuality and quantity of work rated on a scale for each factor: character, initiative, leadership, dependability, creativity, ability, attitude, decision making, attendanceEasy and the most common; open to the halo effect and to rating everyone average
Free essayThe supervisor writes a free description of the employee's performance, with examples as evidenceRich detail; depends on the writer, hard to compare

Other traditional methods in the textbooks:

  • Checklist: yes or no statements about the employee's behaviour.
  • Forced choice: the rater picks the statement that fits best from sets of equally favourable ones.
  • Forced distribution: a fixed share of people in each category, for example 10, 20, 40, 20 and 10 percent.
  • Critical incidents: a record of notably good and bad actions through the year.
  • Field review: an HR officer rates after interviewing the supervisors.

Names differ: the notes' person to person comparison is the textbooks' paired comparison. The textbooks' man to man comparison, used by the US Army in the First World War, is a variant that compares each person with chosen key men instead.

Modern methods (results based)

  • Appraisal by results, or MBO: managers and employees jointly set objectives, fix each person's responsibility for them and assess performance regularly; rewards follow the results achieved (below).
  • Assessment centre: several trained assessors watch candidates over one to three days in social events, tests and exercises like the higher job (in-basket, leaderless group discussion, role play), judging readiness for more responsibility: interpersonal skill, planning, capability.
  • 360 degree feedback: ratings from superiors, peers, subordinates, customers and the employee.
  • Behaviourally anchored rating scales (BARS): each point of the scale is described by an actual job behaviour, so raters agree on what a 4 means.
  • Human resource accounting: employees valued as assets in money, and the change in that value tracked.

Management by objectives in full

MBO is a process in which superior and subordinate jointly set clear objectives for a period, the subordinate works towards them with freedom to choose how, and performance is judged by the results. Peter Drucker made it famous in The Practice of Management (1954).

  1. Set organizational goals at the top.
  2. Set individual objectives jointly: specific, measurable, attainable, relevant and time bound (SMART), each tied to a goal above it.
  3. Agree action plans and the resources needed.
  4. Review progress periodically, and adjust the objectives if conditions change.
  5. Appraise at the end of the period: results against objectives.
  6. Feed back and reward, then set the next period's objectives.
AdvantagesLimitations
Clear goals everyone understands; commitment through participation; appraisal on results, not opinion; better planning and communication; self-control; training needs surfaceTakes time and paperwork; some jobs (research, staff work) resist measurable goals; favours short term, countable targets; people may set easy goals; rigid when conditions change; needs top management's support

Example: a site engineer agrees three objectives for the quarter: complete the powerhouse foundation on schedule and within budget, have no lost-time accident, and bring two junior engineers to supervising concreting alone. Progress is reviewed monthly, and the appraisal is the record of what was achieved.

In Nepal, under the Civil Service Act, 2049 (1993), performance evaluation carried 40 of the 100 marks for promotion, with seniority, education, service in remote areas and training making up the rest.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What role does trainings play in the growth and development of the new employees? Explain the modern performance appraisal methods. 2082 Baishakh Q5 · 4+4
  • Why are trainings and merit rating necessary in the organization? Describe different types of trainings with their benefits. List out the things to be included in the job description and job specification. 2081 Bhadra Q6 · 3+2+3
  • Explain the following: Merit rating 2079 Bhadra Q6c · 2
  • Define merit rating. State and describe the various methods of merit rating. 2070 Chaitra Q7 · 2+6
  • Write short notes on: Management by objective 2068 Chaitra Q6d · 4
  • Define the term personnel management. Explain the different factors of wage and salary structure. What are the methods of performance appraisals? 2068 Baishakh Q5 · 4+8+4
  • What do you mean by job analysis? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff. Explain the methods of performance appraisal. 2066 Bhadra Q5 · 6+5+5
  • Write short notes on: Performance appraisals 2065 Kartik Q6e · 4
  • Define the term personnel management and explain different methods of performance appraisal. 2062 Baishakh Q5
  • What do you mean by performance appraisals and explain the different methods of performance appraisals. 2057 Chaitra Q5

2.11Wages and salary

Wages, salary and the pay structure TOP 12/36

82 Bh · 82 Ba · 80 Bh · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 75 Ch · 74 Ash · 72 Ch · 72 Ka · 70 Asa · 68 Ba · 58 Ch3+54+45+3

Wage Remuneration paid for labour, computed by the hour, day or week, or per unit of output. Paid as a fixed sum each month, it is called a salary.

Wages are usual in production, maintenance and labour work; salaries in corporate, administrative and professional roles. Benham defines a wage as a sum of money paid under contract by an employer to a worker for services rendered.

Being selected is entering a contract: services in exchange for money and other compensation. The wage or salary is the basic wage plus allowances: family, lunch, holiday pay, overtime, bonuses and other benefits.

  • Nominal and real wage: the money received, against what that money buys once prices are allowed for. A raise below inflation is a cut in the real wage.
  • Minimum wage: the legal floor, enough not just for bare subsistence but to keep the worker efficient; fixed by the government and revised from time to time. Some firms pay just this, others well above the market.
  • Fair wage: between the minimum and the living wage, set by the industry's capacity to pay and the rates paid for similar work.
  • Living wage: enough for the worker and family to live reasonably: food, clothing, housing, education, health and some saving. These three levels come from India's Committee on Fair Wages (1948).
  • Merit ranking: ranking the employees of a grade in order of merit, best to worst, from their appraisal (the ranking method of 2.10), to decide who gets increments, bonus or promotion within the pay structure.

The wage and salary structure

A wage and salary structure is the whole set of pay rates or ranges for the jobs of an organization, arranged in grades, so that pay differs between jobs in a planned and fair way. It is built from three parts:

  • Job classes (pay grades): jobs of similar worth, found by job evaluation, are grouped and paid alike instead of each being priced separately. A class has either one flat rate or a rate range from a minimum to a maximum, with steps for experience and merit.
  • Direct compensation: money for the work: basic salary or wage, bonus, overtime pay, holiday pay, profit sharing.
  • Indirect compensation: benefits: life and health insurance, retirement allowance, pension and provident fund, house, family and vehicle allowances, welfare and social security benefits.
WAGE AND SALARY STRUCTURE Seven factors set the level of pay; the pay itself comes as direct and indirect compensation. FACTORS THAT SET THE LEVEL OF PAY Ability to pay of the firm Labour supply and demand Prevailing market rate Living wage enough to live on Productivity output per hour Union bargaining power Minimum wage set by government Total compensation what the employee gets for the job Direct compensation paid in money for the work Basic wage or salary Overtime pay Bonus Holiday pay Profit sharing Indirect compensation benefits and allowances Life and health insurance Pension Provident fund Allowances: house, family, vehicle Welfare and social security

Factors affecting the wage and salary structure

  1. Ability to pay: wages depend on what the organization can afford; a profitable commercial bank pays more than a loss-making enterprise.
  2. Supply and demand of labour: scarce skills cost more. Experienced software engineers command high salaries, while plentiful unskilled labour is paid near the minimum.
  3. Prevailing market rate: firms match what comparable employers pay, or they cannot attract or keep skilled people; salary surveys find the rate.
  4. Living wage and the cost of living: pay must support a family reasonably, so allowances rise with prices, and a Kathmandu posting costs more to live on than a district town.
  5. Productivity: output per man-hour, which depends on the workers' effort, management and technology; higher productivity supports higher pay, and incentive plans tie the two together.
  6. Bargaining power of the trade union: a strong union wins higher wages through collective agreements.
  7. Government regulation: the minimum wage, and in Nepal the Labour Act's overtime rate and festival allowance, social security contributions and the statutory bonus.
  8. Job requirements: the skill, effort, responsibility and conditions the job demands, measured by job evaluation (2.9).
  9. The employee: qualification, experience, seniority and performance.

How wages are calculated

PointTime ratePiece rate
Pays forThe time worked, whatever the outputThe output, whatever the time
FormulaE=T×R: hours worked times the rate per hourE=N×P: pieces made times the rate per piece
Example8 hours at Rs 150 an hour = Rs 1,20060 pieces at Rs 25 a piece = Rs 1,500
ForSimple; a secure income; no rush that spoils quality; suits work whose output cannot be counted (maintenance, inspection, supervision)Pay follows results; less supervision; labour cost per unit fixed and known
AgainstNo reward for effort, as the efficient and the slow earn alike; needs close supervision; labour cost per unit uncertainNo guaranteed minimum; quality suffers; overwork and fatigue; disputes over rates; impossible where output cannot be counted

Incentive plans combine the two: a guaranteed time wage plus a bonus for beating the standard (2.12).

Overtime in Nepal is paid at one and a half times the basic rate: 6 overtime hours at a basic Rs 200 an hour earn 6×1.5×200=1800 rupees. A monthly salary is the basic salary plus allowances, less deductions such as the employee's social security contribution and income tax.

The salary and benefits to expect on joining

A fresh engineer joining a Nepali firm can reasonably expect, and should ask about:

  • Basic salary at the market rate for the qualification, on a clear scale with yearly increments.
  • Allowances: transport, communication, lunch, and a field or site allowance for remote postings.
  • Social security: 20 percent of the basic salary from the employer and 11 percent from the employee, covering the pension or provident fund, gratuity and insurance.
  • Other legal benefits: a festival allowance of one month's basic pay, overtime at one and a half times, and paid home, sick, maternity and paternity leave.
  • Performance pay: in a profitable firm, a share of the staff bonus, which the Bonus Act, 2030 (1974) sets at 10 percent of net profit, and incentives for results.
  • Growth: training, a mentor, support for certification and a visible promotion path.
  • Non-financial: a safe workplace, reasonable hours, recognition, job security and respect.

A sensible view for a first job: pay must be fair and legal, but learning and growth matter more than the last thousand rupees, because they raise every later salary.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • In your opinion, which job analysis process is the more suitable in organizations operating in Nepal? What are the different factors that affect wage/salary structure? 2082 Bhadra Q7 · 5+3
  • What kind of salary and benefits will you expect when you join an organization? Briefly explain the recruitment process. 2082 Baishakh Q6 · 3+5
  • What is personal management? Elaborate the various factors of wage and salary structure with proper examples. 2080 Bhadra Q5 · 4+4
  • Define term wages and merit ranking. Differentiate between recruitment and selection. Explain the scientific selection of manpower and methods of job analysis. 2078 Bhadra Q6 · 2+3+3
  • What do you mean by incentives. Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure. 2076 Chaitra Q6 · 4+4
  • What are the functions of personal management? How wages are calculated? 2075 Chaitra Q5 · 5+3
  • What kind of salary and benefits do you expect when you join an organization? Explain interviewing process. 2075 Chaitra Q6 · 5+3
  • What do you mean by incentives? Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure. 2074 Ashwin Q6 · 3+5
  • What are the different factors that affect wage / salary structure? Explain different methods of Training Manpower. 2072 Chaitra Q7 · 4+4
  • What do you mean by incentive? Explain different factors of salary structure. 2072 Kartik Q7
  • What do you mean by incentives? Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure. 2070 Ashad Q7 · 3+5
  • Define the term personnel management. Explain the different factors of wage and salary structure. What are the methods of performance appraisals? 2068 Baishakh Q5 · 4+8+4
  • What do you mean by salary structure and explain the different factors of wage and salary structure? 2058 Chaitra Q5

2.12Incentives

Incentives and the incentive plans HOT 9/36

76 Ch · 74 Ash · 72 Ch · 72 Ka · 71 Shr · 70 Asa · 68 Ba · 66 Bh · 61 Ba3+54+44

Incentive Something that motivates an individual to perform a certain action; at work, a reward over and above the basic wage for performance beyond a standard.

Incentive programmes aim to raise productivity and to help employees enjoy their work. A raise, a bonus or a reward adds motivation, but incentives are not only money: flexible schedules, leave, a friendly environment, social functions for employees and their families, family benefits and education programmes count too.

Small rewards work as well: restaurant coupons, tickets to games, films or concerts, gift vouchers, gifts and paid holidays.

Why an organization needs incentives

  • Higher productivity: effort rises when it is rewarded.
  • Lower cost per unit: fixed overheads are spread over more output.
  • Fairness: the efficient worker earns more than the slow one.
  • Attraction and retention: good performers join and stay.
  • Morale and less supervision: people push themselves.
  • Better use of machines and of the working day.
  • Ideas: suggestion awards and gain sharing bring improvements from the floor.

The cautions: quantity can drive out quality, workers may overstrain, rivalry can split a team, and loosely set standards cause disputes.

Types of incentives

TypeWhat it isExamples
FinancialMoney or money's worthBonus, commission, pay rise, premium plans, profit sharing, share options
Non-financialRewards that meet social and esteem needsRecognition, praise, promotion, job security, enriched work, participation, flexible hours, leave, awards
IndividualRewards measurable personal effort: an each-for-himself drive that raises efficiencyPiece rate, the premium plans below, sales commission, promotion, recognition
GroupRewards a team's output when individual output cannot be separated; the efficient help the slow finish on timeA team bonus for a production line or a project; the Scanlon plan, which shares savings in labour cost
Profit sharingA share of the profit (revenue minus the cost of inputs) paid to employees, so that all gain when the firm doesIn Nepal the Bonus Act, 2030 (1974) makes firms set aside 10 percent of net profit as staff bonus

The link to motivation theory: pay is one of Herzberg's hygiene factors, so money alone removes dissatisfaction, while recognition and growth, the non-financial incentives, create satisfaction (chapter 3).

The incentive plans

Symbols used throughout: S is the standard time for the job, T the time actually taken and R the rate per hour. The standard comes from time study (chapter 1).

PlanTime wage guaranteed?How the extra pay worksTextbook figures
Taylor's differential piece rateNoTwo piece rates: a low one for output below the standard, a high one at or above it83 and 125 percent of the normal piece rate
Gantt's task and bonus plan (1901)Yes, below the standardThe task done within the standard time earns the time wage plus a bonus; above the standard, a high piece rateBonus usually 20 percent
Emerson's efficiency planYesA bonus that grows with efficiency, the standard time over the actual timeStarts at two thirds (66.7 percent) efficiency; 20 percent at 100; then 1 percent more for each 1 percent
Halsey premium plan (F. A. Halsey, 1891)YesA fixed share of the time saved, paid at the time rateUsually 50 percent; the Halsey-Weir variant about 30
Rowan plan (James Rowan of Glasgow)YesThe wage for the time taken, times the fraction of the standard time savedHourly earnings never reach double the time rate
  • Taylor, worked: normal rate Rs 20 a piece, standard 50 pieces a day. 48 pieces earn 48×16.60=796.80 rupees; 52 pieces earn 52×25=1300.
  • Taylor, judged: a strong spur that punishes beginners and guarantees nothing. Merrick's multiple piece rate softens it with three rates instead of two.
  • Gantt's foreman bonus: Gantt also paid the foreman a bonus for every worker who made the task, and more if all did, so the foreman had a reason to teach the slow ones.
  • Emerson, worked: a worker whose time wage is Rs 1,000 earns Rs 1,200 at 100 percent efficiency and Rs 1,300 at 110 percent.
  • Halsey: E=TR+0.5(S−T)R.
  • Rowan: E=TR+S−TSTR.
HALSEY AND ROWAN INCENTIVE PLANS Both guarantee the time wage; Rowan pays more until half the standard time is saved, Halsey after. Earnings per hour R 2R time wage guaranteed Straight time rate Halsey premium plan Rowan plan Rowan never reaches 2R T = S standard T = S / 2 half the time saved Efficiency S / T: more time saved to the right Halsey premium plan bonus = 50 % of time saved × rate Earnings = T R + 0.5 (S - T) R Rowan plan bonus = (time saved / standard time) × time taken × rate Earnings = T R + ((S - T) / S) T R never reaches double the time rate S = standard time T = time taken R = rate per hour

Reading the drawing. It plots earnings per hour (up) against efficiency, S/T (to the right, more time saved). The straight time rate is a flat line at R, and up to the standard, T=S, both plans pay just that guaranteed time wage. Beyond it, dividing each formula by T gives the hourly earnings:

  • Halsey: ET=R2(1+ST), a straight line that keeps rising with efficiency.
  • Rowan: ET=R(2−TS), which rises faster at first and then levels off, never reaching 2R, because T/S never reaches zero.
  • They cross at T=S/2, when half the standard time is saved (efficiency 2): Rowan pays more before that point, Halsey after it.

Worked example: S = 10 hours and R = Rs 100 an hour.

Time takenTime wageHalseyRowanPer hour, Halsey and Rowan
10 h (no saving)1,0001,0001,000100 and 100
8 h800800 + 0.5 × 2 × 100 = 900800 + (2/10) × 8 × 100 = 960112.50 and 120
5 h (half saved)500500 + 0.5 × 5 × 100 = 750500 + (5/10) × 5 × 100 = 750150 and 150
4 h400400 + 0.5 × 6 × 100 = 700400 + (6/10) × 4 × 100 = 640175 and 160

Halsey or Rowan? Both guarantee the time wage and split the saving between worker and employer.

  • Halsey is simpler to understand and keeps rewarding big savings.
  • Rowan pays more for moderate savings and protects the employer from a loosely set standard, since hourly earnings can never double, but workers find it harder to follow.
  • Rowan also removes the urge to rush: its bonus in rupees is largest when half the time is saved (250 in the example) and smaller beyond that (240 at 4 hours).

A good incentive programme

  • Scientific standards: set by time and motion study, fair and attainable.
  • Simple: every worker can work out his own earnings.
  • A guaranteed minimum: the time wage is safe whatever happens.
  • Prompt: the reward follows soon after the effort.
  • Quality counts: rejected work earns no bonus.
  • Agreed and stable: worked out with the union, and standards are not cut just because workers earn well.
  • Worth its cost: the gain exceeds the cost of running it.
  • Mixed rewards: money together with recognition, such as an employee of the month award beside a production bonus.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What do you mean by incentives. Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure. 2076 Chaitra Q6 · 4+4
  • What do you mean by incentives? Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure. 2074 Ashwin Q6 · 3+5
  • What is the difference between recruitment and hiring? Why do we need incentives in an organization? 2072 Chaitra Q6 · 4+4
  • What do you mean by incentive? Explain different factors of salary structure. 2072 Kartik Q7
  • What do you mean by Training and Development of Human resources? Explain various incentives used in organization. 2071 Shrawan Q7 · 5+3
  • What do you mean by incentives? Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure. 2070 Ashad Q7 · 3+5
  • Write short notes on: Incentive programs 2068 Baishakh Q6e · 4
  • Write short notes on: Incentive Programs 2066 Bhadra Q6d · 4
  • Write short notes on: Incentive Programs 2061 Baishakh Q6c

2.13Industrial relations and collective bargaining

Industrial relations and collective bargaining HOT 9/36

68 Ch · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 64 Jth · 62 Ba · 61 Ba · 59 Ch43+5+5+34+6+6

Industrial relations The relations that arise out of employment between employers, employees and their trade unions, and the government: the third aspect of personnel management.

Dale Yoder calls it the whole field of relationships that exist because of the necessary collaboration of men and women in the employment processes of industry. Good industrial relations mean work goes on without strikes or lockouts; poor ones mean conflict, lost output and lost wages.

An older syllabus topic: the papers up to 2068 set it often, mostly as a short note.

The parties

  • Employers and their associations: in Nepal, the Federation of Nepalese Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FNCCI) and the Confederation of Nepalese Industries (CNI).
  • Workers and their trade unions: Nepal's large federations, such as GEFONT, NTUC and ANTUF, are each close to a political party.
  • The government: it makes the rules (the Labour Act, 2074 and the Trade Union Act, 2049 (1992)), runs the labour offices that mediate, and provides the Labour Court.

Objectives of good industrial relations: industrial peace; higher productivity; protection of workers' interests and a fair return to the employer; industrial democracy, through workers' participation in decisions; mutual trust; lower absenteeism and turnover.

Causes of poor relations: disputes over wages and bonus, poor working conditions, refusal to recognize a union, retrenchment and lay-offs, political interference, poor communication. Remedies: fair personnel policies, a working grievance procedure, bargaining in good faith, joint committees and steady communication.

A trade union is, in Sidney and Beatrice Webb's words, a continuous association of wage earners for the purpose of maintaining or improving the conditions of their working lives.

Its functions are militant (bargaining, and strikes when bargaining fails), fraternal (welfare, education and mutual help) and political (influencing labour law and policy).

Collective bargaining

Collective bargaining Negotiation between an employer, or an employers' organization, and the representative workers' organization, to fix working conditions and terms of employment and to regulate relations between them, aimed at a written collective agreement.

Collective because the workers bargain as a group through their union, not one by one, which evens up the strength of the two sides.

  • Features: collective; bipartite (employer and union, with the state only as referee); a continuous process, since the agreement must then be administered; give and take; voluntary and flexible; a form of industrial democracy.
  • Importance: fair wages and conditions, industrial peace, disputes settled at the source, better understanding, and a stable period for the employer while the agreement runs.

The process of collective bargaining

  1. Preparation: the union drafts a charter of demands (wages, bonus, allowances, hours, conditions); management studies its ability to pay, market rates, productivity and the law; each side picks its negotiating team.
  2. Presentation of demands: the charter is submitted formally, and the employer fixes the time and place for talks.
  3. Negotiation: both sides argue their case, make counter-proposals and trade concessions, settling the issues one by one, often with informal talks between sessions.
  4. Agreement: the settled terms are written into a collective agreement, signed by both sides, binding for its period, and made known to all employees.
  5. Implementation: both sides carry it out, and disagreements over what a clause means go through the grievance procedure.
  6. If talks fail: mediation (conciliation) by a neutral third party, then arbitration; a strike or lockout is the last resort.

Example (illustrative): a factory union asks for a 20 percent raise, management offers 8, and after three rounds they sign at 12 percent for two years, with a better grievance clause in return for a promise of no strike during the term.

Nepal's Labour Act, 2074 (2017) follows the same ladder: written demands from the union or the workers' bargaining committee, negotiation, mediation by the labour office, then arbitration (compulsory in essential services and special economic zones); a strike comes only after these steps.

Settlement of industrial disputes

MethodHow it works
Collective bargainingThe two parties settle directly, the best way
Conciliation or mediationA neutral third party, such as the labour office, brings the sides together and suggests terms; no binding decision
ArbitrationThe dispute goes to an arbitrator whose award binds both; voluntary when the parties choose it, compulsory when the law requires it
AdjudicationA labour court or tribunal decides; in Nepal, the Labour Court
Grievance procedureAn individual complaint moves up in steps: supervisor, department head, a grievance committee, top management
Workers' participationJoint committees prevent disputes by consulting workers before decisions

When settlement fails, conflict takes the form of a strike (a collective stoppage of work by employees), a lockout (the employer closes the workplace), a go-slow, picketing or a gherao (managers confined until the demands are heard).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Collective bargaining 2068 Chaitra Q6e · 4
  • Explain the term job description. What are the processes of collective bargaining? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff. 2067 Ashad Q5 · 4+6+6
  • Write short notes on: Industrial relation 2067 Ashad Q6b · 4
  • Discuss the activities of production development. What do you mean by industrial relation? Define the term line and staff organization. 2066 Bhadra Q2 · 5+6+5
  • What do you mean by marketing? Explain the relation between marketing concept and production development. What do you mean by industrial relation? 2065 Kartik Q2 · 4+8+4
  • What do you mean by personal management? Define the term job analysis. Discuss deferent steps of hiring and selecting staff. What do you mean by collective bargaining? 2065 Shrawan Q5 · 3+5+5+3
  • Write short notes on: Industrial relation 2065 Shrawan Q6b · 4
  • What do you mean by human resource management? Define the term collective bargaining. Explain the process of collective bargaining. 2064 Jestha Q5 · 5+5+8
  • Write short notes on: Industrial relation 2064 Jestha Q6b · 4
  • Write short notes on: Industrial Relation 2062 Baishakh Q6b
  • What do you mean by collective bargaining? Explain the different process of collective bargaining. 2061 Baishakh Q5
  • What do you mean by collective bargaining and explain the different process of collective bargaining? 2059 Chaitra Q5

2.14Last minute recall

Chapter 2 in one screen

  • Personnel management: obtaining, developing, rewarding and keeping a satisfied workforce. Flippo: planning, organizing, directing, controlling of procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance, separation.
  • Three aspects: welfare, labour or personnel, industrial relations.
  • Objectives: organizational, functional, societal, personal.
  • HR manager's roles (Ulrich): strategic partner, administrative expert, employee champion, change agent.
  • Managerial functions: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling.
  • Operative functions: procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance, motivation (textbook: separation).
  • Handbook contents: welcome, the organization, rules, hours and leave, pay and benefits, employee assistance, legal policies.
  • Manpower planning: analyse the inventory, forecast needs, develop employment programmes, design training programmes. Net requirement = demand minus internal supply.
  • Recruitment sources: internal (promotion, transfer, posting, former staff, referrals); external (advertisement, campus, agencies, walk-ins, headhunters, contractors).
  • Selection, eleven steps: job analysis, advertisement, applications, screening and references, tests, preliminary interview, final interview, medical and background check, appointment, induction, placement.
  • Tests: aptitude, achievement, intelligence, personality, interest, situational, physical.
  • Interview: prepare, build rapport, conduct, close, evaluate.
  • Training needs: organization, task and person analysis.
  • Training methods: on the job, vestibule, special courses, apprenticeship, job rotation, coaching, lectures, case study and role play, e-learning.
  • Kirkpatrick: reaction, learning, behaviour, results.
  • Job analysis methods: questionnaire, interview, observation.
  • Job description: location, title, summary, duties, tools, working conditions.
  • Job specification: education, experience, skills, physical and personal qualities.
  • Job design: simplification, rotation, enlargement, enrichment, job characteristics.
  • Job evaluation: ranking, grading, point rating, factor comparison.
  • Appraisal, traditional: ranking, person to person comparison, grading, graphic scale, free essay.
  • Appraisal, modern: MBO, assessment centre, 360 degree, BARS, human resource accounting.
  • MBO: goals, joint objectives, action plans, review, appraisal, feedback.
  • Wage factors: ability to pay, supply and demand, market rate, living wage, productivity, union power, government regulation.
  • Pay: time rate E=TR; piece rate E=NP.
  • Incentive types: financial, non-financial, individual, group, profit sharing.
  • Plans: Taylor (83 and 125 percent), Gantt (20 percent bonus at standard), Emerson (bonus from two thirds efficiency, 20 percent at standard), Halsey E=TR+0.5(S−T)R, Rowan E=TR+S−TSTR, equal at T=S/2.
  • Collective bargaining: preparation, demands, negotiation, agreement, implementation; failing that, mediation, arbitration, strike.
  • Dispute settlement: bargaining, conciliation, arbitration, adjudication.

Chapter 3 · 10 hours · about 18 marks a paper · in all 36 sittings

Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship

Why do people work hard, who gets them to, and who starts the enterprise in the first place? This is the human side of management: what motivates people and the seven theories that explain it, how a leader influences followers, and how an entrepreneur turns an idea into a small scale unit. Every one of the 36 sittings has set a question here, usually two eight mark questions: one on motivation, one on leadership or entrepreneurship.

What this chapter is about
  • Motivation: why people act, the human needs behind it, its types, and the techniques a manager uses to produce it.
  • Seven theories of motivation: Maslow, McGregor, fear and punishment, Alderfer, McClelland, Herzberg and Vroom. Content theories say what motivates; process theories say how.
  • Leadership: the qualities of a good leader, the three styles, Blake and Mouton's managerial grid, and the trait, behavioral, contingency and integrated approaches.
  • Entrepreneurship: who an entrepreneur is, the characteristics, why a country like Nepal must promote it, and the seven steps to a small scale unit.
Where it fits
  • Directing, in detail: motivation and leadership are how a manager directs people, one of the functions of management.
  • The need based view began with Mayo: the Hawthorne studies showed that social needs, not money alone, drive output. Taylor's scientific management, with its piece rates, is the money first view that Theory X describes.
  • Chapter 2 delivers the rewards: wages, incentives and appraisal are the tools the theories talk about, and management by objectives is Theory Y in practice.
  • Power and ownership: a leader's power over followers draws on the sources of power in authority and power, and step two of a small scale unit is choosing one of the forms of ownership.
What you will learn
  1. 3.1 Motivation: motivation and human needs, techniques of motivation, the theories at a glance, Maslow's hierarchy of needs, McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y, fear and punishment, Alderfer's ERG theory, McClelland's learned needs, Herzberg's two factor theory, Vroom's expectancy theory
  2. 3.2 Leadership: leadership and the leader, leadership styles, Blake and Mouton's managerial grid, leadership approaches and theories
  3. 3.3 Entrepreneurship: entrepreneurship and the entrepreneur, promoting entrepreneurship, establishing a small scale unit
  4. Recall Chapter 3 in one screen
How it is examined
  • In every sitting: all 36 sittings set this chapter. Motivation appears in 33 (all 22 since 2069 Chaitra), leadership in 29, entrepreneurship in 15, all of them on the current syllabus. The evaluation table gives 3.1 eight marks and 3.2 with 3.3 another eight.
  • The motivation question is a two part 8: an opener of 2 to 4 marks (define motivation or intrinsic motivation, human needs, the role of management, the techniques), then a theory for 4 to 6 marks.
  • The theories by frequency: Maslow in 12 sittings, Herzberg 9, Theory X and Y 8, the techniques 7, Vroom 6, ERG 5, fear and punishment once, McClelland never.
  • Comparisons: Maslow against ERG, Maslow against Herzberg, ERG and Herzberg against Maslow, Alderfer against Herzberg, and Theory X against Theory Y read through the other theories.
  • Short notes, usually 4 marks: VIE theory, fear and punishment, Maslow, satisfaction progression against frustration regression, leadership style, participative management, the contingency and integrated approaches, entrepreneurial characteristics.
  • Leadership: the leader, the qualities and leader against manager (15 sittings), the styles (14), the approaches (12), the grid (6). Entrepreneurship: the definition and characteristics (12), promotion (3), the seven steps (3).
  • Opinion questions are frequent: the irony of falling from grace on Maslow's pyramid, Devkota's quest, the best style for an engineering project or an industrial organization, the approach for Nepalese start-ups, entrepreneurship and a conducive environment, the IT sector in Nepal, Silicon Valley, yourself as a leader, a reader is a leader. Take a position, argue it with a named theory, and give a Nepal example.

3.1Motivation

What moves people to work: motivation and human needs TOP 20/36

81 Ba · 79 Ba · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 73 Shr · 72 Ka · 71 Ch · 71 Shr · 70 Ch · 70 Asa · 69 Ch · 68 Ch · 65 Ka · 64 Ka · 63 Ash · 59 Ch · 58 Ch3+52+2+44+4+8

Motivation From the Latin movere, to move. Motivation is the process of stimulating people to act by creating a work atmosphere in which the organization's goals and the person's own needs are satisfied together. In short, it is the internal and external factors that give people the desire and energy to stay interested in and committed to a job.

Two textbook definitions say the same thing from two sides:

  • Koontz and Weihrich: motivation is a general term for the whole class of drives, desires, needs, wishes and similar forces; to motivate subordinates is to do what satisfies those drives, so that they act in the desired way.
  • Robbins: the willingness to put in high levels of effort toward organizational goals, conditioned by that effort's ability to satisfy some individual need. Three words carry it: effort, organizational goals and needs. His later editions put it as the process that accounts for a person's intensity, direction and persistence of effort toward a goal.

Effort has three dimensions: intensity (how hard), direction (toward the organization's goal) and persistence (how long, once the work gets hard).

Human needs, and how a need is used for motivation

A need is a felt lack, physical or psychological, that makes some outcome attractive. The motivation process runs from the need to its satisfaction:

  1. Unsatisfied need: a young engineer's salary does not cover the rent.
  2. Tension: worry and dissatisfaction.
  3. Drive: the urge to earn more.
  4. Search behaviour: she volunteers for overtime and works for the performance bonus.
  5. Satisfied need: the rent is paid.
  6. Reduction of tension, and the next unsatisfied need takes over.
  • Primary needs are physiological and inborn, the same for everyone: food, water, shelter, sleep.
  • Secondary needs are psychological and social, learned from family, culture and experience, so they differ from person to person: security, belonging, esteem, achievement, power.

Using a need to motivate is a three step job for the manager: find the strongest unsatisfied need of this person, offer a reward that satisfies it, and tie the reward to the performance the organization wants. The need supplies the energy, the organization the direction. A satisfied need no longer motivates, so the manager keeps checking which need is active now.

What motivates people at work is therefore a mix, which the next cards sort:

  • Money and security: pay, bonus, allowances, a permanent post, provident fund, safe working conditions.
  • People: good relations with colleagues and the boss, acceptance by the team.
  • Esteem: recognition, praise, status, promotion.
  • The work itself: challenging tasks, responsibility, achievement, the chance to grow.

Herzberg's finding sums it up: pay and conditions stop people being unhappy, but achievement, recognition and the work itself make them give their best (see two factor theory).

Why an organization needs motivated people

  • Performance: performance depends on ability multiplied by motivation; a skilled engineer who does not care produces little, and training cannot fix that.
  • Productivity and quality: time, materials and machines are used well and the result is done with care.
  • Lower absenteeism and turnover: people stay where their needs are met, which saves the cost of replacing them.
  • Acceptance of change: new methods and technology are taken up, not resisted.
  • Good relations: fewer grievances and disputes, better teamwork and morale.
  • Goals met: what the person wants lines up with what the organization wants, and a firm known for it attracts better recruits.

The role of management in motivation

Motivating is part of the manager's job of directing (see functions of management). The course notes list what it involves:

  • Understand what motivates each subordinate: every person is unique, so study individual needs and behaviour and choose the approach that fits.
  • Create the environment, the main role: one in which people work efficiently and feel job satisfaction while achieving the organization's goals.
  • Equip people: training, knowledge and job information, so effort turns into results.
  • Listen: gather employee feedback and put it into the work.
  • Pay fairly: an adequate wage and salary system and incentive plans.
  • Make the workplace interesting, even fun. Better motivation schemes bring better quality of work.

Types of motivation

  • Intrinsic motivation comes from within the person: he does the task because it is interesting, enjoyable or meaningful, and to improve his own skill, with no outside reward needed. An engineer who stays late to crack a design problem for the satisfaction of solving it is intrinsically motivated.
  • Extrinsic motivation comes from outside: someone else wants the task done and controls a reward (pay, bonus, promotion, praise) or a penalty (a warning, dismissal).
  • Positive motivation works through reward and encouragement, the carrot; negative motivation works through the fear of punishment, the stick (see fear and punishment).
  • Financial motivation uses money: wages, bonus, profit sharing, allowances. Non-financial motivation uses recognition, responsibility, participation, job security, status and good working conditions.

The two pairs combine into four positions (the course notes' grid):

SourcePositiveNegative
Intrinsic"I want to complete this task.""I do not want to complete this task."
Extrinsic"Complete this task and you will be rewarded.""Complete this task or you are fired."

The syllabus names three more types, sorted by whose motivation is being worked on:

PointAttitude motivationGroup motivationExecutive motivation
Works onhow a person thinks and feels: self confidence, self belief, outlook on the future, reaction to the pasta team, whose success depends on how its members perform togethermanagers and executives, the talent the organization most needs to keep
Aima positive attitude to self, others and situations, in employer and employee aliketeam spirit, cooperation, team productivityretain managerial talent and get even better performance from it
Toolsencouragement, counselling, fair treatment, small early successesteam building, training, group incentives, recognizing individuals within the team, social recognitionprofit sharing, share options, bigger and more challenging responsibility, benefits such as medical cover and a vehicle, public recognition, better pay
Done byevery supervisor, and the person himselfthe team leadertop management and the board
Examplea mentor rebuilds a junior's confidence after a failed site testa site team earns a bonus for finishing a slab on schedulea software company gives its project managers share options

Where it connects: Mayo's Hawthorne studies first showed that social needs, not money alone, drive output; the wages and incentives of chapter 2 deliver the rewards; the theories explain which rewards work.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What role does management play in motivating their employees? Explain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y. 2081 Baishakh Q7 · 3+5
  • Define Intrinsic Motivation. Explain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y of Motivation. 2079 Baishakh Q7 · 2+6
  • Define the term motivation and explain different technique of motivation. 2076 Chaitra Q7 · 4+4
  • Define Motivation. Explain the features of Maslow's hierarchy of needs. 2076 Ashwin Q7 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by motivation? Why is the theory proposed by Maslow on hierarchy of human needs called satisfaction progression process? Explain with examples. 2075 Chaitra Q7 · 3+5
  • Differentiate between attitude, group and executive motivation. List the techniques of motivation. 2075 Ashwin Q6 · 8
  • Define the term Motivation and explain Maslow's theory of motivation. 2074 Ashwin Q7 · 3+5
  • Discuss the role of management in Motivation. Explain McGregor's theory X and theory Y. 2073 Shrawan Q8 · 3+5
  • Define motivation and explain different technique of motivation. 2072 Kartik Q8
  • What do you mean by Human need? How is a need used for motivation? Explain Herz Berg's Hygine theory of motivation. 2071 Chaitra Q7 · 2+2+4
  • What is motivation? Explain the difference between Maslow's Heirarchical need theory and Alderfer's ERG theory. 2071 Shrawan Q8 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by human needs? Describe A. Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory in detail. 2070 Chaitra Q8 · 3+5
  • Define the term Motivation and explain different technique of motivation. 2070 Ashad Q8 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by motivation? Describe Maslow's hierarchy of needs briefly. Can Maslow's theory explain tireless quest of Laxmi Prasad Devkota for excellent literary works? 2069 Chaitra Q4
  • What is motivation? Write differences between Maslow's hierarchical need and Alderfer's ERG theory of motivation. 2068 Chaitra Q4a · 3+5
  • What is motivation and why is it necessary in an organization? Explain MacGregor's theory X and theory Y of motivation. 2065 Kartik Q4 · 4+4+8
  • Define the term 'Motivation'. How does Macgregor's theory 'X' and theory 'Y' apply to motivation? 2064 Kartik Q4
  • What motivates people at work? Describe the Maslow's hierarchy need and compare with that of Herzberg. 2063 Ashwin Q3
  • Define the term motivation and explain the theory of Maslow's hierarchy of needs. 2059 Chaitra Q4
  • Define the term 'Motivation' and explain the Maslow's hierarchy of needs. 2058 Chaitra Q4

Techniques of motivation: what the manager actually does HOT 7/36

82 Ba · 81 Bh · 76 Ch · 75 Ash · 72 Ka · 70 Asa · 69 Ch3+52+64+4

Technique of motivation A practical method a manager uses to turn the theories into action: something done to the job, the pay or the way people are treated so that they want to perform. No single technique works for everyone, so a good manager uses a mix fitted to the person.

The course notes give six techniques. Learn them with the need or theory each one feeds, because that is what makes the list an explanation:

  1. Meaningful, challenging work. People are internally motivated when they can see their work making a real difference to the organization, and a challenging task engages and energizes them. It feeds self-actualization and Herzberg's "work itself". Example: a junior engineer owns the design of one component instead of only drafting.
  2. Clear targets, expectations and measurement. Nobody performs well without knowing what is expected, so management states objectives and standards clearly and measures performance against them. It raises Vroom's expectancy. Example: "load test the new transformer by Friday" instead of "work hard".
  3. Regular, direct, supportive feedback. Feedback helps a person focus, improve or change. It must be timely, specific and clear about what to continue and what to modify. It feeds McClelland's need for achievement.
  4. Valuing the employees. Recognize and respect self-motivated people who take their responsibility seriously, and give credit where it is due. It feeds esteem needs and Herzberg's recognition.
  5. Training and development programmes. Regular, timely training prepares people for the future, and being invested in is itself motivating. It feeds growth, and raises expectancy because skill makes effort pay off.
  6. Incentive programmes. Rewards, promotions, benefits, profit sharing and freedom such as flexible hours. They feed existence and safety needs and must be rewards people value (Vroom's valence). See incentives.

The textbooks add more, usually grouped as financial and non-financial. A full answer lists the six above and adds a few of these:

TechniqueWhat it meansExample
Pay, bonus, profit sharing (financial)fair wages, performance bonus, overtime, a share of profit or of ownershipa start-up gives its first engineers shares
Job security and benefitsa permanent post, provident fund, insurance, pensionconfirmation in a permanent post after probation
Praise and recognitioncredit given openly for good workthe engineer of the month named at the staff meeting
Job enlargementmore tasks of the same level added to a job, for variety (horizontal)a meter reader also handles new connections in his area
Job enrichmentmore responsibility and control added to a job (vertical): planning and checking one's own worka technician plans and signs off his own maintenance schedule
Job rotationmoving people between jobs at intervals, against boredom and for wider skillsa trainee spends a few months each in design, site and quality
Participation and delegationinvolving people in decisions that affect them, and giving authority with responsibilityworkers help plan the new shift pattern
Management by objectivesgoals agreed by boss and subordinate, performance judged against them (see appraisal)a section's yearly targets set jointly in Shrawan
Working conditions and career patha safe, well equipped workplace, sensible hours, promotion on merita clear ladder from assistant engineer upward

Choosing the technique follows the theories: find the level of need the person is at (Maslow), fix the hygiene factors first so that nobody is unhappy, then add motivators (Herzberg), and make the link from effort to reward visible (Vroom). Money works best for someone whose basic needs are unmet; recognition and challenge work best for someone whose basic needs are met.

Techniques are not types. The types classify motivation (intrinsic or extrinsic, positive or negative, attitude, group or executive, on the motivation card); the techniques are the methods that produce it.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the techniques of motivation? Compare Alderfer's ERG Theory and Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory with Maslow's need theory. 2082 Baishakh Q7 · 2+6
  • What are the different techniques of Motivation? Explain Mcgregor's Theory X and Theory Y. 2081 Bhadra Q7 · 3+5
  • Define the term motivation and explain different technique of motivation. 2076 Chaitra Q7 · 4+4
  • Differentiate between attitude, group and executive motivation. List the techniques of motivation. 2075 Ashwin Q6 · 8
  • Define motivation and explain different technique of motivation. 2072 Kartik Q8
  • Define the term Motivation and explain different technique of motivation. 2070 Ashad Q8 · 3+5
  • Explain different Techniques of Motivation. 2069 Chaitra Q6a

The theories of motivation: what motivates, and how PIN 2/36

82 Bh · 79 Bh4+4

Theory of motivation An explanation of why people behave as they do at work: which needs drive them and how those needs turn into effort. A manager uses the theories to decide what to offer and how to link it to performance.

Two families, the course's own map:

  • Content theories explain what motivates: the needs inside a person, and why people have different needs at different times. They answer the manager's question "what should I offer?".
  • Process theories explain how motivation works: the process through which needs are translated into behaviour, the reasoning by which a person decides how much effort to give. They answer "how do I link the reward to the effort?".
  • Reinforcement, a smaller third group, ignores inner needs and looks only at the consequences of behaviour: rewarded behaviour is repeated, punished behaviour is avoided. Fear and punishment belongs here.

The seven theories in the syllabus, sorted:

TheoryWho, whenFamilyThe idea in one line
Hierarchy of needsAbraham Maslow, 1943contentfive needs climbed in order; a satisfied need stops motivating
Theory X and Theory YDouglas McGregor, 1960content (assumptions about human nature)what a manager assumes about people decides how he motivates them
Fear and punishmentthe reinforcement idea; the course notes link it to B. F. Skinnerreinforcementsome people work only under the threat of a penalty
ERG theoryClayton Alderfer, 1969contentthree needs, several active at once; frustration sends a person back down
Learned needsDavid McClelland, early 1960scontentachievement, power and affiliation, learned from experience
Two factor theoryFrederick Herzberg, 1959contenthygiene factors prevent dissatisfaction; motivators create satisfaction
Expectancy (valency) theoryVictor Vroom, 1964processmotivation is expectancy times instrumentality times valence

Other process theories worth naming in a long answer: Adams's equity theory (people compare what they put in and get out with what others do, and unfairness demotivates), Locke's goal setting theory (specific, difficult goals with feedback raise performance) and the Porter and Lawler model, which extends Vroom.

Using the theories together in an organization

  1. Check the assumptions about people (McGregor): treat professionals as Theory Y.
  2. Find the active need (Maslow, Alderfer, McClelland): pay for someone struggling with rent, recognition and challenge for someone secure.
  3. Remove dissatisfaction, then motivate (Herzberg): fix pay, policy and conditions, then enrich the job.
  4. Make the links visible (Vroom): targets people can reach, rewards that surely follow, rewards they actually value.
  5. Keep the stick for rule breaking (fear and punishment): safety and discipline, not everyday motivation.

Why no single theory wins: each explains part of behaviour. Content theories say little about how much effort a person chooses to give, process theories say little about which rewards matter, and almost all of them were developed in the United States, so a manager in Nepal has to test them against his own people.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Discuss the existing theories of motivation in an organization. Also provide a synopsis to Maslow's hierarchy of need and relate it with motivation. 2082 Bhadra Q6 · 4+4
  • Describe about the motivational theory and explain about the Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory. 2079 Bhadra Q7 · 4+4

Maslow's hierarchy of needs: five needs, climbed in order TOP 12/36

82 Bh · 81 Bh · 78 Bh · 76 Ash · 75 Ch · 74 Ash · 70 Ch · 69 Ch · 64 Jth · 63 Ash · 59 Ch · 58 Ch3+54+45+3

Maslow's hierarchy of needs Abraham Maslow's theory (1943) that human behaviour is driven by five kinds of need arranged in a hierarchy from the most basic to the highest, and that a person moves up the hierarchy as each level is satisfied, so only an unsatisfied need motivates.
MASLOW'S HIERARCHY OF NEEDS Needs rise from the base; the organization can meet each level at work. LEVEL AND ITS NEEDS WHAT THE ORGANIZATION CAN DO 5 Self actualization realizing full potential challenging, creative work 4 Esteem achievement, recognition, respect recognition and more important work 3 Social belonging, friendship, acceptance team culture and group activities 2 Safety protection, economic and physical security safe conditions, pension, job security 1 Physiological food, water, shelter, sleep adequate wages and suitable hours a need motivates only until it is met; then the next level up takes over

The five levels, from the base up, with what each means at work:

  1. Physiological needs: food, water, shelter, clothing, sleep: survival. At work: a wage that covers them, rest, suitable hours.
  2. Safety needs: protection from physical danger and economic insecurity. At work: safe conditions, a permanent job, provident fund, pension.
  3. Social needs: belonging, acceptance, friendship. At work: a friendly team, a supervisor who cares.
  4. Esteem needs: self respect and the respect of others: achievement, recognition, status. At work: titles, awards, public praise, important assignments.
  5. Self-actualization: becoming all one is capable of; in Maslow's words, "what a man can be, he must be". At work: challenging, creative work with freedom to innovate. Few reach it.

Features of the theory

  • Hierarchy of prepotency: a lower need dominates behaviour until it is reasonably satisfied; a hungry man does not think about recognition.
  • A satisfied need is not a motivator: once met, it loses its power to drive behaviour and the next higher need takes over.
  • Relative, not total, satisfaction: a level need not be fully met before the next appears. Maslow's own illustration: an average person might be 85 percent satisfied in physiological needs, 70 in safety, 50 in love, 40 in esteem and 10 in self-actualization.
  • Lower and higher order: physiological and safety needs are met mainly from outside (pay, contracts, tenure); social, esteem and self-actualization mainly from within.
  • Deficiency needs and a growth need: the first four are felt when something is missing; self-actualization grows stronger the more it is fed, so it is never fully satisfied.
  • Exceptions admitted: Maslow himself noted people for whom self-esteem outranks love, and creative people who create in spite of unmet basic needs.
  • Upward only: the theory describes climbing, not falling back; Alderfer added the way down (ERG).

Why it is called a satisfaction progression process

Satisfaction is what moves a person up: when one level is reasonably met it stops driving behaviour and the next higher need takes over, so the person progresses through the hierarchy by satisfaction, one step at a time and in one direction. A fresh engineering graduate in Kathmandu:

  • Physiological: takes the first job for a salary that pays for rent and food.
  • Safety: with that secure, wants a permanent post and provident fund.
  • Social: with the job safe, cares most about acceptance by the team.
  • Esteem: then wants promotion to team lead, a title, recognition.
  • Self-actualization: finally wants to design her own products or start a firm.

How it relates to motivation at work

  • Diagnose before rewarding: find each employee's lowest unsatisfied need and offer satisfiers at that level (the drawing lists what the organization can do at each). A bigger salary for someone who now wants recognition motivates little.
  • Different people, different levers: a daily wage labourer on a road project is moved by timely wages and safety gear, a senior engineer at a hydropower company by recognition and challenging assignments.
  • Protect the lower levels: a threat to job security pulls everyone back down.
  • Leave room at the top: without challenging work, the most capable people stall at esteem, or leave.

Limitations: little research support for a strict order; needs often act together; cultures differ (in close knit societies belonging may outrank esteem); money meets several needs at once; the levels are hard to measure; and satisfied needs return.

Opinion: can the hierarchy explain Devkota?

Laxmi Prasad Devkota (1909 to 1959), honoured as Mahakavi, wrote Muna Madan and a vast body of poems and epics through money troubles that lasted much of his life. A rigid reading of Maslow says such hardship should have kept him busy with physiological and safety needs.

  • What the hierarchy cannot explain: the order. Devkota pursued the top level while the lower ones were unmet, which a strict step by step model forbids.
  • What it can explain: the direction and the tirelessness. His quest is self-actualization, the one need that grows stronger the more it is fed.
  • Maslow's own exception: in innately creative people the drive to create can outweigh every other need and act in spite of unmet basic needs. Devkota is that exception.
  • A better fit: ERG (growth can act while existence needs are unmet) and intrinsic motivation (the writing was its own reward).

Verdict: partly. Maslow explains what Devkota strove for, not how he could strive for it while poor: the hierarchy is a tendency, not a law.

Opinion: the irony of falling from grace on the way up

The irony: the pyramid promises that climbing it makes a person secure, respected and finally self-actualized, and Maslow described self-actualized people as ethical and devoted to a mission beyond themselves. Yet some who climb high, with wealth, status and power, end in fraud, crime, violence, jail or suicide. Six reasons explain it:

  1. Stuck at esteem: they chase its outer half (status, wealth, power, fame), which has no ceiling. Maslow held that healthy esteem rests on deserved respect and real achievement; esteem taken by fraud is the unhealthy kind.
  2. The pyramid is silent on means: it says which need drives a person, not how it may be met. Esteem can be earned by merit or grabbed by corruption; ethics has to come from character, law and culture.
  3. Lopsided climbing: career and money rise while social needs (family, friendship, belonging) starve, leaving isolation, depression and sometimes suicide.
  4. Frustration regression: when growth is blocked by failure, loss of office or disgrace, people fall back and grab money and security harder, by any means (ERG).
  5. Personal power: McClelland's need for power, turned toward oneself rather than the organization, becomes abuse of authority (learned needs).
  6. More temptation, more exposure: a higher post brings more pressure and more chance to misuse authority, and its falls are more public.

The conclusion to argue: the fall is a failure of how the pyramid is climbed, not of the pyramid; the hierarchy explains the drive, not the conscience that must steer it. Organizations reduce such falls with an ethical culture, reward for merit only, transparent checks (audits, and for public office in Nepal the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority) and attention to the whole person, not only to targets. Maslow against Herzberg is on the Herzberg card.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Discuss the existing theories of motivation in an organization. Also provide a synopsis to Maslow's hierarchy of need and relate it with motivation. 2082 Bhadra Q6 · 4+4
  • How do scientific management approach differ from behavioral management approach? Describe their contributions and limitations. State Maslow's need theory with examples. 2081 Bhadra Q3 · 5+3
  • While ascending up the Maslow's pyramid some people fall from the grace (ie. they end up in cases like fraud, crime, rape, suicide, murder, jail terms, etc.) Describe this irony form your own perspective. 2078 Bhadra Q5 · 8
  • Define Motivation. Explain the features of Maslow's hierarchy of needs. 2076 Ashwin Q7 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by motivation? Why is the theory proposed by Maslow on hierarchy of human needs called satisfaction progression process? Explain with examples. 2075 Chaitra Q7 · 3+5
  • Define the term Motivation and explain Maslow's theory of motivation. 2074 Ashwin Q7 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by human needs? Describe A. Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory in detail. 2070 Chaitra Q8 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by motivation? Describe Maslow's hierarchy of needs briefly. Can Maslow's theory explain tireless quest of Laxmi Prasad Devkota for excellent literary works? 2069 Chaitra Q4
  • Write short notes on: Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory 2064 Jestha Q6c · 4
  • What motivates people at work? Describe the Maslow's hierarchy need and compare with that of Herzberg. 2063 Ashwin Q3
  • Define the term motivation and explain the theory of Maslow's hierarchy of needs. 2059 Chaitra Q4
  • Define the term 'Motivation' and explain the Maslow's hierarchy of needs. 2058 Chaitra Q4

McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y: what the manager assumes HOT 8/36

81 Bh · 81 Ba · 79 Ba · 73 Shr · 72 Ch · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 64 Ka3+55+3+4+44+4+8

Theory X and Theory Y Two opposite sets of assumptions about human nature that Douglas McGregor set out in The Human Side of Enterprise (1960). Theory X assumes people dislike work and must be pushed; Theory Y assumes work is natural and people will direct themselves. They describe what managers believe about workers, and the belief decides how they manage and motivate.

Theory X, the traditional view of direction and control. The average person:

  • Dislikes work and avoids it whenever he can.
  • Lacks ambition, avoids responsibility, prefers to be directed and wants security above all.
  • Is self-centred, indifferent to the organization's needs.
  • Resists change by nature.
  • Avoids decisions and is not particularly intelligent.
  • So must be coerced, controlled, directed and threatened with punishment to put in adequate effort.

Theory Y, the integration of individual and organizational goals. The average person:

  • Does not inherently hate work: physical and mental effort is as natural as play or rest.
  • Directs and controls himself toward objectives he is committed to; control and threats are not the only way to get effort.
  • Is committed through the rewards of achievement, above all esteem and self-actualization.
  • Learns to accept and even seek responsibility under the right conditions.
  • Has imagination and creativity that are widely, not narrowly, spread in the population.
  • Is under-used: modern industry uses only part of the average person's intellectual potential.
PointTheory XTheory Y
View of workdisliked, avoidedas natural as play or rest
Responsibilityshunned; little ambitionaccepted and sought
Controlexternal: close supervision, threatsself-direction and self-control
Needs that drive peoplelower: physiological and safetyhigher: social, esteem, self-actualization
Motivation usedextrinsic, financial and negative: carrot and stickintrinsic and positive: responsibility, recognition, growth
Leadership styleautocraticdemocratic, participative
Authority and communicationcentralized; one way, downwarddelegated; two way
Creativityin a few people at the topwidely distributed
Outlookpessimistic, staticoptimistic, people can grow
Fitssimple routine work, a crisis, repeated misconductskilled, professional and knowledge work

X and Y read through the other theories of motivation

TheoryA Theory X managerA Theory Y manager
Maslowassumes only physiological and safety needs drive people, so offers pay and securityassumes social, esteem and self-actualization needs, so offers belonging, recognition and challenge
Herzbergmanages only hygiene factors (pay, supervision, rules), which at best removes dissatisfactionuses the motivators (achievement, responsibility, the work itself), which create satisfaction
Alderferexistence needsrelatedness and growth needs
McClellandassumes a low need for achievement, so sets targets and checks themassumes achievement and power needs, so gives goals, feedback and responsibility
Fear and punishmentpunishment is the main toolpunishment is a last resort; self-control does the work
Vroomrelies on the valence of money and of avoiding penalties, and controls every link himselfrelies on the valence of growth and achievement, and builds the person's own expectancy

How they apply to motivation: a Theory X manager motivates from outside, with money and the threat of losing it, and must supervise constantly because effort stops when the pressure stops. A Theory Y manager motivates from inside, through delegation, participation, job enrichment and management by objectives, and lets people control their own work.

McGregor's own argument used Maslow: in a modern organization pay and security are largely satisfied, and a satisfied need does not motivate, so the carrot and stick stops working. Only the higher needs are left to motivate, and only Theory Y reaches them.

The self-fulfilling prophecy: treat people as lazy and they learn to do the minimum; trust them with responsibility and most rise to it.

A balanced view: neither is true of everyone. A Kathmandu software team on flexible hours with its own sprint goals is run on Theory Y; a supervisor standing over casual labourers with an attendance register is running Theory X. Leadership styles split the same way (see styles), and Taylor's scientific management sits near X, Mayo's human relations near Y.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the different techniques of Motivation? Explain Mcgregor's Theory X and Theory Y. 2081 Bhadra Q7 · 3+5
  • What role does management play in motivating their employees? Explain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y. 2081 Baishakh Q7 · 3+5
  • Define Intrinsic Motivation. Explain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y of Motivation. 2079 Baishakh Q7 · 2+6
  • Discuss the role of management in Motivation. Explain McGregor's theory X and theory Y. 2073 Shrawan Q8 · 3+5
  • What is the difference between theory 'X' and theory 'Y'? Explain on the basis of different theory of motivation. 2072 Chaitra Q8 · 8
  • What is motivation and why is it necessary in an organization? Explain MacGregor's theory X and theory Y of motivation. 2065 Kartik Q4 · 4+4+8
  • Define the term theory 'X' and theory 'Y' in the motivation theory. Justify job design improve work efficiency. What do you mean by trait approach in leadership? Discuss the importance of participative management in organization. 2065 Shrawan Q4 · 5+3+4+4
  • Define the term 'Motivation'. How does Macgregor's theory 'X' and theory 'Y' apply to motivation? 2064 Kartik Q4

Fear and punishment: motivation by the stick PIN 1/36

82 Bh4

Fear and punishment theory The view that some people work only when they fear what will happen if they do not, so the threat of punishment is used to get the required effort: a warning, a pay cut, a fine, a lost promotion, suspension or dismissal. It is negative motivation, the stick of the carrot and stick.

The reasoning, as the course notes give it: just as Theory X assumes, some people dislike work, hate responsibility, avoid challenges and lack ambition. Rewards do not move them, so fear and punishment schemes become necessary. Some people are motivated by rewards; others must be controlled through fear to work toward the organization's goals.

The reinforcement link. Skinner's reinforcement idea is that behaviour is shaped by its consequences: behaviour followed by something pleasant tends to be repeated, and behaviour followed by something unpleasant tends to stop. It has four tools, and fear and punishment uses the middle two:

  • Positive reinforcement: reward the wanted behaviour (the carrot).
  • Negative reinforcement: remove an unpleasant condition once the wanted behaviour appears (the threat is lifted when the work is done).
  • Punishment: apply an unpleasant consequence to stop unwanted behaviour (the stick).
  • Extinction: give no response at all, so an unwanted behaviour dies out.
On the name. The course notes file this theory under B. F. Skinner's reinforcement theory. Strictly, fear and punishment is only one half of reinforcement, and Skinner himself found rewarding the wanted behaviour more effective than punishing the unwanted one. Teach it as the carrot and stick idea, with Skinner as the source of the reinforcement view.

When it works

  • Short term compliance with a simple, visible rule: "no helmet, no entry" on a construction site; penalties for drink driving on Kathmandu's roads.
  • Safety and discipline: where one lapse can kill or ruin (live electrical work, blasting, cash handling), zero tolerance is right.
  • Theory X cases: repeated absence, theft or misconduct, after counselling has failed.
  • A crisis, when there is no time to persuade.

Using it well follows the hot stove rule, usually credited to McGregor: like a hot stove, the penalty comes with advance warning, immediately, consistently for everyone, and impersonally, aimed at the act and not the person. Discipline is normally progressive: oral warning, written warning, suspension, dismissal.

Limits

  • Minimum effort only: people do just enough to avoid the penalty; it buys compliance, not commitment. Herzberg called such pushes KITA (a kick in the pants) and said they produce movement, not motivation.
  • Fear, resentment and low morale, which spread through the group.
  • Works only while watched: the behaviour returns when supervision stops.
  • Kills initiative: where mistakes are punished nobody takes a risk, and engineers hide problems instead of reporting them.
  • Conflict: grievances, union disputes, sabotage, turnover.
  • Negative only: it says what not to do, never what to do.

Conclusion: punishment is a floor, not a strategy. Keep it for rule breaking and safety, and motivate everyday performance with rewards and good work. It is the negative motivation of the types of motivation and the method of the Theory X manager.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Fear and punishment theory 2082 Bhadra Q10c · 4

Alderfer's ERG theory: three needs, and a way back down PIN 5/36

82 Ba · 75 Ch · 71 Shr · 69 Ch · 68 Ch3+52+64

ERG theory Clayton Alderfer's (1969) reworking of Maslow's hierarchy to fit the research evidence better. It groups human needs into three, Existence, Relatedness and Growth, keeps satisfaction progression, and adds frustration regression: when a higher need is blocked, a person falls back to a lower one.
NeedWhat it coversMaslow's levelsAt work
Existence (E)material and physical needs for survivalphysiological and safetypay, benefits, safe conditions, job security
Relatedness (R)relationships with other people, personal and at work: family, friends, colleagues, bossessocial, and the outer part of esteem (recognition by others)teamwork, a supportive boss, respect from colleagues
Growth (G)personal development: using and extending one's abilitiesthe inner part of esteem (self respect, achievement) and self-actualizationchallenging work, training, creative tasks
ALDERFER'S ERG THEORY AGAINST MASLOW Alderfer folds Maslow's five levels into three needs: existence, relatedness, growth. MASLOW: FIVE LEVELS ALDERFER: THREE NEEDS Self actualization realizing full potential Esteem, internal self respect, achievement Esteem, external recognition by others Social belonging, friendship, acceptance Safety protection, economic and physical security Physiological food, water, shelter, sleep 5 4 3 2 1 Growth personal development Relatedness relationships, personal and at work Existence material needs: food, shelter, safety TWO DIFFERENCES FROM MASLOW 1 More than one need can act at once Maslow: one level at a time, strictly in order 2 Frustration regression blocked at a higher need, a person falls back to a lower one

How ERG works

  • Satisfaction progression: as with Maslow, satisfying a lower need raises the desire for the next higher one.
  • Frustration regression: if a higher need stays frustrated, the desire for the lower need rises; the person turns back and asks for more of what he can get.
  • Several needs at once: existence, relatedness and growth can all motivate at the same time, in no strict order.
  • Growth feeds itself: growth needs, once satisfied, tend to be wanted more, not less.
  • People differ: education, family background and culture change how strong each need is.

Satisfaction progression and frustration regression compared

PointSatisfaction progressionFrustration regression
Meaninga need that is reasonably satisfied gives way to the next higher need, and the person moves upa higher need that stays blocked makes the person fall back and want more of a lower need
Triggersatisfactionfrustration, failure
Directionupwarddownward
Found inMaslow (his only direction) and AlderferAlderfer only
Examplean engineer with a secure job and fair pay starts to want recognition and a bigger rolethe same engineer, passed over for promotion for years, stops seeking growth and pushes for allowances and overtime, or pours his energy into office friendships and politics
Lesson for the managerkeep offering the next level of reward as the lower ones are meta demand for more money may be a blocked growth need in disguise; open a growth route (training, a new project, a transfer) and the demand eases

Maslow against ERG

PointMaslow's hierarchyAlderfer's ERG
Categoriesfivethree
Orderrigid, step by stepflexible; a higher need can act before a lower one is met
Needs activeone dominant level at a timemore than one at the same time
Movementupward only, by satisfaction progressionupward, and downward by frustration regression
Esteemone levelsplit: recognition by others goes to relatedness, self respect to growth
Basisclinical observation and reasoning (1943)revised to fit research evidence (1969)
Individual differenceslittle roomexplicitly allowed
Message for managersfind the level and satisfy italso watch for blocked needs and what people fall back on

What they share: both are content theories, both arrange needs from material needs to personal growth, both say that satisfying a lower need pushes a person upward, and both put growth or self-actualization at the top. ERG is best read as a more flexible, more realistic Maslow. Its comparison with Herzberg is on the Herzberg card.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the techniques of motivation? Compare Alderfer's ERG Theory and Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory with Maslow's need theory. 2082 Baishakh Q7 · 2+6
  • Write short notes on: Satisfaction progression Vs Frustration Regression Process 2075 Chaitra Q10c · 4
  • What is motivation? Explain the difference between Maslow's Heirarchical need theory and Alderfer's ERG theory. 2071 Shrawan Q8 · 3+5
  • Write short notes on: Satisfaction progression Vs. Frustration Regression Process 2069 Chaitra Q10c
  • What is motivation? Write differences between Maslow's hierarchical need and Alderfer's ERG theory of motivation. 2068 Chaitra Q4a · 3+5

McClelland's learned needs: achievement, power, affiliation

Theory of learned needs David McClelland's theory (early 1960s) that three needs are important sources of motivation at work, achievement, power and affiliation, and that they are not inborn but learned from experience, upbringing and culture. Everyone has all three in different strengths, and the strongest one shapes how a person behaves at work.
MCCLELLAND'S THEORY OF LEARNED NEEDS Learned from experience; everyone has all three, in different strengths. Need for achievement nAch sets challenging goals takes calculated risks wants regular feedback takes personal responsibility Need for power nPow wants to control people and resources social power: for the organization personal power: for oneself enjoys competing and winning Need for affiliation nAff wants to belong and be liked builds friendly relationships avoids conflict and confrontation
NeedThe personFitsMotivate with
Achievement (nAch)sets and meets challenging goals, takes calculated risks, wants regular feedback, takes personal responsibility for the resultentrepreneurs, sales, research, independent projectsstretching but reachable targets, quick feedback, ownership of a task
Power (nPow)wants to control people and resources, enjoys competing and winning; social power is used for the organization, personal power for oneselfmanagement and leadership posts, if the power is socialauthority, status, the chance to lead
Affiliation (nAff)wants to belong and be liked, builds friendly relationships, avoids conflict and confrontationteam roles, customer service, coordinationteamwork, a friendly climate, social recognition
  • Measured by stories: McClelland used the Thematic Apperception Test, in which people write stories about ambiguous pictures and the themes they choose reveal their dominant need.
  • High achievers are not automatically good managers: they want to do the job themselves, while a manager must get it done through others.
  • The best managers, in McClelland's later work, combined a high need for power of the social kind with a low need for affiliation, so they could take unpopular decisions for the organization's good.
  • Learned needs can be taught: McClelland ran achievement motivation training for small businessmen in Kakinada, India, in the 1960s, and entrepreneurship development programmes grew from that idea.

Against Maslow: no hierarchy and no fixed order, all three can act together, and the needs are learned rather than inborn. Roughly, achievement matches self-actualization, power matches esteem and affiliation matches the social needs.

Where it connects: the need for achievement is the core of the entrepreneur's characteristics, the need for power drives leadership, and personal power gone wrong is one reason people fall from grace (Maslow).

Herzberg's two factor theory: hygiene factors and motivators HOT 9/36

82 Ba · 80 Bh · 79 Bh · 78 Bh · 71 Ch · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 63 Ash4+42+2+45+7+4

Two factor theory Frederick Herzberg's theory (1959), also called the motivation hygiene or hygiene maintenance theory, that the factors that cause job satisfaction are different from those that cause dissatisfaction. Hygiene factors around the job only prevent dissatisfaction; motivators in the work itself create satisfaction and effort.

The study. Herzberg and his colleagues asked about 200 engineers and accountants to describe times when they felt exceptionally good and exceptionally bad about their jobs. The good times were about the job's content: achievement, recognition, the work itself. The bad times were about its context: policy, supervision, pay, conditions.

Two separate scales. The opposite of satisfaction is not dissatisfaction but no satisfaction, and the opposite of dissatisfaction is no dissatisfaction. Removing a cause of dissatisfaction makes people calm, not motivated.

HERZBERG'S TWO FACTOR THEORY Two separate scales: the opposite of satisfaction is no satisfaction, not dissatisfaction. Hygiene factors company policy supervision working conditions salary job security relations with colleagues good hygiene factors remove dissatisfaction Dissatisfaction when they are poor or missing No dissatisfaction neutral: not yet motivated Motivators achievement recognition the work itself responsibility advancement growth adding motivators builds satisfaction No satisfaction when they are absent Satisfaction motivated to perform better Separate scales: removing a dissatisfier does not create satisfaction
  • Hygiene (maintenance) factors: company policy and administration; supervision; relations with supervisor, peers and subordinates; working conditions; salary; job security; status.
  • Motivators (satisfiers): achievement, recognition, the work itself, responsibility, advancement, growth.
PointHygiene (maintenance) factorsMotivators (satisfiers)
Belong tothe job's context, around the work (extrinsic)the job's content, the work itself (intrinsic)
When poor or absentdissatisfactionno satisfaction, but not dissatisfaction
When goodno dissatisfaction: a neutral state, not motivationsatisfaction and better performance
Needs servedlower level needshigher level needs
Why the namelike hygiene in medicine, they prevent illness without making anyone healthier; they maintain the present levelthey actually move people to perform

Salary is on the hygiene list, although it came up in both kinds of story: fair pay stops complaints, but a raise does not keep anyone motivated for long. The festival allowance paid before Dashain is a Nepali illustration: everyone expects it, its absence would cause anger, and paying it makes nobody work harder the next month.

Where motivation at work comes from

From the job itself, not from its surroundings. In Herzberg's view motivation comes from the motivators: a sense of achievement, recognition for it, interesting work, responsibility, and the chance to advance and grow. These are intrinsic to the job. Pay, policy, supervision and conditions are needed too, but only to remove dissatisfaction.

Hence job enrichment, his practical advice: redesign jobs vertically, giving people more responsibility, control over their own work and chances to learn, rather than only paying them more. He called pushes by threat or bonus KITA (a kick in the pants) and argued that they produce movement, not motivation.

HygieneMotivatorsWhat the manager sees
highhighthe ideal: few complaints, highly motivated staff
highlowfew complaints, but the job is just a pay cheque and people do the minimum
lowhighexciting work but many complaints about pay and conditions, typical of a young start-up
lowlowthe worst: unhappy and unmotivated

Applied: at a remote hydropower site, fair pay, housing, safety equipment and leave to go home (hygiene) stop engineers from leaving; ownership of a section of the works and recognition when it is commissioned (motivators) make them give their best.

Criticism: people tend to credit themselves for good events and blame their surroundings for bad ones, which alone could produce the two lists; the sample was professionals, and for a low paid worker pay may well motivate; satisfaction is assumed to raise output without measuring output; and one factor can be a hygiene factor for one person and a motivator for another.

Herzberg against Maslow and Alderfer

The levels line up: Maslow's physiological, safety and social needs (Alderfer's existence and most of relatedness) match the hygiene factors; esteem and self-actualization (Alderfer's growth) match the motivators.

PointMaslowAlderfer (ERG)Herzberg
Categoriesfive needsthree needstwo sets of factors
Looks atneeds inside the person, in all of lifeneeds inside the personfeatures of the job
Structurerigid hierarchyflexible hierarchy, several needs at oncetwo independent scales
Do lower needs motivate?yes, while unsatisfiedyes, and more so when a higher need is blockedno: hygiene only prevents dissatisfaction
Movementup only (satisfaction progression)up, and down by frustration regressionnone: two separate effects
Basisclinical observationrevised to fit researchinterviews with about 200 engineers and accountants
Applies toeveryoneeveryonebest to professional and white collar staff
Manager's toolsatisfy the active needwatch for blocked growthfix hygiene, then enrich the job

Alderfer and Herzberg compared: both split needs into lower and higher groups and both treat growth as the real motivator. They differ because Alderfer says any unsatisfied need, existence included, can motivate, and that people slide back when frustrated, while Herzberg says the lower (hygiene) factors never motivate at all. Alderfer describes needs in a person; Herzberg describes features of a job.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the techniques of motivation? Compare Alderfer's ERG Theory and Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory with Maslow's need theory. 2082 Baishakh Q7 · 2+6
  • According to Herzberg's motivation-hygiene theory, where does motivation at work come from? Vroom's Valency theory is known as type of process theory, justify it. 2080 Bhadra Q7 · 4+4
  • Describe about the motivational theory and explain about the Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory. 2079 Bhadra Q7 · 4+4
  • Explain briefly about comparison of Alderfer and Herzberg's Theories. Explain the Vroom's expectancy of motivation theory. 2078 Bhadra Q8 · 3+5
  • What do you mean by Human need? How is a need used for motivation? Explain Herz Berg's Hygine theory of motivation. 2071 Chaitra Q7 · 2+2+4
  • Explain the two factors theory of motivation. How can you determine the most effective leadership style? Define the term informal organization. 2068 Baishakh Q4 · 5+7+4
  • Discuss the Herzberg's theory of motivation. How will you determine the most effective leader in the business organization? Define the term informal organization. 2067 Ashad Q4 · 6+6+4
  • What are the motivational theory of Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivational factors? Discuss the behavioural approach of leadership. Define the term authority and power. 2066 Bhadra Q4 · 6+5+5
  • What motivates people at work? Describe the Maslow's hierarchy need and compare with that of Herzberg. 2063 Ashwin Q3

Vroom's expectancy theory: effort, performance, reward HOT 6/36

82 Bh · 80 Bh · 80 Ba · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 70 Asa4+43+54

Expectancy (VIE) theory Victor Vroom's theory (Work and Motivation, 1964) that a person chooses to act in a certain way because of what he expects the result to be and how much he values it. Motivation is the product of three beliefs, expectancy, instrumentality and valence (VIE); the syllabus calls it Vroom's expectancy or valency theory.

The formula: M=E×I×V, where M is the motivational force, how hard the person will try.

VROOM'S EXPECTANCY THEORY (VIE) A person acts when they expect effort to lead to an outcome they value. Effort the work put in Performance the job done well Reward pay, promotion, praise Personal goals the valued outcome E Expectancy (E) will my effort lead to performance? manager: resources, training I Instrumentality (I) will performance bring the reward? manager: keep the promise V Valence (V) how much do I value the reward? set by the person's own needs Motivation = E × I × V if any one is zero, motivation is zero
TermThe question in the person's mindLinkRangeWhat the manager does
Expectancy (E)"If I try, can I do it?"effort to performance0 to 1right person for the job, training, resources, supervision, targets that can be reached
Instrumentality (I)"If I do it, will I really get the reward?"performance to reward0 to 1keep every promise, make the reward rules clear and fair, link reward to measured performance
Valence (V)"Do I want that reward?"reward to personal goalsminus 1 to plus 1find out what each person values and offer that
  • Valence is personal: the same reward can be wanted by one person, a matter of indifference to another and disliked by a third. A transfer to a district office is a promotion to one engineer and a punishment to another whose family lives in Kathmandu.
  • The terms multiply: if any one of them is zero, motivation is zero however high the other two are. A generous bonus that people are sure they cannot earn motivates nobody.
On the ranges. Vroom's own instrumentality runs from minus 1 to plus 1 like valence, since good performance can make an outcome less likely; most textbooks simplify it to a probability from 0 to 1.

A worked example

An engineer is offered a bonus for finishing a design two weeks early. She is fairly sure she can do it (E = 0.8), doubts the bonus will be paid because last year's was not (I = 0.5), and wants the money moderately (V = 0.6): M=0.8×0.5×0.6=0.24.

  • Management pays last year's bonus and puts the rule in writing (I rises to 0.9): M=0.8×0.9×0.6=0.432, nearly double.
  • She values time off more than money (V near 0): M is near 0 whatever E and I are, so the manager offers extra leave instead.

With several outcomes (pay, praise, promotion), each outcome's instrumentality is multiplied by its valence, the products are added, and the sum is multiplied by expectancy: M=E×∑(I×V).

Why it is a process theory

  • It explains how, not what. Content theories (Maslow, Herzberg) list the needs or factors that motivate. Vroom names no need at all; he explains the process by which a person decides how much effort to give.
  • It is a chain of steps: effort leads to performance, performance to reward, reward to personal goals, and motivation depends on how strong each link looks.
  • It is cognitive: the person weighs the alternatives and chooses, like a rational decision maker, the course with the best expected result.
  • It rests on perception, not on fixed needs: change a belief (train the person, keep a promise) and the motivation changes.
  • It is individual and situational: there is no universal motivator, because valence differs from person to person.

Lessons for managers: make targets reachable and help people reach them (E), make rewards certain and visible (I), and give rewards people actually value (V). Fair appraisal and clear incentive plans raise instrumentality.

Limitations: it assumes people calculate rationally, which they often do not; E, I and V are hard to measure; it ignores habit and emotion; and perceptions can be wrong. Porter and Lawler later extended it, adding ability and role clarity and arguing that satisfaction follows performance and its rewards rather than causing them.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: VIE theory 2082 Bhadra Q10b · 4
  • According to Herzberg's motivation-hygiene theory, where does motivation at work come from? Vroom's Valency theory is known as type of process theory, justify it. 2080 Bhadra Q7 · 4+4
  • Explain the vroom's expectancy theory of motivation. 2080 Baishakh Q6 · 8
  • Explain briefly about comparison of Alderfer and Herzberg's Theories. Explain the Vroom's expectancy of motivation theory. 2078 Bhadra Q8 · 3+5
  • Describe Trait Approach of Leadership. Explain the Vroom's Expectancy theory of motivation. 2076 Chaitra Q8 · 4+4
  • Explain the Vroom's Expectancy theory of Motivation. 2070 Ashad Q10b · 5

3.2Leadership

Leadership: influence that people follow willingly TOP 15/36

81 Bh · 81 Ba · 80 Bh · 78 Bh · 76 Ch · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 72 Ka · 71 Ch · 70 Ch · 70 Asa · 68 Ch · 63 Ash · 62 Ba3+54+45+3

Leadership The process of influencing people and providing an environment for them to achieve team or organizational goals: the art of moving a group toward a common goal. The leader inspires and directs action and arranges the work setting (resources, roles, goals).

Two textbook definitions each add an idea. Koontz and Weihrich: "the art or process of influencing people so that they will strive willingly and enthusiastically toward the achievement of group goals". Hersey and Blanchard (a syllabus text) add "in a given situation", so leadership depends on leader, followers and situation together, the idea behind the integrated approach.

  • Influence process: it changes what people do without relying only on orders.
  • Needs followers: no followers, no leader.
  • Common goal: influence toward a private goal is manipulation, not leadership.
  • Situational and continuous: what works changes with people and circumstances.
  • Formal or informal: a manager leads from a post; an informal leader leads with no post at all.

Why an organization needs leadership

Yes, every organization needs it. Plans, structure and rules say what should happen; leadership makes people want to do it. Authority alone gets compliance at best.

  • Initiates action: communicates plans and policies and starts people on them.
  • Motivates: links the work to people's needs, the job of motivation.
  • Guides and coordinates: shows how, and pulls individual efforts toward one goal.
  • Builds confidence and morale through recognition and example.
  • Creates the climate: trust, openness and team spirit start with the leader.
  • Leads change: people resist change by decree but follow a leader they trust.
  • Resolves conflict and represents the group, linking management and workers.
  • Develops future leaders, so the organization outlives its founders.

The honest limit: skilled professionals, routine tasks and clear procedures reduce the need for close direction (researchers call them "substitutes for leadership"). They never remove it: direction, change and conflict still need a leader.

What gives a leader power over followers

Power is the ability to change what others do. French and Raven's five bases (also in authority and power) split into power from the post and power from the person:

BaseComes fromExample
Legitimate (post)the formal position, accepted as a right to directa project manager assigns tasks
Reward (post)control of pay, promotion and good assignmentsa supervisor recommends a bonus
Coercive (post)the ability to punish: warning, transfer, dismissala warning letter for absence
Expert (person)knowledge and skill that others needthe one engineer who can fix the server
Referent (person)admiration and trust; people want to be like the leadera respected senior everyone copies
  • Acceptance is the final source. In Chester Barnard's acceptance theory an order has authority only if the follower accepts it: in the end, followers grant the power.
  • Post power buys compliance; personal power earns commitment. Fear works only while the leader watches; expertise and trust work when the leader is away.
  • Qualities feed personal power: integrity and care build referent power, competence builds expert power.

Leader and manager

Not the same. All successful managers need leadership skills, but not all leaders are managers: a leader can be any team member with strong influence over others.

PointManagerLeader
Influence fromformal authority of the postpersonal influence that followers accept
Chosenappointedappointed, or emerges from the group
People aresubordinatesfollowers
Focusplans, budgets, structure, controlvision, direction, people
Aimefficiency: doing things righteffectiveness: doing the right thing
Changekeeps order and stabilitystarts and leads change
Riskreduces ittakes calculated risk
Askshow and whenwhat and why
Found inthe formal organizationformal and informal groups

Two quotable lines: Warren Bennis, "managers are people who do things right and leaders are people who do the right thing"; John Kotter, management copes with complexity, leadership copes with change.

What sets a leader apart from a regular employee

Behaviour, not rank. A regular employee does the assigned task well; a leader takes responsibility for where the group is going.

  • Vision: sees the bigger picture, not only today's task (Katz's conceptual skill).
  • Initiative and ownership: acts before being told, takes the blame, shares the credit.
  • Influence: others follow willingly, even without a post.
  • Decisiveness: makes a call on incomplete information and stands by it.
  • Develops others: coaches, delegates, gives feedback, settles conflict.
  • Emotional intelligence: Goleman's five parts: self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy and social skill.
  • Example: sets the standard of discipline and effort that the others copy.

Qualities of a good leader

The course's eight qualities, each with what it earns:

  1. Honesty and integrity: the same inside as outside; ethical conduct earns trust.
  2. Personality and confidence: a confident leader draws out the team's best effort.
  3. Human skills: treats and talks to people well, gives respect and credit, gets loyalty back.
  4. Initiative: makes and carries out plans, the right thing at the right time, unasked.
  5. Innovative: combines new ideas with old ones to solve new problems.
  6. Communication skills: speaks and writes clearly and simply to inform, instruct and guide.
  7. Discipline: respects the rules, because followers copy the leader's example.
  8. Committed to excellence: keeps raising the standard and works alongside the team.

Textbooks add vision, empathy, decisiveness, emotional stability, flexibility of style, fairness, technical competence, and physical and mental energy.

The challenges of leading in modern times

  • Fast technological change: automation and AI reshape jobs, so the leader must keep learning and reskill the team.
  • Keeping talent: many skilled young Nepalis leave for study and work abroad, and foreign firms now hire Nepali engineers remotely.
  • Remote and hybrid teams: leading people one rarely meets needs trust and clear goals.
  • Diversity: generations, genders and cultures with different expectations in one team.
  • Uncertainty: policy changes, pandemics and disasters; plans must bend.
  • Ethics in public: social media exposes every lapse of integrity.
  • Speed with judgment: faster decisions on more information than anyone can read.
  • Profit, people and planet: results are now judged on well being and sustainability too.

"A reader is a leader"

The saying (often attributed to Harry S. Truman: "not all readers are leaders, but all leaders are readers") claims that knowledge, gathered by reading, is the base of personal influence. Read it through the styles:

  • Democratic: reading builds expert power, so the leader can guide a discussion and judge suggestions; the group accepts direction because it is informed.
  • Autocratic: a leader who does not read has only the post and punishment left, so falls back on command; a reading leader who must decide alone in a crisis at least decides well.
  • Laissez faire: needs a reading leader to set goals and judge the experts' work, and a reading team that keeps itself current.
  • Flexibility: a well read leader knows many ways to lead and picks the one the situation needs; one who knows a single way uses it everywhere.
  • Reading people: in the wider sense, reading the team's mood and each follower's readiness is the heart of situational leadership.

The limit: reading is necessary, not sufficient. A reader who never acts is a scholar; a leader turns what is read into decisions and example.

Envisioning yourself as a leader, and your career

A personal question still needs a structure an examiner can mark. Write in the first person under five heads:

  1. Goal: the leader you want to be, for example heading an engineering team in Nepal, or founding a technology company that creates jobs at home.
  2. Path: first technical skill and reliable delivery; then leading small teams and mentoring (human skill); then strategy (conceptual skill), up the levels of management.
  3. Style: participative by default, directive in emergencies, delegating to experts, aiming at team management (9,9) on the grid.
  4. Values: integrity, fairness, continuous learning, credit to the team.
  5. Growth plan: further study, reading, a mentor, and responsibility taken early in clubs, projects and internships.

Example: "I will spend my first years as a developer mastering my field, lead a small team within five years, and later start a software company in Kathmandu that keeps Nepali engineers at home."

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Discuss good qualities of leader. Explain the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship. 2081 Bhadra Q8 · 3+5
  • What are the qualities of good leader? Why we need to promote entrepreneurship in the context of Nepal? 2081 Baishakh Q8 · 4+4
  • What characteristics differentiate a Leader from regular employees? Explain Blakes and Mouton's Managerial Grid with proper examples. 2080 Bhadra Q8 · 4+4
  • Define the term leadership. Which leadership style is appropriate in the modern engineering project. Explain in brief. 2078 Bhadra Q9 · 3+5
  • What are the qualities of a good leader? Explain the term entrepreneurship. 2076 Chaitra Q9 · 5+3
  • What is the difference between a leader and manager? How do you want to pursue your career in future? What are the challenges for a good leader in modern times? 2075 Chaitra Q8 · 4+2+2
  • Describe how you envision yourself as a leader in the future professional career. What are the qualities of a good leader? 2075 Ashwin Q9 · 4+4
  • Define the term leadership. Which leadership style is appropriate in the engineering project? Comment. 2074 Ashwin Q8 · 3+5
  • Define leadership and explain different qualities of good leader. 2072 Kartik Q9
  • A reader is leader. Elaborate it in terms of leadership styles. What are the differences between a leader and a manager? 2071 Chaitra Q8 · 5+3
  • Define leadership and explain by Blakes and Mouton's Management Grid. 2070 Chaitra Q9 · 3+5
  • Define the term leadership and Explain the different qualities of good leader. 2070 Ashad Q9 · 3+5
  • Why is leadership necessary in an organization? Explain various leadership styles. 2068 Chaitra Q4b · 3+5
  • Is there a need for leadership? Explain what provides the power of leaders over their followers. Describe leadership styles in brief. 2063 Ashwin Q2
  • What do you mean by leadership? Explain different leadership theories you are familiar with. 2062 Baishakh Q4

Autocratic, democratic, laissez faire: who makes the decision TOP 14/36

82 Ba · 80 Ba · 78 Bh · 75 Ch · 74 Ash · 72 Ch · 71 Ch · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 65 Shr · 64 Jth · 63 Ash · 62 Ba · 61 Ba3+55+3+4+410+6

Leadership style The behavioural pattern a leader adopts in directing and involving followers, shaped by the leader's personality, experience and values, the nature of the followers and the environment.

The classic three are sorted by one question: how much of the decision does the leader keep? Kurt Lewin and colleagues (1939) compared them in boys' hobby clubs whose adult leaders were trained to play each style.

  • Democratic clubs were the most satisfied and the most original.
  • Autocratic clubs worked hard only while the leader was present, and turned hostile or dependent.
  • Laissez faire clubs did the least work and the poorest.
LEADERSHIP STYLES: A CONTINUUM From leader centred to group centred: the leader's authority shrinks as the group's freedom grows. Leader centred Group centred Use of authority by the leader Area of freedom for the group Autocratic the leader decides and gives orders fast decisions, may cause resentment Democratic or participative the leader consults; the group shares the decision usually most effective, high morale Laissez faire or free rein the group decides; the leader gives little direction works only with an expert group No single style is best: a good leader fits the style to the people and the situation.
PointAutocraticDemocraticLaissez faire
Who decidesthe leader alonethe leader, after consulting the groupthe group; the leader gives little direction
Communicationone way, orders downwardtwo way, open discussionamong members; the leader supplies resources
Power relied onthe post: legitimate, reward, coercivethe person: expert, referentdelegated to the members
View of peopleTheory X: must be directedTheory Y: want responsibilityexperts who direct themselves
Strengthfast, clear, controlledbetter decisions, morale, commitmentfreedom, creativity
Weaknessresentment, no initiative, all depends on one personslow; needs capable membersdrift and chaos without know-how
Best whencrisis, safety, new or unskilled staffskilled staff, complex problems, changeexperienced experts, research

Autocratic (authoritarian)

The leader gives orders and insists they are obeyed. Decisions come from the leader's own ideas and judgment with little or no input from members; supervision is close; reward and punishment are the tools.

  • Strict autocrat: rules by fear and punishment.
  • Benevolent (paternalistic) autocrat: still decides alone but looks after the followers' welfare like a parent; often found in family run firms.

Use it when speed matters more than agreement: an emergency, a safety-critical job, many new or unskilled workers. Overused, it looks bossy and dictatorial, breeds resentment and turnover, and kills initiative, because nobody thinks when one person decides.

Democratic (participative)

The leader gives orders only after consulting the group. Policies are worked out in group discussion, authority is delegated, praise and blame are shared; the leader keeps the final say.

  • Advantages: more information gives better decisions; people back what they helped decide, so change meets less resistance; morale, satisfaction and productivity rise; subordinates learn to lead.
  • Disadvantages: slow; needs capable, willing members; responsibility can blur; unfit for emergencies; can slide into weak compromise.

Usually the most effective style (the course notes' verdict), provided there is time and the members know the work.

Laissez faire (free rein)

The leader gives little or no direction. The group sets its own goals and solves its own problems; the leader supplies information and resources and still owns the final outcome. It works only with a knowledgeable, experienced, self-motivated group such as a senior research team; with anyone else it gives drift, conflict and low output.

Not three boxes but a continuum

Tannenbaum and Schmidt (1958) drew the styles as one line: as the leader's use of authority falls, the group's area of freedom grows.

PointThe leaderStyle
1makes the decision and announces itautocratic
2makes the decision and "sells" itautocratic, persuasive
3presents ideas and invites questionsconsultative
4presents a tentative decision, open to changeconsultative
5presents the problem, takes suggestions, then decidesdemocratic
6defines the limits and asks the group to decideparticipative
7lets the group act within limits set from abovelaissez faire

Choosing the point: weigh the forces in the leader (values, confidence in subordinates, comfort with uncertainty), in the subordinates (knowledge, experience, readiness for responsibility, interest in the problem) and in the situation (type of organization, the problem, time pressure). These are the three circles of the integrated approach.

Other named styles: bureaucratic (by the rule book), transactional (reward in exchange for performance), transformational (a vision that lifts people beyond self-interest) and servant (the leader serves the team's growth).

Participative management

Participative management is the democratic style built into the organization: employees at every level take part in the decisions that affect their work, so decision power is shared between managers and workers.

  • Forms: suggestion schemes; consultation before decisions; quality circles (small worker groups that solve quality problems, from Japan in the 1960s); work committees and joint councils; worker directors on the board; employee share ownership; joint goal setting in management by objectives.

Its importance to an organization:

  1. Better decisions: those who do the work know its problems.
  2. Commitment: people carry out willingly what they helped decide.
  3. Less resistance to change, because change is explained and shaped with the workers.
  4. Motivation: it meets esteem and self-actualization needs (Maslow); it is Theory Y in practice.
  5. Industrial peace: in Nepal, where the major trade union federations are tied to political parties, regular consultation keeps disputes from becoming strikes.
  6. Develops employees into future supervisors and leaders.
  7. Two way communication and trust between management and workers.

Limits: slow; needs educated, willing workers; managers fear losing authority; unions may politicise it; urgent or confidential matters cannot wait for a meeting.

The style for a modern engineering project

Recommendation: participative by default, directive when safety or time demands it, delegating to experts. In short, a democratic leader who can shift style.

  • Knowledge work: civil, electrical, software and quality specialists each know more than the project manager in their own field; good decisions need their input.
  • Limited authority: in a matrix structure members also report to functional heads, so the project manager leads by expert and referent power.
  • Modern methods assume it: agile methods such as Scrum rely on self-organising teams and a leader who serves the team rather than commands it.
  • Ownership of deadlines: a team that planned the schedule defends it.
  • But a site is not a seminar: a crane lift, a blast or a server outage needs one clear voice, so the leader turns autocratic for the emergency.

Example: a hydropower project manager plans the schedule with the civil, mechanical and electrical leads (participative), gives firm orders during a blast or a flood alert (autocratic) and lets the turbine specialists choose their test method (laissez faire).

The most effective style in an industrial organization

Recommendation: democratic (participative) leadership with firm control of safety and discipline, which is team management (9,9) on the grid. Rensis Likert's studies found the most productive departments ran on participative group management, his "System 4".

  • Large, unionised workforce: consultation prevents the disputes that stop a plant.
  • Quality and productivity come from the shop floor: quality circles and suggestions use the workers' knowledge of their machines.
  • Safety is not negotiable: permits, procedures and drills are directive by nature.
  • Mixed workforce: new and unskilled workers need instruction, technicians and engineers need involvement, experts need freedom.
  • Pure autocracy fails over time (resentment, absenteeism, turnover); pure laissez faire fails at once on routine production.

So the most effective industrial leader is participative by default and knows when to direct: the lesson of the contingency approach.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define autocratic leadership style. In your opinion, which leadership approach best suits the current situation in Nepalese start-ups and why? 2082 Baishakh Q8 · 2+6
  • Which style you recommend as most effective leader in industrial organization? 2080 Baishakh Q7 · 8
  • Define the term leadership. Which leadership style is appropriate in the modern engineering project. Explain in brief. 2078 Bhadra Q9 · 3+5
  • Describe Democratic Leadership style. Explain Behavioral approach of leadership. 2075 Chaitra Q9 · 4+4
  • Define the term leadership. Which leadership style is appropriate in the engineering project? Comment. 2074 Ashwin Q8 · 3+5
  • Describe Autocratic Leadership Style. Explain the different characteristics of Entrepreneur. 2072 Chaitra Q9 · 3+5
  • A reader is leader. Elaborate it in terms of leadership styles. What are the differences between a leader and a manager? 2071 Chaitra Q8 · 5+3
  • Why is leadership necessary in an organization? Explain various leadership styles. 2068 Chaitra Q4b · 3+5
  • Write short notes on: Leadership style 2068 Baishakh Q6a · 4
  • Define the term theory 'X' and theory 'Y' in the motivation theory. Justify job design improve work efficiency. What do you mean by trait approach in leadership? Discuss the importance of participative management in organization. 2065 Shrawan Q4 · 5+3+4+4
  • Explain different styles of leadership in brief. Which style you recommend as most effective leader in industrial organization? 2064 Jestha Q4 · 10+6
  • Is there a need for leadership? Explain what provides the power of leaders over their followers. Describe leadership styles in brief. 2063 Ashwin Q2
  • Write short notes on: Participative Management 2062 Baishakh Q6c
  • What do you mean by participative management? Explain the role of informal organization in management. 2061 Baishakh Q4

The managerial grid: concern for production against concern for people HOT 6/36

82 Bh · 80 Bh · 79 Ba · 76 Ash · 75 Ash · 70 Ch4+483+5

Managerial grid Robert Blake and Jane Mouton's model (1964) that places a leader's style on a 9 by 9 grid of concern for production (horizontal) against concern for people (vertical), each scored from 1 (low) to 9 (high).

"Concern for" means attitude and emphasis, not actual output. Concern for production covers targets, quality, efficiency and procedures; concern for people covers trust, fair pay, working conditions, relationships and personal growth.

Why a grid, not a line: the Michigan studies first set job centred and employee centred behaviour at opposite ends of one line; the Ohio State studies (both part of the behavioral approach) found them independent, so a leader can be high on both. Of the 81 positions, five mark the main styles.

BLAKE AND MOUTON MANAGERIAL GRID Each style is a point (concern for production, concern for people), both scored 1 to 9. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 Concern for production Concern for people (1,9) Country club (9,9) Team management the ideal (5,5) Middle of the road (1,1) Impoverished (9,1) Produce or perish authority compliance READ EACH POINT AS (PRODUCTION, PEOPLE) (1,1) Impoverished low on both: does the minimum, avoids blame (1,9) Country club people first: friendly, but not productive (9,1) Produce or perish output first: rules and punishment drive work (5,5) Middle of the road a balance, but neither need is fully met (9,9) Team management high on both: teamwork and commitment, the ideal
StylePointBehaviourExample
Impoverished(1,1)minimum effort on both; does just enough to keep the job and mainly avoids blame, so innovation diesan office head near retirement who forwards every file and decides nothing
Country club(1,9)people first: a friendly, comfortable atmosphere, but not necessarily productivea family firm manager who never corrects anyone and misses delivery dates
Produce or perish(9,1)output first: people's needs unimportant, pay expected to buy performance, rules and punishment push the goalsa contractor racing a deadline with fines, forced overtime and no safety gear
Middle of the road(5,5)balance by compromise: a little of each is given up, so neither output nor people's needs are fully meta branch manager who meets targets "well enough" and keeps staff fairly content
Team management(9,9)high on both: teamwork, commitment, trust and a common stake in the goal; the ideala software lead who sets stretch goals with the team, coaches juniors and ships on time
Naming: the course notes call (9,1) "produce or perish"; Blake and Mouton's later editions call it "authority compliance". Read every point as (production, people).

Why (9,9) is the ideal: it denies the trade-off. Committed people produce more, and work they are proud of keeps them committed. (9,9) is Theory Y in action and (9,1) is Theory X; (1,9) offers comfort, Herzberg's hygiene factors, without the achievement that motivates.

People move on the grid: the same site engineer may slide to (9,1) in the week before a deadline. The grid names a manager's usual style and shows the way back.

Significance for an organization's growth

  1. Diagnosis: a grid questionnaire shows each manager where they stand and the gap to (9,9).
  2. Training: Blake and Mouton built a six phase Grid organization development programme on it: grid seminars, teamwork development, intergroup development, an ideal strategic model, implementing that model, and systematic critique.
  3. Output and morale together: managers learn that people and production are not rivals, so growth need not cost morale.
  4. A common language: "we are drifting to (5,5)" lets a team discuss leadership quickly.
  5. Retention: (9,9) teams keep their people, and retained skill is what an organization grows on.
  6. Readiness for change: committed teams adopt new technology and methods faster.
  7. Placement: it helps match managers to posts, and spot a (9,1) or (1,1) manager before the team is lost.

Limits: it describes the leader's attitude but ignores the followers and the situation; (9,9) is not always possible, and in a crisis a (9,1) push may be right; the scores are self-reported. That gap led to the contingency approach.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • State and explain Blakes and Mouton's managerial grid. Why does government need to promote entrepreneurship? Justify. 2082 Bhadra Q8 · 4+4
  • What characteristics differentiate a Leader from regular employees? Explain Blakes and Mouton's Managerial Grid with proper examples. 2080 Bhadra Q8 · 4+4
  • Explain Blake's and Mounton's managerial grid. Describe different leadership approach. 2079 Baishakh Q8 · 4+4
  • How do you see the significance of Blake and Mouton's managerial grid for organization's growth? Explain. 2076 Ashwin Q6 · 8
  • Explain Blake's and Mouton's managerial grid? Describe different leadership approach? 2075 Ashwin Q7 · 8
  • Define leadership and explain by Blakes and Mouton's Management Grid. 2070 Chaitra Q9 · 3+5

Four approaches: traits, behaviour, situation, and all three together TOP 12/36

82 Ba · 79 Ba · 76 Ch · 75 Ch · 75 Ash · 69 Ch · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Shr · 62 Ba · 57 Ch4+45+3+4+45+7+4

Leadership approach A way of explaining what makes a leader effective: the leader's traits, the leader's behaviour, the situation, or all of these together. Each named leadership theory sits inside one approach.

They came in this order, each answering the weakness of the one before: trait, behavioral, contingency (situational), integrated.

1. Trait approach: leaders are born

Leadership is explained by personal traits: abilities, personality, background, physical characteristics, intelligence, attitude, maturity. It grew from the "great man" idea that history is made by exceptional individuals. The core traits (largely Kirkpatrick and Locke's 1991 list):

  • Achievement drive: high effort, ambition, energy, persistence.
  • Leadership motivation: a strong wish to lead others toward goals.
  • Honesty and integrity: words match deeds.
  • Self-confidence: belief in oneself, one's ideas and ability.
  • Intelligence: good judgment and analysis.
  • Knowledge of the business: the organization, its industry and its technology.
  • Self-monitoring: reads situational cues and adjusts behaviour.

Merits: simple; useful for selecting leaders with tests and interviews. Limits: no list fits all leaders (Stogdill's 1948 review found traits alone do not make a leader); traits are hard to measure; it ignores followers and situation, so it cannot explain why one person leads well in one setting and fails in another.

2. Behavioral approach: leaders are made

What counts is what the leader does, and behaviour can be learned. It finds two independent behaviours, so a leader can be strong in both:

People oriented behaviourTask oriented behaviour
mutual trust and respect for subordinatesassigns specific tasks
genuine concern for their needs and welfaresees that rules and procedures are followed
listens to suggestions, does personal favourspushes performance to full capacity
treats all equally, supports their interestsstresses finishing work by the deadline

The studies: Iowa (Lewin's three styles), Ohio State (initiating structure and consideration), Michigan (job centred and employee centred) and Blake and Mouton's managerial grid. Merit: leadership can be trained. Limit: no behaviour proved best in every situation.

3. Contingency (situational) approach: it depends

The best way to lead depends on the situation; effective leaders adapt their behaviour to what the context demands. The four styles the course lists:

StyleBehaviourFits
Directivetask oriented: says what, how and when; clear standardsunclear tasks, inexperienced staff
Supportivepeople oriented: friendly, approachable, fairstressful or dull work
Participativeconsults and weighs ideas before decidingcapable staff who want a say
Achievement orientedsets challenging goals, expects peak performance, shows confidence in peopleskilled, ambitious staff
Source: these four are the styles of Robert House's path-goal theory; the course notes list them under the contingency approach without the name.
  • Fiedler's contingency model: a leader's style is fixed, so match the leader to the situation. Task oriented leaders do best when the situation is very favourable or very unfavourable, relationship oriented leaders in between (favourableness: leader-member relations, task structure, position power).
  • Hersey and Blanchard's situational leadership: match the style to follower readiness: telling (low readiness), selling, participating, delegating (high readiness).

Merit: realistic and flexible. Limits: situations are hard to diagnose quickly, and many leaders cannot switch style at will.

4. Integrated approach: leader, follower, situation

The most realistic approach: the effective style comes from the leader, the followers and the situation together, so it combines the other three. Hersey and Blanchard write it as L=f(l,f,s).

INTEGRATED APPROACH TO LEADERSHIP The style that works depends on the leader, the followers and the situation together. Leader traits behaviour experience Follower abilities experience task relevant maturity Situation structure, technology objectives, environment Effective leadership style
  • Leader: ability, traits and characteristics; behaviour (task or people oriented); experience.
  • Follower: abilities, traits and characteristics; experience; task relevant maturity (able and willing to take responsibility for this task).
  • Situation: structure, technology, objectives, external environment.
ApproachAsksLeaders areGap
Traitwho is the leader?bornignores behaviour and situation
Behavioralwhat does the leader do?made, trainableno one best behaviour
Contingencywhat does the situation need?matched to the situationhard to diagnose; style may be fixed
Integratedhow do leader, follower and situation fit?effective when all three fitcomplex to apply

Determining the most effective style, or leader

No single style is best; the most effective one fits the case. Find it in six steps:

  1. Define effective: goals met (output, quality, cost, time) and a healthy group (morale, low turnover and absenteeism, few grievances, people developing).
  2. Read the leader: values, confidence in subordinates, natural style, comfort with uncertainty.
  3. Read the followers: skill, experience, willingness, need for independence, wish to be consulted.
  4. Read the situation: the task, time pressure, size and culture of the organization, technology, environment.
  5. Match: low readiness or a crisis, directive; capable staff and complex problems, participative; experts, delegating.
  6. Measure and adjust: results plus people indicators (surveys, 360 degree feedback); change style as the followers grow.

So the most effective leader in a business organization is high on both task and people (9,9), has the core traits (integrity, drive, knowledge) and, above all, the flexibility to change style as followers and situations change.

The approach for Nepalese start-ups today

Position: the integrated approach, reading the leader, the followers and the situation together, which in most Nepali start-ups today calls for a participative, team building style with firm direction on a few essentials. Read the three circles:

  • Followers: small teams of young, educated people who expect a voice and can leave for work abroad or a foreign remote job; autocracy loses them, participation and growth keep them.
  • Situation: scarce funding, a small market, sudden policy changes and fast technology; the leader must change course quickly, so no fixed style works.
  • Leader: founders need the trait base (drive, integrity with investors and customers, confidence), but traits alone build a one person company.
  • Stage: directive at the idea stage (the founder sets the vision and decides fast); participative in growth (build systems, involve the team); delegating at scale.
  • Why not one style alone: pure autocracy kills the creativity a start-up lives on; pure laissez faire fails with inexperienced teams and tight deadlines.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define autocratic leadership style. In your opinion, which leadership approach best suits the current situation in Nepalese start-ups and why? 2082 Baishakh Q8 · 2+6
  • Explain Blake's and Mounton's managerial grid. Describe different leadership approach. 2079 Baishakh Q8 · 4+4
  • Describe Trait Approach of Leadership. Explain the Vroom's Expectancy theory of motivation. 2076 Chaitra Q8 · 4+4
  • Describe Democratic Leadership style. Explain Behavioral approach of leadership. 2075 Chaitra Q9 · 4+4
  • Explain Blake's and Mouton's managerial grid? Describe different leadership approach? 2075 Ashwin Q7 · 8
  • Define term contingency approach of Leadership. 2069 Chaitra Q6b
  • Explain the two factors theory of motivation. How can you determine the most effective leadership style? Define the term informal organization. 2068 Baishakh Q4 · 5+7+4
  • Discuss the Herzberg's theory of motivation. How will you determine the most effective leader in the business organization? Define the term informal organization. 2067 Ashad Q4 · 6+6+4
  • What are the motivational theory of Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivational factors? Discuss the behavioural approach of leadership. Define the term authority and power. 2066 Bhadra Q4 · 6+5+5
  • Write short notes on: Contingency Approach of Leadership 2066 Bhadra Q6c · 4
  • Define the term theory 'X' and theory 'Y' in the motivation theory. Justify job design improve work efficiency. What do you mean by trait approach in leadership? Discuss the importance of participative management in organization. 2065 Shrawan Q4 · 5+3+4+4
  • What do you mean by leadership? Explain different leadership theories you are familiar with. 2062 Baishakh Q4
  • Write short notes on: Integrated approach to leadership 2057 Chaitra Q6b

3.3Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurship: an idea, a risk and the will to build a business TOP 12/36

82 Ba · 79 Bh · 79 Ba · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 75 Ash · 74 Ash · 73 Shr · 72 Ch · 71 Shr · 70 Asa · 69 Ch83+55+3

Entrepreneurship From the French entreprendre, "to undertake": the capacity and willingness to develop, organize and manage a business venture, along with its risks, in order to make a profit. In simple terms, starting a new business.

The entrepreneur is the person who does it: a person of high aptitude who pioneers change, found in only a small part of the population, who wants to work for himself or herself using his or her own knowledge and innovation. The scale runs from a one person, part time venture to an undertaking that employs thousands.

  • Risk bearer: Richard Cantillon (18th century) first gave the word its economic meaning: one who buys at a known price to sell at an unknown one.
  • Innovator: Joseph Schumpeter's entrepreneur carries out new combinations: a new product, a new method of production, a new market, a new source of raw materials, a new organization of an industry. The new displaces the old, his "creative destruction".
  • Exploiter of change: for Peter Drucker the entrepreneur always searches for change, responds to it and exploits it as an opportunity; innovation is the entrepreneur's specific tool.
Notes and textbook: the course notes give Schumpeter's functions as new products, new production methods, new markets, fresh sources of raw materials and "driving change". Schumpeter's own fifth is a new organization of an industry (creating or breaking a monopoly).

Entrepreneurship development

Entrepreneurship development is the process of raising the number and quality of entrepreneurs by building their knowledge, skills and motivation, and the support around them. It brings new forms of business organization, new technologies and new enterprises making goods not available before.

  • What drives it (the notes' factors): creativity and innovation, which turn ideas into opportunities; an inner drive to start a business; the wish to work for oneself and use one's knowledge for oneself and the economy.
  • Entrepreneurship development programmes (EDPs) run in three phases: pre-training (identify and select people with potential), training (achievement motivation, business skills, a project report) and follow-up (help with finance, site, approvals and markets).
  • It can be learned: David McClelland tied a society's growth to its need for achievement and trained businessmen in India to raise it.

Characteristics of an entrepreneur

  1. Initiative: acts beyond any job description.
  2. Opportunity seeking: seizes an opportunity before being asked or forced to.
  3. Disciplined and confident: daily steps toward the objective, sure the business will work.
  4. Moderate risk taker: not a gambler; calculates the risk before acting.
  5. Creative: imaginative; finds different solutions to problems.
  6. Competitive: believes he or she can do better than others and wants to win.
  7. Committed and determined: puts in extra effort; failure does not stop the next attempt.
  8. Strong people skills: motivates and coaches employees toward success.
  9. Strong work ethic: first in, last out, always thinking about the business.

Textbooks add a high need for achievement, an internal locus of control (belief that one's own actions decide the outcome), tolerance of uncertainty, vision and leadership.

Role in economic development

Position: entrepreneurship is the engine that turns a country's savings, labour and resources into growth; without it, capital lies idle and graduates emigrate.

  1. Capital formation: puts idle savings (in Nepal, also remittances) into productive investment.
  2. Employment: self-employment plus jobs for others; small and medium firms provide most jobs in most economies.
  3. Innovation: new products and methods raise productivity.
  4. National and per capita income rise with output and value added.
  5. Balanced regional development: industries outside the capital spread income and infrastructure.
  6. Import substitution and exports: save and earn foreign exchange, easing a trade deficit such as Nepal's, where imports are many times exports.
  7. Linkages: each firm creates demand for suppliers, transport and services, a multiplier effect.
  8. Wider ownership: many small owners instead of a few large ones.
  9. Government revenue: taxes that pay for public services.
  10. Social change: role models, and income for women and marginalised groups.

Nepal examples: the Chaudhary Group grew from a family trading business into a multinational group known for Wai Wai noodles; private hydropower developers, let in by the Electricity Act of 1992, now build much of the country's generation; eSewa, Nepal's first online payment service, and the QR payment networks that followed made online business possible.

A caution: poor countries have many necessity entrepreneurs (a small shop because there is no job) and fewer opportunity entrepreneurs who innovate and grow. Development needs the second kind.

Creativity needs a conducive environment

Position: agree. Creativity is the seed, the environment the soil. The same person thrives in one country and gives up in another, so how many ventures succeed, and how big they grow, depends on the environment as much as on talent.

PartWhat it must provideNepal today
Economic and financialcredit, seed and venture capital, a market with buying powerbanks lend against land, not ideas; few venture funds; a small home market
Political and legalstability, rule of law, simple entry and exit, fair tax, property and IP protectionfrequent changes of government and policy; registration simpler than before, exit still slow
Infrastructurepower, roads, internet, industrial sitesthe long daily power cuts ended in the late 2010s; internet spread fast; roads and logistics lag
Social and culturalrespect for business, tolerance of failure, family supporta secure job or work abroad often preferred; failure carries stigma
Education and technologyskills, research, links between universities and industrymany engineers, weak research links
Support institutionsincubators, mentors, chambers, EDP trainingFNCCI, CNI and the cottage industry federation; incubators mostly in Kathmandu

Evidence: years of power cuts and bandhs, then the 2015 earthquake and border blockade, hurt or closed many sound Nepali businesses; when digital payments spread, a wave of e-commerce, delivery and fintech ventures followed. The talent had not changed; the environment had.

The other side: exceptional founders do succeed in poor conditions, and building what the environment lacks is itself entrepreneurship. The environment decides how many succeed and how big they grow.

Entrepreneurship and Nepal's IT sector

Nepal's software and IT services industry was built almost entirely by private entrepreneurs, so their role is the sector's story:

  • Created the industry and its jobs: software and outsourcing firms, internet providers, fintech, e-commerce and ed-tech ventures employ graduates at home who would otherwise emigrate.
  • Earns foreign exchange: software services, outsourcing and freelancing for foreign clients are exports with no shipping cost.
  • Modernises other sectors: wallets and QR payments (eSewa, Khalti, Fonepay) carry bills, fees, remittances and shopping; local firms write the management software of schools, hospitals and businesses.
  • Inclusion and e-governance: mobile wallets reach people banks never did, and private firms build government systems.
  • Innovation culture: incubators, hackathons and student festivals such as LOCUS at Pulchowk turn projects into companies.

Risks and challenges for an aspiring IT entrepreneur:

  • Finance: lending against collateral, and few investors for an idea with no land behind it.
  • Small, price-sensitive market: low willingness to pay for software; piracy.
  • Payments and foreign exchange: PayPal does not serve Nepal, and strict foreign exchange rules make it hard to receive foreign payments or pay for cloud services, tools and ads abroad.
  • Talent drain: good engineers emigrate or take foreign remote jobs a start-up cannot match.
  • Policy risk: rules change overnight, as with the TikTok ban of 2023 and the block on unregistered social media platforms in September 2025, withdrawn within days after mass protests.
  • Old legal base: the Electronic Transactions Act 2063 (2008) predates most of today's digital business; data protection and IP are weakly enforced.
  • Foreign giants: global platforms with deep pockets (Daraz, owned by Alibaba) compete in the same small market.
  • Social pressure: families prefer a secure job or going abroad; failure is a stigma.

Silicon Valley as the model of successful entrepreneurship

Silicon Valley, around the southern San Francisco Bay in California, is where Hewlett-Packard (1939, in a Palo Alto garage), Intel, Apple, Google and thousands of start-ups began. It is the best known example because every ingredient of a conducive environment works there together:

  • University and industry linked: Stanford encouraged students and staff to start firms and opened an industrial park beside its campus; Google began as a Stanford research project.
  • Venture capital: investors fund ideas without collateral, expecting most to fail and a few to pay for all.
  • Failure is not a stigma: a failed founder raises money again, with experience.
  • Talent that moves: engineers from across the world; employees leave to found rivals (Fairchild's founders left Shockley's firm, and Fairchild people later founded Intel).
  • Shared ownership: stock options let employees share the gain, so talent joins risky ventures.
  • Early government demand: defence and space programmes bought the first chips and funded research.

Balanced view: housing costs, inequality, a narrow range of founders and the power of a few giant firms are real problems, and most of its start-ups fail. Lesson for Nepal: the valley cannot be copied, but its ingredients can be built: university incubators, venture funds, easier foreign payments, a simple exit for failed firms, and links with Nepali engineers abroad.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • "Entrepreneurship plays a vital role in the economic development of a country." Elaborate this statement with your logic. 2082 Baishakh Q10 · 8
  • Explain about the entrepreneurship and describe the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship. 2079 Bhadra Q8 · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Entrepreneurial characteristics 2079 Bhadra Q10c · 4
  • Entrepreneurship is not only the creativity of entrepreneur but also strongly need the conductive environment for entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your own logic. 2079 Baishakh Q10 · 8
  • What are the qualities of a good leader? Explain the term entrepreneurship. 2076 Chaitra Q9 · 5+3
  • Describe the role of entrepreneurship in the development of IT sector in Nepal. What are the risks and challenges for an aspiring entrepreneur in Nepalese IT sector? 2076 Ashwin Q8 · 5+3
  • What is entrepreneurship? Why is there need for promotion of entrepreneurship in developing nation? 2075 Ashwin Q8 · 8
  • Define the term Entrepreneurship. Explain entrepreneurship characteristic. 2074 Ashwin Q9 · 3+5
  • Entrepreneurship is not only the creativity of entrepreneur but also strongly need the conducive environment for entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your logic. 2073 Shrawan Q9 · 8
  • Describe Autocratic Leadership Style. Explain the different characteristics of Entrepreneur. 2072 Chaitra Q9 · 3+5
  • Define the term Entrepreneurship and write the steps for establishing a small scale unit of Entrepreneurship. 2071 Shrawan Q9 · 3+5
  • Define the term Entrepreneurship. 2070 Ashad Q10a · 3
  • Define the term Entrepreneurship and explain the characteristics of Entrepreneurship. 2069 Chaitra Q7
  • Silicon Valley is the best example of successful entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your thoughts. 2069 Chaitra Q9

Why the state must grow entrepreneurs PIN 3/36

82 Bh · 81 Ba · 75 Ash4+48

Promotion of entrepreneurship The deliberate building of a culture and an environment in which more people start and grow businesses, through policy, finance, training, infrastructure and recognition.

The argument: entrepreneurship drives economic growth (its role in development), yet markets alone produce too few entrepreneurs, so the government must help build a culture of entrepreneurial thinking.

Why the government must promote it

  1. Market failure: a new firm has no collateral, record or information, so banks will not lend, and skills and market data cost too much; the state fills the gap.
  2. Spillovers: one venture's jobs, training and ideas benefit people who never invested in it, so society gains more than the founder does.
  3. Employment: the public sector cannot absorb every graduate; entrepreneurs create jobs, including their own.
  4. Hard times: entrepreneurship and creativity carry the economy through unemployment, downsizing and downturns.
  5. Small business: economists see small firms as essential to future prosperity and to stimulating growth.
  6. Innovation: Schumpeter's functions (new products, methods, markets, raw material sources, change) come from entrepreneurs.
  7. Balance and inclusion: enterprises outside the big cities, and for women, youth and marginalised groups, spread income more fairly.
  8. Revenue: more businesses widen the tax base.

Why the need is greater in a developing nation

  • Scarce, idle capital: savings sit in land, gold and deposits until an entrepreneur puts them to work.
  • High unemployment and underemployment, with too many people in low productivity farming.
  • Dependence on imports for most manufactured goods.
  • Unused resources: raw materials, skills and natural advantages wait to be organized.
  • Few role models: without promotion, the able choose secure jobs or emigration.

In the context of Nepal

  • Migration: large numbers of young Nepalis leave every year for foreign employment and study; enterprises at home are the lasting alternative.
  • Remittance dependence: remittances equal roughly a quarter of GDP and go mostly into consumption and imports; entrepreneurs can turn them into investment.
  • Trade deficit: imports are many times exports; import substitution and exports (hydropower, IT services, tourism, agro and herbal products) need entrepreneurs.
  • Returning workers bring savings and skills that can start small enterprises.

How a government promotes it

MeasureExamples
Financeconcessional and interest subsidised loans, seed and venture funds, loans without land collateral
Trainingentrepreneurship development programmes, skill training, mentoring
Infrastructureindustrial estates (Balaju, Patan), special economic zones, IT parks, power and roads
Proceduresone door service, online registration, quick licences, a simple exit for failed firms
Tax and tradetax holidays for new and rural industries, customs relief on machinery, export incentives
Marketspreference for domestic products in public purchasing, trade fairs
Cultureawards, media, entrepreneurship in courses, Global Entrepreneurship Week (held worldwide every year to show youth what entrepreneurship offers)

Nepal already has pieces: the Youth and Small Entrepreneur Self-Employment Fund, interest subsidised loans for women entrepreneurs and returning migrant workers, and start-up funds announced in recent budgets. The weak points are delivery and continuity: schemes change with governments and reach few people outside the cities.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • State and explain Blakes and Mouton's managerial grid. Why does government need to promote entrepreneurship? Justify. 2082 Bhadra Q8 · 4+4
  • What are the qualities of good leader? Why we need to promote entrepreneurship in the context of Nepal? 2081 Baishakh Q8 · 4+4
  • What is entrepreneurship? Why is there need for promotion of entrepreneurship in developing nation? 2075 Ashwin Q8 · 8

Seven steps from an idea to a running small unit PIN 3/36

81 Bh · 79 Bh · 71 Shr3+54+4

Small scale unit An enterprise with a small investment in fixed capital, few workers and the owner as manager. Nepal's industrial law classifies enterprises (micro, cottage, small, medium, large) mainly by fixed capital.

Why small units matter: they need little capital, are relatively easy to set up, use local materials and skills, spread industry beyond the cities, can produce export quality goods and create thousands of jobs.

Who can start one: an existing entrepreneur or a newcomer, with or without a family business; educated or not; people from rural or backward areas, persons with disabilities, minorities. What it takes: a strong will, the essential skills, hard work and calculated risk.

STEPS FOR ESTABLISHING A SMALL SCALE UNIT Seven steps in order; marketing comes last but decides survival. Product identification new product or imitation market research study the competition 1 Form of ownership sole proprietorship partnership or company 2 Location raw material, market transport, labour, power waste disposal 3 Approvals government approvals registration, licence, tax 4 Finance fixed capital: land, plant working capital: daily costs loans if funds are short 5 Production management method and space raw material, staff quality testing 6 Marketing price with profit in mind sales and revenue flow 7 Throughout plan in advance and review the plan at every stage
  1. Product identification. Decide what to make: a new product as an innovator, or an imitation of an established one. Describe it, research the market (demand, customers, price) and study the competition; the feasibility study begins here.
  2. Form of ownership. Sole proprietorship, partnership or company, whichever is economically viable and feasible, weighing capital, liability, control and continuity.
  3. Location. Nearness to raw materials and to the market, transport, labour, power and water supply, waste disposal, and political patronage (support from government and local authorities).
  4. Approvals. Registration, licences, tax and other regulatory papers. In Nepal: the Office of the Company Registrar for a company; the cottage and small industries office for a small industry (the Department of Industry for medium and large); PAN and VAT from the Inland Revenue office; municipal business registration; an IEE or EIA where environmental law requires one.
  5. Finance. Fixed capital (land, building, machinery) and working capital (raw materials, wages, running costs until sales pay); own funds first, then long term loans from banks or other financial institutions against a project report.
  6. Production management. Lay out the space, choose the production method, buy the right raw materials, hire the staff, and set up quality testing that keeps improving.
  7. Marketing. Last but most important: no business survives without sales and revenue. Set prices with the profit margin in mind, choose channels and promote the product (see marketing).

Throughout: plan in advance, and assess and improve the plan at every stage; watch cash and sales as closely as the machines.

Worked example: an LED lamp unit

Two electronics graduates set up a unit to assemble LED bulbs and tube lights, which Nepal now largely imports.

StepTheir decision
1 ProductLED bulbs and tubes; a survey of hardware shops gives demand and prices
2 Ownershipa private limited company: limited liability and easier bank credit
3 Locationan industrial area on a highway near a big town: power, transport, labour
4 Approvalscompany and industry registration, PAN and VAT, municipal registration, a quality mark
5 Financefixed capital for test equipment and benches; working capital for imported chips and casings; a bank loan for the gap
6 Productionan assembly line, inspection of incoming parts, burn-in testing of every batch
7 Marketingprice just below imports, supply hardware dealers, a warranty to beat unbranded imports
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Discuss good qualities of leader. Explain the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship. 2081 Bhadra Q8 · 3+5
  • Explain about the entrepreneurship and describe the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship. 2079 Bhadra Q8 · 4+4
  • Define the term Entrepreneurship and write the steps for establishing a small scale unit of Entrepreneurship. 2071 Shrawan Q9 · 3+5

Chapter 3 in one screen

  • Motivation: Latin movere, to move; stimulating people to act so that the organization's goals and their own needs are met together.
  • Robbins's three words: effort, organizational goals, needs.
  • Dimensions of effort: intensity, direction, persistence.
  • Motivation process: unsatisfied need, tension, drive, search behaviour, satisfied need, reduction of tension.
  • Human needs: primary (physiological, inborn), secondary (psychological and social, learned).
  • Using a need: find it, offer a reward that satisfies it, tie the reward to performance.
  • Why motivation matters: performance, productivity and quality, lower absenteeism and turnover, acceptance of change, good relations, goals met.
  • Role of management: understand each person's needs, create the environment, train and inform, gather feedback, pay fairly, make work interesting.
  • Types: intrinsic, extrinsic; positive, negative; financial, non-financial.
  • Syllabus types: attitude, group, executive motivation.
  • Six techniques (notes): meaningful challenging work, clear targets and measurement, regular feedback, valuing employees, training and development, incentive programmes.
  • Further techniques: pay, bonus and profit sharing, job security and benefits, praise and recognition, job enlargement, job enrichment, job rotation, participation and delegation, management by objectives, working conditions and career path.
  • Content theories (what motivates): Maslow, Alderfer, McClelland, Herzberg, and McGregor's X and Y.
  • Process theories (how): Vroom; also Adams's equity, Locke's goal setting, Porter and Lawler.
  • Reinforcement: fear and punishment; Skinner's four tools: positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement, punishment, extinction.
  • Maslow (1943), low to high: physiological, safety, social, esteem, self-actualization.
  • Maslow's features: prepotency, a satisfied need does not motivate, relative satisfaction, lower and higher order, deficiency and growth needs, exceptions, upward only (satisfaction progression).
  • Theory X (McGregor, 1960): dislikes work, no ambition, avoids responsibility, self-centred, resists change, avoids decisions, must be controlled and threatened.
  • Theory Y: work as natural as play, self-direction and self-control, commitment through achievement, seeks responsibility, creativity widespread, potential under-used.
  • Fear and punishment: negative motivation, the stick of carrot and stick, for Theory X people; hot stove rule: advance warning, immediate, consistent, impersonal.
  • Progressive discipline: oral warning, written warning, suspension, dismissal.
  • Alderfer's ERG (1969): existence, relatedness, growth; satisfaction progression, frustration regression, several needs at once.
  • McClelland (early 1960s): need for achievement, need for power (social, personal), need for affiliation.
  • Herzberg's hygiene factors (1959): company policy and administration, supervision, relations with supervisor, peers and subordinates, working conditions, salary, job security, status.
  • Herzberg's motivators: achievement, recognition, the work itself, responsibility, advancement, growth.
  • Herzberg's remedy: fix hygiene, then job enrichment; KITA gives movement, not motivation.
  • Vroom (1964): M=E×I×V; expectancy (effort to performance), instrumentality (performance to reward), valence (value of the reward); any zero makes M zero.
  • Leadership: influencing people and providing an environment for them to achieve team or organizational goals.
  • Leader against manager: a good manager is a leader, but a good leader is not necessarily a manager.
  • Sources of a leader's power (French and Raven): legitimate, reward, coercive (from the post); expert, referent (from the person); and acceptance by followers (Barnard).
  • Qualities of a good leader: honesty and integrity, personality and confidence, human skills, initiative, innovation, communication skills, discipline, commitment to excellence.
  • Leadership styles: autocratic (authoritarian), democratic (participative), laissez faire (free rein).
  • Style continuum (Tannenbaum and Schmidt, 1958): from the leader deciding and announcing, through selling, consulting and deciding with the group, to the group deciding within limits.
  • Other named styles: bureaucratic, transactional, transformational, servant.
  • Participative management: employees share in the decisions that affect them; the democratic style in practice.
  • Managerial grid (Blake and Mouton): concern for production against concern for people, each 1 to 9; (1,1) impoverished, (1,9) country club, (9,1) produce or perish (authority compliance), (5,5) middle of the road, (9,9) team.
  • Leadership approaches: trait, behavioral, contingency (situational), integrated.
  • Trait approach, core traits: achievement drive, leadership motivation, honesty and integrity, self-confidence, intelligence, knowledge of business, self-monitoring personality.
  • Behavioral approach: people oriented and task oriented behaviour; leaders are made, not born.
  • Behavioral studies: Iowa (Lewin's three styles), Ohio State (initiating structure, consideration), Michigan (job centred, employee centred), the managerial grid.
  • Contingency styles (House's path-goal): directive, supportive, participative, achievement oriented.
  • Other contingency models: Fiedler (match the leader to the situation); Hersey and Blanchard (telling, selling, participating, delegating, by follower readiness).
  • Integrated approach: leader, follower, situation; L=f(l,f,s).
  • Entrepreneurship: French entreprendre, to undertake; developing, organizing and managing a business venture, with its risks, to make a profit.
  • Three views of the entrepreneur: risk bearer (Cantillon), innovator (Schumpeter), exploiter of change (Drucker).
  • Factors behind entrepreneurship: creativity and innovation, the inner drive to start a business, the wish to work for oneself.
  • Entrepreneurship development programme phases: pre-training, training, follow-up.
  • Entrepreneur's characteristics: initiative, opportunity seeking, disciplined and confident, moderate risk taking, creative, competitive, committed and determined, strong people skills, strong work ethic.
  • Schumpeter's functions: new products, new production methods, new markets, new sources of raw materials, a new organization of an industry (the notes: driving change).
  • Why the government must promote entrepreneurship: market failure, spillovers, employment, hard times, small business, innovation, balance and inclusion, revenue.
  • Nepal's special need: migration, remittance dependence, trade deficit, returning workers with savings and skills.
  • How a government promotes it: finance, training, infrastructure, procedures, tax and trade, markets, culture.
  • Small scale unit, seven steps: product identification, form of ownership, location, approvals, finance (fixed and working capital), production management, marketing.

Chapter 4 · 2 hours · about 3 marks a paper · in 14 of the 36 sittings

Case studies

A case study is an in-depth look at one real situation, an organization, a project, a decision or an event, to find out what happened, why it happened and what should be done. It is a two hour chapter that shares the last unit of the paper with MIS, yet six of the last eight sittings set a question on it: the objectives, the phases and steps, and once, how to prepare a real case study of Nepal Electricity Authority or Nepal Telecom.

What this chapter is about
  • The case study: what it is, why it is done, its objectives and its value, both as a research method and as a way of teaching management.
  • How one is done: four phases and ten steps, from choosing the case to presenting the report, and the structure the report follows.
  • A worked outline: a case study of Nepal Electricity Authority on its planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development.
  • Types: by purpose, by the number of cases, by the reason a case is chosen, and the illustrative, cumulative and critical instance types.
Where it fits
  • The content of a management case comes from chapters 1 to 3: planning and the levels of management (functions, levels), leadership (styles), motivation (Herzberg) and human resources (manpower planning, training).
  • Collecting the evidence uses the questionnaire, interview and observation methods of job analysis, and the internal and external sources of data in chapter 5.
  • Nepal Electricity Authority and Nepal Telecom are public enterprises of the kind met in chapter 1, which is why they make natural cases.
What you will learn
  1. 4.1 What a case study is, why it is done, its objectives
  2. 4.2 Phases and steps, and the NEA outline
  3. 4.3 Types of case studies
  4. 4.4 Last minute recall, chapter 4
How it is examined
  • Objectives, then steps, is the usual pairing, split 3+5 or 4+4, or the steps alone for 8 marks. Learn both lists cold.
  • Short notes ask for the objectives, the value of a case study, or a case study and its phases, 4 marks each.
  • The steps with examples from your own branch of engineering have been set for 8 marks: carry one engineering case through all ten steps.
  • Rarer asks: the types (once, 2 marks), and a case study of NEA or Nepal Telecom laid out in the report structure (once, 8 marks).

4.1What a case study is

One real case, studied in depth HOT 11/36

82 Bh · 81 Ba · 80 Ba · 79 Bh · 71 Ch · 71 Shr · 70 Asa · 69 Ch · 66 Bh · 63 Ash · 59 Ch43+54+4

Case study An in-depth, systematic study of one unit in its real-life context (a person, a group, an organization, a project, an event or a decision), using several sources of evidence to understand what happened, why it happened and what should be done.

Depth instead of breadth. A survey asks a few questions of many units; a case study asks many questions of one unit, or of a few. Its strength is the whole picture: the history, the people, the numbers and the setting together, which is exactly where real management problems live.

Where these frameworks come from. The course notes give no framework for this chapter, so these cards teach the standard ones: Robert K. Yin's, for designing and running a case study and for its types by purpose, and Robert E. Stake's, for its types by the reason a case is chosen.

Yin's definition: an empirical inquiry into a present-day phenomenon, studied in depth in its real-world setting, used especially when the phenomenon cannot be cleanly separated from its context. A power utility's losses, for example, cannot be pulled apart from its staff, its customers and its politics.

Two meanings, one method. The phrase is used in two ways, and both are examined:

  • A research method: the investigator goes into a real organization, collects evidence, and writes up findings and recommendations. Example: a study of why a hydropower project overran its schedule.
  • A teaching method (the case method): a written account of a real situation is given to students or managers, who analyse it, discuss it and decide what they would do. Harvard Business School made it the core of its management teaching; it lets managers practise decisions before they face real ones.

Features. What makes a study a case study:

  • A bounded unit: one clearly defined case over a defined period, such as one distribution centre over three fiscal years.
  • In depth and holistic: the whole unit and its connections, not one variable.
  • Real-life context: studied where and as it happens, with no control over events, unlike an experiment.
  • Several sources of evidence: observation, interviews, questionnaires, documents and records, checked against one another (triangulation).
  • How and why questions: it explains processes and causes rather than counting.
  • Mostly qualitative: though it uses numbers wherever they exist.
  • Flexible: the plan is adjusted as the evidence comes in.

Why case studies are conducted. Because some questions can be answered no other way:

  • Real problems are complex: causes are tangled with people and history, and a questionnaire or a laboratory test would strip that away.
  • Events cannot be controlled: nobody can run an experiment on Nepal Electricity Authority; its history can only be studied.
  • To diagnose and improve: an organization wants its problem found and a remedy recommended.
  • To learn from success and failure: lessons from one project or firm transfer to others at little cost.
  • To train decision makers: students meet real dilemmas before they must act on them.
  • To open new research: a case suggests the questions and hypotheses that a larger study can then test.

Objectives. They fall into two groups: what the learner gains, and what the organization or the research gains.

  • Objectives for the learner
    • Link theory with practice: see planning, leadership or motivation working, or failing, in a real organization.
    • Analytical skill: separate symptoms from causes, and facts from opinions.
    • Decision-making skill: choose among alternatives on incomplete information, and defend the choice.
    • Communication skill: write a clear report, present it and argue it in a group.
    • Judgement: learn that most real problems have no single right answer, only better and worse ones.
  • Objectives for the organization and the research
    • Understand the unit completely: its history, structure, people and processes.
    • Identify the problem and its causes: the diagnosis.
    • Suggest remedies: practical recommendations backed by evidence.
    • Build knowledge: record the lessons, and generate hypotheses for other cases and further research.

Value of a case study. Why the method is worth its cost:

  • Realism: it deals with an actual situation, so its lessons are practical.
  • Experience without the risk: mistakes are made on paper, not in a plant.
  • Integration: one case draws on technical, financial and human knowledge at once, as real work does.
  • Rich evidence: it uncovers causes that a survey would never have thought to ask about.
  • Useful to the organization: an outside, evidence-based diagnosis with recommendations.

Limitations, which a balanced answer admits:

  • No statistical generalisation: one case does not prove a rule for all.
  • Subjectivity: the investigator's bias can shape what is seen and reported.
  • Time and cost: fieldwork takes weeks and needs access.
  • Access and honesty: it depends on the organization opening its records and its people speaking frankly.
  • Hard to verify: another investigator may read the same case differently.
PointCase studySurveyExperiment
Aimdepth: one or a few unitsbreadth: many unitscause and effect under control
Typical questionhow and whyhow many, how much, whodoes X cause Y
Control over eventsnonenonefull
Evidencemany sources, mostly qualitativeone standard questionnaire, mostly numbersmeasurements
Engineering examplewhy one distribution centre's losses are far above its neighbours'satisfaction of 500 electricity consumerstwo transformer oils tested in a laboratory
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Case study and its phases 2082 Bhadra Q10d · 4
  • What are the major objectives of case study? Discuss the different steps of conducting case study. 2081 Baishakh Q9 · 3+5
  • Explain about the case study and explain about the objectives of case study in detail. 2080 Baishakh Q8 · 4+4
  • What are case studies? Why are case studies conducted? What are the different types of case studies? 2080 Baishakh Q9 · 4+2+2
  • What is case study? Explain the steps involves in case study. 2079 Bhadra Q9 · 8
  • What are the objectives of a case-study? Explain the needs, functions and importance of MIS. 2071 Chaitra Q10 · 3+5
  • Write short notes on: Objective of Case Study 2071 Shrawan Q10i · 4
  • What do you mean by Case study? Explain the objective of case study. 2070 Ashad Q11 · 4+4
  • Write short notes on: Objectives of case study 2069 Chaitra Q10b
  • Write short notes on: Value of Case Study 2066 Bhadra Q6e · 4
  • What is case study? Explain in details of steps involve in the case study. 2063 Ashwin Q5
  • Write short notes on: Case study 2059 Chaitra Q6c

4.2Phases and steps

Four phases, ten steps, one report HOT 7/36

82 Bh · 81 Bh · 81 Ba · 80 Bh · 79 Bh · 72 Ch · 63 Ash843+5

Phases and steps of a case study A case study runs through four phases (preparation and design, data collection, analysis, and reporting and presentation), made up of ten steps, from selecting the case to presenting the report.

Phases and steps are the same journey at two zooms. A phase is a stage of the work with its own output; a step is an action inside a phase. Four phases hold ten steps. They compress Yin's six stages (plan, design, prepare, collect, analyse, share), and they run in order but loop back: analysis often exposes a gap that sends the investigator back to the field.

PHASES AND STEPS OF A CASE STUDY Four phases and ten steps, in order, but analysis can send the work back to the field. PHASE 1 Preparation and design OUTPUT case study plan (protocol) and a permission letter PHASE 2 Data collection field or industrial visit OUTPUT field notes and records, filed as a case database PHASE 3 Analysis OUTPUT findings and a recommendation PHASE 4 Reporting and presentation OUTPUT the case report and the presentation 1 Select the case 2 Define the problem and objectives 3 Study the background 4 Plan the data collection 5 Collect the data 6 Analyse the data 7 Find and evaluate alternatives 8 Recommend 9 Write the report 10 Present the report METHODS observation interviews questionnaires documents and records Follow-up later, check whether the recommendation succeeded gaps found: collect more data
PhaseStepsWhat happensOutput
1. Preparation and design1 to 4choose the case, fix the problem and objectives, read the background, plan who, what and how to collecta case study plan (protocol) and a permission letter
2. Data collection5the field or industrial visit: observation, interviews, questionnaires, documents and recordsfield notes and records, filed as a case database
3. Analysis6 to 8organize and compare the evidence, find the causes, generate and evaluate alternatives, choosefindings and a recommendation
4. Reporting and presentation9 and 10write the report in the standard structure, then present and defend itthe case report and the presentation

The ten steps, carried through one electrical engineering case: a distribution centre whose losses are far above its neighbours'.

  1. Select the case. Choose a unit that is relevant, accessible and rich in information; bound it (which unit, which period) and get written permission. Here: one distribution centre over the last three fiscal years.
  2. Define the problem and the objectives. Turn a vague concern into one clear question and a few objectives, and state the scope. Here: why are losses high, and how can they be cut? Objectives: measure the loss on each feeder, separate technical from non-technical losses, find the causes, recommend remedies.
  3. Study the background. Read about the organization (history, structure, reports) and the theory that applies. Here: the utility's annual report, how losses arise (line and transformer losses, faulty meters, theft), and earlier studies.
  4. Plan the data collection. Decide what evidence answers each objective, from whom and by which method; prepare the interview guide, the questionnaire and an observation checklist; fix the schedule of the visit. Yin calls this plan the case study protocol.
  5. Collect the data (the field or industrial visit). Observation (overloaded transformers, illegal hooking, the condition of meters), interviews (the chief, engineers, meter readers, consumers), questionnaires, and documents and records (energy sent out and billed, maintenance logs, complaint registers). Check each point from two sources and keep every record traceable.
  6. Analyse the data. Tabulate, compare and look for patterns; separate symptoms from causes, for example with a cause and effect (fishbone) diagram. Here the loss on each feeder is L=Es−EbEs×100 percent, where Es is the energy sent out and Eb the energy billed.
  7. Find and evaluate alternatives. List the possible solutions and judge each on cost, time, effect, feasibility and risk. Here: upgrade or rebalance overloaded transformers, replace old meters with tamper-proof or smart meters, run an anti-theft drive with the community, set a loss target for each feeder's staff.
  8. Recommend. Choose the best alternative or mix, justify it from the evidence, and give an implementation plan: who does what, by when, at what cost, and how the result will be checked.
  9. Write the report, in the structure below, keeping facts apart from opinions and citing every source.
  10. Present the report to management or the faculty, defend the findings and take feedback. A follow-up later checks whether the recommendation worked.
Other branches, same steps. Computer engineering: why a college's online admission system fails on the last day of admission. Electronics and communication: why mobile data slows down in one area every evening.

The structure of a case study report. Every case study, in a classroom or in a company, is written on this skeleton:

  1. Title page: title, author, organization, date.
  2. Executive summary: the problem, the main findings and the recommendations, on one page.
  3. Introduction: the background of the organization and the situation.
  4. Statement of the problem.
  5. Objectives and scope.
  6. Methodology: sources, methods, sample, period, limitations.
  7. Findings and analysis.
  8. Alternatives and their evaluation.
  9. Recommendations and implementation plan.
  10. Conclusion.
  11. References and appendices: the questionnaire, the list of people interviewed, data tables, photographs.
Another list you may meet. Research methods texts (C. R. Kothari's among them) give five phases: recognise the status of the phenomenon, collect its data and history, diagnose the causes, apply remedial measures, follow up. The first three are phases 1 to 3 here; remedy and follow-up are where steps 8 and 10 lead.

Worked outline: a case study of Nepal Electricity Authority

The brief: examine the planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development of Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA), or of Nepal Telecom, to improve its performance. The answer is the report structure above, filled in; the four phases say how each part is obtained.

Part of the reportWhat goes in it for NEA
TitleImproving the performance of Nepal Electricity Authority: planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development
BackgroundNEA is the government-owned utility set up in 1985 under the Nepal Electricity Authority Act 1984 (2041 BS) to generate, transmit and distribute electricity. It runs the national grid, buys power from independent power producers and trades power with India. Its recent history includes the long load-shedding that ended between 2016 and 2018.
ProblemPerformance (reliability of supply, losses, project delivery, finances) falls short of what the organization could achieve. How much of the gap lies in planning, leadership, motivation and human resource development, and what should change?
Objectivesexamine the planning horizon; assess leadership at the top and middle levels; measure staff motivation and its causes; review human resource development; recommend improvements
Methodologydocuments (annual reports, corporate plans, the Auditor General's reports); interviews at all three levels of management and with union representatives; a staff questionnaire; visits to a power station, a substation and a distribution centre; observation
Analysisthe four lenses below
Recommendationsalternatives under each lens, evaluated, with an implementation plan

Planning horizon is how far ahead a plan looks: roughly, short range up to a year, medium range one to five years, long range beyond that. For NEA:

  • Long range: generation and transmission expansion a decade or more ahead, since a large hydropower plant takes many years from study to operation.
  • Medium range: the corporate plan, the investment programme and tariffs, over three to five years.
  • Short range: the annual budget and programme, dry season load management and daily load dispatch.
  • What to test: whether demand forecasts came true, whether each year's budget follows the long-range plan, and why projects slipped. Theory: planning and MIS for planning.

Leadership. The style at the top and in the departments (autocratic or democratic), how the managing director is appointed and for how long, and how targets are set and followed up. The end of load-shedding after a new managing director, Kulman Ghising, took over in 2016 is the obvious event to examine, separating what came from management (load management, loss control) from what came from new supply and imports.

Motivation. Pay and allowances against private power producers and banks, promotion by seniority or by merit, recognition, the risk and conditions of line work, and the role of the unions. A staff questionnaire built on Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivators shows which factors only dissatisfy and which drive effort; Vroom explains why a reward not tied to performance motivates nobody.

Human resource development. Whether there are enough engineers and line staff where they are needed (manpower planning), how they are recruited and selected, the technical, safety and management training they receive, how they are appraised, and how careers and succession are planned.

Typical recommendations, each to be tested against the evidence, never assumed: a rolling long-range plan tied to every annual budget; a fixed tenure and a performance contract with measurable targets for the top team; merit-based promotion, with incentives linked to results such as loss reduction at each distribution centre; a training plan built from a skills audit.

Nepal Telecom instead. The same structure fits. Background: a government-majority public company (Nepal Doorsanchar Company Limited) listed on the Nepal Stock Exchange, competing with the private operator Ncell and with internet service providers. Planning horizon: spectrum, network roll-out and the move from copper lines to 4G and fibre to the home. Leadership: the speed of decisions against a private rival. Motivation: pay and promotion against private telecom firms. Human resource development: retraining staff from old switching equipment to IP networks and fibre.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Write short notes on: Case study and its phases 2082 Bhadra Q10d · 4
  • Write short notes on: Phases and steps involved in Case Study 2081 Bhadra Q10c · 4
  • What are the major objectives of case study? Discuss the different steps of conducting case study. 2081 Baishakh Q9 · 3+5
  • Discuss the major steps of case study with relevant examples related to your field of study. 2080 Bhadra Q9 · 8
  • What is case study? Explain the steps involves in case study. 2079 Bhadra Q9 · 8
  • If you are asked to prepare the case study considering the planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development for either Nepal Electricity Authority or Nepal Telecom to improve the existing performance of these institution. How do you prepare case study following its structure? 2072 Chaitra Q10 · 8
  • What is case study? Explain in details of steps involve in the case study. 2063 Ashwin Q5

4.3Types of case studies

Classified by purpose, by number and by interest PIN 1/36

80 Ba4+2+2

Types of case study Case studies are classified by purpose (exploratory, descriptive, explanatory), by the number of cases (single or multiple) and by the reason a case is chosen (intrinsic, instrumental, collective).

Several classifications exist, and each answers a different question about a study: what it is for, how many cases it covers, and why this case was chosen. A good answer names one classification, defines each type and gives an example of each; a better one adds a second.

1. By purpose (Yin). The most common classification:

  • Exploratory: explores a situation where little is known, to find the right questions and hypotheses for a later study; often a pilot. Example: a first look at how small software firms in Kathmandu handle cyber security.
  • Descriptive: describes a phenomenon fully in its context: what happened, in what order, who did what. Example: how Nepal Telecom rolled out fibre to the home in one city.
  • Explanatory: explains cause and effect, testing rival explanations of why something happened. Example: why a hydropower tunnel overran its schedule, whether the geology, the contractor or the management.

2. By the number of cases (Yin):

  • Single case: one case, chosen because it is critical, unusual, typical or revealing. Example: Nepal Electricity Authority alone.
  • Multiple case: two or more cases compared, so that a finding which repeats is more convincing. Example: three distribution centres with low, average and high losses.
  • Holistic or embedded: the case studied as one whole (NEA as an organization), or through units inside it (its generation, transmission and distribution wings).

3. By the researcher's interest (Stake):

  • Intrinsic: the case itself is the interest, because it is unusual or important. Example: why this particular project failed.
  • Instrumental: the case is a means to understand a wider issue. Example: NEA studied to understand leadership in Nepal's public enterprises.
  • Collective: several instrumental cases studied together. Example: NEA, Nepal Telecom and Nepal Airlines Corporation, to understand motivation in public corporations.

4. Illustrative, exploratory, cumulative and critical instance, a list common in management and evaluation texts:

  • Illustrative: mainly descriptive; one or two instances that show what a situation is like, to make the unfamiliar familiar. Example: how a Nepali bank uses its core banking system, written for readers who have never seen one.
  • Exploratory (pilot): a short study before a large one, to find the questions and test the methods.
  • Cumulative: brings together the findings of many earlier cases, to generalise without new fieldwork. Example: collecting past studies of Nepali public enterprises to find the causes of loss they share.
  • Critical instance: one case of unique interest, or one that tests a general claim and could disprove it. Example: if prepaid meters are piloted in one area, a study of that area tests the claim that they end unpaid bills.
ClassificationTypesThe question it answers
By purpose (Yin)exploratory, descriptive, explanatorywhat is the study for?
By number (Yin)single, multiple; holistic, embeddedhow many cases, studied whole or in parts?
By interest (Stake)intrinsic, instrumental, collectivewhy was this case chosen?
Management and evaluation textsillustrative, exploratory, cumulative, critical instancewhat role does the case play?

Choosing a type. The purpose decides: where little is known, explore; where a record is needed, describe; where a cause must be found, explain. The NEA outline of 4.2 is a single, embedded, explanatory and instrumental case study: it explains weak performance through four lenses, inside one organization, and teaches something about public enterprises in general.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are case studies? Why are case studies conducted? What are the different types of case studies? 2080 Baishakh Q9 · 4+2+2

4.4Last minute recall

Chapter 4 in one screen

  • Case study: an in-depth study of one unit in its real-life context, from several sources of evidence; answers how and why.
  • Two meanings: a research method; a teaching method (the case method).
  • Features: bounded unit, in depth, real context, no control over events, several sources, how and why, mostly qualitative, flexible.
  • Why conducted: complex problems, events cannot be controlled, diagnose and improve, learn from success and failure, train decision makers, open new research.
  • Objectives for the learner: link theory with practice, analytical skill, decision making, communication, judgement.
  • Objectives for the organization and research: understand the unit, identify the problem and causes, suggest remedies, build knowledge.
  • Value: realism, experience without risk, integration, rich evidence, a diagnosis for the organization.
  • Limitations: no statistical generalisation, subjectivity, time and cost, access and honesty, hard to verify.
  • Four phases: preparation and design; data collection; analysis; reporting and presentation.
  • Ten steps: select the case; define the problem and objectives; study the background; plan the data collection; collect the data; analyse the data; find and evaluate alternatives; recommend; write the report; present the report.
  • Data collection: observation, interviews, questionnaires, documents and records.
  • Report structure: title page; executive summary; introduction; problem; objectives and scope; methodology; findings and analysis; alternatives; recommendations and implementation; conclusion; references and appendices.
  • Kothari's five phases: status, data and history, diagnosis, remedy, follow-up.
  • NEA case lenses: planning horizon (long, medium, short range); leadership; motivation; human resource development.
  • By purpose (Yin): exploratory, descriptive, explanatory.
  • By number (Yin): single, multiple; holistic, embedded.
  • By interest (Stake): intrinsic, instrumental, collective.
  • Other list: illustrative, exploratory, cumulative, critical instance.

Chapter 5 · 5 hours · about 10 marks a paper · in 33 of the 36 sittings

Management information system

A management information system turns an organization's raw data into the information each manager needs to plan, control and decide. It is the most dependable chapter in the paper: 33 of the 36 sittings set a question on it, usually 8 marks that pair a definition of MIS with its importance, its use at each level of management, the types of information system, or the role of computers.

What this chapter is about
  • Data and information: the DIKW ladder, the qualities of good information, and how an office runs on both.
  • MIS itself: definition, components, characteristics, need, functions, importance and role, and why task software is not enough.
  • Evolution: from ledgers to computer-based MIS and beyond.
  • MIS and the levels: the hierarchy of information needs, and MIS in planning, control and decision making.
  • The information system model and the sources of data.
  • Computers and MIS: processing modes, software, databases, websites, networks, information architecture, business processes and CIM.
  • Types of information system (Laudon and Laudon), then the support MIS gives each functional area, and how the IS function is organized.
Where it fits
What you will learn
  1. 5.1 Data, information, knowledge and wisdom
  2. 5.2 What MIS is, and why every organization needs one
  3. 5.3 Evolution of MIS
  4. 5.4 MIS at each level: planning, control and decisions
  5. 5.5 The information system model and the sources of data
  6. 5.6 Computers and MIS
  7. 5.7 Classification of information systems
  8. 5.8 Information support for functional areas
  9. 5.9 Organizing information systems
  10. 5.10 Last minute recall, chapter 5
How it is examined
  • MIS itself is the opener in 20 sittings: define it, then its need, importance or role, for 2 to 5 marks, with the rest of the question on another card.
  • Recent papers (2075 onwards) favour the types: DSS against MIS twice, EIS for top managers, DSS for production managers, the four types; and how data and information are used in an office.
  • MIS at the levels and in planning is asked in 13 sittings, from the hierarchy of information needs in the older papers to the value of MIS in planning in both 2076 sittings.
  • Computers and MIS is asked in 15 sittings: the older papers wanted networking information systems, information architecture and database information systems; recent ones want the relationship between computers and MIS, and a database example.
  • Smaller topics: functional areas (4 sittings), the IS model and sources of data (3), organizing information systems (3).

5.1Data and information

From raw facts to a wise decision PIN 3/36

82 Ba · 78 Bh · 75 Ash4+4

Data and information Data are raw, unprocessed facts about the organization's operations; information is data that has been processed and analysed so that it is meaningful and useful to a manager making a decision.

The chain to remember: data → processing → information → decision. On its own, data has little value for a decision; it becomes valuable once it is processed. A store's daily sales, Monday 230, Tuesday 245, Wednesday 198 and Thursday 280, are data. MIS adds, averages and compares them: a weekly total of 953, a daily average of 238.25, Thursday the best day, and the growth on last week. That is information, and a manager can act on it.

FROM DATA TO DECISION Each step up adds meaning; MIS processes raw data into the information managers decide on. DIKW HIERARCHY W Wisdom judgement about what is right and best K Knowledge information understood and applied I Information processed, meaningful data D Data raw facts THE MIS CHAIN Data Processing Information Decision WORKED EXAMPLE: A STORE'S DAILY SALES Mon 230 Tue 245 Wed 198 Thu 280 adds up, averages and compares Weekly total: 953 Daily average: 238.25 Best day: Thursday Growth vs last week (%) useful for a decision On its own, data has little decision-making value; it becomes valuable once it is processed.

Information is relative. A branch's weekly report is information to the branch manager but only data to head office, which combines every branch into a report of its own. What counts as information depends on who uses it, and for what.

The DIKW hierarchy, usually credited to Russell Ackoff, adds two rungs above information:

RungWhat it isWhat it answersThe store example
Dataraw facts, symbols and figures, with no meaning of their ownnothing yet230, 245, 198, 280
Informationdata processed into meaning: organized, summarised, comparedwho, what, where, when, how manyweekly total 953; Thursday the best day
Knowledgeinformation understood and joined to experience, so that it can be appliedhowthe manager knows that sales climb at the end of the week, before Saturday, Nepal's weekly holiday
Wisdomjudgement about what is right and best, including in the long runwhy, and what should be donestock more and roster extra staff for Thursday and Friday, but do not over-order goods that spoil
PointDataInformation
Natureraw, unprocessed factsprocessed, meaningful facts
Place in processinginputoutput
Formunorganized, detailedorganized, often summarised
Use for a decisionlittle on its ownthe basis of the decision
Exampleeach day's attendance markseach employee's attendance percentage for the month

Qualities of good information. Information is only as useful as it is:

  • Accurate: free of errors; a wrong stock figure causes a wrong order.
  • Timely: available when the decision is made; late information is history.
  • Relevant: about the decision at hand, for the manager who makes it.
  • Complete: nothing essential missing.
  • Concise: at the right level of detail, summaries for the top and detail for the floor.
  • Reliable: from a trustworthy source, and verifiable.
  • Clear: in a form the user understands: a table, a chart, a short report.
  • Economical: worth more than it costs to produce.
  • Secure and accessible: available to those who need it, and only to them.

How an office uses data and information. An office is where information is received, recorded, arranged, given out and kept safe, so almost all of its work turns data into information:

  • Receiving: data arrives as letters, applications, invoices, forms, attendance records and emails.
  • Recording: it is entered in registers, files or a database.
  • Processing: it is sorted, checked, calculated and summarised.
  • Giving information: the results go out as reports, statements, notices and replies, to managers and to the public.
  • Safeguarding: records are stored so that they can be found again, and protected.
In a college officeDataInformationDecision it supports
Admissionsapplication forms, entrance marksmerit list, seats left in each programmewhom to admit
Accountsfee receiptslist of students with duesreminders, exam form clearance
Staffdaily attendance, leave slipsmonthly attendance, leave balanceleave approval, salary
Storesissue and receipt slipsstock balance, items below the reorder levelwhat to purchase

Office automation does the same work faster: word processing, spreadsheets, email, electronic files and calendars (the OAS of 5.7).

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the differences between data, information, knowledge and wisdom? Explain the importance of MIS in organization with relevant example. 2082 Baishakh Q9 · 4+4
  • Describe how data and information are used in an officer. What is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)? 2078 Bhadra Q10 · 4+4
  • Describe how data and information are used in an officer. What is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)? 2075 Ashwin Q10 · 4+4

5.2Management information system

The right information to the right manager at the right time TOP 20/36

82 Ba · 81 Ba · 80 Bh · 79 Ba · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 74 Ash · 73 Shr · 71 Ch · 70 Ch · 70 Asa · 69 Ch · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 63 Ash · 57 Ch3+54+44

Management information system (MIS) A system that uses computing and communication technology to collect, process, organize and deliver information to managers, so that they can plan, control and make better decisions.

The concept. MIS is not just a computer system. Its real job is to get the right information to the right manager at the right time. It collects data from internal sources (employees, production, sales, accounts) and external ones (customers, competitors, suppliers, the market, government), processes it, and presents it in a form a manager can use.

Two senses of the word. In this course, MIS means the whole information system that serves management. In Laudon and Laudon's classification it is also the name of one type, the system that gives middle managers routine summary and exception reports (5.7). Read which sense is wanted.

Three components, the course's way of explaining the name:

  • Management: the people responsible for the goals, through planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling. Each of these needs information: a production manager planning next month's output needs sales history, stock, demand and capacity, not guesswork.
  • Information: the useful output of processed data. Managers decide on information, not on raw facts, so it is the most valuable thing MIS produces.
  • System: connected parts working toward one objective: collecting, storing, processing, communicating and reporting data.
THE THREE PARTS OF MIS Management, information and system: MIS is where the three meet. MIS Management Information System the people responsible for goals: planning, organising, directing, coordinating and controlling; each of these needs information the useful output of processed data; managers decide on information, not on raw facts connected parts working as one: collecting, storing, processing, communicating, reporting

Physical components (the textbook list): hardware, software, data (the database), procedures, people (users and IS staff), and the communication network that links them.

Characteristics of MIS, the classic list:

  • Management oriented: designed from the managers' information needs, top down.
  • Management directed: managers take part in its design and review.
  • Integrated: the subsystems of each department work together.
  • Common data flows: data is captured once and shared, avoiding duplication.
  • Heavy planning element: it takes years to build, so it must be planned ahead.
  • Subsystem concept: built and run as manageable parts of one whole.
  • Common database: one store of data for all applications.
  • Computerised: in practice, though the concept itself does not need a computer.

Need for MIS. Organizations decide things all the time: should production rise? Is a new product worth launching? Are we profitable? Should we hire? Which department is falling behind? Raw records cannot answer these. MIS is needed because of:

  • Size and complexity: more departments, branches and transactions than anyone can track by hand.
  • Information overload: managers need the few figures that matter, not all of them.
  • Fast change and competition: decisions must be quick and rest on facts.
  • Control: a plan is useless unless actual results are measured against it.
  • Coordination: departments must work from the same, current information.
  • Outside demands: government, lenders and customers expect prompt, accurate reports and service.

Objectives: to improve efficiency, support decisions, monitor past performance, understand the present, predict the future, and help managers carry out every managerial function.

Six functions of MIS (the course's list):

  1. Data capturing: collecting data from internal sources (sales, production, inventory, staff, finance) and external ones (suppliers, customers, competitors, the market, government). Everything downstream depends on its accuracy.
  2. Data processing: calculating, comparing, classifying and summarising raw data into usable information, and storing it for retrieval.
  3. Prediction: using statistics and analysis to forecast demand, sales or stock needs, which reduces uncertainty.
  4. Planning: supplying the reliable information needed to set goals, targets and resource allocations.
  5. Controlling: monitoring whether objectives are being met, and flagging deviations for correction.
  6. Assistance: the purpose of all the rest: timely, accurate, useful information for decisions.

Importance: the heart analogy. As the heart keeps blood moving through the body, MIS keeps information moving through the organization. Without it managers cannot see what is happening, spot problems or decide soundly.

Performance measurement is the mechanism behind that: expected performance → actual performance → difference → decision. When the actual drifts far enough from the goal, managers look for the reason and correct it.

Role of MIS in an organization:

  • Decision support at every level, from reordering stock to entering a new market.
  • Planning and control: forecasts before, feedback after (5.4).
  • Coordination: every department works from the same information.
  • Communication: reports move up; plans and instructions move down.
  • Memory: records of past performance, kept and retrievable.
  • Efficiency and service: lower costs and faster response to customers.
  • Competitive advantage: seeing trends and acting before rivals do.
  • Tailored reports: production, marketing and personnel managers each get what their job needs (5.8).

An example. A supermarket chain in Kathmandu records every sale at the till. MIS turns those sales into a daily list of fast and slow items for each branch, reorders before stock runs out, plans festival season stock from last year's figures, and shows head office which branch is falling behind. Without it the same data would sit unused in the till rolls.

Value of MIS. Information is worth something only when it changes a decision for the better. Its value is the gain from better decisions (fewer stock-outs, less waste, faster response) less the cost of collecting and processing it.

Why MIS is needed on top of task-specific software

Task software automates one job: payroll, billing, inventory, accounting, design. Each does its task well, and each keeps its own data. MIS is still needed because of:

  • Islands of data: separate packages hold the same facts in different forms, and they disagree. MIS integrates them in a common database, one version of the truth.
  • Cross-functional questions: profit per product needs sales, production and cost data together, which no single package holds.
  • The management view: task software lists transactions; managers need summaries, exceptions and trends.
  • Planning and control: comparing the plan with actual results across the whole organization is an MIS job.
  • Common rules: consistent security, backup and access across all the data.

Example. A hospital with separate billing, pharmacy and payroll packages cannot see the cost of treating a patient in each ward, or which ward overspends, until an MIS brings the three sets of data together.

Limits of MIS: it is only as good as the data fed into it; it costs money and time to build; it supports judgement but cannot replace it; and staff may resist it.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What are the differences between data, information, knowledge and wisdom? Explain the importance of MIS in organization with relevant example. 2082 Baishakh Q9 · 4+4
  • What is the importance of MIS? Explain database information system with suitable example. 2081 Baishakh Q10 · 3+5
  • What are the role of MIS in any organization? Explain the four types of information systems. 2080 Bhadra Q10 · 3+5
  • Why do we need MIS in addition to various softwares for specific tasks in an organization? What is the significance of Executive Information System (EIS) for top level managers? 2079 Baishakh Q9 · 4+4
  • Define the term MIS. Explain the value of MIS in the planning process. 2076 Chaitra Q10 · 3+5
  • Define the term MIS. Explain the value of MIS in the planning process. 2076 Ashwin Q10 · 3+5
  • Define the term MIS. What do you mean by website? Explain the role of computer for management information system. 2074 Ashwin Q10 · 2+2+4
  • Explain the importance of Management Information System (MIS). Explain information support for functional areas of Management. 2073 Shrawan Q10 · 4+4
  • Define Management Information System (MIS). Describe briefly about different types of Information System and their support to managers in decision making. 2071 Chaitra Q9 · 5+3
  • What are the objectives of a case-study? Explain the needs, functions and importance of MIS. 2071 Chaitra Q10 · 3+5
  • Define Management Information System. Explain information support for functional areas of management. 2070 Chaitra Q10 · 2+6
  • Define term MIS. How information support for functional areas of management? 2070 Ashad Q12 · 3+5
  • Define Management Information System. Describe briefly various types of Management Information System. 2069 Chaitra Q8
  • What is MIS? Why is hierarchy of information system necessary in an organization? Write in brief. 2068 Chaitra Q3a · 3+5
  • Justify that information system is vital for planning and control process in an organization. 2068 Chaitra Q3b · 8
  • Write short notes on: Needs for MIS 2068 Chaitra Q6c · 4
  • Why is MIS necessary for management? Explain computer and MIS. What is information Architecture? Explain database information system. 2068 Baishakh Q3 · 4+4+3+5
  • Explain the importance of management information system. Discuss the role of information in the planning process. What do you mean by network information system? 2067 Ashad Q3 · 5+6+5
  • Write short notes on: Needs for Management Information System (MIS) 2066 Bhadra Q6b · 4
  • What do you mean by management information system? Explain the sources of data. Define the term hierarchy of information needs and information system model. 2065 Kartik Q3 · 4×4
  • Write short notes on: Needs of MIS 2065 Shrawan Q6e · 4
  • Write short notes on: The Concept of Management Information System 2063 Ashwin Q6c
  • What do you mean by management information system? Explain the hierarchy of information needs. 2057 Chaitra Q3

5.3Evolution of MIS

From ledgers to computer-based MIS

Evolution of MIS The move from manual record keeping to computer-based systems that serve every level of management, driven by larger organizations, new management methods and cheaper, faster computing.

Where it started. When organizations were small, simple bookkeeping and manual records were enough. As businesses grew, with more departments, more operations and far more information, ledgers and punched card systems became too slow and too hard to manage.

What drove the change (the course's four forces):

  • Growth of management theory: scientific management and its successors demanded structured, measured information.
  • Changes in production, distribution and structure: larger, more complex companies needed faster, more detailed information.
  • Development of management science: decisions came to rest on analytical methods rather than intuition (modern theories), and those methods need data.
  • Computers and IT: processing huge volumes fast, storing large databases, producing reports quickly and accurately. This is what made MIS the computer-based system it is today.

The stages, decade by decade (the usual textbook picture; the dates are approximate):

AboutStageWhat the systems did
1950s and 1960sElectronic data processing (EDP)transaction processing, record keeping, accounting: the first TPS
1960s and 1970sManagement reportingprespecified reports for managers: MIS in the narrow sense
1970s and 1980sDecision supportinteractive, ad hoc support for a manager's own decisions: DSS
1980s and 1990sStrategic and end user supportexecutive support systems, expert systems, a personal computer on every desk
1990s and 2000sElectronic business and commerceenterprise systems (ERP), the internet and intranets, e-commerce
2010s onwardCloud, mobile and analyticssystems rented as services, used from phones, and large data mined for patterns

The pattern. Each stage served a higher level of management than the one before: clerks, then middle managers, then analysts, then executives. That is the classification of 5.7, laid out in time.

In Nepal, the banks show the whole path: hand-posted ledgers, then computerised branches, then one core banking system joining every branch, and now mobile banking and QR payments.

5.4MIS and the levels of management

Each level of management needs different information TOP 13/36

80 Ba · 76 Ch · 76 Ash · 68 Ch · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Ka · 65 Shr · 64 Ka · 64 Jth · 62 Ba · 57 Ch3+55+6+54×4

Hierarchy of information needs The principle that each level of management needs a different kind of information: summarised, external and future oriented at the top; detailed, internal and current at the bottom; summarised by department in the middle.

Organizational structure shapes MIS. The hierarchy of levels of management fixes how information flows: plans and instructions go down, reports go up, and coordination runs across the departments. An MIS is designed around that structure: for each level and department, what it needs, how summarised, and how often. The three levels come from Robert Anthony's framework: strategic planning, management control and operational control.

MANAGEMENT LEVELS AND THEIR INFORMATION Each level needs different information, in a different form and at a different pace. Strategic top management policies, plans, budgets, objectives Tactical middle management revenue, profit, cost, schedules Operational lower management goods, services, daily performance Going up more summarised more external and future oriented needed less often: quarterly or yearly Middle level: weekly or monthly Going down more detailed internal and current needed more often: hourly or daily

Moving up the pyramid: fewer managers, more authority, broader decisions affecting the whole organization, more summarised information, longer planning horizons. Moving down: more people, more detailed and more frequent decisions, a day-to-day focus. Each level supports the one above: if operational work fails, tactical targets are missed, and strategic goals fail too.

PointOperational (lower)Tactical (middle)Strategic (top)
Whosupervisors, foremen, team leadersheads of departmentsboard, chief executive, managing director
Roleruns the daily operationscoordinates departments, implements plansdirects the organization
Information neededmaterials needed, work schedules, people and machines available, output against scheduleschedules, revenue, profit, costs, budget against actualgoals, profitability, opportunities, the external environment
Detailhighly detailed, transaction basedsummarised by departmenthighly summarised
How oftenhourly or dailyweekly or monthlyquarterly or yearly
Sourcesinternalmostly internalinternal and external
Decisionsshort term, routine, structuredmedium term, semi-structuredlong term, unstructured
Typical reporttoday's output, stock, attendance, breakdownsmonthly sales, departmental expenses, profit by productannual profit, industry growth, competitors, regulation, market trends

Why the hierarchy of information is necessary:

  • No overload: the top gets a one-page summary, not a million transactions.
  • Relevance: each manager gets what his or her own decisions need.
  • Speed and cost: each report comes at the frequency its level can use.
  • Accountability: each level sees the results it answers for.
  • Linked levels: summaries flow up and plans flow down, so the organization acts as one.

Not Maslow. In this chapter "hierarchy of needs" means information needs by level, not the hierarchy of human needs of chapter 3.

MIS at each level of an electricity utility:

  • Operational: fault and outage logs by feeder, meter reading schedules, today's complaints, crews available, and an alert when a transformer overloads.
  • Tactical: monthly losses and revenue for each distribution centre, budget against actual, the maintenance backlog, a demand forecast for the coming season.
  • Strategic: long-term demand forecasts, the cost of new plants against imports, tariff and investment options, and the progress of large projects, on one dashboard.

MIS in the planning process

Planning decides today what to do in the future (functions of management). It means answering, before acting: Where are we? Where do we want to go? How do we get there? When will it be done? Who will do it? How much will it cost? Every answer needs information, and MIS supplies it at each step:

Step of planningInformation MIS supplies
Being aware of opportunitiesmarket trends, competitors, customer demand, the organization's strengths
Setting objectivespast performance, capacity, resources
Developing premisesforecasts of demand, prices, costs and government policy
Finding alternativesdata on each option: cost, time, resources
Evaluating and choosingmodels and what-if analysis of each alternative
Derivative plans and budgetsdepartmental figures, cost standards, the budget itself

Value of MIS in planning:

  • Long-term information: trends and forecasts reduce uncertainty about the future.
  • Forecasts of future programmes: demand forecasts let production be timed.
  • Efficient use of resources: plans rest on real capacity and cost figures.
  • Consistent premises: every department plans from the same forecast.
  • Quick replanning: when conditions change, the plan is redone in days, not months.

The rule underneath: good planning depends on reliable information; inaccurate or out-of-date data produces poor plans.

MIS in the control process

Control is planning's twin: set standards from the plan, measure actual performance, compare, and correct. MIS supplies the measurement and the comparison (expected → actual → difference → decision); exception reports put only the deviations in front of the manager; and the results feed the next plan. That loop is why an information system is vital to both planning and control: without it, plans are guesses and control is blind.

MIS in decision making

Decision making is choosing the best alternative. MIS does not decide; it gives the manager the information to compare the alternatives. Herbert Simon's three stages, with the implementation stage later writers add, show where it helps:

  1. Intelligence: noticing that there is a problem; exception reports and monitoring reveal it.
  2. Design: developing possible solutions; data and models describe each one.
  3. Choice: picking one; forecasts and what-if analysis compare them.
  4. Implementation: putting it into effect; reports show whether it works.
  • Strategic decisions: long range and unstructured, such as entering a new market; they need summarised and external information.
  • Tactical decisions: semi-structured, such as allocating a budget, staffing or improving a product.
  • Operational decisions: structured and routine, such as assigning shifts, reordering stock or scheduling maintenance.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain how the management information system is used in different levels of management within an organization. 2080 Baishakh Q10 · 8
  • Define the term MIS. Explain the value of MIS in the planning process. 2076 Chaitra Q10 · 3+5
  • Define the term MIS. Explain the value of MIS in the planning process. 2076 Ashwin Q10 · 3+5
  • What is MIS? Why is hierarchy of information system necessary in an organization? Write in brief. 2068 Chaitra Q3a · 3+5
  • Justify that information system is vital for planning and control process in an organization. 2068 Chaitra Q3b · 8
  • Write short notes on: Information system for planning process 2068 Baishakh Q6b · 4
  • Explain the importance of management information system. Discuss the role of information in the planning process. What do you mean by network information system? 2067 Ashad Q3 · 5+6+5
  • Discuss the hierarchy of information needs. What are the role of information system for decision making process? Explain database information system. 2066 Bhadra Q3 · 5+6+5
  • What do you mean by management information system? Explain the sources of data. Define the term hierarchy of information needs and information system model. 2065 Kartik Q3 · 4×4
  • Write short notes on: Information system for decision making process 2065 Kartik Q6d · 4
  • What do you mean by hierarchy of needs? Define the term information architecture. Discuss the term information system for planning process. Explain the database information system. 2065 Shrawan Q3 · 4×4
  • What do you mean by hierarchy of information needs? Explain the information system for planning process. 2064 Kartik Q3
  • What is the contribution of computer in management information system? Explain the role of software to on-line information system for planning process. 2064 Jestha Q3 · 7+9
  • What do you mean by information architecture? Explain information system for planning process. 2062 Baishakh Q3
  • What do you mean by management information system? Explain the hierarchy of information needs. 2057 Chaitra Q3

5.5The information system model

A loop from the business back to the business PIN 3/36

65 Ka · 64 Jth · 59 Ch4×44

Information system model A model of how an information system works as a continuous cycle: data from business sources is collected, processed into information and delivered to users who decide, and their feedback flows back to improve the next round.

The cycle: business sources → data collection → processing → information → users → feedback, and back to the sources.

THE INFORMATION SYSTEM MODEL A continuous cycle: data goes in, information comes out, and feedback improves the next round. Business sources sales, employees, inventory, orders, suppliers Data collection raw data captured from internal and external sources Processing IS professionals and programs: sort, calculate, compare, summarise Information reports, in the form managers can use Users operational, middle and top managers Decisions and feedback managers decide; errors are reported and corrected raw data feedback Feedback example: a wrong inventory figure is reported, corrected, and later reports improve.
  • Business sources: where raw data starts: sales transactions, employee records, inventory, customer orders, supplier details.
  • Data collection: capturing that data from internal and external sources, accurately and on time.
  • IS professionals: systems analysts, database administrators, programmers and network administrators, who design, run and maintain the system.
  • Programming: the software that calculates, validates data, runs the database and produces the reports.
  • Processing: the core activity: sorting, calculating, comparing, summarising and classifying raw data into meaning.
  • Information: the output, as reports and displays in the form each manager can use.
  • Users: operational, middle and top managers, who plan, control and decide with it.
  • Feedback: information returned to correct and improve the system. A wrong stock figure is reported, corrected, and later reports improve.

The textbook form of the same idea (Laudon and Laudon): input, processing and output, with feedback that returns output to the people who evaluate and correct the input, all inside an environment of customers, suppliers, competitors, regulators and shareholders. It is the system approach of chapter 1 applied to information.

Why the model matters. Every information system, manual or computerised, has these parts, and the model shows where things go wrong: bad data at the source gives bad information at the end (garbage in, garbage out), and only feedback catches it.

Sources of data

SourceMeaningExamples for a manufacturing company
Internalgenerated inside the organization by its own operationssales invoices, production logs, the stores ledger, payroll, attendance, quality reports, accounts
Externalfrom outside the organizationcustomers (orders, complaints), suppliers (prices, delivery), competitors (prices, new products), government (tax rules, the budget, Nepal Rastra Bank's monetary policy), market surveys, trade journals, news
  • Primary data: collected first hand for the purpose, by observation, interviews, questionnaires, measurement, or transactions captured as they happen (tills, meters, sensors).
  • Secondary data: already collected by someone else: published reports, government statistics, company records, databases.
  • By level: operational managers rely mostly on internal data; top managers need external data as much as internal (5.4).
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What do you mean by management information system? Explain the sources of data. Define the term hierarchy of information needs and information system model. 2065 Kartik Q3 · 4×4
  • Write short notes on: Information system model 2064 Jestha Q6d · 4
  • Write short notes on: Information system model 2059 Chaitra Q6b

5.6Computers and MIS

What computers changed, and the systems they made possible TOP 15/36

81 Bh · 81 Ba · 76 Ash · 74 Ash · 68 Ba · 67 Asa · 66 Bh · 65 Shr · 64 Ka · 64 Jth · 63 Ash · 62 Ba · 61 Ba · 59 Ch · 58 Ch45+6+52+6

Computer-based MIS An MIS in which computers collect, store, process and communicate the data, so that information reaches managers faster, more accurately and more cheaply than a manual system could deliver it.

The relationship. MIS is the system: the people, procedures and information that serve management. The computer is its most powerful tool. An MIS can exist without computers (ledgers, files and clerks were one), and computers without an MIS design produce piles of data, not management information. Modern MIS is computer-based because only computers can cope with today's volume, speed and distances.

Problems before computers. Manual information was:

  • Too late: by the time a report arrived, the situation had changed.
  • Incomplete: manual systems missed needed information.
  • Expensive: records took huge time and manpower.
  • Unfocused: reports mixed needless detail with missing essentials.
  • Not relevant: the same general report went to every manager.

Contribution of computers to MIS:

ContributionWhat it gives MIS
Speedmillions of transactions processed in seconds; reports on demand
Accuracycalculation without arithmetic errors; data checked as it is entered
Storage and retrievallarge databases kept compactly and searched at once
Communicationnetworks carry data between branches, head office, customers and suppliers
Analysisforecasting, what-if analysis and optimisation that are impossible by hand
Quick responseonline queries on current data; records updated in real time
Lower costthe cost per transaction and per report falls sharply
Relevancea report designed for each manager's needs

Quick response systems. Computers made two kinds of fast processing possible, beside the older batch kind:

ModeHow it worksExample
Batchtransactions are collected and processed together at intervalsmonthly payroll
Onlinethe manager works with the computer directly, whenever neededchecking current stock or today's sales from a terminal
Real timeeach transaction is processed the moment it happens, so records are always currenta sale updates stock and sales records at once; seat booking; an ATM withdrawal

The difference: online is about the user dealing directly with the system; real time is about the data being updated without delay. A system can be online without every process in it being real time.

The role of software in an on-line information system for planning

Hardware stores and moves data; software decides what can be done with it. In an on-line system the planner works at a terminal on current data, and software supplies:

  • System software: the operating system, the database management system and the network software, which keep data current, shared and secure for every user at once.
  • Query and report tools: instant answers on current stock, sales, capacity and costs, instead of waiting for printed reports.
  • Forecasting software: statistical packages that project demand, prices and costs, the premises of a plan.
  • Spreadsheets and models: budgets and what-if analysis, such as the cost of adding a shift.
  • Optimisation and scheduling: linear programming for the best product mix; PERT and CPM tools for project schedules.
  • Enterprise planning modules: material requirements planning turns a production plan into orders for every part.
  • Communication software: email, shared files and video meetings, so managers in different places build one plan.
  • Dashboards: plan against actual in real time, so replanning starts the day a deviation appears.

Example. A factory selling through depots across Nepal plans its monthly production on-line: depot sales arrive as they happen, forecasting software projects next month's demand, a spreadsheet compares overtime with a second shift, material requirements planning lists what to buy, and every depot sees the final plan the same day.

Database information system

A database is a collection of data organized to serve many applications efficiently, while appearing to be stored in one place. A database management system (DBMS) is the software that creates, updates, queries and protects it (MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle). A database information system is the whole: the database, the DBMS, the application programs and the users who share them.

Why it replaced separate files. When each department keeps its own file, the same data is stored many times (redundancy), the copies disagree (inconsistency), and no department can use another's data. A shared database gives:

  • One consistent version: less redundancy, and every fact stored once.
  • Sharing: many applications and users on the same data at the same time.
  • Integrity and security: checks on what is entered, and control of who sees what.
  • Easy queries: new questions answered without new programs.
  • Data independence: programs can change without restructuring the data, and the reverse.
Example: a college databaseHoldsUsed by
STUDENTroll number, name, programme, addressevery office
ENROLMENTroll number, subject, marksexam section
FEEroll number, amount due, amount paidaccounts
LOANroll number, book, due datelibrary

How it works: the roll number links the tables, so one change of address updates every office, and one query (students with fee dues who have filled in the exam form) joins FEE and ENROLMENT in seconds. Banks, hospitals and utilities run on the same idea: one customer record, many users.

Website

A website is a collection of related web pages under one domain name, stored on a web server and opened in a browser over the internet (by HTTP or HTTPS), usually from a home page that links to the rest. A static site shows fixed pages; a dynamic site builds its pages from a database, so it can take orders, forms and payments.

  • Role in MIS: the organization's window to the outside. It publishes information (notices, prices, reports) and collects data (enquiries, orders, forms, payments) straight into the database.
  • Example: a college website shows notices and results, and its online admission form writes each applicant directly into the student database.
  • Intranet: the same technology used only inside the organization, for its staff.

Networking (telecommunication) information system

A networking information system links computers and devices in different places through a telecommunication network, so that data travels through the whole organization. A branch records today's sales, the data travels over the network, head office receives it, and managers decide on fresh figures.

  • Components: computers and terminals; channels (copper cable, optical fibre, wireless, satellite); devices (modems, switches, routers); network software and protocols such as TCP/IP.
  • Types: LAN (a building or campus), MAN (a city), WAN (a country or the world); the internet, an intranet (inside the organization), an extranet (shared with partners).
  • Importance: every branch works from the same current data; printers, storage and software are shared; communication is instant; work is processed where it arises and pooled; customers and suppliers connect directly; and head office sees the whole organization the same day.
  • Example: a bank with branches across Nepal on one core banking system: a deposit made in Pokhara shows at once in head office and at every ATM.

Information architecture

Information architecture is the particular form information technology takes in an organization to reach its goals: the design of the business applications that serve each function and level, and the way they share one infrastructure of hardware, software, data and networks. In the course's words, databases, networks, software and users must work together as one coordinated system, not as isolated pieces.

  • Applications: which systems serve which department and level (the TPS, MIS, DSS and ESS of 5.7).
  • Infrastructure: the hardware, software, data management and telecommunication network they run on.
  • Arrangement: centralised or distributed (5.9), and the standards that let the parts connect.
  • Example: a college with one student database at the core, admission, exam, accounts and library applications around it, a campus network, and a website outside, all keyed on the same roll number.
Not the web design sense. In website design the same phrase means how a site's content is organized and labelled. In MIS it means the organization-wide design.

Business process and information system

A business process is a set of logically related tasks performed to achieve a defined business outcome, usually cutting across departments. Filling an order runs through sales (take the order), accounts (check credit), the store or plant (make or pick the goods), dispatch (ship them) and accounts again (invoice and collect). Hiring an employee and developing a new product are processes too.

  • Automate: IS performs the routine steps faster and with fewer errors.
  • Share: every department sees the same order, so nothing is re-entered or lost.
  • Integrate: enterprise systems (ERP) run a whole process across departments on one database.
  • Redesign: business process reengineering (Hammer and Champy) rethinks a process from scratch for dramatic gains in cost, quality, service and speed, instead of automating the old way.
  • Enable: online ordering and payment could not exist without the systems behind them.

Example. Paying an electricity bill in Nepal once meant a queue at the utility's cash counter; it can now be paid through a mobile wallet or a bank app, and the payment is recorded against the customer's account at once.

Computer integrated manufacturing (CIM)

CIM joins every manufacturing activity, from design through planning, production and quality to the business functions, through computers sharing one database, so that the plant works as one system rather than as islands of automation.

  • Parts: CAD (computer aided design); CAPP (computer aided process planning); CAM, with CNC machines and robots; flexible manufacturing systems; automated storage and retrieval; MRP II for materials and capacity; computer aided quality control.
  • Benefits: shorter lead times; flexibility to make small batches; consistent quality; less inventory; better use of machines; faster design changes.
  • Limitations: very high investment; skilled staff needed; complex to integrate; a failure in one part can stop the whole plant.
  • Example: in electronics assembly, the circuit board designed in CAD drives the pick-and-place machines, and automated inspection feeds faults back to the designers.
Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What is the relationship between computers and management information system? Explain how information systems can be organized properly. 2081 Bhadra Q9 · 2+6
  • What is the importance of MIS? Explain database information system with suitable example. 2081 Baishakh Q10 · 3+5
  • What is the relationship between computers and management information system? Explain how information systems can be organized in proper way? 2076 Ashwin Q9 · 2+6
  • Define the term MIS. What do you mean by website? Explain the role of computer for management information system. 2074 Ashwin Q10 · 2+2+4
  • Why is MIS necessary for management? Explain computer and MIS. What is information Architecture? Explain database information system. 2068 Baishakh Q3 · 4+4+3+5
  • Write short notes on: Database information system 2068 Baishakh Q6d · 4
  • Explain the importance of management information system. Discuss the role of information in the planning process. What do you mean by network information system? 2067 Ashad Q3 · 5+6+5
  • Write short notes on: Computer integrated manufacturing plants 2067 Ashad Q6e · 4
  • Discuss the hierarchy of information needs. What are the role of information system for decision making process? Explain database information system. 2066 Bhadra Q3 · 5+6+5
  • What do you mean by hierarchy of needs? Define the term information architecture. Discuss the term information system for planning process. Explain the database information system. 2065 Shrawan Q3 · 4×4
  • Write short notes on: Networking information system 2065 Shrawan Q6c · 4
  • Write short notes on: Networking Information System 2064 Kartik Q6c
  • What is the contribution of computer in management information system? Explain the role of software to on-line information system for planning process. 2064 Jestha Q3 · 7+9
  • Write short notes on: Business Process and Information System 2063 Ashwin Q6d
  • What do you mean by information architecture? Explain information system for planning process. 2062 Baishakh Q3
  • What is the contribution of computers for the management information system? Explain networking information system. 2061 Baishakh Q3
  • Write short notes on: Information Architecture 2061 Baishakh Q6b
  • What is the contribution of computers in the management information system? Explain an importance of networking information system. 2059 Chaitra Q3
  • What is the contribution of computers for the management information system? Explain the importance of networking information system. 2058 Chaitra Q3
  • Write short notes on: Information Architecture 2058 Chaitra Q6c

5.7Classification of information systems

Six systems on four levels HOT 7/36

82 Bh · 80 Bh · 79 Ba · 78 Bh · 75 Ash · 71 Ch · 69 Ch4+42+63+5

Classification of information systems Laudon and Laudon classify information systems by the organizational level they serve: transaction processing at the operational level, knowledge work and office automation at the knowledge level, MIS and decision support at the management level, and executive support at the strategic level.

Why classify by level. Each level makes different decisions (5.4), so each needs a different kind of system; no single system serves them all.

TYPES OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS BY LEVEL The standard classification (Laudon and Laudon): each level of the organisation has its own kind of system. LEVEL SYSTEM AND WHO IT SERVES ESS Strategic level Executive support system (ESS) serves senior managers MIS, DSS Management level Management information system (MIS) Decision support system (DSS) serves middle managers KWS, OAS Knowledge level Knowledge work system (KWS) Office automation system (OAS) serves knowledge and data workers TPS Operational level Transaction processing system (TPS) serves operational managers, supervisors, clerks

The four types. Laudon and Laudon's earlier editions speak of four kinds of system for the four levels: operational (TPS), knowledge (KWS and OAS), management (MIS and DSS) and strategic (ESS). Their later editions name the four as TPS, MIS, DSS and ESS, one for each management group. Either way, a four-type answer covers TPS, MIS, DSS and ESS, and mentions KWS and OAS.

  • Transaction processing system (TPS): records the routine daily transactions the business runs on: sales orders, payroll, attendance, reservations, electricity billing, ATM withdrawals. It supports structured operational decisions, and every other system is fed by its data.
  • Office automation system (OAS): raises the productivity of clerical and data workers: word processing, spreadsheets, email, calendars, document imaging.
  • Knowledge work system (KWS): helps engineers, designers and scientists create new knowledge: CAD, circuit simulation, software development tools, GIS for route planning.
  • Management information system (MIS): summarises TPS data into routine summary and exception reports for middle managers, such as monthly sales by region or budget against actual; it supports structured control decisions.
  • Decision support system (DSS): interactive analysis for semi-structured and unstructured problems (below).
  • Executive support system (ESS): also called an executive information system (EIS); gives senior managers summarised internal and external information for unstructured, strategic decisions (below).
  • Expert system: stores the knowledge of human experts as rules (a knowledge base) and reasons with them (an inference engine) to advise non-experts, for example in diagnosing transformer faults, approving loans or diagnosing illness.
SystemInputsProcessingOutputsUsers
ESSaggregate data, internal and externalgraphics, simulations, interactiveprojections, answers to queriessenior managers
DSSdata organized for analysis; analytical modelsinteractive, simulations, analysisspecial reports, decision analysesprofessionals, staff managers
MISsummary transaction data in high volume; simple modelsroutine reports, simple models, low-level analysissummary and exception reportsmiddle managers
KWSdesign specifications, knowledge basemodelling, simulationsmodels, graphicsprofessionals, technical staff
OASdocuments, schedulesdocument management, scheduling, communicationdocuments, schedules, mailclerical workers
TPStransactions, eventssorting, listing, merging, updatingdetailed reports, lists, summariesoperations staff, supervisors

Decision support system

Decision support system (DSS) An interactive computer-based system that combines data, analytical models and easy-to-use software to help managers make semi-structured and unstructured decisions.
  • Database: internal data, often from the TPS and MIS, plus external data.
  • Model base: forecasting, optimisation, simulation and statistical models.
  • User interface: lets the manager ask questions and change assumptions directly.
  • Typical questions: what if demand falls by a tenth? What price gives this profit (goal seeking)? Which assumption matters most (sensitivity)? Which mix is best (optimisation)?
PointMISDSS
Purposeroutine reporting and controlsupport for a particular decision
Decisionsstructured, recurringsemi-structured and unstructured
Outputprespecified summary, exception and demand reportsinteractive answers, what-if analyses
Initiativethe system produces reports on schedulethe manager asks when needed
Datamostly internal, from the TPSinternal and external
Modelssimpleanalytical: forecasting, optimisation, simulation
Flexibilityfixed formatchanges with the problem
Time focuspast and present performancefuture options
Aimefficiencyeffectiveness of the decision

How a production manager uses DSS on top of MIS. MIS reports what has happened; the DSS lets the manager try what could happen, taking the MIS data as its input:

DecisionMIS suppliesDSS adds
Schedulingorders due, machine loads, output against planthe job sequence that meets due dates with the least idle time
Capacityutilisation, overtime, backlogovertime against a second shift against subcontracting, each costed
Inventorystock levels, usage, lead timesorder quantity, reorder point and safety stock from models
Product mixcosts, prices, resource usethe most profitable mix, by linear programming
Make or buyin-house costs, suppliers' quotesthe cheaper option, and how sensitive it is to the figures
Maintenance and qualitybreakdown history, rejection ratesthe timing of preventive maintenance; statistical process control limits

Example. Before the festival season a factory expects demand to rise. MIS reports last season's sales, current stock and machine utilisation; the DSS runs the options (build stock early, work overtime, add a second shift) and shows the cost and risk of each; the manager chooses.

Executive information system and top managers

An EIS (or ESS) gives senior managers the few figures that matter, internal and external, on screens they can read at a glance and explore at will. Its significance for top managers:

  • Environmental scanning: competitors, markets, regulation and the economy, beside the organization's own results.
  • Key indicators: dashboards of the critical success factors, with the exceptions highlighted.
  • Drill down: from a national total to a region, a branch or a product in a few clicks.
  • Strategic decisions: trend analysis and simulation support long-range, unstructured choices.
  • Executives' time: summaries instead of stacks of reports, and no special training needed to use it.
  • Early warning and control: problems surface before they grow, and the top can follow up with the right manager at once.

Example. A utility's managing director could see on one screen today's peak demand, imports and exports, losses by province and the progress of each large project, and drill into any that is off track.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Define Decision Support System (DSS). Elaborate how production managers take use of DSS in addition to MIS. 2082 Bhadra Q9 · 2+6
  • What are the role of MIS in any organization? Explain the four types of information systems. 2080 Bhadra Q10 · 3+5
  • Why do we need MIS in addition to various softwares for specific tasks in an organization? What is the significance of Executive Information System (EIS) for top level managers? 2079 Baishakh Q9 · 4+4
  • Describe how data and information are used in an officer. What is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)? 2078 Bhadra Q10 · 4+4
  • Describe how data and information are used in an officer. What is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)? 2075 Ashwin Q10 · 4+4
  • Define Management Information System (MIS). Describe briefly about different types of Information System and their support to managers in decision making. 2071 Chaitra Q9 · 5+3
  • Define Management Information System. Describe briefly various types of Management Information System. 2069 Chaitra Q8

5.8Information support for functional areas

What each department needs from MIS PIN 4/36

73 Shr · 72 Ka · 70 Ch · 70 Asa2+63+54+4

Functional information systems The subsystems of MIS built around the main functions of the business (production, marketing, finance, personnel and materials), each giving its managers the information their decisions need.

Different managers need different information. What a manager needs depends on the job, so MIS builds reports for each department instead of sending everyone the same thing. Each functional system also has its operational, tactical and strategic layers.

  • Production: needs production and labour cost, machine utilisation, output against schedule, rejections, and signs that demand is rising or the plant must expand. Gets production plans and schedules, daily output and scrap reports, maintenance schedules, and CAD and CAM support.
  • Marketing: needs sales trends by product, region and salesperson, customer demand and feedback, competitors' prices and ideas for new products. Gets sales analyses, market research, forecasts, advertising results and pricing studies (marketing).
  • Finance and accounting: needs cash flow, receivables and payables, costs, budget against actual and profitability. Gets financial statements, budget reports, cash forecasts, cost analyses and capital budgeting studies.
  • Personnel: needs employee records, skills, turnover, wages and incentives, training and appraisal results. Gets payroll, the skills inventory, turnover and absence reports, and manpower plans (manpower planning).
  • Materials: needs stock levels, usage rates, lead times, and suppliers' prices, quality and delivery records. Gets reorder lists, purchase order status, vendor ratings and economic order quantities (purchasing).
FunctionOperationalTacticalStrategic
Productionmachine control, job scheduling, shop floor dataproduction planning, inventory and cost controlplant location, new technology, capacity expansion
Marketingorder processing, customer recordssales analysis by region, pricing, promotion budgetssales forecasts over years, new markets and products
Financereceivables, payables, cash receiptsbudgeting, cost analysislong-term capital and profit planning
Personnelrecords, payroll, attendancecompensation and training analysismanpower planning
Materialsreceipts, issues, stock recordsreorder levels, vendor evaluationsourcing strategy, long-term supply contracts

The areas share data. One sales order starts work in production, a purchase in materials, an entry in accounts and perhaps overtime in personnel. So the functional systems must be integrated on a common database (an enterprise system), or each department works from different figures.

Example. A transformer manufacturer: marketing tracks tender notices and orders from utilities; production schedules each order and reports daily output; materials watches copper and steel stocks and prices; finance forecasts the cash for the next purchase; personnel plans the skilled winders each order needs.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • Explain the importance of Management Information System (MIS). Explain information support for functional areas of Management. 2073 Shrawan Q10 · 4+4
  • How information system support for functional area of management. 2072 Kartik Q10
  • Define Management Information System. Explain information support for functional areas of management. 2070 Chaitra Q10 · 2+6
  • Define term MIS. How information support for functional areas of management? 2070 Ashad Q12 · 3+5

5.9Organizing information systems

Where the computers, the data and the IS staff sit PIN 3/36

81 Bh · 76 Ash · 71 Shr2+64

Organizing information systems Deciding where processing, data and IS staff are placed in the organization (centralised, decentralised or distributed), how the IS department is structured and led, and by what rules systems are planned, built and run.

Three arrangements answer the first question. It is the same trade-off as Fayol's centralization, applied to computing:

WAYS OF ORGANISING INFORMATION SYSTEMS Where the computers, data and IS staff sit, and how much the departments share. Centralised one centre serves every department STRENGTH control, no duplication WEAKNESS slow to meet local needs Decentralised each department runs its own system STRENGTH fits each department WEAKNESS duplicated, unshared data Distributed separate sites linked by a network STRENGTH local work, shared data WEAKNESS complex, costly network Sales Production Finance Personnel Central computer and IS department Sales own system Production own system Finance own system Personnel own system Site A computer Site B computer Site C computer telecommunication network one logical database
PointCentralisedDecentralisedDistributed
Meaningone central computer and IS department serve every departmenteach department runs its own systemseparate sites, each with its own computer, linked by a network and sharing one logical database
Strengthscontrol, standards, no duplication, economies of scalefits each department's needs; quick local responselocal work with shared data; no single point of failure
Weaknessesslow to meet local needs; a single point of failureduplicated, inconsistent data; no organization-wide view; higher total costa complex, costly network; harder security and coordination
Suitssmall or single-site organizations needing tight controldepartments with very different needs and little to shareorganizations with branches: banks, utilities, retail chains

The IS department. In the early days computing sat under the accounts department. Today it is a department of its own, headed by a chief information officer (CIO) who reports to top management, because information serves the whole organization, not one function.

  • Systems development: systems analysts, who study needs and design systems, and programmers, who build them.
  • Operations: computer operators, data entry staff and network administrators, who keep the systems running.
  • Database administration: the database administrator defines, protects and tunes the shared data.
  • Technical support: the help desk, and support for the users' own computing.
  • Security: access control, backup and recovery.

Around the department:

  • Steering committee: senior managers from each function set IS priorities, approve projects and allocate the budget, so that systems follow business needs.
  • End users: the managers and staff who use the systems, and increasingly build their own reports and spreadsheets.
  • Outsourcing: hiring outside firms or cloud services for some of the work; cheaper and quicker to start, but with less control and a dependence on the vendor.

How information systems can be organized properly

  1. Study the information needs by level and by function, and align the IS plan with the organization's goals.
  2. Choose the arrangement: centralised, decentralised, distributed or a mix, according to size, geographical spread, the need for control, and cost.
  3. Set up the IS department with a CIO reporting to top management, and clear roles for analysts, programmers, operators and the database administrator.
  4. Form a steering committee of the user departments to set priorities.
  5. Set standards and policies: common data definitions, hardware and software standards, security, backup and access rights.
  6. Develop systems with the users, step by step: study, analysis, design, building, testing, implementation and maintenance.
  7. Train the users and manage the change, so that the systems are actually used.
  8. Decide what to build, buy or outsource.
  9. Review and improve: audit the systems and measure whether they meet the needs.

A recommendation. For most Nepali organizations with branches (banks, utilities, retail chains), a distributed arrangement with one central database and central standards works best: local offices serve their customers on-line, while head office sees and controls everything. A small single-site firm is better served by a simple centralised setup.

Asked on the paper, word for word
  • What is the relationship between computers and management information system? Explain how information systems can be organized properly. 2081 Bhadra Q9 · 2+6
  • What is the relationship between computers and management information system? Explain how information systems can be organized in proper way? 2076 Ashwin Q9 · 2+6
  • Write short notes on: Organizing Information systems 2071 Shrawan Q10iii · 4

5.10Last minute recall

Chapter 5 in one screen

  • Chain: data, processing, information, decision.
  • DIKW (Ackoff): data, information, knowledge, wisdom.
  • Good information: accurate, timely, relevant, complete, concise, reliable, clear, economical, secure.
  • Office functions: receiving, recording, processing, giving information, safeguarding.
  • MIS components (course): management, information, system.
  • Physical components: hardware, software, data, procedures, people, network.
  • Characteristics: management oriented, management directed, integrated, common data flows, heavy planning element, subsystems, common database, computerised.
  • Six functions: data capturing, data processing, prediction, planning, controlling, assistance.
  • Importance: the heart analogy; expected, actual, difference, decision.
  • Beyond task software: islands of data, cross-functional questions, the management view, planning and control, common rules.
  • Evolution drivers: management theory, production and structure, management science, computers.
  • Evolution stages: EDP, management reporting, decision support, strategic and end user support, e-business, cloud and analytics.
  • Pyramid: operational (daily, detailed, internal), tactical (weekly or monthly, departmental), strategic (quarterly or yearly, summarised, internal and external).
  • Planning questions: where are we, where to go, how, when, who, at what cost.
  • Planning steps MIS feeds: opportunities, objectives, premises, alternatives, evaluation and choice, derivative plans and budgets.
  • Control: standards, measure, compare, correct.
  • Simon's stages: intelligence, design, choice, then implementation.
  • IS model: business sources, data collection, processing, information, users, feedback.
  • Sources of data: internal, external; primary, secondary.
  • Before computers: too late, incomplete, expensive, unfocused, not relevant.
  • Processing modes: batch, online, real time.
  • Database gives: one consistent version, sharing, integrity and security, easy queries, data independence.
  • Networks: LAN, MAN, WAN; internet, intranet, extranet.
  • Information architecture: applications, infrastructure, arrangement.
  • IS and business processes: automate, share, integrate, redesign, enable.
  • CIM parts: CAD, CAPP, CAM with CNC and robots, FMS, automated storage, MRP II, quality control.
  • Laudon levels: strategic (ESS), management (MIS, DSS), knowledge (KWS, OAS), operational (TPS).
  • Four types: TPS, MIS, DSS, ESS.
  • DSS parts: database, model base, user interface.
  • EIS for top managers: scanning, key indicators, drill down, strategy, time saved, early warning.
  • Functional areas: production, marketing, finance, personnel, materials.
  • Organizing IS: centralised, decentralised, distributed.
  • IS department: CIO, systems analysts, programmers, operators, database administrator, help desk, security.

255 questions · asked 654 times in 36 papers · exam answers only

Theory answers

Every theory question the 36 papers have set, each with the answer as it is written in the exam: the direct answer for the marks, nothing else. A question with several parts is split into them, and each part is answered on its own. How a process is carried out, step by step, is in Practical answers. The chapter card behind each answer teaches the topic in full. Read them by chapter, each question once with every paper that set it, or by paper, question by question.

1Introduction

Functions of management TOP 13/36

Asked 13 times

2081 Baishakh · Q14 marksExplain different functions of management.

2080 Baishakh · Q14 marksWhat are the basic functions of management?

2078 Bhadra · Q23 marksWhat are the functions of Management?

2076 Chaitra · Q23 marksfunction required for management?

2075 Chaitra · Q24 marksWhat are the function of Management?

2075 Ashwin · Q23 marksWhat are the functions of management?

2073 Shrawan · Q25 marksexplain the function of management.

2072 Kartik · Q2assignmentExplain the function of management.

2070 Ashad · Q25 marksdiscuss the different function of Management.

2066 Bhadra · Q14 marksExplain the functions of management.

2064 Jestha · Q15 marksExplain different function of management.

2059 Chaitra · Q2assignmentexplain the managerial function.

2058 Chaitra · Q1assignmentexplain the various function of management.

Fayol described management as a process of five functions, performed in order and repeated as a cycle:

THE FIVE FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT Fayol's elements of management, performed in order and repeated as a cycle. Planning deciding in advance what to do 1 Organizing arranging people, work and resources 2 Directing guiding, leading and supervising 3 Coordinating making the parts work together 4 Controlling comparing results with plans and correcting 5 Management a continuous process results guide the next plan
  • Planning: thinking before doing; deciding in advance what to do, how, when and by whom. A contractor draws up the schedule and budget for a building.
  • Organizing: building a framework that relates people, work assignments and resources: dividing the work, forming departments and assigning authority.
  • Directing: guiding, leading, motivating and supervising people towards definite objectives.
  • Coordinating: making all individuals and departments work in harmony towards the same goals; the site team, suppliers and designers are kept in step.
  • Controlling: comparing the results achieved with the plan and correcting deviations; progress is checked against the schedule every week.

Koontz adds staffing (filling posts with the right people), and Gulick's POSDCORB lists planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting and budgeting.

Meaning and definition of organization TOP 12/36

Asked 12 times

2080 Bhadra · Q41 markHow would you define organization?

2078 Bhadra · Q11 markDefine organization.

2075 Chaitra · Q12 marksDefine organization.

2075 Ashwin · Q12 marksDefine organization.

2074 Ashwin · Q13 marksDefine the term organization.

2073 Shrawan · Q13 marksExplain the term organization.

2072 Kartik · Q1assignmentDefine organization

2069 Chaitra · Q1assignmentDefine Organization.

2068 Baishakh · Q14 marksWhat is meaning of organization?

2065 Shrawan · Q13 marksWhat do you mean by organization?

2064 Jestha · Q13 marksDefine the term organization.

2063 Ashwin · Q6aassignmentWrite short notes on: Organization

Organization is a social structure in which two or more people work interdependently, through structured patterns of roles, authority and communication, coordinating manpower, machines and materials to accomplish common goals and create value for its stakeholders.

  • As an entity: the group itself, such as a hospital, college, bank or company. Chester Barnard defined it as "a system of consciously coordinated activities or forces of two or more persons".
  • As a process: organizing, which Louis Allen describes as identifying and grouping the work, defining and delegating authority and responsibility, and establishing relationships so that people work together effectively.

Characteristics: a group of people; common goals; division of work; a hierarchy of authority and responsibility; coordination and communication; rules and procedures; and continuous interaction with the environment. Every organization is at once a goal-oriented, a social and a technological system.

Meaning and definition of management HOT 9/36

Asked 9 times

2073 Shrawan · Q23 marksDefine the term management

2072 Kartik · Q2assignmentWhat do you mean by management?

2069 Chaitra · Q2assignmentDefine the term Management

2068 Chaitra · Q1b3 marksDefine management.

2064 Kartik · Q1assignmentDefine the term management

2064 Jestha · Q13 marksWhat do you mean by management?

2063 Ashwin · Q1assignmentExplain the concept of management in an organization

2061 Baishakh · Q1assignmentWhat do you mean by management?

2058 Chaitra · Q1assignmentDefine the term 'Management'

Management is getting things done through other people (Mary Parker Follett): bringing people together to achieve set goals using the available resources effectively and efficiently. It is often called the brain of an organization.

Koontz and Weihrich: "the process of designing and maintaining an environment in which individuals, working together in groups, efficiently accomplish selected aims". Fayol: to manage is to forecast and plan, to organize, to command, to coordinate and to control.

Concept: management is goal oriented, a continuous process, a group activity, universal to every organization, intangible, dynamic, and both a science and an art.

Scientific management theory (Taylor) HOT 9/36

Asked 9 times

2081 Baishakh · Q24 marksExplain the scientific management theory with its historical development.

2080 Bhadra · Q25 marksExplain Scientific Management theory with proper examples.

2075 Chaitra · Q24 marksBriefly explain the features of scientific management theory.

2068 Chaitra · Q6a4 marksWrite short notes on: Scientific Management

2068 Baishakh · Q18 marksExplain the Scientific Management theory.

2065 Kartik · Q15 marksWhat do you mean by scientific management theory?

2065 Shrawan · Q18 marksDiscuss the concept of scientific management theory.

2064 Kartik · Q1assignmentdiscuss the concept of Taylor's scientific management theory.

2064 Jestha · Q6a4 marksWrite short notes on: Scientific management theory

Scientific management is the approach of F. W. Taylor (1856 to 1915), the father of scientific management, that replaces rule of thumb by the scientific method of observation, measurement and experiment to find the one best way of doing every job, and then selects, trains and pays workers so that the job is always done that way.

Historical development. Taylor joined the Midvale Steel Company in 1878 as a labourer and rose to chief engineer. He saw that work was done by guesswork and that workers deliberately restricted output ("soldiering"), so he began timing and analysing each job. At Bethlehem Steel (1898 to 1901) he ran the pig-iron and shovelling experiments, and he published Shop Management (1903) and The Principles of Scientific Management (1911). Frank and Lillian Gilbreth (motion study) and Henry Gantt (Gantt chart, task and bonus plan) carried the movement forward.

Principles

  • Science, not rule of thumb: every task is studied to fix the best method and a standard time.
  • Harmony, not discord: a "mental revolution" in which management and workers stop fighting over the surplus and work together to enlarge it.
  • Cooperation, not individualism: management plans and workers execute, in close cooperation.
  • Maximum output in place of restricted output.
  • Development of every worker to the greatest efficiency and prosperity, through scientific selection and training.

Techniques (features): time, motion and fatigue study; standardisation of tools, materials and working conditions; scientific selection and training; separation of planning from doing; functional foremanship (eight specialist foremen); and the differential piece rate, a higher rate for workers who reach the standard task.

Example. In the pig-iron study, output per labourer rose from 12.7 to 48.8 tons a day while pay rose from $1.14 to $1.85.

TAYLOR'S SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT AT BETHLEHEM STEEL Study each task scientifically, find the one best way, then select and train workers and pay by output. PIG-IRON HANDLING 75 labourers carrying 42 kg loads of iron to rail cars Output tons per labourer per day 12.7 Before 48.8 After nearly 4 times the output Pay dollars per labourer per day $1.14 Before $1.85 After about 60 percent more pay FOUR WAYS TO RAISE EFFICIENCY 1 Motion study an improved method of work, no wasted motion 2 Fatigue study a prescribed amount of rest on the job 3 Time study a specific standard of output for each task 4 Incentive wages payment by the unit of output

Principles of organization HOT 8/36

Asked 8 times

2082 Bhadra · Q35 marksDescribe the principles of organization with relevant examples.

2080 Bhadra · Q44 marksHow can you describe principles of organization?

2076 Ashwin · Q16 marksWhat are the principles of organization?

2072 Chaitra · Q14 marksDescribe the principles of an organization.

2072 Kartik · Q1assignmentexplain the principle of organization.

2071 Chaitra · Q14 marksExplain the principles of an organization.

2071 Shrawan · Q14 marksWhat are the principles of organization?

2070 Ashad · Q14 marksWhat are the principles of Organization?

Principles of organization are the guidelines, largely from Fayol, followed in designing a structure so that the organization runs smoothly:

  • Unity of objective: every department works for the common goal; the production, sales and finance sections of a cement factory all serve its output target.
  • Division of work: the total work is split into jobs so that people specialize; a software firm has designers, developers and testers.
  • Authority and responsibility: authority must match responsibility; a site engineer responsible for quality must have the authority to reject poor material.
  • Scalar chain: a clear line of authority runs from top to bottom: managing director, general manager, department head, supervisor, worker.
  • Unity of command: each subordinate takes orders from one superior only; a technician reports only to the section supervisor.
  • Span of control: a superior directs only as many people as can be supervised well, for example about 20 workers per supervisor and 6 supervisors per manager.
  • Coordination: the work of all departments is kept in step; the production schedule follows the sales plan.
  • Balance: centralization and decentralization, and line and staff, are kept in proportion.
  • Flexibility: the structure adapts to change, such as adding an online sales unit.
  • Continuity: the structure outlasts changes of people through succession planning.

Organizational structure HOT 8/36

Asked 8 times

2079 Bhadra · Q10a4 marksWrite short notes on: Organization Structure

2075 Chaitra · Q10b4 marksWrite short notes on: Organizational structure

2071 Chaitra · Q32 marksWhat do you mean by organizational structure?

2071 Shrawan · Q10ii4 marksWrite short notes on: Organization structure and

2070 Ashad · Q44 marksWhat do you mean by organization structure?

2068 Chaitra · Q2b2 marksWhat is organization structure?

2064 Kartik · Q2assignmentWhat do you mean by organization structure?

2058 Chaitra · Q2assignmentWhat do you mean by organizational structure?

Organizational structure is the formal arrangement of jobs, departments and authority in an organization: the division of work together with the patterns of coordination, communication and formal power that fix who directs whom and who reports to whom. It is drawn as an organization chart.

What a structure defines:

  • Division of work: the jobs, and how they are grouped into departments.
  • Chain of command: the levels of authority and the line of reporting.
  • Span of control: how many subordinates each manager supervises.
  • Coordination and communication: the formal channels for orders and information.
  • Centralization: the level at which decisions are taken.

Types: line, functional, line and staff, and committee organization, with matrix organization for project work.

No single structure is best: each enterprise builds its own from the nature of its activities, its size and the competence of its people.

Importance of marketing HOT 8/36

Asked 8 times

2082 Baishakh · Q25 marksExplain why marketing is so important and fundamental in an organization.

2081 Bhadra · Q23 marksHighlight the importance of marketing.

2079 Baishakh · Q54 marksHow important is marketing in business?

2078 Bhadra · Q43 marksimportance of marketing.

2075 Chaitra · Q45 marksExplain the importance of Marketing in an Organization.

2074 Ashwin · Q44 marksHow important is Marketing in business?

2073 Shrawan · Q54 marksExplain the importance of marketing in modern business.

2061 Baishakh · Q2assignmentexplain the importance of marketing management.

Marketing is fundamental because it is the function that finds and keeps customers, and no organization survives without them: Peter Drucker called marketing and innovation the only two basic functions of a business.

  • Generates revenue: it turns products into sales and cash, which pay for every other function.
  • Identifies customer needs: market research tells the firm what to produce, how much and at what price.
  • Guides production and product development: products are designed around demand, so unsold stock is avoided.
  • Links producer and consumer: distribution makes goods available at the right place and time.
  • Meets competition: branding, pricing and promotion win and hold market share.
  • Builds goodwill: satisfied customers return and recommend the firm.
  • Supplies information: sales trends and customer feedback help management plan.
  • Benefits society: it creates demand, employment and a higher standard of living.

In short, marketing decides whether all the other work of an organization ends in a sale.

Informal organization HOT 7/36

Asked 7 times

2076 Chaitra · Q13 marksDefine the term informal Organization.

2070 Ashad · Q14 marksExplain the Informal Organization.

2068 Baishakh · Q44 marksDefine the term informal organization.

2067 Ashad · Q44 marksDefine the term informal organization.

2065 Kartik · Q6c4 marksWrite short notes on: Informal organization

2065 Shrawan · Q6d4 marksWrite short notes on: Informal organization

2058 Chaitra · Q6bassignmentWrite short notes on: Informal Organization

Informal organization is "a network of personal and social relations not established or required by formal authority but arising spontaneously as people associate with one another" (Keith Davis). It forms inside the formal organization from shared language, culture, attitudes and tastes, through socializing at breaks and social functions.

  • Spontaneous: not designed to meet organizational goals.
  • Social needs: it satisfies friendship, belonging and recognition.
  • Informal leader: emerges from the group and may have more real influence than the formal leader.
  • Norms: unwritten rules control members' behaviour.
  • Grapevine: fast, unofficial communication.
  • Not on the chart: small, overlapping and changing groups.

Merits: belonging, cooperation, fast communication and support for management. Demerits: rumours, resistance to change and role conflict. Management that understands it can use it to raise productivity.

Managerial skills HOT 7/36

Asked 7 times

2082 Baishakh · Q11 markWhat are the different types of managerial skills?

2081 Bhadra · Q10b4 marksWrite short notes on: Managerial Skills

2081 Baishakh · Q14 marksList out the major skill desired for successful manager.

2078 Bhadra · Q14 marksWhat are the managerial skill a modern manager needs to be equipped with?

2076 Chaitra · Q22 marksWhat are the basic skills

2072 Chaitra · Q24 marksWhat are the basic skills required for Management?

2071 Shrawan · Q24 marksWhat are the managerial skills?

Robert Katz identified three managerial skills:

  • Technical skill: knowledge of and ability in the methods, tools and techniques of a specialized field, such as a site engineer reading drawings or a software lead reviewing code. It matters most at the lower level.
  • Human skill: the ability to work with and through people: to understand, motivate, communicate and lead. It is needed equally at every level.
  • Conceptual skill: the ability to see the organization as a whole, relate its parts and its environment, analyse problems and plan ahead. It matters most at the top.
KATZ'S THREE MANAGERIAL SKILLS An illustrative mix, not measured shares: conceptual skill grows towards the top, technical towards the bottom. Top management Conceptual Human Technical Middle management Conceptual Human Technical Lower management Conceptual Human Technical Conceptual skill see the organization as a whole, analyse problems and plan ahead Human skill work with and through people: motivate, communicate and lead Technical skill use the methods, tools and techniques of a specialised field Human skill is needed equally at every level.

The course notes list interpersonal, informational and decisional skills, which Mintzberg calls a manager's roles. A modern manager also needs communication, decision-making and digital skills, and Koontz adds design skill, the ability to find workable solutions to problems.

Levels of management and their functions HOT 6/36

Asked 6 times

2082 Bhadra · Q26 marksDescribe the functions of management at each level.

2078 Bhadra · Q22 marksExplain different levels of management.

2075 Ashwin · Q22 marksExplain different levels of management?

2072 Chaitra · Q24 marksState and explain the different levels of Management.

2069 Chaitra · Q2assignmentexplain different levels of Management.

2063 Ashwin · Q1assignmentdescribe the level of management in details.

Management works at three levels: top, middle and lower. All three plan, organize, direct, coordinate and control, but in different proportions: the top spends more of its time on planning and organizing, the lower level more on directing and supervising daily work.

THE THREE LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT The number of levels depends on the organization's size, complexity and nature. Top level Board, chief executive set goals, objectives, policy and budgets Middle level Heads of departments implement policy, link top and lower levels Lower level Supervisors, foremen run day to day work, supervise workers Authority and orders flow down Reports flow up Fewer people, broader decisions More people, day to day decisions
  • Top level (board of directors, chairman, chief executive): sets objectives, policies and budgets; makes long-range plans and major decisions; builds the structure and appoints department heads; issues rules and guidelines; controls and coordinates the whole; represents the organization to owners, government and the public, and answers to the owners for results.
  • Middle level (heads of departments, branch managers): interprets and carries out top-level policy; prepares departmental plans; organizes and staffs the department; recruits and trains supervisors; motivates and coordinates; links the top and lower levels, passing orders down and reports up.
  • Lower level (supervisors, foremen, section officers): assigns daily jobs; directs and supervises workers; maintains quality, output, safety and discipline; solves day-to-day problems; trains workers; carries their grievances upward and reports performance.

Meaning of marketing HOT 6/36

Asked 6 times

2082 Baishakh · Q23 marksDefine the term marketing.

2079 Bhadra · Q10b4 marksWrite short notes on: Marketing

2075 Chaitra · Q43 marksDefine the term Marketing.

2070 Chaitra · Q52 marksDefine marketing

2065 Kartik · Q24 marksWhat do you mean by marketing?

2061 Baishakh · Q2assignmentDefine the term marketing

Marketing is the process of identifying customer needs and creating, communicating and delivering products and services that satisfy them, at a profit. It covers all the business activities that direct the flow of goods and services from producers to consumers.

William J. Stanton defines it as "a total system of interacting business activities designed to plan, price, promote, and distribute want-satisfying products and services to present and potential customers".

Its tools are the four Ps of the marketing mix, all aimed at the target customer:

MARKETING MIX The four Ps, all aimed at one target customer. The notes call them product, pricing, placement and promotion. Target customer Product designed from market research to meet the needs of end users Price set to suit demand and product quality Place how it reaches the buyer: retail, wholesale, online Promotion advertising, sales promotion, publicity, branding

Marketing management is the operative function that plans and controls these activities, so that the customer is satisfied, the organization earns a profit and the relationship with the customer lasts.

Need and importance of organization PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2080 Bhadra · Q43 marksElaborate the importance of organization.

2075 Ashwin · Q13 marksWhy do we need organization?

2072 Chaitra · Q14 marksWhy do we need organizations?

2071 Chaitra · Q14 marksWhy is an organization necessary?

2070 Chaitra · Q14 marksExplain the importance of organization.

Organization is needed because people working together achieve more than people working alone: they pool resources, views, knowledge and experience, and so meet needs that no individual can meet alone. Its importance:

  • Achievement of goals: coordinated group effort reaches goals beyond any individual.
  • Specialization: division of work raises skill and efficiency.
  • Optimum use of resources: duplication and waste are avoided.
  • Clear authority and responsibility: everyone knows the job and the boss, which gives discipline and accountability.
  • Coordination and communication: departments work in harmony.
  • Growth and adaptation: a sound structure absorbs expansion, diversification and change.
  • Development of people: training, promotion and room for initiative.
  • Continuity: it survives the departure of any one member.

Without organization, the doctors, nurses, laboratory and pharmacy of a hospital would duplicate some work and miss the rest.

Authority and responsibility PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2068 Baishakh · Q23 marksWhat is responsibility and authority?

2065 Kartik · Q6b4 marksWrite short notes on: Authority and responsibility

2065 Shrawan · Q25 marksDefine the term responsibility and authority.

2064 Kartik · Q2assignmentExplain the meaning of responsibility and authority.

2064 Jestha · Q28 marksExplain the term authority and responsibility.

Authority is the right to decide, direct others, take action and use resources to achieve the goals of the organization; Fayol called it "the right to give orders and the power to exact obedience". Responsibility is the obligation of a subordinate to perform the duties assigned and to use the authority given properly.

Authority:

  • Attached to the position, not the person; it passes to whoever holds the post.
  • Sources: formal authority flows from the owners down the hierarchy; Barnard held that it becomes real only when subordinates accept it; expertise adds the authority of competence.
  • Flows downward along the scalar chain and can be delegated.
  • Limited by law, policies, the budget and the authority of the superior who delegates it.
  • Types: line (direct command), staff (advice) and functional (command in one specialized field).

Responsibility:

  • Arises when a superior assigns a duty to a subordinate.
  • Flows upward: the subordinate is responsible to the superior.
  • Cannot be delegated away: a manager who delegates work stays ultimately responsible for it.
  • Accountability: the duty to answer to the superior for the results.

Parity: authority must be equal to responsibility. Authority without responsibility leads to misuse; responsibility without authority leads to frustration and failure. Delegation passes authority down and creates responsibility and accountability in return.

For example, a project manager made responsible for completing a road section on time must also have the authority to deploy workers, order materials and approve overtime, and answers to the chief engineer for the result.

Behavioral management theory (Mayo) PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2076 Chaitra · Q23 marksExplain behavioral management approach theory.

2071 Shrawan · Q44 marksWhat do you understand by behavioral management approach?

2066 Bhadra · Q18 marksDiscuss the behavioural management theory.

2062 Baishakh · Q6aassignmentWrite short notes on: Behavioural Management Theory

2057 Chaitra · Q1assignmentDiscuss the concept of Elton Mayo's human relation movement.

The behavioral management approach holds that productivity depends not on pay and physical conditions alone but on human behaviour, social needs and group relations at work. It grew out of the Hawthorne experiments at the Western Electric Company's Hawthorne Works near Chicago (1924 to 1932), where the company's illumination tests came first and Elton Mayo and his associates (F. J. Roethlisberger, W. J. Dickson) ran the studies that followed, and it started the human relations movement, which sees the organization as a social system.

The Hawthorne experiments

  • Illumination tests (1924 to 1927, before Mayo): output rose in both the test and the control group, even when the light was reduced, so something other than physical conditions was at work.
  • Relay assembly test room: six women's output kept rising as rest pauses and hours were changed, and stayed high when the old conditions returned: attention, recognition and a friendly group mattered more (the Hawthorne effect).
  • Interviewing programme: about 21,000 workers over three years showed that feelings, attitudes and informal groups shape performance.
  • Bank wiring observation room: fourteen men fixed their own output norm and pressed every member to keep to it, whatever the incentive plan.
ELTON MAYO'S HAWTHORNE STUDIES Western Electric's Hawthorne Works, 1920s: three studies over five years. 1 Relay assembly test room 6 women assembling telephone relays output rose with attention, not with physical conditions 2 Interviewing programme about 21,000 workers over 3 years feelings and informal groups affect how people work 3 Bank wiring observation room a group of 14 men the group sets its own output norm and holds members to it Conclusions The organization is a social system. Social factors motivate workers, not money alone. The Hawthorne effect: attention itself raises output. These findings began the human relations movement.

Main ideas

  • Social system: the organization is a social system, and informal groups set norms of behaviour.
  • Social needs: workers are motivated by recognition, belonging and security, not by money alone.
  • Attention and communication: attention, participation and two-way communication raise morale and output.
  • Social skills: supervisors need them, with a democratic, supportive style.
  • Satisfaction and productivity go together.

Contribution: it humanised management and led to organization behaviour and the motivation theories of Maslow, McGregor and Herzberg. Limitation: it overstresses the human side and neglects structure, technology and economic incentives.

Joint stock company: meaning and characteristics PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2081 Baishakh · Q34 marksHow would you clarify the characteristics of Joint Stock Company?

2070 Chaitra · Q43 marksWhat is meant by 'Joint Stock Company'?

2069 Chaitra · Q3assignmentWhat do you mean by Joint Stock Company?

2061 Baishakh · Q6aassignmentWrite short notes on: Joint Stock Company

2058 Chaitra · Q6aassignmentWrite short notes on: Joint Stock Company

A joint stock company is a voluntary association of persons, incorporated under law as an artificial legal person, whose capital is divided into transferable shares, whose members have limited liability, and which is managed by an elected board of directors. In Nepal it is registered with the Office of the Company Registrar under the Companies Act 2063 (2006). Characteristics:

  • Incorporated association: it exists only after registration.
  • Separate legal entity: it owns property, contracts, sues and is sued in its own name.
  • Perpetual succession, whatever happens to its members.
  • Limited liability to the value of shares held.
  • Transferable shares: freely in a public company, restricted in a private one.
  • Separation of ownership and management: shareholders own, elected directors manage.
  • Common seal, traditionally its official signature.
  • Large capital and large-scale operation, as in commercial banks and hydropower companies.

Meaning of purchasing PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2072 Kartik · Q5assignmentWhat do you mean by purchasing?

2070 Ashad · Q53 marksDefine the term purchasing.

2067 Ashad · Q22 marksWhat do you mean by purchasing

2065 Shrawan · Q23 marksWhat do you mean by purchasing?

2057 Chaitra · Q2assignmentDefine the term "purchasing"

Purchasing is the activity of acquiring goods and services by payment to accomplish the goals of the organization: procuring the materials, machines, tools, equipment and services it needs.

It aims to buy the right quality, in the right quantity, at the right price and the right time, from the right source, delivered to the right place, so that a regular flow of inputs keeps a regular flow of output. Small firms let each department buy for itself; large firms keep a purchasing department that buys for the whole organization.

Importance and impact of organizations in society PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2076 Chaitra · Q15 marksExplain the importance of organization in the society.

2074 Ashwin · Q15 marksWhat impact do different organizations have over our society?

2069 Chaitra · Q1assignmentExplain the importance of Organization in society.

2065 Shrawan · Q15 marksExplain the importance of organization in society.

Organizations shape almost every part of social life: the goals they pursue reach society directly and indirectly, and have raised living standards through education, health care and technology.

  • Goods and services: business firms supply food, clothes, medicines, transport and entertainment.
  • Employment and income: jobs and wages raise living standards and reduce poverty.
  • Public services: government bodies keep law and order and run utilities; Nepal Electricity Authority supplies electricity and Nepal Telecom connects the country.
  • Education and health: schools, colleges, universities and hospitals build skilled and healthy citizens.
  • Economic development: investment, production and taxes pay for roads, hydropower and other infrastructure.
  • Finance: banks and cooperatives collect savings and lend to farmers and small traders.
  • Innovation: research brings new products and technology.
  • Social welfare: NGOs and social organizations serve the poor and help in disasters.
  • Social integration: people of different backgrounds work together and share values.

Negative impact: pollution, exploitation of workers, monopoly pricing and unethical practices, which regulation and social responsibility must check.

Organization as an open system PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2070 Chaitra · Q14 marksDescribe why organization is considered as an open system.

2065 Kartik · Q6a4 marksWrite short notes on: Organization as an open system

2064 Jestha · Q15 marksExplain organization as an open system.

2062 Baishakh · Q1assignmentExplain organization as a open system.

An organization is an open system because it continuously interacts with its environment: it draws inputs from it, transforms them and returns outputs to it, and it survives only by adapting to changes outside it.

THE ORGANIZATION AS AN OPEN SYSTEM It draws inputs from its environment, transforms them and returns outputs; feedback steers the next round. ENVIRONMENT Customers Technology Market trends Regulation Inputs Raw materials Human resources Financial resources Information Equipment Organization transforms inputs into outputs Production Marketing Finance Personnel interdependent subsystems Outputs Goods and services Employee behaviour Profit or loss Feedback: results and customer response adjust the inputs
  • Inputs: raw materials, human resources, finance, information and equipment come from the environment.
  • Transformation: interdependent subsystems (production, marketing, finance, personnel) convert inputs into outputs.
  • Outputs: goods and services, employee behaviour, and profit or loss go back to society.
  • Feedback: results and customer response adjust the next round of inputs.
  • Changing environment: customers, competitors, technology, market trends and regulation keep changing, so the organization must track them and adapt.
  • Survival: by taking in more energy than it spends it avoids running down (negative entropy), and it can reach the same goal by different paths (equifinality).

For example, a software company takes in engineers, capital and client requirements, delivers software, and changes its products as clients and technology change.

Span of control PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2068 Chaitra · Q6b4 marksWrite short notes on: Span of control

2067 Ashad · Q25 marksWhat do you mean by span of control in a line organization?

2065 Shrawan · Q23 marksWhat do you mean by span of control?

2064 Jestha · Q24 marksDefine term span of control.

Span of control (span of management) is the number of subordinates who report directly to one superior and whom that superior can supervise effectively.

  • Why it is limited: a superior's time and attention are limited, and relationships multiply as subordinates are added. Graicunas counted C=n(2n−1+n−1) relationships for n subordinates: 44 for four, 100 for five.
  • Narrow span: close supervision, but many levels (a tall structure) and slow communication.
  • Wide span: fewer levels (a flat structure) and faster communication, but less attention to each subordinate.
  • Factors: nature of the work (routine work allows a wider span), ability of the superior and of the subordinates, degree of delegation, clarity of plans, communication methods and physical dispersion.

In a line organization authority flows vertically through every level, so the span decides how many levels there are. With about 20 workers per supervisor and 6 supervisors per manager, 120 workers need 6 supervisors and one manager; a narrower span needs more supervisors and adds levels.

Models of management PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2080 Bhadra · Q11 markList out the different models of management

2076 Ashwin · Q24 marksBriefly mention the different models of management.

2070 Chaitra · Q23 marksName the different models of management.

2061 Baishakh · Q1assignmentExplain the different models of management.

There are six models of management; an organization may follow one or several of them according to its needs:

  • Hierarchical: managers receive authority from superiors and command resources and subordinates; the army and government offices.
  • Task-oriented: managers concentrate on the five tasks of planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling, in sequence or in parallel, with defined tools; a construction project.
  • Allocational: managers obtain, allocate, share, monitor and return resources such as money, manpower and equipment; a municipality distributing its budget.
  • Team effort: managers and subordinates work as one team through cooperation, leadership and coordination; a software development team.
  • Knowledge-oriented: managers gain knowledge through experience and pass it on by teaching, guiding and training; a research or consulting firm.
  • Goal-concentrated: management keeps the organization on an established path to its goals; a sales office working to monthly targets.

Types of co-operative societies PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2082 Bhadra · Q45 marksExplain various types of co-operatives organization.

2081 Bhadra · Q45 marksExplain different types of Co-Operatives.

2079 Bhadra · Q35 marksdescribe different types of co-operatives.

2072 Kartik · Q4assignmentExplain different types of co-operatives.

Co-operatives are classified by the need of the members they serve. The five main types are:

  1. Producers' co-operative: small producers and artisans who cannot compete with large firms join to obtain raw materials, tools and equipment and to sell their products, removing middlemen. Example: a handloom weavers' co-operative.
  2. Consumers' co-operative: consumers buy daily goods in bulk at wholesale prices and sell them to members slightly above cost but below the market price. Example: a consumer store in an office or campus.
  3. Marketing co-operative: farmers and small manufacturers pool their output, grade and store it and sell it collectively at a better price. Example: a dairy co-operative that collects members' milk and sells it.
  4. Housing co-operative: members, mainly in towns, obtain land at reasonable prices and build or buy houses and flats on easy terms.
  5. Credit co-operative: members' savings are pooled and lent to members at fair interest, freeing them from moneylenders. Example: the saving and credit co-operatives common in Nepal.

Many co-operatives in Nepal are multipurpose, combining several of these services.

Functional organization PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2082 Bhadra · Q43 marksAlso explain the features of functional organization.

2068 Chaitra · Q2b3 marksExplain functional organization with sketch.

2068 Baishakh · Q24 marksExplain functional organization.

2067 Ashad · Q6d4 marksWrite short notes on: Functional organization

Functional organization, developed by F. W. Taylor, divides the work by function (production, marketing, finance, personnel) and puts each function under a specialist; a worker takes orders from several functional heads, each on his own speciality.

FUNCTIONAL ORGANIZATION F. W. Taylor: each function has its own specialist head, and a worker reports to several heads at once. General manager Production head Marketing head Finance head Personnel head Worker Worker orders from 4 heads Worker Every worker takes orders from all four heads (highlighted for one), so unity of command is broken.

Features:

  • Specialization: each head is an expert in one function only.
  • Several bosses: a worker reports to many heads, so unity of command is broken.
  • Planning separated from doing: Taylor's functional foremanship had four planning foremen (route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk, shop disciplinarian) and four shop foremen (gang boss, speed boss, repair boss, inspector).
  • Authority by function: a head's authority covers his function in every department.

Merits: expert supervision, higher efficiency, less load on top executives. Demerits: confusion under several bosses, weak discipline, slow decisions that need several specialists, and heads favouring their own function.

Functions of the purchasing department PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2081 Bhadra · Q23 marksWhat are the functions of purchasing department?

2072 Kartik · Q5assignmentExplain different function of purchasing department.

2070 Chaitra · Q55 marksExplain the function of purchasing in detail.

2070 Ashad · Q55 marksExplain different function of Purchasing department.

The purchasing department buys every material, piece of equipment and service the organization needs, on the rights of quality, quantity, price, time and source. Its functions are:

  1. Receiving requisitions: collecting and checking purchase requests from stores and departments.
  2. Sourcing: surveying the market, locating and selecting reliable suppliers, and keeping a vendor list.
  3. Inviting quotations or tenders: comparing the offers in a comparative statement and negotiating price and terms.
  4. Placing orders: issuing purchase orders with copies to stores, the user department and accounts.
  5. Follow-up: chasing suppliers so that deliveries arrive on time.
  6. Receipt and inspection: arranging checks on the goods received and returning rejects.
  7. Passing bills: matching invoices with the order and the receipt, then sending them to accounts for payment.
  8. Records: keeping records of orders, prices, suppliers and contracts.
  9. Cost reduction: standardization, value analysis and make or buy decisions with design and production.
  10. Coordination and disposal: working with stores, production and finance, and selling scrap and surplus.

Methods of purchasing PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2079 Baishakh · Q54 marksWhat are the different methods of purchasing?

2074 Ashwin · Q44 marksWhat are the different methods of Purchasing?

2072 Chaitra · Q55 marksExplain the different methods of Purchasing.

2071 Shrawan · Q54 marksWhat are the methods of purchasing?

The methods of purchasing are chosen by the urgency and value of the item. The three main ones are:

  • Direct purchase: for material needed immediately or of small value; it is bought straight from a known supplier without inviting offers.
  • Quotation method: price quotations are collected from at least three suppliers, compared in a comparative statement, and the most suitable one is chosen.
  • Tender method: for a large purchase, the requirement is advertised in local or international media; interested suppliers submit sealed tenders stating price, terms and conditions, which are opened, evaluated and the order placed with the best bidder.

Other methods, by timing and quantity:

  • Purchase by requirement (hand to mouth): only what is needed now.
  • Market purchase: buying ahead when prices are favourable.
  • Speculative purchase: buying beyond need to gain from an expected price rise.
  • Contract (rate contract) purchase: price and terms fixed for a period; supplies called off as needed.
  • Scheduled purchase: deliveries timed to the production schedule.

In Nepal, the methods of the Public Procurement Act 2063 (2007) for public offices include the same three: open bidding, sealed quotation and direct procurement.

Authority and power PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2066 Bhadra · Q45 marksDefine the term authority and power.

2059 Chaitra · Q6aassignmentWrite short notes on: Authority and power

2057 Chaitra · Q4assignmentDescribe the term "Authority and Power".

Authority is the legitimate, formal right attached to a position to give orders, make decisions and use resources. Power is the ability to influence the behaviour of others, whether or not the person holds a formal right. Authority is power made legitimate by the organization.

BasisAuthorityPower
NatureA rightAn ability or capacity
SourceThe position, granted formallyThe position and personal qualities such as knowledge and charisma
LegitimacyAlways legitimateMay or may not be legitimate
DirectionDownward onlyAny direction: down, up and sideways
ScopeLimited to the post and its rulesWider, and can go beyond the chart
VisibilityShown on the organization chartOften not visible on it

A person may have power without authority, such as a respected senior technician or an informal leader, and authority with little power, such as a new supervisor whom the workers ignore.

Need and role of informal organization PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2081 Bhadra · Q12 marksWhat is the need of an informal organization?

2075 Chaitra · Q12 marksDo we need informal organization indeed?

2061 Baishakh · Q4assignmentExplain the role of informal organization in management.

Informal organization is needed: it meets the social needs that the formal structure ignores and serves management in these roles:

  • Belonging: friendship and recognition keep employees satisfied.
  • Fast communication: through the grapevine.
  • Fills gaps: work gets done where rules are silent.
  • Support: it helps new members and eases the manager's load.
  • Safety valve: members share frustrations.

It can also spread rumours and resist change, so it must be managed.

Rationale for the scientific management approach PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2079 Baishakh · Q34 marksWhat is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach?

2075 Ashwin · Q34 marksWhat is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach?

2071 Chaitra · Q24 marksWhy do you need scientific approach of management to an organization?

The rationale of scientific management is that rule of thumb wastes time, effort and materials, while the scientific method finds, fixes and teaches the one best way of doing each job, raising output, wages and profit together. An organization needs it because it:

  • Replaces guesswork with methods and standard times set by measurement.
  • Ends soldiering and waste through a fair standard task.
  • Puts the right person in the right job through scientific selection and training.
  • Links pay to output, so efficient workers earn more.
  • Lowers unit cost, so the organization competes better.
  • Builds harmony: the mental revolution turns conflict over the surplus into cooperation to enlarge it.

In the pig-iron study, output per labourer rose from 12.7 to 48.8 tons a day while pay rose from $1.14 to $1.85.

Administrative management theory (Fayol) PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2071 Shrawan · Q44 marksExplain administrative management approach.

2070 Chaitra · Q38 marksState and describe H.Fayol's administrative management theory.

2070 Ashad · Q38 marksExplain Administrative Management Theory.

Administrative management theory is the approach of Henry Fayol (1841 to 1925), a French mining engineer, that studies the management of the whole organization from the top and states the functions and universal principles every manager should follow. He set it out in Administration Industrielle et Générale (1916; in English, General and Industrial Management, 1949), and he is called the father of administrative (general) management.

Six activities of an enterprise: technical (production), commercial (buying and selling), financial (raising and using capital), security (protecting people and property), accounting, and managerial. Fayol showed that managerial ability is distinct from technical ability and matters more the higher the position.

Five elements (functions) of management: planning (forecasting and a plan of action), organizing, commanding (directing), coordinating and controlling.

Fourteen principles of management

  1. Division of work (specialization)
  2. Authority and responsibility, always together
  3. Discipline
  4. Unity of command: one boss for each employee
  5. Unity of direction: one head and one plan for each group of activities
  6. Subordination of individual interest to the general interest
  7. Remuneration, fair to both sides
  8. Centralization, balanced with delegation
  9. Scalar chain, with a "gang plank" for urgent contact between peers
  10. Order: a place for everything and everyone
  11. Equity
  12. Stability of tenure of personnel
  13. Initiative
  14. Esprit de corps: union is strength

Contributions: a universal framework of management functions and principles that is still the base of management teaching and organization design. Limitations: the principles are general and sometimes conflict with each other, they come from one manager's experience rather than tested research, and they neglect human and social needs and the informal organization.

Organization behaviour as a multidisciplinary field PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2068 Baishakh · Q14 marksExplain organization behavior as a multidisciplinary field.

2067 Ashad · Q14 marksExplain organization behaviour as a multidisciplinary field.

2065 Kartik · Q15 marksExplain organization is a multidisciplinary field.

Organization behaviour is multidisciplinary because it is built from the findings of several behavioral sciences, each explaining behaviour at a different level: psychology at the individual level, sociology and social psychology at the group level, and anthropology and political science at the level of the whole organization.

DisciplineContribution to OBLevel
PsychologyPerception, personality, attitudes, motivation, job satisfaction, stress, selection tests, trainingIndividual
SociologyGroup dynamics, teams, status, communication, formal structure, organizational cultureGroup and organization
Social psychologyAttitude and behaviour change, group decision making, influenceGroup
AnthropologyCulture, values, cross-cultural differencesOrganization
Political sciencePower, authority, politics, conflictOrganization
EconomicsRewards, labour markets, rational decision makingOrganization

OB blends these into one applied field. To explain why a team underperforms, a manager uses psychology for its members' motivation, sociology for its group norms and political science for its power struggles; no single discipline gives the whole picture.

Scientific and behavioral management compared PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2081 Bhadra · Q32 marksHow do scientific management approach differ from behavioral management approach?

2081 Baishakh · Q24 marksWhat are the major differences between the scientific management theory and behavioral mangement theory?

2065 Kartik · Q16 marksHow does it differ from behavioral approach?

Scientific management seeks efficiency through the one best method and money incentives, treating the worker as an economic being; behavioral management seeks productivity through satisfied, motivated people, treating the worker as a social being.

BasisScientific managementBehavioral management
ProponentF. W. Taylor, 1880s to 1910sElton Mayo and associates, 1920s onward
EvidenceTime, motion and fatigue studies; pig-iron and shovelling experimentsHawthorne experiments at Western Electric
FocusWork, methods and toolsPeople, groups and relations
View of the workerEconomic man, an extension of the machineSocial man with social and psychological needs
MotivationMoney, through the differential piece rateRecognition, belonging, participation, morale
Organization seen asA technical, formal systemA social system with informal groups
Decision makingManagement plans, workers executeWorkers participate
CommunicationOne way, top down ordersTwo way, including informal channels
SupervisionClose control by functional foremenSupportive and democratic
Level of focusOperative work on the shop floorIndividuals and groups at every level
AimMaximum output at minimum costJob satisfaction leading to productivity

Scientific management raised efficiency; behavioral management added the human side that sustains it.

Administrative and behavioral management compared PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2080 Baishakh · Q38 marksExplain the difference between administrative management approach and behavioral management approach.

2079 Baishakh · Q34 marksWhat is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach?

2075 Ashwin · Q34 marksWhat is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach?

The administrative approach (Fayol) manages an organization through its formal structure, functions and universal principles, from the top down; the behavioral approach (Mayo) manages it through people, their needs and their groups.

BasisAdministrative managementBehavioral management
Proponent and periodHenry Fayol, 1916Elton Mayo and associates; the Hawthorne studies, 1924 to 1932
SourceExperience of a practising top managerHawthorne experiments at Western Electric
NaturePrescriptive: universal principles for managersDescriptive: based on observed behaviour
FocusThe whole organization and the functions of managers (planning, organizing, commanding, coordinating, controlling)Human behaviour, needs and relations at work
View of the organizationA formal structure of authority and rolesA social system with informal groups
View of the employeeA rational member who follows rules and ordersA social being with feelings and needs
Key ideasFourteen principles: unity of command, scalar chain, discipline, centralizationHawthorne effect, group norms, morale, participation
MotivationFair remuneration, stability of tenure, equityRecognition, belonging, attention, job satisfaction
LeadershipBased on authority and commandDemocratic and supportive
CommunicationFormal, along the scalar chainTwo way, including informal channels
Main emphasisTop and middle managementWorkers, groups and supervisors
ContributionUniversal functions and principles of managementHuman relations and organization behaviour
CriticismMechanical; ignores the human and informal sideIgnores structure and economic incentives

The two are complementary: modern management keeps Fayol's structure and adds Mayo's attention to people.

Advantages of a joint stock company over a partnership PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2079 Baishakh · Q43 marksWhy joint stock company is better than partnership firm?

2076 Chaitra · Q34 marksWhat advantages does joint stock organization has over partnership organization?

2076 Ashwin · Q34 marksWhat advantages does Joint stock Organization has over Partnership Organization?

A joint stock company is better than a partnership for a business that needs large capital, safety for investors and a long life:

  • Limited liability: shareholders risk only their share money; partners risk all their personal property.
  • Larger capital from many investors, while a firm depends on a few partners.
  • Separate legal entity: the company owns property and sues in its own name; a firm has no existence apart from its partners.
  • Perpetual succession: a member's death or exit does not end a company, but can dissolve a firm.
  • Transferable shares: a shareholder can sell and exit; a partner needs everyone's consent.
  • Professional management by a board that can hire experts.
  • No mutual agency: one shareholder's act does not bind the others.
  • Public confidence and credit from audited accounts and regulation.

Line organization and its features PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2076 Chaitra · Q34 marksExplain the features of line organization.

2076 Ashwin · Q34 marksExplain the features of line Organization.

2070 Ashad · Q44 marksExplain Line Organization.

Line organization is the oldest and simplest structure, in which authority flows in a direct vertical line from the top executive down to the workers, and each person is responsible to one superior. It is also called military or scalar organization.

LINE ORGANIZATION Authority flows straight down, every person has one boss. General manager Manager Manager Manager Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers Supervisor Workers most authority least authority Highlighted: one chain of command. Each box has one line up, to its only superior.

Features:

  • Vertical flow of authority: greatest at the top, less at each lower level.
  • Unity of command: every employee has only one boss.
  • Scalar chain: orders go down and reports go up through the same line.
  • No specialists: each line manager handles every activity of the department.
  • Self-contained departments: each head is in full charge of his department.
  • Simple and quick: clear authority, strict discipline and prompt decisions.

It suits small firms with few, routine activities, such as a small workshop.

Functions of marketing PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2081 Baishakh · Q44 marksWhat are the major function of marketing?

2071 Chaitra · Q45 marksExplain the functions of marketing.

2071 Shrawan · Q54 marksExplain the various functions of marketing.

The functions of marketing are the activities that move goods and services from the producer to the consumer:

  1. Pricing: setting the right price level for the demand and the product's quality.
  2. Buying: deciding what, where, how much, from whom, when and at what price to buy.
  3. Selling: the core of marketing, transferring the product to buyers in exchange for payment.
  4. Distribution: transport, storage and channels, so customers can locate, obtain and use the product.
  5. Financing: budgeting marketing activities and providing credit to dealers and buyers.
  6. Product and service management: designing, developing, maintaining and improving products to meet consumer needs.
  7. Market information management: gathering and using data on customers, competitors and trends to decide what will sell.
  8. Promotion: advertising, personal selling, publicity and public relations to create demand.

They are also grouped as exchange functions (buying, selling), physical supply functions (transport, storage) and facilitating functions (financing, risk bearing, standardization and grading, market information).

Activities of production development PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2066 Bhadra · Q25 marksDiscuss the activities of production development.

2065 Shrawan · Q25 marksExplain different activities of production development.

2062 Baishakh · Q2assignmentExplain different activities of the production development function.

The production development function carries a product from an idea to regular manufacture through these activities:

  1. Market research and ideas: customer needs, complaints and competitors' products suggest new or better products.
  2. Research and development: basic and applied research finds new materials, processes and technology.
  3. Product design: functional, aesthetic and production design, with drawings and specifications.
  4. Prototype and testing: a working model is built and tested for performance, reliability and customer acceptance.
  5. Process planning: choosing the processes, machines, tools and sequence of operations, and whether to make or buy each part.
  6. Pilot run and launch: a trial batch proves the process before full production and commercial launch.
  7. Standardization and simplification: fixing standard sizes and grades and cutting needless variety.
  8. Value analysis: removing every cost that adds nothing to the product's function.

Organization and management defined PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2076 Ashwin · Q12 marksDefine organization and management.

2062 Baishakh · Q1assignmentDefine the terms organization and management.

Organization is a group of two or more people who work together in a structured way, with defined roles, authority and communication, to achieve common goals; a hospital or a company, for example.

Management is the process of getting things done through people: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling resources to achieve the goals effectively and efficiently.

Organization is the body; management is its brain.

Difference between organization and management PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2079 Baishakh · Q22 marksWhat is the difference between organization and management?

2071 Chaitra · Q24 marksWhat are the differences between the terms organization and management?

Organization is the structure of people, roles and relationships through which work is done; management is the process that runs that structure to achieve goals. They differ as follows:

BasisOrganizationManagement
MeaningA group or structure of people working for common goalsGetting things done through people by planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling
NatureA framework, the meansAn activity, the force that drives the means
ScopeNarrower: organizing is one function of managementWider: organizing and every other function
ConcernDivision of work, authority and relationshipsEffective and efficient use of all resources
RoleThe bodyThe brain
OutputWho does what and who reports to whomGoals achieved

For example, the departments and posts of a hospital are its organization; the director's planning and control of how they work is management.

Role of an organization in the professional growth of an employee PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2081 Bhadra · Q14 marksWhat role does an organization play in the professional growth of an employee?

2075 Chaitra · Q14 marksWhat are the roles of an organization for professional growth and development of an employee?

An organization is where an employee's professional growth mostly happens; it plays these roles:

  • Training and development: induction, on-the-job training, workshops and sponsored courses build knowledge and skills.
  • Experience: real projects, challenging assignments and job rotation build competence and judgment.
  • Mentoring and coaching: seniors guide juniors and pass on practical knowledge.
  • Appraisal and feedback: strengths and weaknesses are identified and improved.
  • Career path: promotion to higher responsibility gives a ladder to climb.
  • Rewards and recognition: pay, incentives and praise motivate further effort.
  • Network and teamwork: contact with colleagues, experts and clients widens professional relations.
  • Culture and ethics: discipline, professionalism and values are formed.

For example, a fresh engineer in a software company grows from trainee to team leader through training, mentoring and project responsibility.

Formal and informal organization PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Baishakh · Q13 marksWrite down the characteristics of formal and informal organization.

2071 Shrawan · Q14 marksExplain formal and informal organization.

Formal organization is the structure of roles, authority, responsibility and relationships deliberately designed by management to achieve the organization's goals; it is what the organization chart shows. Informal organization is the network of personal and social relationships that arises spontaneously among members, from shared language, culture, attitudes and interests.

Characteristics of formal organization:

  • Deliberate: created by management, with written rules, policies and procedures.
  • Hierarchy: a clear scalar chain and unity of command.
  • Official communication: through prescribed channels.
  • Impersonal and stable: relatively permanent, whoever holds the posts.

Characteristics of informal organization:

  • Spontaneous: formed at breaks, lunch and social functions.
  • Group norms: unwritten rules govern members.
  • Informal leader: emerges from the group, often with real influence.
  • Grapevine: fast but unreliable communication.
  • Social needs: small, overlapping and unstable groups that serve friendship and belonging.

Difference between formal and informal organization PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2079 Bhadra · Q15 marksDistinguish between formal and informal organizations.

2073 Shrawan · Q15 marksExplain the difference between Formal and Informal organization.

Formal organization is the planned structure of authority and roles set up by management; informal organization is the unplanned network of personal relations that grows inside it. They differ as follows:

BasisFormal organizationInformal organization
OriginDeliberately created by managementArises spontaneously
PurposeOrganizational goalsSocial and personal needs of members
BasisRules, policies and proceduresLikes, dislikes, shared interests and norms
AuthorityFrom the position, flows downwardGiven by the members of the group
LeaderAppointed managerInformal leader accepted by the group
CommunicationOfficial channels, slowerGrapevine, fast but often distorted
ChartShown on the organization chartNot shown on any chart
StabilityStable and permanentUnstable, changes with people
SizeCan be very largeSmall groups

For example, a company's departments form its formal organization; the lunch group of engineers from different departments is informal.

Importance of management PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2071 Shrawan · Q24 marksExplain the importance of management.

2070 Ashad · Q23 marksExplain the importance of Management

Management is important because no group reaches its goals without it; it makes resources productive.

  • Achieves group goals: it directs individual efforts towards common objectives.
  • Proper planning: it decides in advance what is to be achieved and how.
  • Proper organizing: it allocates resources and sets up the means to carry out the plan.
  • Proper influence: it motivates and leads people towards the goal.
  • Controlling: it compares results with plans and corrects deviations.
  • Optimum use of resources: it cuts waste and cost and raises efficiency.
  • Adapts to change: it keeps the organization growing in a changing environment.
  • Development of society: it creates jobs, better products and national wealth.

Two factories with the same machines and workers differ in output mainly because of the quality of their management.

Qualities of a good manager PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2078 Bhadra · Q23 marksWhat are the qualities of good manager?

2075 Ashwin · Q23 marksWhat are the qualities of good manager?

A good manager combines personal, intellectual and professional qualities:

  • Leadership: inspires and guides people.
  • Communication: listens well, speaks and writes clearly.
  • Decision making: sound and timely judgment.
  • Vision and planning: sees the whole organization and thinks ahead.
  • Technical knowledge: understands the work supervised.
  • Human relations: empathy, fairness and teamwork.
  • Integrity: honest and ethical.
  • Flexibility: adapts to change and solves problems.
  • Self-confidence: calm and emotionally stable under pressure.
  • Delegation: trusts and develops subordinates.

Fayol grouped such qualities as physical, mental, moral, educational, technical and experience.

Policy group and executive group PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2068 Baishakh · Q24 marksWhat do you understand by policy and executive groups in an organization?

2059 Chaitra · Q2assignmentDefine the term policy and executive group

Those who run an organization form two groups: the policy group decides what is to be done, and the executive group gets it done.

  • Policy group: the top body (board of directors, chairman, managing director) that determines objectives and frames policies. It decides what the organization will do, allocates capital, approves plans and budgets, and appoints senior executives. Its work is thinking and determining; Oliver Sheldon called it administration.
  • Executive group: the managers (general manager, heads of departments, supervisors) who carry out those policies. They plan operations, organize and direct people, coordinate departments and control daily work within the policies laid down. Their work is doing; it is management in the narrow sense.

For example, a company's board decides to open a new branch; the general manager and department heads set it up and run it.

Need for different levels of management PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Bhadra · Q22 marksWhy do we have different levels of management in an organization?

2080 Bhadra · Q14 marksWhy is there a need for different levels of managements?

Different levels are needed because no single manager can plan, decide and supervise everything in a sizeable organization, so the work of managing is divided vertically. The number of levels depends on its size, complexity and nature.

  • Span of control: a manager can supervise only a limited number of people, so a large workforce needs layers of supervisors and managers.
  • Different decisions: long-range policy, departmental plans and daily operations need different people.
  • Clear authority and responsibility: the chain of command shows who reports to whom and who is accountable.
  • Communication and coordination: the middle level links the top and the operating levels.
  • Effective control: supervision stays close to where the work is done.
  • Development of managers: the levels form a career ladder and a line of succession.

A hospital, for example, has a director, department heads and ward supervisors.

Models of management explained with examples PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2080 Bhadra · Q13 markswrite down short note on any two with proper example you are aware of.

2070 Chaitra · Q25 marksExplain any three of them in detail.

Three models of management, each with an example:

  • Hierarchical model: authority passes down a chain of superiors and subordinates. Each manager receives authority from above, commands the people and resources below, and answers requests from above. Ranks and roles are clear and discipline is strong, but decisions are slow and initiative low. Example: the Nepal Army, where orders pass from the Chief of the Army Staff through the officers to the soldiers.
  • Task-oriented model: managers focus on the five tasks of management (planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling), using defined tools, in sequence or in parallel. Example: a road project manager who plans the schedule, organizes crews, directs the work, coordinates suppliers and controls progress against milestones.
  • Team effort model: managers and subordinates work together as a team, relying on cooperation, shared leadership and coordination, which adds more value than individual work. Example: a Kathmandu software company whose developers, testers and designers plan and review each release together.

Meaning of organization behaviour PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2066 Bhadra · Q14 marksWhat do you mean by organization behaviour?

2057 Chaitra · Q6aassignmentWrite short notes on: Organization behaviour

Organization behaviour (OB) is the systematic study of how individuals, groups and the structure of an organization behave and influence one another, so that this knowledge can be applied to improve the organization's effectiveness.

  • Three levels of study: the individual (perception, personality, attitudes, motivation), the group (communication, leadership, power, conflict) and the organization system (structure, culture, change).
  • Nature: an applied, multidisciplinary behavioral science drawing on psychology, sociology, social psychology, anthropology and political science.
  • Goals: to explain, predict and influence behaviour at work.
  • Outcomes studied: productivity, absenteeism, turnover and job satisfaction.

Importance: it helps managers motivate and lead people, build teams, handle conflict and change, and create a healthy culture. For example, a company with high staff turnover uses OB to trace the cause, such as poor supervision or unfair pay, and correct it.

Contingency theory and its importance PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2067 Ashad · Q17 marksWhat are the importance of contingency theory of management?

2066 Bhadra · Q6a4 marksWrite short notes on: Contingency Management Theory

Contingency theory holds that there is no single best way to manage: effective management matches its methods to the situation (size, technology, environment, people and task). It integrates the classical, behavioral, quantitative and systems approaches and applies each where it fits. Its importance:

  • Realistic: it accepts that organizations and situations differ, instead of prescribing universal rules.
  • Integrative: scientific, administrative, behavioral and quantitative tools are used together, each according to need.
  • Flexibility and adaptation: the organization adjusts its structure and style when its environment changes.
  • Better diagnosis and decisions: managers analyse the situation first and act on it ("if this, then that").
  • Guides organization design: mechanistic structures for stable settings and organic ones for dynamic settings (Burns and Stalker); structure matched to technology (Woodward).
  • Guides leadership: the style is matched to the task, the leader's position power and relations with followers (Fiedler).
  • Develops managers who think in terms of situations rather than formulas.

Limitations: it gives no ready answer ("it depends"), situations are hard to analyse fully, and it needs experienced managers.

Example: a Nepali commercial bank applies strict, uniform procedures to cash handling but lets its digital banking team work in flexible, self-managed groups.

Advantages of behavioral over scientific management PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2078 Bhadra · Q38 marksWhat advantage does behavioral management theory has over scientific management theory? Explain in brief.

2073 Shrawan · Q38 marksWhat advantage does Behavioral Management theory has over Scientific Management Theory. Explain in detail.

The main advantage of behavioral theory is that it treats the worker as a social human being, not a machine moved only by money, so it raises productivity through satisfaction and cooperation instead of pressure. Its advantages over scientific management:

  1. Human view of the worker: Taylor assumed an "economic man"; Mayo showed that feelings, attitudes and social needs decide effort.
  2. Wider motivation: recognition, belonging, security and participation motivate beyond the piece rate, and cost less.
  3. Use of informal groups: group norms and informal leaders, which scientific management ignored, are used to support output (bank wiring room).
  4. Participation: workers share in decisions instead of only executing the planners' orders, so they accept change and contribute ideas.
  5. Two-way communication: listening and counselling (interviewing programme) replace one-way orders and reduce grievances.
  6. Supportive supervision: democratic leadership replaces close control by functional foremen.
  7. Morale and job satisfaction: less monotony, fatigue and stress than speeded-up repetitive tasks, so absenteeism and turnover fall.
  8. Industrial harmony: fewer strikes and less union resistance, which Taylor's speed-up and the fear of job losses provoked.
  9. Lasting productivity: the Hawthorne effect showed output rising with attention and staying high, while output forced by pressure falls back.
  10. Foundation for later theory: it led to organization behaviour and the work of Maslow, McGregor and Herzberg.

Scientific management still supplies the methods; behavioral theory supplies the human side that makes those methods work.

The most suitable management theory today and in Nepal PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2080 Baishakh · Q14 marksIn your opinion which management theory is the most practical and fruitful in today's business scenario?

2074 Ashwin · Q28 marksWhich Management theory is best suited for the organizations in Nepal?

In my view the contingency approach, supported by the systems view, is the most practical and fruitful theory in today's business scenario and the best suited to organizations in Nepal, because it lets a manager combine the scientific, administrative and behavioral ideas as the situation demands instead of relying on one of them.

  1. Organizations differ widely: public enterprises such as Nepal Electricity Authority and Nepal Oil Corporation, commercial banks, IT companies, carpet and garment factories and co-operatives cannot all be run by one set of rules.
  2. The environment changes fast: political and policy changes, strikes, the 2015 earthquake and the border blockade that followed, price swings and digital competition demand quick adjustment, which the contingency approach builds in.
  3. Every earlier theory still has a place: work study and piece rates suit factories and construction sites (scientific); rules, hierarchy and discipline suit public enterprises and banks (administrative); participation and recognition suit IT firms, hotels and schools (behavioral).
  4. Resources are scarce: the systems view of inputs, processes, outputs and feedback helps use limited capital and skilled people efficiently.

Example: a Nepali hydropower company uses scientific scheduling and work study on its construction site, a clear administrative hierarchy at its head office and a behavioral approach with its workers and the local community, and it adjusts its plans for monsoon floods, permits and grid access. That is the contingency approach in practice.

The contingency approach is therefore the most practical theory for Nepal: it keeps what works in every theory and applies it where it fits.

Forms of ownership PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Baishakh · Q44 marksList out different forms of ownership with a brief explanation of each.

2071 Shrawan · Q34 marksWhat are the forms of ownership?

The forms of ownership are the ways a business can be owned, financed and controlled:

  1. Single ownership (sole proprietorship): one person owns, finances and controls it, takes all the profit and bears unlimited liability; for example, a local grocery.
  2. Partnership: two or more persons share capital, work, profit and loss under a partnership deed, with unlimited liability; for example, a firm of three consulting engineers.
  3. Joint stock company: an artificial legal person with capital in transferable shares, limited liability and perpetual succession, run by an elected board; private or public limited, registered in Nepal under the Companies Act 2063 (2006).
  4. Co-operative society: a voluntary association serving its members' common needs, run on "one member, one vote"; for example, a saving and credit co-operative.
  5. Public corporation: created and owned by the government under a special Act to serve the public; for example, Nepal Electricity Authority.

Single ownership organization PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2071 Shrawan · Q34 marksExplain advantages and disadvantages of single ownership organization.

2065 Shrawan · Q6a4 marksWrite short notes on: Single ownership organization

A single ownership organization (sole proprietorship) is the oldest and simplest form of business: one person owns, finances and controls it, takes all the profit and bears all the loss with unlimited liability. In Nepal it is registered as a private firm under the Private Firm Registration Act 2014 (1958); for example, a grocery.

Advantages

  • Easy formation and closure.
  • Direct motivation: all the profit goes to the owner.
  • Prompt decisions and flexibility under one person's control.
  • Business secrecy and personal contact with customers.
  • Little government regulation.

Disadvantages

  • Limited capital and limited managerial ability.
  • Unlimited liability: personal property can be taken for business debts.
  • Uncertain continuity: the business may end with the owner's illness or death.
  • Heavy strain on the owner, and little scope for growth.

Partnership organization and its features PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2074 Ashwin · Q33 marksExplain the features of Partnership Organization.

2067 Ashad · Q6a4 marksWrite short notes on: Partnership organization

A partnership organization is an association of two or more persons who agree to carry on a business together and share its profit and loss on terms written in a partnership deed; in Nepal it is registered under the Partnership Act 2020 (1964). Features:

  • Two or more persons joined by agreement.
  • Partnership deed: capital, profit sharing ratio, duties, admission and retirement.
  • Lawful business with a profit motive.
  • Sharing of profit and loss in the agreed ratio.
  • Unlimited liability, joint and several.
  • Mutual agency: each partner is an agent of the firm and of the others.
  • Utmost good faith among partners.
  • Restricted transfer: a share passes only with the consent of all.
  • No separate legal entity and uncertain continuity.

Types of partners: active, sleeping, nominal, secret, partner in profits only, minor and limited partners.

Advantages and disadvantages of a joint stock company PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2080 Baishakh · Q44 marksWhat are the advantages and disadvantages of a joint-stock company?

2069 Chaitra · Q3assignmentExplain the advantages and limitations of Joint Stock Company.

A joint stock company suits large business because it joins large capital with limited liability, but it is costly to form and slow and impersonal to run.

Advantages

  • Large financial resources from many shareholders; fresh shares and debentures can be issued.
  • Limited liability, which attracts investors.
  • Transferable shares give investors liquidity.
  • Perpetual succession: it continues beyond any member.
  • Professional management by expert directors and managers.
  • Economies of large-scale production and research.
  • Public confidence from audited, published accounts, and social benefits of jobs and investment.

Disadvantages

  • Difficult, lengthy and costly formation.
  • Lack of personal interest of salaried managers.
  • Delay in decisions through board and general meetings.
  • Lack of secrecy.
  • Heavy government regulation.
  • Control by a few: directors and large shareholders may misuse the company or speculate in its shares.

Meaning of a co-operative society PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2079 Bhadra · Q33 marksWhat do you mean by co-operative societies

2072 Kartik · Q4assignmentWhat do you mean by co-operative societies?

A co-operative society is a voluntary association of persons who join as equals to promote their common economic and social interests through self-help and mutual help; its motive is service to members, not profit. In Nepal co-operatives are registered under the Cooperatives Act 2074 (2017). Features:

  • Voluntary, open membership.
  • Democratic management: "one member, one vote", whatever the shares held.
  • Service motive: a limited dividend on capital; the surplus returns to members as a bonus in proportion to their dealings.
  • Capital from members, often with government support.
  • Separate legal entity with limited liability.

Line and staff organization and its salient features PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2066 Bhadra · Q25 marksDefine the term line and staff organization.

2058 Chaitra · Q2assignmentExplain the salient features of line and staff organization.

Line and staff organization is a line organization to which staff specialists are attached: authority still flows down the line from the top executive to the workers, while experts such as a legal adviser, a research expert or a personnel manager advise the line managers but cannot command them.

LINE AND STAFF ORGANIZATION Line managers give orders down the chain; staff specialists attached to them only advise. advice only, no command Legal adviser Research expert Personnel manager General manager Manager Manager Manager Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor line: gives orders staff: advises only

Salient features:

  • Two kinds of positions: line managers decide and command; staff study, plan and advise.
  • Unity of command kept: orders pass only through the line.
  • Specialization: expert knowledge is available to every line manager.
  • No staff authority over the line: advice becomes an order only when a line manager issues it.
  • Accountability with the line: line managers answer for results.
  • Kinds of staff: personal staff (assistant to a manager), specialized staff (legal, accounts, research) and general staff.
  • Suits large organizations whose problems need expert study, such as a manufacturing company or a hydropower developer.

Role of the purchasing and marketing departments PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Bhadra · Q10a4 marksWrite short notes on: Role of marketing and purchasing department in an organization

2076 Chaitra · Q48 marksExplain the role of purchasing and marketing department in the organization.

The purchasing department manages the organization's inputs and the marketing department its outputs; together they keep a regular flow of materials in and products out.

Role of the purchasing department:

  • Secures inputs of the right quality, quantity, price, time and source, so production never stops.
  • Controls cost: materials are a large share of product cost, so competitive quotations, negotiation and value analysis raise profit directly.
  • Controls stock investment: buys neither too much (capital locked up) nor too little (shortage).
  • Develops suppliers: selects and rates reliable vendors and keeps good relations with them.
  • Informs design and production about new materials, substitutes and price trends.
  • Keeps records and makes buying fair and transparent.

Role of the marketing department:

  • Finds customer needs through market research and passes them to design and production.
  • Plans product and price: features, packaging, brand and a competitive price.
  • Distributes: chooses channels so the product reaches buyers at the right place and time.
  • Promotes and sells: advertising, sales promotion and personal selling create demand and bring revenue.
  • Serves customers after sale and collects their feedback and complaints.
  • Forecasts sales, the base of the production, purchasing and financial plans.

Together: marketing's forecast tells purchasing what and when to buy, and purchasing's cost and timing decide the price and delivery marketing can promise. In a cement company, for example, purchasing secures limestone, coal and packing bags while marketing appoints dealers and fixes prices for each region.

Marketing concept PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2068 Baishakh · Q6c4 marksWrite short notes on: Marketing concept

2067 Ashad · Q23 marksmarketing concept?

The marketing concept is the business philosophy that an organization reaches its goals by finding out what customers need and satisfying them better than competitors, and earns its profit through that satisfaction. Its rule is to make what the customer wants, not to sell whatever the factory makes.

It rests on three beliefs:

  • Customer orientation: planning, policy and operations centre on the customer.
  • Profit orientation: the goal is profitable sales volume, not sales at any cost.
  • Customer satisfaction: products are built around satisfying the customer, which brings repeat sales.
Selling conceptMarketing concept
Starts from the factory and existing productsStarts from the market and customer needs
Profit through sales volumeProfit through customer satisfaction
Heavy selling and promotionAll functions integrated around the customer

The societal marketing concept extends it to the long term welfare of society.

Meaning of advertising PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2078 Bhadra · Q41 markDefine advertising

2070 Chaitra · Q51 markadvertising.

Advertising is any paid form of non-personal presentation and promotion of ideas, goods or services by an identified sponsor. It uses media such as newspapers, television, radio, billboards and the internet to make people aware of a product and persuade them to buy it.

Organization as a social system PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Bhadra · Q12 marksDefine organization as a social system.

As a social system, an organization is a group of people who interact with one another in defined roles, relationships and norms while working together for common goals.

Its members form formal and informal groups and share a culture, and their behaviour is shaped by social relations as much as by rules and pay, as the Hawthorne studies showed. A college of teachers, students and staff is an example.

Organization as a system PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q12 marksDefine organization as a system.

A system is a set of interrelated and interdependent parts working together as a whole towards a common goal. Defined as a system, an organization is a set of interdependent subsystems (production, marketing, finance, personnel) that takes inputs from its environment, transforms them and returns outputs to it, adjusting itself through feedback.

THE ORGANIZATION AS AN OPEN SYSTEM It draws inputs from its environment, transforms them and returns outputs; feedback steers the next round. ENVIRONMENT Customers Technology Market trends Regulation Inputs Raw materials Human resources Financial resources Information Equipment Organization transforms inputs into outputs Production Marketing Finance Personnel interdependent subsystems Outputs Goods and services Employee behaviour Profit or loss Feedback: results and customer response adjust the inputs

Concepts of organization as a system PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q12 marksDescribe the concepts of organization in this respect.

Viewed as a system, an organization carries these concepts:

  • Three systems in one: goal-oriented (working for specific goals), social (working in groups) and technological (applying knowledge and techniques).
  • Subsystems: interdependent parts; a change in one affects the others.
  • Input, transformation, output: resources are turned into goods and services.
  • Feedback and environment: results adjust the next inputs, so the system is open.
  • Synergy: the whole achieves more than the parts separately.

Importance of setting goals for an organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Bhadra · Q33 marksWhat is the importance of setting the goals for an organization?

Setting goals gives an organization its direction and purpose; every other activity is planned and judged against them.

  • Basis of planning: plans, budgets and schedules are made to reach them.
  • Coordination: all departments pull in one direction (unity of objective).
  • Motivation: clear and challenging goals raise effort and commitment.
  • Standard for control: actual performance is measured against them.
  • Decisions and resources: they show what to fund and do first.
  • Legitimacy: they tell owners and the public what the organization stands for.

A goal of finishing a bridge in eighteen months, for example, fixes its schedule, budget and manpower.

Historical development of organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Bhadra · Q13 marksExplain the historical development of the organization.

Organization, as old as human society, developed in these stages:

  • Early groups: families, clans and tribes organized hunting and farming.
  • Ancient civilizations: armies, states and works such as the Egyptian pyramids used hierarchy and division of work; Chanakya's Arthashastra (about 300 BC) described state administration.
  • Industrial Revolution: factories and Adam Smith's division of labour (1776) brought specialization.
  • Classical theory (about 1900 to 1930): Taylor's scientific management, Fayol's principles and Weber's bureaucracy formalized structure.
  • Human relations (1920s to 1950s): the Hawthorne studies showed it to be a social system.
  • Modern (1960s onwards): systems and contingency views; flat, matrix and network forms.

Elements of an organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q1a4 marksExplain all the elements of an organization.

The elements of an organization are the parts without which it cannot exist or work:

  • People: two or more members who contribute effort, skill and knowledge.
  • Common purpose: goals that all members share and work towards.
  • Division of work: the total task split into jobs, sections and departments.
  • Authority structure: a hierarchy defining who directs whom and who answers to whom.
  • Communication: channels that carry orders, information and feedback.
  • Willingness to cooperate: members' readiness to contribute to the common effort.
  • Resources and technology: money, machines, materials, methods and information.
  • Rules and procedures: they prevent conflict and confusion.
  • Environment: customers, suppliers, competitors, government and society, with which it interacts.

Chester Barnard reduced these to three essentials: communication, willingness to serve and a common purpose.

Can society sustain without organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Ashwin · Q13 marksCan we sustain without organization?

No. In my view people cannot sustain without organization; only its form can change, not the need for it.

  • Basic needs: food, health, education and security come from farms, hospitals, schools and the police, which no individual can run alone.
  • Large tasks: roads, hydropower and telecommunication need pooled capital, many skills and coordination; a project such as the Upper Tamakoshi hydropower plant was built by organizations, not by individuals.
  • Order: rules and authority prevent conflict and chaos.
  • Continuity: organizations keep knowledge and services running when people leave.

Even the family is an organization; life without organization would be primitive.

People dominated by organization, not by individuals PIN 1/36

Asked once

2059 Chaitra · Q1assignment"People dominated not by individual but by organization", comment.

I agree to a large extent: in modern society, people's lives and work are governed more by organizations than by individual persons, although organizations are themselves created and led by individuals.

  • Dependence from birth to death: hospitals, schools, employers, banks and government offices shape people's choices through their rules.
  • Authority lies in the position: an employee obeys the post and its rules, not the person; when an officer is transferred, the office works in the same way.
  • Organizations outlive people: a company has perpetual succession and keeps its policies, culture and resources beyond any member.
  • Group norms: informal groups also control behaviour; in the Hawthorne bank wiring room the workers kept their output to the level the group accepted.

Limits: founders, leaders and entrepreneurs create, change and sometimes dominate organizations, and an informal leader can outweigh formal rules.

For example, a Nepali civil servant acts within the civil service rules, and a ministry runs the same way after its secretary is replaced. People are therefore dominated by organizations, though through the individuals who design and lead them.

Closed system PIN 1/36

Asked once

2062 Baishakh · Q1assignmentWhat is a closed system?

A closed system is a system that does not interact with its environment: it takes no inputs from outside, gives no outputs to it and is not affected by outside change.

  • Self-contained: it depends only on its internal parts.
  • No feedback: nothing from outside reaches it, so it cannot adapt.
  • Entropy: left to itself, it runs down towards disorder.

The classical theories of Taylor, Fayol and Weber treated the organization as a closed system and looked only at its internal efficiency. No real organization is closed, since every one depends on its environment for inputs and markets, which is why an organization is studied as an open system.

Division of labour PIN 1/36

Asked once

2064 Jestha · Q24 marksWhat do you understand by division of labour?

Division of labour is the splitting of the total work into small, specialized tasks, each given to a person or group who performs it repeatedly and so becomes expert in it. It is Fayol's first principle and the basis of specialization.

  • Origin: Adam Smith (1776) showed that ten workers who divided pin making into separate operations made about 48,000 pins a day, where each working alone could make fewer than twenty.
  • Advantages: higher skill and productivity, no time lost in changing tasks, use of specialized machines, the right person on the right job, and shorter training.
  • Disadvantages: monotony and boredom, loss of craft skill, dependence on others, and a greater need for coordination.

For example, in a garment factory cutting, stitching, ironing and packing are done by different workers.

Difference between responsibility and authority PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q2b3 marksDifferentiate between responsibility and authority.

Authority is the right to command and decide; responsibility is the obligation to perform the work assigned. They differ as follows:

BasisAuthorityResponsibility
MeaningRight to decide, command and use resourcesObligation to perform assigned duties
SourceThe position heldThe duty assigned by a superior
FlowDownward, superior to subordinateUpward, subordinate to superior
DelegationCan be delegatedCannot be delegated away
PurposeTo get the work doneTo see that the work is done well

The two must be equal: authority without responsibility is misused, and responsibility without authority cannot be met.

Sources of power in an organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2057 Chaitra · Q4assignmentExplain the sources of power in the organization.

French and Raven identified five sources (bases) of power in an organization, three from the position and two from the person:

  • Legitimate power: the formal right of a position; a general manager directs the department heads.
  • Reward power: control over rewards such as pay rises, promotion and good assignments.
  • Coercive power: the ability to punish by warning, demotion, transfer or dismissal.
  • Expert power: knowledge or skill that others need; a senior engineer whom everyone consults.
  • Referent power: personal attraction, charisma and respect that make others want to follow.

A sixth source, information power (control over information that others need), was added later. Legitimate, reward and coercive power come from the position; expert and referent power come from the person and win the most willing commitment.

Informal organization within a family PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q14 marksIs it possible to have an informal organization within the same family?

Yes. In my view it is possible, because informal organization grows out of personal relations, and a family is full of them.

  • A formal side exists: custom and law fix roles such as head of the household, parents, heirs and guardians.
  • Informal groups form: by age, gender and interest; cousins, daughters-in-law or elders form their own circles.
  • Informal leaders emerge: the family often follows a respected grandmother or a capable younger son rather than the formal head.
  • Grapevine and norms: news travels through unofficial channels, and unwritten norms shape behaviour.

In a Nepali joint family the eldest male is traditionally the head, yet decisions are often shaped by such circles, and a family business shows the same beside its formal posts. The informal side is clearest in large families; in a small nuclear family the two nearly coincide.

Management as a science and an art PIN 1/36

Asked once

2078 Bhadra · Q13 marks"Management is both a science and an art". Discuss this statement, giving suitable examples.

The statement is true: management is both a science and an art.

  • Science: a systematic body of knowledge, with principles built from observation and experiment; Taylor fixed a standard day's output by time study, and stock is controlled with the economic order quantity formula. It is inexact, since it deals with people.
  • Art: the application of that knowledge with personal skill, judgment and creativity, improving with practice. Handling a strike or motivating a tired crew depends on personal skill.

As in medicine, the two complement each other: the science tells what to do, the art how to do it.

Roles of a manager PIN 1/36

Asked once

2076 Ashwin · Q24 marksDescribe various roles for a manager to play in an organization.

Henry Mintzberg found that a manager plays ten roles in three groups; the course notes list the three groups as the interpersonal, informational and decisional skills of a manager.

  • Interpersonal roles: figurehead (ceremonial duties such as signing documents and receiving visitors), leader (hiring, training and motivating staff) and liaison (keeping contacts outside the unit).
  • Informational roles: monitor (seeking information), disseminator (passing it to members) and spokesperson (passing it to outsiders).
  • Decisional roles: entrepreneur (starting improvements and new projects), disturbance handler (dealing with crises such as a strike), resource allocator (deciding who gets money, people and time) and negotiator (bargaining with unions, suppliers and clients).

A project manager who opens a site office, briefs the team on a design change and settles a dispute with a contractor plays all three groups of roles in one week.

Difference between the policy group and the executive group PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q2a4 marksHow are Policy group and Executive groups different in an organization?

The policy group (board of directors, chairman, managing director) decides objectives and policies; the executive group (general manager, department heads, supervisors) carries them out. They differ as follows:

BasisPolicy groupExecutive group
FunctionDetermines objectives and policiesExecutes the policies
NatureThinking, determinativeDoing, executive
LevelTopMiddle and lower
DecisionsMajor, long rangeOperational, day to day
Influenced byExternal forces: government, economy, owners, publicInternal matters: people, work, resources
Main skillConceptual skill and judgmentTechnical and human skill
MembersOwners' representatives, often part timeSalaried, full time employees

The policy group sets the direction; the executive group gets the work done in that direction.

Two principal functions of a manager PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q24 marksDescribe any two principal functions of a manager.

Two principal functions of a manager are planning and controlling.

Planning is deciding in advance what is to be done, how, when and by whom. Its steps are setting objectives, forecasting the premises, finding alternative courses, evaluating them, choosing the best, and preparing supporting plans and budgets. It comes first, since every other function works to carry out the plan.

Controlling is making sure that performance matches the plan. Its steps are setting standards, measuring actual performance, comparing it with the standards and taking corrective action.

For example, an engineering firm building a bridge plans the schedule, budget and manpower, then compares weekly progress and cost with that plan and adds crews when the work falls behind.

Why planning and controlling are the most important functions PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q22 marksWhy do you think that these two functions are most important functions in an organization?

In my view planning and controlling are the most important because together they form the closed loop that steers the organization. Planning sets the goals and standards that organizing, staffing and directing serve; controlling measures results against those standards and feeds the lessons into the next plan. A plan without control is never enforced, and control without a plan has nothing to measure against, so the two are inseparable.

Degree of managerial skills at each level PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q14 marksExplain with illustrations the degree of managerial skills needed for various levels of management.

The degree of each of Katz's three skills changes with the level of management:

KATZ'S THREE MANAGERIAL SKILLS An illustrative mix, not measured shares: conceptual skill grows towards the top, technical towards the bottom. Top management Conceptual Human Technical Middle management Conceptual Human Technical Lower management Conceptual Human Technical Conceptual skill see the organization as a whole, analyse problems and plan ahead Human skill work with and through people: motivate, communicate and lead Technical skill use the methods, tools and techniques of a specialised field Human skill is needed equally at every level.
  • Top management needs the most conceptual skill, to see the whole organization and its environment and make long-range decisions; human skill is high and technical skill least.
  • Middle management needs all three in balance, since it turns policy into departmental plans and works with both the top and the lower levels.
  • Lower management needs the most technical skill, to guide and check the actual work; human skill is high and conceptual skill least.
  • Human skill is needed about equally at every level, because every manager works through people.

In a construction company, for example, the site supervisor checks reinforcement and concrete (technical), the project manager coordinates designers and subcontractors (all three), and the managing director decides which projects to bid for (conceptual).

Team effort management model PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Bhadra · Q10a4 marksWrite short notes on: Team Effort Management Model

The team effort model is a model of management in which managers and subordinates work together as one team towards common goals, relying on cooperation, leadership and coordination rather than on command. Team work is more effective, and adds more value, than individuals working separately.

  • Features: a shared goal; the manager acts as team leader and coach; participative decisions; open communication and mutual trust; shared responsibility for results; recognition of team performance.
  • Advantages: more ideas and better decisions, higher motivation and commitment, flexibility, faster problem solving, and growth of members' skills.
  • Limitations: slower decisions, conflict between members, free riders, and groupthink.

For example, in a software company a product owner, developers, testers and a designer plan, build and review each release together, and the team as a whole answers for the result.

Transactional management model PIN 1/36

Asked once

2064 Kartik · Q6aassignmentWrite short notes on: Transactional Management Model

The transactional management model treats management as a series of transactions (exchanges) between the manager and the subordinates: the manager sets clear tasks, targets and rules, and the subordinates' performance is exchanged for rewards, or for correction and penalties when they fall short.

  • Features: a clear chain of command and defined roles; rewards tied to results (contingent reward); intervention only when something goes wrong (management by exception); close supervision and control; attention on the task at hand.
  • Link with the task-oriented model: the manager concentrates on getting defined tasks done through planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling.
  • Advantages: clarity, measurable results, and efficiency in routine and large-scale work.
  • Limitations: little room for creativity; motivation is only extrinsic; it keeps the existing way of working, unlike the transformational approach that inspires change.

For example, a garment factory paying piece rates and a sales team paid on commission are managed transactionally.

Experiments that support scientific management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Bhadra · Q14 marksExplain the different experiments that support the scientific management approach

Scientific management rests on shop-floor experiments by Taylor and his followers, which proved that a studied method, a standard task and pay by output raise both productivity and wages.

  • Time study: each job was split into elements and timed with a stopwatch to fix a standard time.
  • Motion study: wasteful movements were removed; Frank Gilbreth cut bricklaying from 18 motions per brick to 5.
  • Fatigue study: rest pauses were fixed so that output lasted all day.
  • Pig-iron handling (Bethlehem Steel): output rose from 12.7 to 48.8 tons per labourer a day, and pay from $1.14 to $1.85.
  • Shovelling: the best load was about 21 pounds, so shovels were designed for each material; the yard gang of 400 to 600 men shrank to about 140.
  • Metal cutting (from Midvale Steel): fixed the best speed, feed and depth of cut, leading to high-speed tool steel.
TAYLOR'S SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT AT BETHLEHEM STEEL Study each task scientifically, find the one best way, then select and train workers and pay by output. PIG-IRON HANDLING 75 labourers carrying 42 kg loads of iron to rail cars Output tons per labourer per day 12.7 Before 48.8 After nearly 4 times the output Pay dollars per labourer per day $1.14 Before $1.85 After about 60 percent more pay FOUR WAYS TO RAISE EFFICIENCY 1 Motion study an improved method of work, no wasted motion 2 Fatigue study a prescribed amount of rest on the job 3 Time study a specific standard of output for each task 4 Incentive wages payment by the unit of output

Applicability of scientific management today PIN 1/36

Asked once

2080 Bhadra · Q23 marksIs it still applicable in modern-day management practices?

Yes. Scientific management is still applied today, in a modified and more human form.

  • Work study and standard times are the base of industrial engineering, production planning and costing.
  • Standardisation: standard operating procedures, ISO quality systems, assembly lines and fast-food chains follow one best way.
  • Pay for performance: piece rates and KPI-linked bonuses descend from the differential piece rate.
  • Scientific selection and training are normal HR practice.

In Nepal, carpet and garment workers are commonly paid by the piece. What has been dropped is the view of the worker as a machine: Taylor's methods survive alongside motivation and participation.

Scientific management and management science PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Chaitra · Q33 marksWhat is the difference between Scientific Management and Management Science?

Scientific management is Taylor's approach to the efficiency of work on the shop floor; management science (operations research) applies mathematical models and computers to managerial decisions.

BasisScientific managementManagement science
OriginF. W. Taylor, 1880s to 1910sOperations research teams of the Second World War, 1940s
FocusEfficiency of workers and jobsQuality of decisions for the whole organization
ToolsTime, motion and fatigue study, standardisation, piece ratesLinear programming, queuing, inventory models, simulation, PERT and CPM
LevelOperative (shop floor)Middle and top management
OutputStandard method, standard task, incentive wageOptimal use of resources

Taylor's principles and production PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Chaitra · Q35 marksHow do Taylor's principles illustrate importance of Scientific Management for production processes?

Each of Taylor's principles turns a production process from guesswork into a planned, measured and controlled process, which is why scientific management matters for production:

  • Science, not rule of thumb: time and motion study fixes the best method and standard time of each operation, the base of process planning, scheduling and costing.
  • Harmony, not discord: cooperation between planners and operators keeps the flow of work steady, with fewer stoppages and disputes.
  • Cooperation, not individualism: a planning department prepares instructions, tools and materials in advance, so operators only execute.
  • Maximum output, not restricted output: standard tasks and incentive wages remove soldiering and raise output per worker, lowering unit cost.
  • Development of each worker: selected and trained operators work faster, with better quality and fewer accidents.

The pig-iron study shows the effect: output per labourer rose from 12.7 to 48.8 tons a day. Work study, standard times, assembly lines and lean production in modern factories all grow from these principles.

Fayol's 14 principles of management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Kartik · Q3assignmentExplain Henry Fayol's 14th principle of management.

Henry Fayol's fourteen principles of management are flexible guidelines for managerial action that he drew from his experience as managing director of a French mining company; the fourteenth, esprit de corps ("union is strength"), asks managers to build harmony and team spirit. The fourteen are:

  1. Division of work: specialization raises skill and output, as when a workshop has separate welders and fitters.
  2. Authority and responsibility: the right to give orders goes with answerability for results.
  3. Discipline: obedience to agreed rules, with fair penalties when needed.
  4. Unity of command: each employee takes orders from one superior only.
  5. Unity of direction: one head and one plan for each group of activities with the same objective.
  6. Subordination of individual interest to general interest: the organization's goal comes first.
  7. Remuneration: fair pay, based on the cost of living, qualification, responsibility and business conditions.
  8. Centralization: the right balance between decisions kept at the top and decisions delegated.
  9. Scalar chain: a clear line of authority from top to bottom; a "gang plank" allows direct contact between peers when speed is needed.
  10. Order: a place for everything and everyone, and each in its place.
  11. Equity: fairness and kindness to all employees.
  12. Stability of tenure: low staff turnover, since people need time to become efficient.
  13. Initiative: employees are encouraged to propose and carry out plans.
  14. Esprit de corps: team spirit, harmony and open communication, avoiding "divide and rule".

Applicability of Fayol's principles today PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Bhadra · Q28 marksAre Fayol's principles of management applicable in today's organization? How?

Yes. Fayol's principles are still applied in today's organizations, not as rigid rules but, as Fayol himself intended, as flexible guidelines adapted to each situation. How each one is applied today:

PrincipleHow it applies today
Division of workDepartments and specialist roles, such as developer, tester and designer in a software firm
Authority and responsibilityJob descriptions and delegation with accountability for targets (KPIs)
DisciplineCodes of conduct, service rules and HR policies
Unity of commandOne reporting manager for each employee on the organization chart
Unity of directionOne plan and budget for each division or project
General interestCorporate governance and conflict of interest rules
RemunerationSalary scales, allowances and performance bonuses
CentralizationPolicy at head office, daily decisions delegated to branches
Scalar chainFormal reporting lines; email and cross-functional teams act as the gang plank
OrderWorkplace layout, 5S and inventory systems
EquityEqual opportunity and grievance procedures
Stability of tenurePermanent posts, career paths and retention schemes
InitiativeSuggestion schemes and a culture of innovation
Esprit de corpsTeam building and a shared organizational culture

Adjustments today: matrix and project organizations relax unity of command, flat and digital organizations shorten the scalar chain, and knowledge workers need more decentralization and initiative than Fayol assumed.

Example: a commercial bank in Nepal keeps policy and large credit approvals at head office (centralization), gives each branch manager one line of reporting (unity of command) and runs every branch on the same service rules (discipline, equity).

Fayol's principles therefore remain the foundation of management, applied flexibly.

Evidence behind the administrative management approach PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Bhadra · Q14 marksadministrative management approach.

The administrative management approach is not built on laboratory experiments like Taylor's; it is supported by Henry Fayol's own experience and observation as a top manager, generalised into functions and principles.

  • His "experiment" in practice: in 1888 Fayol became managing director of Commentry-Fourchambault-Decazeville, a French coal-mining and iron company in financial difficulty, and by 1918 he had made it strong and profitable through systematic planning, organizing, commanding, coordinating and controlling.
  • Observation: he found that every enterprise has six activities (technical, commercial, financial, security, accounting, managerial) and that managerial ability matters more the higher the position.
  • Generalisation: he stated the lessons as five functions and fourteen principles, published in 1916.
  • Later practice: the functions and principles proved useful in businesses and government bodies alike, so they remain the base of management teaching.

How management affects organization behaviour PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q1a4 marksHow can organization behavior be affected by management?

Management affects organization behaviour because it sets the conditions under which people work: the structure, the leadership, the rewards and the culture. It does so through:

  • Leadership style: autocratic leadership produces obedience or resentment; participative leadership produces commitment and initiative.
  • Motivation and rewards: fair pay, recognition and promotion raise effort; unfair rewards cause absenteeism and turnover.
  • Structure and job design: clear authority, a sensible span of control and enriched jobs reduce confusion and boredom.
  • Communication: open, two-way communication builds trust, while silence breeds rumours.
  • Culture, policies and discipline: they define which behaviour is expected and accepted.
  • Training and development: they change skills and attitudes.
  • Handling of conflict and change: involving staff reduces resistance.

For example, when a manager starts consulting a team before setting its targets, cooperation and output usually rise.

Contingency and systems approaches of management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q1b5 marksExplain contingency and system approach of management.

Contingency approach. There is no one best way to manage: the right structure, leadership style or technique depends on the situation, so management applies the ideas of the earlier theories selectively, in an "if this situation, then this action" manner.

  • Situational variables: size, technology, environment, people and task.
  • Contributors: Joan Woodward (technology), Burns and Stalker (mechanistic and organic structures), Lawrence and Lorsch, and Fred Fiedler (leadership).
  • Example: a stable, routine factory suits a tall, rule-based structure, while a software firm in a fast-changing market needs a flexible, team-based one.

Systems approach. The organization is an open system of interdependent subsystems (production, marketing, finance, personnel) that takes inputs (people, capital, materials, information) from its environment, transforms them and returns outputs (goods, services, profit), using feedback to correct itself.

THE ORGANIZATION AS AN OPEN SYSTEM It draws inputs from its environment, transforms them and returns outputs; feedback steers the next round. ENVIRONMENT Customers Technology Market trends Regulation Inputs Raw materials Human resources Financial resources Information Equipment Organization transforms inputs into outputs Production Marketing Finance Personnel interdependent subsystems Outputs Goods and services Employee behaviour Profit or loss Feedback: results and customer response adjust the inputs
  • Interdependence: a change in one part affects the whole, so the parts must be coordinated.
  • Synergy: the whole is more than the sum of its parts.
  • Adaptation: the organization must adjust to customers, competitors, technology and government.

Advantages of behavioral over modern management theory PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q38 marksWhat advantages does behavioral management theory have over modern management theory? Explain in brief.

Compared with the modern theories (the quantitative or management science approach, the systems approach and the contingency approach), the behavioral theory's advantage is that it is direct, simple and people-centred: it tells a manager exactly how to raise output through the people who do the work. Its advantages:

  1. Focus on people: management science reduces decisions to numbers and models; behavioral theory keeps attention on motivation, morale and relations, which the models leave out.
  2. Concrete guidance: the contingency approach answers "it depends" and the systems approach stays abstract, while behavioral theory prescribes definite practices: participation, recognition, two-way communication and supportive supervision.
  3. Based on field experiments with real workers (Hawthorne), not on abstract models.
  4. Low cost and easy to apply: it needs no mathematical experts, computers or large data; any supervisor can use it.
  5. Recognises informal groups and leaders, which quantitative models, treating people as numbers, cannot capture.
  6. Job satisfaction and morale: it directly reduces absenteeism, turnover and conflict.
  7. Suits labour-intensive work: in hotels, garments, construction and services, where people are the main input, it gives quick results.
  8. Foundation of the modern theories: the systems and contingency approaches themselves build on its findings about people.

Example: a Nepali hotel improves its service faster by recognising and involving its staff than by building a queuing model.

The modern theories are broader, but for managing people the behavioral theory remains more direct and practical.

Contributions and limitations of scientific and behavioral management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Bhadra · Q33 marksDescribe their contributions and limitations.

Both approaches raised productivity, one through methods and the other through people, and each is limited by what it ignores.

AspectScientific management (Taylor)Behavioral management (Mayo)
ContributionsScientific method instead of rule of thumb; work study; standardisation; scientific selection and training; incentive wages; base of industrial engineering and mass productionOrganization as a social system; importance of informal groups, morale and communication; motivation beyond money; participative leadership; base of organization behaviour
LimitationsTreats workers as machines; monotony and speed-up; functional foremen break unity of command; resisted by unions; suits mainly repetitive workOverstresses the human side; neglects structure, technology and pay; assumes a satisfied worker is always productive; Hawthorne studies had small samples and weak controls

Change in the form of ownership PIN 1/36

Asked once

2073 Shrawan · Q48 marksAn organization may change its form of ownership. Explain this with some examples.

An organization changes its form of ownership when its size, need for capital, risk or purpose outgrows its present form, or when its owners or the government decide on a new form. The usual path is from single ownership to partnership to company, but a change can also run from public to private ownership and back.

Reasons for the change

  • More capital: one owner's savings or a few partners' funds cannot finance expansion.
  • Limited liability: growing risk makes owners protect their personal property.
  • Continuity: a company survives the death or exit of an owner.
  • Management skill: larger operations need professional managers.
  • Law and policy: in Nepal banking, insurance and similar businesses must be public companies; governments also privatise enterprises or take them over.

Examples

  • Sole to partnership: the owner of a computer repair shop takes two partners to open a second branch.
  • Partnership to private company: the partners register a private limited company under the Companies Act 2063 to limit their liability and continue beyond any one partner.
  • Private to public company: under the Act a private company becomes public by a special resolution of its general meeting, as a hydropower company does before selling shares to the public.
  • Public to private company: a public company becomes private if its shareholders fall below seven or its paid-up capital falls below the legal minimum.
  • Public corporation to company: in 2004 the government-owned Nepal Telecommunications Corporation became Nepal Doorsanchar Company Limited (Nepal Telecom), a public limited company whose shares were later listed on the Nepal Stock Exchange.
  • Merger: many Nepali banks and finance companies have merged into larger companies under Nepal Rastra Bank's merger policy.

The form of ownership thus follows the organization's growth and its environment.

Single ownership and joint stock company compared PIN 1/36

Asked once

2080 Bhadra · Q38 marksWhat are the differences between single ownership and organization joint stock company?

A single ownership is one person's business with unlimited liability and no legal existence apart from its owner; a joint stock company is an artificial legal person owned by shareholders, with limited liability and perpetual succession.

BasisSingle ownershipJoint stock company
OwnershipOne personShareholders, at least seven in a public company
FormationEasy, few formalitiesRegistration with the Office of the Company Registrar under the Companies Act 2063, with memorandum and articles of association
Legal statusNo separate entity: owner and business are oneSeparate legal person: owns property, sues and is sued
LiabilityUnlimitedLimited to the value of shares held
CapitalLimited to the owner's savings and loansLarge, raised by issuing shares and debentures
ManagementThe owner personallyBoard of directors elected at the general meeting, with professional managers
DecisionsQuickSlower, through board and general meetings
ContinuityUncertain; ends with the ownerPerpetual succession
Transfer of ownershipOnly by selling the whole businessBy transfer of shares, freely in a public company
SecrecyFully keptLittle; accounts are audited and reported
Government controlMinimalHeavy regulation
ProfitAll to the ownerShared as dividends in proportion to shares
Suitable forSmall shops and servicesLarge-scale business such as banks, hydropower and manufacturing

A single ownership suits a small business that needs close personal control; a joint stock company suits a large business that needs heavy capital, limited risk for investors and continuity.

Advantages of partnership organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Bhadra · Q43 marksWhat are the advantages of Partnership Organization?

A partnership combines the capital, skill and judgement of two or more persons while keeping the simplicity of a small business. Its advantages:

  • Easy formation and dissolution by agreement, with few legal formalities.
  • More capital than a sole trader, since every partner contributes.
  • Combined skills: partners bring different abilities, such as technical, financial and marketing.
  • Balanced, prompt decisions, as partners consult each other directly.
  • Shared risk: losses are spread among the partners.
  • Flexibility: the deed and the business can be changed easily.
  • Business secrecy and close contact with customers.
  • Good credit standing, because of unlimited liability.

Difficulties a partnership organization faces PIN 1/36

Asked once

2074 Ashwin · Q35 marksWhat difficulties can a Partnership Organization possibly face?

A partnership can face difficulties that come from its unlimited liability, its dependence on mutual trust and its lack of a separate legal existence:

  • Disputes among partners over decisions, work and profit sharing, which can paralyse or break the firm.
  • Unlimited liability: each partner's personal property is at risk for the firm's debts.
  • Liability for others' acts: under mutual agency, one partner's mistake or dishonesty binds all.
  • Instability: the death, insolvency, retirement or insanity of a partner can dissolve the firm.
  • Limited capital: more than a sole trader has, but too little for large-scale business.
  • Delay in decisions: important matters need the consent of all partners.
  • Locked-in investment: a partner cannot leave by selling his share without the others' consent.
  • Unequal effort: a partner who works harder may resent sharing profit equally.
  • Lack of public confidence: its accounts are not published and audited as a company's are.

Joint stock company and public corporation compared PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Baishakh · Q34 marksWhat are the major differences between Joint Stock Company and Public Corporation?

A joint stock company is formed by private persons under the Companies Act to earn profit; a public corporation is created by the government under a special Act to serve the public.

BasisJoint stock companyPublic corporation
FormationRegistration under the Companies Act 2063A special Act, such as the Nepal Electricity Authority Act 2041
OwnershipPrivate shareholdersWholly or mainly the government
MotiveProfit for shareholdersPublic service and welfare
CapitalShares and debentures sold to investorsGovernment funds, grants and loans
ManagementBoard elected by the shareholdersBoard appointed by the government
AccountabilityTo shareholders at the general meetingTo the government and the legislature
Political influenceLittleOften high
Transfer of ownershipShares transferableNot transferable
ExamplesCommercial banks, insurance companiesNepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Airlines Corporation

Private limited and public limited companies compared PIN 1/36

Asked once

2067 Ashad · Q15 marksDifferentiate between private limited and public limited company.

A private limited company is a closely held company that cannot offer its shares to the public; a public limited company can raise capital from the public and its shares are freely transferable. Under Nepal's Companies Act 2063 they differ as follows:

BasisPrivate limited companyPublic limited company
Minimum membersOneSeven promoters
Maximum membersLimited by lawNo limit
Name ends with"Private Limited""Limited"
Public issue of shares and debenturesNot allowedAllowed, through a prospectus
Transfer of sharesRestricted by the consensus agreement or articlesFree; listed shares trade on the stock exchange
Minimum paid-up capitalNone prescribed in generalTen million rupees
Commencement of businessRight after registrationAfter the Registrar's approval to commence business
Regulation and disclosureLessMore: published accounts and securities regulation
ExamplesA family trading firm or a small software companyCommercial banks and insurance companies

Organization structure suitable for an engineering project PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Chaitra · Q48 marksWhich organization structure is more suitable to engineering project? Discuss with your logic.

In my view, line and staff organization, run as a project team under one project manager, is the most suitable structure for an engineering project.

Why not the others:

StructureWeakness on an engineering project
LineNo specialists: one project manager cannot be expert in design, geology, safety, law and finance at once.
FunctionalA site engineer takes orders from several heads, so conflicting orders delay work and blur responsibility for time and cost.
CommitteeToo slow for daily site decisions; useful only for tasks such as bid evaluation or design review.

Why line and staff suits it:

  1. Unity of command on site: orders pass down one line, from project manager to site engineer, supervisor and foreman, so discipline is kept and decisions are quick.
  2. Specialist advice: design, geology, quality, safety, environment, procurement and legal experts advise as staff without breaking the line.
  3. Clear accountability: the project manager answers for time, cost and quality; the staff answer for the soundness of their advice.
  4. Flexibility: experts are added or released as the project moves from design to construction to commissioning.
  5. Better planning and control: staff prepare schedules, cost reports and quality tests, leaving the line free to execute.

Nepal example: a hydropower project is typically run by a project manager with civil, electrical and mechanical site engineers in the line, while design consultants, geologists, and environmental and safety officers advise as staff.

Limit: friction between line and staff is avoided by writing down what each decides. A firm running several projects at once extends the same idea into a matrix organization, lending its functional specialists to each project manager.

Conclusion: line and staff gives the speed and discipline a site needs together with the expertise engineering needs.

Matrix organization chart PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Baishakh · Q25 marksExplain matrix organization chart.

A matrix organization lays a project structure (horizontal) over a functional structure (vertical), so that each member reports to two bosses: the functional manager for the technical side of the work and the project manager for the project's time, cost and quality.

General managerDesign headProduction headPurchase headFinance head
Project A managerDesign engineerProduction engineerBuyerAccountant
Project B managerDesign engineerProduction engineerBuyerAccountant
Project C managerDesign engineerProduction engineerBuyerAccountant

Functional authority runs down each column and project authority across each row; every cell is a person under both.

  • Merits: experts are shared among projects, each project has one person answerable for it, departments coordinate well, and the firm takes on new projects quickly.
  • Demerits: dual command breaks unity of command, project and functional managers compete for power, and the structure is costly and complex.

It suits engineering, construction and research firms that run several projects at once.

Advantages and disadvantages of line organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q34 marksWrite advantages and disadvantage of line organization.

Line organization, where authority flows in one vertical line and each person has one boss, has these advantages and disadvantages:

AdvantagesDisadvantages
Simple to set up and easy to understand.No specialization: line managers must know every activity.
Clear authority and responsibility at every level.Overload on top executives as the firm grows.
Better discipline: everyone knows whom to obey.Depends on a few people: weak performance at the top sinks the whole organization.
Unity of command is kept.Autocratic and rigid: little room for initiative from below.
Prompt decisions by one person.Slow communication through a long chain in a big firm.
Economical: no costly staff experts.Suits only small organizations.

Advantages and disadvantages of line and staff organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q44 marksExplain the advantages and disadvantages of line and staff organization.

Line and staff organization, where line managers command and staff specialists only advise, has these advantages and disadvantages:

AdvantagesDisadvantages
Expert advice: line managers get specialist knowledge.Line and staff conflict: line managers may resent or ignore the advice.
Better decisions: staff supply facts and analysis.Confused duties: an unclear split between line and staff hurts coordination.
Relief to line managers: staff take over study and planning.Theoretical advice: staff may not be practical, while line executives are.
Unity of command is kept.No accountability of staff: they do not answer for results, so they may underperform.
Flexible: suits large and growing organizations.Costly: specialists raise overheads.
Training ground: staff posts prepare future executives.Slower: consulting staff can delay decisions.

Advantages of line and staff organization over line and functional organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Bhadra · Q44 marksExplain the advantages of line and staff organization over line and function organization

Line and staff organization keeps the discipline of line organization and adds the expertise of functional organization, without the main defect of either.

Over line organization:

  • Specialist advice: experts help line managers, who in a line structure must know everything themselves.
  • Less load on executives: staff do the study and planning, so top managers are not overloaded.
  • Better decisions: decisions rest on expert analysis, not on one person's judgment alone.
  • Room to grow: it suits large and complex firms, while line suits only small ones.

Over functional organization:

  • Unity of command: each worker has one boss, not several functional heads.
  • No conflicting orders: advice passes through the line manager, so workers are not confused.
  • Clear responsibility and discipline: the line manager alone answers for results.
  • Faster coordination: one line manager decides, instead of several specialists who must agree.

Committee and its types PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Bhadra · Q44 marksdescribe the committee and its types.

A committee is a group of two or more persons appointed by a higher authority to deal jointly with a matter referred to it; it studies the matter and recommends or decides as a group. Members usually come from different departments.

COMMITTEE ORGANIZATION A group appointed by higher authority studies a problem and recommends; members come from several departments. Production Finance Marketing Personnel Committee members drawn from departments Board or manager the appointing authority appoints it, refers a problem recommendations TYPES OF COMMITTEE Standing or temporary standing: permanent, meets regularly temporary (ad hoc): ends when its task is done Advisory or with authority advisory: recommends, the appointer decides with authority: its decision is binding

Types of committee:

  • Standing committee: permanent and meets regularly, e.g. an audit or safety committee.
  • Ad hoc (temporary) committee: formed for one task and dissolved when it is done, e.g. an inquiry committee.
  • Advisory committee: only recommends; the appointing authority decides.
  • Line (executive) committee: has authority, and its decisions are binding, e.g. a board of directors.
  • Formal or informal committee: set up under the organization's rules with defined duties, or formed without them to discuss a problem.

A bid evaluation committee that examines tenders in a Nepali public office is a common example.

Merits and demerits of committee organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Ashwin · Q44 marksExplain the merits and demerits of Committee organization.

A committee organization uses groups of persons, appointed by a higher authority, to study problems and advise or decide jointly. Its merits and demerits:

MeritsDemerits
Pooled knowledge: ideas, experience and interests of many members.Delay: meetings and long discussion slow decisions.
Representation: every department is heard, so all angles are considered.Compromise: the decision may be a compromise, not the best option.
Coordination between departments improves.Divided responsibility: no single member can be held accountable.
Acceptance: people carry out decisions they helped make.Costly: members' time and meeting expenses.
Check on power: authority is not concentrated in one person.Domination by a few: strong members may steer the group.
Development: members gain broad experience.Poor secrecy: confidential matters leak in a group.

Purchasing and procurement PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q43 marksWhat do you mean by purchasing and procurement?

Purchasing is the act of buying goods and services against payment: placing the order, receiving the goods and paying the supplier. Procurement is the wider process of obtaining everything the organization needs, from identifying the need, sourcing and selecting suppliers, negotiating and contracting, through purchasing, receipt and inspection, to payment and managing supplier relations. Procurement may also obtain goods without buying them, by lease, hire or exchange.

PurchasingProcurement
A part of procurementThe whole process, including purchasing
Transactional and short termStrategic and long term
Focus on price and the orderFocus on value, quality and supplier relations

Objectives of purchasing PIN 1/36

Asked once

2064 Kartik · Q6bassignmentWrite short notes on: Objective of Purchasing

The main objective of purchasing is to maintain a regular flow of inputs so that there is a regular flow of output, by buying on the five rights:

QuestionObjective
What to buyRight quality
How much to buyRight quantity
At what rateRight price
When to buyRight time
Where to buyRight source, delivered to the right place

Other objectives:

  • Continuity of supply: production never stops for want of material.
  • Minimum investment in stock: no overstocking and no capital locked up.
  • Lower cost: competitive buying, standardization and value analysis.
  • Good supplier relations: reliable, developed vendors.
  • Records and coordination: up to date records of prices and suppliers, and close work with stores, production and accounts.

Principles of purchasing PIN 1/36

Asked once

2078 Bhadra · Q44 marksExplain the Principle of purchasing.

The principles of purchasing are the rules for buying economically, stated as the rights of purchasing:

  • Right quality: the quality that suits the use, fixed by a specification and checked on receipt; higher quality wastes money and lower quality causes rejects.
  • Right quantity: enough to avoid shortage but not overstock, balancing ordering cost against holding cost (economic order quantity).
  • Right price: the lowest price consistent with quality and service, found through competitive quotations or tenders and negotiation.
  • Right time: ordering early enough, allowing for lead time, so that material arrives when it is needed.
  • Right source: a reliable supplier, chosen by comparing quality, price, delivery and service.
  • Right place: delivery at the point of use by a suitable mode of transport.

Behind them lie fair competition among suppliers, honesty in dealing and full records of every purchase.

Importance of marketing in the modern digital era PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Baishakh · Q44 marksExplain the importance of marketing in this modern digital era.

In the digital era marketing matters even more, because customers now search, compare and buy online, and a business that is not visible there loses them.

  • Wide reach at low cost: social media, search engines and e-mail reach local and foreign buyers far more cheaply than print or television.
  • Precise targeting: customer data lets a firm show each offer to the right age, place and interest group.
  • Measurable results: views, clicks and sales are tracked, so the budget goes to what works.
  • Two-way engagement: comments, reviews and messages give instant feedback and build relationships.
  • Intense competition: rivals are one click away, so branding and customer experience decide loyalty.
  • Online selling and payment: e-commerce and digital wallets let a firm sell directly, as Nepali businesses do through Daraz, eSewa and Khalti.

Market structure PIN 1/36

Asked once

2063 Ashwin · Q6bassignmentWrite short notes on: Market Structure

Market structure is the nature of a market, set by the number and size of sellers and buyers, the kind of product, the ease of entry and exit, and the control a seller has over price. It decides how firms price, compete and market their products.

StructureSellersProductControl over priceExample
Perfect competitionVery manyIdenticalNoneVegetables in a wholesale market
Monopolistic competitionManyDifferentiatedSomeRestaurants, clothing brands
OligopolyA few largeSimilar or differentiatedConsiderable; rivals reactMobile telephone service in Nepal
MonopolyOneNo close substituteHighPetroleum supply by Nepal Oil Corporation

The structure shapes marketing: under perfect competition advertising has no use, while under monopolistic competition and oligopoly firms compete through branding, advertising and service more than through price.

Difference between marketing and purchasing PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q2a4 marksDifferentiates between marketing and purchasing.

Marketing manages the outflow of the firm's products to customers; purchasing manages the inflow of materials from suppliers.

BasisMarketingPurchasing
MeaningIdentifying customer needs and selling products that satisfy themAcquiring materials and services by payment
FlowOutput: firm to customerInput: supplier to firm
Firm acts asSellerBuyer
Deals withCustomers, dealers, competitorsSuppliers and vendors
Market studiedConsumer market: demand, tastes, competitionSupply market: sources, prices, new materials
ObjectiveProfit through customer satisfactionThe rights of quality, quantity, price, time and source
ActivitiesResearch, product, pricing, distribution, promotion, sellingRequisition, sourcing, quotation, ordering, follow-up, receipt, payment
MoneyBrings revenue inSpends money on inputs

Relation between marketing management and the purchasing procedure PIN 1/36

Asked once

2057 Chaitra · Q2assignmentexplain the relation between marketing management and purchasing procedure.

Marketing management and the purchasing procedure are the two ends of one business cycle: marketing sells the output, purchasing buys the input, and each depends on the other.

  • Sales forecast drives purchasing: the marketing forecast sets the production plan, which sets the materials to be bought, so purchase requisitions start from it.
  • Customer needs set purchase specifications: the quality and features found by market research decide the quality of material bought.
  • Cost and price: purchase cost is a large part of product cost, so good buying lets marketing offer a competitive price, and the price the market accepts in turn limits what can be paid for inputs.
  • Timing: delivery dates promised to customers can be kept only if materials are bought on time.
  • Market information: purchasing reports new materials and supplier prices; marketing reports demand and competitors.
  • Mirror procedures: the buyer's steps (inquiry, quotation, order, delivery, invoice, payment) are the supplier's selling steps seen from the other side, so purchasing is marketing seen from the buyer's side.
  • Reciprocity: a supplier may also be a customer, so the two departments coordinate their dealings.

Marketing tells the firm what, how much and when to produce, and purchasing makes sure the inputs arrive to do it; poor coordination between them leaves either unsold stock or sales lost to shortages.

Salesmanship as an ingredient of marketing PIN 1/36

Asked once

2073 Shrawan · Q54 marksSalesmanship is an important ingredient of marketing. Do you agree with this statement?

Yes, I agree: salesmanship is an important ingredient of marketing, though only one part of the marketing mix.

Salesmanship is the art of persuading a prospective buyer to buy a product that satisfies his need, to the benefit of both buyer and seller.

  • Completes the exchange: research, product, price and place all end in a sale, and the salesman closes it.
  • Explains and persuades: technical and new products need demonstration and answers to objections.
  • Brings market information: salesmen report customer needs, complaints and competitors' moves.
  • Builds relationships: personal contact creates trust, repeat orders and after-sale service.

Nepal example: pharmaceutical firms reach doctors through medical representatives, and life insurance companies sell through agents.

Conclusion: salesmanship alone cannot sell a wrong product at a wrong price, but with the right mix it turns marketing effort into sales.

Challenges of marketing software products in Nepal PIN 1/36

Asked once

2076 Ashwin · Q44 marksWhat are the challenges for marketing of software products in Nepal?

In my view, the biggest challenge is a small, price-sensitive home market used to free or pirated software, so a Nepali software product must first win trust and often sell abroad.

  • Small market: low purchasing power, and low digital literacy outside the cities, leave few paying buyers.
  • Piracy: copied software is easy to get and copyright is weakly enforced, so buyers resist paying.
  • Preference for foreign brands: buyers trust international products more than local ones.
  • Payment barriers: limited international payment gateways make selling abroad and collecting payment hard.
  • Custom demands, thin marketing: each client wants changes, and most firms are technical, with small marketing budgets.

Nepal example: successful local apps such as Hamro Patro are free to download, which shows how hard direct sale of software is at home.

Conclusion: freemium pricing, local-language features, digital promotion and export markets are the way through.

Why advertising is one of the best forms of marketing PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Chaitra · Q53 marksWhy is advertising one of the best form of Marketing?

Advertising is one of the best forms of marketing because it reaches the whole market quickly and cheaply with a message the firm controls.

  • Mass reach: one advertisement reaches millions of people at a low cost per person.
  • Awareness and demand: it introduces new products and reminds buyers of existing ones.
  • Brand image: repetition creates recognition, trust and loyalty.
  • Support to selling: buyers reach dealers and salesmen already informed.
  • Control and measurement: the firm chooses the message, media and timing, and online advertisements show their results.

Computer aided advertising PIN 1/36

Asked once

2069 Chaitra · Q10aassignmentWrite short notes on: Computer aided Advertising

Computer aided advertising is the use of computers and the internet to design, place, target and measure advertisements.

  • Design: graphics, animation and video software produce advertisements quickly and cheaply, and they are easily changed.
  • Online media: search engine advertisements, social media advertisements, website banners, e-mail and SMS.
  • Targeting: customer databases let an advertisement reach a chosen age group, location or interest.
  • Measurement: the views, clicks and sales from each advertisement are counted, so spending follows results.
  • Interaction: the customer can reply, enquire or buy at once.

Advantages: low cost, precise targeting, quick changes and measurable results. Limitations: privacy concerns, ad blocking, information overload and the need for skilled staff. For example, a Kathmandu restaurant can show a social media advertisement only to people living nearby.

Meaning of production development PIN 1/36

Asked once

2062 Baishakh · Q2assignmentWhat do you mean by production development?

Production development is the function that develops new or improved products and the methods of making them, taking an idea through research, design, prototype and testing until the product can be manufactured economically and sold at a profit.

It links the market to the factory: marketing reports what customers want, and production development turns it into a product design, specifications, a process plan and tooling that production can follow. Its aims are:

  • New products for new needs, and to replace products at the end of their life cycle.
  • Improvement of existing products in quality, performance and cost.
  • Economical manufacture through standardization, simplification and value analysis.

Manufacturing methods in an industrial organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2067 Ashad · Q26 marksExplain the manufacturing methods in industrial organization.

The manufacturing methods of an industrial organization are classified by the volume and variety of output:

  • Job (unit) production: one or a few units made to a customer's order, each different, with general purpose machines and skilled workers; cost per unit is high. Example: a turbine or a steel bridge made to order.
  • Batch production: a limited quantity of one product is made at a time, then the machines are reset for the next; machines are grouped by process. Example: medicines, garments, machine parts.
  • Mass (flow) production: large volumes of a standard product on a flow line of special machines, each doing one operation; low cost per unit but little flexibility. Example: bicycles, cars, instant noodles.
  • Continuous (process) production: material flows without a break through a fixed sequence of processes, often round the clock and highly automated. Example: cement at Hetauda Cement Industries, sugar, petroleum refining.
PointJobBatchMassContinuous
VolumeVery lowMediumHighVery high
VarietyVery highMediumLowVery low
MachinesGeneral purposeGeneral purposeSpecial purposeSpecial, automated
LayoutProcessProcessProduct lineProduct flow
Cost per unitHighMediumLowLowest

Relation between the marketing concept and production development PIN 1/36

Asked once

2065 Kartik · Q28 marksExplain the relation between marketing concept and production development.

Under the marketing concept the firm makes what customers want, so marketing leads production development: every stage of developing a product starts from the customer and is checked against the customer.

  • Source of ideas: market research reveals needs, complaints and gaps, which become the ideas for new or improved products.
  • Specification: marketing turns customer wants into the product's features, quality level, size, design and packaging, which the designers work to.
  • Target cost: marketing fixes the price the market will pay; production development then designs to a cost that leaves a profit at that price, using value analysis and standardization.
  • Testing with customers: prototypes and trial batches are tested in the market, and customer reaction goes back into the design before full production.
  • Volume and method: the sales forecast decides plant capacity and the manufacturing method, job, batch or mass.
  • Timing and life cycle: launch dates follow the market, and products at the end of their life cycle are replaced by new ones.
  • After launch: sales records and complaints guide continuous improvement.
Production conceptMarketing concept
Develop what the plant can make efficiently, then sell itDevelop what customers need, then make it
Development starts in the factoryDevelopment starts in the market
Risk of unsold stockDemand known before production

The relation runs both ways: research and development offers new technical possibilities, which marketing tests against customer needs. For example, a cooker maker finds that rural buyers want an induction cooker that works at low voltage; production development designs it, tests prototypes with users and plans its mass production.

2Personnel management

Personnel management (human resource management) TOP 14/36

Asked 14 times

2081 Baishakh · Q51 markWhat is the main idea of personal management?

2080 Bhadra · Q54 marksWhat is personal management?

2080 Baishakh · Q23 marksDefine personal management

2075 Ashwin · Q5assignmentWhat is personnel management?

2074 Ashwin · Q53 marksDefine Personnel Management.

2072 Kartik · Q6assignmentDefine personal management

2071 Shrawan · Q63 marksWhat is personnel management?

2070 Chaitra · Q63 marksDefine the term personnel management.

2070 Ashad · Q63 marksDefine the term Personnel management

2068 Chaitra · Q5a4 marksWhat do you understand by personnel management?

2068 Baishakh · Q54 marksDefine the term personnel management.

2065 Shrawan · Q53 marksWhat do you mean by personal management?

2064 Jestha · Q55 marksWhat do you mean by human resource management?

2062 Baishakh · Q5assignmentDefine the term personnel management

Personnel management is the part of management concerned with people at work: the planning, organizing, directing and controlling of the procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance and separation of the workforce, so that the goals of the organization, the employees and society are all met (Edwin B. Flippo). Its modern and wider name is human resource management (HRM), which treats employees as an asset to be developed rather than as a cost.

Its main idea is the effective use of manpower: obtaining, developing, using and keeping a competent and satisfied workforce. It covers personnel policy, staffing, hiring and firing, orientation, pay, leave, health programmes, training and appraisal.

It has three aspects:

  • Welfare aspect: working conditions and amenities such as canteens, housing, medical care and counselling.
  • Labour (personnel) aspect: recruitment, placement, pay, promotion and incentives.
  • Industrial relations aspect: dealing with trade unions, collective bargaining and the settlement of disputes.

Factors affecting the wage and salary structure HOT 9/36

Asked 9 times

2082 Bhadra · Q73 marksWhat are the different factors that affect wage/salary structure?

2080 Bhadra · Q54 marksElaborate the various factors of wage and salary structure with proper examples.

2076 Chaitra · Q64 marksExplain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure.

2074 Ashwin · Q65 marksExplain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure.

2072 Chaitra · Q74 marksWhat are the different factors that affect wage / salary structure?

2072 Kartik · Q7assignmentExplain different factors of salary structure.

2070 Ashad · Q75 marksExplain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure.

2068 Baishakh · Q58 marksExplain the different factors of wage and salary structure.

2058 Chaitra · Q5assignmentexplain the different factors of wage and salary structure?

The wage and salary structure is the set of pay rates for the different jobs of an organization. Its level is set by the following factors:

WAGE AND SALARY STRUCTURE Seven factors set the level of pay; the pay itself comes as direct and indirect compensation. FACTORS THAT SET THE LEVEL OF PAY Ability to pay of the firm Labour supply and demand Prevailing market rate Living wage enough to live on Productivity output per hour Union bargaining power Minimum wage set by government Total compensation what the employee gets for the job Direct compensation paid in money for the work Basic wage or salary Overtime pay Bonus Holiday pay Profit sharing Indirect compensation benefits and allowances Life and health insurance Pension Provident fund Allowances: house, family, vehicle Welfare and social security
  1. Ability to pay: a profitable firm can pay more, and a firm in loss pays less. E.g., a large commercial bank pays more than a small cottage industry.
  2. Supply and demand of labour: scarce skills earn more. E.g., experienced software engineers are paid more than unskilled helpers, who are plentiful.
  3. Prevailing market rate: pay must match what similar firms pay for similar jobs, or skilled staff leave. E.g., IT firms in Kathmandu watch each other's salaries.
  4. Cost of living (living wage): pay must let the employee and family live decently; the dearness allowance rises with prices.
  5. Productivity: higher output per man-hour supports higher wages, as in piece rate and incentive plans.
  6. Trade union bargaining power: strong unions win higher wages through collective bargaining.
  7. Government regulation: pay cannot go below the minimum remuneration fixed by the Government of Nepal under the Labour Act.
  8. Job requirements: jobs needing more skill, effort and responsibility, or done in worse conditions, are paid more, as found by job evaluation. E.g., a site engineer earns more than a site helper.
  9. Employee factors: qualification, experience and seniority, e.g., annual increments.

The pay itself is given as direct compensation (basic pay, overtime, bonus, profit share) and indirect compensation (insurance, pension or provident fund, house, family and vehicle allowances, and welfare).

Job analysis HOT 7/36

Asked 7 times

2079 Bhadra · Q6a2 marksExplain the following: Job analysis

2071 Chaitra · Q65 marksDefine the term job analysis

2066 Bhadra · Q56 marksWhat do you mean by job analysis?

2065 Kartik · Q53 marksDefine the term Job analysis.

2065 Shrawan · Q55 marksDefine the term job analysis.

2064 Kartik · Q5assignmentWhat do you mean by job analysis?

2064 Jestha · Q6e4 marksWrite short notes on: Job analysis

Job analysis is the process of studying a job to collect and record all the facts about it: its tasks, duties, responsibilities, tools and working conditions, and the skills, knowledge and qualities a person needs to do it. It answers why the job exists, what is done, how and when, and who is qualified. (A job is a package of tasks, duties and responsibilities performed for pay.)

JOB ANALYSIS Three methods gather the facts, two documents record them, and personnel work runs on them. Questionnaire job holders fill in a form Interview the holder describes the duties Observation the analyst watches the work Job analysis describes the job and who can do it Job description about the JOB title, location, job summary, duties, machines and tools, working conditions what is done, how and why Job specification about the PERSON education and qualifications, skills, knowledge, experience, personal qualities the human qualities the job needs Recruitment and selection hire people who fit Training close the skill gap Job evaluation rank jobs, set fair pay Performance appraisal a standard to rate against
  • Methods: questionnaire, interview and observation.
  • Job description: about the job: title, location, summary, duties, tools and working conditions.
  • Job specification: about the person: education, skills, knowledge, experience and personal qualities.

Uses:

  • Recruitment and selection: hire people who fit the job.
  • Training: shows the skills to be taught.
  • Job evaluation and pay: ranks jobs and sets fair wages.
  • Performance appraisal: gives the standard to rate against.
  • Job design and safety: improves methods and working conditions.

Example: before hiring a site engineer, a construction firm lists the site duties, equipment, travel, and the degree and experience required.

Functions of personnel management HOT 6/36

Asked 6 times

2080 Baishakh · Q25 marksexplain the function of personal management.

2075 Chaitra · Q55 marksWhat are the functions of personal management?

2072 Kartik · Q6assignmentexplain function of personal management.

2071 Chaitra · Q54 marksDescribe various functions of personnel management.

2070 Chaitra · Q65 marksExplain the function of personal management.

2070 Ashad · Q65 marksexplain its functions.

The functions of personnel management are of two kinds: managerial functions, which run the personnel work, and operative functions, which are that work itself.

FUNCTIONS OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT Managerial functions run the personnel work; operative functions are that work itself. Personnel management or human resource management Managerial functions the management cycle, applied to people Operative functions the employee's journey, hiring to retention 1 Planning decide in advance 2 Organizing jobs, roles, authority 3 Directing guide and supervise 4 Coordinating unify the efforts 5 Controlling check against plan 1 Procurement recruit, select, place 2 Development train and educate 3 Compensation fair pay 4 Integration harmony and communication 5 Maintenance health, safety, welfare 6 Motivation incentives

A. Managerial functions (the management cycle applied to people):

  • Planning: deciding the personnel programme in advance, e.g., how many engineers will be needed next year.
  • Organizing: setting up the jobs, roles and authority for the personnel work.
  • Directing: guiding, supervising and motivating employees.
  • Coordinating: unifying the efforts of people and departments.
  • Controlling: checking performance against the plan and correcting it.

B. Operative functions:

  • Procurement (employment): manpower planning, recruitment, selection and placement.
  • Development: training, education and career development after placement.
  • Compensation: fair wages and salaries, fixed by job evaluation, the ability to pay and market rates.
  • Integration: communication and harmony among employees, employers and trade unions.
  • Maintenance: health, safety, welfare, insurance and recreation.
  • Motivation: monetary and non-monetary incentives that draw out the best effort.

Industrial relations HOT 6/36

Asked 6 times

2067 Ashad · Q6b4 marksWrite short notes on: Industrial relation

2066 Bhadra · Q26 marksWhat do you mean by industrial relation?

2065 Kartik · Q24 marksWhat do you mean by industrial relation?

2065 Shrawan · Q6b4 marksWrite short notes on: Industrial relation

2064 Jestha · Q6b4 marksWrite short notes on: Industrial relation

2062 Baishakh · Q6bassignmentWrite short notes on: Industrial Relation

Industrial relations are the relations between management (employers) and workers (employees and their trade unions) in an industry, together with the role of the government in regulating them. Good industrial relations mean industrial peace, cooperation and high productivity; poor relations mean strikes, lockouts and disputes.

Parties: workers and their trade unions, employers and their associations, and the government (labour laws, labour offices and courts).

Objectives:

  • Industrial peace: harmony between management and labour.
  • Productivity: higher output and quality.
  • Workers' welfare: fair wages, good working conditions and job security.
  • Participation: a voice for workers in management.
  • Prevention of disputes, and quick settlement of those that arise.

Means of good industrial relations:

  • Collective bargaining between management and unions.
  • Grievance procedure for individual complaints.
  • Joint consultation and workers' participation through works committees.
  • Settlement machinery: negotiation, conciliation, arbitration and adjudication by a labour court.
  • Sound personnel policies: fair pay, welfare and discipline.

In Nepal, industrial relations are governed by the Labour Act 2074 and the Trade Union Act 2049, and labour disputes can go to the Labour Court.

Methods of merit rating (performance appraisal) PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2070 Chaitra · Q76 marksState and describe the various methods of merit rating.

2068 Baishakh · Q54 marksWhat are the methods of performance appraisals?

2066 Bhadra · Q55 marksExplain the methods of performance appraisal.

2062 Baishakh · Q5assignmentexplain different methods of performance appraisal.

2057 Chaitra · Q5assignmentexplain the different methods of performance appraisals.

The methods of merit rating (performance appraisal) are traditional, based on personal traits, and modern, based on results.

A. Traditional methods

  • Ranking: the oldest and simplest; employees are ranked from best to worst on overall performance.
  • Paired (person to person) comparison: each employee is compared with every other, one pair at a time, and the number of times preferred gives the rank.
  • Grading: categories such as outstanding, satisfactory and unsatisfactory are defined, and each employee is placed in one.
  • Graphic rating scale: traits such as quality and quantity of work, initiative, dependability, attitude and attendance are each rated on a scale, e.g., 1 to 5.
  • Free essay: the supervisor describes the employee's performance in own words, with examples.
  • Checklist and critical incidents: yes or no statements about the employee, or a record of notably good and bad incidents.

B. Modern methods

  • Management by objectives (appraisal by results): superior and employee jointly set measurable goals, and performance is judged by the results achieved.
  • Assessment centre: tests, group exercises, role plays and in-basket tasks judge fitness for a higher post.
  • Behaviourally anchored rating scale (BARS): each scale point is described by actual job behaviour.
  • 360 degree feedback: ratings from superiors, peers, subordinates, customers and self.
  • Human resource accounting: employees are valued as assets in money, and the change in that value, the contribution against the cost of employing the person, shows performance.

Collective bargaining PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2068 Chaitra · Q6e4 marksWrite short notes on: Collective bargaining

2065 Shrawan · Q53 marksWhat do you mean by collective bargaining?

2064 Jestha · Q55 marksDefine the term collective bargaining.

2061 Baishakh · Q5assignmentWhat do you mean by collective bargaining?

2059 Chaitra · Q5assignmentWhat do you mean by collective bargaining

Collective bargaining is the process in which representatives of the employer and of the employees (the trade union) negotiate as groups, not as individuals, to agree on wages, hours, working conditions and other terms of employment, and record the agreement in a written contract.

Features:

  • Collective: workers act together through their union, which gives them strength equal to the employer's.
  • Bipartite: a direct give and take between the two parties; the government steps in only if they fail.
  • Continuous: it runs from negotiation to implementation and renewal of the agreement.
  • Flexible: both sides compromise to reach a settlement.
  • Binding: the agreement binds both parties for its period.

Importance: it settles disputes peacefully, gives workers a voice, fixes fair wages, and brings industrial peace and higher productivity.

Example: the union at a hotel negotiates a new pay and allowance agreement with the management.

Personnel policy and what it must include PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2082 Bhadra · Q54 marksDescribe necessary terms included in a development of personnel policy.

2080 Baishakh · Q54 marksExplain about the personal policy

2079 Bhadra · Q55 marksExplain the policies of personnel mangement.

2075 Ashwin · Q5assignmentWhat must a good personal policy include?

A personnel policy (employee handbook) is the written statement of what the employer expects from employees and what employees can expect from the employer. It is given to every employee at hiring and explained at orientation by the personnel manager.

The terms a good personnel policy includes:

  1. Introduction: a welcome from top management, a brief history, values, objectives and the organization structure.
  2. Employment policy: hiring, probation, transfer, promotion, layoff and dismissal.
  3. Work rules: hours of work, rest periods, attendance, dress and conduct.
  4. Leave and holidays: casual, sick, annual and festival leave, and public holidays.
  5. Compensation policy: pay structure, allowances, overtime, incentives, bonus, insurance, provident fund, gratuity or pension.
  6. Training and development: training, education support and career paths.
  7. Welfare and safety: health and safety rules, counselling, relocation help and family benefits.
  8. Discipline and legal policies: code of conduct, harassment policy, grievance and disciplinary procedures, accidents at work and trade unions.

A good policy is written, simple, fair, consistent with the Labour Act and the objectives of the organization, and reviewed periodically.

Need and importance of manpower planning PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2080 Baishakh · Q54 marksdescribe about the importance of manpower planning in an organization.

2076 Chaitra · Q54 marksWhy do we need manpower planning in the organization.

2076 Ashwin · Q54 marksWhy do we need manpower planning in the organization?

2073 Shrawan · Q63 marksDiscuss the importance of Manpower Planning.

Manpower planning is needed because an organization cannot meet its goals unless the right people are ready at the right time.

  • Right manpower: no shortage (overload, delays) and no surplus (idle cost).
  • Lower labour cost: excess staff is avoided, so operating cost falls.
  • Higher productivity: the skills and qualifications of employees are known and used well.
  • Replacement: retirements, resignations and promotions are foreseen and vacancies are filled in time.
  • Expansion and new technology: people are recruited and trained ahead of new projects and machines.
  • Attracting talent: planned recruitment brings in new skills.
  • Motivation: training, career paths and incentive plans follow from the plan.
  • Basis for HR work: recruitment, training and the personnel budget all start from it.

Example: a bank opening new branches must recruit and train staff before the branches open.

Merit rating (performance appraisal) PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2079 Bhadra · Q6c2 marksExplain the following: Merit rating

2070 Chaitra · Q72 marksDefine merit rating.

2065 Kartik · Q6e4 marksWrite short notes on: Performance appraisals

2057 Chaitra · Q5assignmentWhat do you mean by performance appraisals

Merit rating (performance appraisal) is the systematic, periodic evaluation of an employee's performance on the job, and of the qualities and potential for development, against the requirements of the job. It is the oldest and most universal management practice, done after the employee is selected, trained and placed.

It is the basis for:

  • Promotion, transfer and placement decisions.
  • Salary review: increments, raises and bonus.
  • Training and development: training needs and job rotation plans.
  • Feedback: each employee is told how well the work is done and how to improve.
  • Organizational efficiency: the best efforts of employees are recognised and drawn out.

Methods: traditional (ranking, paired comparison, grading, graphic rating scale, free essay) and modern (management by objectives, assessment centre, 360 degree feedback).

Example: a bank rates each officer every year on targets met, customer service and discipline before deciding increments.

Incentives PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2076 Chaitra · Q64 marksWhat do you mean by incentives.

2074 Ashwin · Q63 marksWhat do you mean by incentives?

2072 Kartik · Q7assignmentWhat do you mean by incentive?

2070 Ashad · Q73 marksWhat do you mean by incentives?

An incentive is anything, over and above the basic wage, that motivates an employee to perform better and achieve more. Incentive programmes link reward to performance, to raise productivity and help employees enjoy their work.

  • Financial (monetary) incentives: pay rise, bonus, commission, profit sharing, and premiums for time saved (Halsey and Rowan plans).
  • Non-financial incentives: recognition and awards, promotion, job security, flexible hours, paid holidays, training and education, a friendly environment, family benefits, gift vouchers or tickets.
  • Individual incentives: reward each person's measurable output, e.g., a piece rate.
  • Group incentives: reward a team's output where individual output cannot be measured; fast workers help the slow ones.

Example: a sales officer paid a commission on every insurance policy sold works harder to sell more.

Role of personnel management (HRM) in the organization and its development PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2082 Bhadra · Q54 marksWhat role does human resource management play in the development of an organization?

2076 Chaitra · Q54 marksExplain the role of personnel management in the organization.

2076 Ashwin · Q54 marksExplain the role of Personnel Management in the organization.

Personnel management (HRM) develops the organization through its people: it supplies, builds and keeps the workforce on which every other function depends.

  • Staffing: plans manpower, then recruits, selects and places the right people in the right jobs.
  • Development: trains employees and grows future managers, so the organization can expand and adopt new technology.
  • Performance: sets job standards, appraises performance and links pay and promotion to results.
  • Motivation and retention: fair pay, incentives and career paths raise morale and cut turnover.
  • Industrial peace: handles grievances, unions and collective bargaining, so no work is lost to disputes.
  • Culture and compliance: a clear personnel policy, discipline and compliance with labour law build trust and teamwork.

So the capable and committed workforce that personnel management builds is what turns the plans of an organization into growth.

Why the personnel policy is discussed with a new employee PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2078 Bhadra · Q75 marksWhy is it important to discuss Personnel Policy with the employees at Hiring?

2074 Ashwin · Q55 marksHow important is discussing Personnel Policy/Employee Handbook to newly hired employee?

2073 Shrawan · Q65 marksWhy is personnel Policy necessary to be discussed?

Discussing the personnel policy (employee handbook) with a newly hired employee is very important, because it settles the terms of the relationship before problems arise.

  • Clear expectations: the employee knows what the employer expects (hours, attendance, conduct, duties) and what the employer offers in return.
  • Rights and benefits: pay, allowances, leave, insurance, provident fund and promotion rules are understood, so there are no false hopes.
  • Fewer disputes: discipline, grievance and dismissal procedures are known in advance, which prevents misunderstanding and grievances later.
  • Legal protection: safety rules and the harassment policy are explained, and the employee's signed acknowledgement protects both sides.
  • Faster adjustment: as part of induction, the history, values and structure help the newcomer settle in and become productive sooner.
  • Equal treatment: every employee hears the same rules, which builds trust and morale.

Example: a new engineer told at induction that probation lasts six months and that sick leave needs a medical certificate is not surprised or aggrieved later.

Manpower (human resource) planning PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2081 Bhadra · Q53 marksExplain the term Human Recourse Planning.

2078 Bhadra · Q73 marksDefine Manpower Planning.

2075 Chaitra · Q10a4 marksWrite short notes on: Manpower planning

Manpower planning (human resource planning) is the process of ensuring that the organization has the right number and kind of people, at the right place and at the right time, doing the work for which they are best suited. Manpower is the sum of the skills, knowledge, abilities, creativity and values of the workforce.

MANPOWER (HUMAN RESOURCE) PLANNING Four steps put the right people in place; a review feeds back into the next round. 1 Analyse present manpower inventory how many people work here now, by department 2 Forecast future manpower needs from future workload, prospects and budget 3 Develop employment programmes recruit, select and place to meet the forecast 4 Design training and development programmes train new and old staff, keep pace with technology Right number and kind of people, at the right place and time feedback: monitor, review and plan again

It is done in four steps: analyse the present manpower inventory, forecast future needs, develop employment programmes to fill the gap, and design training programmes, with a periodic review.

It avoids both shortage and surplus of staff, lowers labour cost, raises productivity and prepares people for new technology. Example: a hydropower company forecasts the engineers and operators it will need at commissioning, and recruits and trains them in time.

Job description PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2068 Chaitra · Q5a4 marksExplain job description.

2067 Ashad · Q54 marksExplain the term job description.

2057 Chaitra · Q6cassignmentWrite short notes on: Job description

A job description is a written statement of what a job is: what is to be done, how and why. It is prepared from job analysis, it describes the job and not the job holder, and it fixes accountability.

It contains:

  • Job identification: title, code, department, division and location.
  • Job summary: the purpose of the job in a few lines.
  • Duties and responsibilities: what is done, how and why.
  • Relationships: to whom the holder reports and whom the holder supervises.
  • Machines, tools and materials used.
  • Working conditions: shifts, weekend work, travel, heavy lifting and hazards.
  • Qualifications required: skills, knowledge and experience, often attached as the job specification.

Uses: advertising vacancies, selection, induction, training, job evaluation and setting performance standards.

Job design and work efficiency PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2067 Ashad · Q6c4 marksWrite short notes on: Job design and work efficiency

2065 Kartik · Q55 marksDoes the job design help to work efficiency comment?

2065 Shrawan · Q43 marksJustify job design improve work efficiency.

Yes, a good job design improves work efficiency. Job design is the process of deciding the content of a job, the methods of doing it and its relations with other jobs, so that it is both productive and satisfying.

It does so through:

  • Work simplification: dividing work into simple, specialised tasks raises skill and speed and cuts training time.
  • Job rotation: moving workers between jobs reduces boredom and builds several skills and flexibility.
  • Job enlargement: adding more tasks of the same level (horizontal loading) gives variety.
  • Job enrichment: adding planning, control and responsibility (vertical loading) motivates, as Herzberg showed.
  • Ergonomics and method study: tools, layout and motions suited to the worker reduce fatigue, errors and accidents.
  • Autonomous work teams: teams that plan and check their own work raise commitment and quality.

Too much simplification makes a job monotonous, so efficiency comes from balancing specialisation with variety and responsibility. Example: in a Kathmandu garment factory, rotating operators between stations and letting each team check its own quality reduces absenteeism and defects.

Incentive programmes PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2068 Baishakh · Q6e4 marksWrite short notes on: Incentive programs

2066 Bhadra · Q6d4 marksWrite short notes on: Incentive Programs

2061 Baishakh · Q6cassignmentWrite short notes on: Incentive Programs

An incentive programme is a planned scheme that pays employees more for better performance, over and above the basic wage, to raise productivity and motivation.

Types: financial (bonus, commission, profit sharing) and non-financial (recognition, promotion, flexible hours); individual and group.

Wage incentive plans, with S = standard time, T = time taken and R = rate per hour; both guarantee the time wage:

  • Halsey premium plan: the worker gets 50 percent of the time saved: E=TR+0.5(S−T)R.
  • Rowan plan: the bonus is the proportion of time saved: E=TR+S−TSTR; hourly earnings never reach double the time rate.
  • Taylor's differential piece rate: a low piece rate for output below the standard and a high rate at or above it.
HALSEY AND ROWAN INCENTIVE PLANS Both guarantee the time wage; Rowan pays more until half the standard time is saved, Halsey after. Earnings per hour R 2R time wage guaranteed Straight time rate Halsey premium plan Rowan plan Rowan never reaches 2R T = S standard T = S / 2 half the time saved Efficiency S / T: more time saved to the right Halsey premium plan bonus = 50 % of time saved × rate Earnings = T R + 0.5 (S - T) R Rowan plan bonus = (time saved / standard time) × time taken × rate Earnings = T R + ((S - T) / S) T R never reaches double the time rate S = standard time T = time taken R = rate per hour

A good programme is simple, fair, linked to measurable output and paid promptly.

Recruitment compared with selection (hiring) PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2078 Bhadra · Q63 marksDifferentiate between recruitment and selection.

2072 Chaitra · Q64 marksWhat is the difference between recruitment and hiring?

Recruitment searches for candidates and invites them to apply; selection chooses the best of them. Recruitment comes first, and hiring is the whole process of both.

PointRecruitmentSelection
Meaningsearching for applicants and stimulating them to applychoosing the most suitable of the applicants
Aima large pool of suitable applicantsthe right person for the job
Naturepositive: invites as many as possiblenegative: rejects the unsuitable, step by step
Orderfirst stagefollows recruitment
Methodsadvertisement, sources, campus visitstests, interviews, reference and medical checks
Outcomeapplicationsan appointment letter, a contract of employment

Hiring is the whole process that ends in employment: recruitment, then selection, then appointment and placement. So recruitment against hiring is the part against the whole.

Outsourcing PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2080 Bhadra · Q63 marksDefine the term outsourcing.

2069 Chaitra · Q5assignmentWhat do you mean by outsourcing in this context?

Outsourcing is contracting out an activity, once done by the organization's own staff, to an outside agency that specializes in it. In the context of recruitment and selection, the organization hands part or all of its hiring work (advertising, screening, testing, even supplying staff on contract) to a recruitment agency or manpower company.

  • Examples: security, cleaning, canteen, IT support, payroll, or the first screening of applicants given to a specialist firm.
  • Advantages: lower cost, expert service, faster hiring and more attention to core work.
  • Disadvantages: less control, risk to confidential data and weaker loyalty of outsourced staff.

Methods and types of training, with their benefits PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2081 Bhadra · Q62 marksDescribe different types of trainings with their benefits.

2072 Chaitra · Q74 marksExplain different methods of Training Manpower.

Training methods fall into on-the-job methods, at the actual workplace, and off-the-job methods, away from it:

  • On-the-job training: the trainee does the real job under the immediate supervisor, through coaching, job rotation or understudy. Benefit: most practical and cheapest, and output continues.
  • Apprenticeship: long practical work under a skilled master with some theory, for trades such as electrician or machinist. Benefit: thorough, all-round skill.
  • Vestibule training: a mock workshop with the same equipment trains many people at once. Benefit: no production pressure or risk to real machines; but it is costly, and moving to the real workplace can be hard.
  • Special courses (classroom): lectures, seminars and conferences, in-house or at outside institutions, giving more knowledge than skill. Benefit: suits executives and new concepts.
  • Simulation, case study and role play: practice of decisions and human skills. Benefit: mistakes cost nothing.

The salary and benefits to expect on joining PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Baishakh · Q63 marksWhat kind of salary and benefits will you expect when you join an organization?

2075 Chaitra · Q65 marksWhat kind of salary and benefits do you expect when you join an organization?

As a fresh engineer, I would expect a fair, market-rate salary, the legal benefits and room to grow, rather than the highest starting pay.

  • Salary: a basic salary at the market rate for a fresh engineer in my field, never below the government minimum, with yearly increments and a review after probation.
  • Allowances: transport, communication and site allowances where needed, and overtime pay.
  • Statutory benefits: a festival (Dashain) allowance of one month's basic salary, provident fund and gratuity or Social Security Fund contribution, insurance and paid leave, as the Labour Act 2074 provides.
  • Incentives: a performance bonus and a share of profits.
  • Development: training, sponsored certification and a clear promotion path.
  • Work environment: reasonable hours, safety and some flexibility.

Early in a career, skills and security raise lifetime earnings more than a slightly higher first salary; in a Kathmandu software company, for example, I would accept a moderate start with training, provident fund and a review after six months.

In short: fair pay, statutory security and growth.

The motive behind personnel management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q52 marksExplain the motive behind personnel management?

The motive behind personnel management is to get the best out of people for the organization while keeping them satisfied, so that organizational and individual goals are met together. It aims to:

  • Procure the right number and kind of people.
  • Develop their skills and potential.
  • Reward them fairly and motivate them.
  • Retain them through welfare, good working conditions and good industrial relations.

Human resource management compared with personnel management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q52 marksHow does Human Resources Management System differ from personnel management?

Human resource management (HRM) is the modern, strategic and wider form of personnel management.

PointPersonnel managementHRM
People seen asa cost, a factor of productionan asset to be developed
Natureroutine, administrative, reactivestrategic, proactive
Focusrules, pay, welfare, disciplinedevelopment, commitment, performance
Done bythe personnel department aloneline managers together with HR

HRM is usually backed by an HR information system.

Significance of the HR manager in a modern organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q34 marksWhat is the significance of Human Resource Manager in modern organization?

The HR manager is significant because, in a modern organization, people and their knowledge are the main source of competitive advantage, and the HR manager is responsible for them.

  • Strategic partner: links manpower plans with business strategy, e.g., staffing a new branch or product.
  • Talent acquisition: attracts and hires scarce skills in a competitive job market.
  • Development: plans training and careers, so staff keep pace with changing technology.
  • Retention: designs pay, incentives and a healthy work culture that cut turnover and talent poaching.
  • Performance management: runs fair appraisal and reward systems.
  • Employee relations and law: handles grievances and unions, and ensures compliance with the Labour Act 2074.
  • Change agent: prepares people for restructuring, mergers and digital systems.

Tackling talent poaching PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q64 marksHow would HR Manager tackle with the problem of talent poaching in the modern industries?

Talent poaching is rivals luring away an organization's skilled employees. I would tackle it by making key staff want to stay, not by trying to stop them leaving.

  • Competitive pay: benchmark salaries against the market yearly and give retention bonuses to key people.
  • Career growth: clear promotion paths, training and sponsored certification, so staff see a future inside.
  • Good culture: recognition, fair supervisors, and flexible hours or remote work.
  • Early warning: stay interviews and exit interviews to find and remove the reasons for leaving.
  • Legal safeguards: contracts with notice periods and confidentiality clauses, and training bonds where lawful.
  • Succession planning: knowledge sharing and a trained second line, so one departure does not stop work.

In Nepal, IT firms lose developers to foreign companies and remote jobs; those offering growth, market pay and flexibility keep more. Retention by attraction beats restriction.

Appropriate and inappropriate human resources PIN 1/36

Asked once

2073 Shrawan · Q74 marksWhat is difference between appropriate and inappropriate human resources?

Appropriate human resources are people whose number, knowledge, skills and attitude match what their jobs and the organization need; inappropriate human resources do not match: they are unfit, surplus, short or wrongly placed.

PointAppropriateInappropriate
Fitright person in the right jobwrong person, or the right person in the wrong job
Skillsqualified, trained, up to dateunder-qualified, over-qualified or outdated
Numberright number at the right timesurplus (idle cost) or shortage (overload)
Attitudecommitted, disciplined, cooperativecareless, often absent, in conflict
Resulthigh productivity, low cost, low turnoverlow output, waste, errors, high turnover

Example: a trained civil engineer supervising a bridge site is an appropriate resource; an untrained helper made to supervise the same site is not.

How HRM makes human resources appropriate PIN 1/36

Asked once

2073 Shrawan · Q74 marksList out some idea to elaborate them concerning with "Human Resources Management".

Human resource management keeps human resources appropriate, and corrects the inappropriate, through its own functions:

  • Manpower planning: forecast the right number and kind of people, avoiding both surplus and shortage.
  • Job analysis: write the job description and specification, so the appropriate person is defined before hiring.
  • Scientific selection: tests, interviews and reference checks keep unfit candidates out.
  • Placement and job rotation: put each person where the skills fit, and move the misplaced.
  • Training and development: turn under-skilled staff into appropriate ones.
  • Performance appraisal: find who is not performing, and why.
  • Pay, incentives and counselling: correct poor motivation and attitude.
  • Redeployment or separation: transfer or retrain the surplus and, as a last resort, retrench or offer voluntary retirement, as the labour law allows.

Recruitment PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Bhadra · Q6d2 marksExplain the following: Recruitment

Recruitment is the process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organization (Flippo). It creates a pool of suitable applicants, from which the best are then selected.

Its sources are internal (promotion, transfer, former employees) and external (advertisement, campus recruitment, employment agencies, job portals, referrals and walk-in candidates).

Importance of the hiring procedure PIN 1/36

Asked once

2063 Ashwin · Q4assignmentDescribe the importance of hiring procedure in an organization

A sound hiring procedure is important because an organization can be no better than the people it hires.

  • Right person for the right job: systematic tests and interviews match the candidate with the job specification.
  • Lower cost: a wrong hire wastes pay, training and output, and must be replaced.
  • Higher productivity and quality: capable people do more and better work.
  • Lower turnover and absenteeism: suitable and satisfied people stay longer.
  • Fairness: an open, merit based procedure avoids favouritism and disputes, and gives equal opportunity.
  • Good image: a transparent procedure attracts better applicants.
  • Basis for later HR work: placement, training and appraisal all start from a good selection.

Example: selection of civil servants by open competition through the Public Service Commission of Nepal makes appointments on merit.

Training and development of human resources PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Shrawan · Q75 marksWhat do you mean by Training and Development of Human resources?

Training is an organized activity for increasing the knowledge and skills of people for a definite purpose, so that they do their present jobs better; Flippo calls it the act of increasing the knowledge and skill of an employee for doing a particular job. Development is the long term growth of a person's abilities, attitudes and personality for future and higher responsibilities, mainly of managers.

PointTrainingDevelopment
Aimbetter performance in the present jobgrowth for future jobs and career
Contenttechnical, job specific skillsconceptual and human skills, attitude
Mainly foroperatives and new employeesmanagers and executives
Periodshort termlong term, continuous

Training and development continues throughout an employee's service, for new and old staff alike. It raises efficiency, morale and job satisfaction, shortens the time to become productive, cuts errors, accidents and supervision, and prepares people for promotion and new technology. Example: a new telecom engineer is trained on the company's network equipment, while a section chief attends a management course before promotion.

Role of training in the growth of new employees PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q54 marksWhat role does trainings play in the growth and development of the new employees?

Training turns a new employee into a productive and confident member of the organization quickly. Its role in the growth of new employees:

  • Faster productivity: the newcomer masters the job methods, machines and systems without slow trial and error.
  • Skill gap filled: it adds what the job needs beyond what college taught.
  • Adjustment and confidence: with induction, the employee understands the rules, culture and people, and settles in.
  • Fewer errors and accidents: correct and safe methods are taught from the start.
  • Motivation: the employee feels valued, so job satisfaction rises and early turnover falls.
  • Career growth: new skills prepare the employee for promotion and higher responsibility.
  • Less supervision: a trained employee needs less close control.

Example: a fresh engineer at a software company in Kathmandu becomes productive within weeks after structured training on the company's tools and coding standards.

Why training and merit rating are necessary PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Bhadra · Q63 marksWhy are trainings and merit rating necessary in the organization?

Both are necessary: training builds the ability of employees, and merit rating measures how well they use it.

  • Training is necessary to raise skills and productivity, adapt to new technology, reduce errors, accidents and supervision, improve morale, and prepare staff for promotion.
  • Merit rating is necessary to judge each employee's performance objectively, give feedback, decide pay increases, promotions and transfers fairly, reveal training needs, and keep records for HR decisions.

The two feed each other: appraisal shows the gaps, and training closes them.

The job analysis process that suits organizations in Nepal PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Bhadra · Q75 marksIn your opinion, which job analysis process is the more suitable in organizations operating in Nepal?

In my view, the interview method combined with observation, with a questionnaire only in large organizations, suits organizations operating in Nepal best.

  • Small organizations: most Nepalese firms are small or medium with few holders per job, so interviews are cheap and quick, while a formal questionnaire costs more than it returns.
  • Clearer data: operative workers describe their duties more fully in conversation, in Nepali, than on a written form, and doubts are cleared at once.
  • Field and manual jobs: construction, hydropower, factory and hotel jobs are best understood by watching; observation gives first-hand facts on tools, hazards and conditions.
  • Hidden duties: office, bank and IT jobs include unseen planning and thinking, which the interview brings out.
  • Large organizations such as Nepal Electricity Authority or Nepal Telecom have many similar posts, where a standard questionnaire saves time.

Example: a hydropower developer can observe its powerhouse operators, interview its engineers and accountant, then write the job descriptions.

A mixed approach led by interviews gives accurate data at an affordable cost.

Contents of the job description and the job specification PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Bhadra · Q63 marksList out the things to be included in the job description and job specification.

The job description records what the job is; the job specification records what the person doing it must have.

Job description (the job)Job specification (the person)
Job title and codeEducation and qualifications
Department and locationExperience
Job summarySkills and knowledge
Duties and responsibilitiesPhysical requirements: health, eyesight
Reporting relationshipsMental abilities: judgement, intelligence
Machines, tools and materialsPersonal qualities: communication, initiative, integrity
Working conditions and hazardsAge limit, licences or training required
Pay, hours and benefitsAptitude and interest suited to the job

Job description and job specification of a lecturer post PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Baishakh · Q65 marksHow would you generate Job description and job specification of Lecture post in engineering college?

I would generate them by job analysis of the post: interview the head of department and serving lecturers, observe classes and labs, and study the university's rules for the post, then write the two documents.

Job description

  • Title: Lecturer, Department of Electronics and Computer Engineering, an engineering college in Nepal.
  • Reports to: the Head of Department.
  • Job summary: teach undergraduate engineering courses and share research and department work.
  • Duties: teach assigned theory and practical classes; prepare lesson plans and notes; set and assess internal examinations; supervise projects; counsel students; do research; serve on committees.
  • Working conditions: full time, in classrooms and laboratories, with pay and benefits on the college scale.

Job specification

  • Education: a master's degree in the relevant engineering field, with a good academic record.
  • Experience: teaching, research or industry experience preferred.
  • Skills: subject knowledge, clear communication in English and Nepali, and lab and software skills.
  • Personal qualities: patience, integrity, punctuality and interest in research.

The description says what a lecturer does; the specification says whom to select.

Job evaluation PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Bhadra · Q6b2 marksExplain the following: Job evaluation

Job evaluation is a systematic method of finding the relative value of each job in an organization, by comparing the skill, effort, responsibility and working conditions it demands, so that a fair and rational pay structure can be set. It rates the job, not the person doing it.

Its methods are ranking, grading (job classification), point rating and factor comparison.

Job evaluation compared with merit rating PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Baishakh · Q63 marksHow can you compare Job evaluation with Merit Rating?

Job evaluation rates the job; merit rating rates the person doing it.

PointJob evaluationMerit rating
What is ratedthe job: skill, effort, responsibility, conditionsthe employee: performance and qualities
Purposefix the pay scale of each jobdecide each person's increments, promotion, training
Whenwhen jobs are created or changedperiodically, during service
Resultjob hierarchy and wage structureranking of employees in the same job
Methodsranking, grading, point, factor comparisonranking, rating scales, MBO, 360 degree

Both aim at fair pay: job evaluation fixes the job's rate; merit rating varies pay within it by merit.

Modern methods of performance appraisal PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q54 marksExplain the modern performance appraisal methods.

Modern methods judge an employee mainly by results and job behaviour, not only by personal traits:

  • Management by objectives (appraisal by results): manager and employee jointly set measurable objectives, review progress regularly and reward the results.
  • Assessment centre: promotion candidates face tests, group discussions, role plays and in-basket exercises like the work of the higher job, watched by trained assessors.
  • Behaviourally anchored rating scale (BARS): each scale point is described by an actual example of good or poor job behaviour, making the rating objective.
  • 360 degree feedback: the employee is rated by superiors, peers, subordinates, customers and self.
  • Human resource accounting: employees are valued as assets in money, and the change in that value, the contribution against the cost of employing the person, shows performance.

Example: banks in Nepal set yearly targets for deposits, loans and recovery and appraise officers against them: MBO in practice.

Management by objectives PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q6d4 marksWrite short notes on: Management by objective

Management by objectives (MBO) is a process in which a superior and a subordinate jointly set the subordinate's goals, agree on the results expected, and use those results as the standard for guiding the work and appraising performance. Peter Drucker introduced it in The Practice of Management (1954).

  1. Organizational goals: top management sets the overall goals.
  2. Joint objective setting: each superior and subordinate agree on specific, measurable, time-bound objectives.
  3. Action planning: plans and resources are fixed to achieve them.
  4. Periodic review: progress is checked and objectives are adjusted.
  5. Appraisal: results are compared with objectives at the end of the period.
  6. Feedback and reward, then the next period's objectives are set.

Advantages: clear goals, participation and commitment, objective appraisal, better planning and communication.

Limitations: time consuming, measurable goals are hard to set for every job, and it can stress short term results and paperwork.

Wages and merit ranking PIN 1/36

Asked once

2078 Bhadra · Q62 marksDefine term wages and merit ranking.

Wages are the remuneration paid for labour, computed per hour, day or week or per unit of output; paid monthly or yearly to staff, it is called a salary. It includes the basic wage plus allowances such as overtime and bonus.

Merit ranking is arranging employees from best to worst by comparing their performance and qualities with one another, so that pay increases and promotions go by merit.

Salary structure PIN 1/36

Asked once

2058 Chaitra · Q5assignmentWhat do you mean by salary structure

A salary (wage) structure is the set of pay rates or pay ranges for all the jobs of an organization, arranged in a hierarchy according to the relative value of the jobs found by job evaluation.

  • Job classes (grades): jobs of similar value are grouped and paid alike, either at a flat rate for the class or within a range (minimum to maximum) that allows for experience.
  • Components: basic salary plus allowances, as direct compensation (basic pay, overtime, bonus) and indirect compensation (insurance, provident fund, pension, allowances).
  • Increments: a scale of basic pay with a fixed annual increment up to a ceiling.

Example: the civil service of Nepal has separate salary scales for each level, with annual grade increments within the level.

How wages are calculated PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q53 marksHow wages are calculated?

Wages are calculated by three basic methods (S = standard time, T = time taken, R = rate per hour):

  • Time rate: pay for the time spent, whatever the output: E=T×R. E.g., 8 hours at Rs 150 an hour gives Rs 1,200.
  • Piece rate: pay for the output: E=N×P, where N is the number of pieces and P the rate per piece.
  • Incentive (premium) plans: the time wage is guaranteed and a bonus is added for time saved. Halsey: E=TR+0.5(S−T)R; Rowan: E=TR+S−TSTR.
HALSEY AND ROWAN INCENTIVE PLANS Both guarantee the time wage; Rowan pays more until half the standard time is saved, Halsey after. Earnings per hour R 2R time wage guaranteed Straight time rate Halsey premium plan Rowan plan Rowan never reaches 2R T = S standard T = S / 2 half the time saved Efficiency S / T: more time saved to the right Halsey premium plan bonus = 50 % of time saved × rate Earnings = T R + 0.5 (S - T) R Rowan plan bonus = (time saved / standard time) × time taken × rate Earnings = T R + ((S - T) / S) T R never reaches double the time rate S = standard time T = time taken R = rate per hour

Allowances are then added, and statutory deductions (tax, provident fund) subtracted, to give the take-home pay.

Why incentives are needed in an organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Chaitra · Q64 marksWhy do we need incentives in an organization?

Incentives are needed because the basic wage buys attendance, while incentives buy extra effort.

  • Higher productivity: a reward for output makes workers produce more in less time.
  • Lower cost per unit: more output is spread over the same fixed costs.
  • Motivation and morale: effort is recognised, so job satisfaction rises.
  • Better quality: less waste when the reward depends on good output.
  • Retention of talent: turnover and absenteeism fall.
  • Higher earnings for workers without raising the basic wage of all.
  • Teamwork: group incentives make members cooperate.
  • Better industrial relations: workers share the gains of productivity.

Example: a garment factory that pays a bonus for output above the standard gets more pieces a day and fewer idle hours.

Kinds of incentives used in organizations PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Shrawan · Q73 marksExplain various incentives used in organization.

The incentives used in organizations are of these kinds:

  • Financial incentives: bonus, commission, pay rise, piece rate and premium plans (Halsey, Rowan, Taylor's differential piece rate).
  • Non-financial incentives: recognition, promotion, job security, flexible hours, paid leave, training and a good working environment.
  • Individual incentives: reward one person's measurable effort.
  • Group incentives: reward a team's output when individual output cannot be separated.
  • Profit sharing: a share of the profit (revenue minus the cost of inputs) paid to employees; in Nepal the Bonus Act 2030 requires covered enterprises to set aside 10 percent of net profit as employee bonus.

3Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship

Definition of motivation TOP 13/36

Asked 13 times

2076 Chaitra · Q74 marksDefine the term motivation

2076 Ashwin · Q73 marksDefine Motivation.

2075 Chaitra · Q73 marksWhat do you mean by motivation?

2074 Ashwin · Q73 marksDefine the term Motivation

2072 Kartik · Q8assignmentDefine motivation

2071 Shrawan · Q83 marksWhat is motivation?

2070 Ashad · Q83 marksDefine the term Motivation

2069 Chaitra · Q4assignmentWhat do you mean by motivation?

2068 Chaitra · Q4a3 marksWhat is motivation?

2065 Kartik · Q44 marksWhat is motivation

2064 Kartik · Q4assignmentDefine the term 'Motivation'.

2059 Chaitra · Q4assignmentDefine the term motivation

2058 Chaitra · Q4assignmentDefine the term 'Motivation'

Motivation is the process of stimulating people to act willingly towards desired goals, by creating a work climate in which the goals of the organization and the needs of the individual are satisfied together. The word comes from the Latin movere, to move. Robbins defines it as the willingness to exert high levels of effort toward organizational goals, conditioned by that effort's ability to satisfy some individual need; his later editions describe it as the process that accounts for an individual's intensity, direction and persistence of effort towards a goal.

  • Starts from a need: an unsatisfied need creates tension that drives behaviour.
  • Goal directed: the behaviour aims at a goal that satisfies the need.
  • Continuous: once one need is met, another takes its place.
  • Positive or negative: by reward, or by fear of punishment.
  • Different for each person: money moves one worker, recognition another.

Example: an engineer who works late to win a promotion is motivated by the need for esteem.

Maslow's hierarchy of needs HOT 10/36

Asked 10 times

2082 Bhadra · Q64 marksAlso provide a synopsis to Maslow's hierarchy of need and relate it with motivation.

2081 Bhadra · Q33 marksState Maslow's need theory with examples.

2076 Ashwin · Q75 marksExplain the features of Maslow's hierarchy of needs.

2074 Ashwin · Q75 marksexplain Maslow's theory of motivation.

2070 Chaitra · Q85 marksDescribe A. Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory in detail.

2069 Chaitra · Q4assignmentDescribe Maslow's hierarchy of needs briefly.

2064 Jestha · Q6c4 marksWrite short notes on: Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory

2063 Ashwin · Q3assignmentDescribe the Maslow's hierarchy need

2059 Chaitra · Q4assignmentexplain the theory of Maslow's hierarchy of needs.

2058 Chaitra · Q4assignmentexplain the Maslow's hierarchy of needs.

Maslow's hierarchy of needs (Abraham Maslow, 1943) states that human behaviour is motivated by five kinds of need, arranged in a hierarchy from the most basic to the highest and satisfied in that order.

MASLOW'S HIERARCHY OF NEEDS Needs rise from the base; the organization can meet each level at work. LEVEL AND ITS NEEDS WHAT THE ORGANIZATION CAN DO 5 Self actualization realizing full potential challenging, creative work 4 Esteem achievement, recognition, respect recognition and more important work 3 Social belonging, friendship, acceptance team culture and group activities 2 Safety protection, economic and physical security safe conditions, pension, job security 1 Physiological food, water, shelter, sleep adequate wages and suitable hours a need motivates only until it is met; then the next level up takes over
  1. Physiological: food, water, shelter, clothing, sleep.
  2. Safety: protection from physical and economic danger.
  3. Social: belonging, friendship, acceptance.
  4. Esteem: self respect, achievement, recognition, status.
  5. Self actualization: realizing one's full potential; few people reach it.

Features:

  • Order of priority: needs are arranged from lower to higher.
  • Lower need first: a higher need becomes active only when the lower one is reasonably satisfied.
  • Satisfied need does not motivate: the next unsatisfied need takes over.
  • External and internal rewards: lower needs are met mainly by external rewards, higher needs by internal ones.

Relation with motivation: a manager finds the level an employee has reached and offers rewards for the next need: adequate wages for physiological needs, job security and a pension for safety, team activities for social needs, recognition and more important work for esteem, and challenging, creative work for self actualization. Example: a new site worker is moved first by regular wages, later by a permanent post, then by promotion and recognition.

McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y HOT 8/36

Asked 8 times

2081 Bhadra · Q75 marksExplain Mcgregor's Theory X and Theory Y.

2081 Baishakh · Q75 marksExplain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y.

2079 Baishakh · Q76 marksExplain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y of Motivation.

2073 Shrawan · Q85 marksExplain McGregor's theory X and theory Y.

2072 Chaitra · Q84 marksWhat is the difference between theory 'X' and theory 'Y'?

2065 Kartik · Q48 marksExplain MacGregor's theory X and theory Y of motivation.

2065 Shrawan · Q45 marksDefine the term theory 'X' and theory 'Y' in the motivation theory.

2064 Kartik · Q4assignmentHow does Macgregor's theory 'X' and theory 'Y' apply to motivation?

Theory X and Theory Y are two opposite sets of assumptions about human nature that, according to Douglas McGregor (The Human Side of Enterprise, 1960), managers hold about their employees. The assumptions decide how the manager motivates and controls people.

Theory X (the traditional view) assumes that:

  • Dislike of work: the average person inherently dislikes work and avoids it where possible.
  • No ambition: he avoids responsibility and prefers to be directed.
  • Self centred: he is indifferent to the organization's goals and resists change.
  • Control needed: so people must be coerced, closely supervised and threatened with punishment.

Theory Y (the modern view) assumes that:

  • Work is natural: effort at work is as natural as play or rest.
  • Self direction: people exercise self direction and self control towards objectives to which they are committed.
  • Responsibility sought: under proper conditions the average person accepts and even seeks responsibility.
  • Creativity widespread: imagination and creativity are widely spread and only partly used.
BasisTheory XTheory Y
Attitude to workDislikes and avoids itNatural, like play
ResponsibilityAvoids itAccepts and seeks it
ControlExternal, close supervisionSelf control
Needs that dominateLower: physiological, safetyHigher: social, esteem, self actualization
Motivators usedMoney, fear, punishmentRecognition, responsibility, growth
Leadership styleAutocratic, centralizedDemocratic, participative, decentralized

Application to motivation: a Theory X manager motivates with pay and the threat of punishment and supervises closely; a Theory Y manager motivates through delegation, participation, job enrichment and recognition. McGregor held Theory Y to be the more realistic; in practice a mix is used, such as strict attendance rules for routine work and self managed targets for engineers in an IT company.

Techniques of motivation HOT 7/36

Asked 7 times

2082 Baishakh · Q72 marksWhat are the techniques of motivation?

2081 Bhadra · Q73 marksWhat are the different techniques of Motivation?

2076 Chaitra · Q74 marksexplain different technique of motivation.

2075 Ashwin · Q63 marksList the techniques of motivation.

2072 Kartik · Q8assignmentexplain different technique of motivation.

2070 Ashad · Q85 marksexplain different technique of motivation.

2069 Chaitra · Q6aassignmentExplain different Techniques of Motivation.

Techniques of motivation are the financial and non financial methods a manager uses to raise employees' willingness to work: meaningful work, clear targets, feedback, recognition, training, incentives, participation and job security.

  1. Meaningful and challenging work: people who see the real impact of their work become engaged; job enrichment and rotation keep work interesting.
  2. Clear targets and measurement: state objectives and expectations clearly and measure performance against them (management by objectives).
  3. Regular feedback: timely, specific and supportive feedback on what to continue or change.
  4. Valuing employees: recognition, respect and credit where it is due.
  5. Training and development: people who feel invested in stay and improve.
  6. Incentive programmes: bonus, profit sharing, promotion, benefits and freedom.
  7. Participation: consulting employees in decisions that affect them.
  8. Job security and good working conditions: a safe and stable workplace.

Financial techniques meet basic and security needs; non financial ones (recognition, responsibility, growth) meet higher needs and motivate for longer.

Meaning of entrepreneurship HOT 7/36

Asked 7 times

2079 Bhadra · Q84 marksExplain about the entrepreneurship

2076 Chaitra · Q93 marksExplain the term entrepreneurship.

2075 Ashwin · Q83 marksWhat is entrepreneurship?

2074 Ashwin · Q93 marksDefine the term Entrepreneurship.

2071 Shrawan · Q93 marksDefine the term Entrepreneurship

2070 Ashad · Q10a3 marksDefine the term Entrepreneurship.

2069 Chaitra · Q7assignmentDefine the term Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurship is the capacity and willingness to develop, organize and manage a new business venture, together with its risks, in order to make a profit. The word comes from the French entreprendre, to undertake; in simple terms it is starting a new business. The person who does it is an entrepreneur, who, in Drucker's words, searches for change, responds to it and exploits it as an opportunity.

  • Innovation: new products, methods, markets or forms of organization (Schumpeter).
  • Risk bearing: the entrepreneur bears the uncertainty of loss.
  • Organizing: brings together land, labour, capital and technology.
  • Opportunity seeking and value creation: turns ideas into goods, jobs and profit.

Its scale ranges from a one person, part-time venture to a large company employing thousands. Example: a young engineer who starts a solar installation company in Pokhara.

Definition of leadership HOT 6/36

Asked 6 times

2078 Bhadra · Q93 marksDefine the term leadership.

2074 Ashwin · Q83 marksDefine the term leadership.

2072 Kartik · Q9assignmentDefine leadership

2070 Chaitra · Q93 marksDefine leadership

2070 Ashad · Q93 marksDefine the term leadership

2062 Baishakh · Q4assignmentWhat do you mean by leadership?

Leadership is the process of influencing people so that they strive willingly and enthusiastically towards the achievement of group goals (Koontz). It is the art of motivating a group towards a common goal and of providing an environment in which they can achieve it.

  • Influence: the leader changes the behaviour of others by persuasion and example, not only by authority.
  • Followers: there is no leader without willing followers.
  • Common goal: leader and followers work towards a shared objective.
  • Situational and continuous: the right behaviour changes with the situation.

Example: a project manager who inspires the site team to finish a bridge before the monsoon.

Qualities of a good leader HOT 6/36

Asked 6 times

2081 Bhadra · Q83 marksDiscuss good qualities of leader.

2081 Baishakh · Q84 marksWhat are the qualities of good leader?

2076 Chaitra · Q95 marksWhat are the qualities of a good leader?

2075 Ashwin · Q94 marksWhat are the qualities of a good leader?

2072 Kartik · Q9assignmentexplain different qualities of good leader.

2070 Ashad · Q95 marksExplain the different qualities of good leader.

The qualities of a good leader are honesty and integrity, confidence, vision, human skills, communication, initiative, innovation, decisiveness, discipline and commitment to excellence: sound character joined to skill with people.

  1. Honesty and integrity: the same inside and outside; ethical behaviour earns followers' trust.
  2. Confidence: a confident personality that inspires the team's best effort.
  3. Vision: a clear picture of the goal and the way to reach it.
  4. Human skills: respects people, gives credit, listens and earns loyalty.
  5. Communication: speaks and writes clearly to inform, instruct and guide.
  6. Initiative: acts at the right time without waiting to be told.
  7. Innovation: combines new ideas with old ones to solve new problems.
  8. Decisiveness: takes timely decisions and accepts responsibility for them.
  9. Discipline: follows the rules, since followers copy the leader.
  10. Commitment to excellence: sets high standards and leads by example, working alongside the team.

Example: a site engineer who shares the hardship of the crew, keeps promises and decides quickly in a crisis gets far more from the team than one who only gives orders.

Herzberg's two factor (hygiene maintenance) theory PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2079 Bhadra · Q74 marksexplain about the Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory.

2071 Chaitra · Q74 marksExplain Herz Berg's Hygine theory of motivation.

2068 Baishakh · Q45 marksExplain the two factors theory of motivation.

2067 Ashad · Q46 marksDiscuss the Herzberg's theory of motivation.

2066 Bhadra · Q46 marksWhat are the motivational theory of Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivational factors?

Herzberg's two factor theory (Frederick Herzberg, 1959), also called the hygiene maintenance or motivation hygiene theory, holds that the factors which cause job satisfaction are different from the factors which cause dissatisfaction. It came from interviews with about 200 engineers and accountants, asked when they had felt exceptionally good or bad about their jobs.

HERZBERG'S TWO FACTOR THEORY Two separate scales: the opposite of satisfaction is no satisfaction, not dissatisfaction. Hygiene factors company policy supervision working conditions salary job security relations with colleagues good hygiene factors remove dissatisfaction Dissatisfaction when they are poor or missing No dissatisfaction neutral: not yet motivated Motivators achievement recognition the work itself responsibility advancement growth adding motivators builds satisfaction No satisfaction when they are absent Satisfaction motivated to perform better Separate scales: removing a dissatisfier does not create satisfaction
  • Hygiene (maintenance) factors: company policy and administration, supervision, relations with superiors and colleagues, working conditions, salary, job security and status. They belong to the job context. When poor they cause dissatisfaction; when good they only bring a person to "no dissatisfaction". They maintain, but do not motivate.
  • Motivators: achievement, recognition, the work itself, responsibility, advancement and growth. They belong to the job content. When present they create satisfaction and drive better performance; when absent there is simply no satisfaction.

Main idea: satisfaction and dissatisfaction lie on two separate scales. The opposite of satisfaction is no satisfaction, not dissatisfaction.

Application: a manager first keeps the hygiene factors adequate (fair pay, safe conditions, fair policies) and then motivates through job enrichment: more responsibility, challenge, recognition and growth.

Criticism: the sample was only engineers and accountants, people tend to credit themselves for good events and blame the job context for bad ones, and pay does motivate many workers.

Vroom's expectancy (VIE) theory PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2082 Bhadra · Q10b4 marksWrite short notes on: VIE theory

2080 Baishakh · Q68 marksExplain the vroom's expectancy theory of motivation.

2078 Bhadra · Q85 marksExplain the Vroom's expectancy of motivation theory.

2076 Chaitra · Q84 marksExplain the Vroom's Expectancy theory of motivation.

2070 Ashad · Q10b5 marksExplain the Vroom's Expectancy theory of Motivation.

Vroom's expectancy theory (Victor Vroom, 1964), also called the VIE or valency theory, states that a person is motivated to act in a certain way when he expects the act to lead to an outcome he values. The strength of motivation is the product of three beliefs, expectancy, instrumentality and valence: M=E×I×V.

VROOM'S EXPECTANCY THEORY (VIE) A person acts when they expect effort to lead to an outcome they value. Effort the work put in Performance the job done well Reward pay, promotion, praise Personal goals the valued outcome E Expectancy (E) will my effort lead to performance? manager: resources, training I Instrumentality (I) will performance bring the reward? manager: keep the promise V Valence (V) how much do I value the reward? set by the person's own needs Motivation = E × I × V if any one is zero, motivation is zero
  • Expectancy (E): the belief that effort will lead to performance ("if I try, can I do it?"). It is a probability from 0 to 1, raised by the right resources, training and supervision.
  • Instrumentality (I): the belief that good performance will actually bring the promised reward ("if I do it, will I be rewarded?"). It is high when management keeps its promises and makes the link clear.
  • Valence (V): the value the person places on the reward, set by his own needs, goals and values ("do I want it?"). It is positive for a wanted outcome and negative for one the person wants to avoid.

Multiplicative: if any one factor is zero, motivation is zero, however high the other two are.

Example: an engineer is promised promotion for finishing a project a month early. If she believes the target is reachable (E = 0.8), trusts the promise (I = 0.9) and wants the promotion (V = 1), then M=0.8×0.9×1=0.72, a strong motivation. If past promises were broken (I = 0), M = 0 and she makes no extra effort.

Implications for managers: set achievable targets and train people (raise E), tie rewards clearly to performance and keep promises (raise I), and offer rewards each person values (raise V).

Limitations: it assumes people calculate rationally, and E, I and V are hard to measure.

Blake and Mouton's managerial grid PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2082 Bhadra · Q84 marksState and explain Blakes and Mouton's managerial grid.

2080 Bhadra · Q84 marksExplain Blakes and Mouton's Managerial Grid with proper examples.

2079 Baishakh · Q84 marksExplain Blake's and Mounton's managerial grid.

2075 Ashwin · Q74 marksExplain Blake's and Mouton's managerial grid?

2070 Chaitra · Q95 marksexplain by Blakes and Mouton's Management Grid.

The managerial grid of Robert Blake and Jane Mouton (1964) describes a leader's style by two concerns, each scored from 1 (low) to 9 (high): concern for production on the horizontal axis and concern for people on the vertical axis. The 81 points of the grid are the possible styles; five are the main ones.

BLAKE AND MOUTON MANAGERIAL GRID Each style is a point (concern for production, concern for people), both scored 1 to 9. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 Concern for production Concern for people (1,9) Country club (9,9) Team management the ideal (5,5) Middle of the road (1,1) Impoverished (9,1) Produce or perish authority compliance READ EACH POINT AS (PRODUCTION, PEOPLE) (1,1) Impoverished low on both: does the minimum, avoids blame (1,9) Country club people first: friendly, but not productive (9,1) Produce or perish output first: rules and punishment drive work (5,5) Middle of the road a balance, but neither need is fully met (9,9) Team management high on both: teamwork and commitment, the ideal
  • (1,1) Impoverished: low on both; the leader does the minimum and avoids blame. Example: a manager near retirement who passes every problem upward.
  • (1,9) Country club: people first; a friendly, comfortable climate but low output. Example: a head who never presses deadlines, to keep everyone happy.
  • (9,1) Produce or perish (authority compliance): output first; rules and punishment drive work and people's needs are ignored. Example: a supervisor who fines workers for every missed target.
  • (5,5) Middle of the road: a compromise that meets targets adequately, but neither concern fully.
  • (9,9) Team management: high on both; commitment, trust and teamwork produce high output. Example: a project leader who sets challenging goals with the team and supports every member. It is the ideal style.

The grid shows a leader where the present style stands and which way to move: towards (9,9).

Leadership styles PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2068 Chaitra · Q4b5 marksExplain various leadership styles.

2068 Baishakh · Q6a4 marksWrite short notes on: Leadership style

2064 Jestha · Q410 marksExplain different styles of leadership in brief.

2063 Ashwin · Q2assignmentDescribe leadership styles in brief.

A leadership style is the pattern of behaviour a leader adopts in directing and motivating followers, shaped by the leader's personality, experience and values, the nature of the followers and the situation. Kurt Lewin's studies (1939) identified three basic styles, which lie on a continuum from leader centred to group centred.

LEADERSHIP STYLES: A CONTINUUM From leader centred to group centred: the leader's authority shrinks as the group's freedom grows. Leader centred Group centred Use of authority by the leader Area of freedom for the group Autocratic the leader decides and gives orders fast decisions, may cause resentment Democratic or participative the leader consults; the group shares the decision usually most effective, high morale Laissez faire or free rein the group decides; the leader gives little direction works only with an expert group No single style is best: a good leader fits the style to the people and the situation.

1. Autocratic (authoritarian) style. The leader decides alone, gives orders and insists they are obeyed; communication is one way, top down.

  • Merits: quick decisions, clear direction, useful in a crisis and with untrained staff.
  • Demerits: resentment, low morale, no initiative from subordinates, heavy dependence on one person.

2. Democratic (participative) style. The leader consults the group, policies are settled in discussion, and praise and blame are shared; the leader keeps the final say.

  • Merits: high morale and commitment, better ideas, higher productivity, development of subordinates.
  • Demerits: slow decisions, unsuitable in emergencies, and sometimes consultation only for show.

3. Laissez faire (free rein) style. The leader gives little direction; the group sets its own goals and solves its own problems, while the leader supplies resources and remains responsible for the result.

  • Merits: full freedom and creativity; suits experts and research teams.
  • Demerits: confusion and poor coordination when the group lacks knowledge or discipline.
BasisAutocraticDemocraticLaissez faire
Who decidesLeader aloneLeader with the groupThe group
CommunicationDownwardTwo wayFree, horizontal
Best suited toCrisis, unskilled staffMost organizationsExpert groups

Other forms include the paternalistic or benevolent autocrat (a kind of autocrat who cares for followers like a parent but still decides alone) and the bureaucratic (leading strictly by rules). No single style is best: an effective leader fits the style to the people and the situation.

Characteristics of an entrepreneur PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2079 Bhadra · Q10c4 marksWrite short notes on: Entrepreneurial characteristics

2074 Ashwin · Q95 marksExplain entrepreneurship characteristic.

2072 Chaitra · Q95 marksExplain the different characteristics of Entrepreneur.

2069 Chaitra · Q7assignmentexplain the characteristics of Entrepreneurship.

A successful entrepreneur shows initiative, opportunity seeking, calculated risk taking, creativity, self confidence, commitment, competitiveness, people skills, a strong work ethic and vision.

  1. Initiative: acts beyond what is required, without waiting to be told.
  2. Opportunity seeking: spots opportunities early and acts before the situation forces it.
  3. Calculated risk taking: not a gambler; weighs the risk and takes moderate risks.
  4. Creativity and innovation: finds new solutions, products and methods.
  5. Self confidence and discipline: believes the venture will succeed and takes daily steps towards the goal.
  6. Commitment and determination: keeps promises with extra effort; failure does not stop repeated attempts.
  7. Competitiveness and need for achievement: believes he can do better than others and wants to win.
  8. People skills and leadership: motivates employees, persuades customers and investors, and coaches others.
  9. Strong work ethic: first in and last out, constantly thinking about the business.
  10. Vision and flexibility: sees the long term goal and adapts plans as conditions change.

Example: the founders of Nepal's digital wallet companies persisted for years while customers and regulators were still unfamiliar with online payment.

Participative management PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2065 Shrawan · Q44 marksDiscuss the importance of participative management in organization.

2062 Baishakh · Q6cassignmentWrite short notes on: Participative Management

2061 Baishakh · Q4assignmentWhat do you mean by participative management?

Participative management is the practice of involving employees at every level in the decisions, problem solving and goal setting that affect their work, instead of leaving all decisions to managers. It applies the democratic style to the whole organization.

Forms: suggestion schemes, quality circles, works committees and joint management councils, worker representatives on the board, management by objectives, and employee share ownership.

Importance:

  • Better decisions: those who do the work know its problems best.
  • Commitment: people carry out willingly the decisions they helped to make.
  • Higher morale and motivation: it satisfies esteem and self actualization needs.
  • Less resistance to change and fewer disputes, since changes are discussed first.
  • Better communication between management and workers.
  • Development: employees grow into future leaders.
  • Productivity and quality rise through employees' ideas.

It succeeds only when management genuinely shares decisions and employees are informed and willing.

Leadership approaches and theories PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2079 Baishakh · Q84 marksDescribe different leadership approach.

2075 Ashwin · Q74 marksDescribe different leadership approach?

2062 Baishakh · Q4assignmentExplain different leadership theories you are familiar with.

Leadership has been explained by four main approaches, each building on the one before it: the trait, behavioral, contingency (situational) and integrated approaches.

  1. Trait approach: leaders possess special traits such as drive, desire to lead, integrity, self confidence, intelligence and knowledge of the business. Weakness: no one set of traits fits every successful leader.
  2. Behavioral approach: leaders are made, not born; what matters is what the leader does, task oriented behaviour (work, standards, deadlines) and people oriented behaviour (trust, respect, welfare). The managerial grid belongs here.
  3. Contingency (situational) approach: the best style depends on the situation, so the leader is directive, supportive, participative or achievement oriented as the task and followers require (Fiedler, Hersey and Blanchard).
  4. Integrated approach: the effective style comes from combining the leader, the followers and the situation. It is the most realistic.

Need to promote entrepreneurship PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2082 Bhadra · Q84 marksWhy does government need to promote entrepreneurship? Justify.

2081 Baishakh · Q84 marksWhy we need to promote entrepreneurship in the context of Nepal?

2075 Ashwin · Q85 marksWhy is there need for promotion of entrepreneurship in developing nation?

Government must promote entrepreneurship because, in a developing nation such as Nepal, it is the quickest route to jobs, growth and self reliance, and individuals alone cannot overcome the barriers of finance, risk, skills and regulation.

  1. Employment: Nepal's economy depends heavily on remittances from young people working abroad; enterprises create work at home.
  2. Economic growth: new ventures raise production, national income and government revenue.
  3. Trade balance: import substitution and exports reduce the large trade deficit.
  4. Use of local resources: hydropower, tourism, agriculture and herbs become income only when organised by entrepreneurs.
  5. Balanced development: small enterprises spread growth and reduce poverty in rural and backward areas.
  6. Innovation: new products, methods and markets (Schumpeter) raise productivity and competitiveness.
  7. Resilience: small businesses cushion the economy through downturns, unemployment and layoffs.
  8. Market failure: without public support, banks avoid risky new ventures and many good ideas die.

How: entrepreneurship training, concessional and collateral-free loans for youth, tax incentives, one window registration, industrial estates, incubators and stable policy.

So promoting entrepreneurship is not charity but an investment in the country's economic future.

Human needs PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2071 Chaitra · Q72 marksWhat do you mean by Human need?

2070 Chaitra · Q83 marksWhat do you mean by human needs?

A human need is a felt lack or deficiency, physical or psychological, that creates tension in a person and drives behaviour to remove it. Needs are the starting point of motivation: an unsatisfied need motivates, a satisfied one does not.

  • Primary (physiological) needs: food, water, shelter, clothing and sleep; inborn and common to everyone.
  • Secondary (psychological and social) needs: security, belonging, esteem, power, achievement and self fulfilment; acquired, and different from person to person.

Maslow arranged human needs in five levels: physiological, safety, social, esteem and self actualization.

Role of management in motivation PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2081 Baishakh · Q73 marksWhat role does management play in motivating their employees?

2073 Shrawan · Q83 marksDiscuss the role of management in Motivation.

The role of management in motivation is to create a work environment in which employees work efficiently and feel job satisfaction while achieving the organization's goals.

  • Know each employee: every person is unique, so the manager studies individual needs and chooses the right motivator for each.
  • Fair pay: set an adequate wage and salary system with incentives.
  • Equip people: give the training, information and resources the job needs.
  • Listen: gather employee feedback and act on it.
  • Recognise: praise and reward good work promptly.
  • Make work interesting: a pleasant, friendly workplace and meaningful tasks.

Better motivation schemes give better quality of work.

Theories of motivation PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Bhadra · Q64 marksDiscuss the existing theories of motivation in an organization.

2079 Bhadra · Q74 marksDescribe about the motivational theory

Theories of motivation explain what drives people to work and how that drive becomes effort. They fall into two groups.

  • Content theories explain what motivates: the needs people try to satisfy at different times.
  • Process theories explain how needs are turned into behaviour: the thinking by which a person chooses an effort.
TheoryTypeMain idea
Maslow's hierarchy of needsContentFive needs in order: physiological, safety, social, esteem, self actualization
Alderfer's ERGContentExistence, relatedness, growth; frustration regression
McClelland's needsContentAchievement, power, affiliation, acquired from experience
Herzberg's two factorContentHygiene factors prevent dissatisfaction; motivators create satisfaction
McGregor's Theory X and YAssumptions about peopleX: people dislike work and need control; Y: people like work and seek responsibility
Fear and punishmentReinforcement (Skinner)Some people work only under the threat of punishment
Vroom's expectancyProcessM=E×I×V

In an organization, content theories tell the manager which rewards to offer, and process theories tell how to link those rewards to performance.

Satisfaction progression and frustration regression PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2075 Chaitra · Q10c4 marksWrite short notes on: Satisfaction progression Vs Frustration Regression Process

2069 Chaitra · Q10cassignmentWrite short notes on: Satisfaction progression Vs. Frustration Regression Process

Satisfaction progression and frustration regression are the two ways a person moves between levels of need.

  • Satisfaction progression (Maslow): when a need is reasonably satisfied it stops motivating, and the person moves up to the next higher need. Movement is upward, one level at a time.
  • Frustration regression (Alderfer): when a person is repeatedly frustrated in satisfying a higher need, he falls back to a lower need and wants more of it. Movement is downward.
ALDERFER'S ERG THEORY AGAINST MASLOW Alderfer folds Maslow's five levels into three needs: existence, relatedness, growth. MASLOW: FIVE LEVELS ALDERFER: THREE NEEDS Self actualization realizing full potential Esteem, internal self respect, achievement Esteem, external recognition by others Social belonging, friendship, acceptance Safety protection, economic and physical security Physiological food, water, shelter, sleep 5 4 3 2 1 Growth personal development Relatedness relationships, personal and at work Existence material needs: food, shelter, safety TWO DIFFERENCES FROM MASLOW 1 More than one need can act at once Maslow: one level at a time, strictly in order 2 Frustration regression blocked at a higher need, a person falls back to a lower one
BasisSatisfaction progressionFrustration regression
TheoryMaslow (also kept in ERG)Alderfer's ERG only
TriggerA need is satisfiedA higher need is blocked
DirectionUp the hierarchyDown the hierarchy
ExampleA worker with a secure job now seeks friendship and recognitionAn engineer denied promotion (growth) demands more pay or spends more time socialising

A manager who cannot offer growth should therefore expect stronger demands at the lower levels.

Maslow's hierarchy and Alderfer's ERG theory compared PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2071 Shrawan · Q85 marksExplain the difference between Maslow's Heirarchical need theory and Alderfer's ERG theory.

2068 Chaitra · Q4a5 marksWrite differences between Maslow's hierarchical need and Alderfer's ERG theory of motivation.

Alderfer's ERG theory (1969) regroups Maslow's five needs into three, existence, relatedness and growth, and removes the rigid order of Maslow's hierarchy.

ALDERFER'S ERG THEORY AGAINST MASLOW Alderfer folds Maslow's five levels into three needs: existence, relatedness, growth. MASLOW: FIVE LEVELS ALDERFER: THREE NEEDS Self actualization realizing full potential Esteem, internal self respect, achievement Esteem, external recognition by others Social belonging, friendship, acceptance Safety protection, economic and physical security Physiological food, water, shelter, sleep 5 4 3 2 1 Growth personal development Relatedness relationships, personal and at work Existence material needs: food, shelter, safety TWO DIFFERENCES FROM MASLOW 1 More than one need can act at once Maslow: one level at a time, strictly in order 2 Frustration regression blocked at a higher need, a person falls back to a lower one
BasisMaslow's hierarchyAlderfer's ERG
Number of needsFive: physiological, safety, social, esteem, self actualizationThree: existence (physiological, safety), relatedness (social, external esteem), growth (internal esteem, self actualization)
OrderRigid, step by stepFlexible; no fixed order
Needs active at a timeOnly one level dominatesMore than one need can act at once
MovementSatisfaction progression only (upward)Satisfaction progression and frustration regression (up and down)
Lower need first?A lower need must be satisfied before a higher one motivatesA higher need can motivate even when a lower one is unmet
Individual differencesSame order for everyoneOrder may differ with person and culture
SupportLittle research supportBetter supported by studies in organizations

Example: under ERG, an engineer denied promotion (growth) may regress and press for higher pay (existence), which Maslow's model cannot explain.

Need for leadership in an organization PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2068 Chaitra · Q4b3 marksWhy is leadership necessary in an organization?

2063 Ashwin · Q2assignmentIs there a need for leadership?

Yes. An organization has resources and plans, but only leadership turns them into willing, coordinated action; without it, long term sustainability suffers.

  • Initiates action: sets goals and communicates the vision.
  • Motivates: links rewards to work and inspires effort.
  • Guides: shows people what to do and how.
  • Builds confidence and morale: supports people through difficulty.
  • Coordinates: unites individual interests with group goals.
  • Manages change: helps people accept new methods and face crises.

Example: Nepal Electricity Authority ended years of load shedding soon after a change in its leadership in 2016.

Leader and manager compared PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2075 Chaitra · Q84 marksWhat is the difference between a leader and manager?

2071 Chaitra · Q83 marksWhat are the differences between a leader and a manager?

A manager holds a formal position and gets work done through planning, organizing and controlling; a leader influences people to follow willingly, with or without a post. A good manager is a leader, but a good leader is not necessarily a manager.

BasisLeaderManager
Source of powerPersonal influence: knowledge, trust, exampleFormal authority of the position
How chosenAppointed, or emerges from the groupAppointed by the organization
PeopleFollowersSubordinates
FocusVision, people and changePlans, systems, control and stability
Main concernWhat and whyHow and when
RiskTakes risks and innovatesReduces risk and keeps order
Where foundFormal and informal groupsFormal organization only

In Warren Bennis's words, managers do things right, and leaders do the right thing.

Autocratic leadership style PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Baishakh · Q82 marksDefine autocratic leadership style.

2072 Chaitra · Q93 marksDescribe Autocratic Leadership Style.

Autocratic (authoritarian) leadership is the style in which the leader takes decisions alone, from his own ideas and judgment, gives orders and insists that they are obeyed, with little or no input from the members.

  • Features: centralized authority, one way downward communication, close supervision, and reward and punishment used for control (a Theory X view of people).
  • Merits: fast decisions, clear responsibility; useful in emergencies and with unskilled or new staff.
  • Demerits: overused, it looks bossy and dictatorial, and breeds resentment, low morale and no initiative.

Example: a site in-charge ordering an immediate evacuation when a landslide threatens.

Leadership style for an engineering project PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2078 Bhadra · Q95 marksWhich leadership style is appropriate in the modern engineering project. Explain in brief.

2074 Ashwin · Q85 marksWhich leadership style is appropriate in the engineering project? Comment.

In my view the democratic (participative) style, applied flexibly, is the most appropriate for a modern engineering project.

  1. Knowledge workers: the team is made of qualified engineers and technicians whose expertise improves technical decisions; consulting them uses that knowledge.
  2. Multidisciplinary coordination: civil, mechanical, electrical and software specialists must agree on interfaces, which needs discussion rather than orders.
  3. Ownership of targets: engineers who help set schedules and budgets are committed to meeting them.
  4. Innovation: design and site problems are solved faster in an open climate where juniors speak up.
  5. Flexibility: in a safety emergency or a deadline crisis the leader becomes directive and decides at once; expert sub-teams can be given free rein.

Example: in a hydropower project in Nepal, the project manager consults the civil, mechanical and electrical engineers before fixing the construction sequence, but orders an immediate evacuation when a tunnel shows signs of collapse.

So participation should be the rule and direction the exception, which is the situational approach in practice.

Most effective leadership style in an industrial organization PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2080 Baishakh · Q78 marksWhich style you recommend as most effective leader in industrial organization?

2064 Jestha · Q46 marksWhich style you recommend as most effective leader in industrial organization?

I recommend the democratic (participative) style as the base style of an effective leader in an industrial organization, made firm where safety and discipline demand it. In Blake and Mouton's terms, the aim is (9,9) team management: high concern for both production and people.

Why not the others: the autocratic style gets fast compliance but breeds grievances and strikes in a unionised workforce; the laissez faire style brings confusion on a shop floor where hundreds of people and machines must work in step.

Reasons for the democratic style:

  1. Industrial peace: consulting workers and their unions before changes in shifts, methods or wages prevents disputes, go-slows and strikes.
  2. Productivity and quality: workers know the machines and processes best; quality circles and suggestion schemes turn their ideas into savings.
  3. Motivation: participation satisfies esteem and belonging needs that wages alone cannot, reducing absenteeism and turnover.
  4. Acceptance of change: new technology and automation are accepted when workers help plan them.
  5. Development: supervisors and skilled workers grow into future managers.

Where firmness is needed: safety rules, quality standards and emergencies call for clear, directive decisions that are not open to debate, while research and design sections staffed by experts can be given free rein.

Example: in a cement or garment factory in Nepal, a production manager who meets union representatives regularly, runs a suggestion scheme and shares a productivity bonus, while enforcing safety rules without exception, gets higher output and fewer disputes than one who only gives orders.

So the most effective industrial leader is participative by default and directive by exception.

Trait approach of leadership PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2076 Chaitra · Q84 marksDescribe Trait Approach of Leadership.

2065 Shrawan · Q44 marksWhat do you mean by trait approach in leadership?

The trait approach explains leadership by the personal traits of the leader: effective leaders are held to possess qualities of personality, ability and physique that ordinary people lack (the "great man" view). The core traits of effective leaders are:

  • Achievement drive: high effort, ambition and energy.
  • Leadership motivation: a strong desire to lead others.
  • Honesty and integrity: trustworthy; words match deeds.
  • Self confidence: belief in oneself and one's ideas.
  • Cognitive ability: intelligence, judgment and analytical skill.
  • Knowledge of the business: of the organization and its technical matters.
  • Self monitoring: sensitivity to the situation and adjusting behaviour to it.

Limitations: no set of traits is common to all leaders, traits are hard to measure, and the approach ignores the followers and the situation, so it cannot explain why the same person leads well in one setting and fails in another.

Behavioral approach of leadership PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2075 Chaitra · Q94 marksExplain Behavioral approach of leadership.

2066 Bhadra · Q45 marksDiscuss the behavioural approach of leadership.

The behavioral approach explains leadership by what a leader does, not by who the leader is. It holds that great leaders are made, not born: effective behaviour can be identified, taught and developed.

Studies at Ohio State and Michigan universities identified two kinds of leader behaviour:

Task oriented behaviour (initiating structure)People oriented behaviour (consideration)
Assigns specific tasks and rolesShows mutual trust and respect
Ensures rules and procedures are followedShows genuine concern for needs and welfare
Pushes performance to full capacityListens to suggestions and does personal favours
Emphasises meeting deadlinesTreats employees equally and supports their interests

Main finding (Ohio State): the two are independent, not opposite ends of one scale; a leader can be high on both, and the most effective leaders usually are. Blake and Mouton's managerial grid, with (9,9) team management as the ideal, is built on this idea.

Contribution: leadership can be developed through training. Limitation: it ignores the situation; no one behaviour works everywhere, which led to the contingency approach.

Contingency approach of leadership PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2069 Chaitra · Q6bassignmentDefine term contingency approach of Leadership.

2066 Bhadra · Q6c4 marksWrite short notes on: Contingency Approach of Leadership

The contingency (situational) approach holds that there is no single best style of leadership: the effective style depends on the situation, and an effective leader adapts behaviour to what the situation demands.

Situational factors: the nature of the task, the ability and maturity of the followers, the leader's position power, relations between leader and members, time pressure, and the organization's structure and technology.

Styles the leader chooses from (path goal view):

  • Directive: explains what, how and when; sets clear standards (task oriented).
  • Supportive: friendly and approachable; attends to welfare (people oriented).
  • Participative: consults and uses employees' ideas before deciding.
  • Achievement oriented: sets challenging goals and shows confidence in the team.

Models: Fiedler's contingency model, Hersey and Blanchard's situational leadership and House's path goal theory. Example: directive with a new trainee, participative with experienced engineers.

Determining the most effective leadership style PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2068 Baishakh · Q47 marksHow can you determine the most effective leadership style?

2067 Ashad · Q46 marksHow will you determine the most effective leader in the business organization?

The most effective leadership style cannot be fixed in advance: it is determined by matching the style to the leader, the followers and the situation (the contingency and integrated approaches), and it is confirmed by the results the leader achieves.

Steps to determine it:

  1. Analyse the leader: traits, experience, values, and whether the leader is naturally task or people oriented.
  2. Analyse the followers: their skill, experience, maturity and willingness. Hersey and Blanchard match style to follower readiness: telling for followers unable and unwilling, selling for unable but willing, participating for able but unwilling, and delegating for able and willing.
  3. Analyse the situation: task structure, time pressure, the leader's position power, leader and member relations, technology and environment. Fiedler found a task oriented leader best when the situation is very favourable or very unfavourable, and a relationship oriented leader best in between.
  4. Choose and adjust: directive, supportive, participative or achievement oriented, changing as the followers and the task change.
INTEGRATED APPROACH TO LEADERSHIP The style that works depends on the leader, the followers and the situation together. Leader traits behaviour experience Follower abilities experience task relevant maturity Situation structure, technology objectives, environment Effective leadership style

Measures of an effective leader in a business organization:

  • Results: targets achieved in output, quality, cost and profit.
  • Morale: followers' satisfaction, with low absenteeism and turnover.
  • Cohesion: team unity and willing cooperation.
  • Growth: development of subordinates and readiness for change.

So the most effective leader is the one whose style fits the situation and who achieves results through satisfied, growing people, usually close to (9,9) on the managerial grid.

Creativity and a conducive environment for entrepreneurship PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2079 Baishakh · Q108 marksEntrepreneurship is not only the creativity of entrepreneur but also strongly need the conductive environment for entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your own logic.

2073 Shrawan · Q98 marksEntrepreneurship is not only the creativity of entrepreneur but also strongly need the conducive environment for entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your logic.

I agree. Creativity is the seed, but the environment is the soil: an idea becomes an enterprise only where finance, law, infrastructure, markets and society allow it to grow. The same creative person may fail at home and succeed in a supportive economy.

What a conducive environment provides:

  1. Political stability and consistent policy: investors commit only when rules will not change overnight.
  2. Simple legal and regulatory procedures: quick registration and licensing, fair taxation, enforcement of contracts and protection of intellectual property.
  3. Access to finance: bank loans without heavy collateral, venture capital, angel investors and start-up funds.
  4. Infrastructure: reliable power, roads, internet and industrial estates. The end of load shedding in Nepal by 2018 removed a major handicap for small industries.
  5. Market access: adequate demand, fair competition and support for exports.
  6. Skilled human resources: education and technical training that supply capable workers.
  7. Support institutions: incubators, mentors, universities and research centres.
  8. Socio-cultural attitude: a society that respects business and accepts failure as a step to success.
  9. Industrial peace: freedom from strikes and labour unrest.

Logic from experience: Silicon Valley became the world's start-up centre not because Californians are more creative, but because Stanford, venture capital and a culture that tolerates failure surround them. In Nepal, many creative ideas stall on red tape, collateral demands and policy uncertainty, and talented young people take their ideas abroad.

So entrepreneurship needs both the creative entrepreneur and a government and society that make the environment conducive; one without the other gives either ideas without enterprises or schemes without entrepreneurs.

Why motivation is necessary in an organization PIN 1/36

Asked once

2065 Kartik · Q44 markswhy is it necessary in an organization?

Motivation is necessary because results depend on people's willingness to work as well as on their ability: a skilled but unmotivated employee produces little.

  • Higher productivity: motivated people give full effort, raising output and quality.
  • Best use of resources: machines, materials and money become productive only through willing people.
  • Lower absenteeism and turnover: satisfied people stay, saving the cost of hiring and training.
  • Good industrial relations: fewer grievances and disputes, and higher morale.
  • Acceptance of change: motivated people accept new methods and technology instead of resisting them.
  • Achievement of goals: individual goals are brought in line with the organization's goals.
  • Image: a well motivated workforce attracts capable people to the organization.

How a need is used for motivation PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q72 marksHow is a need used for motivation?

A need is used for motivation through the need satisfaction cycle: an unsatisfied need creates tension, the tension creates a drive, the drive produces goal directed behaviour, and reaching the goal satisfies the need and removes the tension, until a new need arises. A manager identifies the employee's unmet need and links its satisfaction to the desired performance. Example: an employee who needs recognition works harder when good work is praised in public.

What motivates people at work PIN 1/36

Asked once

2063 Ashwin · Q3assignmentWhat motivates people at work?

People at work are motivated by the chance to satisfy their unmet needs through the job, and different people are moved by different things.

  • Financial rewards: fair salary, bonus, incentives, profit sharing and job security, which meet basic and safety needs.
  • Recognition and respect: praise, awards and status, which meet esteem needs.
  • The work itself: meaningful, challenging work with responsibility and freedom (intrinsic motivation).
  • Growth: training, promotion and a career path.
  • Belonging: a good team, friendly colleagues and a fair supervisor.
  • Participation: being consulted in decisions that affect the job.
  • Working conditions: a safe, comfortable workplace and suitable hours.

Herzberg found that pay and conditions only prevent dissatisfaction, while achievement, recognition and responsibility create lasting motivation.

Intrinsic motivation PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q72 marksDefine Intrinsic Motivation.

Intrinsic motivation is motivation that comes from within the person: the task is done because it is interesting, enjoyable or satisfying in itself, not for an outside reward or out of fear of punishment. The reward is the sense of achievement and growth the work gives. Example: a programmer who stays late to crack a difficult bug for the joy of solving it. It lasts longer than extrinsic motivation, which depends on rewards given by others.

Attitude, group and executive motivation PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Ashwin · Q65 marksDifferentiate between attitude, group and executive motivation.

Attitude motivation works on how an individual thinks and feels, group motivation on a team as a whole, and executive motivation on keeping and driving managers.

BasisAttitude motivationGroup motivationExecutive motivation
MeaningMotivating through how a person thinks and feels: self confidence, self belief, outlook on lifeMotivating a team as a whole so that it performs togetherMotivating and retaining managers and senior talent
TargetThe individual's mind setTeams and work groupsMiddle and top level executives
AimA positive attitude towards self, others and situationsTeam spirit, cooperation and team productivityKeep talent and raise its performance
ToolsEncouragement, counselling, positive feedback, a fair climateTeam building, team incentives, training, recognising members within the teamProfit sharing, share options, challenging responsibility, perks (vehicle, medical), public recognition, better pay
ExampleA confident worker who expects success sets higher targetsA project team given a bonus for finishing on timeA manager given share options and a new division to lead

The three work together: a positive attitude makes the individual willing, group motivation makes the team effective, and executive motivation keeps the people who lead them.

Why Maslow's theory is a satisfaction progression process PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q75 marksWhy is the theory proposed by Maslow on hierarchy of human needs called satisfaction progression process? Explain with examples.

Maslow's theory is called a satisfaction progression process because a person progresses up the hierarchy only by satisfying the need at the present level: once a lower need is reasonably satisfied it stops motivating, and the next higher need becomes the motivator.

  • Satisfaction is the trigger: a satisfied need is not a motivator, so behaviour moves on to the next need.
  • Progression is upward, one step at a time: physiological, safety, social, esteem, self actualization, in that fixed order.
  • One need dominates at a time: the lowest unsatisfied need controls behaviour.
  • No movement down: Maslow does not explain what happens when a higher need is blocked. Alderfer's ERG theory keeps satisfaction progression and adds frustration regression for that case.

Examples:

  • Hunger: a hungry person thinks only of food; after a meal, food no longer motivates and safety comes to mind.
  • Career: a fresh engineer first works for a regular salary; once paid, seeks a permanent post and insurance; then acceptance by the team; then recognition and promotion; and finally a challenging design project in which to use full potential.

Falling from grace while ascending Maslow's pyramid PIN 1/36

Asked once

2078 Bhadra · Q58 marksWhile ascending up the Maslow's pyramid some people fall from the grace (ie. they end up in cases like fraud, crime, rape, suicide, murder, jail terms, etc.) Describe this irony form your own perspective.

In my view the irony arises because people climb Maslow's pyramid by the wrong route: they chase the symbols of esteem (money, power, status, fame) instead of genuine achievement, and they lose the social and moral base on which the higher levels rest.

Why people fall from grace:

  1. Esteem turned into greed. Once basic and safety needs are met, status is often measured in wealth and power; without ethics the chase ends in fraud and corruption. In Nepal, cases such as the fake Bhutanese refugee scam and the misuse of depositors' money in several savings and credit cooperatives involved educated, well placed people, not the hungry.
  2. Deficiency needs that are never satisfied. Maslow called the lower four levels deficiency needs. A person who depends on the approval of others never feels it is enough, so each success demands a bigger one, taken by any means.
  3. Frustration regression. When a higher need is blocked (loss of position, public failure, a broken relationship), frustration can turn into aggression, crime or, in despair, suicide.
  4. A weak social base. Rapid success can cut a person off from family and friends, leaving loneliness, addiction and depression behind the fame.
  5. Power without accountability. High position brings opportunity and the belief that rules do not apply, which ends in jail terms.

The lesson. Maslow described self actualized people as ethical, realistic and accepting of themselves; those who fall had not reached the top but were stuck at esteem. Organizations can prevent the fall through an ethical culture, transparent systems, counselling and rewards for honest performance. For myself, I would measure progress by contribution and integrity, not by possessions.

Maslow's theory and Laxmi Prasad Devkota's quest PIN 1/36

Asked once

2069 Chaitra · Q4assignmentCan Maslow's theory explain tireless quest of Laxmi Prasad Devkota for excellent literary works?

Only in part. Maslow's highest level, self actualization, explains the drive behind Devkota's work, but the strict order of the hierarchy does not.

  • What it explains: self actualization is the need to become everything one is capable of becoming; Maslow wrote that a musician must make music and a poet must write. Mahakavi Devkota wrote Muna Madan, Shakuntala, Sulochana and a vast body of poems and essays because creating was his nature, not for pay or fame.
  • What it cannot explain: the theory says a higher need appears only after the lower needs are satisfied. Devkota lived much of his life in financial hardship and kept writing through his final illness until his death in 1959. His quest ran ahead of unmet physiological and safety needs.
  • Maslow's own exception: Maslow accepted that some innately creative people pursue creation in spite of unsatisfied basic needs. Devkota fits this exception, not the rule.
  • Better explanations: Alderfer's ERG theory, where several needs act at once and growth can dominate; McClelland's need for achievement; and intrinsic motivation, where the work is its own reward.

So Maslow's theory explains why Devkota wrote, but not how he kept writing while his lower needs were unmet.

Theory X and Theory Y on the basis of the theories of motivation PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Chaitra · Q84 marksExplain on the basis of different theory of motivation.

Seen through the other theories of motivation, Theory X treats people as driven by lower needs and outside pressure, and Theory Y as driven by higher needs and self motivation.

TheoryTheory X viewTheory Y view
MaslowPhysiological and safety needs dominate: motivate with pay and securityEsteem and self actualization needs are active: motivate with responsibility and growth
Alderfer ERGExistence needsRelatedness and growth needs
HerzbergRelies on hygiene factors (pay, supervision, rules), which only remove dissatisfactionRelies on motivators (achievement, recognition, the work itself), which create satisfaction
McClellandLow need for achievementHigh need for achievement
Fear and punishmentIts main tool: negative motivationRarely needed
VroomReward and punishment tied tightly to outputRaises expectancy by training and valence by rewards people value

McGregor built Theory Y on Maslow's higher needs, so the difference between X and Y is the difference between motivating through lower needs and motivating through higher needs.

Fear and punishment theory PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Bhadra · Q10c4 marksWrite short notes on: Fear and punishment theory

The fear and punishment theory holds that some people work only when they fear the consequences of not working, so management motivates them with the threat of punishment. It rests on the Theory X view that such people dislike work, avoid responsibility and lack ambition, and on Skinner's reinforcement idea that behaviour followed by an unpleasant result is less likely to be repeated.

  • Forms: warning, reprimand, fine, withholding an increment, demotion, suspension, dismissal.
  • Where it works: enforcing discipline, safety rules and deadlines; routine work; people who respond to nothing else.
  • Limitations: it gets only the minimum effort, lasts only while supervision lasts, breeds fear, resentment and low morale, kills initiative, and can raise absenteeism, turnover and disputes.

It is best used as a last resort, fairly and consistently, alongside positive rewards (the carrot and stick approach).

Alderfer's ERG and Herzberg's theory compared with Maslow's PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q76 marksCompare Alderfer's ERG Theory and Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory with Maslow's need theory.

All three are content theories: they explain what motivates in terms of needs, and all three separate lower needs from higher ones. They differ in how the needs are grouped and how they act.

BasisMaslow's need theoryAlderfer's ERGHerzberg's hygiene maintenance
Year194319691959
Groups of needsFive levelsThree: existence, relatedness, growthTwo sets of factors: hygiene and motivators
Lower needsPhysiological, safety, socialExistence and most of relatednessHygiene factors: pay, security, conditions, policy, supervision, relations
Higher needsEsteem, self actualizationGrowthMotivators: achievement, recognition, work itself, responsibility, advancement
OrderRigid hierarchy, one level at a timeFlexible, several needs at onceNo hierarchy: two independent scales
MovementSatisfaction progressionProgression and frustration regressionHygiene removes dissatisfaction; motivators create satisfaction
Does pay motivate?Yes, while lower needs are unmetYes, as an existence needNo, it only prevents dissatisfaction
BasisClinical observationStudies of employees in organizationsInterviews with about 200 engineers and accountants

So Maslow's lower needs correspond to ERG's existence and most of relatedness and to Herzberg's hygiene factors (recognition, which Alderfer counts under relatedness, is a Herzberg motivator), and Maslow's higher needs to ERG's growth and to Herzberg's motivators. Maslow and Alderfer describe the needs of the person; Herzberg describes the job factors that satisfy them.

Where motivation at work comes from, according to Herzberg PIN 1/36

Asked once

2080 Bhadra · Q74 marksAccording to Herzberg's motivation-hygiene theory, where does motivation at work come from?

According to Herzberg, motivation at work comes from the job content, that is from the motivators built into the work itself, and not from the job context.

  • Achievement: completing a challenging task successfully.
  • Recognition for that achievement.
  • The work itself: interesting, meaningful work.
  • Responsibility: control over one's own work.
  • Advancement and growth: promotion and personal development.

The hygiene factors of the job context (salary, company policy, supervision, working conditions, job security, relations with colleagues) do not motivate. Kept adequate, they only prevent dissatisfaction. So a pay rise removes a complaint but does not create lasting effort, while giving an engineer full responsibility for a design does. Motivation is therefore built by job enrichment.

Maslow's hierarchy compared with Herzberg's theory PIN 1/36

Asked once

2063 Ashwin · Q3assignmentcompare with that of Herzberg.

Both are content theories that explain motivation by needs, and Herzberg's two sets of factors correspond closely to Maslow's levels: hygiene factors to the lower needs (physiological, safety, social) and motivators to the higher needs (esteem, self actualization). They differ as follows.

BasisMaslow's hierarchyHerzberg's two factor theory
StructureFive needs in a hierarchy, satisfied one after anotherTwo independent sets: hygiene factors and motivators
What motivatesAny unsatisfied need, lower or higherOnly motivators; hygiene factors only prevent dissatisfaction
MoneyMotivates while lower needs are unmetA hygiene factor: does not motivate
FocusHuman needs in generalThe job: its context and its content
BasisClinical observationInterviews with about 200 engineers and accountants
Applies best toAll kinds of peopleProfessional and white collar employees
Use for managersFind the unmet need and reward itKeep hygiene adequate, then enrich the job

Example: a pay rise motivates a low paid worker in Maslow's terms, but for Herzberg it only removes a complaint; a challenging assignment motivates in both.

Alderfer's and Herzberg's theories compared PIN 1/36

Asked once

2078 Bhadra · Q83 marksExplain briefly about comparison of Alderfer and Herzberg's Theories.

Both are content theories that split needs into lower and higher groups: Alderfer's existence needs and most of his relatedness needs correspond to Herzberg's hygiene factors (recognition, a motivator, is the part of relatedness that does not fit), and his growth need to Herzberg's motivators. They differ as follows.

BasisAlderfer's ERGHerzberg's two factor
GroupsThree needs: existence, relatedness, growthTwo factors: hygiene and motivators
FocusNeeds of the personFactors in the job
Lower needsStill motivateOnly prevent dissatisfaction
MovementProgression and frustration regression; several needs at onceNone; two separate scales
PayMotivates as an existence needDoes not motivate

Why Vroom's theory is a process theory PIN 1/36

Asked once

2080 Bhadra · Q74 marksVroom's Valency theory is known as type of process theory, justify it.

Vroom's theory is a process theory because it explains how a person decides how much effort to make, not what needs the person has.

  • Content theories (Maslow, Alderfer, Herzberg, McClelland) list the needs or factors that motivate. Vroom names no particular need.
  • A thinking process: the person consciously judges three links, effort to performance (expectancy), performance to reward (instrumentality) and the value of the reward (valence), and chooses the act with the greatest motivational force, M=E×I×V.
  • A sequence: effort, then performance, then reward, then satisfaction of personal goals.
  • Individual differences: the same reward has a different valence for different people, so the same offer motivates one worker and not another.

Because it describes the process by which needs are turned into behaviour, it is classed as a process theory.

What gives a leader power over followers PIN 1/36

Asked once

2063 Ashwin · Q2assignmentExplain what provides the power of leaders over their followers.

A leader's power over followers comes from five bases of power (French and Raven, 1959): legitimate, reward and coercive power, which come from the position the leader holds, and expert and referent power, which come from the person the leader is.

Position power

  • Legitimate power: the formal authority of the post; followers accept the manager's right to direct them.
  • Reward power: control over pay, promotion, bonus, praise and good assignments.
  • Coercive power: the ability to punish: warning, demotion, transfer, dismissal.

Personal power

  • Expert power: knowledge and skill the followers need, such as a senior engineer's design experience.
  • Referent power: admiration and trust; followers identify with the leader's personality, integrity and example.

Position power gives compliance and lasts only as long as the post; personal power gives willing commitment and works even without a formal post. A true leader relies mainly on expert and referent power and uses reward and coercion sparingly.

What differentiates a leader from regular employees PIN 1/36

Asked once

2080 Bhadra · Q84 marksWhat characteristics differentiate a Leader from regular employees?

A leader differs from a regular employee not by position but by the influence exercised over others and the responsibility taken for the group's results.

CharacteristicLeaderRegular employee
FocusThe team's goal and the bigger pictureOwn assigned task
VisionSees where the group should goFollows the given direction
InitiativeActs before being asked and spots problems earlyWaits for instructions
InfluenceOthers follow willingly, even without authorityInfluences few
ResponsibilityOwns the team's success and failureAnswers for own work
Decisions and riskDecides under uncertainty, takes calculated risksPrefers safe, defined choices
People skillsMotivates, resolves conflict, develops othersCooperates with others
DriveStrong desire to lead and achieveContent to contribute

Integrity, self confidence and clear communication complete the difference: the leader is the one others trust and copy.

Pursuing one's career in future PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q82 marksHow do you want to pursue your career in future?

I want to grow from a skilled engineer into a leader and, in time, an entrepreneur in Nepal.

  • First years: build strong technical skill in a reputed engineering or IT firm and register with the Nepal Engineering Council.
  • Next: lead projects, developing people, communication and management skills.
  • Later: start a technology venture that creates jobs at home.

Throughout, I would keep upgrading my skills and work with integrity.

Challenges for a good leader in modern times PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q82 marksWhat are the challenges for a good leader in modern times?

A good leader today must lead through constant change, with people who have more choices than ever.

  • Technology: digital tools and artificial intelligence demand constant upskilling.
  • Talent: in Nepal, many skilled young people migrate abroad.
  • Diverse, remote teams: different ages and cultures, often working online.
  • Uncertainty: pandemics, disasters and market shocks.
  • Ethics: every decision faces public and social media scrutiny.
  • Competition: global rivals and faster innovation.

Envisioning oneself as a leader PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Ashwin · Q94 marksDescribe how you envision yourself as a leader in the future professional career.

I envision myself as a participative, people centred leader who leads by example and adapts the style to the situation.

  • Vision: set clear goals for the team and explain why they matter.
  • Participation: consult team members, use their ideas and delegate real responsibility, as Theory Y suggests.
  • Flexibility: be directive in emergencies and with new staff, and give freedom to experienced experts.
  • Integrity: keep promises, give credit to the team and take the blame myself.
  • Development: coach juniors and keep upgrading my own skills.
  • Balance: aim at (9,9) team management on the managerial grid, high concern for both people and output.

For example, as a project lead in a Nepali software company, I would hold short daily meetings, share decisions with the team and still own the delivery date. In short, I want to be a leader people follow by choice, not by compulsion.

A reader is a leader PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q85 marksA reader is leader. Elaborate it in terms of leadership styles.

"A reader is a leader" means that reading builds the knowledge, vision and judgment that make others follow: a well read person earns expert power and the confidence to choose the right leadership style.

  • Autocratic style: quick, sole decisions are safe only when the leader knows more than anyone in the room. Reading supplies that knowledge; an autocrat who does not read decides from ignorance.
  • Democratic style: reading widens perspective and vocabulary, so the leader communicates clearly, respects other views, frames good questions and guides group discussion to a sound decision.
  • Laissez faire style: a reader builds a team of readers; knowledgeable, self developing followers can safely be given free rein.
  • Situational choice: histories, biographies and case studies show many situations, so a reader recognises which style a new situation needs.

Reading also builds empathy and communication, the human skills of leadership. Leaders such as B. P. Koirala, both statesman and writer, show the link. Reading alone does not make a leader, but a leader who stops reading soon stops leading.

Democratic leadership style PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q94 marksDescribe Democratic Leadership style.

Democratic (participative) leadership is the style in which the leader takes decisions after consulting the group: policies are settled through group discussion, members' ideas are sought and used, and praise and blame are shared, though the leader keeps the final say.

  • Features: decentralized authority, two way communication, delegation and trust in subordinates (a Theory Y view).
  • Merits: high morale and job satisfaction, better decisions from pooled ideas, greater commitment to carrying them out, higher productivity, and development of future leaders.
  • Demerits: slow decisions, unsuitable in emergencies, needs capable and willing members, and responsibility can become blurred.
  • Suitable for: educated, skilled teams such as engineers, and decisions that need acceptance.

Example: a design manager who holds a team meeting to choose between two technical solutions before deciding.

Significance of the managerial grid for an organization's growth PIN 1/36

Asked once

2076 Ashwin · Q68 marksHow do you see the significance of Blake and Mouton's managerial grid for organization's growth? Explain.

I see the managerial grid as highly significant for an organization's growth, because it turns leadership from a vague quality into a style that can be measured, discussed and improved, and it points every manager towards (9,9) team management, where high output and satisfied people go together.

  1. Self diagnosis: through a grid questionnaire each manager sees where the present style stands, for example (9,1) or (1,9), and what it costs.
  2. A clear ideal: it shows that concern for people and concern for production are not a trade-off; organizations grow when both are high.
  3. Basis for training: Blake and Mouton built a phased organization development programme (Grid OD) on it, moving managers and whole teams towards (9,9).
  4. Productivity with retention: team management raises output while morale stays high and turnover falls, so growth is not bought by burning out staff.
  5. Teamwork and conflict resolution: (9,9) leaders face conflict openly and solve it with the group, improving coordination between departments.
  6. Selection and appraisal: it gives a common language for choosing and assessing leaders.
  7. Change and innovation: committed teams accept change and contribute ideas.

Example: in a growing Nepali IT company, a (1,9) team lead whose projects slip and a (9,1) lead whose engineers resign can both be identified with the grid and trained towards (9,9), protecting both delivery and talent.

Limitation: the grid ignores the situation; in a crisis a more task centred style may be right, so it works best together with the contingency approach.

Integrated approach to leadership PIN 1/36

Asked once

2057 Chaitra · Q6bassignmentWrite short notes on: Integrated approach to leadership

The integrated approach to leadership holds that effective leadership results from the interaction of three variables together: the leader, the followers and the situation. It combines the trait, behavioral and contingency approaches and is the most realistic of them.

INTEGRATED APPROACH TO LEADERSHIP The style that works depends on the leader, the followers and the situation together. Leader traits behaviour experience Follower abilities experience task relevant maturity Situation structure, technology objectives, environment Effective leadership style
  • Leader: ability, traits and characteristics, behaviour (task or people oriented) and experience.
  • Followers: abilities, traits, experience and task relevant maturity, that is their ability and willingness to do the task.
  • Situation: the organization's structure, technology, objectives and external environment.

The effective style is the one that fits all three at once. The same leader may direct closely a new, inexperienced team working to a fixed deadline, and delegate freely to experienced experts on a research task. Leadership is therefore not a fixed quality of a person but a relationship matched to the people and the circumstances.

Leadership approach for Nepalese start-ups PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q86 marksIn your opinion, which leadership approach best suits the current situation in Nepalese start-ups and why?

In my opinion the integrated approach, which reads the leader, the followers and the situation together, best suits Nepalese start-ups today, with a participative, team building style as the default and firm direction on a few essentials.

  1. An unstable environment: Nepalese start-ups face changing regulation, a small market, scarce funding and frequent crises. No fixed style survives this; the founder must switch between directive, supportive, participative and achievement oriented behaviour as conditions change.
  2. Young, mixed teams: members are educated and expect a say (participative), but many are inexperienced and need clear direction and coaching at first (directive), as Hersey and Blanchard's model suggests.
  3. Stage of growth: at the idea stage the founder decides quickly; as the team grows, decisions must be shared and delegated.
  4. Retaining talent: with many skilled young people leaving for jobs abroad, supportive and participative leadership, with ownership such as share options, keeps them.
  5. Innovation: achievement oriented leadership sets stretching goals that drive new products.

Example: a Kathmandu fintech or delivery start-up is run participatively in product planning, directively during a payment outage or a funding crunch, and delegates freely to its senior developers.

A trait based view or a single fixed style would fail in such conditions; the start-up leader must read the team and the situation together and adapt.

Entrepreneurship in economic development PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q108 marks"Entrepreneurship plays a vital role in the economic development of a country." Elaborate this statement with your logic.

I agree: entrepreneurs are the engine of economic development, because they are the people who turn idle resources, ideas and savings into production, jobs and income. A country with land, labour and capital but no entrepreneurs stays poor.

  1. Capital formation: entrepreneurs mobilise savings into productive enterprises instead of idle assets.
  2. Employment: they employ themselves and others. In Nepal, where many young people leave for jobs abroad, every new enterprise creates work at home.
  3. Innovation: as Schumpeter showed, they introduce new products, new methods of production, new markets and new sources of raw material, raising productivity.
  4. Growth of national income: more output raises GDP and per capita income.
  5. Exports and import substitution: they earn and save foreign exchange; Chaudhary Group's Wai Wai noodles, sold in many countries, is a Nepali example.
  6. Use of local resources: hydropower, tourism, herbs and agriculture become income only when someone organises them; private developers now build much of Nepal's hydropower.
  7. Balanced regional development: small industries and homestays spread development to rural areas and reduce migration to cities.
  8. Better living standards: more goods and services at lower prices and wider choice.
  9. Revenue and social change: taxes for the government, and a culture of self reliance, merit and risk taking.
  10. Dispersal of economic power: many small owners instead of a few monopolies.

The logic is simple: development means more production, more jobs and better technology, and all three begin with an entrepreneur taking a risk. For Nepal, which depends heavily on remittances, entrepreneurship is the path from a remittance economy to a productive one.

Entrepreneurship in the development of Nepal's IT sector PIN 1/36

Asked once

2076 Ashwin · Q85 marksDescribe the role of entrepreneurship in the development of IT sector in Nepal.

Entrepreneurship is the main driver of Nepal's IT sector: almost every advance in it, from software exports to digital payments, began as a private venture.

  1. Jobs for graduates: software and outsourcing companies employ thousands of engineers who would otherwise seek work abroad.
  2. Export earnings: firms in Kathmandu develop software and provide IT services for clients in the USA, Europe and Australia, earning foreign exchange without physical exports.
  3. Digital services at home: start-ups introduced digital wallets such as eSewa and Khalti, e-commerce, ride sharing, food delivery and online education, building a digital economy.
  4. Digitalising other sectors: banking, remittance, tourism, health and government services now run on software written by Nepali firms.
  5. Innovation for local needs: Nepali language interfaces, online payment of utility bills and school fees, and agricultural and health apps.
  6. Investment and skills: successful ventures attract venture capital and foreign investment, and train new developers.

Together these support the government's Digital Nepal Framework (2019) and are turning IT into a growing export sector.

Risks and challenges for an IT entrepreneur in Nepal PIN 1/36

Asked once

2076 Ashwin · Q83 marksWhat are the risks and challenges for an aspiring entrepreneur in Nepalese IT sector?

An aspiring IT entrepreneur in Nepal has the skills but faces a weak ecosystem: risks in finance, talent, payments, policy, market size, infrastructure and protection of ideas.

  • Finance: banks want collateral; venture capital is scarce.
  • Talent drain: skilled developers leave for jobs abroad.
  • Payments: international gateways such as PayPal are unavailable, and foreign income faces strict procedures.
  • Policy uncertainty: changing tax and licensing rules, and sudden bans on digital platforms.
  • Small market: limited digital spending at home and strong global competitors.
  • Infrastructure: uneven internet outside the cities.
  • Weak protection of intellectual property and data.
  • Failure in a society that tolerates it poorly.

Silicon Valley as successful entrepreneurship PIN 1/36

Asked once

2069 Chaitra · Q9assignmentSilicon Valley is the best example of successful entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your thoughts.

I agree: Silicon Valley, the southern San Francisco Bay area of California, is the best example of successful entrepreneurship, because it shows entrepreneurship working as a whole ecosystem rather than as the luck of a few individuals.

  • Garage to global: Hewlett-Packard began in a Palo Alto garage in 1939; Apple, Intel, Google and many others grew there from small start-ups into world leaders.
  • University and industry together: Stanford University encouraged its students and staff to start companies, and research moved quickly into products.
  • Venture capital: investors fund risky ideas in exchange for equity, so a good idea does not wait for collateral.
  • A culture of risk and failure: failure is treated as experience, not disgrace, and failed founders try again.
  • Mobility of talent: engineers move freely between firms and leave to start their own, spreading ideas; employee stock options share the rewards.
  • Continuous innovation: semiconductors, personal computers, the internet, smartphones and artificial intelligence came in waves from the same region.
  • Open to talent from everywhere: many of its founders are immigrants.

My thoughts for Nepal: Silicon Valley cannot be copied, but its ingredients can: links between engineering colleges and industry, incubators, venture funds, stable policy and a society that accepts failure. Its high costs and inequality are the warning side of the same success.

4Case studies

Objectives of a case study (why it is conducted) HOT 6/36

Asked 7 times, in 6 papers

2081 Baishakh · Q93 marksWhat are the major objectives of case study?

2080 Baishakh · Q84 marksexplain about the objectives of case study in detail

2080 Baishakh · Q92 marksWhy are case studies conducted?

2071 Chaitra · Q103 marksWhat are the objectives of a case-study?

2071 Shrawan · Q10i4 marksObjective of Case Study

2070 Ashad · Q114 marksExplain the objective of case study.

2069 Chaitra · Q10bassignmentObjectives of case study

The main objective of a case study is to understand a real situation in depth, find its problems and their causes, and recommend practical solutions. Case studies are conducted for these objectives:

  • In-depth understanding: to study the unit's history, structure, working and environment as a whole.
  • Diagnosis: to identify problems and trace their root causes.
  • Linking theory and practice: to apply management principles to a real organization and test them.
  • Decision making skill: to build analytical and problem solving ability by weighing alternatives.
  • Recommendations: to suggest practical improvements to the organization studied.
  • Research: to generate hypotheses and ideas for wider study.
  • Record of experience: to preserve successes and failures as a guide for others.
  • Communication: to develop report writing, presentation and teamwork skills.

It is chosen where a problem is complex and must be studied in its real setting.

What a case study is PIN 5/36

Asked 6 times, in 5 papers

2080 Baishakh · Q84 marksExplain about the case study

2080 Baishakh · Q94 marksWhat are case studies?

2079 Bhadra · Q93 marksWhat is case study?

2070 Ashad · Q114 marksWhat do you mean by Case study?

2063 Ashwin · Q5assignmentWhat is case study?

2059 Chaitra · Q6cassignmentCase study

A case study is an intensive, systematic study of one unit, such as a person, a group, an organization, a project or an event, in its real-life setting, to find out what happened, why it happened and what should be done. Yin defines it as an empirical inquiry into a contemporary phenomenon in depth, within its real-life context. In management, a case is a written account of a real business situation, analysed to diagnose its problems and recommend decisions.

  • In depth: one unit is studied thoroughly.
  • Holistic: history, structure, people and environment are studied together.
  • Real setting: studied as it works, usually through an industrial visit.
  • Many sources: observation, interviews, questionnaires and documents.
  • Problem solving: it ends in findings and recommendations.

Example: a study of why a Nepal Electricity Authority distribution centre suffers frequent outages.

Value of a case study PIN 1/36

Asked once

2066 Bhadra · Q6e4 marksValue of Case Study

The value of a case study lies in giving a deep, realistic picture of a real situation and in building the skill to analyse it and decide.

  • Realism: it deals with an actual situation, with real problems, data and people, so its lessons are practical.
  • Experience without the risk: managerial decisions are practised on paper, not in a plant, at no real cost.
  • Integration: one case draws on technical, financial and human knowledge at once, and shows how structure, leadership, people and environment interact.
  • Rich evidence: it uncovers causes that a survey would never have thought to ask about.
  • Useful to the organization: an outside, evidence-based diagnosis with practical recommendations.
  • Skill development: it sharpens analysis, judgement, decision making, report writing and presentation.
  • Research value: it records experience and generates hypotheses for other cases.

Its limits are that it takes time, can be subjective, and its findings may not hold for other organizations, so it is best combined with other methods.

Types of case studies PIN 1/36

Asked once

2080 Baishakh · Q92 marksWhat are the different types of case studies?

Case studies are classified in several ways:

  • By purpose (Yin): exploratory (a first look at a little known situation), descriptive (the case in full detail) and explanatory (cause and effect, such as why a hydropower project was delayed).
  • By the number of cases: single case and multiple case.
  • By the researcher's interest (Stake): intrinsic, instrumental and collective.
  • Another common list: illustrative, exploratory (pilot), cumulative and critical instance.

5Management information system

Definition and concept of MIS HOT 11/36

Asked 11 times

2076 Chaitra · Q103 marksDefine the term MIS.

2076 Ashwin · Q103 marksDefine the term MIS.

2074 Ashwin · Q102 marksDefine the term MIS.

2071 Chaitra · Q95 marksDefine Management Information System (MIS).

2070 Chaitra · Q102 marksDefine Management Information System.

2070 Ashad · Q123 marksDefine term MIS.

2069 Chaitra · Q8assignmentDefine Management Information System.

2068 Chaitra · Q3a3 marksWhat is MIS?

2065 Kartik · Q34 marksWhat do you mean by management information system?

2063 Ashwin · Q6cassignmentThe Concept of Management Information System

2057 Chaitra · Q3assignmentWhat do you mean by management information system?

A management information system (MIS) is an organized, usually computer-based system that collects data from internal and external sources, processes and stores it, and delivers the right information to the right manager at the right time for planning, control and decision making. Davis and Olson define it as an integrated user-machine system providing information to support the operations, management and decision making functions of an organization.

The concept rests on its three parts:

THE THREE PARTS OF MIS Management, information and system: MIS is where the three meet. MIS Management Information System the people responsible for goals: planning, organising, directing, coordinating and controlling; each of these needs information the useful output of processed data; managers decide on information, not on raw facts connected parts working as one: collecting, storing, processing, communicating, reporting
  • Management: the people who plan, organize, direct, coordinate and control; each of these functions needs information.
  • Information: data processed into a meaningful, useful form; managers decide on information, not on raw facts.
  • System: interrelated parts (people, hardware, software, data, procedures) working to one objective: collecting, storing, processing and reporting.

Example: a bank's MIS turns each day's teller transactions into branch-wise reports of deposits, loans and overdue loans for its managers.

MIS in the planning process HOT 7/36

Asked 7 times

2076 Chaitra · Q105 marksExplain the value of MIS in the planning process.

2076 Ashwin · Q105 marksExplain the value of MIS in the planning process.

2068 Baishakh · Q6b4 marksInformation system for planning process

2067 Ashad · Q36 marksDiscuss the role of information in the planning process.

2065 Shrawan · Q34 marksDiscuss the term information system for planning process.

2064 Kartik · Q3assignmentExplain the information system for planning process.

2062 Baishakh · Q3assignmentExplain information system for planning process.

Planning decides today what is to be done in the future, and every step of it depends on information; MIS supplies that information, so plans rest on facts rather than assumptions. Planning answers six questions, and MIS helps answer each:

Planning questionInformation MIS supplies
Where is the organization now?Current sales, output, costs, stock, staff and finances
Where does it want to go?Trends, forecasts, market and competitor data for setting objectives
How will it get there?Alternatives compared by cost, return and what-if analysis
When will it be done?Schedules, lead times and capacity
Who will do it?Manpower records, skills and workload
How much will it cost?Cost records, budgets and prices

In doing so MIS:

  • Supports long term planning with summarised internal and external information for top management.
  • Supports forecasts of future programmes, demand and resources.
  • Helps use resources efficiently by showing capacity, stock and budgets.
  • Forecasts product demand so that production is timely.
  • Closes the loop: actual results are compared with the plan and fed into the next plan.

Example: a biscuit factory forecasts Dashain and Tihar demand from past sales, then plans production, flour purchase and overtime two months ahead.

Contribution and role of computers in MIS HOT 6/36

Asked 6 times

2074 Ashwin · Q104 marksExplain the role of computer for management information system.

2068 Baishakh · Q34 marksExplain computer and MIS.

2064 Jestha · Q37 marksWhat is the contribution of computer in management information system?

2061 Baishakh · Q3assignmentWhat is the contribution of computers for the management information system?

2059 Chaitra · Q3assignmentWhat is the contribution of computers in the management information system?

2058 Chaitra · Q3assignmentWhat is the contribution of computers for the management information system?

Computers are the engine of modern MIS: they capture, store, process and communicate data at a speed, accuracy and volume that manual systems cannot reach, so managers get the right information in time.

Before computers, manual reports were too late, incomplete, expensive, unfocused (detail mixed with gaps) and not relevant (one report for every manager). Computers removed these problems:

  • Speed: reports that took weeks are produced in seconds, so information is timely.
  • Accuracy: computation and validation checks cut human error.
  • Storage and retrieval: large databases hold years of records and answer queries at once.
  • Processing power: forecasting, statistics and what-if models support planning and DSS.
  • Online and real-time processing: managers query the system directly, and each transaction updates the records the moment it occurs.
  • Communication: networks share data between branches and head office.
  • Relevance: each manager gets tailored summary and exception reports with graphs.
  • Automation and lower cost: payroll, billing and accounting run with less paperwork and fewer clerks.

Example: a cash withdrawal from any ATM updates the customer's account at once and appears in the bank's daily liquidity report, which no manual ledger could do.

The computer is only a tool, however: a poorly designed system or wrong data still gives wrong information (garbage in, garbage out).

Importance and role of MIS PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2082 Baishakh · Q94 marksExplain the importance of MIS in organization with relevant example.

2081 Baishakh · Q103 marksWhat is the importance of MIS?

2080 Bhadra · Q103 marksWhat are the role of MIS in any organization?

2073 Shrawan · Q104 marksExplain the importance of Management Information System (MIS).

2067 Ashad · Q35 marksExplain the importance of management information system.

MIS is important because it supplies accurate, timely and relevant information to every manager, so that decisions, planning and control rest on facts rather than guesswork. Like the heart pumping blood through the body, it keeps information flowing through the organization. Its importance and role:

  • Better decisions: alternatives are compared on reliable information.
  • Planning: forecasts of demand, cost and resources give realistic targets.
  • Control: expected performance is compared with actual, and the difference prompts corrective action.
  • Coordination and communication: all departments work from one set of data and reports.
  • Right information to each manager: production gets cost and machine use, marketing gets sales trends, personnel gets turnover and wages.
  • Efficiency: less paperwork, faster reports and lower cost.
  • Competitive edge: quick response to customers and the market.

Example: a commercial bank's MIS reports each branch's deposits, loans and overdue loans daily; when overdue loans rise at one branch, head office tightens its lending there before the loss grows.

Hierarchy of information needs PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2066 Bhadra · Q35 marksDiscuss the hierarchy of information needs.

2065 Kartik · Q34 marksDefine the term hierarchy of information needs

2065 Shrawan · Q34 marksWhat do you mean by hierarchy of needs?

2064 Kartik · Q3assignmentWhat do you mean by hierarchy of information needs?

2057 Chaitra · Q3assignmentExplain the hierarchy of information needs.

The hierarchy of information needs is the pattern in which the information a manager needs changes with the level of management: the higher the level, the more summarised, external and future oriented it is; the lower the level, the more detailed, internal and current. It follows Anthony's three levels of management activity: strategic planning, management control and operational control.

MANAGEMENT LEVELS AND THEIR INFORMATION Each level needs different information, in a different form and at a different pace. Strategic top management policies, plans, budgets, objectives Tactical middle management revenue, profit, cost, schedules Operational lower management goods, services, daily performance Going up more summarised more external and future oriented needed less often: quarterly or yearly Middle level: weekly or monthly Going down more detailed internal and current needed more often: hourly or daily
LevelInformation neededNature and frequency
Strategic (top)Goals, profitability, market trends, competitors, government policyHighly summarised, internal and external, quarterly or yearly
Tactical (middle)Revenue, profit, cost, schedules, budget against actualSummarised, mostly internal, weekly or monthly
Operational (lower)Output, stock, attendance, orders, breakdownsDetailed, internal, current, hourly or daily

Because the needs differ, MIS gives each level its own reports instead of one report for all, and each level's information is built from the level below it.

Information architecture PIN 5/36

Asked 5 times

2068 Baishakh · Q33 marksWhat is information Architecture?

2065 Shrawan · Q34 marksDefine the term information architecture.

2062 Baishakh · Q3assignmentWhat do you mean by information architecture?

2061 Baishakh · Q6bassignmentInformation Architecture

2058 Chaitra · Q6cassignmentInformation Architecture

Information architecture is the particular form that information technology takes in an organization to achieve its goals: the overall design of its hardware, software, databases and communication networks, and of the business applications that run on them for each function and level (Laudon and Laudon).

  • IT infrastructure: computers, system software, data management and telecommunication networks shared by all applications.
  • Business applications: systems for sales and marketing, production, finance, accounting and human resources, at the operational, middle and top levels.
  • Arrangement: centralized on a mainframe, distributed across sites, or client/server over a network.

A sound architecture integrates databases, networks, software and users into one coordinated system, so departments share data instead of keeping isolated copies, and the organization can grow and add applications without rebuilding its systems.

Database information system PIN 4/36

Asked 5 times, in 4 papers

2081 Baishakh · Q105 marksExplain database information system with suitable example.

2068 Baishakh · Q35 marksExplain database information system.

2068 Baishakh · Q6d4 marksDatabase information system

2066 Bhadra · Q35 marksExplain database information system.

2065 Shrawan · Q34 marksExplain the database information system.

A database information system is an information system built around a database: a collection of related data organized to serve many applications and users at once while appearing to be stored in one place, and managed by a database management system (DBMS).

  • Components: the database; the DBMS with its data definition language, query language (such as SQL) and data dictionary; application programs; users; and a database administrator.
  • Problems it removes: with separate files each department keeps its own copy, causing redundancy, inconsistency, program-data dependence, poor sharing and weak security.
  • Advantages: less duplication, consistent data, sharing among applications, easy queries and reports, central security and backup.

Example: a commercial bank keeps one customer and account database. The teller system, ATMs, mobile banking, the loan section and accounts all read and update the same records, so a deposit made at one branch shows at once in the customer's mobile app, and managers draw their daily reports from the same data.

Need for MIS PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2068 Chaitra · Q6c4 marksNeeds for MIS

2068 Baishakh · Q34 marksWhy is MIS necessary for management?

2066 Bhadra · Q6b4 marksNeeds for Management Information System (MIS)

2065 Shrawan · Q6e4 marksNeeds of MIS

MIS is needed because managers of a large, complex organization must take many decisions quickly, and raw records cannot answer their questions: should production rise, is a product profitable, which department is underperforming, should more staff be hired?

  • Size and complexity: many departments, branches and products create more data than manual records can handle.
  • Timely decisions: a fast-changing, competitive environment punishes late or wrong decisions.
  • Planning and forecasting: targets and budgets need past trends and forecasts.
  • Control: actual results must be compared with plans so that deviations are found early.
  • Coordination: all departments must work from the same data.
  • Different needs at each level: top, middle and lower managers need information in different forms and at different intervals.
  • Cost and efficiency: it replaces slow and costly manual reporting.

Networking information system PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2067 Ashad · Q35 marksWhat do you mean by network information system?

2065 Shrawan · Q6c4 marksNetworking information system

2064 Kartik · Q6cassignmentNetworking Information System

2061 Baishakh · Q3assignmentExplain networking information system.

A networking (telecommunication) information system is an information system whose computers and devices at different locations are linked by a telecommunication network, so that data, information and resources are shared and processed as one system.

  • Computers and terminals: servers, PCs, ATMs and mobile devices that send and receive data.
  • Communication channels: twisted pair, coaxial and optical fibre cables, microwave, satellite and wireless links.
  • Communication processors: modems, switches, routers and multiplexers.
  • Communication software and protocols: network operating systems and rules such as TCP/IP.
  • Types: LAN within a building, MAN across a city, WAN across a country; the internet, intranets and extranets.

It works as a chain: a branch records today's sales, the data travel through the network, head office receives them, and managers decide with fresh data. Example: a bank's branches and ATMs across Nepal are linked to the central database at its head office, so any branch can serve any customer.

Information support for functional areas of management PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2073 Shrawan · Q104 marksExplain information support for functional areas of Management.

2072 Kartik · Q10assignmentHow information system support for functional area of management.

2070 Chaitra · Q106 marksExplain information support for functional areas of management.

2070 Ashad · Q125 marksHow information support for functional areas of management?

Each functional area of management needs its own information, and MIS supports it through functional information systems that draw on a common database, giving detailed reports to supervisors and summaries to managers.

AreaInformation neededSupport given
MarketingSales trends by product, region and salesperson; customer demand; competitor prices; market researchSales analysis, forecasting and customer databases for product, price, place and promotion decisions
ProductionProduction and labour cost, machine utilisation, schedules, quality, demand growth, need for expansionProduction planning and control, MRP, quality and maintenance reports
Finance and accountsCash flow, budgets, costs, receivables and payables, investment returnsAccounting, budgeting, cash management and capital budgeting systems
PersonnelEmployee records, skills and knowledge, turnover, wages, incentives, training needsPersonnel information system, payroll, manpower planning and appraisal records
MaterialsStock levels, usage, lead times, supplier prices and performanceInventory control and purchasing systems with reorder alerts

Because the areas share one database, a sales order updates marketing, production, stores and accounts together. Example: a rise in festival orders reported by marketing prompts production to plan extra shifts, materials to reorder, finance to arrange working capital and personnel to hire temporary staff.

Information system model PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2065 Kartik · Q34 marksinformation system model

2064 Jestha · Q6d4 marksInformation system model

2059 Chaitra · Q6bassignmentInformation system model

The information system model shows an information system as a continuous cycle: data from business sources are collected, processed into information, delivered to users, and the system is improved through feedback.

THE INFORMATION SYSTEM MODEL A continuous cycle: data goes in, information comes out, and feedback improves the next round. Business sources sales, employees, inventory, orders, suppliers Data collection raw data captured from internal and external sources Processing IS professionals and programs: sort, calculate, compare, summarise Information reports, in the form managers can use Users operational, middle and top managers Decisions and feedback managers decide; errors are reported and corrected raw data feedback Feedback example: a wrong inventory figure is reported, corrected, and later reports improve.
  • Business sources: where raw data arise: sales, employees, inventory, customer orders, suppliers.
  • Data collection: capturing the data from internal and external sources.
  • Processing: IS professionals (systems analysts, database administrators, programmers) and their programs sort, calculate, compare, classify and summarise the data.
  • Information: the output, reports in a form managers can use.
  • Users: operational, middle and top managers, who plan, control and decide with it.
  • Feedback: errors and new needs flow back to improve the system; a wrong inventory figure is reported, corrected, and later reports improve.

Types of information systems PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2080 Bhadra · Q105 marksExplain the four types of information systems.

2071 Chaitra · Q93 marksDescribe briefly about different types of Information System and their support to managers in decision making.

2069 Chaitra · Q8assignmentDescribe briefly various types of Management Information System.

Information systems are classified by the level they serve into four types: operational level systems (TPS), knowledge level systems (OAS, KWS), management level systems (MIS, DSS) and strategic level systems (ESS). The four major systems usually named are TPS, MIS, DSS and ESS.

TYPES OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS BY LEVEL The standard classification (Laudon and Laudon): each level of the organisation has its own kind of system. LEVEL SYSTEM AND WHO IT SERVES ESS Strategic level Executive support system (ESS) serves senior managers MIS, DSS Management level Management information system (MIS) Decision support system (DSS) serves middle managers KWS, OAS Knowledge level Knowledge work system (KWS) Office automation system (OAS) serves knowledge and data workers TPS Operational level Transaction processing system (TPS) serves operational managers, supervisors, clerks
TypeLevel and usersWhat it does; decision supportExample
TPSOperational: clerks, supervisorsRecords routine daily transactions; structured decisionsPayroll, billing, ATM withdrawal
OAS, KWSKnowledge: office and knowledge workersDocuments, email, scheduling; design and analysis workstationsWord processing, CAD
MISManagement: middle managersSummary and exception reports from TPS data; control decisionsMonthly sales by region
DSSManagement: middle managers, professionals and staff managersModels and what-if analysis; semi-structured decisionsPricing, production mix
ESS (EIS)Strategic: top managersGraphs and drill-down on internal and external data; unstructured decisionsFive year plan, entry into a new market

By function, the same systems appear as marketing, production, finance and personnel information systems.

How data and information are used in an office PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2078 Bhadra · Q104 marksDescribe how data and information are used in an officer.

2075 Ashwin · Q104 marksDescribe how data and information are used in an officer.

In an office, data are the raw facts recorded in daily work, and information is those data processed into reports that officers use to plan, control and decide. They are used in a chain:

FROM DATA TO DECISION Each step up adds meaning; MIS processes raw data into the information managers decide on. DIKW HIERARCHY W Wisdom judgement about what is right and best K Knowledge information understood and applied I Information processed, meaningful data D Data raw facts THE MIS CHAIN Data Processing Information Decision WORKED EXAMPLE: A STORE'S DAILY SALES Mon 230 Tue 245 Wed 198 Thu 280 adds up, averages and compares Weekly total: 953 Daily average: 238.25 Best day: Thursday Growth vs last week (%) useful for a decision On its own, data has little decision-making value; it becomes valuable once it is processed.
  1. Recording: attendance, invoices, receipts, orders and stock issues are recorded on forms or computers.
  2. Processing: the data are sorted, classified, calculated and summarised by clerks or software.
  3. Information: the result is reports: an attendance summary, a cash report, a list of overdue bills, a stock report.
  4. Decision and action: officers pay salaries, grant leave, chase defaulters, reorder stock and plan budgets from the reports.
  5. Storage and feedback: data and reports are filed for reference and audit, and errors found are corrected.

Example: daily attendance data become a monthly attendance report, used by accounts to calculate salaries and by the office head to act on frequent absence.

Information system for decision making PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2066 Bhadra · Q36 marksWhat are the role of information system for decision making process?

2065 Kartik · Q6d4 marksInformation system for decision making process

Decision making is choosing the best among alternatives; an information system supports every phase of it with relevant, accurate and timely information. It does not decide, but it lets managers compare alternatives on facts. Following Simon's model:

  1. Intelligence (finding the problem): routine and exception reports from TPS and MIS show that sales have fallen or costs have risen.
  2. Design (developing alternatives): DSS models and databases let managers build and test options with what-if analysis.
  3. Choice (selecting the best): models, simulation and ranking by cost and benefit point to the best alternative.
  4. Implementation and review: MIS reports monitor the results and feed back corrections.

It also serves each type of decision:

  • Operational (structured): reordering, scheduling and shift assignment, often automated by TPS.
  • Tactical (semi-structured): budgets, staffing and product improvement, supported by MIS and DSS.
  • Strategic (unstructured): new markets and expansion, supported by ESS with external data.

Example: a bank approves routine loans with a credit scoring system, while top management decides on a new branch from the market and deposit data its information system supplies.

Relationship between computers and MIS PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2081 Bhadra · Q92 marksWhat is the relationship between computers and management information system?

2076 Ashwin · Q92 marksWhat is the relationship between computers and management information system?

MIS is the system that supplies information to managers; the computer is the tool that runs it. MIS can exist on paper, but computers collect, store, process and communicate data so fast, accurately and cheaply that modern MIS is computer-based. A computer without the MIS design, data and people produces no useful information, so the computer is the engine and MIS the purpose it serves.

Importance of networking information system PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2059 Chaitra · Q3assignmentExplain an importance of networking information system.

2058 Chaitra · Q3assignmentExplain the importance of networking information system.

A networking information system is important because it lets every part of an organization, wherever it is, share data and resources and act on the same up-to-date information.

  • Resource sharing: printers, storage, software and databases are shared, lowering cost.
  • Data sharing: one central database keeps all branches consistent and current.
  • Fast communication: email, messaging and video conferencing link distant offices.
  • Timely decisions: head office sees branch data the same day, not at month end.
  • Distributed processing and reliability: work is processed locally, and one failed node does not stop the others.
  • Customer service: anywhere banking, online reservations and e-commerce become possible.
  • Central control with local freedom: branches run their own work while head office monitors them.

Example: a customer can withdraw cash from another bank's ATM in Nepal only because the banks' systems are networked.

DSS compared with MIS PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2078 Bhadra · Q104 marksWhat is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)?

2075 Ashwin · Q104 marksWhat is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)?

MIS gives routine reports for structured decisions, while DSS gives interactive analysis for semi-structured and unstructured decisions.

BasisMISDSS
PurposeInformation for routine planning and controlHelp with a specific, non-routine decision
DecisionsStructured, recurringSemi-structured and unstructured
OutputScheduled summary and exception reportsInteractive, ad hoc what-if analysis
OrientationPast and present performanceFuture alternatives
ModelsFew and simpleAnalytical: statistics, optimization, simulation
DataMainly internal, from TPSInternal and external
FlexibilityFixed formats set by the IS departmentFlexible, often shaped by the user
ExampleMonthly sales report by regionEffect of a price cut on profit

Data, information, knowledge and wisdom PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q94 marksWhat are the differences between data, information, knowledge and wisdom?

Data, information, knowledge and wisdom are four rising levels of meaning (the DIKW hierarchy): each is the level below it with more processing, understanding or judgement added.

FROM DATA TO DECISION Each step up adds meaning; MIS processes raw data into the information managers decide on. DIKW HIERARCHY W Wisdom judgement about what is right and best K Knowledge information understood and applied I Information processed, meaningful data D Data raw facts THE MIS CHAIN Data Processing Information Decision WORKED EXAMPLE: A STORE'S DAILY SALES Mon 230 Tue 245 Wed 198 Thu 280 adds up, averages and compares Weekly total: 953 Daily average: 238.25 Best day: Thursday Growth vs last week (%) useful for a decision On its own, data has little decision-making value; it becomes valuable once it is processed.
LevelWhat it isAnswersExample (a store)
DataRaw, unprocessed facts and figuresNothing by itselfDaily sales: 230, 245, 198, 280
InformationData processed into a meaningful, useful formWho, what, where, when?Total 953; Thursday is the best day
KnowledgeInformation understood, linked with experience and appliedHow?Sales rise before weekends and festivals
WisdomJudgement to use knowledge for the right, long term choiceWhy, and what is best?Stock up and add staff before busy days; open a second counter

So data is the raw material, information its processed form, knowledge its understanding, and wisdom the judgement that turns it into the right decision.

Needs, functions and importance of MIS PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q105 marksExplain the needs, functions and importance of MIS.

MIS is needed to turn an organization's growing mass of data into timely information; it does so through six functions, and its importance lies in better decisions, planning and control.

Needs: growth in size and complexity, fast-changing competition, the need to plan, control and coordinate, and different information at each level of management.

Functions:

  • Data capturing: collecting data from internal and external sources.
  • Data processing: calculating, comparing, classifying and summarising it into information.
  • Prediction: forecasting demand, sales and inventory with statistics.
  • Planning: supplying information to set objectives, targets and budgets.
  • Controlling: comparing actual with planned performance and flagging deviations.
  • Assistance: giving managers timely, accurate information for decisions.

Importance: it improves decisions, planning and control, coordinates departments, cuts paperwork and cost, and helps the organization respond quickly to customers and competitors.

Why MIS is needed in addition to task-specific software PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q94 marksWhy do we need MIS in addition to various softwares for specific tasks in an organization?

An organization needs MIS on top of its task-specific software because each package (billing, payroll, accounting, inventory) only processes its own transactions, while managers need those data combined and summarised for decisions.

  • Integration: separate packages create islands of data; MIS brings them into one database and one set of reports.
  • Management view: task software gives clerks detail; MIS gives managers summary, trend and exception reports for planning and control.
  • One version of the truth: copies of the same data in separate packages disagree; MIS keeps figures consistent.
  • Cross-functional decisions: whether a product is profitable needs sales, cost and stock data together.

Example: a Kathmandu hospital with separate billing, pharmacy and laboratory software needs an MIS to see revenue per department, medicines running short and daily patient load for staffing.

The task software records the work; MIS lets management steer it.

MIS at different levels of management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2080 Baishakh · Q108 marksExplain how the management information system is used in different levels of management within an organization.

MIS serves every level of management, but each level uses it for different decisions and needs information in a different form, detail and frequency.

MANAGEMENT LEVELS AND THEIR INFORMATION Each level needs different information, in a different form and at a different pace. Strategic top management policies, plans, budgets, objectives Tactical middle management revenue, profit, cost, schedules Operational lower management goods, services, daily performance Going up more summarised more external and future oriented needed less often: quarterly or yearly Middle level: weekly or monthly Going down more detailed internal and current needed more often: hourly or daily
  • Operational (lower) level: supervisors use detailed, current, internal reports from daily transactions (today's output, attendance, stock, orders, breakdowns), hourly or daily, to schedule work, assign workers and reorder materials. Example in a dairy: yesterday's milk collection by centre and today's stock of packets.
  • Tactical (middle) level: department heads use summarised, periodic reports (monthly sales by region, budget against actual, production efficiency, cost per unit) and exception reports to allocate resources, set budgets and control departments. Example: a report showing one plant's cost per litre above standard.
  • Strategic (top) level: the board and chief executive use highly summarised internal data together with external data (market trends, competitors, government policy), quarterly or yearly, to set objectives, launch products and plan expansion. Example: whether to build a new milk powder plant.
PointOperationalTacticalStrategic
DetailHighly detailedSummarisedHighly summarised
FrequencyHourly, dailyWeekly, monthlyQuarterly, yearly
SourceInternalMostly internalInternal and external
DecisionsStructured, short termSemi-structured, medium termUnstructured, long term
SystemTPSMIS, DSSESS

MIS delivers this as scheduled reports, exception reports that flag only deviations, and on-demand reports. The levels are linked: operational data roll up into tactical summaries and strategic indicators, while plans and targets flow down.

Why a hierarchy of information systems is necessary PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q3a5 marksWhy is hierarchy of information system necessary in an organization?

A hierarchy of information systems, with transaction processing systems at the base, MIS and DSS in the middle and executive support systems at the top, is necessary because each level of management needs different information for different decisions, and no single system can serve them all.

TYPES OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS BY LEVEL The standard classification (Laudon and Laudon): each level of the organisation has its own kind of system. LEVEL SYSTEM AND WHO IT SERVES ESS Strategic level Executive support system (ESS) serves senior managers MIS, DSS Management level Management information system (MIS) Decision support system (DSS) serves middle managers KWS, OAS Knowledge level Knowledge work system (KWS) Office automation system (OAS) serves knowledge and data workers TPS Operational level Transaction processing system (TPS) serves operational managers, supervisors, clerks
  • Different needs: supervisors need detailed daily data, middle managers periodic summaries, top managers condensed internal and external trends.
  • Different decisions: structured below, semi-structured in the middle, unstructured at the top, each needing different tools.
  • Upward flow without duplication: TPS captures each transaction once, MIS summarises it and ESS condenses it into key indicators.
  • No overload: each manager gets only what the job needs, with exceptions highlighted.
  • Control and accountability: reports move up, and plans and targets move down, along the chain of authority.

Example: in a bank, tellers' transactions (TPS) feed branch reports (MIS), which feed the chief executive's dashboard (ESS).

Information system for planning and control PIN 1/36

Asked once

2068 Chaitra · Q3b8 marksJustify that information system is vital for planning and control process in an organization.

An information system is vital for planning and control because planning is deciding future action on the basis of information, and control is comparing actual results with the plan, which also needs information; without a sound information system neither can be done accurately or in time.

In planning it provides:

  • The present position: current sales, output, costs and resources.
  • Forecasts: trends in demand, prices and the economy for setting objectives.
  • Comparison of alternatives: cost, return and what-if analysis before a plan is chosen.
  • Budgets and schedules: the plan turned into targets for each department.

In control it feeds each of the four steps:

  1. Set standards: targets and budgets from the plan are stored as the yardstick.
  2. Measure performance: transaction systems record actual output, sales and expenses as they occur.
  3. Compare: reports show actual against standard, and exception reports highlight only the large deviations.
  4. Correct: managers act on the deviation, and the result is fed back into the next plan.

Why it is vital: planning and control form one cycle joined by feedback, and the information system is that feedback. It makes information timely (problems caught early), accurate (fewer wrong plans), suited to each level (detail for supervisors, summaries for executives) and integrated (every department plans from the same data).

Example: a hydropower project plans its monthly progress; the information system reports actual progress and cost each month, so a slipping tunnel section is caught early and given more crews. The information system is therefore the backbone of planning and control.

Sources of data PIN 1/36

Asked once

2065 Kartik · Q34 marksExplain the sources of data.

The sources of data for an information system are internal, inside the organization, and external, outside it; data from either may be primary, collected first hand, or secondary, already recorded by someone else.

  • Internal sources: sales records and invoices, production reports, inventory records, accounting records, employee and payroll records, customer orders and complaints, internal reports and meetings.
  • External sources: customers, suppliers and competitors; market research; government statistics and publications; Nepal Rastra Bank reports and directives; trade journals, newspapers and the internet.
  • Primary data: gathered for the purpose by observation, interviews, questionnaires and surveys.
  • Secondary data: published reports, records and databases collected earlier for another purpose.

Lower management relies mostly on internal data, while top management also needs external data for strategic decisions.

Website PIN 1/36

Asked once

2074 Ashwin · Q102 marksWhat do you mean by website?

A website is a collection of related web pages under one domain name, stored on a web server and opened over the internet in a browser through its address (URL), usually starting from a home page. For an organization it is a channel to publish information, sell and serve online, and collect customer data for its MIS; for example, a college website publishes notices and exam results.

Business process and information system PIN 1/36

Asked once

2063 Ashwin · Q6dassignmentBusiness Process and Information System

A business process is a set of logically related tasks performed to achieve a defined business outcome, usually cutting across departments, such as fulfilling an order, hiring an employee or developing a product. An information system supports business processes in five ways:

  • Automate: routine steps such as credit checks, invoicing and stock updating are done by computer, faster and with fewer errors.
  • Share: every department sees the same order on a shared database, so nothing is re-entered or lost.
  • Integrate: enterprise systems (ERP) run a whole process across departments on one database.
  • Redesign: business process reengineering (Hammer and Champy) rethinks a process from scratch for dramatic gains in cost, quality, service and speed.
  • Enable: new processes such as online ordering and payment exist only because of the systems behind them.

Example: in order fulfilment, sales takes the order, accounts checks credit and bills, production makes the goods and the warehouse ships them; an integrated information system passes the order along automatically and lets the customer track it.

A good process gives the information system its purpose, and the information system makes the process faster, cheaper and more accurate.

Computer integrated manufacturing PIN 1/36

Asked once

2067 Ashad · Q6e4 marksComputer integrated manufacturing plants

Computer integrated manufacturing (CIM) is the integration of every activity of a manufacturing plant, from design and planning through production, quality control and storage to shipping, by computers that share one database and network, so that the plant works as a single automated system.

  • Design: computer aided design (CAD).
  • Planning: computer aided process planning (CAPP), and manufacturing resource planning (MRP II) for materials and capacity.
  • Production: computer aided manufacturing with CNC machines, robots and flexible manufacturing systems.
  • Handling and quality: automated storage and retrieval, and computer aided quality control.

Benefits: shorter lead times, consistent quality, less inventory and labour, and flexibility to make many product variants. Limits: high investment, skilled staff and complex integration.

Role of software in an on-line information system for planning PIN 1/36

Asked once

2064 Jestha · Q39 marksExplain the role of software to on-line information system for planning process.

In an on-line information system, managers are connected directly to the computer and its up-to-date database through terminals and networks, and get information on demand; software is what turns this connection into planning information. (On-line means direct interaction with the computer; real-time means each transaction is processed the moment it occurs.)

The role of software in the planning process:

  • System and network software: lets many managers at different sites use the system at once, securely and at any hour.
  • Transaction processing software: records sales, stock and cash as they happen, so the database always shows the present position (where is the organization now?).
  • DBMS, query languages and report writers: retrieve any figure on demand and produce ad hoc and exception reports without waiting for printed reports.
  • Forecasting and statistical software: projects demand, prices and costs from past trends (where should it go?).
  • Spreadsheet and decision support models: what-if, goal seeking and sensitivity analysis compare alternative plans (how will it get there, and at what cost?).
  • Optimization and scheduling software: linear programming, PERT and CPM fix the best product mix and the timetable (when, and by whom?).
  • Graphics and dashboards: present trends and plans in charts that top managers read at a glance.
  • Communication software: email, shared files and conferencing let departments prepare, update and circulate one plan quickly.

Example: in an airline's on-line reservation system every booking updates seat availability in real time; planners query the bookings, forecast demand for the festival season and use a scheduling model to add flights and set fares.

So the hardware only connects the manager to the data; the software supplies the present position, the forecast, the comparison of alternatives and the schedule that planning needs.

Decision support system PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Bhadra · Q92 marksDefine Decision Support System (DSS).

A decision support system (DSS) is an interactive, computer-based information system that combines data, analytical models and easy-to-use software to help managers make semi-structured and unstructured decisions. It has a database, a model base (statistical, forecasting and optimization models) and a user interface for what-if questions, for example how a price change would affect profit.

How production managers use DSS in addition to MIS PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Bhadra · Q96 marksElaborate how production managers take use of DSS in addition to MIS.

A production manager uses MIS for routine, structured reports on what has happened, and DSS for semi-structured decisions on what to do next: MIS supplies the data, and DSS analyses the alternatives.

DecisionMIS givesDSS adds
Production planningOrders, capacity and output reportsLinear programming for the most profitable product mix; what-if on overtime or an extra shift
SchedulingJob status and machine loadsScheduling models that cut idle time and meet delivery dates
InventoryStock levels and usageEOQ, reorder point and safety stock under uncertain lead times
MaintenanceBreakdown historyFailure prediction and a least-cost preventive maintenance plan
QualityDefect reportsStatistical analysis (control charts, Pareto) to locate causes
Capacity and investmentCost and utilisationBreak-even and NPV of a new machine against subcontracting

Example: in a dairy plant in Nepal, MIS reports that milk collection exceeds the processing plan and stocks are rising; the DSS compares making more milk powder, butter or cheese by capacity, shelf life and price, and the manager chooses the most profitable mix.

So MIS tells the production manager where the plant stands, and DSS helps choose the best next move.

Significance of EIS for top level managers PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q94 marksWhat is the significance of Executive Information System (EIS) for top level managers?

An executive information system (EIS), or executive support system, is significant because it gives top managers the whole organization and its environment at a glance, as strategic decisions require.

  • Key indicators: profit, sales, market share and cash on one graphical dashboard.
  • Drill down: from a summary figure to the division, branch or product behind it.
  • External scanning: competitors, market trends, the economy and government policy beside internal data.
  • Early warning: trends and exceptions show problems before they grow.
  • Ease of use: no computer skill needed, so executives spend time deciding, not searching.

Example: the chief executive of a commercial bank in Nepal sees the whole bank's deposits, loans, bad loans and liquidity beside Nepal Rastra Bank's directives, and drills down to the branch whose bad loans are rising.

EIS thus makes strategic planning and control practical at the top.

19 procedures · asked 45 times in 36 papers · the steps, in order

Practical answers

The questions that ask how a thing is done: the purchasing procedure, the selection of manpower, job analysis and evaluation, setting up a small scale unit, the phases of a case study, organising an information system. Each answer gives the steps in the order they happen, with the flow to draw beside it. What a thing is, and every comparison, stays in Theory answers.

1Introduction

Formation of a joint stock company PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2080 Baishakh · Q44 marksWhat is the process of formation of a joint-stock company in Nepal?

2075 Ashwin · Q44 marksDiscuss on different steps for formation of Joint Stock Company.

2070 Chaitra · Q45 marksDescribe the procedure for forming 'Joint Stock Company'.

A joint stock company is formed in four stages, in Nepal under the Companies Act 2063 (2006) through the Office of the Company Registrar.

  1. Promotion: promoters find the business idea, study its feasibility, arrange initial finance, check the name with the Registrar and draft the memorandum and articles of association. A public company needs at least seven promoters; a private company may have one.
  2. Incorporation: the application, with the memorandum and articles, the promoters' agreement, their citizenship certificates and the fee, is filed with the Registrar, who registers the company within 15 days and issues the registration certificate; the company is then a legal person.
  3. Capital subscription: a private company takes capital from its own shareholders; a public company issues shares to the public through a prospectus approved by the Securities Board of Nepal and registered with the Registrar, and allots them.
  4. Commencement of business: a private company may start after registration; a public company needs the Registrar's approval, given when the promoters have paid for their shares and the paid-up capital is at least ten million rupees.

Purchasing procedure PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2081 Bhadra · Q22 marksElucidate the purchasing procedure.

2076 Ashwin · Q44 marksDraw an outline of purchasing process for an organization.

The purchasing procedure runs in ten steps from a department's need to paying the supplier and issuing the material:

PURCHASING PROCEDURE Ten steps from a department's need to paying the supplier and issuing the material. FIND AND CHOOSE A SUPPLIER ORDER, RECEIVE AND PAY 1 Identify requirements from the different departments 2 Send inquiries ask suppliers for prices and terms 3 Receive quotations price offers from at least three suppliers 4 Comparative statement prepare it and evaluate the offers 5 Select the supplier choose and approve the best offer 6 Place the order copies to departments, store and accounts 7 Follow up the order chase the supplier for timely delivery 8 Receive the goods inform the departments and users 9 Inspect and record check the materials, write a report 10 Pay and issue pass the bill for payment, issue materials
  • Requisition (step 1): the user department states the item, specification, quantity and date needed.
  • Inquiry, quotations and comparison (steps 2 to 4): offers from at least three suppliers, or tenders for a large purchase, are set out in a comparative statement of price, quality, delivery and terms.
  • Selection and order (steps 5 and 6): the approved supplier gets a purchase order; copies go to the user department, the store and accounts.
  • Follow-up and receipt (steps 7 and 8): delivery is chased, the goods are received and the users informed.
  • Inspection and payment (steps 9 and 10): quantity and quality are checked and recorded, rejects are returned, the bill goes to accounts for payment, and the materials are issued as required.

How an HR manager would implement scientific management PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q34 marksElaborate how HR manager would implement Scientific Management Approach?

An HR manager implements scientific management by fixing the best method and standard for each job, then selecting, training and paying people against it:

  1. Work study: time and motion study of each job gives the best method and standard time, recorded in the job description.
  2. Standardisation of tools, materials, conditions and written procedures.
  3. Standard task: a fair day's output, with rest pauses from fatigue study.
  4. Scientific selection against the job specification, by tests and interviews.
  5. Training of every worker in the standard method.
  6. Incentive pay: a differential piece rate or bonus for reaching the standard.
  7. Planning and supervision: planning separated from doing, with specialist supervisors.
  8. Cooperation and review: explain the change, share the gains, handle grievances and review the standards.

For example, a Nepali garment factory times each stitching operation, trains operators in the best method and pays a bonus above standard output.

Registering a private company in Nepal PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q45 marksDiscuss the process of a private company registration in Nepal, including the types of documents required.

A private company is registered with the Office of the Company Registrar (OCR) under the Companies Act 2063 (2006); one or more persons may form it, and its name must end in "Private Limited".

  1. Name approval: the proposed name is checked against existing names and approved by the OCR.
  2. Documents (below) are prepared and signed by the promoters.
  3. Application is filed online with the OCR in the prescribed format, with the documents and a fee based on the authorized capital.
  4. Registration: the OCR examines it, may ask for corrections, and registers the company within 15 days, issuing the registration certificate.
  5. After registration: PAN from the Inland Revenue Department (through its local Inland Revenue Office), registration at the ward office, a bank account and any sector licence.

Documents required

  • Memorandum of association: name, objectives, capital and the promoters' shares.
  • Articles of association: internal rules (a single-shareholder company may adopt the prescribed format).
  • Consensus agreement of the shareholders, if any.
  • Citizenship certificates: certified copies for each promoter, or for a corporate promoter its registration certificate and board decision.
  • Approvals: any licence the law requires, and foreign investment approval for a foreign promoter.

How the structure of an enterprise is defined PIN 1/36

Asked once

2071 Chaitra · Q32 marksHow is it defined for a particular enterprise?

Management defines the structure of a particular enterprise from its own activities, size and people:

  1. State the objectives and list the activities needed to reach them.
  2. Group the activities into jobs, and the jobs into departments by function, product or area.
  3. Assign duties and delegate authority to each position, and fix responsibility.
  4. Decide the span of control, which fixes the number of levels.
  5. Set the relationships (line, staff, committees) and record them in an organization chart and manual.

So a small workshop gets a line structure, a large manufacturer line and staff.

2Personnel management

Recruitment and selection (hiring) process, step by step HOT 10/36

Asked 10 times

2080 Bhadra · Q65 marksExplain the process of recruitment and selection of manpower in an organization.

2071 Shrawan · Q65 marksExplain recruitment and selection of staff.

2069 Chaitra · Q5assignmentExplain the process of recruitment and selection of man power in an organization.

2068 Chaitra · Q5b8 marksExplain recruitment and selection process in detail.

2067 Ashad · Q56 marksDiscuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff.

2066 Bhadra · Q55 marksDiscuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff.

2065 Kartik · Q58 marksHow the personnel are selected in the organization explain?

2065 Shrawan · Q55 marksDiscuss deferent steps of hiring and selecting staff.

2064 Kartik · Q5assignmentExplain different steps of hiring and selecting staff.

2063 Ashwin · Q4assignmentexplain the steps of hiring in details.

Recruitment and selection (hiring) is carried out as a sequence of steps: recruitment attracts a pool of applicants, and selection passes them through hurdles, each of which rejects the unfit.

RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION Eleven steps from vacancy to placement; each hurdle rejects the unfit. Job analysis and vacancy Advertisement Applications received Screening and reference check Tests (aptitude, written, physical) Preliminary interview (HR) Final interview (department head) Medical and background check Selection and appointment Induction Placement Rejected unfit candidates leave at each hurdle Recruitment attract a pool Selection hurdles reject the unfit Joining settle into the job
  1. Job analysis and vacancy: the manpower plan shows a vacancy, and the job description and job specification fix the duties and qualifications.
  2. Advertisement (job forecast): the vacancy is published in newspapers, websites and notice boards with the title, location, period, duties, qualifications and contact.
  3. Applications received: all applications are collected, usually on a standard application form.
  4. Screening and reference check: applications are compared with the specification, and past work, conduct and education are verified with referees.
  5. Selection tests: written knowledge tests, and aptitude, intelligence, personality and physical tests.
  6. Preliminary interview (HR): checks attitude, knowledge and confidence, and removes clearly unfit candidates.
  7. Final interview (department head): examines job knowledge, experience and skills in depth.
  8. Medical and final checks: physical and mental fitness, drug test, and verification of documents and past record.
  9. Selection and appointment: the best candidate is chosen and given an appointment letter.
  10. Induction: the newcomer is introduced to the organization, its people, policies and practices.
  11. Placement: the employee is assigned the job and its responsibilities, usually on probation.

Steps 1 to 3 are recruitment, steps 4 to 9 selection, and steps 10 and 11 joining; a candidate rejected at any hurdle leaves the process. Example: the Public Service Commission of Nepal advertises engineer posts, holds a written examination and then an interview, and recommends the successful candidates for appointment.

The process of collective bargaining PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2067 Ashad · Q56 marksWhat are the processes of collective bargaining?

2064 Jestha · Q58 marksExplain the process of collective bargaining.

2061 Baishakh · Q5assignmentExplain the different process of collective bargaining.

2059 Chaitra · Q5assignmentexplain the different process of collective bargaining?

Collective bargaining proceeds in these steps:

  1. Preparation: the union drafts a charter of demands (wages, bonus, allowances, hours, conditions); management studies its ability to pay, market rates, productivity and the law; each side picks its negotiating team and fixes its limits.
  2. Presentation of demands: the charter is submitted formally, and the employer fixes the time and place for talks.
  3. Negotiation: both sides argue their case with data, make counter-proposals and trade concessions, settling the issues one by one, often with informal talks between sessions.
  4. Agreement: the settled terms are written into a collective agreement, signed by both sides, binding for its period, and made known to all employees.
  5. Implementation: both sides carry it out, and disagreements over what a clause means go through the grievance procedure.
  6. If talks fail: mediation (conciliation) by a neutral third party, then arbitration, whose award binds both sides; a strike or lockout is the last resort.

Nepal's Labour Act, 2074 (2017) follows the same ladder: written demands from the union or the workers' bargaining committee, negotiation, mediation by the labour office, then arbitration (compulsory in essential services and special economic zones); a strike comes only after these steps.

Example: a factory union asks for a 20 percent raise, management offers 8, and after three rounds both sides sign at 12 percent for two years.

Scientific selection of manpower PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2081 Baishakh · Q53 marksWhat are the methods of scientific selection of manpower in organization?

2078 Bhadra · Q61.5 marksExplain the scientific selection of manpower

2071 Chaitra · Q63 marksexplain scientific selections of manpower.

Scientific selection is choosing employees on objective evidence measured against the job specification, not on favour or guesswork; Taylor made it a principle of scientific management. Its methods are applied in sequence:

  1. Application blank and screening: standard facts on education, experience and skills, checked against the job specification, with a reference check on past work and conduct.
  2. Selection tests: intelligence, aptitude, trade (achievement), personality and interest tests.
  3. Interviews: preliminary and final, structured or by a panel, to judge knowledge and attitude.
  4. Medical examination and record check: physical and mental fitness, and verification of the past record.
  5. Final selection and placement, usually on probation.

The job analysis process and its methods PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2081 Bhadra · Q55 marksWhat are the different methods of Job Analysis process?

2078 Bhadra · Q61.5 marksmethods of job analysis.

Job analysis is a seven step process, and its facts are collected by three main methods.

  1. Decide the purpose: hiring, pay or training.
  2. Collect existing information: organization charts, process charts and old job descriptions.
  3. Choose representative jobs to study.
  4. Collect the job data by the methods below.
  5. Verify it with the job holder and the supervisor.
  6. Write the job description and job specification.
  7. Update them as the job changes.

Methods of collecting the data:

  • Questionnaire: job holders fill in a structured form on duties, skills, effort and conditions. Quick and cheap for many staff; answers may be incomplete.
  • Interview: the analyst asks the holder and supervisor to describe the duties; it captures unseen duties, but the holder may exaggerate.
  • Observation: the analyst watches the worker on the job, noting methods, tools and conditions. First-hand and accurate for manual work (machine operators, construction workers), but people may act differently when watched, and mental work cannot be seen.

Also used: checklists, a work diary and an expert conference.

Steps of the manpower (HR) planning process PIN 1/36

Asked once

2081 Baishakh · Q54 marksExplain steps of the HR planning process.

The HR (manpower) planning process has four steps, and a review feeds back into the next round:

MANPOWER (HUMAN RESOURCE) PLANNING Four steps put the right people in place; a review feeds back into the next round. 1 Analyse present manpower inventory how many people work here now, by department 2 Forecast future manpower needs from future workload, prospects and budget 3 Develop employment programmes recruit, select and place to meet the forecast 4 Design training and development programmes train new and old staff, keep pace with technology Right number and kind of people, at the right place and time feedback: monitor, review and plan again
  1. Analyse the present manpower inventory: count the people already employed, department by department, with their skills, qualifications and age.
  2. Forecast future manpower needs: from the future workload, expansion plans, budget, retirements and expected turnover, estimate how many and what kind of people will be needed.
  3. Develop employment programmes: compare the forecast with the inventory, then fill the gap by recruitment, selection and placement, or absorb a surplus by transfer or retirement.
  4. Design training and development programmes: train new and existing staff so their skills keep pace with technology and future jobs.

Review and control: actual needs are compared with the plan every year, and the plan is corrected.

The recruitment process PIN 1/36

Asked once

2082 Baishakh · Q65 marksBriefly explain the recruitment process.

The recruitment process runs from identifying a vacancy to handing a shortlist of suitable applicants to selection:

  1. Recruitment planning: the vacancies are identified from the manpower plan or a department's requisition, their number and kind fixed, and approved.
  2. Job analysis: the job description and job specification are prepared or updated to state the duties and the qualifications required.
  3. Strategy: internal (promotion, transfer) or external sources are chosen, with where and how to search, when, and at what cost.
  4. Searching: the vacancy is advertised in newspapers, websites and notice boards with the title, location, duties, qualifications, pay, deadline and how to apply; agencies are briefed and campuses visited.
  5. Screening: the applications are collected and checked against the job specification, and a shortlist is handed over to selection.
  6. Evaluation and control: the cost per hire, the time taken and the quality of the applicants are reviewed to improve the next round.

The shortlisted candidates then go to selection: tests, interviews and appointment. In Nepal, for example, the Public Service Commission recruits civil servants by open advertisement of vacancies.

The interviewing process PIN 1/36

Asked once

2075 Chaitra · Q63 marksExplain interviewing process.

An interview is a face to face conversation to judge a candidate's suitability for the job. The interviewing process has five steps:

  1. Preparation: study the job description and the application; fix the panel, questions and rating sheet.
  2. Reception and rapport: receive the candidate in a quiet place and put the candidate at ease.
  3. Questioning: ask planned questions on knowledge, experience and attitude, listen, and let the candidate ask about the job.
  4. Closing: tell the candidate the next step and when the decision will be known.
  5. Evaluation: each member rates the candidate on the sheet at once, and the panel decides.

Identifying the training needs of manpower PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Bhadra · Q53 marksHow can you identify the training needs of manpower in an organization?

Training needs are identified from the gap between the skill a job requires and the skill an employee has (need = required skill minus present skill), analysed at three levels (McGehee and Thayer):

  1. Organization analysis: goals, plans, new technology, and signs such as low output, waste, accidents, complaints and turnover show where training is needed.
  2. Task (job) analysis: from the job descriptions and specifications, list the knowledge and skills each job requires.
  3. Person analysis: compare each employee's skills with the job's needs through appraisal, tests, interviews, questionnaires and observation.

The gaps are ranked and turned into the training plan.

Implementing an employee development programme with short term plans PIN 1/36

Asked once

2079 Baishakh · Q64 marksElaborate how HR manager would implement employee development program with short term plans.

I would run the development programme as a cycle of short plans of three to twelve months, each evaluated before the next:

  1. Find the needs: appraisals, skill surveys and supervisors' views show skill gaps and career goals.
  2. Set short term objectives: e.g., junior engineers to master the new design software in three months; two supervisors ready for section head duties in six.
  3. Choose methods and budget: coaching, job rotation, mentoring, workshops, online courses and sponsored certification, scheduled and costed.
  4. Implement: sessions alongside work, with a mentor per trainee.
  5. Evaluate: test skills and compare performance before and after.
  6. Reward and follow up: link completion to appraisal and promotion, then set the next plan.

Example: a Kathmandu software firm can train developers in cloud skills one quarter and team leads in leadership the next.

Short cycles keep the programme measurable and adaptable.

3Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship

Steps for establishing a small scale unit PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2081 Bhadra · Q85 marksExplain the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship.

2079 Bhadra · Q84 marksdescribe the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship.

2071 Shrawan · Q95 markswrite the steps for establishing a small scale unit of Entrepreneurship.

A small scale unit is established in seven steps, planned in advance and reviewed at every stage: product identification, form of ownership, location, approvals, finance, production management and marketing.

STEPS FOR ESTABLISHING A SMALL SCALE UNIT Seven steps in order; marketing comes last but decides survival. Product identification new product or imitation market research study the competition 1 Form of ownership sole proprietorship partnership or company 2 Location raw material, market transport, labour, power waste disposal 3 Approvals government approvals registration, licence, tax 4 Finance fixed capital: land, plant working capital: daily costs loans if funds are short 5 Production management method and space raw material, staff quality testing 6 Marketing price with profit in mind sales and revenue flow 7 Throughout plan in advance and review the plan at every stage
  1. Product identification: decide the product or service, new or imitated, backed by market research and a study of the competition.
  2. Form of ownership: choose sole proprietorship, partnership or company, as viable for the capital and risk.
  3. Location: select a site near raw material and market, with transport, labour, power and waste disposal.
  4. Approvals: register the unit (in Nepal, with the cottage and small industries office, or the Office of the Company Registrar for a company), and obtain a PAN, licences and permits.
  5. Finance: arrange fixed capital (land, building, machinery) and working capital (raw material, wages) from own funds and bank loans, backed by a project report.
  6. Production management: lay out the space, choose the method, buy machinery and raw material, hire staff and set quality testing.
  7. Marketing: fix prices with the profit margin in mind and build sales and distribution; the last step, but survival depends on it.

4Case studies

Steps of conducting a case study PIN 4/36

Asked 4 times

2081 Baishakh · Q95 marksDiscuss the different steps of conducting case study.

2080 Bhadra · Q98 marksDiscuss the major steps of case study with relevant examples related to your field of study.

2079 Bhadra · Q95 marksExplain the steps involves in case study.

2063 Ashwin · Q5assignmentExplain in details of steps involve in the case study.

A case study is conducted in the following steps, illustrated by an electrical engineering case: frequent transformer failures in a distribution centre of the Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA).

  1. Selection of the case: choose a unit with a real problem and access to data. Example: a distribution centre where transformers burn out often.
  2. Definition of the problem and objectives: state the problem, scope and questions precisely. Example: find why failures are frequent and how to reduce them.
  3. Study of the organization: its profile, history, structure, operations and related literature. Example: the centre's area, consumers, load growth and maintenance practice.
  4. Planning the study: decide the data, sources, methods, tools, team and schedule. Example: fault logs, load readings, a site visit, interviews with engineers and linemen.
  5. Data collection: primary data by observation, interview and questionnaire; secondary data from records and reports. Example: observing overloaded transformers and illegal hooking at the evening peak.
  6. Analysis and interpretation: tabulate, chart and compare the data with standards to find root causes. Example: failures cluster where peak load exceeds the rating and earthing is poor.
  7. Finding and evaluating alternatives: list the possible solutions and compare them on cost, time, feasibility and effect. Example: load balancing, higher rated transformers, preventive maintenance, lightning arresters and action against theft, with load balancing and maintenance chosen for now and upgrades for the next budget.
  8. Recommendation: choose the best alternative and state who does what, by when and at what cost.
  9. Report writing: write the report in the standard structure, keeping facts apart from opinions and citing every source.
  10. Presentation: present the report to management, defend the findings, and follow up later to check that the recommendation succeeded.

Case study and its phases PIN 2/36

Asked 2 times

2082 Bhadra · Q10d4 marksCase study and its phases

2081 Bhadra · Q10c4 marksPhases and steps involved in Case Study

A case study is an in-depth study of a real unit, such as an organization, project or problem, in its real setting, to diagnose its problems and recommend solutions. It runs in four phases made of ten steps:

  1. Preparation and design (steps 1 to 4): select the case; define the problem, objectives and scope; study the organization's profile and related literature; plan the data collection (methods, checklists, questionnaire, team and schedule) and obtain permission.
  2. Data collection, the industrial visit (step 5): collect primary data by observation, interviews and questionnaires, and secondary data from records, reports and documents.
  3. Analysis (steps 6 to 8): organize and tabulate the data and find the root causes by comparing with theory and standards; generate and evaluate alternatives; recommend the best, with an implementation plan.
  4. Reporting and presentation (steps 9 and 10): write the report (introduction, profile, problem, method, findings, analysis, recommendations, conclusion, annexes); present and defend it. A follow-up later checks whether the recommendation succeeded.

The phases run in order, but analysis often exposes gaps that send the investigator back to collect more data.

Preparing a case study of NEA or Nepal Telecom PIN 1/36

Asked once

2072 Chaitra · Q108 marksIf you are asked to prepare the case study considering the planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development for either Nepal Electricity Authority or Nepal Telecom to improve the existing performance of these institution. How do you prepare case study following its structure?

I would prepare the case study of the Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) in four phases and write it in the standard case structure, with planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development (HRD) as the four areas of study; the same plan serves Nepal Telecom.

  1. Preparation: state the problem (reliability of supply, losses, project delivery and finances), the objective (find the causes in the four areas and recommend improvements) and the scope; prepare questionnaires and interview guides; fix the team and schedule; obtain NEA's permission.
  2. Data collection by industrial visit: visit a power station, a substation and a distribution centre; observe the work; interview managers at all three levels and union representatives; survey the staff with a questionnaire; collect annual reports, corporate plans and the Auditor General's reports.
  3. Analysis: examine each of the four areas against management theory and NEA's own targets, as below.
  4. Reporting and presentation: write the report in the case structure and present it to NEA's management.
  • Planning horizon: are the annual budget, the medium term plans and the long term generation and transmission plans linked and followed? Recommend a rolling plan tied to the budget.
  • Leadership: management style, speed of decisions, vision, stability of tenure and political interference. Recommend performance contracts for executives.
  • Motivation: pay, incentives, promotion and working conditions of field staff, judged by Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivators and by Vroom's expectancy theory. Recommend merit-based promotion and incentives linked to results, such as loss reduction at each distribution centre.
  • HRD: recruitment, training and skill gaps in new technology. Recommend a training plan built from a skills audit, and clear career and succession paths.

Structure of the report: title and executive summary; introduction and profile of NEA; statement of the problem; objectives and methodology; analysis of the four areas; findings; alternatives and recommendations; implementation plan; conclusion; references and annexes (questionnaires, data).

Prepared this way, the case study ties each performance gap to a cause and a practical remedy.

5Management information system

Organizing information systems PIN 3/36

Asked 3 times

2081 Bhadra · Q96 marksExplain how information systems can be organized properly.

2076 Ashwin · Q96 marksExplain how information systems can be organized in proper way?

2071 Shrawan · Q10iii4 marksOrganizing Information systems

Information systems are organized properly by choosing where the computers, data and IS staff sit (centralized, decentralized or distributed) to suit the organization, and by setting up an IS department with clear authority, standards and controls.

WAYS OF ORGANISING INFORMATION SYSTEMS Where the computers, data and IS staff sit, and how much the departments share. Centralised one centre serves every department STRENGTH control, no duplication WEAKNESS slow to meet local needs Decentralised each department runs its own system STRENGTH fits each department WEAKNESS duplicated, unshared data Distributed separate sites linked by a network STRENGTH local work, shared data WEAKNESS complex, costly network Sales Production Finance Personnel Central computer and IS department Sales own system Production own system Finance own system Personnel own system Site A computer Site B computer Site C computer telecommunication network one logical database
  • Centralized: one computer centre and IS department serve all departments: strong control and no duplication, but slow to meet local needs.
  • Decentralized: each department runs its own system: responsive, but data are duplicated and incompatible.
  • Distributed: sites process locally and share one database over a network: local speed with shared data, at a higher network cost.

Steps to organize properly:

  1. Study the needs: objectives, structure and the information each level and function needs.
  2. Choose the arrangement: by size, geographic spread and need for control.
  3. Place the IS department high: under a chief information officer reporting to top management.
  4. Structure and staff it: systems development, programming, operations, database and network administration, user support and security.
  5. Set standards and controls: common hardware, software and data definitions, access control, backup and recovery.
  6. Form a steering committee of top and user managers to set priorities and budgets.
  7. Train users and review performance regularly.

Example: a commercial bank in Nepal keeps its core database at the head office data centre while branches work on-line over a network, which is distributed processing under central control.

5 chapters · 76 topics · a line or two each, then as keywords

Summary

Every topic of the five chapters in a line or two: the idea, the list to reproduce, the formula. For the last read before the exam, and for finding what you still cannot explain. Each title opens its full card; the chip is how often the papers ask it. At the end, the recall sheet gives every topic again as bare keywords.

Chapter 1: Introduction

20 hours · about 34 marks a paper · in all 36 sittings

  • What an organization is: people, a purpose and a structure TOP 20/36 Organization: two or more people working interdependently through structured patterns towards common goals; an entity and a process (organizing). Barnard's elements: communication, willingness to serve, common purpose. A goal oriented, social and technological system; goals should be SMART. Organization is the body, management the brain.
  • Why organizations exist, and what they do for society and for their people TOP 12/36 Working together beats working alone (synergy). Importance: goals beyond one person, specialization, optimum resources, coordination, clear authority, growth, continuity, human satisfaction. Four conditions for cooperation: common objective, rules, willingness, communication. Impacts are positive and negative; people are increasingly dominated by organizations (Etzioni, 1964).
  • The organization as an open system PIN 5/36 The organization is an open system of interdependent subsystems: inputs (materials, people, money, information), transformation, outputs (goods, behaviour, profit or loss) and feedback, inside a permeable boundary. Key ideas: holism, synergy, negative entropy, equifinality. A closed system (a wound clock) runs down.
  • Principles of organization: dividing the work, ordering the authority TOP 12/36 Course notes' five (Fayol): division of work, authority and responsibility, span of control, scalar chain, unity of command. Span: about 20 workers per supervisor, 6 supervisors per manager; Graicunas counts 44, 100, 222 relationships for 4, 5, 6 subordinates; Urwick allows five or six.
  • Authority, responsibility, accountability and power HOT 9/36 Authority (right of a position) flows down; responsibility (obligation to perform) flows up, cannot be delegated away and must equal authority (parity); accountability answers for both. Power, the ability to influence, has French and Raven's five bases: legitimate, reward, coercive, expert, referent.
  • Formal and informal organization: the chart and the grapevine TOP 15/36 Formal organization: designed by management for its goals, on the chart. Informal organization (Keith Davis): personal and social relations arising spontaneously, with unwritten norms, the grapevine and an informal leader. It meets social needs and speeds communication but spreads rumours; it grows even in families.
  • What management is: getting things done through people TOP 17/36 Management is getting things done through other people, effectively and efficiently (Follett), both a science and an art. Fayol's six qualities of a manager; Mintzberg's ten roles in three groups (interpersonal, informational, decisional); the policy group decides, the executive group executes (Sheldon, 1923).
  • The five functions: plan, organize, direct, coordinate, control TOP 14/36 PODCC: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling (Fayol's five of 1916, command renamed directing). Gulick's POSDCORB (1937) adds staffing, reporting and budgeting; Koontz uses planning, organizing, staffing, leading, controlling. The functions form a cycle; the two principal ones are planning and controlling, the twins.
  • Three levels of management: top, middle and lower HOT 7/36 Three levels: top (board, chief executive: goals, policy, budgets), middle (department heads: implement policy, link top and lower), lower (supervisors, foremen: daily work). Needed for span of control, divided managerial work, delegation, command chain, careers. Planning grows going up; directing and controlling grow going down.
  • Managerial skills: technical, human and conceptual HOT 7/36 Katz (1955): technical, human and conceptual skills. Going up, conceptual skill grows and technical skill shrinks; human skill is needed equally at every level. Koontz adds design skill. The course notes' interpersonal, informational and decisional skills are really Mintzberg's role groups.
  • Six models of management HOT 6/36 Six models (course notes): hierarchical, task oriented (transactional), allocational, team effort, knowledge oriented, goal concentrated. Team effort: the manager as coach, pooled decisions and synergy, but groupthink and free riders (an Everest expedition). Transactional: rewards traded for tasks, management by exception (Burns, Bass).
  • Taylor's scientific management: find the one best way TOP 15/36 Taylor's one best way: study, select, train, pay by output. Principles: science not rule of thumb, harmony (mental revolution), co-operation, maximum output, each worker's development. Time, motion, fatigue study; functional foremanship; differential piece rate. Pig iron daily: 12.7 to 48.8 tons, 1.14 to 1.85 dollars.
  • Fayol's administrative management: the manager's job in 14 principles HOT 6/36 Fayol (1916), father of modern management theory: six activities (technical, commercial, financial, security, accounting, managerial), five functions (plan, organize, command, coordinate, control), fourteen principles from division of work to esprit de corps, with a gang plank in the scalar chain. Still applicable as flexible guides.
  • Mayo and the Hawthorne studies: the worker is a social being HOT 6/36 Hawthorne studies, Western Electric (1924 to 1932): illumination (before Mayo), Mayo's relay assembly test room (six women), interviewing programme (about 21,000 workers), bank wiring room (14 men). Findings: Hawthorne effect, a social system, social needs motivate, informal groups set norms; the human relations movement followed.
  • Organization behaviour: many sciences, one workplace HOT 6/36 Organization behaviour (Robbins) studies how individuals, groups and structure affect behaviour, at three levels, to make organizations more effective. It is multidisciplinary: psychology, sociology, social psychology, anthropology, political science, economics. Management shapes it through leadership style, rewards, job design, structure, communication and culture.
  • Modern theories: systems, contingency and management science PIN 3/36 Three modern approaches: systems (open system, synergy, entropy, equifinality, feedback), contingency (no one best way: "if this situation, then this action"; Woodward, Burns and Stalker's mechanistic and organic structures) and quantitative management science (linear programming, queuing, inventory models, simulation, PERT and CPM).
  • Comparing the schools, and which one to use HOT 10/36 Classical makes work efficient, behavioral makes workers willing, modern fits the mix to the situation. Taylor sees an economic man, Mayo a social man; Fayol looks top down, Mayo bottom up. Behavioral wins on motivation and ease; for Nepal, contingency with a behavioral core.
  • Who owns the business: the forms of ownership PIN 3/36 Form of ownership decides who supplies capital, controls, takes profit and bears risk. Five forms: single ownership, partnership, joint stock company, co-operative, public enterprise (departmental undertaking, public corporation, government company). Firms change form for capital, limited liability, continuity, credibility or policy (Nepal Telecom, 2004).
  • Single ownership: one owner, all the risk PIN 3/36 Single ownership: one person owns, finances and controls, takes all profit and bears unlimited liability; no separate legal entity. Advantages: easy formation, prompt decisions, direct motivation, secrecy, flexibility, personal contact. Limitations: limited capital and managerial ability, uncertain continuity, overwork, small scale. Contrast: joint stock company.
  • Partnership: shared capital, shared liability PIN 3/36 Partnership: sharing the profits of a business run by all or any acting for all (Indian Partnership Act 1932). Mutual agency, unlimited, joint and several liability, an agreement, ideally a deed, restricted transfer, limited life. Partners: active, sleeping, nominal, profits only, estoppel, secret, limited, minor.
  • Joint stock company: a legal person owned by shareholders HOT 11/36 Joint stock company: an artificial person created by law with perpetual succession, limited liability and transferable shares; registered with the Office of the Company Registrar under the Companies Act 2063 (2006). Formation: promotion, incorporation, capital subscription, commencement. Private limited versus public limited (seven promoters, IPO).
  • Co-operative societies: members first, profit second PIN 4/36 Co-operative: a voluntary, democratically controlled enterprise serving members, not profit (ICA; Rochdale Pioneers 1844). One member, one vote; notes: 10 to 100 members. Nepal: Cooperatives Act 2074 (2017). Seven ICA principles. Types: producers', consumers', marketing, housing, credit.
  • Public corporation: a state business with its own Act Public corporation: created by a special Act, government owned, running a public service on business lines with financial autonomy; audited by the Auditor General. Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Oil Corporation, Nepal Airlines Corporation. Notes: about 20 formed 1936 to 1939. Other forms: departmental undertaking, government company.
  • Organizational structure: who does what, and who reports to whom HOT 10/36 Organizational structure: division of work plus patterns of authority, coordination and communication, drawn as the organization chart. Robbins' six elements; no single best structure. Types: line, functional, line and staff, committee; later project, matrix (two bosses), divisional. Engineering project: line and staff, matrix for many projects.
  • Line organization: one chain of command, top to bottom PIN 4/36 Line organization: oldest, simplest; one vertical line of authority, one boss each (military or scalar). Simple, disciplined, prompt; top overloaded, no specialists. Span: 64 workers need 9 managers at span 8 (flat), 21 at span 4 (tall). Graicunas: 5 subordinates give 100 relationships, 6 give 222.
  • Functional organization: a specialist boss for every function PIN 4/36 Functional organization (Taylor): work divided by function under specialist heads, so a worker has several bosses and unity of command breaks. Eight foremen: route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk, shop disciplinarian; gang boss, speed boss, repair boss, inspector. Expert but confusing.
  • Line and staff organization: the line commands, the staff advises PIN 4/36 Line and staff: line managers command; attached staff specialists advise only, advice not binding, so unity of command holds. Staff: personal, specialised, general. Expert advice, relief for the top; line and staff conflict, cost, delay. Beats line (specialists) and functional (one boss).
  • Committee organization: a group that decides or advises PIN 2/36 Committee: two or more people appointed by a higher authority to advise or decide as a group; a supplement to line structures. Types: standing, ad hoc, advisory, executive, formal, informal, coordinating. Merits: pooled judgement, representation, coordination. Demerits: delay, compromise, divided responsibility, cost.
  • Purchasing: the right goods, at the right price, at the right time TOP 12/36 Purchasing: acquiring goods and services by payment; a subset of procurement, the strategic whole cycle. Aim: a regular flow of inputs for regular outputs. Five rights: quality, quantity, price, time, source and place. Twelve department functions, from requisitions to scrap disposal.
  • Methods and procedure of purchasing HOT 6/36 Notes' three procedures: direct purchase, quotation (at least three suppliers), tender (advertised, sealed bids, opened in public). Other methods: hand to mouth, market, speculative, contract, scheduled, centralised. Ten steps: requisition, inquiry, quotations, comparative statement, approval, order, follow up, receipt, inspection, payment. Nepal: Public Procurement Act 2063.
  • Marketing: start from the customer, end with a satisfied one TOP 20/36 Marketing: creating, communicating and delivering value to customers. Marketing concept: profit through customer satisfaction (customer orientation, profit orientation, satisfaction). Four Ps (McCarthy): product, price, place, promotion. Drucker: marketing and innovation. Also research's four elements, market structures, salesmanship, purchasing contrast, software in Nepal.
  • The functions of marketing: eight jobs between factory and customer PIN 3/36 Eight functions (notes): pricing, buying, selling, distribution, financing, product and service management, market information management, promotion. Textbook groups: exchange (buying, selling), physical supply (transport, storage), facilitating (financing, risk bearing, standardisation and grading, information).
  • Advertising: paid, public persuasion PIN 4/36 Advertising: paid, non-personal messages from an identified sponsor, one promotion tool, following AIDA (attention, interest, desire, action). Objectives: inform, persuade, remind. Media: print, TV, radio, outdoor, online. Best form: mass reach, control, repetition, measurement. Computer aided: design, targeting, A/B testing.
  • Production development: from a customer need to a product the plant can make PIN 5/36 Production development: developing new and improved products and their making methods. Activities: R&D, product design, prototype and testing, process planning, standardisation, value analysis (V=F/C, Miles). Manufacturing: job, batch, mass, continuous. Under the marketing concept, development starts from the customer.

Chapter 2: Personnel management

8 hours · about 16 marks a paper · in all 36 sittings

  • Personnel management: getting, growing and keeping people TOP 21/36 Personnel management (HRM): obtaining, developing, rewarding and keeping a satisfied workforce. Flippo: planning, organizing, directing, controlling of procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance, separation. Three aspects: welfare, labour, industrial relations. Objectives: organizational, functional, societal, personal. Ulrich's four HR roles; HRM treats people as an asset.
  • Managerial and operative functions HOT 6/36 Managerial functions: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling. Operative functions, along the employee's journey: procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance, motivation. Flippo's list ends with separation instead; some textbooks add advisory functions.
  • The personnel policy, or employee handbook HOT 7/36 Personnel policy (employee handbook): what employer and employees expect of each other, in writing; a standing plan. Covers welcome, organization, rules, time, pay and benefits, assistance, legal policies. Labour Act, 2074: 8 hours a day, 48 a week, overtime 1.5 times, a month's festival allowance.
  • Manpower planning: the right people at the right time HOT 8/36 Manpower planning (HRP): the right number and kind of people at the right place and time. Four steps: analyse the inventory, forecast needs, develop employment programmes, design training programmes, then review. Net requirement = demand minus internal supply; Vetter: current to desired manpower position.
  • Recruitment: building a pool of applicants HOT 8/36 Recruitment (Flippo): searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply; a positive process. Sources internal (promotion, transfer, posting) and external (advertisement, campus, agencies, headhunters). Six steps, planning to evaluation. Selection is negative; hiring is the whole. Outsourcing: contracting work out.
  • Scientific selection: a funnel of hurdles TOP 14/36 Scientific selection (Taylor): choosing by evidence against the job specification through successive hurdles: eleven steps from job analysis, advertisement and screening through tests, preliminary and final interviews and a medical check to appointment, induction and placement (notes: seven). Tests must be valid and reliable.
  • Training and development: closing the skill gap HOT 6/36 Training: raising knowledge and skill for the present job; development: growth for future roles. Needs by McGehee and Thayer: organization, task, person analysis. Methods: on-the-job, vestibule, special courses, apprenticeship, rotation, coaching. Evaluation on Kirkpatrick's levels: reaction, learning, behaviour, results.
  • Job analysis, job description and job specification TOP 14/36 Job analysis: studying a job to describe it and specify who can do it. Methods: questionnaire, interview, observation; for Nepal, interview backed by observation. It yields the job description (the job) and the job specification (the person). Job design: simplification, rotation, enlargement, enrichment.
  • Job evaluation: what each job is worth PIN 2/36 Job evaluation rates the job, not the person, for a fair pay structure. Four methods: ranking and grading (whole job), factor comparison and point rating (factor by factor, NEMA plan). Merit rating then places the person within the job's pay range.
  • Merit rating and performance appraisal HOT 10/36 Performance appraisal (Flippo), older name merit rating: periodic, impartial rating of excellence in the present job and potential. Traditional: ranking, paired comparison (N(N−1)2 pairs), grading, graphic scale, free essay. Modern: MBO (Drucker, 1954), assessment centre, 360 degree, BARS, HR accounting.
  • Wages, salary and the pay structure TOP 12/36 Wage: pay by time or output; fixed monthly, a salary; minimum, fair, living wage. Structure: pay grades, direct and indirect compensation. Factors: ability to pay, supply and demand, market rate, living wage, productivity, union, government, job requirements, employee. Time rate E=T×R, piece rate E=N×P.
  • Incentives and the incentive plans HOT 9/36 Incentive: a reward above the basic wage for beating a standard; financial, non-financial, individual, group, profit sharing (10 percent of net profit, Bonus Act). Plans: Taylor 83 and 125 percent, Gantt 20 percent bonus, Emerson from 66.7 percent, Halsey E=TR+0.5(S−T)R, Rowan E=TR+S−TSTR, equal at T=S/2.
  • Industrial relations and collective bargaining HOT 9/36 Industrial relations: relations between employers, employees and their unions, and the government. Collective bargaining: negotiating terms of employment as a group, towards a written agreement. Process: preparation (charter of demands), presentation, negotiation, agreement, implementation; failing that, mediation, arbitration, strike. Disputes: conciliation, arbitration, adjudication (Labour Court).

Chapter 3: Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship

10 hours · about 18 marks a paper · in all 36 sittings

  • What moves people to work: motivation and human needs TOP 20/36 Motivation (Latin movere, to move): stimulating people so the organization's goals and their own needs are met together. Process: unsatisfied need, tension, drive, search behaviour, satisfied need, reduction of tension. Types: intrinsic or extrinsic, positive or negative, financial or non-financial; the syllabus adds attitude, group, executive.
  • Techniques of motivation: what the manager actually does HOT 7/36 The course notes' six techniques: meaningful challenging work, clear targets and measurement, regular feedback, valuing employees, training and development, incentive programmes. Textbooks add pay and profit sharing, job security, praise, job enlargement (horizontal), job enrichment (vertical), job rotation, participation and delegation, MBO.
  • The theories of motivation: what motivates, and how PIN 2/36 Content theories say what motivates: Maslow (1943), McGregor (1960), Alderfer (1969), McClelland (early 1960s), Herzberg (1959). Process theories say how: Vroom (1964), plus Adams's equity, Locke's goal setting, Porter and Lawler. Reinforcement (Skinner) holds fear and punishment.
  • Maslow's hierarchy of needs: five needs, climbed in order TOP 12/36 Maslow (1943): five needs climbed in order, physiological, safety, social, esteem, self-actualization; a satisfied need stops motivating, so people rise by satisfaction progression, upward only. Satisfaction is relative (85, 70, 50, 40, 10 percent); the first four are deficiency needs, the top a growth need.
  • McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y: what the manager assumes HOT 8/36 McGregor (The Human Side of Enterprise, 1960). Theory X: people dislike work, avoid responsibility, must be coerced and threatened; autocratic, carrot and stick. Theory Y: work as natural as play or rest, self-direction, responsibility sought, creativity widespread; participative. The assumption becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy.
  • Fear and punishment: motivation by the stick PIN 1/36 Fear and punishment: negative motivation, the stick, for Theory X people; the course notes file it under Skinner's reinforcement (positive and negative reinforcement, punishment, extinction). Hot stove rule: advance warning, immediate, consistent, impersonal. It buys compliance, not commitment; progressive discipline runs from oral warning to dismissal.
  • Alderfer's ERG theory: three needs, and a way back down PIN 5/36 Alderfer (1969): three needs, existence (physiological, safety), relatedness (social, recognition by others), growth (self respect, self-actualization). Keeps satisfaction progression and adds frustration regression: a blocked higher need sends a person back down. Several needs act at once, in no fixed order.
  • McClelland's learned needs: achievement, power, affiliation McClelland (early 1960s): three learned needs, achievement (challenging goals, calculated risk, feedback), power (social or personal) and affiliation (to be liked, avoids conflict). Measured by the Thematic Apperception Test; the best managers combine high social power with low affiliation.
  • Herzberg's two factor theory: hygiene factors and motivators HOT 9/36 Herzberg (1959), from about 200 engineers and accountants. Hygiene factors (policy, supervision, relations, conditions, salary, security, status) only prevent dissatisfaction; motivators (achievement, recognition, the work itself, responsibility, advancement, growth) create satisfaction. Remedy: job enrichment; KITA gives movement, not motivation.
  • Vroom's expectancy theory: effort, performance, reward HOT 6/36 Vroom (1964): M=E×I×V. Expectancy links effort to performance (0 to 1), instrumentality performance to reward (0 to 1), valence is the reward's value (minus 1 to plus 1). Any zero makes M zero. A process theory: how, not what.
  • Leadership: influence that people follow willingly TOP 15/36 Leadership: influencing people to strive willingly and enthusiastically toward group goals. Power: legitimate, reward, coercive (post), expert, referent (person), and acceptance (Barnard). Managers do things right, leaders the right thing (Bennis). Eight qualities: integrity, confidence, human skills, initiative, innovation, communication, discipline, excellence.
  • Autocratic, democratic, laissez faire: who makes the decision TOP 14/36 Three styles (Lewin, 1939): autocratic (leader decides alone; crisis, unskilled staff), democratic (decides after consulting; usually most effective), laissez faire (group decides; experts). Tannenbaum and Schmidt (1958) made it a seven point continuum. Participative management shares decisions: quality circles, MBO, worker directors.
  • The managerial grid: concern for production against concern for people HOT 6/36 Blake and Mouton (1964): a 9 by 9 grid of concern for production against concern for people: (1,1) impoverished, (1,9) country club, (9,1) produce or perish (authority compliance), (5,5) middle of the road, (9,9) team management, the ideal. Grid organization development runs in six phases.
  • Four approaches: traits, behaviour, situation, and all three together TOP 12/36 Four approaches in order: trait (born; Kirkpatrick and Locke's traits), behavioral (made; task and people oriented; Iowa, Ohio State, Michigan, grid), contingency (directive, supportive, participative, achievement oriented; Fiedler, Hersey and Blanchard), integrated (L=f(l,f,s): leader, follower, situation).
  • Entrepreneurship: an idea, a risk and the will to build a business TOP 12/36 Entrepreneurship (French entreprendre, to undertake): developing, organizing and managing a venture with its risks for profit. The entrepreneur as risk bearer (Cantillon), innovator (Schumpeter, creative destruction), exploiter of change (Drucker). Nine characteristics, from initiative to work ethic; EDPs run pre-training, training, follow-up.
  • Why the state must grow entrepreneurs PIN 3/36 The government must promote entrepreneurship: market failure, spillovers, employment, hard times, small business, innovation, balance and inclusion, revenue. Nepal: migration, remittances about a quarter of GDP, a trade deficit, returning workers. Measures: finance, training, infrastructure, procedures, tax and trade, markets, culture.
  • Seven steps from an idea to a running small unit PIN 3/36 Small scale unit: small fixed capital, few workers, the owner as manager. Seven steps: product identification, form of ownership, location, approvals, finance (fixed and working capital), production management, marketing (last but most important). Nepal approvals: Company Registrar, cottage and small industries office, PAN and VAT.

Chapter 4: Case studies

2 hours · about 3 marks a paper · in 14 of the 36 sittings

  • One real case, studied in depth HOT 11/36 Case study: an in-depth, systematic study of one unit in its real-life context from several sources, asking how and why; a research method and a teaching method (the case method). Objectives: for the learner, theory with practice, analytical, decision and communication skill, judgement; for the organization, understand, diagnose, suggest remedies, build knowledge.
  • Four phases, ten steps, one report HOT 7/36 Four phases, ten steps: preparation and design (select the case, define the problem, study the background, plan the collection), data collection (field visit), analysis (analyse, find alternatives, recommend), reporting and presentation (write, present). Feeder loss L=Es−EbEs×100. NEA lenses: planning horizon, leadership, motivation, human resource development.
  • Classified by purpose, by number and by interest PIN 1/36 By purpose (Yin): exploratory, descriptive, explanatory; by number (Yin): single or multiple, holistic or embedded; by interest (Stake): intrinsic, instrumental, collective; another list: illustrative, exploratory (pilot), cumulative, critical instance. The NEA outline is single, embedded, explanatory and instrumental.

Chapter 5: Management information system

5 hours · about 10 marks a paper · in 33 of the 36 sittings

  • From raw facts to a wise decision PIN 3/36 Data: raw, unprocessed facts; information: data processed into meaning for a decision (data, processing, information, decision: sales of 230, 245, 198 and 280 give a total of 953). DIKW (Ackoff) adds knowledge (how) and wisdom (why). Good information: accurate, timely, relevant, complete, concise, reliable, clear, economical, secure. Office: receive, record, process, give out, safeguard.
  • The right information to the right manager at the right time TOP 20/36 MIS: a system using computing and communication to collect, process, organize and deliver information to managers so they plan, control and decide. Components: management, information, system. Six functions: data capturing, data processing, prediction, planning, controlling, assistance. Importance: the heart analogy; expected, actual, difference, decision.
  • From ledgers to computer-based MIS From ledgers and punched cards to computer-based MIS, driven by management theory, changes in production and structure, management science and computers and IT. Stages: EDP (1950s), management reporting, decision support, strategic and end user support, e-business (ERP), cloud, mobile and analytics (2010s onward); each served a higher level.
  • Each level of management needs different information TOP 13/36 Hierarchy of information needs (Anthony): operational detailed, internal, hourly or daily; tactical summarised by department, weekly or monthly; strategic highly summarised, external, quarterly or yearly. MIS feeds six planning steps and the control loop (standards, measure, compare, correct). Simon: intelligence, design, choice, implementation.
  • A loop from the business back to the business PIN 3/36 IS model, a continuous cycle: business sources, data collection, processing (IS professionals and programming), information, users, feedback, back to the sources; garbage in, garbage out. Laudon: input, processing, output, feedback, in an environment. Sources of data: internal, external; primary, secondary.
  • What computers changed, and the systems they made possible TOP 15/36 The computer is the most powerful tool of MIS, not MIS itself. Manual information was too late, incomplete, expensive, unfocused, not relevant. Processing modes: batch, online, real time. Also database systems (DBMS), websites, networks (LAN, MAN, WAN), information architecture, business processes (Hammer and Champy), CIM.
  • Six systems on four levels HOT 7/36 Laudon and Laudon by level: TPS (operational), KWS and OAS (knowledge), MIS and DSS (management), ESS or EIS (strategic); four types TPS, MIS, DSS, ESS. DSS: database, model base, user interface, for semi-structured and unstructured decisions; MIS gives routine reports for structured ones.
  • What each department needs from MIS PIN 4/36 MIS subsystems for production, marketing, finance and accounting, personnel, materials, each with operational, tactical and strategic layers and its own reports (production: schedules, scrap reports; materials: reorder lists, EOQ). They share a common database: one sales order touches every area.
  • Where the computers, the data and the IS staff sit PIN 3/36 Centralised (control, but a single point of failure), decentralised (fits each department, duplicated data), distributed (linked sites, one logical database). IS department under a CIO: analysts, programmers, operators, database administrator, help desk, security; plus a steering committee, end users, outsourcing.

All five chaptersRecall sheet

Only what is hard to remember: the steps and phases in order, the types, the advantages and disadvantages, the numbers. No reasons and no explanations; each topic name opens its full card.

Chapter 1: Introduction

Organization TOP 20/36

  • Definitions: Barnard (1938), Robbins, Louis Allen (process sense)
  • Barnard elements: communication, willingness to serve, common purpose
  • Three systems: goal oriented, social, technological
  • Elements: people, goals, structure, tasks and technology, resources, communication and coordination, environment
  • History: early groups, ancient states, guilds, Industrial Revolution, classical (1900 to 1930), human relations (1920s to 1950s), modern (1960s onwards)
  • Nepal: guthi, Biratnagar Jute Mills (1936), Nepal Bank Limited (1937), Companies Act 2063

Need for organization TOP 12/36

  • Importance: goals beyond one person, specialization, optimum resources, coordination, clear authority, growth, continuity, human satisfaction
  • Cooperation conditions: common objective, rules and regulations, willingness to cooperate, strong communication
  • Positive impact: goods and services, employment, education and health, innovation, social welfare, order
  • Negative impact: pollution, monopoly, exploitation, harmful products, corruption, loss of individuality
  • Employee growth: training, experience, mentoring, feedback, career ladder, responsibility, network, income, professional standards
  • Dominated by organizations: Etzioni (1964), Weber (legal rational authority), afno manchhe (other side)

Organization as an open system PIN 5/36

  • Parts: inputs, transformation (throughput), outputs, feedback, environment, boundary (permeable)
  • Inputs: raw materials, human resources, financial resources, information, equipment
  • Outputs: goods and services, employee behaviour, profit or loss
  • Concepts: holism, interdependence, synergy, feedback and control, negative entropy, equifinality, hierarchy of systems
  • Closed vs open: wound clock (closed), human body (open), entropy (closed runs down)
  • Proposed by: Bertalanffy (general systems theory), Katz and Kahn (1966)

Principles of organization TOP 12/36

  • Course notes five: division of work, authority and responsibility, span of control, scalar chain, unity of command
  • Textbook additions: unity of objective, coordination, balance, flexibility, continuity, exception, efficiency and simplicity
  • Span of control: 20 workers per supervisor, 6 supervisors per manager, Urwick (five or six)
  • Graicunas: C=n(2n−1+n−1), 44 (four), 100 (five), 222 (six)
  • Span factors: nature of work, manager ability, delegation and plans, communication tools, dispersion, level
  • Pin factory: Adam Smith (1776), ten workers, 48,000 pins daily

Authority, responsibility and power HOT 9/36

  • Directions: authority (down), responsibility (up), accountability (up), parity (equal)
  • Authority sources: formal (legal) theory, acceptance theory (Barnard), zone of indifference, competence theory
  • Authority kinds: line (command), staff (advice), functional (one function)
  • Delegation elements: assignment of duties, grant of authority, creation of accountability
  • Power bases: French and Raven (1959), legitimate, reward, coercive, expert, referent, information (added later)
  • Positional vs personal: legitimate, reward, coercive (position), expert, referent (person)

Formal and informal organization TOP 15/36

  • Definitions: formal (Barnard), informal (Keith Davis)
  • Formal features: deliberate, organizational goals, written rules, on the chart, appointed manager, impersonal, stable
  • Informal features: spontaneous, social needs, unwritten norms, grapevine, informal leader, small groups
  • Informal roles: social needs, fast communication, fills gaps, teamwork, safety valve, lighter supervision, feedback
  • Informal problems: rumours, resistance to change, pressure to conform, loyalty clash, hostile informal leader
  • Family example: formal head (eldest), family grapevine, informal leader (the aunt)

Management TOP 17/36

  • Definitions: Follett (getting things done), Taylor, Fayol, Koontz and Weihrich
  • Science and art: science (study, principles), art (practice, skill), profession (no licence)
  • Importance notes: planning, organizing, influence, controlling
  • Fayol qualities: physical, mental, moral, general education, special knowledge, experience
  • Mintzberg roles: figurehead, leader, liaison (interpersonal), monitor, disseminator, spokesperson (informational), entrepreneur, disturbance handler, resource allocator, negotiator (decisional)
  • Policy vs executive: policy group (top, deciding), executive group (middle and lower), Sheldon (1923)

Functions of management TOP 14/36

  • PODCC: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling
  • Fayol 1916: plan, organize, command, coordinate, control
  • POSDCORB: Gulick (1937), planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting, budgeting
  • Koontz: planning, organizing, staffing, leading, controlling, coordination (the essence)
  • Principal pair: planning and controlling (twins), planning and directing (alternative)
  • Controlling steps: set standards, measure performance, compare with plan, correct deviations

Levels of management HOT 7/36

  • Levels: top (board, chief executive), middle (department heads), lower (supervisors, foremen)
  • Why levels: span of control, division of managerial work, delegation, chain of command, coordination, career path
  • Top role: goals, policy, budgets, major decisions, represents the organization
  • Middle role: implements policy, departmental plans, links top and lower, coordinates departments
  • Lower role: daily work, assigns jobs, supervises workers, quality and safety, workers' problems upward
  • Pattern: planning (grows upward), directing and controlling (grow downward)

Managerial skills HOT 7/36

  • Katz 1955: technical, human, conceptual
  • Degree: top (most conceptual), middle (moderate), lower (most technical), human skill (equal everywhere)
  • Later additions: design skill (Koontz), diagnostic, analytical, decision making, communication, time management
  • Modern manager: digital literacy, emotional intelligence, change management, innovation, ethics, cross-cultural awareness, negotiation
  • Course notes three: interpersonal, informational, decisional (Mintzberg roles)

Models of management HOT 6/36

  • Six models: hierarchical, task oriented (transactional), allocational, team effort, knowledge oriented, goal concentrated
  • Allocational tasks: obtain, allocate, share, monitor, return
  • Team effort advantages: pooled decisions, morale, flexibility, creativity, mutual learning, synergy
  • Team effort limitations: slow decisions, groupthink, free riders, conflict, blurred accountability
  • Transactional model: rewards for tasks, management by exception, Burns (1978), Bass (1985)
  • Examples: civil service (hierarchical), Everest expedition (team effort), Visit Nepal 2020 (goal concentrated), Likert (linking pin)

Scientific management (Taylor) TOP 15/36

  • Principles: science not rule of thumb, harmony not discord, co-operation, maximum output, development of each worker
  • Techniques: time, motion and fatigue study, incentive wages, functional foremanship, differential piece rate, standardisation, management by exception
  • Pig iron: 12.7 to 48.8 tons, 1.14 to 1.85 dollars, Schmidt
  • Functional foremen: route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk, shop disciplinarian, gang boss, speed boss, repair boss, inspector
  • Contributions: productivity, industrial engineering, personnel practice, cost control, management discipline, shared gains
  • Limitations: economic man, speed up, eight bosses, no initiative, narrow and costly, one best way

Administrative management (Fayol) HOT 6/36

  • Six activities: technical, commercial, financial, security, accounting, managerial
  • Five functions: plan, organize, command, coordinate, control
  • First seven principles: division of work, authority and responsibility, discipline, unity of command, unity of direction, subordination of individual interest, remuneration
  • Last seven principles: centralisation, scalar chain (gang plank), order, equity, stability of tenure, initiative, esprit de corps
  • Contributions: first general theory, teachable management, management process, structure principles, complements Taylor
  • Limitations: management centred, principles clash (Simon), one man's experience, rigid, misfits matrix

Behavioral management (Mayo) HOT 6/36

  • Hawthorne studies: illumination (1924 to 1927), relay assembly (1927 to 1932), interviewing, bank wiring (1931 to 1932)
  • Numbers: six women (relay), about 21,000 workers (interviews), 14 men (bank wiring)
  • Bank wiring roles: rate buster, chiseler, squealer
  • Conclusions: Hawthorne effect, social system, social needs, informal group norms, communication, supervisor social skills
  • Contributions: people central, informal organization, participative supervision, modern HRM, base of OB
  • Limitations: weak method (tiny samples), overstates social factors, happy worker not always productive, manipulative, ignores conflict

Organization behaviour HOT 6/36

  • Definition: Robbins, individuals, groups, structure, effectiveness
  • Levels: individual, group, organization system
  • Disciplines: psychology, sociology, social psychology, anthropology, political science, economics
  • Also added: industrial engineering, medicine
  • Management levers: leadership style, rewards and pay, job design, structure and rules, communication, selection and training
  • Outcomes: productivity, absenteeism, turnover, job satisfaction

Modern management theories PIN 3/36

  • Approaches: quantitative (management science), systems, contingency (situational)
  • Systems ideas: open system, interdependence, synergy, entropy, equifinality, feedback
  • Contingency research: size, Woodward (unit, mass, process), Burns and Stalker (mechanistic, organic), people and tasks
  • Contingency importance: realistic, integrative, flexible, diagnostic, design guide
  • Quantitative tools: linear programming, queuing, inventory models, simulation, decision trees, PERT and CPM
  • Proposed by: Bertalanffy (systems), Katz and Kahn (open system), Fiedler (leadership), Lawrence and Lorsch

Comparing management theories HOT 10/36

  • In one line: classical (efficient work), behavioral (willing worker), modern (situational mix)
  • Scientific vs behavioral: economic man vs social man, task vs people, piece rate vs recognition, close vs participative supervision
  • Fayol vs Mayo: top down vs bottom up, position authority vs accepted authority, formal vs informal organization
  • Behavioral over scientific: whole person, wider motivation, informal group ally, participation, higher morale, knowledge work, dignity
  • Behavioral over modern: people first, usable at once, cheap and simple, works where numbers fail, stable base
  • Best for Nepal: contingency approach, behavioral core, Taylor (manual work), Fayol (public bodies), Melamchi (weak planning)

Forms of ownership PIN 3/36

  • Types: single ownership (sole proprietorship), partnership, joint stock company, co-operative society, public enterprise
  • Public enterprise: departmental undertaking, public corporation (own Act), government company (Nepal Telecom)
  • Decides: capital, control, profit, risk
  • Change reasons: more capital, less risk, continuity, credibility, government policy, regulation, merger or failure
  • Nepal examples: Nepal Telecom (corporation to company, 2004), hydropower IPOs (private to public), Bhrikuti Paper Mills (privatised, early 1990s), bank mergers (Nepal Rastra Bank)

Single ownership PIN 3/36

  • Features: one owner, owner manages, all profit and risk, unlimited liability, no separate legal entity, few formalities, uncertain life
  • Advantages: easy to form and dissolve, absolute control, direct motivation, secrecy, flexibility, personal contact, little government control
  • Limitations: limited capital, limited managerial ability, unlimited liability, uncertain continuity, overwork, unchecked profit motive, small scale
  • Versus company: unlimited vs limited liability, no legal person vs separate person, prompt vs slow decisions, secrecy vs published accounts, ends with owner vs perpetual

Partnership PIN 3/36

  • Features: two or more persons, agreement (deed), agreed profit ratio (equal if silent), mutual agency, unlimited joint and several liability, utmost good faith, restricted transfer, limited life
  • Partner types: active, sleeping, nominal, profits only, by estoppel, secret, limited, minor
  • Advantages: easy formation, more capital, combined skills, shared risk, quick decisions, flexibility, secrecy
  • Limitations: unlimited liability, limited capital, instability, mutual agency, disagreements, no free transfer, less public confidence
  • Difficulties: conflict, unequal effort, one bad act, growth ceiling, exit and succession, consent for new partners
  • Laws: Indian Partnership Act 1932, Nepal Partnership Act 2020 (1964)

Joint stock company HOT 11/36

  • Features: artificial legal person, perpetual succession, limited liability, transferable shares, ownership separate from management, common seal
  • Formation: promotion, incorporation (certificate), capital subscription (prospectus), commencement of business
  • Nepal: Office of the Company Registrar, Companies Act 2063 (2006), seven promoters (public), ten million rupees (public paid-up)
  • Private vs public: Pvt. Ltd. vs Ltd., no public offer vs IPO, restricted vs free transfer
  • Advantages: large finance, limited liability, liquidity, continuity, professional management, scale economies, public confidence
  • Disadvantages: difficult formation, no personal interest, no secrecy, slow decisions, heavy regulation, control by few, double taxation

Co-operative society PIN 4/36

  • Features: voluntary open membership, one member one vote, service motive, limited dividend, bonus on dealings, limited liability
  • Numbers: 10 to 100 members (notes), at least 10 (Indian Act 1912), Rochdale 1844, ICA principles 1995, Cooperatives Act 2074 (2017)
  • Principles: open membership, democratic control, economic participation, autonomy, education, co-operation among co-operatives, concern for community
  • Types: producers', consumers', marketing, housing, credit
  • Advantages: easy formation, democracy, limited liability, service motive, stable life, government support
  • Limitations: limited capital, weak management, low motivation, politics, misuse of funds, member conflict

Public corporation

  • Features: special Act, separate legal entity, state owned, financial autonomy, government board, service motive, Auditor General audit, own staff
  • Nepal examples: Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Oil Corporation, Nepal Airlines Corporation
  • Notes: about 20 formed (1936 to 1939), social welfare, non-profit
  • Advantages: autonomy, public interest, large resources, continuity, professional management, no private monopoly
  • Limitations: difficult formation, political interference, over regulation, no secrecy, losses, rigidity
  • Enterprise forms: departmental undertaking (postal service), public corporation, government company (Nepal Telecom)

Organizational structure HOT 10/36

  • Elements: work specialisation, departmentation, chain of command, span of control, centralisation, formalisation (Robbins)
  • Steps: objectives and activities, group into departments, assign authority, decide span, set relationships, record (chart, manual), review
  • Factors: size, strategy, technology (Woodward), environment, people, geography and law
  • Types: line, functional, line and staff, committee, project, matrix (two bosses), divisional
  • Engineering project: line and staff, matrix (many projects), committees (steering, bid evaluation)
  • Matrix: functional heads (columns), project managers (rows), shared experts, broken unity of command

Line organization PIN 4/36

  • Also called: military, scalar
  • Features: vertical authority, unity of command, no specialists, self-contained units, no by-passing, limited span
  • Forms: pure line, departmental line
  • Advantages: simple, clear authority, discipline, prompt decisions, economical, unity of command
  • Disadvantages: top overload, no specialisation, key person risk, autocratic, slow upward communication, weak coordination
  • Span numbers: 64 workers; span 8 (9 managers, flat); span 4 (21 managers, tall); 20 workers per supervisor; 6 supervisors per manager; Urwick 5 or 6; Graicunas 100 (5), 222 (6)

Functional organization PIN 4/36

  • Proposed by: F. W. Taylor (functional foremanship)
  • Planning foremen: route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk, shop disciplinarian
  • Shop foremen: gang boss, speed boss, repair boss, inspector
  • Features: division by function, functional authority, several bosses, planning separated from doing, line authority at top
  • Advantages: specialisation, efficiency and quality, easy executive development, relief for top, standard methods, expert planning
  • Disadvantages: confusion, broken unity of command, responsibility hard to fix, departmental loyalty, slow decisions, costly

Line and staff organization PIN 4/36

  • Principle: line commands, staff advise only (not binding)
  • Staff examples: legal adviser, research expert, personnel manager, quality control, accounts
  • Types of staff: personal, specialised, general
  • Advantages: expert advice, better decisions, relief for line, discipline kept, flexible growth, training ground
  • Disadvantages: line and staff conflict, confused duties, theory vs practice, staff not accountable, costly, slower
  • Over others: specialists (over line), one boss (over functional), easy responsibility fixing

Committee organization PIN 2/36

  • Types: standing, ad hoc, advisory, executive, formal, informal, coordinating
  • Merits: pooled judgement, representation, coordination, motivation, check on power, training
  • Demerits: delay, compromise, divided responsibility, costly, domination, leaks
  • Making it work: terms of reference, small membership, competent chair, advance agenda, minutes, time limit
  • Nepal: board of directors (standing executive), co-operative management committee, bid evaluation committee (Public Procurement Act 2063)

Purchasing TOP 12/36

  • Five rights: quality, quantity, price, time, source (and place)
  • Aim: regular flow of inputs, regular flow of outputs
  • Versus procurement: subset vs whole cycle, transactional vs strategic, price vs total cost, requisition vs need
  • Principles: buy against need, competitive buying, standardisation, total cost, inspection on receipt, records, integrity
  • Functions: requisitions, supplier selection, quotations and negotiation, purchase orders, follow up, receipt and inspection, invoice checking, records, market study, stock control, cost reduction, scrap disposal
  • Role: keeps production running, controls cost, protects quality, saves working capital, watches supply market, serves every department

Purchasing methods and procedure HOT 6/36

  • Procedures: direct purchase, quotation (at least three suppliers), tender (advertised, sealed bids)
  • Tender steps: prepare documents, publish notice, receive sealed bids (bid security), open publicly, evaluate (committee), award (performance guarantee)
  • Other methods: hand to mouth, market, speculative, contract, scheduled, group, cooperative, centralised, decentralised, just in time
  • Ten steps: requisition, inquiry, quotations, comparative statement, supplier approval, purchase order, follow up, receipt (goods received note), inspection, payment and issue
  • Nepal: Public Procurement Act 2063 (2007), open bidding, sealed quotation, direct purchase, e-GP

Marketing TOP 20/36

  • Who said: Stanton (total system), Kotler (meeting needs profitably), Drucker (marketing and innovation), McCarthy (four Ps)
  • Four Ps: product, price, place, promotion
  • Concept beliefs: customer orientation, profit orientation, customer satisfaction
  • Research elements: analysis of current activities, market intelligence, market analysis, product evaluation
  • Market structures: perfect competition, monopolistic competition, oligopoly (Nepal Telecom, Ncell), monopoly (Nepal Oil Corporation)
  • Software challenges: small market, piracy, low awareness, trust, intangible product, long sales cycles, global competition, payments

Functions of marketing PIN 3/36

  • Functions: pricing, buying, selling, distribution, financing, product and service management, market information management, promotion
  • Exchange: buying (and assembling), selling
  • Physical supply: transportation, storage and warehousing
  • Facilitating: financing, risk bearing, standardisation and grading, market information
  • Product related: product planning, packaging, branding, pricing, promotion, after-sales service
  • Example: Nepali tea estate (grading, branding, wholesaler, insurance, dealer credit)

Advertising PIN 4/36

  • Features: paid, non-personal, identified sponsor
  • AIDA: attention, interest, desire, action
  • Objectives: inform, persuade, remind, build image, support salespeople, increase sales
  • Media: newspapers and magazines, television, radio (FM), outdoor (hoardings), online, direct mail and cinema
  • Best form: mass reach, controlled message, creates demand, repetition, pre-selling, measurable
  • Computer aided: design, digital placement, targeting (programmatic), A/B testing, measurement (click-through rate)

Production development PIN 5/36

  • Activities: R&D (basic, applied), product design (functional, form, production), prototype and testing, process planning, standardisation (simplification, specialisation), value analysis
  • Value analysis: V=F/C, Lawrence Miles (General Electric)
  • Methods: job (unit), batch, mass (flow), continuous (process)
  • By material: analytical (refinery), synthetic (cement), processing (sugar, paper), assembling (cars)
  • Steps: idea, screening, feasibility, R&D, design, prototype and test, process planning, pilot run, launch, improvement
  • Marketing link: ideas from market, design to requirements, target price, market testing, forecast sets method, feedback

Chapter 2: Personnel management

Personnel management TOP 21/36

  • Flippo: planning, organizing, directing, controlling; procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance, separation
  • Aspects: welfare, labour (personnel), industrial relations
  • Objectives: organizational, functional, societal, personal
  • Role: staffing, building capability, performance, retention, industrial peace, culture and change, compliance
  • Ulrich roles: strategic partner, administrative expert, employee champion, change agent
  • PM vs HRM: cost vs asset, reactive vs proactive, compliance vs commitment, collective vs direct

Functions of personnel management HOT 6/36

  • Managerial: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling
  • Operative: procurement (employment), development, compensation, integration, maintenance, motivation
  • Flippo sixth: separation (retirement, resignation, lay-off, dismissal)
  • Textbook extras: advisory, supporting (records, research, audit)
  • Example: bank, ten branches, about 60 assistants

Personnel policy HOT 7/36

  • Must include: welcome, organization, rules, time, pay and benefits, employee assistance, legal policies
  • Policy areas: employment, training, compensation, promotion and transfer, hours and leave, welfare, discipline, industrial relations, separation
  • Labour Act 2074: 8 hours a day, 48 a week, overtime 1.5 times, festival allowance (one month)
  • Leave: sick 12 days, maternity 98 days (60 paid), paternity 15 days (paid)
  • Development steps: study objectives and law, gather facts, consult, draft, approve, communicate, apply and review
  • Why discuss: expectations, settling in, fewer disputes, legal protection, consistency, commitment, grievance channels, early turnover

Manpower planning HOT 8/36

  • Steps: analyse inventory, forecast needs, employment programmes, training programmes, review (feedback)
  • Forecast methods: managerial judgement, workload analysis, ratio trends, Delphi method
  • Net requirement: demand minus internal supply
  • Example: 40 developers, 58 needed, 6 left (15 percent), 24 net (4 retrained, 20 recruited)
  • Importance: productivity, no shortage or surplus, lower cost, attracts talent, motivation, meets change, base of other functions
  • Defined by: E. W. Vetter (current to desired position)

Recruitment HOT 8/36

  • Internal sources: promotion, transfer, internal job posting, former employees, referrals
  • External sources: advertisement, campus recruitment, agencies, walk-ins, headhunters, labour contractors
  • Steps: planning, job analysis, strategy, searching, screening, evaluation and control
  • Vs selection: positive vs negative, pool vs right person, applications vs appointment letter, hiring (the whole)
  • Outsourcing: recruitment agency, contracted work (security, cleaning, payroll, IT)
  • Nepal: Public Service Commission (Lok Sewa Aayog), open competition

Scientific selection TOP 14/36

  • Steps: job analysis, advertisement, applications, screening and references, tests, preliminary interview, final interview, medical and background check, appointment, induction, placement
  • Split: recruitment (first three), selection (next six), joining (last two), notes (seven steps)
  • Tests: aptitude, achievement, intelligence, personality, interest, situational, physical
  • Interview steps: preparation, reception and rapport, conducting, closing, evaluation
  • Interview types: preliminary, structured, unstructured, panel, group, stress, depth
  • Interview errors: halo effect, snap impressions, favouring similar people, contrast effect, stereotyping

Training and development HOT 6/36

  • Training vs development: present job vs future roles, short vs long, operatives vs managers
  • Needs analysis: organization, task, person (McGehee and Thayer)
  • Methods: on-the-job, vestibule, special courses, apprenticeship, job rotation, coaching and mentoring, lectures, case study and role play, e-learning
  • Importance: productivity, shorter learning, lower turnover, less supervision, new technology, fewer accidents, promotion readiness
  • Development steps: identify needs, short term objectives (3 to 12 months), choose methods, individual plan, implement, evaluate, link to rewards
  • Kirkpatrick levels: reaction, learning, behaviour, results

Job analysis TOP 14/36

  • Methods: questionnaire, interview, observation; also checklists, diary, technical conference, critical incidents
  • Process: purpose, background information, representative jobs, collect data, verify, write description and specification, update
  • Job description: location, title, summary, duties, tools, working conditions, reporting line, pay grade
  • Job specification: education, experience, training, skills, physical needs, mental abilities, personality
  • Nepal method: interview (backed by observation), questionnaire (large organizations only)
  • Job design: simplification, rotation, enlargement (horizontal), enrichment (vertical), job characteristics (Hackman and Oldham)

Job evaluation PIN 2/36

  • Methods: ranking, grading (classification), point rating, factor comparison
  • Basis: whole job (ranking, grading), factor by factor (factor comparison, point rating)
  • Point rating factors: skill, effort, responsibility, job conditions (NEMA plan, eleven sub-factors)
  • Factor comparison: mental, skill, physical, responsibility, working conditions
  • Steps: acceptance, committee, job analysis, key jobs and method, rating, wage survey and pay line, install and review
  • Vs merit rating: job vs person, pay grades vs increments, committee vs supervisor

Merit rating and appraisal HOT 10/36

  • Traditional: ranking, person to person (paired) comparison, grading, graphic rating scale, free essay
  • Other traditional: checklist, forced choice, forced distribution (10, 20, 40, 20, 10 percent), critical incidents, field review
  • Modern: MBO, assessment centre (1 to 3 days), 360 degree feedback, BARS, human resource accounting
  • MBO steps: organizational goals, joint SMART objectives, action plans, review, appraisal, feedback and reward
  • Numbers: N(N−1)2 pairs (45 for ten), 40 of 100 promotion marks (Civil Service Act 2049), MBO 1954 (Drucker)
  • Objectives: promotions, salary review, job rotation planning, development and training

Wages and salary TOP 12/36

  • Definitions: nominal vs real, minimum, fair, living (Committee on Fair Wages 1948), merit ranking
  • Structure: job classes (pay grades), direct compensation, indirect compensation
  • Factors: ability to pay, supply and demand, market rate, living wage, productivity, union power, government regulation, job requirements, the employee
  • Calculation: time rate E=T×R, piece rate E=N×P, overtime (1.5 times basic)
  • Social security: 20 percent employer, 11 percent employee
  • Joining benefits: basic salary, allowances, social security, festival allowance (one month), bonus (10 percent profit), growth, non-financial

Incentives HOT 9/36

  • Types: financial, non-financial, individual, group, profit sharing (10 percent, Bonus Act 2030)
  • Need: productivity, lower unit cost, fairness, retention, morale, machine use, ideas
  • Taylor/Gantt: Taylor differential piece rate (83 and 125 percent), Gantt task and bonus (20 percent, 1901)
  • Emerson: bonus from 66.7 percent efficiency, 20 percent at 100, then 1 for 1
  • Halsey/Rowan: Halsey E=TR+0.5(S−T)R (1891), Rowan E=TR+S−TSTR (never 2R), equal at T=S/2
  • Good programme: scientific standards, simple, guaranteed minimum, prompt, quality counts, agreed and stable, worth its cost, mixed rewards

Industrial relations HOT 9/36

  • Parties: employers (FNCCI, CNI), trade unions (GEFONT, NTUC, ANTUF), government (Labour Act 2074, Trade Union Act 2049)
  • Union functions: militant, fraternal, political
  • Bargaining features: collective, bipartite, continuous, give and take, voluntary and flexible, industrial democracy
  • Bargaining steps: preparation (charter of demands), presentation, negotiation, agreement, implementation, then mediation, arbitration, strike or lockout
  • Dispute settlement: collective bargaining, conciliation or mediation, arbitration, adjudication (Labour Court), grievance procedure, workers' participation
  • Defined by: Dale Yoder (industrial relations), Sidney and Beatrice Webb (trade union)

Chapter 3: Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship

Motivation and human needs TOP 20/36

  • Robbins: effort, organizational goals, needs; effort dimensions (intensity, direction, persistence)
  • Process: unsatisfied need, tension, drive, search behaviour, satisfied need, reduction of tension
  • Needs: primary (physiological, inborn), secondary (psychological, learned); using a need (find, offer, tie)
  • Importance: performance, productivity and quality, lower absenteeism and turnover, acceptance of change, good relations, goals met
  • Management role: understand each person, create environment, equip, listen, pay fairly, interesting workplace
  • Types: intrinsic, extrinsic; positive, negative; financial, non-financial; attitude, group, executive (syllabus)

Techniques of motivation HOT 7/36

  • Six techniques: meaningful challenging work, clear targets and measurement, regular feedback, valuing employees, training and development, incentive programmes
  • Textbooks add: pay and profit sharing, job security and benefits, praise and recognition, participation and delegation, MBO, working conditions and career path
  • Job design: enlargement (horizontal), enrichment (vertical), rotation
  • Choosing: Maslow (need level), Herzberg (hygiene first), Vroom (visible link)

Theories of motivation PIN 2/36

  • Content: Maslow (1943), McGregor (1960), Alderfer (1969), McClelland (early 1960s), Herzberg (1959)
  • Process: Vroom (1964), Adams (equity), Locke (goal setting), Porter and Lawler
  • Reinforcement: fear and punishment (Skinner)
  • Using together: check assumptions, find active need, remove dissatisfaction, make links visible, stick for rule breaking

Maslow's hierarchy of needs TOP 12/36

  • Levels: physiological, safety, social, esteem, self-actualization (base up)
  • Features: prepotency, satisfied need not a motivator, relative satisfaction, lower and higher order, deficiency and growth, exceptions, upward only (satisfaction progression)
  • Relative figures: 85 physiological, 70 safety, 50 love, 40 esteem, 10 self-actualization (percent)
  • Limitations: no strict order, needs act together, cultures differ, money meets several, hard to measure, satisfied needs return
  • Devkota: 1909 to 1959, Mahakavi, Muna Madan, partly explained, Maslow's own exception
  • Fall from grace: stuck at esteem, silent on means, lopsided climbing, frustration regression, personal power, more temptation

Theory X and Theory Y HOT 8/36

  • Source: McGregor, The Human Side of Enterprise (1960)
  • Theory X: dislikes work, lacks ambition, avoids responsibility, self-centred, resists change, avoids decisions, must be coerced
  • Theory Y: work natural as play, self-direction and self-control, commitment through achievement, seeks responsibility, creativity widespread, potential under-used
  • Style: X (autocratic, carrot and stick), Y (participative, delegation)
  • Needs: X (physiological, safety), Y (social, esteem, self-actualization)
  • Also: self-fulfilling prophecy, Taylor near X, Mayo near Y

Fear and punishment PIN 1/36

  • Idea: negative motivation, the stick, Theory X people
  • Skinner tools: positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement, punishment, extinction
  • Hot stove rule: advance warning, immediate, consistent, impersonal (McGregor)
  • Progressive discipline: oral warning, written warning, suspension, dismissal
  • Works for: simple visible rules, safety and discipline, Theory X cases, crisis
  • Limits: minimum effort, resentment, only while watched, kills initiative, conflict, negative only

Alderfer's ERG theory PIN 5/36

  • Needs: existence (physiological, safety), relatedness (social, external esteem), growth (internal esteem, self-actualization)
  • Origin: Clayton Alderfer (1969), research based
  • Movement: satisfaction progression (up), frustration regression (down)
  • Features: several needs at once, no strict order, growth feeds itself, people differ
  • Versus Maslow: three not five, flexible order, several active, up and down, esteem split

McClelland's learned needs

  • Needs: achievement (nAch), power (nPow), affiliation (nAff); learned (early 1960s)
  • Achievement: challenging goals, calculated risk, regular feedback, personal responsibility
  • Power: social (for organization), personal (for oneself)
  • Measure: Thematic Apperception Test
  • Best managers: high social power, low affiliation
  • Training: Kakinada (India, 1960s), entrepreneurship development programmes

Herzberg's two factor theory HOT 9/36

  • Hygiene factors: company policy and administration, supervision, relations, working conditions, salary, job security, status
  • Motivators: achievement, recognition, work itself, responsibility, advancement, growth
  • Study: Herzberg (1959), about 200 engineers and accountants
  • Scales: dissatisfaction to no dissatisfaction (hygiene), no satisfaction to satisfaction (motivators)
  • Remedy: fix hygiene, job enrichment (vertical), KITA (movement, not motivation)
  • Criticism: credit self, blame surroundings; professional sample; output unmeasured; factor differs by person

Vroom's expectancy theory HOT 6/36

  • Formula: M=E×I×V (Vroom, 1964); several outcomes M=E×∑(I×V)
  • Terms: expectancy (effort to performance), instrumentality (performance to reward), valence (value of reward)
  • Ranges: E 0 to 1, I 0 to 1, V minus 1 to plus 1
  • Worked example: 0.8×0.5×0.6=0.24; I at 0.9 gives 0.432
  • Process theory: how not what, chain of steps, cognitive, perception, individual
  • Limits: rational calculation assumed, hard to measure, ignores habit and emotion, Porter and Lawler (extension)

Leadership and the leader TOP 15/36

  • Power bases: legitimate, reward, coercive (post); expert, referent (person); French and Raven; acceptance (Barnard)
  • Manager vs leader: efficiency, effectiveness; subordinates, followers; how and when, what and why; Bennis, Kotter
  • Qualities: honesty and integrity, personality and confidence, human skills, initiative, innovative, communication skills, discipline, committed to excellence
  • Need: initiates action, motivates, guides and coordinates, builds morale, creates climate, leads change, resolves conflict, develops leaders
  • Beyond employees: vision, initiative, influence, decisiveness, develops others, emotional intelligence (Goleman five parts)
  • Modern challenges: technology, talent drain, remote teams, diversity, uncertainty, ethics in public, speed, profit people planet

Leadership styles TOP 14/36

  • Styles: autocratic (authoritarian), democratic (participative), laissez faire (free rein); Lewin (1939)
  • Autocrats: strict (fear), benevolent (paternalistic)
  • Continuum: Tannenbaum and Schmidt (1958); announce, sell, present ideas, tentative decision, present problem, define limits, group within limits
  • Other styles: bureaucratic, transactional, transformational, servant
  • Participative forms: suggestion schemes, consultation, quality circles (Japan, 1960s), work committees, worker directors, share ownership, MBO
  • Recommended: participative default, directive (emergencies), delegating (experts), Likert (System 4)

Blake and Mouton's managerial grid HOT 6/36

  • Axes: concern for production (horizontal), concern for people (vertical), 1 to 9
  • Styles: (1,1) impoverished, (1,9) country club, (9,1) produce or perish, (5,5) middle of the road, (9,9) team management
  • Also called: (9,1) authority compliance (later editions)
  • Origin: Blake and Mouton (1964), 81 positions, Michigan and Ohio State
  • Grid OD phases: grid seminars, teamwork development, intergroup development, ideal strategic model, implementing, systematic critique
  • Limits: ignores followers and situation, (9,9) not always possible, self-reported

Leadership approaches TOP 12/36

  • Trait: born; achievement drive, leadership motivation, honesty and integrity, self-confidence, intelligence, knowledge of business, self-monitoring (Kirkpatrick and Locke)
  • Behavioral: made; people oriented, task oriented; Iowa, Ohio State, Michigan, managerial grid
  • Contingency styles: directive, supportive, participative, achievement oriented (House path-goal)
  • Contingency models: Fiedler (fixed style), Hersey and Blanchard (telling, selling, participating, delegating)
  • Integrated: leader, follower, situation; L=f(l,f,s)
  • Effective style steps: define effective, read leader, read followers, read situation, match, measure and adjust

Entrepreneurship and the entrepreneur TOP 12/36

  • Views: risk bearer (Cantillon), innovator (Schumpeter), exploiter of change (Drucker); entreprendre (to undertake)
  • Schumpeter: new product, new method, new market, new raw material source, new organization of industry (notes: driving change)
  • Characteristics: initiative, opportunity seeking, disciplined and confident, moderate risk taker, creative, competitive, committed and determined, people skills, work ethic
  • EDP phases: pre-training, training, follow-up
  • Development roles: capital formation, employment, innovation, income, regional balance, import substitution and exports, linkages, wider ownership, revenue, social change
  • Nepal: Chaudhary Group (Wai Wai), eSewa (first online payment), Electricity Act 1992, TikTok ban 2023, Electronic Transactions Act 2063 (2008)

Promoting entrepreneurship PIN 3/36

  • Government reasons: market failure, spillovers, employment, hard times, small business, innovation, balance and inclusion, revenue
  • Developing nation: scarce idle capital, unemployment, import dependence, unused resources, few role models
  • Nepal: migration, remittances (quarter of GDP), trade deficit, returning workers
  • Measures: finance, training, infrastructure, procedures, tax and trade, markets, culture
  • Nepal schemes: Youth and Small Entrepreneur Self-Employment Fund, subsidised loans (women, returning migrants), start-up funds
  • Examples: Balaju and Patan estates, one door service, Global Entrepreneurship Week

Establishing a small scale unit PIN 3/36

  • Steps: product identification, form of ownership, location, approvals, finance, production management, marketing
  • Ownership: sole proprietorship, partnership, company
  • Location factors: raw materials, market, transport, labour, power and water, waste disposal, political patronage
  • Finance: fixed capital (land, building, machinery), working capital (materials, wages, running costs)
  • Nepal approvals: Company Registrar, cottage and small industries office, Department of Industry (medium, large), PAN and VAT, municipal registration, IEE or EIA
  • Classes: micro, cottage, small, medium, large (by fixed capital)

Chapter 4: Case studies

Case study and its objectives HOT 11/36

  • Features: bounded unit, in depth and holistic, real-life context (no control), several sources (triangulation), how and why, mostly qualitative, flexible
  • Why conducted: complex problems, uncontrollable events, diagnose and improve, learn from success and failure, train decision makers, open new research
  • Learner objectives: link theory with practice, analytical skill, decision-making skill, communication skill, judgement
  • Organization objectives: understand the unit, identify problem and causes, suggest remedies, build knowledge
  • Value: realism, experience without risk, integration, rich evidence, useful to the organization
  • Limitations: no statistical generalisation, subjectivity, time and cost, access and honesty, hard to verify

Phases and steps HOT 7/36

  • Phases: preparation and design (steps 1 to 4), data collection (5), analysis (6 to 8), reporting and presentation (9, 10)
  • Steps: select case, define problem, study background, plan collection, collect data, analyse (feeder loss L=Es−EbEs×100), evaluate alternatives, recommend, write report, present
  • Report: title page, executive summary, introduction, problem, objectives and scope, methodology, findings, alternatives, recommendations, conclusion, references
  • Kothari phases: status, data and history, diagnosis, remedy, follow-up
  • NEA lenses: planning horizon (short, medium, long), leadership, motivation (Herzberg, Vroom), human resource development
  • NEA facts: founded 1985, Act 1984 (2041 BS), Kulman Ghising (2016), load-shedding ended 2016 to 2018

Types of case studies PIN 1/36

  • Yin by purpose: exploratory, descriptive, explanatory
  • Yin by number: single, multiple; holistic, embedded
  • Stake by interest: intrinsic, instrumental, collective
  • Other list: illustrative, exploratory (pilot), cumulative, critical instance
  • Single case: critical, unusual, typical, revealing
  • NEA outline: single, embedded, explanatory, instrumental

Chapter 5: Management information system

Data and information PIN 3/36

  • Chain: data, processing, information, decision
  • DIKW: data, information, knowledge (how), wisdom (why), Russell Ackoff
  • Store example: 230, 245, 198, 280; total 953; average 238.25; Thursday best
  • Good information: accurate, timely, relevant, complete, concise, reliable, clear, economical, secure and accessible
  • Office functions: receiving, recording, processing, giving information, safeguarding
  • Data vs information: raw vs processed, input vs output, unorganized vs organized, little use vs decision basis

Management information system TOP 20/36

  • Components: management, information, system; hardware, software, data, procedures, people, network
  • Characteristics: management oriented, management directed, integrated, common data flows, heavy planning element, subsystem concept, common database, computerised
  • Needs: size and complexity, information overload, fast change, control, coordination, outside demands
  • Six functions: data capturing, data processing, prediction, planning, controlling, assistance
  • Importance and role: heart analogy, decision support, planning and control, coordination, communication, memory, efficiency, competitive advantage, tailored reports
  • Beyond task software: islands of data, cross-functional questions, management view, planning and control, common rules

Evolution of MIS

  • Drivers: management theory, production and structure changes, management science, computers and IT
  • Stages: EDP, management reporting, decision support, strategic and end user support, e-business, cloud and analytics
  • Dates: EDP (1950s, 1960s), reporting (1960s, 1970s), DSS (1970s, 1980s), ESS (1980s, 1990s), ERP (1990s, 2000s), cloud (2010s onward)
  • Served in turn: clerks, middle managers, analysts, executives
  • Nepal banks: hand-posted ledgers, computerised branches, core banking, mobile banking and QR

MIS and levels of management TOP 13/36

  • Anthony levels: operational (hourly or daily), tactical (weekly or monthly), strategic (quarterly or yearly)
  • Hierarchy needed: no overload, relevance, speed and cost, accountability, linked levels
  • Planning steps: opportunities, objectives, premises, alternatives, evaluation and choice, derivative plans and budgets
  • Planning value: long-term information, forecasts of programmes, efficient resources, consistent premises, quick replanning
  • Control loop: standards, measure, compare, correct
  • Simon stages: intelligence, design, choice, implementation

Information system model PIN 3/36

  • Cycle: business sources, data collection, processing, information, users, feedback
  • IS professionals: systems analysts, database administrators, programmers, network administrators
  • Laudon model: input, processing, output, feedback, environment
  • Internal sources: sales invoices, production logs, stores ledger, payroll, attendance, accounts
  • External sources: customers, suppliers, competitors, government (Nepal Rastra Bank), market surveys, trade journals
  • Data kinds: primary (first hand), secondary (collected by others)

Computers and MIS TOP 15/36

  • Before computers: too late, incomplete, expensive, unfocused, not relevant
  • Contributions: speed, accuracy, storage and retrieval, communication, analysis, quick response (online, real time), lower cost, relevance
  • Database gives: one consistent version, sharing, integrity and security, easy queries, data independence
  • Networks: LAN (building), MAN (city), WAN (country); internet, intranet, extranet
  • Architecture: applications, infrastructure, arrangement
  • CIM parts: CAD, CAPP, CAM (CNC, robots), FMS, automated storage, MRP II, quality control

Types of information systems HOT 7/36

  • Laudon levels: strategic (ESS), management (MIS, DSS), knowledge (KWS, OAS), operational (TPS)
  • Four types: TPS, MIS, DSS, ESS (EIS)
  • DSS: database, model base, user interface; what if, goal seeking, sensitivity, optimisation
  • MIS vs DSS: structured vs semi-structured, scheduled vs on demand, internal vs external, past vs future, efficiency vs effectiveness
  • Production DSS: scheduling, capacity, inventory, product mix, make or buy, maintenance and quality
  • EIS significance: environmental scanning, key indicators, drill down, strategic decisions, executives' time, early warning

Functional area support PIN 4/36

  • Areas: production, marketing, finance and accounting, personnel, materials (common database)
  • Production gets: plans and schedules, output and scrap reports, maintenance schedules, CAD and CAM
  • Marketing gets: sales analyses, market research, forecasts, advertising results, pricing studies
  • Finance gets: financial statements, budget reports, cash forecasts, cost analyses, capital budgeting
  • Personnel gets: payroll, skills inventory, turnover and absence reports, manpower plans
  • Materials gets: reorder lists, purchase order status, vendor ratings, EOQ

Organizing information systems PIN 3/36

  • Suits: centralised (single-site firms), decentralised (very different departments), distributed (banks, utilities, chains)
  • Strengths: centralised (control, no duplication), decentralised (local fit), distributed (local work, shared data)
  • Weaknesses: centralised (slow locally), decentralised (duplicated data), distributed (costly network)
  • IS department: CIO, systems analysts, programmers, operators, database administrator, help desk, security
  • Around it: steering committee, end users, outsourcing
  • Steps: study needs, choose arrangement, set up IS department, steering committee, standards, develop with users, train users, build or buy, review

5 chapters · 76 topics · about 40300 words

Compact chapters

Each chapter with every definition, step, formula and example kept and the teaching prose taken out. The copy button on a chapter copies all of it, formulas as LaTeX, ready to paste into Claude as context before you ask about it.

Chapter 1: Introduction 16120 words

What an organization is

TOP 20/36 Open the full card

Organization: a social structure in which two or more people work interdependently through structured patterns, coordinating manpower, machines and materials to accomplish a set of goals and create value for owners, employees, customers and the community.

Two senses: an entity (a bank, Nepal Electricity Authority, a campus) and a process (organizing: arranging work, authority and relationships).

  • Chester Barnard (1938): "a system of consciously coordinated activities or forces of two or more persons"; the root of formal organization.
  • Stephen Robbins: a consciously coordinated social unit of two or more people, working on a relatively continuous basis to achieve a common goal or set of goals.
  • Louis Allen (process): identifying and grouping the work, defining and delegating responsibility and authority, establishing relationships so people work together most effectively towards objectives.

Characteristics: a group of people (at least two, each in a role); common goals; division of work; a structure of authority (hierarchy of positions); coordination and communication; rules and procedures; continuity (outlives any member); openness (inputs from and outputs to the environment).

Elements: people (skills, needs, attitudes); goals; structure (division of work, positions, authority, reporting lines, drawn as the organization chart); tasks and technology (tools, machines, methods, knowledge); resources (money, materials, machines, information); communication and coordination; environment (customers, competitors, suppliers, government, society). Barnard's three elements: communication, willingness to serve (cooperate), common purpose.

System (course notes)MeaningIn a teaching hospital
Goal orientedpeople work towards specific goalstreat patients, train doctors and nurses
Socialgroups with roles, norms, friendships, statusward teams, shifts, staff unions, canteen friendships
Technologicalpeople apply their knowledge, techniques and toolslaboratories, imaging machines, surgical methods, hospital software

Social system: people interacting, not a machine of positions; roles, groups, norms and culture shape behaviour as much as the chart or pay. Proved at Hawthorne; hence an informal organization grows inside every formal one.

Historical development:

  1. Early groups: families, clans, tribes hunting and farming to survive.
  2. Ancient states, armies, temples: Egypt's pyramids, the Roman army, the Church (hierarchy, division of work, chain of command); Chanakya's Arthashastra (about 300 BC) on a state's departments.
  3. Guilds of the middle ages: masters, journeymen, apprentices.
  4. Industrial Revolution (Britain, from the late eighteenth century): hundreds under one factory roof; Adam Smith (1776) on division of labour; joint stock companies separate owners from managers.
  5. Classical theory (about 1900 to 1930): Taylor, Fayol, Max Weber: a rational machine of rules, specialization, hierarchy.
  6. Human relations (1920s to 1950s): Hawthorne: a social system with informal groups.
  7. Modern period (1960s onwards): systems and contingency views, an open system fitting its environment; computers and the internet bring flatter, matrix, network and virtual organizations.

Nepal: the Newar guthi runs temples, festivals and funerals collectively; Biratnagar Jute Mills (1936) and Nepal Bank Limited (1937, the first bank) begin modern companies; companies register with the Office of the Company Registrar under the Companies Act 2063 (2006).

Why set goals (the results it commits to reach): direction; basis of planning (plans, budgets, schedules worked backwards); standard for control; motivation (Edwin Locke: specific hard goals beat "do your best"); coordination (unity of objective); decisions and resources; trust (owners, lenders, public judge by stated goals). SMART: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, time bound; "grow" is a wish, "connect 20,000 new fibre customers in Pokhara this fiscal year" lets network, sales and hiring teams plan their share (as in management by objectives and the goal concentrated model).

PointOrganizationManagement
Meaningstructure of roles, authority, relationships; also organizingplanning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling people and resources towards goals
Naturea means, a framework: the bodythe driving force: the brain
Scopenarrower: one function of managementwider: organizing plus the other functions
Questionwho does what, who reports to whomwhat, when, and is it being done
Resultpositions, departments, the chartdecisions, plans, coordinated action, results
Examplea bank's chart of departments and brancheschief executive sets targets, branch managers meet them

Need and importance of organization

TOP 12/36 Open the full card

Necessity: working together outperforms working alone; a group pools resources, knowledge, experience and effort, meeting needs and reaching goals no individual could. Synergy: the organized whole produces more than its members separately; no one person builds a hydropower plant, runs a hospital or connects a country by phone.

Importance: goals beyond one person (thousands of coordinated people for a power plant, hospital or telecom network); specialization; optimum use of men, money, materials, machines (less waste and duplication); coordination (no overlaps, gaps, conflict); clear authority and responsibility; growth and adaptation; continuity (Nepal Bank Limited since 1937); human satisfaction (income, security, belonging, recognition).

Four conditions for cooperation (course notes): a common objective; organized rules and regulations (no conflict or confusion); willingness to cooperate; strong communication (Barnard's three elements again).

Positive impact on societyNegative impact
Goods and services: food, electricity (Nepal Electricity Authority), phone and internet (Nepal Telecom), bankingPollution: brick kilns and factories foul the Kathmandu valley's air
Employment and income for millions; taxesMonopoly and high prices
Education and health: schools, colleges, universities, hospitalsExploitation: unsafe work, low pay
Technology and innovation: research, new products, digital paymentsHarmful products, misleading advertising
Social welfare: co-operatives, NGOs, community forest user groupsCorruption and misuse of power
Order and development: government, courts, police, infrastructureLoss of individuality: rules and routines can crush initiative

Nepal: community forest user groups, formed by villagers to protect and use their forest, turned bare hillsides green and gave households fuel, fodder and income.

An employee's professional growth: training (induction, on the job, courses); experience and exposure (projects, clients, tools); mentoring; feedback (appraisal); career ladder (operating, supervisory, managerial posts); responsibility (delegated authority teaches decisions and leadership); network and reputation; income and security; professional standards (ethics, codes, registration with the Nepal Engineering Council). Example: a fresh computer engineer at a Kathmandu software company: a month's induction, daily code review by a senior, first appraisal after a year, a module in year two, a team later; freelancing alone, he learns only what he finds himself.

Life without organization? Not above bare survival: water, electricity, schools, hospitals, banks, roads, law and order are organized cooperation; even the family and the tole committee are organizations. Without it: duplication, conflict, no specialization, no continuity (the COVID-19 lockdown stalled supply chains).

"People dominated not by individuals but by organizations": largely true. An organizational society (Amitai Etzioni, 1964: born in organizations, educated by them, working for them, spending leisure in them); institutions decide (a bank's credit policy, a university's exam rules, the government's budget affect millions); authority belongs to positions (Max Weber's legal rational authority); rules outlast people. Other side: founders, leaders and reformers create and change organizations; informal groups resist rules; in Nepal afno manchhe (personal connections) bends procedures. Verdict: people are increasingly governed by organizations; good management makes them serve people.

Organization as an open system

PIN 5/36 Open the full card

System: interrelated, interdependent parts working as a whole towards a common purpose; a change in one affects the others. Systems approach: the organization is a system of subsystems (production, marketing, finance, personnel) within larger systems (industry, economy, society); from Ludwig von Bertalanffy's general systems theory, applied by Daniel Katz and Robert Kahn (1966). Organization as a system: interdependent subsystems that continuously take inputs from the environment, transform them and return outputs, corrected by feedback.

  • Inputs: raw materials, human and financial resources, information, equipment.
  • Transformation (throughput): the subsystems' work.
  • Outputs: goods and services, employee behaviour, profit or loss.
  • Feedback: results and customer response adjust the next inputs.
  • Environment: customers, technology, market trends, competitors, regulation.
  • Boundary: permeable for an organization.

Figure: inputs enter four interdependent subsystems (production, marketing, finance, personnel) inside a dashed environment boundary; outputs leave; a feedback loop runs from outputs back to inputs.

Concepts: holism (a brilliant sales team fails if production cannot deliver); interdependence; synergy; feedback and control; negative entropy (import fresh energy: people, money, ideas); equifinality (same goal by different routes, so no single best structure); hierarchy of systems.

PointClosed systemOpen system
Exchange with environmentnonecontinuous inputs and outputs
Boundaryrigidpermeable
Feedbacknone; cannot adaptessential; adjusts to change
Over timeruns down (entropy)survives by importing energy
Management viewclassical (Taylor, Fayol): inside the firm onlymodern (systems, contingency): the firm in its environment
Examplea wound clockthe human body, a company, a university

Why an organization is open: inputs from the environment (people from colleges, capital from banks and investors, materials from suppliers, market information); outputs sold to customers who can choose a competitor; steered by feedback (sales, complaints, audit reports, regulators' rulings); must adapt to technology, law, prices and customer needs or fail; interdependent parts.

Nepal Electricity Authority: inputs river water, power bought from private producers and India, staff, capital, regulator-set tariffs; generation, transmission, distribution, finance and personnel transform them; outputs electricity, revenue or loss, employee behaviour; load data, complaints and bill collection steer it. Dry winter: rivers fall, imports rise; monsoon: surplus sold across the border; a closed NEA would black out.

Principles of organization

TOP 12/36 Open the full card

Principles of organization: guidelines for designing and running an organization so work is divided sensibly, authority is clear and effort is coordinated towards the goals. The course notes list five, credited to Fayol (also called principles of management); four are among Fayol's fourteen; span of control was formalized by V. A. Graicunas and Lyndall Urwick in the 1930s.

  1. Division of work (division of labour): jobs go to the best suited people, who specialize. Example: analysts, developers and testers split a software project.
  2. Authority and responsibility: the right to decide and direct, and the obligation to do the work; together and equal. Example: a site engineer responsible for concrete quality can reject a bad batch of cement.
  3. Span of control: the number reporting directly to one superior; the notes: about 20 workers per supervisor, 6 supervisors per manager.
  4. Scalar chain (chain of command): authority top to bottom in an unbroken line. Example: Nepal's civil service: section officer, under secretary, joint secretary, secretary.
  5. Unity of command: one subordinate, one superior. Example: a lab assistant given clashing orders by two lecturers is blamed by one.

Adam Smith's pin factory (1776): ten workers, one step each, about 48,000 pins a day; alone, each could hardly make twenty. Gains (Smith's three reasons): dexterity, no time lost between tasks, simple tasks invite machines. Costs: monotony, narrow skills, interdependent jobs, more coordination. Fayol's gang plank: people at the same level in different branches deal directly, with their superiors' consent, when the chain would waste time.

Textbook additions: unity of objective; coordination; balance (centralization and decentralization, span and levels, line and staff); flexibility; continuity; exception (routine decisions low down, exceptional ones up); efficiency and simplicity (least cost, fewest levels and rules).

Span of control (span of management): the subordinates a manager can supervise directly and effectively; a narrow span means more managers and levels (tall), a wide span fewer (flat). Graicunas (1933): direct, group and cross relationships grow far faster than the subordinates n: C=n(2n−1+n−1); 4 give 44, 5 give 100, 6 give 222. Urwick's rule: no more than five, at most six, subordinates whose work interlocks; routine, alike work lower down allows far wider spans (the notes' 20).

Factors: nature of work (routine: wide; complex, varied: narrow); ability of the manager and training of subordinates; delegation and clear plans; communication tools (procedures, information systems widen it); physical dispersion; level (narrow at the top, wide at the bottom).

PointNarrow span, tallWide span, flat
Supervisionclose, detailedgeneral, more freedom
Levels and costmany levels and managers, high costfew levels, low cost
Communicationslow, distortedfast, direct
Decisionscentralized, slowdelegated, quicker
Riskover-control, little initiativeoverloaded managers, loss of control

Worked example, 720 workers: the notes' spans (20 per supervisor, 6 per manager, 6 managers under the general manager) need 36 supervisors, 6 managers and 1 general manager: 43 managers on three levels. A span of 4 everywhere needs 180 supervisors, 45 section heads, 12 managers, 3 senior managers and 1 general manager: 241 managers on five levels, instructions passing four intermediate managers instead of two.

In a line organization: no staff specialists share the load, so each superior instructs, supervises and decides for all below; the span stays small and growth adds levels: a longer chain, slower messages, an overloaded top, the chief weakness of line organization.

Why they matter: a tested basis for design; clarity of duties, authority and boss; no duplication, conflict or confusion; faster communication and decisions; growth without loss of control; easier training of new managers.

Authority, responsibility and power

HOT 9/36 Open the full card

Authority: the right, attached to a position, to decide, give orders, act and use resources for the organization's goals (Fayol: "the right to give orders and the power to exact obedience"). Responsibility: a subordinate's obligation to perform assigned duties to the best of his ability. Accountability: answering to the superior for how both were used. Authority flows down; responsibility and accountability flow up.

Authority is legitimate (backed by ownership and law), attached to the position, not the person, flows down the scalar chain, is partly delegable, and is limited by law, policy, higher authority, budgets and social norms. Sources: formal (legal) theory (shareholders elect the board, which appoints the chief executive, who delegates down); acceptance theory (Chester Barnard: an order has authority only if accepted; orders within the "zone of indifference" are obeyed unquestioned); competence theory (people obey knowledge or skill, whatever the position). Kinds: line (command), staff (advise only), functional (one specialized function across departments).

Responsibility arises when a duty is assigned, flows upward, cannot be delegated away and must equal authority (parity): excess authority invites misuse; responsibility without authority breeds frustration and failure. Delegation: assignment of duties, grant of authority, creation of accountability; a project manager has a site engineer buy cement for the next floor (duty), sign purchase orders up to a limit (authority) and report weekly on stock and spending (accountability), yet still answers to the client if the cement fails.

PointAuthorityResponsibility
Meaningright to decide and commandobligation to perform
Sourcethe position, delegated by the superiorthe duty assigned with the authority
Directiondownup
Delegationcan be delegatednot fully
Purposeto get things doneto see they are done
Ends whenwithdrawn, or the post is leftthe duty is done and accounted for

Power: the capacity to influence others' behaviour, from any source (position, rewards, knowledge, personality); authority is its legitimate kind, attached to a position.

PointAuthorityPower
Meaninglegitimate right to commandability to influence
Sourcethe positionposition or person: knowledge, charisma, control of resources
Legitimacyalwaysmay or may not be
Directiondown onlydown, up, sideways
On the chartshownnot shown
How gaineddelegated from aboveearned or acquired, never simply handed over
Scopea subset of powerthe wider idea

Example: a section officer has the authority to forward a file, but a senior assistant who knows every rule and controls where it goes often has more practical power; good managers join the two.

Sources of power (French and Raven, 1959): legitimate (the position: authority), reward (pay rises, promotion, assignments, leave), coercive (warnings, transfers, demotion, dismissal), expert (the only engineer who can repair the control system), referent (admiration, personal liking); the first three positional, the last two personal; Raven later added information power. Organizational sources: scarce resources and budgets, a central place in the workflow, access to top management, collective strength (a trade union).

Formal and informal organization

TOP 15/36 Open the full card

Formal organization: the deliberately designed structure of positions, authority, responsibility, rules and communication channels set up by management to achieve the goals; Barnard: a system of consciously coordinated activities of two or more persons. Informal organization (Keith Davis): a network of personal and social relations, not established or required by formal authority, arising spontaneously as people associate. It grows (course notes) from a shared language, culture, attitudes, tastes, hometown or hobby, through tea breaks, lunches, festivals and social functions; it serves social needs yet shapes work, and management can use it to raise productivity.

PointFormalInformal
Origindeliberately created by managementspontaneous
Purposeorganizational goalsmembers' social needs
Ruleswritten rules, policies, proceduresunwritten group norms
Chartshowninvisible
Authorityfrom the position, flowing downfrom group acceptance, flowing up
Communicationofficial channelsgrapevine: fast, flexible, not always accurate
Leaderappointed managerinformal leader chosen by the group
Natureimpersonalpersonal
Stabilitystable, lastingchanges with people and friendships
Sizecan be very largesmall groups, often across departments
Controlrules, rewards, penaltiesgroup norms, sanctions

Need and role: it cannot be abolished, only worked with or against. It satisfies social needs (morale up, turnover down); gives fast communication (the grapevine spreads in hours what memos take days to); fills gaps no rule foresaw; gives teamwork and support (covers absentees, teaches newcomers); is a safety valve; lightens supervision (a group that accepts a goal polices itself); tells managers what employees really think.

Problems: rumours, resistance to change, pressure to conform (the Hawthorne bank wiring group punished over and under producers); group loyalty against organizational loyalty; an informal leader working against management. Using it: accept it, consult the informal leaders, feed accurate information into the grapevine, align group interests with the goals, never threaten a group needlessly. Informal leader: emerges through seniority, skill, helpfulness or personality, not appointment; can outweigh the formal leader (the crew believes the senior technician, not the manager); winning him wins the group.

In a family? Yes: it grows wherever people interact over time. A family is mostly an informal primary group with a formal side (a recognized head, usually the eldest in a Nepali joint family; household duties; custom and law on property and inheritance); a family business adds posts (chairman, managing director), a chart and written rules. Informal side: cousins siding together, daughters-in-law cooking and confiding together, grandparents allied with grandchildren, a family grapevine ahead of the head, an informal leader (the aunt whose word settles a wedding date) who can outweigh him. It depends on people and relationships, not on the formal setting.

What management is

TOP 17/36 Open the full card

Management: getting things done through other people: bringing people together to achieve set goals, using the available resources effectively and efficiently; the course notes' brain of the organization, coordinating human, material and technological resources. As old as civilization: Sun Tzu's The Art of War (6th century BC), Chanakya's Arthashastra (about 300 BC).

  • Mary Parker Follett: "the art of getting things done through people".
  • F. W. Taylor: knowing exactly what you want men to do, then seeing that they do it in the best and cheapest way.
  • Henri Fayol: to manage is to forecast and plan, to organize, to command, to coordinate and to control.
  • Koontz and Weihrich: designing and maintaining an environment in which individuals, working together in groups, efficiently accomplish selected aims.

Effectiveness is reaching the right goal (doing the right things), efficiency reaching it with least waste (doing things right) (Peter Drucker); management needs both.

Characteristics: goal oriented; universal; a continuous process; a group activity; intangible; multidisciplinary (economics, psychology, sociology, engineering, statistics); dynamic; a system of authority; both a science and an art, and a developing profession.

Science: systematic knowledge from observation and experiment (Taylor's time and motion studies; the economic order quantity), but inexact: people are not materials, so principles are guides, not laws. Art: personal skill in applying knowledge, improved by practice, with creativity and style (managers with the same principles handle a strike, a demoralized team or a difficult client very differently).

FeatureScienceArt
Basisorganized knowledge, principlespersonal skill, experience
Learned bystudypractice
Answerswhat works and whyhow to apply it here
Examplehow much stock to reorderpersuading a union to accept a new shift

Verdict: both, complementary, like medicine (a science to learn, an art to practise); also becoming a profession (formal study, codes of conduct), though unlike engineering it needs no licence.

Importance: the notes' four: proper planning, proper organizing (resources, means), proper influence (motivating, leading), controlling (results against goals). Textbooks add: group goals; optimum use of men, money, materials, machines; sound organization; adapting to change, innovation; developing people, creating employment; national development (poor management holds a country back more than poor resources). Nepal: the end of daily load-shedding in the late 2010s is widely credited to better management at Nepal Electricity Authority (tighter control of leakage and favoured supply, better planned imports) as much as to new plants.

Qualities: Fayol's six: physical (health, vigour), mental (judgment, ability to learn, adaptability), moral (energy, firmness, initiative, loyalty, tact, accepting responsibility), general education, special knowledge, experience. Today: leadership and vision; communication; timely decisions; integrity and fairness; human relations; delegation; technical competence, adaptability; discipline, time management.

Roles (Henry Mintzberg, 1973): ten roles in three groups, which the course notes call interpersonal, informational and decisional "skills" (Katz's skills are technical, human, conceptual).

GroupRolesA campus chief
Interpersonalfigurehead (ceremony), leader (hires, motivates, directs), liaison (outside contacts)hands out certificates, leads staff meetings, meets the university and industry
Informationalmonitor (collects information), disseminator (passes it inside), spokesperson (speaks outside)reads results and complaints, briefs departments, talks to the press
Decisionalentrepreneur (improvements), disturbance handler (crises), resource allocator (budget, time), negotiator (bargains)starts a programme, handles a strike, splits the budget, negotiates with the union

Policy group (administration: the board of directors elected by the shareholders, with the chairman and managing director) decides objectives, policies, major plans and budget; the executive group (management: general manager, departmental heads, supervisors) executes them. Oliver Sheldon (1923): administration determines policy, management executes it within the limits administration sets.

PointPolicy groupExecutive group
Functionthinking and decidingdoing: executing the policies
Leveltopmiddle and lower
Membersowners' representatives: board, chairmansalaried managers and supervisors
Decisionsbroad, long range, determinativeoperational, within the policy
Influenced byoutside: government, economy, public opinioninside: staff, resources, schedules
Main skillsconceptual skill, judgmenttechnical and human skill

Nepal: a public company's board, elected at the annual general meeting, approves policy and budget, and the chief executive and department heads run the business; the Council of Ministers sets policy, the civil service executes it. The line blurs in practice; many writers (Koontz) treat administration and management as one.

Functions of management

TOP 14/36 Open the full card

Functions of management: what every manager does, at every level, to turn resources into results: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controlling (PODCC in the course notes). Fayol (1916): plan, organize, command, coordinate, control; Luther Gulick (1937): POSDCORB (planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting, budgeting); Koontz: planning, organizing, staffing, leading, controlling, with coordination the essence of all. PODCC is Fayol's list with command renamed directing.

Figure: the five functions as a numbered cycle, an arrow running from controlling back to planning.

Example throughout: a Kathmandu software firm's six month hospital billing system.

  1. Planning (thinking before doing): what, how, when, by whom: objectives, forecasts, policies, programmes, budgets, schedules; the primary function. The features, three releases in six months, a budget, a team of eight.
  2. Organizing (building the framework): group the activities, assign them, delegate authority, fix who reports to whom. Backend, frontend and testing teams under one project manager; the test lead can stop a release.
  3. Staffing (separate in POSDCORB and Koontz, part of organizing in the notes): manpower planning, recruitment, selection, training, pay (chapter 2). Hiring two testers, training them in hospital billing rules.
  4. Directing (leading people to act): guide, instruct, motivate, communicate, supervise; needs leadership (chapter 3). A daily stand-up, clearing blockers, praise after the first release.
  5. Coordinating (the parts working as one): harmonize individuals and departments in timing and direction, through communication. Frontend and backend agree the interfaces; the hospital's accounts staff kept in step.
  6. Controlling (checking and correcting): set standards, measure performance, compare with the plan, correct deviations. Release one two weeks late: a developer added, a minor report postponed.

A cycle, not a queue: control results feed the next plan, and in a real week all run at once. Planning and controlling are twins: a plan without control is a wish; control without a plan has nothing to measure against.

Two principal functions: planning and controlling: planning comes first, setting the goals and standards the rest serve (badly planned work cannot be rescued later); controlling closes the loop before small slips become failures; together they make management self-correcting: plan, measure, correct, plan again. Nepal: the Melamchi water project, more than a decade behind its first schedule, shows weak planning and control over time and contractors. A defensible alternative pair: planning and directing, where work gets done through people.

Why they matter: goals turned into results, no waste, departments pulling together, change noticed and met.

Levels of management

HOT 7/36 Open the full card

Levels of management: layers of managerial positions ranked by the authority and responsibility each carries: top, middle, lower (supervisory or operational). Number and shape depend on size, complexity and nature (course notes): a tea shop has one, a bank or hydropower company three or more.

Why levels: limited span of control; division of managerial work (strategy, coordination, daily supervision need different knowledge, horizons, skills); delegation (the top keeps to policy); a clear chain of command; coordination between levels; a career ladder and successors.

Figure: a pyramid of the three levels, orders flowing down and reports up, fewer people and broader decisions towards the top.

LevelWhoMain role
Topboard, chairman, chief executive, managing director or general managergoals, policy, budgets; major decisions; rules for the levels below; represents the organization; answers to owners for results
Middleheads of production, finance, marketing, personnel; regional, branch, project managersimplements policy; departmental plans; policy down, problems up; coordinates departments
Lowersupervisors, foremen, section officers, site engineers, team leadersdaily activity; assigns jobs, supervises workers; quality, safety, discipline; workers' problems up; most directly executes goals
FunctionTopMiddleLower
Planningstrategic: objectives, policy, budgets for yearsdepartmental plans, yearly budgetsdaily, weekly schedules
Organizingoverall structure; appoints department headssections and their workjobs, tools, materials
Staffingsenior executives; personnel policyrecruits, trains supervisorson the job training; asks for staff
Directingvision, policy; guides middle managersexplains policy; motivates supervisorsinstructs, supervises, motivates workers daily (most of its time)
Coordinatingdepartments; owners, government, marketsections, other departmentswork group, shift
Controllingprofit, growth, market sharedepartmental budgets, targetsdaily output, quality, cost, attendance

Pattern: going up, planning reaches further ahead and fills more of the day, and directing works through policy; going down, directing and controlling become daily and hands-on.

A Nepali commercial bank: the board and chief executive decide on twenty branches and a mobile banking app (top); province heads and the heads of credit, IT and operations plan the branches and build the app (middle); branch supervisors run the counters and cash daily (lower). Each level needs different skills and information (MIS).

Managerial skills

HOT 7/36 Open the full card

Managerial skill: the ability to turn knowledge into effective action. Robert L. Katz (1955): every manager needs technical, human and conceptual skill, in a mix that changes with the level.

  • Technical: proficiency in the methods, processes, procedures and tools of a specialized field: a site engineer reading structural drawings and testing concrete; a supervisor who can run the machine he supervises.
  • Human: working with and through people: understanding, motivating, communicating, leading, building a cooperative team: a foreman settling two masons' quarrel before it stops the work.
  • Conceptual: seeing the organization as a whole, its parts' dependence on each other and on the environment; analysing complex situations, planning ahead: a bank's chief executive seeing how a new digital wallet affects branches, IT, staff and profit together.

Degree: moving up, conceptual skill grows and technical shrinks; human skill is needed equally at every level, since everyone manages people.

Figure: stacked skill bars for top, middle and lower level, matching the table (illustrative shares).

LevelTechnicalHumanConceptual
Topleasthighmost
Middlemoderatehighmoderate
Lowermosthighleast

One engineer at Nepal Electricity Authority: at a substation, technical (protection relays, maintenance schedules) plus human (leading linemen); heading a regional office, human with more conceptual (stations, budgets, people); as managing director, conceptual above all (tariffs, imports, investment for the country).

Later additions: design skill (Koontz: solving problems in ways that work for the enterprise, not only spotting them), diagnostic and analytical, decision making, communication, time management. Modern manager: digital and data literacy (dashboards, ERP, information systems); communication with remote and hybrid teams; emotional intelligence; change management, adaptability; innovation; ethical judgment, social responsibility; cross-cultural awareness; negotiation, conflict resolution.

The course notes' three: interpersonal (people inside and outside), informational (gathering relevant information), decisional (using it for beneficial decisions): Mintzberg's role groups, not Katz's skills; interpersonal draws on human skill, decisional on conceptual.

Models of management

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Model of management: a pattern of how managers use authority and resources to get work done; the course notes list six, used singly or several at once.

ModelCore ideaExample
Hierarchicalauthority from superiors; command below, answer requests from aboveNepal's civil service and army
Task oriented (transactional)five tasks: planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, controllinga contractor's building project, task by task
Allocationalobtain, allocate, share, monitor, return resourcesa hospital dividing beds, staff, budget
Team effortone team; cooperation over individual effortan Everest expedition; a software team
Knowledge orientedknowledge from experience, passed on by teaching, guiding, traininga teaching hospital; seniors mentoring juniors
Goal concentratedeverything aimed at goals; management supplies tools to keep to the pathmanagement by objectives; a national tourism target
  • Hierarchical: clear order and accountability; slow decisions, low initiative; orders pass secretary, joint secretary, under secretary, section officer.
  • Task oriented: each task with its tools (schedules, charts, budgets, reports), in sequence or parallel; systematic, easy to teach, can neglect people; a contractor runs a school building from a bar chart, checking weekly which task lags.
  • Allocational: money, manpower, physical objects; suits resource-heavy operations; a hospital administrator divides beds, nursing rosters and the medicine budget between wards; a software firm moves developers between projects.
  • Team effort: the notes call it more effective and more value adding than individual work.
  • Knowledge oriented: needed to adapt to change; code reviews and training keep knowledge when people leave.
  • Goal concentrated: targets, budgets, progress reviews; Visit Nepal 2020 set the tourism bodies a target of two million visitors.

Team effort model: the manager is a coach inside the team, not a commander above it; goal, work and credit are shared. Features: shared goal, collective responsibility, joint decisions, open communication, trust and support, complementary skills, a facilitating manager. Advantages: better decisions from pooled knowledge, morale and motivation, flexibility, creativity, mutual learning, synergy. Limitations: slower decisions, groupthink, free riders, conflict, blurred accountability, needs skilled, trusting members. Example: an Everest expedition (leader, Sherpa climbing team fixing ropes and carrying loads, base camp manager, cook, doctor): no climber summits alone. In offices: Rensis Likert's linking pin (each manager leads the team below, belongs to the team above) and 9,9 team management (managerial grid).

Transactional model (older papers): managing by exchange: clear tasks and standards, rewards (pay, bonus, promotion) for tasks done, penalties for failure, stepping in only when results stray (management by exception). Roots: transactional leadership (James MacGregor Burns, 1978; Bernard Bass, 1985), against transformational leadership, which inspires beyond the deal; nearest to the notes' task oriented model. Strengths: clear expectations, easy measurement, efficient in stable routine work. Weaknesses: little creativity or loyalty, extrinsic motivation only, weak in change. Example: garment factory piece rates against daily targets; call centre quotas.

Scientific management (Taylor)

TOP 15/36 Open the full card

Scientific management: F. W. Taylor's approach: study every task by observation and measurement to find the one best way, select and train workers for it and pay by output, so productivity and wages rise together. It replaced rule of thumb and soldiering (output held down for fear of losing jobs or piece rates).

WhenHistorical development
1878Frederick Winslow Taylor (1856 to 1915), American mechanical engineer, joins Midvale Steel, Philadelphia, as a labourer; rises to chief engineer
1898 to 1901Bethlehem Steel: pig iron and shovelling studies
1903Shop Management: planning department, functional foremanship
1911The Principles of Scientific Management; followers Henry Gantt (Gantt chart), Frank and Lillian Gilbreth (motion study)
Laterindustrial engineering, work study; Taylor, father of scientific management

Principles (Taylor's five phrases): science, not rule of thumb (standard method, time, tool per job element); harmony, not discord (enlarge the surplus instead of fighting over it: the mental revolution); co-operation, not individualism (management plans, workers carry out); maximum output, not restricted output; development of each worker to his greatest efficiency and prosperity. Four duties of management (course notes): find the one best way by scientific study; select and train the best suited workers; co-operate with them in a friendly way; divide the work: managers plan, workers do.

Four ways to raise efficiency (Bethlehem Steel): motion study (improved method: needless movements removed; Frank Gilbreth cut bricklaying from 18 motions per brick to 5); fatigue study (prescribed rest: tiredness costs more output than rest); time study (standard of output: stopwatch each element on a first class worker using the best method, add rest and delay allowances: the standard time, a fair day's work); incentive wages (payment by unit of output).

Figure: pig iron output 12.7 to 48.8 tons per labourer per day, pay 1.14 to 1.85 dollars, beside the four ways to raise efficiency.

Pig iron handling: 75 labourers carried pigs of about 42 kg up a plank into railway wagons: 12.7 tons per man per day for 1.14 dollars. Taylor taught a strong, willing worker (Schmidt) the studied way to lift and walk, and when to work and rest: 48.8 tons for 1.85 dollars, nearly four times the output for about 60 percent more pay; the gang were then selected and trained one by one. Two sets of figures: these are the course notes'; Taylor (1911) gives about 12.5 rising to 47.5 long tons and 1.15 rising to 1.85 dollars; 12.7 and 48.8 are close to those loads in metric tonnes.

Shovelling: one shovel had served for heavy ore and light coal alike; a man moved most at about 21 pounds (about 9.5 kg) a load, so each material got its own shovel: far fewer men (about 140 in place of 400 to 600), each earning more, handling cost per ton sharply down. Metal cutting: speed, feed and depth of cut experiments, begun at Midvale, fixed standard cutting conditions and gave (with Maunsel White) high speed tool steel.

Techniques: planning (a planning department: what, how, when) separated from doing; functional foremanship, eight specialists for one foreman: four in the planning room (route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk, shop disciplinarian), four on the floor (gang boss, speed boss, repair boss, inspector), origin of functional organization, breaking unity of command; differential piece rate (a higher rate per piece at the standard, a lower one below it: standard 10 pieces a day at Rs 50 or Rs 40: 10 pieces earn Rs 500, 9 only Rs 360; round numbers); standardisation of tools, machines, materials, methods, conditions; scientific selection and training; instruction cards and management by exception.

ContributionsLimitations
Productivity several times over, wages with itWorker as a machine moved only by money ("economic man"); social needs ignored (Mayo)
Industrial engineering: work study, production planning and controlSpeed up, monotony, fear of lost jobs; unions resisted
Personnel practice: selection, training, incentive wagesEight bosses confuse the worker
Cost control: standard times and costs make budgets possibleNo initiative: thinking separated from doing
Management as a systematic disciplineNarrow (shop floor), costly for a small firm
Shared gains: management plans and shares resultsOne best way everywhere, denied by the contingency approach

Rationale: facts over guesses; less waste, lower unit cost; planning possible (standard times let production be scheduled, costed, controlled: why Taylor's principles matter most in production processes); right person, right job; industrial peace (a fair day's work for a fair day's pay).

Applicable today? Yes in techniques, no in its view of people. Alive: standard operating procedures, work study, lean production; fast food kitchens and couriers such as UPS timing every step; call centre handling times; piece rates in Nepal's garment and carpet factories and brick kilns; standard labour norms for construction estimates. Dropped or softened: eight bosses, money as the only motivator, workers with no say; educated workers expect participation, so the techniques come with behavioral practice.

HR manager's steps:

  1. Study the jobs: job analysis, time and motion study (standard method, time, output).
  2. Standardise tools, materials, conditions.
  3. Select scientifically: tests matched to the job specification.
  4. Train in the standard method; retrain when it changes.
  5. Pay for performance: incentive or differential piece rate.
  6. Plan rest by fatigue study.
  7. Win co-operation: explain standards, involve the union, share gains, keep a grievance channel open.
  8. Review output against the standard; revise it.
PointScientific managementManagement science
OriginTaylor, 1880s to 1910soperations research, Second World War (1940s)
Questionhow should this task be done?which decision is best?
Levelshop floor: workers, jobsmanagers at every level
Toolsobservation, stopwatch, time and motion study, piece ratesmathematical models, statistics, linear programming, queuing, simulation, PERT and CPM, computers
Aimefficiency of labourbest use of all resources
Examplestandard time to lay a brickleast cost schedule for the whole house

Administrative management (Fayol)

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Administrative management: Henri Fayol's approach: the whole organization seen from the top, defining what every manager does (the functions) and the principles to do it by; management is a separate skill that can be taught.

Henri Fayol (1841 to 1925), "Henry" in the papers: French mining engineer, whole career in one mining and metals company, Commentry-Fourchambault-Decazeville (joined 1860, managing director from 1888), which he took over close to bankruptcy and left financially strong. General and Industrial Management (French 1916, English 1949) made him father of modern management theory and of the administrative (management process) school. Evidence: no laboratory experiments; the company was his test bed; its rescue showed fortunes turn on management, not on mines or machines, and the principles serve any undertaking: industrial, commercial, political, religious.

Six activities of an industrial undertaking (managing is one, and distinct): technical (production), commercial (buying, selling, exchange), financial (raising and using capital), security (property, people), accounting (stocktaking, balance sheets, costs, statistics), managerial.

Three contributions (course notes): technical and managerial skills differ (the higher the post, the more managerial ability); the management process; the fourteen principles. Five functions (elements): plan (forecast, plan of action), organize (people and material), command (the notes' directing), coordinate (bind activity together), control (check all follows the plan). Qualities of a manager: physical, mental, moral, general education, special knowledge, experience.

No.PrincipleMeaningExample
1Division of workspecialisationdesign, coding, testing teams
2Authority and responsibilityright to give orders, with an equal dutyengineer answerable for a slab can stop the pour
3Disciplineobedience to agreed rules: good superiors, clear fair agreements, judicious penaltiessite safety rules for all
4Unity of commandone superior onlytechnician not ordered by both project manager and accounts head
5Unity of directionone head, one plan per group of activities with one objectivea product line under one plan and manager
6Subordination of individual interest to the general interestthe organization firstno hiding a defect to save a bonus
7Remunerationfair to both: cost of living, business conditions, job, personpay matched to market and performance
8Centralisationhow far authority stays at the top, as the case needsbranches approve small loans, head office large
9Scalar chainline of authority and communication, top to bottom; gang plank: peers deal directly, with superiors' consent, when the chain is slowtwo section heads fix a delivery date, inform their bosses
10Ordera place for everything and everything in its place: material and social (right person, right post)labelled store; qualified staff
11Equitykindness and justicesame leave rules for all
12Stability of tenure of personneljobs take time to learn; high turnover costly, a sign of bad managementkeeping trained engineers
13Initiativefreedom to think out and execute a plansuggestion scheme
14Esprit de corps"union is strength": harmony, team spirit; do not divide staff; face to face over written messagesteam celebrates a milestone

Order: Fayol's numbering (textbooks); the course notes: division of labour, authority and responsibility, discipline, scalar chain, centralisation, unity of direction, unity of command, order, initiative, equity, remuneration, stability of tenure, general over individual interest, esprit de corps. Esprit de corps is 14th in both.

ContributionsLimitations
First general theory, for every organizationManagement centred: neglects workers' needs, informal organization
Management teachable, apart from technical skillPrinciples clash (unity of command against specialisation); Herbert Simon: proverbs
Management process still structures the subjectOne man's experience, one industry, never tested scientifically
Structure principles still used: unity of command, scalar chain, authority with responsibilitySuits stable, large hierarchies; rigid for fast change
Complements Taylor: Taylor up from the shop floor, Fayol down from the topMisfits matrix and project organizations (two bosses on purpose)

Applicable today? Most, as flexible guides (Fayol: nothing in management is rigid or absolute; all is proportion). As written: division of work (specialised teams), authority with responsibility (job descriptions), discipline (codes of conduct), remuneration and equity (pay scales, equal treatment), order (5S housekeeping), initiative (suggestion schemes), esprit de corps (team building). Adapted: matrix and project teams (two bosses on purpose); flat structures and email shorten the scalar chain, making the gang plank routine; centralisation yields to empowered teams. Under pressure: stability of tenure (contract work, job hopping), so firms work at retention. Nepal: government offices and public corporations such as Nepal Electricity Authority keep a strict scalar chain and unity of command; Kathmandu software firms run flat teams with a routine gang plank.

Behavioral management (Mayo)

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Behavioral management: begun by Elton Mayo and colleagues in the 1920s: productivity depends on human behaviour and the social setting of work, not on money and physical conditions alone. It arose when classical theory treated people as machine parts and workers resisted. Elton Mayo (1880 to 1949), an Australian at Harvard, led it with Fritz Roethlisberger and William Dickson at the Hawthorne Works, Western Electric Company, near Chicago; the notes count three studies over five years, the textbooks add the earlier illumination experiments.

Figure: the three studies in sequence (relay assembly, interviewing, bank wiring) leading to: social system, social motivation, Hawthorne effect.

StudyDoneFound
Illumination (1924 to 1927, before Mayo)test group under changing light, control group steadyoutput rose in both; the test group's held up until the light was nearly as dim as moonlight; lighting not the cause
Relay assembly test room (1927 to 1932)six women (five assembling telephone relays, one supplying parts) in their own room; rest pauses, hours, refreshments, pay variedoutput rose with nearly every change, stayed high when old conditions returned: attention, a friendly observer instead of a strict supervisor, being consulted, a close knit group
Interviewing programme (about 21,000 workers, three years)set questions, then free talkbeing heard raised morale; complaints hid personal or social worries; feelings and informal groups shape work
Bank wiring observation room (1931 to 1932)14 men (nine wiremen, three soldermen, two inspectors) wiring telephone exchange equipment on a group incentive, only observedthe group set and enforced an output norm below capacity: rate buster (too much), chiseler (too little), squealer (told the supervisor); approval outweighed pay

Conclusions: the Hawthorne effect (attention raises output more than physical conditions); a social system; social needs (recognition, belonging, security) motivate, not money alone; informal groups set output norms; group work and satisfied workers perform better; communication and listening across levels; supervisors need social skills.

Human relations movement (1930s to 1950s): supervisor training in human relations, counselling, participation, morale; Mary Parker Follett and Chester Barnard (authority only when accepted) alike. The behavioral science approach followed, more rigorous on motivation and leadership: Maslow's needs, McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y, Herzberg's two factors, organization behaviour; together, the syllabus's behavioral approach.

ContributionsLimitations
People central: motivation, morale, leadership, communicationWeak method: tiny samples (six women, fourteen men), many changes at once
Informal organization, group dynamics recognisedOverstates social factors; understates pay, work, technology, structure
Participative supervision, two way communicationA happy worker is not always productive
Modern HRM: counselling, welfare, human skills trainingCan turn manipulative: content workers, problems unfixed
Base of organization behaviour, motivation and leadership theoriesIgnores conflict of interest, unions, environment

Organization behaviour

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Organization behaviour (OB) (Robbins): the study of the impact individuals, groups and structure have on behaviour within organizations, applied to make them more effective. Outcomes: productivity, absenteeism, turnover, job satisfaction, doing more than the job description asks. It grew out of the behavioral approach (its own topic in the older syllabus).

Levels: individual (personality, perception, attitudes, values, learning, motivation, decisions); group (communication, leadership, power and politics, conflict, norms, teams); organization system (structure, culture, HR policies, technology, change).

DisciplineStudiesGives OB
Psychologythe individuallearning, motivation, personality, perception, emotions, satisfaction, stress, selection tests, training, work design
Sociologysocial systemsgroups, teams, communication, power, conflict, formal organization, culture, change
Social psychologymutual influenceattitude and behaviour change, group decisions, communication patterns
Anthropologyculturescross-cultural values, organizational culture, national and ethnic lines
Political sciencepower, interestsconflict, power, organizational politics, bargaining
Economicschoice under scarcitydecisions, costs and benefits, labour markets, incentives

Some add industrial engineering (work measurement) and medicine (stress, health).

Management decidesBehaviour
Leadership styleautocratic: compliance, little initiative; participative: commitment
Rewards, payrewarded acts get done; unfair pay: resentment, absence, quitting
Job designvaried jobs motivate, fragmented ones bore
Structure, rulestall rigid hierarchies slow decisions; clear roles cut conflict
Communicationopenness starves the rumour mill; secrecy feeds it
Selection, training, culturewho joins, what they can do, values copied from the top

Why it matters: understand, predict, influence behaviour; motivate, lead; manage diversity and change; cut absenteeism, turnover, conflict. Nepal: a remote hydropower project uses psychology (crews far from home), sociology and anthropology (communities of different castes and ethnic groups), political science (unions tied to parties).

Modern management theories

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Contingency approach: no one best way to manage; the right structure, style or technique depends on the situation: diagnose, then choose from the classical, behavioral and quantitative ideas. Modern (from the Second World War): the quantitative (management science), systems and contingency (situational) approaches, combining the earlier schools rather than replacing them.

Systems approach: the organization as an open system of interdependent subsystems (inputs, transformation, outputs, feedback). Roots: Ludwig von Bertalanffy's general systems theory; Chester Barnard's co-operative system; Katz and Kahn's open system view. Ideas: open system (trades with customers, suppliers, government, technology; adapts to survive); interdependence (a new production machine affects training, finance, marketing); synergy; entropy (draw energy and information from outside or run down); equifinality (no single best way); feedback (sales, complaints, quality). Contributions: the whole organization in its environment; managers look beyond their department. Limitations: abstract, no specific tools, little guidance for a given case.

Contingency (situational): "if this situation, then this action"; the notes' integrative approach, applying theories selectively. Research: size (a small firm informal, centralised; a large one needs rules, delegation); technology (Joan Woodward: best structure differs for unit, mass, process production); environment (Burns and Stalker: mechanistic for stable, organic for changing conditions); people and tasks (freedom for skilled, motivated staff, direction for new staff; contingency leadership). Also named: Lawrence and Lorsch; Fred Fiedler (leadership). Importance: realistic; integrative (earlier theories kept as a toolbox); flexible; diagnostic; guides structure, leadership style, control, motivation case by case. Limitations: "it depends" gives no ready answer; many factors, hard to measure; needs experienced managers.

Quantitative (management science): from British and American operations research teams in the Second World War; a mathematical model of the problem, solved (now by computer). Tools: linear programming (limited resources), queuing theory (service counters), inventory models (how much, when to order), simulation, decision trees, PERT and CPM (project networks). Contributions: rational, measurable decisions in planning, scheduling, stock, transport; the base of MIS and decision support. Limitations: cannot model human behaviour; needs reliable data; simplifying assumptions; costly, hard for managers to follow.

All three: a Nepal hydropower contractor schedules by CPM (quantitative), treats the site as a system exposed to the monsoon, imported equipment and local labour (systems), and runs its Kathmandu office and remote site differently (contingency).

Comparing the management theories

HOT 10/36 Open the full card

In one line: classical theory (Taylor, Fayol) makes the work efficient, behavioral (Mayo) the worker willing; modern theory (systems, contingency, management science): the right mix depends on the situation.

PointScientific (Taylor)Behavioral (Mayo)
Period1880s to 1910s1920s onward
Worker"economic man": money, a machine part"social man": social, psychological needs
Focusthe task: one best waypeople, groups: relations, morale
Productivity fromstandard methods, selection, incentive paysatisfaction, group norms, attention, supervision
Motivationfinancial: differential piece ratenon-financial too: recognition, belonging, participation
Organizationformal, mechanicalsocial system, formal plus informal
Supervisionclose, authoritarian; planning apart from doingsupportive, participative
Communicationone way down (instruction cards)two way, listening
Informal groupsignored or blamed for soldieringcentral: the group sets output
Methodtime and motion study of tasksgroup experiments, interviews (Hawthorne)
Weaknessignores the human sideunderrates structure, task, money
PointAdministrative (Fayol)Behavioral (Mayo)
Looks atwhole organization, manager's jobpeople: individuals, groups
Viewpointtop down (managing director's chair)bottom up (worker, work group)
Offersfive functions, fourteen universal principlesfindings on motivation, morale, groups
Organizationformal: hierarchy, scalar chain, unity of commandformal and informal
Authorityfrom the positiononly when accepted
Decisionsmostly at the top (chosen centralisation)shared with those affected
Communicationformal, along the scalar chainopen, two way, informal too
Peopleacknowledged (equity, stability, initiative, esprit de corps), secondarythe centre
Evidencea practising manager's experiencefield experiments, interviews

Behavioral over scientific: the whole person, not a machine to time; wider motivation (recognition, belonging, participation work when pay cannot rise); the informal group as ally; participation and two way communication (workers accept targets they help set); higher morale (less absenteeism, turnover, conflict, union hostility); fits skilled and knowledge work a stopwatch cannot measure; respects dignity (answering the exploitation charge).

Behavioral over modern (modern counts people as one part of the system, so the edge is focus and ease, not completeness): people first (systems view abstract, management science leaves people out); usable at once (listen, recognise, consult, build a team tomorrow; systems and contingency give no ready prescription); cheap and simple (no models, data, specialists; suits small firms); works where numbers fail (service, knowledge work); a stable base (human needs change slowly, contingency answers change with every situation).

Most practical today, and for Nepal: no single theory; the contingency approach (scientific methods, Fayol's principles, behavioral practice, mixed to fit); for Nepal, with a strong behavioral core:

  • Fast change: technology, competition, customers shift yearly; situational judgement wins.
  • Varied organizations: ministries, public corporations (Nepal Electricity Authority), family businesses, co-operatives, banks, IT start-ups.
  • Manual work needs Taylor: factories, construction, hydropower sites (work study, standard times, incentive pay), projects (CPM); Melamchi Water Supply Project delays show the cost of weak planning and control.
  • Public bodies need Fayol: authority and responsibility, unity of command, discipline, equity against slow, politicised administration.
  • People decide: relationship-run workplaces, young people leaving to work abroad, politically active unions: participation, recognition, fair treatment keep staff and industrial peace.

Example: a Kathmandu software company runs almost wholly on behavioral lines (flat teams, autonomy, recognition); a cement factory on standard times and shift discipline, with welfare and participation keeping its union on side: the contingency approach at work.

Forms of ownership

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Form of ownership: the legal form in which a business is owned and run; it decides who puts in the capital, controls it, takes the profit and bears the risk. Private sector forms are owned by individuals, public sector forms by the state; choosing one is the second step in setting up a small scale unit.

Five forms: single ownership (sole proprietorship; oldest, simplest), partnership, joint stock company (private or public limited), co-operative society, public enterprise (departmental undertaking; public corporation by its own Act, such as Nepal Electricity Authority; government company, such as Nepal Telecom).

PointSingle ownershipPartnershipJoint stock companyCo-operativePublic corporation
OwnersOne personTwo or more partnersShareholdersMembersGovernment
FormationEasiestEasy: an agreementLong, costly registrationEasy registrationHardest: a special Act
Separate legal personNoNo (classic form)YesYesYes
LiabilityUnlimitedUnlimited, joint and severalLimited to sharesLimitedLimited; state bears losses
CapitalSmallModerateVery largeLimitedLarge, from the state
ManagementOwnerPartnersBoard of directorsElected committeeGovernment-appointed board
ContinuityEnds with ownerUnstablePerpetualStablePerpetual
MotiveProfitProfitProfitService to membersPublic service
SecrecyFullHighLow: accounts publishedLowLow: answerable to parliament
Government controlLeastLittleHeavyConsiderableFull

Changing the form, as the business outgrows its stage: more capital (sole trader takes partners, partnership becomes a company, private company goes public); less risk (limited liability); continuity (outlives its founders); credibility (audited accounts win banks, customers, managers); government policy (privatisation to private owners, nationalisation the other way); regulation, merger or failure (Nepali banks and insurers must be public companies; failing firms are taken over).

  • Growing up: a Kathmandu freelance developer takes two partners, then registers a private limited company (Office of the Company Registrar).
  • Private to public: many Nepali hydropower companies convert for an IPO on the Nepal Stock Exchange.
  • Corporation to company: Nepal Telecommunications Corporation became Nepal Doorsanchar Company Limited (Nepal Telecom) in 2004; government keeps most shares.
  • Privatisation, early 1990s: Bhrikuti Paper Mills, Harisiddhi Brick and Tile Factory.
  • Merger: Nepal Rastra Bank's merger policy joined many banks and finance companies.

How: admit partners under a new deed; or register a company, transfer assets and liabilities, issue shares to the old owners; or, private to public, shareholders' resolution, amended memorandum and articles, registration with the Registrar.

Single ownership

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Single ownership (sole proprietorship, sole trading): a business owned, financed and controlled by one person, who takes all the profit and bears all the loss; the oldest, most common and simplest form. In Nepal registered as a private firm (Private Firm Registration Act 2014, 1958). Found in kirana shops, tea shops, tailoring and repair workshops, pharmacies, freelancers: where personal attention matters more than capital.

Features: one owner (capital from savings and loans); owner is manager (often with family help); all profit, all risk; unlimited liability (house and land can be sold for business debts); no separate legal entity; few formalities (a registration or licence, no government control of running); uncertain life (ends with death, illness or retirement).

AdvantagesLimitations
Easy to form and dissolveLimited capital (own savings, borrowing)
Absolute control, prompt decisionsLimited managerial ability
Direct motivation: all profit the owner'sUnlimited liability: wary of expanding
Business secrecy: no published accountsUncertain continuity
Flexibility: changes overnightOverwork: no one shares the load
Personal contact builds loyaltyUnchecked profit motive (only competition and law restrain it)
Little government control, simple taxationSmall scale: no large scale economies
PointSingle ownershipJoint stock company
OwnersOne personMany shareholders (seven or more in a public company; capped in a private one)
FormationEasy, cheap, quickOffice of the Company Registrar, Companies Act 2063, memorandum and articles
Legal statusNot separate from ownerSeparate legal person
LiabilityUnlimitedLimited to shares
CapitalSmallVery large: shares, debentures, loans
ManagementOwner himselfElected board, hired managers
DecisionsPromptSlower: board and general meetings
SecrecyCompleteLittle: audited accounts published
ContinuityEnds with ownerPerpetual succession
TransferSell the whole businessSell shares (freely in a public company)
ProfitAll to ownerDividends by shares held
Government controlMinimalHeavy
SuitsShops, workshops, personal servicesBanks, factories, airlines, telecom, hydropower

Partnership

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Partnership: the relation between persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all (Indian Partnership Act 1932); the persons are partners, together the firm. Nepal: Partnership Act 2020 (1964). It pools money, skill and contacts: law and chartered accountancy firms, consulting engineers, clinics, traders, small builders.

Features: two or more persons (up to a legal maximum); an agreement, oral or written (best a deed); lawful business for profit, shared in the agreed ratio (course notes: equally, also the rule when the deed is silent); mutual agency (one partner's act binds all); unlimited, joint and several liability (a creditor recovers the whole debt from any one partner); utmost good faith; restricted transfer (consent of all); limited life (death, insolvency or retirement can dissolve it; not a separate legal person).

Partnership deed (written, signed by all, prevents disputes): the firm (name, address, business, start date, duration); partners (names, addresses, capital); money (profit and loss ratio, interest on capital and drawings, salary or commission); powers and duties, accounts and audit; changes (admission, retirement, expulsion, death, goodwill); arbitration and dissolution.

Types of partners (a limited partnership keeps at least one general partner with unlimited liability):

PartnerCapitalManagesProfitLiability
Active (working)YesYesYesUnlimited
Sleeping (dormant)YesNoYesUnlimited
NominalNo: lends his name and reputationNoNoUnlimited, to outsiders
In profits onlyYesNoProfits, not lossesUnlimited, to outsiders
By estoppel (holding out)No: lets others believe he is oneNoNoTo those who relied on it
SecretYesYesYesUnlimited, unknown to outsiders
LimitedYesNoYesUp to his capital
MinorMayNoBenefits only, all partners consentingUp to his share
AdvantagesLimitations
Easy to form and dissolveUnlimited liability, even for others' debts
More capital, better creditCapital still limited
Combined skills (technical, commercial)Instability: death, insolvency, retirement, quarrel
Shared riskMutual agency: one partner's mistake binds all
Quick decisions, no formal meetingsDisagreements, deadlock
Flexibility and secrecyNo free transfer: leaving is hard
Personal touchLess public confidence

Difficulties: conflict and mistrust (commonest cause of break up); unequal effort, equal shares; one bad act ruins all; growth ceiling; exit and succession (valuing goodwill, paying out a retiring partner or heirs); new partners need everyone's consent. Remedies: a detailed deed with an arbitration clause, clear roles, regular accounts, conversion into a private limited company.

Joint stock company

HOT 11/36 Open the full card

Joint stock company (company, corporation, limited company): an artificial person created by law, with a separate legal entity, perpetual succession and usually limited liability, whose capital is divided into transferable shares held by its members. Shareholders elect the board at the annual general meeting (AGM); the board appoints managers; dividends follow shareholdings. Nepal: Office of the Company Registrar (OCR), Companies Act 2063 (2006).

Characteristics: artificial person created by law (exists only once registered); separate legal entity (owns property, contracts, sues and is sued; Salomon v Salomon and Co Ltd, 1897); perpetual succession; limited liability (at most what the shareholder paid or agreed to pay); transferable shares (freely in public, restricted in private); ownership separate from management; compulsory registration and a common seal (its signature under older company law); large capital, public accountability through audited accounts.

PointPrivate limitedPublic limited
MembersFew, capped by law (Nepal: one or more)Higher minimum (Nepal: seven promoters), no maximum
Public offerNot allowedIPO, prospectus approved by the Securities Board of Nepal
Share transferRestricted by articlesFree; listed on the Nepal Stock Exchange
Name endsPrivate Limited (Pvt. Ltd.)Limited (Ltd.)
Minimum paid-up capitalNone in generalTen million rupees
Starts businessOn incorporationAfter raising capital (textbook law: certificate of commencement of business)
DisclosureLighterHeavier: audited accounts, meeting rules, securities law
SizeSmall or medium, a family or foundersLarge, thousands of shareholders
Nepal examplesSoftware houses, consultancies, trading firmsCommercial banks, insurers, listed hydropower, Nepal Telecom

Formation:

  1. Promotion: idea, investigation (feasibility of market, technology, finance), assembling people, property and capital, drafting documents; promoters personally liable for pre-incorporation contracts.
  2. Incorporation: documents to the Registrar (Nepal: the OCR, within 15 days); certificate of incorporation: now a legal person.
  3. Capital subscription (public company): prospectus approved by the Securities Board of Nepal, issue manager, allotment, listing on the Nepal Stock Exchange.
  4. Commencement of business: private at once; public once capital is raised and conditions met (Nepal: Registrar's approval once promoters have paid for their shares and paid-up capital is ten million rupees).

Memorandum of association: the charter, relation with the outside world; clauses: name, registered office, objects, members' liability, capital, subscribers' agreement; an act outside the objects is ultra vires (beyond its powers) and void. Articles of association: internal rules (shares, meetings and voting, directors, dividends, accounts and audit, borrowing), within the memorandum.

Registering a private company in Nepal:

  1. Name approval: a name ending in "Private Limited"; the OCR checks it is not taken or misleading.
  2. Documents prepared and signed by the promoters.
  3. Application to the OCR (also online), fee by authorised capital.
  4. Scrutiny and registration: certificate of incorporation with a registration number.
  5. After registration: PAN (and VAT where required) from the Inland Revenue Department, bank account, ward office registration, any sector licence; then start business.

Documents: application in the OCR's form; memorandum and articles signed by every promoter; citizenship certificates (Nepali promoters) or passports (foreign); a corporate promoter's registration certificate and board decision; any promoters' agreement; foreign investment approval (Department of Industry); power of attorney if a representative files; fee receipt.

AdvantagesDisadvantages
Large finance: shares, debentures, loansDifficult formation: slow, formal, costly
Limited liability draws small saversLack of personal interest of hired managers
Transferable shares: liquidityLack of secrecy
Perpetual succession: stabilitySlow decisions: board and general meetings
Professional managementHeavy regulation: returns, audits, approvals
Economies of large scaleControl by a few directors
Public confidence: audited reportsSpeculation in shares, sometimes by insiders
Social benefits: jobs, products, an outlet for savingsDouble taxation: profit, then dividend

Better than a partnership: limited liability; separate entity with perpetual succession; far larger capital; transferable shares; no mutual agency; professional management; public confidence, credit and scale.

PointJoint stock companyPublic corporation
Created byRegistration under the Companies ActSpecial Act of parliament (such as the Nepal Electricity Authority Act 2041)
Owned byPrivate shareholdersGovernment
ObjectiveShareholders' profitPublic service on business lines
CapitalShares, debentures, loansGovernment funds, borrowing
ManagementElected boardGovernment-appointed board
Answerable toShareholders at the AGMGovernment and parliament, so the public
RulesCompanies Act, memorandum, articlesIts own Act
ProfitDividendsKept for the service or paid to government
AuditShareholders' auditorAuditor General
Ended byWinding upRepeal of its Act
Nepal examplesCommercial banks, hydropower and insurance companiesNepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Oil Corporation, Nepal Airlines Corporation

Co-operative societies

PIN 4/36 Open the full card

Co-operative society: an autonomous association of persons united voluntarily to meet their common economic, social and cultural needs through a jointly owned and democratically controlled enterprise (International Co-operative Alliance, ICA). People of small means buy, sell or save together, cutting out the middleman; motive: service to members, not profit. Modern movement: Rochdale Pioneers, England, 1844. Nepal: Cooperatives Act 2074 (2017); the constitution makes the co-operative sector a pillar of the economy beside the public and private sectors.

How it is run: voluntary, open membership (course notes: minimum 10, maximum 100 members; Indian texts, Co-operative Societies Act 1912: at least 10, no maximum; Nepal's Act sets its own minimum); one member, one vote, whatever the shares; capital: members' shares, government loans and grants; surplus: fixed limited dividend, rest to reserves and welfare, bonus by members' dealings; separate legal entity, limited liability; values: self-help, self-responsibility, democracy, equality.

ICA's seven principles (1995):

  1. Voluntary and open membership.
  2. Democratic member control (one member, one vote).
  3. Member economic participation (members provide and control capital, limited return).
  4. Autonomy and independence.
  5. Education, training and information.
  6. Co-operation among co-operatives.
  7. Concern for community.
TypeFormed byHelps byExample
Producers' (industrial)Small producers, artisansRaw materials, tools, equipment; markets outputWeavers' and handicraft co-operatives
Consumers'ConsumersBuys wholesale, sells below market price; bonus on purchasesEmployees' co-operative store
MarketingFarmers, small producersPools, grades, stores, sells for a better price; advances moneyMilk co-operatives selling to the Dairy Development Corporation; Amul (India)
HousingHome seekers, mainly in townsLand, houses or flats at reasonable cost, in instalmentsTeachers' housing society
Credit (savings and credit)People needing small loansPools savings, lends fairly, frees from moneylendersSavings and credit co-operatives, most numerous in Nepal

Also: co-operative farming (pooled land) and multipurpose co-operatives; Sajha Yatayat, the Kathmandu bus service, is a transport co-operative.

AdvantagesLimitations
Easy formationLimited capital, capped returns
Democratic managementLack of managerial talent (honorary committees)
Limited liabilityLack of motivation (capped dividend)
Service motive: no middlemen, lower prices, fair creditLack of secrecy
Stable lifeGovernment control and party politics
Government support: tax concessions, loans, grantsMisuse of funds (several Nepali savings and credit co-operatives failed to repay depositors)
Social good: less inequality, saving habitsMember conflict as the founding spirit fades

Public corporation

Open the full card

Public corporation: a body corporate created by a special Act of parliament, owned by the government; the Act defines its powers, duties, management and relation to its ministry; it runs a public service on business lines with its own finances. For services too important, large or monopolistic for private profit (electricity, fuel, a national airline) yet too commercial for a slow department: public ownership with business flexibility. Course notes: formed by the government for social welfare and non-profit objectives; about 20 formed between 1936 and 1939. Nepal: Nepal Electricity Authority (generation, transmission, distribution), Nepal Oil Corporation (petroleum import and distribution), Nepal Airlines Corporation.

Features: special Act (only the legislature changes it); separate legal entity; state owned and funded; financial autonomy (own revenue, budget, accounts and borrowing, outside the government budget); government-appointed board, often chaired by the minister or ministry secretary; service motive (cover costs, not maximise profit); answerable to government and parliament, audited by the Auditor General; own staff rules (not civil servants).

AdvantagesLimitations
Autonomy and flexibility: no red tapeDifficult formation: an Act of parliament
Public interest; strategic sectors kept nationalPolitical interference in appointments, prices, hiring
Large resources: state capital, borrowing, bonds and securitiesExcessive government regulation
Limited liability, continuityLack of secrecy
Professional managementLosses, inefficiency, overstaffing (Nepal Oil Corporation could not pass on import costs)
No private monopolyRigidity (Act changes need parliament), monopoly complacency
PointDepartmental undertakingPublic corporationGovernment company
Set up asMinistry departmentBody under a special ActCompany under the Companies Act
Legal personNoYesYes
FinanceAnnual government budgetOwn funds, borrowingShare capital, government majority
AutonomyLeastHighHighest
StaffCivil servantsOwn employeesOwn employees
Nepal examplePostal service (Department of Postal Services)Nepal Electricity AuthorityNepal Telecom

Organizational structure

HOT 10/36 Open the full card

Organizational structure: the formal arrangement of jobs, departments and positions: division of work plus patterns of authority, coordination, communication and workflow that decide who directs whom and who reports to whom. Organizing (the second management function) produces it; the organization chart pictures it (boxes are positions, lines are authority and reporting). Robbins: how job tasks are formally divided, grouped and coordinated. No single best structure (notes): each grows from its work and its people's competence.

Six elements (Robbins): work specialisation (division of work); departmentation (by function, product, territory, process or customer); chain of command (scalar chain, unity of command); span of control (fixes the levels); centralisation (top, or pushed down by delegation); formalisation (written rules, job descriptions, procedures).

Defining the structure of an enterprise, from the objectives down:

  1. State the objectives, list the activities.
  2. Group activities into jobs, jobs into departments.
  3. Assign duties, delegate authority, fix responsibility.
  4. Decide the span of control at each level (fixes the levels).
  5. Set relationships: line (command), staff (advice), functional authority, committees.
  6. Record: organization chart, job descriptions, organization manual.
  7. Review as it grows, adds products or changes strategy.

Example, software company of 40: activities (development, testing, sales, support, accounts, recruitment) grouped into four functional departments (engineering, sales and support, finance, human resources) under the chief executive, about ten per head; outside lawyer and auditor as staff; a monthly heads' meeting as committee: a line and staff chart, turning matrix with several client projects.

Factor (contingency view)Effect on the structure
SizeSmall: simple line; large: specialists, departments, more levels
StrategyOne product: by function; many products or regions: divisions; innovation: flexible teams
TechnologyWoodward: unit and process production organic, mass production mechanistic
EnvironmentStable: formal, centralised; fast changing (IT, telecom): flatter, decentralised
PeopleProfessionals: wide spans; routine work: closer control
Geography and lawBranches: area divisions; law prescribes a company board or co-operative committee
TypeIn one lineBest for
LineAuthority straight down; one bossSmall firms, routine work
FunctionalSpecialist heads per function (Taylor)Deep specialisation
Line and staffLine commands, staff adviseMedium and large organizations
CommitteeGroup appointed to decide or adviseCoordination, policy (a supplement)
ProjectTemporary team under a project managerOne large, one time job
MatrixFunctions crossed with projects; two bossesMany projects sharing scarce experts
DivisionalSelf-contained divisions by product or regionLarge, diversified firms

The syllabus teaches the first four (notes: three popular structures plus committees); project, matrix and divisional are the textbooks' later forms; matrix is asked in older papers.

Matrix: project (or product) authority laid across functional authority, two lines of command; specialists stay in their departments, lent to projects. Chart: functional heads across the top, project managers down the side, a person or team at each crossing.

Chief executiveCivil design headElectro-mechanical headGeology headFinance head
Project A manager (hydropower)2 civil engineers3 mechanical and electrical engineers1 geologist1 accountant
Project B manager (road)3 civil engineersnone1 geologist1 accountant
Project C manager (substation)1 civil engineer2 electrical engineersnone1 accountant

Two bosses: the column head decides assignment, technical standards and career; the row head, what the project needs and when; people return to their columns at the end. Advantages: experts shared, one manager accountable per project (time, cost, quality), a technical home, quick start and close. Disadvantages: breaks unity of command (conflicting orders), managers compete for people, more meetings and overhead, needs mature staff and clear rules.

Engineering project: line and staff built around the project (project manager commands, specialists advise), matrix for several projects. Needs: command and discipline on site (safety, deadlines, contracts: unity of command, quick decisions); many specialisms (civil, electrical, mechanical, geotechnical, environmental, legal, financial) advising without orders; one accountable head for a fixed goal, budget and deadline; committees (steering, bid evaluation) for big joint decisions.

StructureFit for an engineering project
LineClear command, no specialists: small simple jobs
FunctionalExperts, but several bosses on site: confusing, unsafe, unclear responsibility
Line and staffCommand plus expertise: best single choice
CommitteeCoordination, big decisions; too slow for daily work
MatrixConsultancy or contractor with many projects; mature people

Nepal: a hydropower project chief with site engineers and foremen in line; design, geology, environment, contract and finance specialists as staff; bid evaluation and steering committees. Why structure matters: roles and accountability, no duplication or gaps, clear communication, coordination and control, specialisation, orderly growth; an informal structure of friendships grows inside it.

Line organization

PIN 4/36 Open the full card

Line organization: the oldest, simplest structure; authority flows in a direct vertical line from the top executive to the lowest worker, each person answering to one superior only. Also military (an army's chain of command) or scalar (the scalar chain). Authority is greatest at the top and falls at each level; responsibility is reported up the same line.

Figure: line chart: a general manager over three managers, each over two supervisors, each over a group of workers; every box has one line up to one superior (unity of command); one chain, workers to general manager, highlighted.

Features: vertical authority (orders down, reports up the same line); unity of command; no specialists; self-contained units; no by-passing; limited span. Forms: pure line (same work at one level: labourers under a foreman), departmental line (self-contained departments).

AdvantagesDisadvantages
SimpleTop overload, growing with the firm
Clear authority and responsibilityNo specialisation
DisciplineKey person risk
Prompt decisionsAutocratic, little initiative below
Economical: no specialistsSlow upward communication
Unity of command built inWeak coordination (silos): small organizations only

Fits small, routine firms (shop, workshop, small building contractor); with growth it becomes line and staff.

Span of control: subordinates reporting directly to one superior; in a line organization it sets each manager's load and the number of levels. 64 workers: span 8 gives 8 supervisors and 1 manager, 9 managers in 2 levels (flat); span 4 gives 16 supervisors, 4 managers and 1 top manager, 21 managers in 3 levels (tall).

Narrow span (tall)Wide span (flat)
Close supervisionMore freedom; competent subordinates
More levels and managers, higher costFewer levels, lower cost
Slower communicationFaster communication and decisions

Width depends on the ability of manager and subordinates, routine and similar work, clear plans and rules, distance between people, and the manager's other duties. Notes: about 20 workers per supervisor (routine work), 6 supervisors per manager (interlocking work). Urwick: at most five or six subordinates whose work interlocks. Graicunas: relationships C=n(2n−1+n−1), so 5 subordinates give 100, 6 give 222.

Functional organization

PIN 4/36 Open the full card

Functional organization (F. W. Taylor): work divided by function, each under a specialist head with authority over that function wherever it is done, so a worker takes orders from several specialists. Taylor replaced the one foreman, who could not master planning, speed, quality, maintenance and discipline, with eight functional foremen, separating planning from doing:

Planning departmentShop floor
Route clerk: sequence of operationsGang boss: sets up job, machines, tools
Instruction card clerk: written instructionsSpeed boss: speeds, feeds, tools
Time and cost clerk: time standards, cost recordsRepair boss: machine maintenance
Shop disciplinarian: order, discipline, disputesInspector: quality

Figure: a general manager over four functional heads (production, marketing, finance, personnel); every worker takes orders from all four, four arrows converging on one worker: unity of command broken.

Features: division by function; functional authority (one speciality, across all departments); several bosses (unity of command given up); planning separated from doing; line authority stays at the top.

AdvantagesDisadvantages
Specialisation: expert headsConfusion: whose order comes first
Efficiency and qualityUnity of command broken, weak discipline
Easy executive development (one function)Responsibility hard to fix: heads blame each other
Relief for the topDepartmental loyalty
Standard methods for large scale productionSlow decisions across functions
Planning by expertsCostly specialists

The pure form is rare today; it survives as grouping by function (notes' chart; Nepal Electricity Authority's generation, transmission and distribution directorates) and functional authority (a quality or safety department enforcing its rules everywhere).

Line and staff organization

PIN 4/36 Open the full card

Line and staff organization: a line organization with specialists (staff) attached to advise the line managers; command still flows down the line, staff only advise. It keeps one chain of command and adds expertise: the line manager listens, then decides. Line: does the work, answers for results (production, sales). Staff: study, advise, serve (legal adviser, research expert, personnel manager, quality control, accounts). Origin: armies (commanders and staff officers).

Figure: a general manager over three managers, each over two supervisors, solid lines carrying orders; a legal adviser, research expert and personnel manager attached by a dashed line: advice only, no command.

Salient features: two kinds of position; unity of command kept; staff advice not binding (the line decides and bears responsibility); staff command only their own department; staff at several levels (chief executive, department, shop floor). Types of staff: personal (a manager's assistant: correspondence, follow up), specialised (law, accounts, research, personnel, quality control, public relations), general (advises top management, such as a planning cell).

AdvantagesDisadvantages
Expert adviceLine and staff conflict
Better decisionsConfused duties
Relief for line executivesTheory against practice
Discipline keptStaff not accountable
Flexible growthCostly for a small firm
Training ground for future executivesSlower decisions
PointLineFunctionalLine and staff
SpecialistsNoneCommand in their functionAdvise only
Unity of commandKeptBrokenKept
DisciplineStrongWeakStrong
DecisionsOne person's judgementExpert, slow across functionsExpert advice, one decision maker
Load on the topHeavyShared with specialistsShared with staff
Fixing responsibilityEasyHardEasy (the line answers)
CostLowestHighModerate to high
SuitsSmall firmsSpecialised production shopsMedium and large organizations

Over line: specialisation, relief for the top, better decisions in large firms. Over functional: expertise without split command: one boss, discipline, fixable responsibility. Fits most medium and large organizations (notes' chart: a manufacturer with legal adviser, research expert, personnel manager as staff); the personnel manager is the textbook staff officer.

Committee organization

PIN 2/36 Open the full card

Committee: two or more people appointed by a higher authority to consider a matter referred to them and advise on it or decide it as a group; members keep their regular jobs. A supplement to a line or line and staff structure: pools judgement, gives departments a voice, coordinates. Classic definition: a group of persons to whom, as a group, some matter is committed. Notes: temporary or standing; may or may not hold real authority.

Figure: a board or manager appoints a committee (production, finance, marketing, personnel members) and refers a problem; it returns recommendations; standing or ad hoc, advisory or binding.

TypeMeaningExample
Standing (permanent)Continues, meets regularlyBoard of directors, audit committee
Ad hoc (temporary, special)One task, then dissolvedInvestigating an accident, choosing a factory site
Advisory (staff)Recommends; the authority decidesAdvising on a new pay scale
Executive (line, with authority)Binding decision, sees it carried outBoard of directors; purchase committee awarding contracts
FormalUnder the rules, defined duties and authorityBid evaluation committee
InformalCalled to hear views, no formal authorityDepartment heads over a problem
CoordinatingAligns departments' workProduction planning committee (production, sales, purchasing)
  • Merits:
    • Pooled judgement: varied ideas, expertise, interests.
    • Representation: every department heard.
    • Coordination: departments plan together.
    • Motivation: those who share a decision carry it out.
    • A check on power: authority not in one person.
    • Training: members learn other departments' work.
  • Demerits:
    • Delay: meetings, discussion, agreement.
    • Compromise: acceptable to all, not the best.
    • Divided responsibility: no one accountable.
    • Costly: several senior people's time.
    • Domination: one strong member steers.
    • Leaks: secrecy harder.

Making it work: written terms of reference, small membership, competent chairperson, agenda in advance, minutes, time limit; for policy, coordination and review, never for speed. Nepal: a company's board (a standing executive committee); a co-operative's elected management committee; bid evaluation committees under the Public Procurement Act 2063 (2007).

Purchasing

TOP 12/36 Open the full card

Purchasing: acquiring goods and services by payment to accomplish the organization's goals: materials, machines, tools, equipment, supplies, services. Materials are often a manufacturer's largest cost, so every rupee saved adds to profit. Aim (notes): a regular flow of inputs for a regular flow of outputs. Small firms let departments buy; large ones run a purchasing department.

Procurement: the wider process of obtaining goods and services by any means (buying, hiring, leasing, making), from need to supplier management; purchasing is its buying part.

PointPurchasingProcurement
ScopeOrder, receive, payNeed, specification, sourcing, supplier selection, negotiation, contract, purchase, receipt, payment, supplier management
NatureTransactional, short termStrategic, long term
MeansBuying with moneyBuying, leasing, hiring, making, exchanging
FocusPrice of the orderTotal cost, value, risk, supplier relations
Starts withPurchase requisitionIdentifying the need

Objectives, the five rights:

QuestionRightMeaning
What?QualityFit for use, to specification: suitable, not highest
How much?QuantityNo stoppages, no money locked in stock
At what rate?PriceLowest total cost for the quality
When?TimeArrives when needed
Where from?Source and placeReliable supplier, delivering to the right place

Further objectives: continuity of supply, minimum stock investment, no duplication or waste, steady quality, reliable and alternative suppliers with good relations, price and source records, cooperation with departments.

Principles: the rights themselves (quantity balances ordering and holding cost, economic order quantity; time allows for lead time), plus: buy against an approved requisition and specification; competitive buying (several quotations or tenders); standardisation; total cost, not price (transport, storage, poor quality; make or buy); inspection on receipt; records and control; integrity (fair dealing, no gifts, prompt payment).

Functions of the purchasing department:

  1. Receive and check requisitions (need, quantity, budget).
  2. Find and select suppliers (approved vendor list, new sources).
  3. Invite and compare quotations or tenders; negotiate.
  4. Place purchase orders (copies to stores, accounts, user).
  5. Follow up (expedite).
  6. Arrange receipt and inspection; return rejects.
  7. Check invoices against order and receipt; pass for payment.
  8. Keep records (suppliers, prices, orders, catalogues).
  9. Study the supply market (prices, new materials, substitutes).
  10. Support stock control (no stock-outs, no overstock).
  11. Reduce cost (standardisation, value analysis, make or buy).
  12. Dispose of scrap, surplus and obsolete materials.

Role: keeps production running; controls cost; protects quality; saves working capital; watches the supply market; serves every department, guided by marketing's sales forecast. Example: a cement plant out of coal stops its kiln; one buying a year's stock ties up its wage money.

Methods and procedure of purchasing

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

The notes call direct, quotation and tender buying three "procedures", with a separate ten step process; the textbooks' methods also cover when and how much to buy.

  • Direct purchase: no competition; urgent need, small value or a single supplier (a machine's spare part); fast, price untested.
  • Quotation: quotations from at least three suppliers, compared in a comparative statement (price, quality, delivery, terms); medium value purchases.
  • Tender: large purchases; advertised in local or international media; written offers (price, terms, conditions) evaluated; order to the best supplier.

Tender steps: 1 prepare specifications, documents, cost estimate; 2 publish the notice with a last date; 3 receive sealed bids with bid security (earnest money); 4 open bids in public; 5 a committee evaluates against requirements, then prices; 6 award: letter of acceptance, performance guarantee, contract. Open tender: anyone qualified; limited: pre-qualified or approved suppliers only.

Nepal: Public Procurement Act 2063 (2007): open competitive bidding (large), sealed quotations (smaller), direct purchase (small or exceptional), limits set by rules; notices in national newspapers and on the e-GP system of the Public Procurement Monitoring Office.

MethodHowSuits
By requirement (hand to mouth)Only when needed, only what is neededRare, perishable or costly to store items
MarketAhead of need at favourable pricesSwinging prices (seasonal farm produce)
SpeculativeBeyond need when cheap, to gain laterRarely wise: a gamble
Contract (rate contract)Fixed price and terms for a period; call off as neededRegular items: stationery, fuel, standard parts
ScheduledTimed to the production scheduleSteady, planned production
GroupRelated items in one order, one supplierLow value items; discounts
CooperativeSmall firms pool ordersSmall firms, co-operatives
CentralisedOne department buys for allCommon items: discounts, standards, expert buyers, control
Decentralised (local)Each unit buys for itselfUrgent or local needs; duplicates effort, loses discounts
Just in time, e-procurementSmall frequent deliveries; online buying and biddingReliable suppliers; public e-tendering

Figure: the ten steps in two columns: finding and choosing a supplier (1 to 5) and from order to payment (6 to 10).

The purchasing procedure, ten steps:

  1. Identify requirements: purchase requisition (item, specification, quantity, date).
  2. Send inquiries (request for quotation or tender notice).
  3. Receive quotations, at least three.
  4. Prepare and evaluate a comparative statement (price, quality, delivery, payment terms, warranty).
  5. Select and approve the best value supplier.
  6. Place the purchase order (copies to requester, stores, accounts).
  7. Follow up the order.
  8. Receive the goods: goods received note, inform users.
  9. Inspect and record: reject failures, inspection report.
  10. Pay and issue: match order, receipt and invoice; materials to stores and users.

Example, 30 computers for a college lab: five suppliers asked, three quote; supplier B cheapest at specification with a two year warranty, approved; ordered, followed up, received, tested, recorded; paid when the invoice matches order and receipt. Documents: requisition, inquiry, quotation, comparative statement, purchase order, goods received note, inspection report, invoice.

Marketing

TOP 20/36 Open the full card

Marketing: creating, communicating and delivering value to customers and managing customer relationships to benefit the customer, the organization and its shareholders; the activities directing goods and services from producers to consumers. Stanton (notes): a total system of business activities that plan, price, promote and distribute want-satisfying goods and services to present and potential customers. Kotler: meeting needs profitably. Marketing management: finds what customers need and organizes supply to meet it.

Marketing concept: profit through customer satisfaction, not sales volume: make what customers want, not what the factory can. Three beliefs (notes): customer orientation, profit orientation (profitable volume, not volume at any price), customer satisfaction.

PointSelling concept (inside out)Marketing concept (outside in)
Starts fromFactory, existing productsTarget market, its needs
MeansSelling, heavy promotionIntegrated four Ps
Ends inProfit through volumeProfit through satisfaction
HorizonThis month's saleLasting relationship

Five philosophies: production (make it cheaply), product (make it best), selling (push it hard), marketing (make what customers want), societal marketing (also protect society and environment).

Marketing mix: the controllable tools blended to satisfy the target market; the four Ps (E. Jerome McCarthy):

Figure: the four Ps around the target customer, all arrows pointing at the customer.

  • Product: from market research, to end users' needs: features, quality, design, brand, packaging, service.
  • Price: by cost, demand, competition and quality; discounts, credit terms.
  • Place: channels (online, retail, wholesale) and market served (businesses, families, youth).
  • Promotion: advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, publicity, branding.

Importance: Drucker: a business exists to create a customer, so its only two basic functions are marketing and innovation; the rest are costs. Revenue and survival (notes: the last but most important step of a new unit); guides production (what, how much, what price); growth and competition; consumers and society (right goods, place and price; jobs; higher living standards). Digital era: reach (social media, search, video, at low cost); targeting and measurement (by age, place, interest; views, clicks and sales counted); two way (public comments and reviews); online selling (Daraz, eSewa, Khalti); speed and data (campaigns changed within hours).

Marketing research: systematic gathering and analysis of information about customers and markets. Four elements (notes):

ElementWhat it involves
Analysis of current activitiesSales trends: who buys what, where
Market intelligenceMarket events, competitors' plans
Market analysisReactions to new prices and products
Product evaluationHow the product strategy works, what must change

Process: define the problem, plan, collect data (primary: surveys, interviews, observation, test marketing; secondary: sales records, reports, statistics), analyse, report.

Market structure (older papers): number of sellers, kind of product, ease of entry, control over price.

StructureSellersProductEntryControl over priceExample
Perfect competitionVery manyIdenticalFreeNone: price takerWholesale vegetable sellers
Monopolistic competitionManyDifferentiated by brandEasySomeRestaurants, instant noodles, clothing
OligopolyA few largeSame or differentiatedDifficultConsiderable; each watches the othersMobile telephony (Nepal Telecom, Ncell)
MonopolyOneNo close substituteBlockedPrice makerNepal Oil Corporation, sole petroleum importer and supplier

Duopoly: two sellers; monopsony: one buyer. Branding and promotion matter most under monopolistic competition and oligopoly; under perfect competition (identical products) one seller's advertising has no use; a monopoly advertises mainly to inform.

Salesmanship: persuading prospective buyers to buy what gives them lasting satisfaction, benefiting both; exercised in personal selling: find prospects, prepare, approach, present and demonstrate, meet objections, close, follow up. Verdict: an important ingredient: the sale happens there; two way (questions, objections); essential for technical, costly products (machinery, building materials, business software, insurance); builds relationships and repeat business (in Nepal buying rests on personal trust); brings back market information. Qualification: one ingredient only; a product meeting no need is not bought twice, and online the ads and product page do much of the selling.

PointPurchasingMarketing
PurposeAcquire inputsSell outputs, satisfy customers
Goods flowInto the organizationOut of it
Money flowOut, to suppliersIn, from customers
Market facedSupply market (vendors)Customer market (buyers, dealers)
Main concernQuality, cost, continuity of supplyCustomer needs, sales, market share
ActivitiesRequisition, quotation, tender, order, follow up, inspectionResearch, product planning, pricing, promotion, distribution, selling
Measured bySavings, timely supply, no stock-outsSales, profit, customer satisfaction

Relation: two ends of one chain (purchasing the input, marketing the output, production between): the sales forecast sets the production plan and so what, how much and when to buy; customers set material specifications and inspection standards; purchasing's cost and reliability set the prices and delivery dates marketing can promise; buying is a marketing function for traders, and purchasing is marketing in reverse.

Marketing department (the link with customers): research and sales forecasts; products (with production and R&D) and prices; advertising and the sales force; dealer network and after-sale service; feedback to production, purchasing and finance.

Marketing software in Nepal, challenges: small, price sensitive market; low willingness to pay (piracy, free or hardware-bundled software); low awareness (paper records); trust (foreign brands, known vendors, start-ups without references); an intangible product needing demonstration; long sales cycles (slow offices; tenders won on lowest evaluated price); global cloud competition; payments (foreign exchange formalities); uneven internet, few engineers trained to sell; free support expected. Responses: free trials, small monthly subscriptions, Nepali language and mobile first design, early customer case studies, bank and telecom partnerships, niche digital marketing, service exports.

Functions of marketing

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Functions of marketing: the activities that move goods and services from producers to consumers and satisfy them at a profit. Eight (notes):

  1. Pricing: right price for demand and quality, with discounts and credit terms (a low launch price, raised once the brand is known).
  2. Buying: what, where, how much, from whom, when and at what price (goods for resale, or materials).
  3. Selling: the core: product to buyers for payment via salespeople, dealers or online.
  4. Distribution: channel (producer, wholesaler, retailer, consumer, or direct), transport, storage.
  5. Financing: marketing budget; stocks, dealer and customer credit.
  6. Product and service management: design, develop, maintain, improve, acquire products (older syllabus: production development).
  7. Market information management: customers, competitors, trends: what will sell.
  8. Promotion: advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, publicity, public relations.
GroupFunctionsAchieves
ExchangeBuying (and assembling), sellingTransfer of ownership
Physical supplyTransportation, storage and warehousingRight place (transport), right time (storage)
FacilitatingFinancing, risk bearing, standardisation and grading, market informationSmooth exchange and supply
Product related (modern texts)Product planning and development, packaging, branding, pricing, promotion, after-sales serviceA product people want and know about

Risk bearing: spoilage, fashion and price falls in store or transit, spread by insurance and careful stocking. Standardisation and grading: size and quality standards, produce sorted into grades (tea, rice, fruit) for buying by description. Packaging and branding: protect, identify, stand out on the shelf. Example, a Nepali tea estate: grades leaf (standardisation), packs and brands, prices for export and local markets, sells via a Kathmandu wholesaler and online, ships and warehouses (distribution), insures transit stock (risk bearing), gives dealers credit (financing), tracks which grades sell where (market information).

Advertising

PIN 4/36 Open the full card

Advertising: paid, non-personal messages from an identified sponsor to inform and persuade consumers to act on a product, service or idea; notes: it makes people conscious of products and brands, raising sales. One tool of promotion (the fourth P) beside personal selling, sales promotion (discounts, gifts), publicity and public relations: paid (unlike publicity), non-personal (unlike a salesperson), naming its sponsor. AIDA: attention, interest, desire, action.

Objectives: inform (new product, features, price, where to buy); persuade (brand preference, competitors' buyers); remind (bring buyers back); build image and goodwill; support salespeople and dealers; increase sales (large scale, lower unit cost).

MediumStrengthWeakness
Newspapers, magazinesDetail, local reach, credibilityShort life, little colour or motion
TelevisionSight, sound, motion; mass reachCostly; channel switching
Radio (FM)Cheap; rural and non-reading listenersSound only, brief
Outdoor (hoardings, billboards, vehicles)Seen repeatedly, day and nightFew words fit
Online (search, social media, video, websites, email)Targeted, interactive, measurable, cheap to startCrowded, ad blockers, needs skills
Direct mail, cinema, point of purchasePersonal, or at the moment of choiceNarrow reach

The notes' media list also names door-to-door selling and sales promotion: strictly other promotion tools, not advertising media.

Importance: to the firm (launches products, raises sales, builds brands, supports sellers, spreads fixed costs); to consumers (information; lower prices through mass production); to society (media and creative jobs, funding for newspapers, television and free online services, a spur to competition and quality).

Among the best forms of marketing: mass reach at low cost per person; a controlled message; creates demand and trusted brands; repetition keeps loyalty; pre-selling helps every other tool; measurable (each rupee's return online). Limits: one way, can be expensive, can mislead; best with a good product, a fair price and personal selling.

Computer aided advertising: computers and the internet used to design, produce, place, target and measure ads: design and production (graphics, desktop publishing, animation, video editing, 3D); digital placement (search, display, social, video, email; LED billboards); targeting (location, age, interests, past behaviour; programmatic real time buying); personalisation and A/B testing; measurement (impressions, clicks, click-through rate, sales).

AdvantagesLimitations
Cheaper, faster to produce and revisePrivacy concerns
Precise targeting, less wasteClutter, ad blocking, ad fatigue
Interactive: click and buy at onceNeeds skilled staff and tools
Results measured exactlyMisses people not online

Production development

PIN 5/36 Open the full card

Production development: developing new products and improving existing ones, with the methods of making them, so the organization produces what the market wants at a quality and cost it will pay. An older syllabus topic (set beside marketing); in the notes it survives as the marketing function of product and service management. It covers what to make (product development) and how (process development).

Activities:

  1. R&D: basic research (new knowledge) or applied research (a problem); development into a workable product or process.
  2. Product design: functional design (what it does), form design (looks), production design (standard parts, simple shapes, easy assembly); drawings and specifications.
  3. Prototype and testing: a model or pilot batch tested for performance, reliability, safety; often test marketing.
  4. Process planning: operations and their sequence, machines, tools, jigs and fixtures, time standards, make or buy.
  5. Standardisation: standard sizes, materials, parts, methods, with simplification (less variety) and specialisation (fewer lines); lower cost, interchangeable parts.
  6. Value analysis: each part's function against its cost, removing cost that adds no function without losing quality (V=F/C); Lawrence Miles, General Electric.

New product sequence: idea (customers, research, competitors, staff), screening, feasibility (technical, economic), R&D, design, prototype and test, process planning and tooling, pilot run and test marketing, production and launch, then improvement (standardisation, value analysis).

PointJob (unit)BatchMass (flow)Continuous (process)
WhatOne or a few, to orderLimited lots at intervalsLarge volume of a standard product on a lineFixed processes, often round the clock
VarietyVery highMediumLowVery low
MachinesGeneral purposeGeneral purpose, reset per batchSpecial purposeHighly automated plant
LayoutBy processBy processBy product (a line)By product, fully integrated
LabourHighly skilledSkilled, semi-skilledSemi-skilledA few monitoring operators
Cost per unitHighMediumLowLowest
ExampleTransformer to a utility's specification, special machineMedicines, garments, bakery goodsInstant noodles, bottled drinks, motorcyclesCement, sugar, paper, oil refining

The choice follows volume and variety. By what is done to the material: analytical (separated: oil refinery), synthetic (combined: cement), processing (successive stages: sugar, paper), assembling (parts joined: cars, televisions, computers). The method also shapes the organization (Woodward).

Link with the marketing concept: development starts from the customer, not the factory: ideas from market research; design to customer requirements (features, quality, size, target price); target price drives cost (value analysis, standardisation); testing includes the market (prototypes, test marketing); sales forecast sets the method (job, batch, mass); feedback (complaints, competitors, product life cycle) brings redesign. Contrast: the production concept (make what the plant does best, then find buyers). Tension: marketing wants variety and quick changes, production standard products and long runs; production development balances them. Example: a noodle maker's new flavour after customer tasting trials, pack sized to a target price, run on its existing flow line.

Chapter 2: Personnel management 7100 words

Personnel management

TOP 21/36 Open the full card

Personnel management, also human resource management (HRM): the part of management dealing with people at work: obtaining, developing, rewarding and keeping a satisfied workforce, so that the organization's and the employees' goals are both met.

Flippo: the planning, organizing, directing and controlling of the procurement, development, compensation, integration, maintenance and separation of human resources, to accomplish individual, organizational and societal objectives. The first four nouns are the managerial functions, the next six the operative.

  • Main idea: people decide how well every other resource is used; machines, money, materials can be bought, but skill and willing effort must be attracted, developed, kept.
  • Motive: effective use of manpower: the right person in the right job, able and willing, at a bearable cost.
  • Course notes: whoever handles individuals' welfare and performance does it: policies, staffing, hiring and firing, orientation, wage fixing, leave, health care, training, appraisal.
AspectCoversExample
WelfareWorking conditions, amenities: canteens, housing, rest rooms, personal problems, counsellingFactory canteen, medical room
Labour or personnelRecruitment, placement, pay, promotion, incentivesHiring, promoting engineers
Industrial relationsUnion negotiation, collective bargaining, disputesWage agreement with the union

Objectives: organizational (goals through effective use of people); functional (the department's contribution matched to needs); societal (ethical, lawful: Nepal's Labour Act, 2074 (2017)); personal (employees' pay, security, growth).

Role: a staff function serving line managers; also HRM's part in developing an organization: staffing; building capability (training, development); performance (appraisal, incentives); retention (fair pay, welfare, career paths); industrial peace (union relations); culture and change (values, new technology, restructuring, growth); compliance (labour law on hours, leave, social security, bonus).

Role (Dave Ulrich)What the HR manager does
Strategic partnerBusiness plan into a people plan (staff for a new branch)
Administrative expertPayroll, records, attendance, benefits, via a computerized HR system
Employee championGrievances, welfare, morale; employees' voice to management
Change agentPrepares people for new technology, mergers, new ways of working

Scientific management in practice is HR work too: standard tasks from job analysis and time study, scientific selection and training, incentive pay.

HRM, the modern successor; Michael Armstrong: a strategic and coherent approach to managing an organization's most valued assets, its people. The notes treat the two as one.

PointPersonnel managementHRM
NatureTraditional, administrative, routineModern, strategic
PeopleA cost, a factor of productionAn asset to invest in
ApproachReactiveProactive, plans with the business
Done byPersonnel department (staff function)Every line manager, HR as partner
AimCompliance with rules, contractsCommitment to goals, values
PayFixed grades from job evaluationLinked to performance
Employee relationsCollective, through unionsAlso direct, individuals and teams
TrainingLimited, present jobContinuous development

HRMS, as software: records, payroll, attendance, recruitment, appraisal in one database; the function's tool.

Appropriate human resources: number, skills, qualifications, attitude match the jobs; inappropriate: any mismatch.

PointAppropriateInappropriate
NumberRight for the workloadOverstaffing (idle wages), understaffing (overload, overtime)
Skill, qualificationMatches the specificationUnderqualified (errors, accidents), overqualified (bored, soon gone)
PlacementJob uses the person's skillsEngineer on clerical work, clerk supervising a plant
Attitude, valuesCommitted, fits culture, open to changeIndifferent, resists change, undisciplined
TimingAvailable when work arrivesHired too late, or before the work
CostPay matched to contributionPayroll without matching output

Building them: manpower planning (number), job analysis (specification), scientific selection, training (gaps), appraisal and fair pay. Handling misfits: retraining, rotation or transfer, counselling, discipline, voluntary retirement for a surplus, dismissal last, by the Labour Act's procedure. Nepal: public enterprises criticised for staff taken on outside any manpower plan, too few technical specialists.

Talent poaching: a rival luring away skilled employees, usually with higher pay or a bigger title; lost: skills, training invested, client relationships, even whole teams; sharpest for scarce skills (experienced Kathmandu software engineers, also hired by foreign firms and remote employers). Counters: competitive pay (salary surveys), retention pay (vesting bonuses, long service benefits), career paths (promotion from within), training with a service agreement, engagement (recognition, interesting work, flexible hours, a good manager), succession planning and knowledge sharing, stay and exit interviews, employer brand.

Functions of personnel management

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Managerial functions: the management cycle applied to the personnel department and its people. Operative functions: the personnel work itself, along the employee's journey from hiring to retention.

Figure: a tree with managerial and operative branches, each operative function with its gist: recruit, select, place; train, educate; fair pay; harmony, communication; health, safety, welfare; incentives.

  • Planning: personnel programme in advance (numbers, kinds, training, pay); e.g. staff plan for a new hydropower project.
  • Organizing: jobs, department structure, authority and responsibility; e.g. recruitment, training, payroll sections.
  • Directing: guiding, motivating, supervising; e.g. briefing line managers on a new appraisal form.
  • Coordinating: unifying departments' efforts; e.g. training calendar fitted around production peaks.
  • Controlling: results checked against plan, corrected; e.g. absenteeism, turnover, overtime watched, records audited.
Operative functionCovers
1. Procurement (employment)Manpower requirement, recruitment, selection, placement
2. DevelopmentEducation, training after placement: seminars, programmes, team building
3. CompensationFair pay by job requirements, basic needs, minimum wage, ability to pay, competitors' pay, qualification, experience
4. IntegrationIndividual, group, organizational interests reconciled: communication, grievance handling, employee, employer, union harmony
5. MaintenanceHealth, safety, comfort, canteen, rest rooms, counselling, insurance, recreation, family benefits
6. MotivationMonetary and non-monetary incentives, with other departments

The order is the employee's journey: procured, developed, paid, fitted in, looked after, kept keen.

Notes and textbook: the notes end with motivation; Flippo's six share the first five and end with separation (retirement, resignation, lay-off, dismissal handled fairly; exit interviews, gratuity, pension). Some textbooks add advisory functions (advising top management, department heads) and supporting ones (records, research, audit).

Worked picture: a commercial bank opening ten branches plans about 60 assistants, procures them (advertisement, tests), develops them (induction course), grades them (compensation), gives a grievance channel (integration), insures them (maintenance), adds a deposit-target bonus (motivation); controlling, a year later, checks who stayed and why others left.

Personnel policy (employee handbook)

HOT 7/36 Open the full card

Personnel policy: a written statement of what the employer expects from employees and what they can expect from the employer; handed over at hiring as the employee handbook, gone through by the personnel manager in orientation and training; opens with a welcome, short history, values, objectives, structure, then workplace rules. A standing plan: decided once, so similar cases are decided alike. A policy leaves judgement ("fill vacancies from inside when a qualified employee is available"); a rule none (no smoking in the plant); a procedure gives steps.

Policy areaDecides
EmploymentRecruitment sources, selection method, probation, inside or outside filling
Training and developmentWho, how, at whose cost, obligation afterwards
CompensationPay scales, increments, allowances, overtime, bonus, market comparison
Promotion and transferSeniority or merit; transfers
Hours and leaveHours, rest periods, attendance, holidays; home, sick, maternity, paternity leave
Welfare and benefitsInsurance, provident fund or social security, health, education help, family benefits
Discipline and grievancesConduct and dress rules, penalties, complaint procedure
Industrial relationsUnion recognition, bargaining
SeparationNotice, retirement, lay-off, dismissal

A good policy must include: welcome (top management's address); the organization (values, morals, goals, objectives, structure); rules and regulations (hiring and dismissal, lay-offs, discipline, attire, probation period); time (hours, rest periods, attendance, leave, sick leave, holidays, paid leave, vacation, allowances); pay and benefits (pay structure, incentives, bonus, insurance, family benefits, education assistance, pension, disability and health plans); employee assistance (counselling, relocation help, unions); legal policies (harassment, work accidents, disability, security, disciplinary procedure, conflicts, administrative dismissal).

Nepal: never less than the Labour Act, 2074 (2017): 8 hours a day, 48 a week; overtime at one and a half times basic; a festival allowance of one month's basic pay a year; 12 days sick leave, 98 days maternity leave (60 paid), 15 days paid paternity leave.

Why needed: consistency, delegation and speed, fairness and trust, fewer grievances and disputes, legal compliance built in once, a basis for control. A sound policy is: tied to objectives, written and clear, fair and consistent, stable but flexible, lawful, made with participation (managers, employees, union), communicated, comprehensive.

Developing one:

  1. Study objectives and law: Labour Act, Trade Union Act, Bonus Act, social security rules.
  2. Gather facts: present practice, grievances, turnover, similar firms.
  3. Consult line managers, employees, union.
  4. Draft in writing.
  5. Approve at top management or board level.
  6. Communicate: handbook, orientation, notice boards, intranet.
  7. Apply consistently, review periodically (as when the Labour Act, 2074 replaced that of 2048).

Why discussed with every new employee: expectations both ways (hours, conduct, targets; pay, leave, benefits), faster settling in (the heart of induction), fewer disputes (no later claim of ignorance), legal protection (signed acknowledgement of harassment, safety, disciplinary rules), consistency, commitment (values from day one), rights and channels (grievances), lower early turnover (a realistic job picture). Example: a new engineer at a remote hydropower site learns on day one the safety rules, remote-posting leave rules and allowances, not through a dispute.

Manpower planning

HOT 8/36 Open the full card

Manpower planning, also human resource planning (HRP): ensuring the right number and kind of people at the right place, at the right time, doing the right job. Manpower: not a head count but the workforce's skills, talents, knowledge, qualifications, creativity, abilities, values. E. W. Vetter: how management decides to move from the current manpower position to the desired one. The first step of procurement: no recruiting until the plan needs it.

Figure: the four steps below as a flow ending in the right people at the right place and time, with a feedback arrow back to step 1 (monitor, review, plan again).

  1. Analyse the manpower inventory: people per department with skills, qualifications, age, performance (a skills inventory).
  2. Forecast future needs: from workload, plans and prospects, budget, specialists; by managerial judgement, workload analysis (work to be done divided by one person's output), past ratio trends or the Delphi method (rounds of expert opinion).
  3. Develop employment programmes: recruitment, selection, placement to fill the gap; a surplus calls for redeployment, retraining or a hiring freeze.
  4. Design training programmes: recruits and existing staff, for new technology and forecast skills.

Then review: staffing against the plan; the next round starts from the new inventory.

Refinement: demand forecast (future need by kind) less supply forecast (staff left after retirements, resignations, promotions, plus internal moves and retraining):

net requirement=demand−internal supply

Example: a Lalitpur software company has 40 developers and needs 58; six left last year and it expects the same: turnover rate=640×100=15 percent; internal supply 40−6=34; net requirement 58−34=24: 4 by retraining testers, 20 recruited, a new-technology course for all.

Why needed: productivity (skills known, well placed), no shortage or surplus, lower cost (no excess labour, last-minute hiring, overtime), attracts talent, motivation (training, career, succession plans), meets change (expansion, technology, retirements), the base of recruitment, selection, training and the personnel budget. Nepal: skilled workers leave for jobs abroad; unforecast, critical posts empty without warning. Limits: forecasts fail when markets or policies change; needs time and records small firms lack; a plan not tied to the budget is ignored.

Recruitment and outsourcing

HOT 8/36 Open the full card

Recruitment (Flippo): the process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organization; they are then selected by skill and qualification. A positive process attracting as many suitable applicants as possible; usually run by HR; key, as selection is never better than its pool. Job analysis comes first (whom to seek).

PointInternal sourcesExternal sources
ExamplesPromotion, transfer, internal job posting, former employees and retirees, employee referralsNewspaper and job portal advertisements, campus recruitment at engineering colleges, employment agencies and manpower consultants, walk-ins and unsolicited applicants, headhunters (executive search), labour contractors
AdvantagesCheaper, faster; promotion motivates; record known; little inductionWider choice; fresh ideas and skills; meets expansion
DisadvantagesSmall pool; inbreeding of ideas; favouritism, rivalry; one vacancy creates anotherCostly, slower; newcomer unknown; insiders passed over demoralized; longer induction

Nepal: the civil service recruits through the Public Service Commission (Lok Sewa Aayog) by public advertisement and open competition; private firms use newspapers, online job portals, campus visits, referrals.

  1. Recruitment planning: vacancies from the manpower plan, number and kind, approved.
  2. Job analysis: description and specification prepared or updated.
  3. Strategy: internal or external, where, how, when, at what cost.
  4. Searching: advertisement (title, location, duties, qualifications, pay, deadline, how to apply), agencies, campus visits.
  5. Screening: applications shortlisted against the specification, for selection.
  6. Evaluation and control: cost per hire, time taken, applicant quality; next round improved.

Example: a hydropower developer needing five civil engineers takes the posts from its manpower plan, updates the specification, advertises in newspapers and on job portals, visits engineering campuses, receives 120 applications, shortlists 30 for the written test.

PointRecruitmentSelection
MeaningSearching, making candidates applyChoosing the most suitable
NaturePositive: more applicantsNegative: rejects the unsuitable, stepwise
OrderFirstFollows recruitment
AimA large poolThe right person for the job
MethodsAdvertisement, sources, campus visitsTests, interviews, reference and medical checks
OutcomeApplicationsAppointment letter, employment contract
EffortSimpler, cheaperComplex, costly, expert

Hiring: the whole process to employment: recruitment, selection, appointment, placement; recruitment is the part, hiring the whole.

Outsourcing: contracting out a function, process or manpower supply to an outside specialist firm instead of in-house staff. In recruitment: an agency or consultant recruits (advertises, screens, even tests, hands over a shortlist), or the work is contracted out, leaving no one to recruit (security guards, cleaning, canteens, payroll, IT support; workers stay on the contractor's payroll). For: lower cost, core focus, specialists, flexible numbers, speed. Against: less control of quality and people, confidentiality risks, vendor dependence, weaker contract-staff loyalty, continuing legal duties. Nepal, both sides: offices buy in security; Kathmandu software firms do outsourced work for foreign clients.

Scientific selection of manpower

TOP 14/36 Open the full card

Selection: choosing, from the applicant pool, the person best suited to the job, by comparison with the job specification. Scientific selection: by evidence, not impression or favour: yardstick from job analysis, objective tests, structured interviews, references and health checked; one of Taylor's principles (select the worker scientifically, then train him). Successive hurdles: the unfit leave at each step; the process narrows like a funnel.

Figure: the eleven steps below as a funnel; the five hurdles from screening to the medical check send the unfit to a rejected pile; the first three steps are recruitment, the next six selection, the last two joining.

  1. Job analysis and vacancy: the description and specification set the standard.
  2. Advertisement (the notes' job forecast): newspapers, websites, pamphlets; title, location, period, functions, contacts.
  3. Applications received.
  4. Screening and reference check: against the specification; referees on past work, behaviour, education.
  5. Tests: written job knowledge, aptitude, intelligence, physical, mental.
  6. Preliminary interview (HR): attitude, knowledge, confidence; clear misfits out.
  7. Final interview (department head): knowledge, experience, skills in depth.
  8. Medical and background check: physical and mental fitness, drug and disability tests, background verified.
  9. Selection and appointment: approval, an appointment letter stating the terms.
  10. Induction: introduction to the organization, its policies, practices, purpose (the handbook); a comfortable welcome.
  11. Placement: job and responsibilities assigned, usually on probation.

Notes: seven steps: job analysis and description, job forecast, application collection, reference check, tests, selection and induction, placement. Funnel in numbers: 120 applications, 30 pass screening, 12 the written test, 6 reach the final interview, 2 appointed.

TestMeasuresExample
AptitudePotential to learn a skillNumerical, reasoning test for trainee engineers
Achievement or tradeSkill acquiredCoding, welding, typing test
IntelligenceReasoning, memory, understandingGeneral ability paper
PersonalitySociability, stability, initiativeSales, customer roles
InterestWork a person likesCareer placement
SituationalBehaviour in a job-like situationGroup discussion, in-basket exercise
Physical and medicalFitness for the job's demandsEyesight, strength for pole-climbing linemen

Good tests are valid (measure what they claim; high scorers do the job better) and reliable (similar score on retest).

Interview types: preliminary (screening), structured (same prepared questions), unstructured (free conversation), panel or board, group (several candidates), stress (deliberate pressure, composure), depth (whole background). Process: preparation (aims, job description and application, questions, panel, time, quiet place); reception and rapport; conducting (planned questions, listen more than talk, observe, candidate's questions); closing (next steps); evaluation (standard form at once, one scale). Errors: halo effect (one good point colours everything), snap first impressions, favouring people like oneself, contrast effect (a weak candidate flatters the next), stereotyping, out-talking the candidate.

Why the hiring procedure matters: productivity; cost (a wrong hire wastes salary and training, does damage, needs re-recruiting); lower turnover and absenteeism; fairness (open, objective, equal chance); culture and reputation. Nepal's civil service: the Public Service Commission advertises, holds a written examination, interviews those who pass, recommends appointment in merit order.

Training and development

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Training: an organized activity to increase people's knowledge and skills for a definite purpose, changing their behaviour so they do their jobs better; Flippo: the act of increasing the knowledge and skill of an employee for doing a particular job. Development: wider, growth for future, usually managerial, roles. Both continue through the organization's life, for new and old employees.

PointTrainingDevelopment
AimPresent job skillGrowth for future roles
ContentSpecific, technical, practicalBroad: conceptual, human, decision skills
TermShortLong, continuous
For whomMainly operatives, new staffMainly managers, executives
Started byManagementManagement and the individual
ExampleNew lineman learns safe live-line workingSection engineer groomed as project manager

Need and importance: productivity (motivation, satisfaction, morale), shorter learning period (no trial and error), lower turnover, less supervision, new technology, fewer accidents and less waste, promotion and transfer readiness, better management. New employees: the bridge from college to job: orientation, job training for quick productivity, early development showing a career path; confidence, professional growth, lower first-year turnover.

Training need: the gap between the performance a job requires and what the employee gives. McGehee and Thayer's three levels: organization analysis (where: goals, plans such as a new plant or software; output, quality, accident, complaint records); task analysis (job demands: description, specification); person analysis (who, in what: appraisal, tests, self assessment, supervisor's observation). Sources: appraisal reports, observation, interviews, questionnaires, waste, accident and complaint records, exit interviews, coming laws or technology.

MethodHow it worksBenefit
On-the-job trainingAt work, from the immediate supervisorMost effective: realistic, cheap, productive while learning
Vestibule trainingMock facility with the same equipment, many at onceNo production pressure or risk; costly, harder move to the real job
Special coursesKnowledge over skill; in house or bought; executives tooDepth, expert teaching
ApprenticeshipLong craft training under a master, theory and practice, stipendFull trade skill: electrician, fitter, welder
Job rotationSeveral jobs in turnBroad skills, stand-ins
Coaching and mentoringA senior guides regularlyFeedback, quick correction
Lectures, seminars, conferencesClassroom, discussionMany, cheaply
Case study, role play, simulation, gamesRealistic problems, acted situationsDecision and human skills
E-learningOnline, own paceFlexible, cheap per head

On-the-job training, rotation and coaching are at work; apprenticeship mixes work and classes; the rest are off the job. The notes teach the first three.

Employee development programme with short term plans:

  1. Identify needs: appraisals, career discussions, business plan.
  2. Short term objectives: three to twelve months, specific, measurable.
  3. Methods: coaching, rotation, workshops, online courses, certification, stretch assignments.
  4. Individual development plan per employee, with schedule, budget.
  5. Implement: learning time, mentors.
  6. Evaluate on Kirkpatrick's four levels: reaction (liked it?), learning (learned?), behaviour (works differently?), results (output, quality, sales up?).
  7. Link to rewards (recognition, promotion, pay); next plan.
MonthSix month plan for a software team
1Skills audit; individual development plans
2 and 3Cloud platform certification course; weekly mentoring by a senior
4Rotation into a client-facing role for a sprint
5Communication and presentation workshop
6Evaluation against objectives, recognition, next plan

Job analysis, description, specification and design

TOP 14/36 Open the full card

Job analysis: studying a job to describe what it involves and specify the skills and qualities needed: why it exists, who is qualified, how and when it is done, conditions, tools and equipment, appropriate pay. A job: one package of the total work: tasks, duties and responsibilities performed for pay under a specific title. Flippo: studying and collecting information relating to the operations and responsibilities of a specific job. It tells jobs apart, fixes each one's tasks, skills, knowledge, abilities, responsibilities, and helps managers understand job structures and improve workflow.

Figure: job analysis at the centre, fed by questionnaire, interview and observation, yielding the job description (the job) and specification (the person), which feed selection, training, job evaluation and appraisal.

Everything runs on it: selection (specification), training (gaps), job evaluation (pricing), appraisal (duties as standard), job design (reshaping).

  • Questionnaire: holders fill a form on the job's nature, complexity, skills, stress, strength; cheap for many; forms incomplete or misunderstood.
  • Interview: holder (and supervisor) describe duties; captures unseen ones (planning, decisions); may exaggerate.
  • Observation: the analyst watches: first-hand conditions, relationships, tools; best for visible work (machine operators, construction workers, traffic police); weak for mental work; Hawthorne effect (people act differently when watched).
  • Others (textbooks): checklists, daily diary or log, technical conference of experienced supervisors, critical incidents (what separates good from poor performance).

Process: decide the purpose (hiring, pay, training); collect background information (organization and process charts, old descriptions); choose representative jobs; collect data; verify with holder and supervisor; write the description and specification; update as the job changes.

For organizations in Nepal: the interview, backed by observation; a structured questionnaire only in large organizations with many identical posts. Reasons: scale (small or medium firms, few holders per job; questionnaires pay only at scale); visible manual work (factories, construction, hydropower sites) suits observation; workers explain better in conversation, in Nepali, than on an English form; job descriptions missing or outdated. Exception: Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Telecom, commercial banks (hundreds of similar posts): a questionnaire checked by interviews.

Job description: what is done, how and why; organizational facts (location, structure, authority), functional facts (duties, expectations), tracing accountability; the job, not the holder. Job specification: a written record of the minimum acceptable human qualities for the job.

PointJob descriptionJob specification
AboutThe jobThe person
AnswersWhat, how, whyWho is fit
ContentsLocation (division, department, branch), title and identification, summary, duties (what, how, why), machines, tools, materials, working conditions (shifts, weekend loads, heavy lifting, hazards), reporting line, pay gradeEducation, qualification, experience, training, skills, knowledge, physical needs (strength, eyesight), mental abilities, personality, communication
Used forOrientation, appraisal standards, job evaluationAdvertising, screening, selection, training needs

The notes also put required skills and qualifications in the description; both come from one analysis, and short ones combine them.

Example, lecturer post, engineering college: interview the head of department and two or three lecturers, observe lectures and labs, read the university's workload rules and syllabus; draft, review with the head, approve.

  • Description: Lecturer, Department of Electronics and Computer Engineering, reporting to the head; teaches undergraduates, runs labs, supervises projects; duties: timetabled lectures and tutorials, lesson plans, lab sheets, internal assessments, invigilation, minor and major projects, counselling, research, publication, committees; tools: projector, lab equipment, simulation software, learning management system; conditions: daytime teaching, lab supervision, some out-of-hours exam duty; pay: college scale.
  • Specification: normally a master's in the relevant engineering discipline; teaching or industry experience preferred; subject command, clear English and Nepali teaching, lab and software skills, research writing; patience, integrity, punctuality, motivating students; Nepal Engineering Council registration desirable.

Job design (Louis Davis): deciding a job's content, methods and relations with other jobs to meet the organization's technical and the holder's social and personal needs; the notes: altering a job's nature and structure to raise productivity. Approaches: simplification (small specialized repetitive tasks, as Taylor did: quick to learn, efficient, monotonous); rotation (less boredom, more skills); enlargement (more same-level tasks, horizontal loading); enrichment (responsibility, autonomy, control, vertical loading; Herzberg's motivators); job characteristics model (Hackman and Oldham: skill variety, task identity, task significance, autonomy, feedback); work study and ergonomics (no wasted motion; workplace fitted to the worker, less fatigue).

Effect on efficiency: raised when technical and human sides balance: less wasted motion and fatigue, skills matched, meaningful work cutting absence, errors, turnover, multi-skilling cutting idle time. One-sided, it fails: over-simplification breeds boredom and mistakes; enrichment is costly and suits not everyone. Example: an assembler who fitted one part now builds and tests the whole unit; defects fall as one person owns the result.

Job evaluation

PIN 2/36 Open the full card

Job evaluation: a systematic way of ranking a job's worth relative to other jobs, from the skill, qualification, experience and effort it demands; the basis of the job hierarchy and fair pay differences. It rates the job, not the person; the ILO: comparing the demands a job's normal performance makes on normal workers, regardless of the holder. Product: a rational, acceptable pay structure: equal pay for equal work, more for more demanding work.

Objectives: rational wage structure; pay inequities removed; fair pricing of new jobs; facts for union bargaining; fewer pay grievances. Steps: employee and union acceptance; evaluation committee; jobs analysed and described; key jobs and method chosen; jobs rated; ratings priced by wage survey and pay line; structure installed, reviewed.

  1. Ranking: a committee ranks whole jobs, most to least demanding, usually by job descriptions.
  2. Grading or job classification: predefined grades (e.g. unskilled, semi-skilled, skilled, supervisory); each job in its best matching grade.
  3. Point rating: jobs rated factor by factor in points, summed, priced by a pay line; factors usually skill, effort, responsibility, job conditions (the four groups of the widely copied NEMA plan, eleven sub-factors such as education, experience, mental effort, hazards), each in degrees worth points.
  4. Factor comparison: agreed-fair key jobs have wages split over usually five factors (mental, skill and physical requirements, responsibility, working conditions); other jobs priced factor by factor against them, values added.
MethodStrengthWeakness
RankingSimplest, cheapest; small firmsSubjective; no measure of how much more
GradingSimple, explainable; common in government servicesBroad grades; a job may fit two
Point ratingMost widely used; consistent, explainableSlow, costly to set up
Factor comparisonMoney values directlyComplex; key jobs' rates date
BasisJob against jobJob against a scale
Whole job, non-quantitativeRankingGrading (classification)
Factor by factor, quantitativeFactor comparisonPoint rating

Point rating example (illustrative): four factors, five degrees each; maximum points skill 200, effort 100, responsibility 150, working conditions 50; each degree a fifth of the maximum.

FactorElectricianOffice assistant
Skilldegree 4 = 160degree 2 = 80
Effortdegree 3 = 60degree 2 = 40
Responsibilitydegree 3 = 90degree 2 = 60
Working conditionsdegree 4 = 40degree 1 = 10
Total350 points190 points

Pay line through the key jobs Rs 15,000 plus Rs 40 a point: basic pay Rs 29,000 for the electrician's job, Rs 22,600 for the office assistant's, whoever holds them.

PointJob evaluationMerit rating
RatesThe jobThe person
QuestionHow much is the job worth?How well is the person doing it?
Based onJob description, specificationPerformance, traits
PurposeBase pay, grades; differences between jobsIncrements, bonus, promotion, transfer, training; differences between people on one job
WhenAt setup, again when jobs changePeriodically, usually yearly
Done byCommittee of managers, experts, often union membersImmediate supervisor, checked by a reviewer

Job evaluation fixes the job's pay range, merit rating places each holder in it; both aim at fair pay. Ranking and grading rate jobs here, people in merit rating. Limits: factors and weights are judgement; scarce-skill market rates override; slow, costly; distrusted if not understood.

Merit rating, performance appraisal and MBO

HOT 10/36 Open the full card

Performance appraisal (Flippo): the systematic, periodic and impartial rating of an employee's excellence in the present job and potential for a better one; the older, syllabus name is merit rating. The notes: the oldest, most universal management practice: after selection, training and placement, personality, potential and contribution are evaluated against the job; the basis for promotion, placement, raises, rewards, bonuses. Merit rating rated operatives, mainly on traits, for increments and promotion; performance appraisal, the wider modern term, adds results and managers.

Need: feedback, improvement, decisions (assignments, pay), efficiency; the notes' four objectives: promotions, salary review, job rotation planning, development and training; also training needs, checking selection tests, a fair disciplinary record. Process: standards from the job description, told to the employee; performance measured, compared; appraisal interview; reward, train, counsel or promote.

Traditional method (traits)How it worksStrength and weakness
RankingBest to worst (1, 2, 3 ...) overallOldest, simplest; no gaps shown, hard in large groups
Person to person comparisonEvery pair compared, rank = times preferred; N(N−1)2 pairs, 45 for tenMore careful; unwieldy for big groups
GradingPredefined categories (outstanding, satisfactory, unsatisfactory), as in civil servicesSimple; vague, most land in the middle
Graphic rating scaleQuality and quantity of work on a scale per factor: character, initiative, leadership, dependability, creativity, ability, attitude, decision making, attendanceEasy, most common; halo effect, everyone average
Free essaySupervisor's free description with examplesRich; writer-dependent, hard to compare

Other traditional (textbooks): checklist (yes or no statements); forced choice (best fitting of equally favourable statements); forced distribution (fixed shares, e.g. 10, 20, 40, 20, 10 percent); critical incidents (good and bad actions over the year); field review (an HR officer rates after interviewing supervisors). The notes' person to person comparison is the textbooks' paired comparison; man to man comparison (US Army, First World War) compares each person with chosen key men.

Modern (results based): MBO or appraisal by results (joint objectives, fixed responsibility, regular assessment, rewards for results); assessment centre (trained assessors, one to three days of social events, tests, higher-job exercises: in-basket, leaderless group discussion, role play; judging interpersonal skill, planning, capability); 360 degree feedback (superiors, peers, subordinates, customers, self); BARS (behaviourally anchored rating scales: each point an actual job behaviour); human resource accounting (employees valued as money assets, changes tracked).

MBO: superior and subordinate jointly set clear objectives for a period; the subordinate chooses how to reach them; results judge performance. Peter Drucker, The Practice of Management (1954).

  1. Organizational goals set at the top.
  2. Individual objectives set jointly: SMART (specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, time bound), each tied to a goal above.
  3. Action plans and resources agreed.
  4. Progress reviewed periodically; objectives adjusted if conditions change.
  5. Appraisal at the period's end: results against objectives.
  6. Feedback and reward; next objectives.
AdvantagesLimitations
Clear goals; commitment through participation; appraisal on results, not opinion; better planning and communication; self-control; training needs surfaceTime, paperwork; some jobs (research, staff work) resist measurable goals; favours short term, countable targets; easy goals; rigid under change; needs top management support

Example: a site engineer's quarterly objectives: powerhouse foundation on schedule and budget, no lost-time accident, two junior engineers supervising concreting alone; monthly reviews; the appraisal records achievement. Nepal: under the Civil Service Act, 2049 (1993), performance evaluation carried 40 of the 100 promotion marks; seniority, education, remote-area service and training the rest.

Wages, salary and the pay structure

TOP 12/36 Open the full card

Wage: remuneration for labour, computed by the hour, day or week, or per unit of output; as a fixed monthly sum, a salary. Wages: production, maintenance, labour work; salaries: corporate, administrative, professional roles. Benham: a sum of money paid under contract by an employer to a worker for services rendered. Selection is a contract: services for money and other compensation; pay is the basic wage plus allowances (family, lunch, holiday pay, overtime, bonuses, benefits).

  • Nominal and real wage: money received against what it buys; a raise below inflation cuts the real wage.
  • Minimum wage: legal floor above bare subsistence, keeping the worker efficient; fixed, revised by government; some firms pay just this, others well above market.
  • Fair wage: between minimum and living wage, by capacity to pay and rates for similar work.
  • Living wage: reasonable living for worker and family: food, clothing, housing, education, health, some saving. These three levels: India's Committee on Fair Wages (1948).
  • Merit ranking: a grade's employees ranked best to worst from appraisal (the ranking method), for increments, bonus, promotion.

Wage and salary structure: all pay rates or ranges of an organization's jobs, in grades, so pay differs in a planned, fair way. Parts: job classes (pay grades) (similar-worth jobs by job evaluation, paid alike: one flat rate or a minimum to maximum range with experience and merit steps); direct compensation (basic pay, bonus, overtime, holiday pay, profit sharing); indirect compensation (life and health insurance, retirement allowance, pension, provident fund, house, family, vehicle allowances, welfare, social security benefits).

Figure: seven factors (ability to pay, labour supply and demand, market rate, living wage, productivity, union bargaining power, government minimum wage) set total compensation, split into direct and indirect.

  1. Ability to pay: a profitable commercial bank pays more than a loss-making enterprise.
  2. Supply and demand of labour: scarce skills (experienced software engineers) cost more; plentiful unskilled labour near the minimum.
  3. Prevailing market rate: matched, or skilled people are lost; salary surveys.
  4. Living wage, cost of living: allowances rise with prices; Kathmandu costs more than a district town.
  5. Productivity: output per man-hour (effort, management, technology) supports higher pay; incentive plans tie them.
  6. Union bargaining power: higher wages through collective agreements.
  7. Government regulation: minimum wage; Nepal's Labour Act overtime rate, festival allowance, social security contributions, statutory bonus.
  8. Job requirements: skill, effort, responsibility, conditions (job evaluation).
  9. The employee: qualification, experience, seniority, performance.
PointTime ratePiece rate
Pays forTime worked, whatever the outputOutput, whatever the time
FormulaE=T×R (hours times hourly rate)E=N×P (pieces times piece rate)
Example8 hours at Rs 150 = Rs 1,20060 pieces at Rs 25 = Rs 1,500
ForSimple; secure income; no quality-spoiling rush; uncountable output (maintenance, inspection, supervision)Pay follows results; less supervision; known labour cost per unit
AgainstEffort unrewarded (efficient and slow earn alike); close supervision; uncertain unit labour costNo guaranteed minimum; quality suffers; overwork, fatigue; rate disputes; impossible for uncountable output

Incentive plans combine them: a guaranteed time wage plus a bonus for beating the standard. Overtime (Nepal): one and a half times basic; 6 hours at Rs 200 earn 6×1.5×200=1800 rupees. Monthly salary: basic plus allowances, less deductions (employee's social security contribution, income tax).

A fresh engineer joining a Nepali firm can expect: market-rate basic salary, clear scale, yearly increments; allowances (transport, communication, lunch, field or site allowance for remote postings); social security (20 percent of basic from the employer, 11 percent from the employee: pension or provident fund, gratuity, insurance); legal benefits (festival allowance of one month's basic, overtime at one and a half times, paid home, sick, maternity, paternity leave); performance pay (staff bonus share in a profitable firm, 10 percent of net profit under the Bonus Act, 2030 (1974); incentives); growth (training, mentor, certification, promotion path); non-financial (safety, reasonable hours, recognition, job security, respect). First job: fair, legal pay, but learning and growth beat the last thousand rupees, raising every later salary.

Incentives and incentive plans

HOT 9/36 Open the full card

Incentive: something that motivates an individual to perform a certain action; at work, a reward above the basic wage for performance beyond a standard. Incentive programmes raise productivity and help employees enjoy work; besides money (raise, bonus, reward): flexible schedules, leave, friendly environment, social functions with families, family benefits, education programmes; small rewards: restaurant coupons, tickets to games, films or concerts, gift vouchers, gifts, paid holidays.

Why needed: higher productivity, lower cost per unit (overheads over more output), fairness (the efficient earn more), attraction and retention, morale and less supervision, better use of machines and the working day, ideas (suggestion awards, gain sharing). Cautions: quantity over quality, overstrain, rivalry splitting teams, disputes over loose standards.

TypeWhat it isExamples
FinancialMoney or money's worthBonus, commission, pay rise, premium plans, profit sharing, share options
Non-financialSocial and esteem needsRecognition, praise, promotion, job security, enriched work, participation, flexible hours, leave, awards
IndividualMeasurable personal effort; each-for-himself drivePiece rate, premium plans, sales commission, promotion, recognition
GroupTeam output when individual output is inseparable; the efficient help the slowTeam bonus for a line or project; Scanlon plan (shares labour cost savings)
Profit sharingProfit (revenue minus input cost) shared with employeesNepal's Bonus Act, 2030 (1974): 10 percent of net profit as staff bonus

Pay is a Herzberg hygiene factor: money removes dissatisfaction; recognition and growth create satisfaction.

Plans, with S the standard time (from time study), T the time taken, R the rate per hour:

PlanTime wage guaranteed?Extra payTextbook figures
Taylor's differential piece rateNoLow piece rate below standard, high at or above83 and 125 percent of the normal piece rate
Gantt's task and bonus plan (1901)Yes, below standardTask within standard time: time wage plus bonus; above standard, high piece rateBonus usually 20 percent
Emerson's efficiency planYesBonus rising with efficiency (standard over actual time)From two thirds (66.7 percent) efficiency; 20 percent at 100; then 1 percent per 1 percent
Halsey premium plan (F. A. Halsey, 1891)YesFixed share of time saved, at time rateUsually 50 percent; Halsey-Weir variant about 30
Rowan plan (James Rowan of Glasgow)YesTime-taken wage times fraction of standard time savedHourly earnings never reach double the time rate
  • Taylor: normal rate Rs 20 a piece, standard 50 a day; 48 pieces earn 48×16.60=796.80 rupees, 52 earn 52×25=1300; a strong spur that punishes beginners and guarantees nothing; Merrick's multiple piece rate softens it with three rates.
  • Gantt also paid the foreman a bonus per worker making the task, more if all did, a reason to teach the slow ones.
  • Emerson: a Rs 1,000 time wage earns Rs 1,200 at 100 percent efficiency, Rs 1,300 at 110 percent.

Halsey:

E=TR+0.5(S−T)R

Rowan:

E=TR+S−TSTR

Figure: earnings per hour against efficiency S/T: flat at R up to the standard; beyond, Halsey a rising straight line, Rowan faster at first, levelling below 2R; equal at half the standard time saved.

Up to the standard (T=S) both pay just the time wage. Beyond it, hourly earnings: Halsey ET=R2(1+ST), a straight line that keeps rising; Rowan ET=R(2−TS), never reaching 2R, as T/S never reaches zero. They cross at T=S/2 (efficiency 2): Rowan pays more before, Halsey after.

Worked example: S = 10 hours, R = Rs 100 an hour.

Time takenTime wageHalseyRowanPer hour, Halsey and Rowan
10 h (no saving)1,0001,0001,000100 and 100
8 h800800+0.5×2×100=900800+210×8×100=960112.50 and 120
5 h (half saved)500500+0.5×5×100=750500+510×5×100=750150 and 150
4 h400400+0.5×6×100=700400+610×4×100=640175 and 160

Halsey or Rowan: both guarantee the time wage and split the saving. Halsey: simpler, keeps rewarding big savings. Rowan: more for moderate savings, guards against a loose standard (hourly earnings never double), harder to follow, no urge to rush: its rupee bonus peaks at half the time saved (250 here), smaller beyond (240 at 4 hours).

A good programme: scientific standards (time and motion study), simple (workers can work out their earnings), guaranteed minimum, prompt, quality counts (no bonus for rejects), agreed with the union and stable (standards not cut when earnings rise), worth its cost, mixed rewards (e.g. employee of the month beside a production bonus).

Industrial relations and collective bargaining

HOT 9/36 Open the full card

Industrial relations: the relations arising out of employment between employers, employees and their trade unions, and the government; the third aspect of personnel management. Dale Yoder: the whole field of relationships that exist because of the necessary collaboration of men and women in the employment processes of industry. Good relations: work without strikes or lockouts; poor: conflict, lost output, lost wages.

Parties: employers and associations (Nepal: Federation of Nepalese Chambers of Commerce and Industry, FNCCI; Confederation of Nepalese Industries, CNI); workers and trade unions (Nepal's federations GEFONT, NTUC, ANTUF, each close to a political party); government (makes the rules: Labour Act, 2074 and Trade Union Act, 2049 (1992); runs mediating labour offices; provides the Labour Court).

Objectives: industrial peace; productivity; workers' interests and a fair return to the employer; industrial democracy (workers' participation in decisions); mutual trust; lower absenteeism and turnover. Causes of poor relations: wage and bonus disputes, poor conditions, union not recognized, retrenchment, lay-offs, political interference, poor communication. Remedies: fair policies, a working grievance procedure, good-faith bargaining, joint committees, steady communication.

Trade union (Sidney and Beatrice Webb): a continuous association of wage earners for the purpose of maintaining or improving the conditions of their working lives. Functions: militant (bargaining; strikes when it fails), fraternal (welfare, education, mutual help), political (labour law and policy).

Collective bargaining: negotiation between an employer, or employers' organization, and the representative workers' organization to fix working conditions and terms of employment and regulate their relations, aimed at a written collective agreement; workers bargain as a group through the union, evening up strength. Features: collective; bipartite (the state only as referee); continuous (the agreement is administered); give and take; voluntary, flexible; industrial democracy. Importance: fair wages and conditions, industrial peace, disputes settled at source, understanding, a stable period for the employer.

  1. Preparation: the union drafts a charter of demands (wages, bonus, allowances, hours, conditions); management studies ability to pay, market rates, productivity, the law; teams chosen.
  2. Presentation of demands: charter submitted formally; employer fixes time and place.
  3. Negotiation: arguments, counter-proposals, traded concessions, issues settled one by one, informal talks between sessions.
  4. Agreement: written, signed, binding for its period, made known to all employees.
  5. Implementation: clause disputes go to the grievance procedure.
  6. If talks fail: mediation (conciliation) by a neutral third party, then arbitration; strike or lockout last.

Example (illustrative): union asks 20 percent, management offers 8; after three rounds, 12 percent for two years, a better grievance clause for a no-strike promise. Nepal's Labour Act, 2074 (2017), the same ladder: written demands (union or workers' bargaining committee), negotiation, labour office mediation, then arbitration (compulsory in essential services and special economic zones); strike only after these.

Settlement methodHow it works
Collective bargainingParties settle directly; the best way
Conciliation or mediationNeutral third party (e.g. labour office) suggests terms; not binding
ArbitrationBinding award; voluntary by choice, compulsory by law
AdjudicationLabour court or tribunal; in Nepal, the Labour Court
Grievance procedureIndividual complaint up: supervisor, department head, grievance committee, top management
Workers' participationJoint committees prevent disputes by consulting workers before decisions

When settlement fails: strike (collective stoppage by employees), lockout (employer closes the workplace), go-slow, picketing, gherao (managers confined until demands are heard).

Chapter 3: Motivation, leadership and entrepreneurship 9260 words

Motivation and human needs

TOP 20/36 Open the full card

Motivation (Latin movere, to move): stimulating people to act through a work atmosphere where organizational goals and personal needs are satisfied together; the internal and external factors giving the desire and energy to stay interested in and committed to a job.

  • Koontz and Weihrich: the whole class of drives, desires, needs, wishes and similar forces; motivating means satisfying them so subordinates act as desired.
  • Robbins: willingness to exert high effort toward organizational goals, conditioned by that effort satisfying some individual need: effort, organizational goals, needs. Later editions: the process accounting for the intensity, direction and persistence of effort toward a goal.
  • Effort's dimensions: intensity (how hard), direction (toward the goal), persistence (how long).

Need: a felt lack, physical or psychological, making an outcome attractive. Motivation process, for a young engineer whose salary does not cover the rent:

  1. Unsatisfied need: rent not covered.
  2. Tension: worry, dissatisfaction.
  3. Drive: urge to earn more.
  4. Search behaviour: overtime, the performance bonus.
  5. Satisfied need: rent paid.
  6. Reduction of tension; the next need takes over.
  • Primary needs: physiological, inborn, the same for all: food, water, shelter, sleep.
  • Secondary needs: psychological and social, learned (family, culture, experience), so they differ: security, belonging, esteem, achievement, power.

Using a need: find the strongest unsatisfied need, offer a satisfying reward, tie it to the wanted performance; the need gives energy, the organization direction; a satisfied need stops motivating.

What motivates at work: money and security (pay, bonus, allowances, permanent post, provident fund, safe conditions); people (good relations, team acceptance); esteem (recognition, praise, status, promotion); the work itself (challenge, responsibility, achievement, growth).

Why it matters: performance (ability multiplied by motivation; training cannot fix an engineer who does not care); productivity and quality; lower absenteeism and turnover (replacement cost saved); acceptance of change; good relations (fewer grievances, better teamwork and morale); goals met (aims aligned; better recruits).

Role of management (course notes; part of directing): understand what motivates each subordinate (everyone is unique); create the environment, the main role (efficient work, job satisfaction, goals met); equip people (training, knowledge, job information); listen (use employee feedback); pay fairly (adequate wage system, incentive plans); make work interesting, even fun (better schemes, better quality of work).

Types: intrinsic (from within: interesting, enjoyable, meaningful, improving own skill, no outside reward; an engineer staying late to crack a design problem) and extrinsic (from outside: another controls a reward such as pay, bonus, promotion, praise, or a penalty such as a warning, dismissal); positive (reward and encouragement: the carrot) and negative (fear of punishment: the stick); financial (wages, bonus, profit sharing, allowances) and non-financial (recognition, responsibility, participation, job security, status, working conditions). The course notes' grid:

SourcePositiveNegative
Intrinsic"I want to complete this task.""I do not want to complete this task."
Extrinsic"Complete this task and you will be rewarded.""Complete this task or you are fired."

The syllabus's three further types:

PointAttitudeGroupExecutive
Works onthinking and feeling: self confidence, self belief, outlook on the future, reaction to the pasta team performing togethermanagers and executives, key talent
Aimpositive attitude to self, others, situations (employer and employee)team spirit, cooperation, productivityretain managers, better performance
Toolsencouragement, counselling, fair treatment, small early successesteam building, training, group incentives, recognizing individuals, social recognitionprofit sharing, share options, bigger responsibility, benefits (medical cover, vehicle), public recognition, better pay
Done byevery supervisor; the person himselfteam leadertop management, board
Examplea mentor rebuilds a junior's confidence after a failed site testa site team's bonus for a slab on scheduleshare options for a software company's project managers

Mayo's Hawthorne studies first showed that social needs, not money alone, drive output.

Techniques of motivation

HOT 7/36 Open the full card

Technique of motivation: a practical method turning theories into action, done to the job, the pay or the treatment of people so they want to perform; none fits all, so mix them per person.

The course notes' six, with what each feeds:

  1. Meaningful, challenging work: seeing a real difference motivates, challenge energizes (self-actualization, Herzberg's "work itself"); a junior engineer owns a component's design instead of only drafting.
  2. Clear targets, expectations, measurement: stated standards, measured performance (Vroom's expectancy); "load test the new transformer by Friday", not "work hard".
  3. Regular, direct, supportive feedback: timely, specific, what to continue or modify (McClelland's need for achievement).
  4. Valuing employees: recognize and respect self-motivated, responsible people; credit where due (esteem, Herzberg's recognition).
  5. Training and development: prepares for the future; being invested in motivates (growth; raises expectancy).
  6. Incentive programmes: rewards, promotions, benefits, profit sharing, freedom such as flexible hours (existence and safety needs; must be valued: Vroom's valence).

Textbook additions, financial and non-financial:

TechniqueMeaningExample
Pay, bonus, profit sharing (financial)fair wages, performance bonus, overtime, profit or ownership sharea start-up gives its first engineers shares
Job security and benefitspermanent post, provident fund, insurance, pensionpermanent post after probation
Praise and recognitionopen credit for good workengineer of the month at the staff meeting
Job enlargementmore same-level tasks, for variety (horizontal)a meter reader also handles new connections
Job enrichmentmore responsibility and control (vertical): planning, checking own worka technician plans and signs off his own maintenance schedule
Job rotationmoving between jobs at intervals: less boredom, wider skillsa trainee spends months each in design, site, quality
Participation and delegationa say in decisions; authority with responsibilityworkers help plan the new shift pattern
Management by objectivesgoals agreed by boss and subordinate, performance judged against thema section's yearly targets set jointly in Shrawan
Working conditions and career pathsafe, equipped workplace, sensible hours, promotion on merita clear ladder from assistant engineer upward

Choosing: find the need level (Maslow); fix hygiene, then add motivators (Herzberg); make effort to reward visible (Vroom). Money where basic needs are unmet; recognition and challenge where met.

Theories of motivation

PIN 2/36 Open the full card

Theory of motivation: why people behave as they do at work: which needs drive them and how needs become effort; tells a manager what to offer and how to link it to performance.

  • Content theories: what motivates: needs inside a person, varying over time ("what should I offer?").
  • Process theories: how needs become behaviour, the reasoning that sets effort ("how do I link reward to effort?").
  • Reinforcement, a smaller third group: consequences only; rewarded behaviour repeats, punished behaviour stops. Holds fear and punishment.
TheoryWho, whenFamilyIdea
Hierarchy of needsAbraham Maslow, 1943contentfive needs climbed in order; a satisfied need stops motivating
Theory X and Theory YDouglas McGregor, 1960content (assumptions about human nature)a manager's assumptions decide how he motivates
Fear and punishmentreinforcement idea; course notes link it to B. F. Skinnerreinforcementsome work only under threat of a penalty
ERG theoryClayton Alderfer, 1969contentthree needs, several at once; frustration sends a person back down
Learned needsDavid McClelland, early 1960scontentachievement, power, affiliation, learned from experience
Two factor theoryFrederick Herzberg, 1959contenthygiene prevents dissatisfaction; motivators create satisfaction
Expectancy (valency) theoryVictor Vroom, 1964processexpectancy times instrumentality times valence

Other process theories: Adams's equity theory (inputs and outcomes compared with others; unfairness demotivates), Locke's goal setting theory (specific, difficult goals with feedback), the Porter and Lawler model (extends Vroom).

Using them together:

  1. Check assumptions (McGregor): treat professionals as Theory Y.
  2. Find the active need (Maslow, Alderfer, McClelland): pay for someone struggling with rent, recognition and challenge for someone secure.
  3. Remove dissatisfaction, then motivate (Herzberg): fix pay, policy, conditions; then enrich the job.
  4. Make links visible (Vroom): reachable targets, sure rewards, valued rewards.
  5. Stick for rule breaking only (fear and punishment): safety and discipline.

No single theory wins: content theories say little about effort level, process theories little about which rewards matter; almost all come from the United States, so a manager in Nepal must test them.

Maslow's hierarchy of needs

TOP 12/36 Open the full card

Maslow's hierarchy of needs (Abraham Maslow, 1943): five needs in a hierarchy from the most basic to the highest; a person moves up as each level is satisfied, so only an unsatisfied need motivates.

Figure: the five levels as a pyramid from the base, each with the organization's means (adequate wages, suitable hours; safe conditions, pension, job security; team culture, group activities; recognition, more important work; challenging, creative work); a side arrow: a need motivates only until met.

  1. Physiological: food, water, shelter, clothing, sleep: survival. At work: a covering wage, rest, suitable hours.
  2. Safety: protection from physical danger and economic insecurity. Safe conditions, permanent job, provident fund, pension.
  3. Social: belonging, acceptance, friendship. A friendly team, a caring supervisor.
  4. Esteem: self respect and others' respect: achievement, recognition, status. Titles, awards, public praise, important assignments.
  5. Self-actualization: becoming all one can be ("what a man can be, he must be"). Challenging, creative work, freedom to innovate; few reach it.

Features: hierarchy of prepotency (a lower need dominates until reasonably met; a hungry man ignores recognition); a satisfied need is not a motivator (the next higher takes over); relative, not total, satisfaction (Maslow's average person: 85 percent satisfied in physiological needs, 70 safety, 50 love, 40 esteem, 10 self-actualization); lower and higher order (physiological and safety met mainly from outside: pay, contracts, tenure; social, esteem, self-actualization from within); deficiency needs (the first four, felt when missing) and a growth need (self-actualization grows stronger when fed, never fully met); exceptions admitted (self-esteem above love for some; creative people create despite unmet basic needs); upward only (Alderfer added the way down).

Satisfaction progression process: a reasonably met level stops driving behaviour and the next higher need takes over, one step at a time, one direction. A fresh engineering graduate in Kathmandu: first job for rent and food (physiological); permanent post and provident fund (safety); acceptance by the team (social); promotion to team lead, title, recognition (esteem); designing her own products or starting a firm (self-actualization).

At work: diagnose each employee's lowest unsatisfied need before rewarding (a bigger salary for someone now wanting recognition motivates little); different levers (a daily wage labourer on a road project: timely wages, safety gear; a senior engineer at a hydropower company: recognition, challenging assignments); protect the lower levels (a job security threat pulls everyone down); leave room at the top (without challenge the capable stall at esteem, or leave).

Limitations: little research support for a strict order; needs act together; cultures differ (close knit societies may put belonging above esteem); money meets several needs; levels hard to measure; satisfied needs return.

Opinion, Devkota: Laxmi Prasad Devkota (1909 to 1959), honoured as Mahakavi, wrote Muna Madan and a vast body of poems and epics through money troubles lasting much of his life. Maslow cannot explain the order (the top level pursued with lower ones unmet, which a strict model forbids) but explains the direction and tirelessness (self-actualization grows stronger when fed); he is Maslow's own exception (innately creative people create despite unmet basic needs). Better fits: ERG (growth acts while existence needs are unmet), intrinsic motivation. Verdict: partly; a tendency, not a law.

Opinion, falling from grace: the pyramid promises security, respect and self-actualization (Maslow's self-actualized people are ethical, devoted to a mission beyond themselves), yet some who climb high with wealth, status and power end in fraud, crime, violence, jail or suicide. Six reasons:

  1. Stuck at esteem: chasing its outer half (status, wealth, power, fame), which has no ceiling; healthy esteem rests on deserved respect and real achievement, so fraud-won esteem is unhealthy.
  2. Silent on means: the pyramid names the need, not how to meet it (merit or corruption); ethics comes from character, law and culture.
  3. Lopsided climbing: career and money rise, social needs (family, friendship, belonging) starve: isolation, depression, sometimes suicide.
  4. Frustration regression: growth blocked by failure, loss of office or disgrace; money and security grabbed by any means (ERG).
  5. Personal power: McClelland's need for power turned toward oneself becomes abuse of authority.
  6. More temptation, more exposure: higher posts bring pressure, chances to misuse authority, public falls.

Conclusion: a failure of the climb, not the pyramid; it explains the drive, not the conscience. Remedies: ethical culture, reward for merit only, transparent checks (audits; for public office in Nepal, the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority), attention to the whole person.

McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y

HOT 8/36 Open the full card

Theory X and Theory Y: Douglas McGregor's two opposite sets of assumptions about human nature (The Human Side of Enterprise, 1960): X, people dislike work and must be pushed; Y, work is natural and people direct themselves. The belief decides how a manager manages and motivates.

  • Theory X (traditional direction and control), the average person: dislikes and avoids work; lacks ambition, avoids responsibility, prefers direction, wants security above all; self-centred, indifferent to the organization; resists change; avoids decisions, not particularly intelligent; so must be coerced, controlled, directed and threatened with punishment.
  • Theory Y (integration of individual and organizational goals), the average person: finds effort as natural as play or rest; directs and controls himself toward committed objectives; is committed through achievement's rewards (esteem, self-actualization); learns to accept and seek responsibility; has widely spread imagination and creativity; is under-used, modern industry using only part of his intellectual potential.
PointTheory XTheory Y
Workdisliked, avoidednatural as play or rest
Responsibilityshunned; little ambitionaccepted, sought
Controlexternal: close supervision, threatsself-direction, self-control
Driving needslower: physiological, safetyhigher: social, esteem, self-actualization
Motivationextrinsic, financial, negative: carrot and stickintrinsic, positive: responsibility, recognition, growth
Leadershipautocraticdemocratic, participative
Authority, communicationcentralized; one way, downwarddelegated; two way
Creativityfew at the topwidely distributed
Outlookpessimistic, staticoptimistic, people grow
Fitsroutine work, crisis, repeated misconductskilled, professional, knowledge work
TheoryTheory X managerTheory Y manager
Maslowphysiological, safety needs: pay, securitysocial, esteem, self-actualization: belonging, recognition, challenge
Herzberghygiene only (pay, supervision, rules): at best no dissatisfactionmotivators (achievement, responsibility, work itself): satisfaction
Alderferexistence needsrelatedness and growth needs
McClellandlow need for achievement: sets and checks targetsachievement and power needs: goals, feedback, responsibility
Fear and punishmentthe main toola last resort; self-control works
Vroomvalence of money and avoiding penalties; controls every linkvalence of growth and achievement; builds own expectancy

Applied: X motivates from outside (money, the threat of losing it), supervising constantly as effort stops with the pressure; Y from inside (delegation, participation, job enrichment, MBO), letting people control their work. McGregor's argument (via Maslow): pay and security are largely met in modern organizations, so carrot and stick fails; only higher needs remain, reached only by Y. Self-fulfilling prophecy: treated as lazy, people do the minimum; trusted, most rise. Balance: a Kathmandu software team on flexible hours with its own sprint goals runs on Y, a supervisor with an attendance register over casual labourers on X; Taylor's scientific management sits near X, Mayo's human relations near Y.

Fear and punishment

PIN 1/36 Open the full card

Fear and punishment theory: some people work only for fear of what happens if they do not, so the threat of punishment (a warning, pay cut, fine, lost promotion, suspension, dismissal) gets the effort. Negative motivation, the stick of carrot and stick.

Reasoning (course notes): as Theory X assumes, some people dislike work, hate responsibility, avoid challenges and lack ambition; rewards do not move them, so fear must control them, while others respond to rewards.

Skinner's reinforcement: behaviour is shaped by its consequences; pleasant ones repeat it, unpleasant ones stop it. Four tools, fear and punishment using the middle two: positive reinforcement (reward the wanted behaviour: carrot); negative reinforcement (remove an unpleasant condition once the wanted behaviour appears: the threat lifted when work is done); punishment (an unpleasant consequence to stop unwanted behaviour: stick); extinction (no response, so the behaviour dies out).

On the name: the course notes file it under B. F. Skinner's reinforcement theory; strictly it is only half of reinforcement, and Skinner found reward more effective than punishment. Teach it as carrot and stick, with Skinner as the source of the reinforcement view.

When it works: short term compliance with simple, visible rules ("no helmet, no entry" on a construction site; drink driving penalties on Kathmandu's roads); safety and discipline where one lapse kills or ruins (live electrical work, blasting, cash handling: zero tolerance); Theory X cases (repeated absence, theft, misconduct after counselling failed); a crisis with no time to persuade.

Hot stove rule (usually credited to McGregor): advance warning, immediate, consistent for all, impersonal (the act, not the person). Progressive discipline: oral warning, written warning, suspension, dismissal.

Limits: minimum effort, compliance not commitment (Herzberg's KITA, a kick in the pants: movement, not motivation); fear, resentment, low morale spreading through the group; works only while watched; kills initiative (engineers hide problems instead of reporting them); conflict (grievances, union disputes, sabotage, turnover); negative only (says what not to do). Conclusion: a floor, not a strategy; keep it for rule breaking and safety, and motivate everyday performance with rewards and good work.

Alderfer's ERG theory

PIN 5/36 Open the full card

ERG theory: Clayton Alderfer's (1969) reworking of Maslow to fit research evidence: three needs, Existence, Relatedness, Growth; keeps satisfaction progression, adds frustration regression (a blocked higher need sends a person back to a lower one).

NeedCoversMaslow's levelsAt work
Existence (E)material, physical survival needsphysiological, safetypay, benefits, safe conditions, job security
Relatedness (R)relationships: family, friends, colleagues, bossessocial; outer esteem (recognition by others)teamwork, supportive boss, colleagues' respect
Growth (G)using and extending one's abilitiesinner esteem (self respect, achievement); self-actualizationchallenging work, training, creative tasks

Figure: Maslow's five levels (esteem split into internal and external parts) bracketed into existence, relatedness and growth as in the table; notes: several needs at once, frustration regression.

How it works: satisfaction progression (a met lower need raises desire for the next); frustration regression (a frustrated higher need raises desire for the lower: more of what one can get); several needs at once, no strict order; growth feeds itself (wanted more once satisfied); people differ (education, family background, culture).

PointSatisfaction progressionFrustration regression
Meaninga met need gives way to the next higher; move upa blocked higher need; fall back, want more of a lower
Triggersatisfactionfrustration, failure
Directionupwarddownward
Found inMaslow (his only direction) and AlderferAlderfer only
Examplean engineer with a secure job and fair pay wants recognition, a bigger rolepassed over for years, he pushes for allowances and overtime, or office friendships and politics
Lessonkeep offering the next level of rewarda money demand may hide blocked growth: open a growth route (training, new project, transfer)
PointMaslowERG
Categoriesfivethree
Orderrigid, step by stepflexible; a higher need can act before a lower is met
Needs activeone dominant levelseveral at once
Movementup only (satisfaction progression)up, and down (frustration regression)
Esteemone levelsplit: recognition to relatedness, self respect to growth
Basisclinical observation, reasoning (1943)revised to research evidence (1969)
Individual differenceslittle roomexplicitly allowed
For managersfind the level, satisfy italso watch blocked needs and fallbacks

Shared: both content theories, from material needs to growth, pushing upward by satisfaction, with growth or self-actualization at the top; ERG is a more flexible, realistic Maslow.

McClelland's learned needs

Open the full card

Theory of learned needs: David McClelland (early 1960s): achievement, power, affiliation are important work motivators, learned from experience, upbringing and culture, not inborn; everyone has all three in different strengths, the strongest shaping behaviour.

Figure: three boxes, one per need (achievement; power, social or personal; affiliation), each listing the traits in the table.

NeedThe personFitsMotivate with
Achievement (nAch)challenging goals, calculated risks, regular feedback, personal responsibility for resultsentrepreneurs, sales, research, independent projectsstretching but reachable targets, quick feedback, task ownership
Power (nPow)controls people and resources, competes and wins; social power for the organization, personal for oneselfmanagement, leadership (if social)authority, status, the chance to lead
Affiliation (nAff)belonging, being liked, friendly relationships, avoids conflict and confrontationteam roles, customer service, coordinationteamwork, friendly climate, social recognition

Measured by the Thematic Apperception Test: stories written about ambiguous pictures reveal the dominant need. High achievers are not automatically good managers (they do the job themselves; managers work through others). Best managers (later work): high social power, low affiliation, able to take unpopular decisions. Teachable: achievement motivation training for small businessmen in Kakinada, India, 1960s, the root of entrepreneurship development programmes. Against Maslow: no order, all three together, learned; roughly achievement matches self-actualization, power esteem, affiliation social needs.

Herzberg's two factor theory

HOT 9/36 Open the full card

Two factor theory: Frederick Herzberg (1959), also the motivation hygiene or hygiene maintenance theory: satisfaction and dissatisfaction have different causes; hygiene factors around the job only prevent dissatisfaction, motivators in the work itself create satisfaction and effort.

The study: about 200 engineers and accountants recalled exceptionally good and bad times at work; good ones concerned the job's content (achievement, recognition, the work itself), bad ones its context (policy, supervision, pay, conditions). Two separate scales: the opposite of satisfaction is no satisfaction, of dissatisfaction no dissatisfaction; removing a dissatisfier brings calm, not motivation.

Figure: two separate scales: hygiene factors move a person from dissatisfaction to no dissatisfaction, a neutral point; motivators from no satisfaction to satisfaction.

  • Hygiene (maintenance) factors: company policy and administration; supervision; relations with supervisor, peers and subordinates; working conditions; salary; job security; status.
  • Motivators (satisfiers): achievement, recognition, the work itself, responsibility, advancement, growth.
PointHygiene factorsMotivators
Belong tojob context (extrinsic)job content (intrinsic)
Poor or absentdissatisfactionno satisfaction, not dissatisfaction
Goodno dissatisfaction: neutral, not motivationsatisfaction, better performance
Needs servedlower levelhigher level
Why the namelike medical hygiene: prevent illness, make nobody healthier; maintain the levelactually move people to perform

Salary is hygiene, though it came up in both kinds of story: fair pay stops complaints; a raise soon stops motivating. Nepal: the festival allowance before Dashain is expected, angers if missing, and makes nobody work harder next month.

Where motivation comes from: the job itself (the motivators, intrinsic), not its surroundings, which only remove dissatisfaction. Hence job enrichment: vertical redesign (more responsibility, control of one's own work, chances to learn) rather than only more pay. Threat or bonus pushes are KITA (a kick in the pants): movement, not motivation.

HygieneMotivatorsWhat the manager sees
highhighthe ideal: few complaints, highly motivated
highlowfew complaints; the job is a pay cheque, minimum effort
lowhighexciting work, many complaints on pay and conditions: a young start-up
lowlowthe worst: unhappy, unmotivated

Applied: at a remote hydropower site, fair pay, housing, safety equipment and home leave (hygiene) keep engineers; owning a section of the works and recognition at commissioning (motivators) bring their best. Criticism: people credit themselves for good events and blame surroundings for bad (enough to produce the two lists); a professional sample (pay may motivate the low paid); output assumed, not measured; a factor may be hygiene for one person, a motivator for another.

Against Maslow and Alderfer: Maslow's physiological, safety and social needs (Alderfer's existence and most of relatedness) match hygiene; esteem and self-actualization (Alderfer's growth) match motivators.

PointMaslowAlderfer (ERG)Herzberg
Categoriesfive needsthree needstwo sets of factors
Looks atneeds in the person, all of lifeneeds in the personfeatures of the job
Structurerigid hierarchyflexible, several needs at oncetwo independent scales
Do lower needs motivate?yes, while unsatisfiedyes, more when a higher need is blockedno: hygiene only prevents dissatisfaction
Movementup only (satisfaction progression)up, and down (frustration regression)none: two separate effects
Basisclinical observationrevised to fit researchabout 200 engineers and accountants interviewed
Applies toeveryoneeveryonebest to professional, white collar staff
Manager's toolsatisfy the active needwatch for blocked growthfix hygiene, then enrich the job

Alderfer and Herzberg: both split lower and higher needs, growth the real motivator; for Alderfer any unsatisfied need (existence too) motivates and frustration brings regression, while Herzberg's hygiene never motivates; Alderfer describes needs in a person, Herzberg features of a job.

Vroom's expectancy theory

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Expectancy (VIE) theory: Victor Vroom (Work and Motivation, 1964): a person acts on what he expects the result to be and how much he values it; motivation is the product of expectancy, instrumentality and valence; the syllabus's expectancy or valency theory.

M=E×I×V

M is the motivational force: how hard the person tries.

Figure: the chain effort, performance, reward, personal goals, with expectancy (E), instrumentality (I) and valence (V) on its links; motivation is E times I times V, zero if any one is zero.

TermQuestion in the person's mindLinkRangeThe manager
Expectancy (E)"If I try, can I do it?"effort to performance0 to 1right person, training, resources, supervision, reachable targets
Instrumentality (I)"If I do it, will I really get the reward?"performance to reward0 to 1keeps every promise; clear, fair rules; reward tied to measured performance
Valence (V)"Do I want that reward?"reward to personal goalsminus 1 to plus 1finds and offers what each person values
  • Valence is personal: wanted by one, indifferent to another, disliked by a third; a transfer to a district office is promotion to one engineer, punishment to another whose family lives in Kathmandu.
  • The terms multiply: any zero makes motivation zero; a bonus people are sure they cannot earn motivates nobody.
  • On the ranges: Vroom's own instrumentality runs minus 1 to plus 1 like valence (good performance can make an outcome less likely); most textbooks simplify it to 0 to 1.

Worked example: a bonus for a design two weeks early; E = 0.8 (fairly sure), I = 0.5 (last year's bonus unpaid), V = 0.6 (moderate want): M=0.8×0.5×0.6=0.24. Last year's bonus paid and the rule written (I = 0.9): M=0.8×0.9×0.6=0.432, nearly double. Valuing time off over money (V near 0): M near 0 whatever E and I, so offer extra leave. Several outcomes (pay, praise, promotion): instrumentality times valence per outcome, summed, times expectancy: M=E×∑(I×V).

A process theory: how, not what (Maslow and Herzberg list needs; Vroom names none); a chain (effort, performance, reward, personal goals), each link judged; cognitive (a rational choice of the best expected result); rests on perception, not fixed needs (train the person or keep a promise and motivation changes); individual and situational (valence differs: no universal motivator).

Lessons: reachable targets (E), certain rewards (I), valued rewards (V); fair appraisal and clear incentive plans raise instrumentality. Limitations: assumes people calculate rationally, which they often do not; E, I and V hard to measure; ignores habit and emotion; perceptions can be wrong. Porter and Lawler extended it, adding ability and role clarity; satisfaction follows performance and its rewards rather than causing them.

Leadership and the leader

TOP 15/36 Open the full card

Leadership: influencing people and providing an environment for them to achieve team or organizational goals; the art of moving a group toward a common goal; the leader inspires and directs action and arranges the work setting (resources, roles, goals).

  • Koontz and Weihrich: "the art or process of influencing people so that they will strive willingly and enthusiastically toward the achievement of group goals".
  • Hersey and Blanchard (a syllabus text) add "in a given situation": leader, followers and situation together, the integrated approach.
  • Features: an influence process, not only orders; needs followers; a common goal (toward a private goal it is manipulation); situational and continuous; formal (from a post) or informal (no post).

Why an organization needs it: plans, structure and rules say what should happen; leadership makes people want to do it (authority alone gets compliance at best). It initiates action (communicates plans and policies), motivates, guides and coordinates, builds confidence and morale, creates the climate (trust, openness, team spirit), leads change (people resist decrees but follow a trusted leader), resolves conflict and represents the group, and develops future leaders. "Substitutes for leadership" (skilled professionals, routine tasks, clear procedures) reduce the need for close direction, never remove it.

Power over followers (the ability to change what others do), French and Raven's five bases:

BaseComes fromExample
Legitimate (post)formal position, accepted as a right to directa project manager assigns tasks
Reward (post)control of pay, promotion, good assignmentsa supervisor recommends a bonus
Coercive (post)ability to punish: warning, transfer, dismissala warning letter for absence
Expert (person)knowledge and skill others needthe one engineer who can fix the server
Referent (person)admiration, trust; people want to be like the leadera respected senior everyone copies

Acceptance is the final source (Chester Barnard's acceptance theory: an order has authority only if accepted). Post power buys compliance, personal power earns commitment; fear works only while the leader watches, expertise and trust also when the leader is away. Integrity and care build referent power, competence expert power.

Leader and manager: all successful managers need leadership skills, but not all leaders are managers: any team member with strong influence can lead.

PointManagerLeader
Influence fromformal authority of the postpersonal influence followers accept
Chosenappointedappointed, or emerges from the group
People aresubordinatesfollowers
Focusplans, budgets, structure, controlvision, direction, people
Aimefficiency: doing things righteffectiveness: doing the right thing
Changekeeps order, stabilitystarts and leads change
Riskreduces ittakes calculated risk
Askshow and whenwhat and why
Found informal organizationformal and informal groups

Warren Bennis: "managers are people who do things right and leaders are people who do the right thing"; John Kotter: management copes with complexity, leadership with change.

Leader against a regular employee (behaviour, not rank; the leader takes responsibility for where the group goes): vision (Katz's conceptual skill); initiative and ownership (acts untold, takes the blame, shares the credit); influence without a post; decisiveness on incomplete information; develops others (coaching, delegating, feedback, settling conflict); emotional intelligence (Goleman's five parts: self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy, social skill); example (the standard others copy).

Qualities of a good leader, the course's eight:

  1. Honesty and integrity: the same inside as outside; earns trust.
  2. Personality and confidence: draws out the team's best effort.
  3. Human skills: treats and talks to people well, gives respect and credit, gets loyalty back.
  4. Initiative: makes and carries out plans, the right thing at the right time, unasked.
  5. Innovative: new ideas combined with old for new problems.
  6. Communication skills: clear, simple speech and writing to inform, instruct, guide.
  7. Discipline: respects rules; followers copy the example.
  8. Committed to excellence: keeps raising the standard, works alongside the team.

Textbooks add vision, empathy, decisiveness, emotional stability, flexibility of style, fairness, technical competence, physical and mental energy.

Modern challenges: fast technological change (automation, AI: keep learning, reskill the team); keeping talent (skilled young Nepalis leave for study and work abroad; foreign firms hire Nepali engineers remotely); remote and hybrid teams (trust, clear goals); diversity (generations, genders, cultures); uncertainty (policy changes, pandemics, disasters); ethics in public (social media exposes every lapse); speed with judgment; profit, people and planet (well being, sustainability).

"A reader is a leader" (often attributed to Harry S. Truman: "not all readers are leaders, but all leaders are readers"): reading builds the knowledge behind personal influence. Democratic: expert power to guide discussion and judge suggestions. Autocratic: a non-reader has only the post and punishment; a reader deciding alone in a crisis decides well. Laissez faire: a reading leader sets goals and judges experts; a reading team stays current. Flexibility: many ways to lead, the right one picked. Reading people: the team's mood and followers' readiness, the heart of situational leadership. Limit: necessary, not sufficient; a reader who never acts is a scholar.

Envisioning yourself as a leader (first person, five heads): goal (heading an engineering team in Nepal, or founding a technology company that creates jobs at home); path (technical skill and delivery, then small teams and mentoring (human skill), then strategy (conceptual skill), up the levels of management); style (participative by default, directive in emergencies, delegating to experts, aiming at team management (9,9)); values (integrity, fairness, continuous learning, credit to the team); growth plan (study, reading, a mentor, early responsibility in clubs, projects, internships). Example: developer first, a small team within five years, later a Kathmandu software company keeping Nepali engineers at home.

Leadership styles

TOP 14/36 Open the full card

Leadership style: the behavioural pattern a leader adopts to direct and involve followers, shaped by the leader's personality, experience and values, the followers and the environment.

The classic three, by how much of the decision the leader keeps; Kurt Lewin and colleagues (1939) compared them in boys' hobby clubs with trained adult leaders: democratic clubs most satisfied and original; autocratic ones worked hard only with the leader present, turning hostile or dependent; laissez faire ones did the least and poorest work.

Figure: a continuum from leader centred to group centred, the leader's authority shrinking as the group's area of freedom grows: autocratic, democratic (participative), laissez faire (free rein).

PointAutocraticDemocraticLaissez faire
Who decidesleader aloneleader, after consultingthe group; little direction
Communicationone way, orders downwardtwo way, openamong members; leader supplies resources
Power relied onpost: legitimate, reward, coerciveperson: expert, referentdelegated to members
View of peopleTheory X: must be directedTheory Y: want responsibilityself-directing experts
Strengthfast, clear, controlledbetter decisions, morale, commitmentfreedom, creativity
Weaknessresentment, no initiative, all on one personslow; needs capable membersdrift, chaos without know-how
Best whencrisis, safety, new or unskilled staffskilled staff, complex problems, changeexperienced experts, research
  • Autocratic (authoritarian): orders obeyed; the leader's own ideas and judgment, little member input; close supervision; reward and punishment. Strict: rules by fear and punishment; benevolent (paternalistic): decides alone but cares like a parent (family run firms). For speed over agreement (emergency, safety-critical job, new or unskilled workers); overused: bossy, dictatorial, resentment, turnover, no initiative.
  • Democratic (participative): orders only after consulting; policies from group discussion, delegated authority, shared praise and blame; the leader keeps the final say. Advantages: better decisions, less resistance to change, higher morale, satisfaction and productivity, subordinates learn to lead. Disadvantages: slow, needs capable and willing members, blurred responsibility, unfit for emergencies, weak compromise. Usually the most effective (course notes), given time and knowledgeable members.
  • Laissez faire (free rein): little direction; the group sets goals and solves problems; the leader supplies information and resources and owns the outcome. Only for knowledgeable, experienced, self-motivated groups (a senior research team); otherwise drift, conflict, low output.

Continuum (Tannenbaum and Schmidt, 1958): as the leader's use of authority falls, the group's area of freedom grows.

PointThe leaderStyle
1decides, announcesautocratic
2decides, "sells" itautocratic, persuasive
3presents ideas, invites questionsconsultative
4presents a tentative decision, open to changeconsultative
5presents the problem, takes suggestions, decidesdemocratic
6defines limits, asks the group to decideparticipative
7lets the group act within limits set from abovelaissez faire

Choosing the point: forces in the leader (values, confidence in subordinates, comfort with uncertainty), in subordinates (knowledge, experience, readiness for responsibility, interest in the problem), in the situation (type of organization, the problem, time pressure): the integrated approach's three circles. Other styles: bureaucratic (rule book), transactional (reward for performance), transformational (a vision beyond self-interest), servant (serves the team's growth).

Participative management: the democratic style built into the organization; employees at every level share the decisions affecting their work. Forms: suggestion schemes, consultation, quality circles (worker groups solving quality problems, Japan, 1960s), work committees and joint councils, worker directors, employee share ownership, joint goal setting in MBO. Importance: better decisions; commitment; less resistance to change; motivation (esteem and self-actualization needs, Maslow; Theory Y in practice); industrial peace (Nepal's major trade union federations are tied to political parties; consultation keeps disputes from becoming strikes); develops supervisors and leaders; two way communication and trust. Limits: slow; needs educated, willing workers; managers fear losing authority; unions may politicise it; urgent or confidential matters cannot wait.

Modern engineering project: participative by default, directive when safety or time demands, delegating to experts. Knowledge work (civil, electrical, software, quality specialists know their fields best); limited authority in a matrix structure (members also report to functional heads), so expert and referent power; agile methods such as Scrum (self-organising teams, a serving leader); ownership of deadlines (a team defends the schedule it planned); but a crane lift, blast or server outage needs one autocratic voice. Example: a hydropower project manager plans with the civil, mechanical and electrical leads (participative), orders firmly in a blast or flood alert (autocratic), lets turbine specialists choose their test method (laissez faire).

Industrial organization: democratic with firm control of safety and discipline, team management (9,9); Rensis Likert: the most productive departments ran participative group management, "System 4". Consultation prevents the disputes that stop a large, unionised plant; quality and productivity come from the shop floor (quality circles, suggestions); safety is not negotiable (permits, procedures, drills are directive); a mixed workforce needs instruction (new, unskilled), involvement (technicians, engineers) and freedom (experts); pure autocracy fails over time (resentment, absenteeism, turnover), pure laissez faire at once on routine production. So: participative by default, directive when needed (the contingency approach).

Blake and Mouton's managerial grid

HOT 6/36 Open the full card

Managerial grid: Robert Blake and Jane Mouton (1964): a 9 by 9 grid of concern for production (horizontal) against concern for people (vertical), each 1 (low) to 9 (high). "Concern for" is attitude and emphasis, not output: production covers targets, quality, efficiency, procedures; people covers trust, fair pay, working conditions, relationships, personal growth. A grid, not a line: the Michigan studies put job centred and employee centred behaviour at two ends of one line; the Ohio State studies (both behavioral approach) found them independent. Five of the 81 positions are the main styles.

Figure: the 9 by 9 grid, production across and people up, points read as (production, people); marked: (1,1) impoverished, (1,9) country club, (9,1) produce or perish (authority compliance), (5,5) middle of the road, (9,9) team management.

StylePointBehaviourExample
Impoverished(1,1)minimum effort on both; keeps the job, avoids blame; innovation diesan office head near retirement who forwards every file, decides nothing
Country club(1,9)people first: friendly, comfortable, not necessarily productivea family firm manager who corrects nobody, misses delivery dates
Produce or perish(9,1)output first: needs unimportant, pay buys performance, rules and punishmenta contractor racing a deadline: fines, forced overtime, no safety gear
Middle of the road(5,5)compromise: neither output nor needs fully meta branch manager meeting targets "well enough", staff fairly content
Team management(9,9)high on both: teamwork, commitment, trust, a common stake; the ideala software lead who sets stretch goals with the team, coaches juniors, ships on time

Naming: the course notes call (9,1) "produce or perish"; Blake and Mouton's later editions call it "authority compliance".

Why (9,9): it denies the trade-off; committed people produce more, and work they are proud of keeps them committed. (9,9) is Theory Y in action, (9,1) Theory X; (1,9) offers comfort (Herzberg's hygiene factors) without the achievement that motivates. People move on the grid: a site engineer may slide to (9,1) the week before a deadline.

Significance for growth: diagnosis (a grid questionnaire shows the gap to (9,9)); training (the six phase Grid organization development programme: grid seminars, teamwork development, intergroup development, an ideal strategic model, implementing it, systematic critique); output with morale; a common language ("we are drifting to (5,5)"); retention of skilled people; readiness for change; placement (matching managers to posts, spotting a (9,1) or (1,1) manager early). Limits: attitude only, ignoring followers and situation; (9,9) not always possible (a crisis may need a (9,1) push); self-reported scores; hence the contingency approach.

Leadership approaches

TOP 12/36 Open the full card

Leadership approach: a way of explaining what makes a leader effective: traits, behaviour, the situation, or all together; each named theory sits in one. In order, each answering the last one's weakness: trait, behavioral, contingency (situational), integrated.

1. Trait approach, leaders are born: personal traits (abilities, personality, background, physical characteristics, intelligence, attitude, maturity), from the "great man" idea. Core traits (largely Kirkpatrick and Locke, 1991): achievement drive (effort, ambition, energy, persistence), leadership motivation, honesty and integrity, self-confidence, intelligence (judgment, analysis), knowledge of the business (organization, industry, technology), self-monitoring (reads cues, adjusts). Merits: simple; aids selection by tests and interviews. Limits: no list fits all (Stogdill's 1948 review: traits alone do not make a leader); hard to measure; ignores followers and situation.

2. Behavioral approach, leaders are made: what the leader does, and behaviour can be learned; two independent behaviours, both can be high.

People orientedTask oriented
mutual trust and respectassigns specific tasks
concern for needs and welfaresees rules and procedures followed
listens to suggestions, does personal favourspushes performance to full capacity
treats all equally, supports their interestsstresses deadlines

Studies: Iowa (Lewin's three styles), Ohio State (initiating structure, consideration), Michigan (job centred, employee centred), Blake and Mouton's grid. Merit: trainable. Limit: no behaviour best everywhere.

3. Contingency (situational) approach, it depends: the best way to lead depends on the situation; effective leaders adapt. The course's four styles:

StyleBehaviourFits
Directivetask oriented: what, how, when; clear standardsunclear tasks, inexperienced staff
Supportivepeople oriented: friendly, approachable, fairstressful or dull work
Participativeconsults, weighs ideas before decidingcapable staff wanting a say
Achievement orientedchallenging goals, expects peak performance, shows confidenceskilled, ambitious staff

Source: these are Robert House's path-goal styles; the course notes list them without the name. Fiedler's contingency model: style is fixed, so match the leader to the situation; task oriented leaders do best in very favourable or very unfavourable situations, relationship oriented ones in between (favourableness: leader-member relations, task structure, position power). Hersey and Blanchard's situational leadership: style matched to follower readiness: telling (low), selling, participating, delegating (high). Merit: realistic, flexible. Limits: hard to diagnose quickly; many leaders cannot switch style.

4. Integrated approach, leader, follower, situation: the most realistic, combining the other three; Hersey and Blanchard: L=f(l,f,s). Leader: ability, traits and characteristics; behaviour (task or people oriented); experience. Follower: abilities, traits and characteristics; experience; task relevant maturity (able and willing to take responsibility for the task). Situation: structure, technology, objectives, external environment.

Figure: three overlapping circles, leader (traits, behaviour, experience), follower (abilities, experience, task relevant maturity), situation (structure, technology, objectives, environment); the effective style at the centre.

ApproachAsksLeaders areGap
Traitwho is the leader?bornignores behaviour, situation
Behavioralwhat does the leader do?made, trainableno one best behaviour
Contingencywhat does the situation need?matched to ithard to diagnose; style may be fixed
Integratedhow do leader, follower, situation fit?effective when all fitcomplex to apply

Determining the most effective style or leader (none is best in general), six steps:

  1. Define effective: goals (output, quality, cost, time) and a healthy group (morale, low turnover and absenteeism, few grievances, people developing).
  2. Read the leader: values, confidence in subordinates, natural style, comfort with uncertainty.
  3. Read the followers: skill, experience, willingness, need for independence, wish to be consulted.
  4. Read the situation: task, time pressure, organization size and culture, technology, environment.
  5. Match: low readiness or crisis, directive; capable staff and complex problems, participative; experts, delegating.
  6. Measure and adjust: results plus people indicators (surveys, 360 degree feedback); adapt as followers grow.

Most effective business leader: (9,9), the core traits (integrity, drive, knowledge), flexibility above all.

Nepalese start-ups: the integrated approach (leader, followers and situation read together): a participative, team building style with firm direction on a few essentials. Followers: small teams of young, educated people who expect a voice and can leave for work abroad or foreign remote jobs (autocracy loses them; participation and growth keep them). Situation: scarce funding, a small market, sudden policy changes, fast technology; no fixed style works. Leader: drive, integrity with investors and customers, confidence; traits alone build a one person company. Stage: directive at the idea stage, participative in growth, delegating at scale. Pure autocracy kills creativity; pure laissez faire fails inexperienced teams on tight deadlines.

Entrepreneurship and the entrepreneur

TOP 12/36 Open the full card

Entrepreneurship (French entreprendre, "to undertake"): the capacity and willingness to develop, organize and manage a business venture, with its risks, to make a profit; simply, starting a new business. Entrepreneur: a person of high aptitude who pioneers change, found in a small part of the population, wanting to work for himself or herself with own knowledge and innovation; from a one person, part time venture to thousands employed.

  • Risk bearer: Richard Cantillon (18th century), the word's first economic meaning: buys at a known price to sell at an unknown one.
  • Innovator: Joseph Schumpeter: new combinations (new product, production method, market, source of raw materials, organization of an industry); the new displaces the old, "creative destruction".
  • Exploiter of change: Peter Drucker: searches for change, responds to it, exploits it as an opportunity; innovation is the specific tool.
  • Notes and textbook: the course notes' Schumpeter functions end with "driving change" (after new products, production methods, markets, fresh raw material sources); Schumpeter's own fifth is a new organization of an industry (creating or breaking a monopoly).

Entrepreneurship development: raising the number and quality of entrepreneurs (knowledge, skills, motivation, support), bringing new business forms, technologies, enterprises and goods. Drivers (the notes' factors): creativity and innovation, an inner drive to start a business, the wish to work for oneself. EDPs: pre-training (identify, select people with potential), training (achievement motivation, business skills, a project report), follow-up (finance, site, approvals, markets). Learnable: McClelland tied growth to the need for achievement and trained businessmen in India.

Characteristics:

  1. Initiative: acts beyond any job description.
  2. Opportunity seeking: seizes chances before being asked or forced.
  3. Disciplined and confident: daily steps, sure the business will work.
  4. Moderate risk taker: calculates; not a gambler.
  5. Creative: different solutions to problems.
  6. Competitive: can do better than others, wants to win.
  7. Committed and determined: extra effort; failure does not stop the next try.
  8. Strong people skills: motivates and coaches employees.
  9. Strong work ethic: first in, last out, always thinking business.

Textbooks add high need for achievement, internal locus of control (one's own actions decide outcomes), tolerance of uncertainty, vision, leadership.

Role in economic development (the engine turning savings, labour and resources into growth; without it capital idles and graduates emigrate):

  1. Capital formation: idle savings (in Nepal, remittances too) into productive investment.
  2. Employment: self and others; small and medium firms give most jobs in most economies.
  3. Innovation: new products and methods raise productivity.
  4. National and per capita income rise with output and value added.
  5. Balanced regional development: industry outside the capital spreads income and infrastructure.
  6. Import substitution and exports: easing a trade deficit such as Nepal's, imports many times exports.
  7. Linkages: demand for suppliers, transport, services: a multiplier effect.
  8. Wider ownership: many small owners, not a few large.
  9. Government revenue: taxes for public services.
  10. Social change: role models; income for women and marginalised groups.

Nepal examples: the Chaudhary Group grew from family trading into a multinational group known for Wai Wai noodles; private hydropower developers, let in by the Electricity Act of 1992, now build much of the generation; eSewa, Nepal's first online payment service, and the QR payment networks after it made online business possible. Caution: poor countries have many necessity entrepreneurs (a small shop because there is no job) and fewer opportunity entrepreneurs who innovate and grow; development needs the second kind.

Creativity needs a conducive environment (agree: creativity is the seed, the environment the soil; the same person thrives in one country and gives up in another, so the environment decides how many ventures succeed and how big they grow):

PartMust provideNepal today
Economic and financialcredit, seed and venture capital, a market with buying powerbanks lend against land, not ideas; few venture funds; small home market
Political and legalstability, rule of law, simple entry and exit, fair tax, property and IP protectionfrequent government and policy changes; registration simpler, exit still slow
Infrastructurepower, roads, internet, industrial siteslong daily power cuts ended in the late 2010s; internet spread fast; roads and logistics lag
Social and culturalrespect for business, tolerance of failure, family supporta secure job or work abroad preferred; failure stigmatised
Education and technologyskills, research, university and industry linksmany engineers, weak research links
Support institutionsincubators, mentors, chambers, EDP trainingFNCCI, CNI, the cottage industry federation; incubators mostly in Kathmandu

Evidence: power cuts and bandhs, then the 2015 earthquake and border blockade, hurt or closed many sound businesses; spreading digital payments brought a wave of e-commerce, delivery and fintech ventures: same talent, changed environment. Other side: exceptional founders succeed in poor conditions, and building what is missing is itself entrepreneurship.

Nepal's IT sector, built almost entirely by private entrepreneurs: industry and jobs (software and outsourcing firms, internet providers, fintech, e-commerce, ed-tech keep graduates home); foreign exchange (services, outsourcing, freelancing: exports with no shipping cost); other sectors modernised (eSewa, Khalti, Fonepay wallets and QR payments for bills, fees, remittances, shopping; management software for schools, hospitals, businesses); inclusion and e-governance (wallets reach people banks never did; private firms build government systems); innovation culture (incubators, hackathons, student festivals such as LOCUS at Pulchowk).

Risks and challenges for an aspiring IT entrepreneur: finance (collateral lending, few investors for ideas without land); small, price-sensitive market (low willingness to pay, piracy); payments (PayPal does not serve Nepal; strict foreign exchange rules on receiving foreign payments and paying for cloud services, tools, ads); talent drain (emigration, foreign remote jobs); policy risk (TikTok ban, 2023; unregistered social media platforms blocked in September 2025, withdrawn within days after mass protests); old legal base (Electronic Transactions Act 2063 (2008), older than most digital business; weak data protection and IP enforcement); foreign giants (Daraz, owned by Alibaba); social pressure (secure jobs, going abroad; failure stigma).

Silicon Valley (southern San Francisco Bay, California): Hewlett-Packard (1939, a Palo Alto garage), Intel, Apple, Google and thousands of start-ups; all ingredients together: university and industry linked (Stanford encouraged founders, opened an industrial park beside its campus; Google began as a Stanford research project); venture capital without collateral (most fail, a few pay for all); no stigma on failure (a failed founder raises money again); mobile talent from across the world (Fairchild's founders left Shockley's firm; Fairchild people later founded Intel); stock options share the gain; early government demand (defence and space programmes bought the first chips, funded research). Balance: housing costs, inequality, a narrow range of founders, a few giant firms; most start-ups fail. For Nepal: build the ingredients: university incubators, venture funds, easier foreign payments, simple exit for failed firms, links with Nepali engineers abroad.

Promoting entrepreneurship

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Promotion of entrepreneurship: deliberately building a culture and environment where more people start and grow businesses, through policy, finance, training, infrastructure and recognition; entrepreneurship drives growth, but markets alone produce too few entrepreneurs.

Why the government must promote it:

  1. Market failure: a new firm lacks collateral, record and information, so banks will not lend; skills and market data cost too much.
  2. Spillovers: a venture's jobs, training and ideas benefit non-investors; society gains more than the founder.
  3. Employment: the public sector cannot absorb every graduate.
  4. Hard times: entrepreneurship carries the economy through unemployment, downsizing, downturns.
  5. Small business: essential to future prosperity and growth.
  6. Innovation: Schumpeter's functions (products, methods, markets, raw material sources, change).
  7. Balance and inclusion: beyond the big cities; women, youth, marginalised groups.
  8. Revenue: a wider tax base.

Greater need in a developing nation: scarce, idle capital (in land, gold, deposits); high unemployment and underemployment (low productivity farming); import dependence for manufactures; unused resources (raw materials, skills, natural advantages); few role models (the able choose secure jobs or emigration).

Nepal: migration (many young Nepalis leave yearly for foreign employment and study); remittance dependence (roughly a quarter of GDP, mostly consumption and imports; entrepreneurs can invest it); trade deficit (imports many times exports; substitution and exports: hydropower, IT services, tourism, agro and herbal products); returning workers (savings and skills for small enterprises).

MeasureExamples
Financeconcessional, interest subsidised loans; seed and venture funds; loans without land collateral
Trainingentrepreneurship development programmes, skill training, mentoring
Infrastructureindustrial estates (Balaju, Patan), special economic zones, IT parks, power, roads
Proceduresone door service, online registration, quick licences, simple exit for failed firms
Tax and tradetax holidays for new and rural industries, customs relief on machinery, export incentives
Marketsdomestic preference in public purchasing, trade fairs
Cultureawards, media, entrepreneurship in courses, Global Entrepreneurship Week (held worldwide yearly to show youth what entrepreneurship offers)

Nepal's pieces: the Youth and Small Entrepreneur Self-Employment Fund, interest subsidised loans for women entrepreneurs and returning migrant workers, start-up funds in recent budgets; weak delivery and continuity (schemes change with governments, reach few outside the cities).

Establishing a small scale unit

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Small scale unit: small fixed capital, few workers, the owner as manager; Nepal's industrial law classifies enterprises (micro, cottage, small, medium, large) mainly by fixed capital. Why: little capital, easy set-up, local materials and skills, industry beyond the cities, export quality goods, thousands of jobs. Who: existing entrepreneurs or newcomers, with or without a family business, educated or not, people from rural or backward areas, persons with disabilities, minorities; it takes strong will, essential skills, hard work, calculated risk.

Figure: the seven steps as a numbered flow, each box with the main items given in the steps below.

  1. Product identification: new (innovator) or an imitation; describe it; market research (demand, customers, price); study the competition; the feasibility study begins.
  2. Form of ownership: sole proprietorship, partnership or company, as economically viable and feasible (capital, liability, control, continuity).
  3. Location: raw materials, market, transport, labour, power and water supply, waste disposal, political patronage (government and local authority support).
  4. Approvals: registration, licences, tax papers; in Nepal the Office of the Company Registrar (company), the cottage and small industries office (small industry; Department of Industry for medium and large), PAN and VAT (Inland Revenue office), municipal business registration, an IEE or EIA where environmental law requires.
  5. Finance: fixed capital (land, building, machinery), working capital (raw materials, wages, running costs until sales pay); own funds first, then long term loans from banks or other financial institutions on a project report.
  6. Production management: layout, production method, the right raw materials, staff, quality testing that keeps improving.
  7. Marketing: last but most important (no sales, no survival): prices with the profit margin in mind, channels, promotion.

Throughout: plan ahead, assess and improve at every stage; watch cash and sales as closely as the machines.

Worked example: two electronics graduates assemble LED bulbs and tube lights, which Nepal now largely imports.

StepTheir decision
1 ProductLED bulbs and tubes; a hardware shop survey gives demand and prices
2 Ownershipprivate limited company: limited liability, easier bank credit
3 Locationindustrial area on a highway near a big town: power, transport, labour
4 Approvalscompany and industry registration, PAN and VAT, municipal registration, quality mark
5 Financefixed capital (test equipment, benches); working capital (imported chips, casings); bank loan for the gap
6 Productionassembly line, incoming parts inspection, burn-in testing of every batch
7 Marketingprice just below imports, hardware dealers, warranty to beat unbranded imports

Chapter 4: Case studies 2460 words

Case study: meaning, objectives and value

HOT 11/36 Open the full card

Case study: an in-depth, systematic study of one unit in its real-life context (a person, a group, an organization, a project, an event or a decision), using several sources of evidence to understand what happened, why it happened and what should be done.

Depth instead of breadth: a survey asks a few questions of many units; a case study asks many questions of one unit, or a few, and sees the whole picture: history, people, numbers and setting together.

Frameworks (the course notes give none): Robert K. Yin (designing and running a case study; types by purpose) and Robert E. Stake (types by the reason a case is chosen).

Yin's definition: an empirical inquiry into a present-day phenomenon, studied in depth in its real-world setting, especially when the phenomenon cannot be cleanly separated from its context (a power utility's losses cannot be pulled apart from its staff, customers and politics).

Two meanings, one method:

  • Research method: the investigator enters a real organization, collects evidence, writes findings and recommendations (why a hydropower project overran its schedule).
  • Teaching method (the case method): students or managers analyse a written account of a real situation, discuss it and decide what they would do; the core of Harvard Business School's management teaching; decisions practised before real ones.
Features
  • Bounded unit: one defined case over a defined period (one distribution centre over three fiscal years).
  • In depth and holistic: the whole unit and its connections, not one variable.
  • Real-life context: studied where and as it happens, no control over events, unlike an experiment.
  • Several sources of evidence: observation, interviews, questionnaires, documents and records, checked against one another (triangulation).
  • How and why questions: explains processes and causes rather than counting.
  • Mostly qualitative: though it uses numbers wherever they exist.
  • Flexible: the plan adjusts as evidence comes in.
Why case studies are conducted
  • Real problems are complex: causes tangled with people and history, which a questionnaire or laboratory test would strip away.
  • Events cannot be controlled: nobody can experiment on Nepal Electricity Authority; its history can only be studied.
  • To diagnose and improve: find the problem, recommend a remedy.
  • To learn from success and failure: lessons transfer to other projects or firms at little cost.
  • To train decision makers: real dilemmas met before acting on them.
  • To open new research: questions and hypotheses for a larger study to test.
Objectives
  • For the learner:
    • Link theory with practice: planning, leadership or motivation seen working, or failing, in a real organization.
    • Analytical skill: separate symptoms from causes, facts from opinions.
    • Decision-making skill: choose among alternatives on incomplete information, and defend the choice.
    • Communication skill: write a clear report, present and argue it in a group.
    • Judgement: real problems have no single right answer, only better and worse ones.
  • For the organization and the research:
    • Understand the unit completely: history, structure, people, processes.
    • Identify the problem and its causes: the diagnosis.
    • Suggest remedies: practical recommendations backed by evidence.
    • Build knowledge: record the lessons; generate hypotheses for other cases and further research.
Value
  • Realism: an actual situation, so practical lessons.
  • Experience without the risk: mistakes made on paper, not in a plant.
  • Integration: technical, financial and human knowledge at once, as in real work.
  • Rich evidence: uncovers causes a survey would never have asked about.
  • Useful to the organization: an outside, evidence-based diagnosis with recommendations.
Limitations
  • No statistical generalisation: one case proves no rule for all.
  • Subjectivity: the investigator's bias shapes what is seen and reported.
  • Time and cost: fieldwork takes weeks and needs access.
  • Access and honesty: needs open records and people speaking frankly.
  • Hard to verify: another investigator may read the case differently.
PointCase studySurveyExperiment
Aimdepth: one or a few unitsbreadth: many unitscause and effect under control
Typical questionhow and whyhow many, how much, whodoes X cause Y
Control over eventsnonenonefull
Evidencemany sources, mostly qualitativeone standard questionnaire, mostly numbersmeasurements
Engineering examplewhy one distribution centre's losses are far above its neighbours'satisfaction of 500 electricity consumerstwo transformer oils tested in a laboratory

Phases and steps of a case study

HOT 7/36 Open the full card

Phases and steps: four phases (preparation and design; data collection; analysis; reporting and presentation) holding ten steps, from selecting the case to presenting the report. A phase is a stage with its own output; a step is an action inside it. They compress Yin's six stages (plan, design, prepare, collect, analyse, share) and run in order but loop back when analysis exposes a gap.

Figure: four columns, phase by phase, each with its steps and output; a follow-up after step 10; a dashed arrow from analysis back to data collection (gaps found, more data collected).

PhaseStepsWhat happensOutput
1. Preparation and design1 to 4choose the case, fix problem and objectives, read the background, plan who, what and how to collectcase study plan (protocol), permission letter
2. Data collection5field or industrial visit: observation, interviews, questionnaires, documents and recordsfield notes and records, filed as a case database
3. Analysis6 to 8organize and compare evidence, find causes, generate and evaluate alternatives, choosefindings and a recommendation
4. Reporting and presentation9 and 10write the report in the standard structure, present and defend itcase report and presentation
The ten steps

Example throughout (electrical engineering): a distribution centre whose losses are far above its neighbours'.

  1. Select the case: relevant, accessible, rich in information; bound it (unit, period); get written permission. Here: one distribution centre, last three fiscal years.
  2. Define the problem and objectives: one clear question, a few objectives, the scope. Here: why are losses high, and how can they be cut? Objectives: measure each feeder's loss, separate technical from non-technical losses, find causes, recommend remedies.
  3. Study the background: the organization (history, structure, reports) and the applicable theory. Here: the utility's annual report; how losses arise (line and transformer losses, faulty meters, theft); earlier studies.
  4. Plan the data collection: evidence for each objective, from whom, by which method; interview guide, questionnaire, observation checklist; visit schedule. Yin calls this plan the case study protocol.
  5. Collect the data (field or industrial visit): observation (overloaded transformers, illegal hooking, meter condition); interviews (the chief, engineers, meter readers, consumers); questionnaires; documents and records (energy sent out and billed, maintenance logs, complaint registers). Check each point from two sources; keep every record traceable.
  6. Analyse the data: tabulate, compare, find patterns; separate symptoms from causes, e.g. with a cause and effect (fishbone) diagram. Loss on each feeder: L=Es−EbEs×100 percent, Es energy sent out, Eb energy billed.
  7. Find and evaluate alternatives: judge each on cost, time, effect, feasibility and risk. Here: upgrade or rebalance overloaded transformers; replace old meters with tamper-proof or smart meters; an anti-theft drive with the community; a loss target for each feeder's staff.
  8. Recommend: the best alternative or mix, justified from evidence, with an implementation plan: who does what, by when, at what cost, how the result is checked.
  9. Write the report in the structure below, facts apart from opinions, every source cited.
  10. Present the report to management or faculty, defend the findings, take feedback; a later follow-up checks whether the recommendation worked.

Same steps, other branches: computer engineering, a college's online admission system failing on the last day of admission; electronics and communication, mobile data slowing in one area every evening.

Structure of a case study report
  1. Title page: title, author, organization, date.
  2. Executive summary: problem, main findings, recommendations, on one page.
  3. Introduction: background of the organization and the situation.
  4. Statement of the problem.
  5. Objectives and scope.
  6. Methodology: sources, methods, sample, period, limitations.
  7. Findings and analysis.
  8. Alternatives and their evaluation.
  9. Recommendations and implementation plan.
  10. Conclusion.
  11. References and appendices: questionnaire, list of people interviewed, data tables, photographs.

Kothari's five phases (research methods texts, C. R. Kothari's among them): recognise the status of the phenomenon, collect its data and history, diagnose the causes, apply remedial measures, follow up. The first three are phases 1 to 3 here; remedy and follow-up are where steps 8 and 10 lead.

Worked outline: Nepal Electricity Authority

Brief: examine the planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development (HRD) of Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA), or Nepal Telecom, to improve its performance. Answer: the report structure filled in, the four phases saying how each part is obtained.

Part of the reportWhat goes in it for NEA
TitleImproving the performance of Nepal Electricity Authority: planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development
Backgroundgovernment-owned utility set up in 1985 under the Nepal Electricity Authority Act 1984 (2041 BS) to generate, transmit and distribute electricity; runs the national grid, buys from independent power producers, trades power with India; long load-shedding ended between 2016 and 2018
Problemperformance (reliability of supply, losses, project delivery, finances) short of what it could achieve; how much of the gap lies in planning, leadership, motivation and HRD, and what should change?
Objectivesexamine the planning horizon; assess leadership at top and middle levels; measure staff motivation and its causes; review HRD; recommend improvements
Methodologydocuments (annual reports, corporate plans, the Auditor General's reports); interviews at all three levels of management and with union representatives; a staff questionnaire; visits to a power station, a substation and a distribution centre; observation
Analysisthe four lenses below
Recommendationsalternatives under each lens, evaluated, with an implementation plan

Planning horizon: how far ahead a plan looks: roughly short range up to a year, medium one to five years, long beyond. For NEA:

  • Long range: generation and transmission expansion a decade or more ahead (a large hydropower plant takes many years from study to operation).
  • Medium range: corporate plan, investment programme, tariffs, over three to five years.
  • Short range: annual budget and programme, dry season load management, daily load dispatch.
  • What to test: whether demand forecasts came true, whether each year's budget follows the long-range plan, why projects slipped (theory: planning; MIS for planning).

Leadership: style at the top and in departments (autocratic or democratic); how the managing director is appointed and for how long; how targets are set and followed up. Event to examine: the end of load-shedding after Kulman Ghising took over as managing director in 2016, separating management's part (load management, loss control) from new supply and imports.

Motivation: pay and allowances against private power producers and banks; promotion by seniority or merit; recognition; risk and conditions of line work; the unions. A staff questionnaire on Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivators shows which factors only dissatisfy and which drive effort; Vroom: a reward not tied to performance motivates nobody.

HRD: enough engineers and line staff where needed (manpower planning); recruitment and selection; technical, safety and management training; appraisal; career and succession planning.

Typical recommendations (tested against evidence, never assumed): a rolling long-range plan tied to every annual budget; fixed tenure and a performance contract with measurable targets for the top team; merit-based promotion, incentives linked to results such as loss reduction at each distribution centre; a training plan built from a skills audit.

Nepal Telecom instead, same structure:

  • Background: government-majority public company (Nepal Doorsanchar Company Limited), listed on the Nepal Stock Exchange, competing with the private operator Ncell and internet service providers.
  • Planning horizon: spectrum, network roll-out, the move from copper lines to 4G and fibre to the home.
  • Leadership: speed of decisions against a private rival.
  • Motivation: pay and promotion against private telecom firms.
  • HRD: retraining staff from old switching equipment to IP networks and fibre.

Types of case studies

PIN 1/36 Open the full card

Types of case study: classified by purpose (exploratory, descriptive, explanatory), by the number of cases (single or multiple) and by the reason a case is chosen (intrinsic, instrumental, collective); each classification answers a different question about a study.

1. By purpose (Yin), the most common
  • Exploratory: explores a little known situation to find the right questions and hypotheses for a later study; often a pilot. Example: a first look at how small software firms in Kathmandu handle cyber security.
  • Descriptive: describes a phenomenon fully in context: what happened, in what order, who did what. Example: how Nepal Telecom rolled out fibre to the home in one city.
  • Explanatory: explains cause and effect, testing rival explanations. Example: why a hydropower tunnel overran its schedule: geology, contractor or management.
2. By the number of cases (Yin)
  • Single case: one case, chosen as critical, unusual, typical or revealing. Example: NEA alone.
  • Multiple case: two or more compared; a finding that repeats is more convincing. Example: three distribution centres with low, average and high losses.
  • Holistic or embedded: the case as one whole (NEA as an organization), or through units inside it (its generation, transmission and distribution wings).
3. By the researcher's interest (Stake)
  • Intrinsic: the case itself is the interest, being unusual or important. Example: why this particular project failed.
  • Instrumental: the case is a means to understand a wider issue. Example: NEA studied to understand leadership in Nepal's public enterprises.
  • Collective: several instrumental cases together. Example: NEA, Nepal Telecom and Nepal Airlines Corporation, to understand motivation in public corporations.
4. Management and evaluation texts
  • Illustrative: mainly descriptive; one or two instances make the unfamiliar familiar. Example: how a Nepali bank uses its core banking system, for readers who have never seen one.
  • Exploratory (pilot): a short study before a large one, to find the questions and test the methods.
  • Cumulative: pools the findings of many earlier cases to generalise without new fieldwork. Example: past studies of Nepali public enterprises, for the causes of loss they share.
  • Critical instance: one case of unique interest, or one testing a general claim that could disprove it. Example: prepaid meters piloted in one area; a study there tests the claim that they end unpaid bills.
ClassificationTypesThe question it answers
By purpose (Yin)exploratory, descriptive, explanatorywhat is the study for?
By number (Yin)single, multiple; holistic, embeddedhow many cases, studied whole or in parts?
By interest (Stake)intrinsic, instrumental, collectivewhy was this case chosen?
Management and evaluation textsillustrative, exploratory, cumulative, critical instancewhat role does the case play?

Choosing a type: the purpose decides: little known, explore; a record needed, describe; a cause to find, explain. The NEA outline is single, embedded, explanatory and instrumental: it explains weak performance through four lenses inside one organization and teaches something about public enterprises in general.

Chapter 5: Management information system 5400 words

Data, information, knowledge and wisdom

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Data: raw, unprocessed facts about the organization's operations. Information: data processed and analysed to be meaningful and useful to a manager making a decision.

Chain: data, processing, information, decision. A store's daily sales (Monday 230, Tuesday 245, Wednesday 198, Thursday 280) are data; added, averaged and compared by MIS they become information: weekly total 953, daily average 238.25, Thursday the best day, growth on last week.

Figure: the DIKW pyramid beside the MIS chain, with the store example.

Information is relative: a branch's weekly report is information to the branch manager, only data to head office.

DIKW hierarchy, usually credited to Russell Ackoff:

RungWhat it isWhat it answersThe store example
Dataraw facts, symbols and figures, no meaning of their ownnothing yet230, 245, 198, 280
Informationdata processed into meaning: organized, summarised, comparedwho, what, where, when, how manyweekly total 953; Thursday the best day
Knowledgeinformation understood and joined to experience, so it can be appliedhowsales climb at the end of the week, before Saturday, Nepal's weekly holiday
Wisdomjudgement about what is right and best, including in the long runwhy, and what should be donestock more and roster extra staff for Thursday and Friday, but do not over-order goods that spoil
PointDataInformation
Natureraw, unprocessed factsprocessed, meaningful facts
Place in processinginputoutput
Formunorganized, detailedorganized, often summarised
Use for a decisionlittle on its ownthe basis of the decision
Exampleeach day's attendance markseach employee's attendance percentage for the month

Qualities of good information: accurate (error free: a wrong stock figure, a wrong order), timely (late information is history), relevant (to the decision and its manager), complete (nothing essential missing), concise (summaries for the top, detail for the floor), reliable (trustworthy source, verifiable), clear (table, chart, short report), economical (worth more than it costs), secure and accessible (to those who need it, only them).

Office use: an office turns data into information by receiving (letters, applications, invoices, forms, attendance records, emails), recording (registers, files, a database), processing (sorting, checking, calculating, summarising), giving information (reports, statements, notices, replies to managers and the public) and safeguarding (stored for retrieval, protected).

In a college officeDataInformationDecision it supports
Admissionsapplication forms, entrance marksmerit list, seats left in each programmewhom to admit
Accountsfee receiptslist of students with duesreminders, exam form clearance
Staffdaily attendance, leave slipsmonthly attendance, leave balanceleave approval, salary
Storesissue and receipt slipsstock balance, items below the reorder levelwhat to purchase

Office automation (OAS): the same work faster: word processing, spreadsheets, email, electronic files, calendars.

Management information system

TOP 20/36 Open the full card

MIS: a system using computing and communication technology to collect, process, organize and deliver information to managers, so they can plan, control and make better decisions. Davis and Olson (exam answer): an integrated user-machine system providing information to support the operations, management and decision making functions of an organization.

Concept: not just a computer system: the right information to the right manager at the right time, from internal sources (employees, production, sales, accounts) and external ones (customers, competitors, suppliers, the market, government).

Two senses: the whole information system serving management (this course); one Laudon and Laudon type (routine summary and exception reports for middle managers).

Three components (the course's reading of the name):

  • Management: people responsible for the goals through planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling, each needing information (planning next month's output needs sales history, stock, demand and capacity).
  • Information: the useful output of processed data; decisions rest on it, not on raw facts; the most valuable MIS product.
  • System: connected parts toward one objective: collecting, storing, processing, communicating, reporting data.

Figure: three overlapping circles, management, information, system, with MIS where they meet.

Physical components: hardware, software, data (the database), procedures, people (users, IS staff), the communication network.

Characteristics: management oriented (designed top down from managers' needs), management directed (managers share in design and review), integrated (departmental subsystems work together), common data flows (captured once, shared), heavy planning element (years to build), subsystem concept (manageable parts of one whole), common database (one store for all applications), computerised (in practice; the concept needs no computer).

Need for MIS: records alone cannot say whether production should rise, a new product is worth launching, the firm is profitable, staff should be hired, or which department lags.

  • Size and complexity: more departments, branches and transactions than hands can track.
  • Information overload: only the figures that matter.
  • Fast change and competition: quick, fact-based decisions.
  • Control: actual results measured against the plan.
  • Coordination: the same, current information everywhere.
  • Outside demands: government, lenders, customers expect prompt, accurate reports and service.

Objectives: improve efficiency, support decisions, monitor past performance, understand the present, predict the future, help every managerial function.

Six functions (the course's list):

  1. Data capturing: internal (sales, production, inventory, staff, finance) and external (suppliers, customers, competitors, the market, government); everything depends on its accuracy.
  2. Data processing: calculating, comparing, classifying, summarising; stored for retrieval.
  3. Prediction: statistical forecasts of demand, sales, stock needs, cutting uncertainty.
  4. Planning: information for goals, targets, resource allocations.
  5. Controlling: objectives monitored, deviations flagged.
  6. Assistance: the purpose of all: timely, accurate, useful information for decisions.

Importance, the heart analogy: MIS keeps information moving through the organization as the heart keeps blood moving through the body; without it managers cannot see what happens, spot problems or decide soundly. Performance measurement: expected performance, actual performance, difference, decision (a large drift is traced and corrected).

Role of MIS:

  • Decision support at every level (reordering stock to entering a new market).
  • Planning and control: forecasts before, feedback after.
  • Coordination: one set of information for every department.
  • Communication: reports up; plans and instructions down.
  • Memory: past performance kept, retrievable.
  • Efficiency and service: lower costs, faster response.
  • Competitive advantage: trends acted on before rivals.
  • Tailored reports: production, marketing, personnel each get what the job needs.

Example: a Kathmandu supermarket chain's MIS turns till sales into a daily fast and slow item list per branch, reorders before stock runs out, plans festival season stock from last year's figures, and shows head office the lagging branch; otherwise the data sits in the till rolls.

Value of MIS: the gain from better decisions (fewer stock-outs, less waste, faster response) less the cost of collecting and processing; information is worth something only when it improves a decision.

MIS on top of task-specific software (payroll, billing, inventory, accounting, design: each automates one job, keeps its own data):

  • Islands of data: same facts in different forms, disagreeing; MIS integrates them in a common database, one version of the truth.
  • Cross-functional questions: profit per product needs sales, production and cost data together.
  • The management view: summaries, exceptions and trends, not transaction lists.
  • Planning and control: plan against actual across the whole organization.
  • Common rules: consistent security, backup and access.

Example: a hospital's separate billing, pharmacy and payroll packages cannot show the cost of treating a patient per ward, or which ward overspends, until an MIS joins them.

Limits: only as good as its data; costly and slow to build; supports judgement, never replaces it; staff may resist it.

Evolution of MIS

Open the full card

Evolution of MIS: from manual record keeping to computer-based systems serving every level of management, driven by larger organizations, new management methods and cheaper, faster computing. Bookkeeping and manual records sufficed for small organizations; with growth, ledgers and punched card systems became too slow and hard to manage.

Four forces (the course's):

  • Growth of management theory: scientific management and its successors demanded structured, measured information.
  • Changes in production, distribution and structure: larger, more complex companies needed faster, more detailed information.
  • Development of management science: analytical methods instead of intuition, and they need data.
  • Computers and IT: huge volumes processed fast, large databases, quick accurate reports: what made MIS computer-based.

Stages (the usual textbook picture, dates approximate):

AboutStageWhat the systems did
1950s and 1960sElectronic data processing (EDP)transaction processing, record keeping, accounting: the first TPS
1960s and 1970sManagement reportingprespecified reports for managers: MIS in the narrow sense
1970s and 1980sDecision supportinteractive, ad hoc support for a manager's own decisions: DSS
1980s and 1990sStrategic and end user supportexecutive support systems, expert systems, a personal computer on every desk
1990s and 2000sElectronic business and commerceenterprise systems (ERP), the internet and intranets, e-commerce
2010s onwardCloud, mobile and analyticssystems rented as services, used from phones, large data mined for patterns

Pattern: each stage served a higher level (clerks, then middle managers, analysts, executives): the classification of information systems laid out in time. In Nepal, banks show the whole path: hand-posted ledgers, computerised branches, one core banking system joining every branch, now mobile banking and QR payments.

MIS and the levels of management

TOP 13/36 Open the full card

Hierarchy of information needs: each level of management needs different information: summarised, external and future oriented at the top; detailed, internal and current at the bottom; summarised by department in the middle.

Structure shapes MIS: plans and instructions flow down, reports up, coordination across; MIS is designed per level and department (what, how summarised, how often). Levels from Robert Anthony: strategic planning, management control, operational control.

Figure: the pyramid in three bands, strategic (policies, plans, budgets, objectives), tactical (revenue, profit, cost, schedules), operational (goods, services, daily performance), information growing more summarised and less frequent upward.

Up the pyramid: fewer managers, more authority, broader decisions, more summarised information, longer planning horizons; down: more people, more detailed and frequent decisions, a day-to-day focus. Each level supports the one above: failed operations miss tactical targets, and strategic goals fail too.

PointOperational (lower)Tactical (middle)Strategic (top)
Whosupervisors, foremen, team leadersheads of departmentsboard, chief executive, managing director
Roleruns the daily operationscoordinates departments, implements plansdirects the organization
Information neededmaterials needed, work schedules, people and machines available, output against scheduleschedules, revenue, profit, costs, budget against actualgoals, profitability, opportunities, the external environment
Detailhighly detailed, transaction basedsummarised by departmenthighly summarised
How oftenhourly or dailyweekly or monthlyquarterly or yearly
Sourcesinternalmostly internalinternal and external
Decisionsshort term, routine, structuredmedium term, semi-structuredlong term, unstructured
Typical reporttoday's output, stock, attendance, breakdownsmonthly sales, departmental expenses, profit by productannual profit, industry growth, competitors, regulation, market trends

Why the hierarchy is necessary: no overload (a one-page summary for the top, not a million transactions); relevance (what each manager's decisions need); speed and cost (each report at the frequency its level uses); accountability (each level sees the results it answers for); linked levels (summaries up, plans down, one organization).

Not Maslow: "hierarchy of needs" here means information needs by level, not the human needs of chapter 3.

Electricity utility: operational, fault and outage logs by feeder, meter reading schedules, today's complaints, crews available, a transformer overload alert; tactical, monthly losses and revenue per distribution centre, budget against actual, maintenance backlog, the coming season's demand forecast; strategic, long-term demand forecasts, the cost of new plants against imports, tariff and investment options, large project progress, on one dashboard.

MIS in the planning process

Planning decides today what to do in the future: where are we, where to go, how, when, who, at what cost? MIS supplies each step:

Step of planningInformation MIS supplies
Being aware of opportunitiesmarket trends, competitors, customer demand, the organization's strengths
Setting objectivespast performance, capacity, resources
Developing premisesforecasts of demand, prices, costs and government policy
Finding alternativesdata on each option: cost, time, resources
Evaluating and choosingmodels and what-if analysis of each alternative
Derivative plans and budgetsdepartmental figures, cost standards, the budget itself

Value of MIS in planning: long-term information (trends, forecasts cut uncertainty); forecasts of future programmes (production timed to demand); efficient use of resources (real capacity and cost figures); consistent premises (one forecast for every department); quick replanning (days, not months). Inaccurate or out-of-date data gives poor plans.

MIS in the control process

Control, planning's twin: set standards from the plan, measure, compare, correct. MIS supplies the measurement and comparison (expected, actual, difference, decision); exception reports show only the deviations; results feed the next plan. Without it plans are guesses and control is blind.

MIS in decision making

Decision making: choosing the best alternative; MIS informs the choice, never makes it. Herbert Simon's three stages, plus implementation from later writers:

  1. Intelligence: noticing a problem (exception reports, monitoring).
  2. Design: developing solutions (data and models describe each).
  3. Choice: picking one (forecasts, what-if analysis).
  4. Implementation: putting it into effect (reports show whether it works).

By level: strategic long range, unstructured (entering a new market; summarised, external information); tactical semi-structured (allocating a budget, staffing, improving a product); operational structured, routine (assigning shifts, reordering stock, scheduling maintenance).

Information system model and sources of data

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Information system model: a continuous cycle: business sources, data collection, processing, information, users, feedback, and back to the sources; users decide, and feedback improves the next round.

Figure: the cycle as a six-step loop; processing by IS professionals and their programs; users are operational, middle and top managers.

  • Business sources: sales transactions, employee records, inventory, customer orders, supplier details.
  • Data collection: from internal and external sources, accurate and on time.
  • IS professionals: systems analysts, database administrators, programmers, network administrators (design, run, maintain).
  • Programming: software that calculates, validates data, runs the database, produces reports.
  • Processing: the core: sorting, calculating, comparing, summarising, classifying.
  • Information: reports and displays in each manager's usable form.
  • Users: operational, middle and top managers, who plan, control and decide.
  • Feedback: corrects and improves the system (a wrong stock figure is reported, corrected, and later reports improve).

Laudon and Laudon form: input, processing, output, with feedback to the people who evaluate and correct the input, inside an environment of customers, suppliers, competitors, regulators and shareholders (chapter 1's system approach applied to information). Bad source data gives bad information (garbage in, garbage out); only feedback catches it.

Sources of data
SourceMeaningExamples for a manufacturing company
Internalgenerated inside the organization by its own operationssales invoices, production logs, the stores ledger, payroll, attendance, quality reports, accounts
Externalfrom outside the organizationcustomers (orders, complaints), suppliers (prices, delivery), competitors (prices, new products), government (tax rules, the budget, Nepal Rastra Bank's monetary policy), market surveys, trade journals, news
  • Primary data: first hand, for the purpose: observation, interviews, questionnaires, measurement, transactions captured as they happen (tills, meters, sensors).
  • Secondary data: collected earlier by someone else: published reports, government statistics, company records, databases.
  • By level: operational managers use mostly internal data; top managers external as much as internal.

Computers and MIS

TOP 15/36 Open the full card

Computer-based MIS: computers collect, store, process and communicate the data, so information reaches managers faster, more accurately and more cheaply than by hand.

Relationship: MIS is the system (people, procedures, information serving management); the computer is its most powerful tool. MIS can exist without computers (ledgers, files, clerks); computers without an MIS design give piles of data, not management information. Only computers cope with today's volume, speed and distances.

Problems before computers: manual information was too late (the situation changed first), incomplete (needed information missed), expensive (huge time and manpower), unfocused (needless detail, missing essentials), not relevant (one general report for every manager).

ContributionWhat it gives MIS
Speedmillions of transactions processed in seconds; reports on demand
Accuracycalculation without arithmetic errors; data checked as it is entered
Storage and retrievallarge databases kept compactly and searched at once
Communicationnetworks carry data between branches, head office, customers and suppliers
Analysisforecasting, what-if analysis and optimisation, impossible by hand
Quick responseonline queries on current data; records updated in real time
Lower costthe cost per transaction and per report falls sharply
Relevancea report designed for each manager's needs

Quick response systems, beside the older batch kind:

ModeHow it worksExample
Batchtransactions collected and processed together at intervalsmonthly payroll
Onlinethe manager works with the computer directly, whenever neededchecking current stock or today's sales from a terminal
Real timeeach transaction processed the moment it happens, so records are always currenta sale updates stock and sales records at once; seat booking; an ATM withdrawal

A system can be online without every process in it being real time.

Software in an on-line information system for planning

Hardware stores and moves data; software decides what can be done with it. The planner at a terminal on current data gets:

  • System software: operating system, DBMS, network software keep data current, shared and secure for all users at once.
  • Query and report tools: instant answers on stock, sales, capacity, costs, not printed reports.
  • Forecasting software: statistical projections of demand, prices, costs (the premises of a plan).
  • Spreadsheets and models: budgets, what-if analysis (the cost of adding a shift).
  • Optimisation and scheduling: linear programming for the best product mix; PERT and CPM for project schedules.
  • Enterprise planning modules: material requirements planning turns a production plan into orders for every part.
  • Communication software: email, shared files, video meetings, so distant managers build one plan.
  • Dashboards: plan against actual in real time; replanning starts the day a deviation appears.

Example: a factory selling through depots across Nepal plans monthly production on-line: depot sales arrive as they happen, forecasting projects next month's demand, a spreadsheet compares overtime with a second shift, material requirements planning lists what to buy, every depot sees the plan the same day.

Database information system

Database: data organized to serve many applications efficiently while appearing to be stored in one place. DBMS: the software that creates, updates, queries and protects it (MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle); the exam answer adds a data definition language, a query language (such as SQL), a data dictionary and a database administrator. Database information system: the database, the DBMS, the application programs and the users sharing them.

Why it replaced separate files: departmental files repeat data (redundancy), the copies disagree (inconsistency), and no department can use another's data. A shared database gives one consistent version (every fact stored once), sharing (many applications and users at once), integrity and security (entry checks, control of who sees what), easy queries (no new programs), data independence (programs and data structure change independently).

Example: a college databaseHoldsUsed by
STUDENTroll number, name, programme, addressevery office
ENROLMENTroll number, subject, marksexam section
FEEroll number, amount due, amount paidaccounts
LOANroll number, book, due datelibrary

The roll number links the tables: one change of address updates every office; one query (students with fee dues who filled in the exam form) joins FEE and ENROLMENT in seconds. Banks, hospitals and utilities: one customer record, many users.

Website

Website: related web pages under one domain name, on a web server, opened in a browser over the internet (HTTP or HTTPS), usually from a home page. Static: fixed pages; dynamic: pages built from a database, taking orders, forms and payments. Role in MIS: the window outside: publishes information (notices, prices, reports), collects data (enquiries, orders, forms, payments) straight into the database. Example: a college website shows notices and results; its online admission form writes each applicant into the student database. Intranet: the same technology inside the organization, for staff.

Networking (telecommunication) information system

Computers and devices in different places linked by a telecommunication network: a branch records today's sales, the network carries them, head office receives them, managers decide on fresh figures.

  • Components: computers and terminals; channels (copper cable, optical fibre, wireless, satellite); devices (modems, switches, routers); network software and protocols such as TCP/IP.
  • Types: LAN (building or campus), MAN (city), WAN (country or world); internet, intranet (inside the organization), extranet (shared with partners).
  • Importance: every branch on the same current data; shared printers, storage, software; instant communication; work processed where it arises and pooled; customers and suppliers connect directly; head office sees everything the same day.
  • Example: a bank's branches across Nepal on one core banking system: a deposit in Pokhara shows at once in head office and at every ATM.
Information architecture

Information architecture: the particular form information technology takes in an organization to reach its goals: the business applications serving each function and level, sharing one infrastructure of hardware, software, data and networks; databases, networks, software and users as one coordinated system, not isolated pieces.

  • Applications: which systems serve which department and level (TPS, MIS, DSS, ESS).
  • Infrastructure: hardware, software, data management, telecommunication network.
  • Arrangement: centralised or distributed, and the standards that connect the parts.
  • Example: a college: one student database at the core; admission, exam, accounts and library applications around it; a campus network; a website outside; all keyed on the roll number.

In web design the phrase means how a site's content is organized and labelled; in MIS, the organization-wide design.

Business process and information system

Business process: logically related tasks performed for a defined business outcome, usually across departments. Filling an order: sales (take the order), accounts (check credit), store or plant (make or pick the goods), dispatch (ship), accounts (invoice and collect); hiring an employee and developing a product are processes too.

  • Automate: routine steps faster, fewer errors.
  • Share: every department sees the same order; nothing re-entered or lost.
  • Integrate: enterprise systems (ERP) run a whole process across departments on one database.
  • Redesign: business process reengineering (Hammer and Champy) rethinks a process from scratch for dramatic gains in cost, quality, service and speed, not automating the old way.
  • Enable: online ordering and payment exist only through their systems.

Example: a Nepali electricity bill once meant a queue at the utility's cash counter; now a mobile wallet or bank app pays it, recorded against the account at once.

Computer integrated manufacturing (CIM)

CIM: every manufacturing activity, from design through planning, production and quality to the business functions, joined by computers sharing one database: one system, not islands of automation.

  • Parts: CAD (computer aided design); CAPP (computer aided process planning); CAM with CNC machines and robots; flexible manufacturing systems; automated storage and retrieval; MRP II for materials and capacity; computer aided quality control.
  • Benefits: shorter lead times; small-batch flexibility; consistent quality; less inventory; better machine use; faster design changes.
  • Limitations: very high investment; skilled staff; complex integration; one failed part can stop the whole plant.
  • Example: in electronics assembly, the CAD circuit board design drives the pick-and-place machines; automated inspection feeds faults back to the designers.

Classification of information systems

HOT 7/36 Open the full card

Classification (Laudon and Laudon), by the level served: transaction processing (operational), knowledge work and office automation (knowledge), MIS and decision support (management), executive support (strategic). Each level decides differently, so no single system serves all.

Figure: a pyramid: strategic, ESS (senior managers); management, MIS and DSS (middle managers); knowledge, KWS and OAS (knowledge and data workers); operational, TPS (operational managers, supervisors, clerks).

The four types: these four levels in Laudon and Laudon's earlier editions; their later editions name TPS, MIS, DSS and ESS, one per management group.

  • Transaction processing system (TPS): routine daily transactions (sales orders, payroll, attendance, reservations, electricity billing, ATM withdrawals); structured operational decisions; feeds every other system.
  • Office automation system (OAS): clerical and data worker productivity: word processing, spreadsheets, email, calendars, document imaging.
  • Knowledge work system (KWS): engineers, designers, scientists creating knowledge: CAD, circuit simulation, software development tools, GIS for route planning.
  • Management information system (MIS): TPS data as routine summary and exception reports for middle managers (monthly sales by region, budget against actual); structured control decisions.
  • Decision support system (DSS): interactive analysis for semi-structured and unstructured problems.
  • Executive support system (ESS), or executive information system (EIS): summarised internal and external information for senior managers' unstructured, strategic decisions.
  • Expert system: experts' knowledge as rules (knowledge base) with reasoning (inference engine) advising non-experts: transformer fault diagnosis, loan approval, illness diagnosis.
SystemInputsProcessingOutputsUsers
ESSaggregate data, internal and externalgraphics, simulations, interactiveprojections, answers to queriessenior managers
DSSdata organized for analysis; analytical modelsinteractive, simulations, analysisspecial reports, decision analysesprofessionals, staff managers
MISsummary transaction data in high volume; simple modelsroutine reports, simple models, low-level analysissummary and exception reportsmiddle managers
KWSdesign specifications, knowledge basemodelling, simulationsmodels, graphicsprofessionals, technical staff
OASdocuments, schedulesdocument management, scheduling, communicationdocuments, schedules, mailclerical workers
TPStransactions, eventssorting, listing, merging, updatingdetailed reports, lists, summariesoperations staff, supervisors
Decision support system

DSS: an interactive computer-based system combining data, analytical models and easy-to-use software to help managers make semi-structured and unstructured decisions. Parts: database (internal data, often from the TPS and MIS, plus external); model base (forecasting, optimisation, simulation, statistical models); user interface (the manager asks questions, changes assumptions directly). Typical questions: what if demand falls by a tenth; what price gives this profit (goal seeking); which assumption matters most (sensitivity); which mix is best (optimisation).

PointMISDSS
Purposeroutine reporting and controlsupport for a particular decision
Decisionsstructured, recurringsemi-structured and unstructured
Outputprespecified summary, exception and demand reportsinteractive answers, what-if analyses
Initiativethe system produces reports on schedulethe manager asks when needed
Datamostly internal, from the TPSinternal and external
Modelssimpleanalytical: forecasting, optimisation, simulation
Flexibilityfixed formatchanges with the problem
Time focuspast and present performancefuture options
Aimefficiencyeffectiveness of the decision
Example (exam answer)monthly sales report by regioneffect of a price cut on profit

Production manager, DSS on top of MIS: MIS reports what happened; the DSS, fed by MIS data, tries what could happen:

DecisionMIS suppliesDSS adds
Schedulingorders due, machine loads, output against planthe job sequence that meets due dates with the least idle time
Capacityutilisation, overtime, backlogovertime against a second shift against subcontracting, each costed
Inventorystock levels, usage, lead timesorder quantity, reorder point and safety stock from models
Product mixcosts, prices, resource usethe most profitable mix, by linear programming
Make or buyin-house costs, suppliers' quotesthe cheaper option, and how sensitive it is to the figures
Maintenance and qualitybreakdown history, rejection ratesthe timing of preventive maintenance; statistical process control limits

Example: before the festival season a factory expects demand to rise; MIS gives last season's sales, current stock, machine utilisation; the DSS costs the options (build stock early, overtime, a second shift) and their risk; the manager chooses.

Executive information system and top managers

EIS (or ESS): the few figures that matter, internal and external, for senior managers, read at a glance and explored at will. Significance:

  • Environmental scanning: competitors, markets, regulation, the economy, beside own results.
  • Key indicators: dashboards of critical success factors, exceptions highlighted.
  • Drill down: national total to region, branch or product in a few clicks.
  • Strategic decisions: trend analysis and simulation for long-range, unstructured choices.
  • Executives' time: summaries, not stacks of reports; no special training.
  • Early warning and control: problems surface early; quick follow-up with the right manager.

Example: a utility's managing director sees today's peak demand, imports and exports, losses by province and each large project's progress on one screen, drilling into any off track.

Information support for functional areas

PIN 4/36 Open the full card

Functional information systems: MIS subsystems around the main business functions (production, marketing, finance, personnel, materials), each giving its managers the information their decisions need: reports per department, not one for all, each with operational, tactical and strategic layers.

  • Production: needs production and labour cost, machine utilisation, output against schedule, rejections, signs of rising demand or needed expansion; gets plans and schedules, daily output and scrap reports, maintenance schedules, CAD and CAM support.
  • Marketing: needs sales trends by product, region and salesperson, customer demand and feedback, competitors' prices, new product ideas; gets sales analyses, market research, forecasts, advertising results, pricing studies.
  • Finance and accounting: needs cash flow, receivables and payables, costs, budget against actual, profitability; gets financial statements, budget reports, cash forecasts, cost analyses, capital budgeting studies.
  • Personnel: needs employee records, skills, turnover, wages and incentives, training and appraisal results; gets payroll, the skills inventory, turnover and absence reports, manpower plans.
  • Materials: needs stock levels, usage rates, lead times, suppliers' prices, quality and delivery records; gets reorder lists, purchase order status, vendor ratings, economic order quantities.
FunctionOperationalTacticalStrategic
Productionmachine control, job scheduling, shop floor dataproduction planning, inventory and cost controlplant location, new technology, capacity expansion
Marketingorder processing, customer recordssales analysis by region, pricing, promotion budgetssales forecasts over years, new markets and products
Financereceivables, payables, cash receiptsbudgeting, cost analysislong-term capital and profit planning
Personnelrecords, payroll, attendancecompensation and training analysismanpower planning
Materialsreceipts, issues, stock recordsreorder levels, vendor evaluationsourcing strategy, long-term supply contracts

Shared data: one sales order starts production work, a materials purchase, an accounts entry, perhaps personnel overtime, so the functional systems share a common database (an enterprise system), or departments work from different figures. Example: a transformer manufacturer: marketing tracks utilities' tender notices and orders; production schedules each order, reports daily output; materials watches copper and steel stocks and prices; finance forecasts cash for the next purchase; personnel plans the skilled winders each order needs.

Organizing information systems

PIN 3/36 Open the full card

Organizing information systems: deciding where processing, data and IS staff sit (centralised, decentralised or distributed), how the IS department is structured and led, and the rules for planning, building and running systems; Fayol's centralization trade-off applied to computing.

Figure: the three arrangements side by side: one central computer serving sales, production, finance and personnel; departments each with their own system; sites on a telecommunication network sharing one logical database.

PointCentralisedDecentralisedDistributed
Meaningone central computer and IS department serve every departmenteach department runs its own systemseparate sites, each with its own computer, linked by a network and sharing one logical database
Strengthscontrol, standards, no duplication, economies of scalefits each department's needs; quick local responselocal work with shared data; no single point of failure
Weaknessesslow to meet local needs; a single point of failureduplicated, inconsistent data; no organization-wide view; higher total costa complex, costly network; harder security and coordination
Suitssmall or single-site organizations needing tight controldepartments with very different needs and little to shareorganizations with branches: banks, utilities, retail chains

IS department: once under accounts; now its own department, headed by a chief information officer (CIO) reporting to top management, serving the whole organization. Sections: systems development (systems analysts study needs and design; programmers build); operations (computer operators, data entry staff, network administrators); database administration (the database administrator defines, protects, tunes the shared data); technical support (help desk, users' own computing); security (access control, backup, recovery).

Around it: steering committee (senior managers from each function set IS priorities, approve projects, allocate the budget, keeping systems on business needs); end users (use the systems, increasingly build their own reports and spreadsheets); outsourcing (outside firms or cloud services: cheaper, quicker to start, less control, vendor dependence).

How information systems can be organized properly
  1. Study the information needs by level and function; align the IS plan with the goals.
  2. Choose the arrangement (centralised, decentralised, distributed or a mix) by size, geographical spread, need for control, cost.
  3. Set up the IS department: a CIO reporting to top management; clear roles for analysts, programmers, operators, the database administrator.
  4. Form a steering committee of user departments to set priorities.
  5. Set standards and policies: common data definitions, hardware and software standards, security, backup, access rights.
  6. Develop systems with the users, step by step: study, analysis, design, building, testing, implementation, maintenance.
  7. Train the users and manage the change, so systems are actually used.
  8. Decide what to build, buy or outsource.
  9. Review and improve: audit the systems against the needs.

Recommendation: for most Nepali organizations with branches (banks, utilities, retail chains), distributed, with one central database and central standards: local offices serve customers on-line, head office sees and controls everything; a small single-site firm, a simple centralised setup.

Every question from 36 papers · 2057 Chaitra to 2082 Bhadra

The complete question bank

All 372 questions set on this subject, reproduced verbatim from the papers, and the 0 the lecture decks set themselves. Read them by paper, newest first, or by chapter, where repeats are merged and counted. Every question links to its written answer and to the card that teaches it; the 0 calculations link to a worked solution.

How to use the bank

  • By paper: sit a paper from the top, then open each answer. The last three sittings are the best guide to the next one.
  • By chapter: revise a chapter, then answer its questions. A question set in several sittings appears once, with how many times and when, and every other wording under it.
  • Answer links open the exact answer to write; Study links open the card that teaches the topic. A question with two answer links has two parts.
  • DECK marks a question set in the lecture slides, not in an exam. It is answered like the rest but never counted in a tier.

Regular2082 Bhadra

2082 Bhadra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · 13 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1. Explain the different experiments that support the scientific management approach and administrative management approach.

Ch 12+6

Q2. Why do we have different levels of management in an organization? Describe the functions of management at each level.

Ch 13+5

Q3. What is the importance of setting the goals for an organization? Describe the principles of organization with relevant examples.

Ch 15+3

Q4. Explain various types of co-operatives organization. Also explain the features of functional organization.

Ch 24+4

Q5. Describe necessary terms included in a development of personnel policy. What role does human resource management play in the development of an organization?

Ch 34+4

Q6. Discuss the existing theories of motivation in an organization. Also provide a synopsis to Maslow's hierarchy of need and relate it with motivation.

Ch 25+3

Q7. In your opinion, which job analysis process is the more suitable in organizations operating in Nepal? What are the different factors that affect wage/salary structure?

Ch 34+4

Q8. State and explain Blakes and Mouton's managerial grid. Why does government need to promote entrepreneurship? Justify.

Ch 52+6

Q9. Define Decision Support System (DSS). Elaborate how production managers take use of DSS in addition to MIS.

Ch 14

Q10a. Write short notes on: Role of marketing and purchasing department in an organization

Ch 34

Q10b. Write short notes on: VIE theory

Ch 34

Q10c. Write short notes on: Fear and punishment theory

Ch 44

Q10d. Write short notes on: Case study and its phases

Back2082 Baishakh

2082 Baishakh · Back · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 11+4+3

Q1. What are the different types of managerial skills? Explain with illustrations the degree of managerial skills needed for various levels of management. Write down the characteristics of formal and informal organization.

Ch 13+5

Q2. Define the term marketing. Explain why marketing is so important and fundamental in an organization.

Ch 18

Q3. What advantages does behavioral management theory have over modern management theory? Explain in brief.

Ch 14+4

Q4. List out different forms of ownership with a brief explanation of each. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of line and staff organization.

Ch 24+4

Q5. What role does trainings play in the growth and development of the new employees? Explain the modern performance appraisal methods.

Ch 23+5

Q6. What kind of salary and benefits will you expect when you join an organization? Briefly explain the recruitment process.

Ch 32+6

Q7. What are the techniques of motivation? Compare Alderfer's ERG Theory and Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory with Maslow's need theory.

Ch 32+6

Q8. Define autocratic leadership style. In your opinion, which leadership approach best suits the current situation in Nepalese start-ups and why?

Ch 54+4

Q9. What are the differences between data, information, knowledge and wisdom? Explain the importance of MIS in organization with relevant example.

Ch 38

Q10. "Entrepreneurship plays a vital role in the economic development of a country." Elaborate this statement with your logic.

Regular2081 Bhadra

2081 Bhadra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · 12 questions

Ch 12+4+2

Q1. Define organization as a social system. What role does an organization play in the professional growth of an employee? What is the need of an informal organization?

Ch 13+2+3

Q2. What are the functions of purchasing department? Elucidate the purchasing procedure. Highlight the importance of marketing.

Ch 13+5

Q4. What are the advantages of Partnership Organization? Explain different types of Co-Operatives.

Ch 23+5

Q5. Explain the term Human Recourse Planning. What are the different methods of Job Analysis process?

Ch 23+2+3

Q6. Why are trainings and merit rating necessary in the organization? Describe different types of trainings with their benefits. List out the things to be included in the job description and job specification.

Ch 33+5

Q7. What are the different techniques of Motivation? Explain Mcgregor's Theory X and Theory Y.

Ch 33+5

Q8. Discuss good qualities of leader. Explain the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship.

Ch 52+6

Q9. What is the relationship between computers and management information system? Explain how information systems can be organized properly.

Ch 14

Q10a. Write short notes on: Team Effort Management Model

Ch 14

Q10b. Write short notes on: Managerial Skills

Ch 44

Q10c. Write short notes on: Phases and steps involved in Case Study

Back2081 Baishakh

2081 Baishakh · Back · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1. Explain different functions of management. List out the major skill desired for successful manager.

Ch 14+4

Q2. Explain the scientific management theory with its historical development. What are the major differences between the scientific management theory and behavioral mangement theory?

Ch 14+4

Q3. How would you clarify the characteristics of Joint Stock Company? What are the major differences between Joint Stock Company and Public Corporation?

Ch 14+4

Q4. What are the major function of marketing? Explain the importance of marketing in this modern digital era.

Ch 21+4+3

Q5. What is the main idea of personal management? Explain steps of the HR planning process. What are the methods of scientific selection of manpower in organization?

Ch 23+5

Q6. How can you compare Job evaluation with Merit Rating? How would you generate Job description and job specification of Lecture post in engineering college?

Ch 33+5

Q7. What role does management play in motivating their employees? Explain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y.

Ch 34+4

Q8. What are the qualities of good leader? Why we need to promote entrepreneurship in the context of Nepal?

Ch 43+5

Q9. What are the major objectives of case study? Discuss the different steps of conducting case study.

Ch 53+5

Q10. What is the importance of MIS? Explain database information system with suitable example.

Regular2080 Bhadra

2080 Bhadra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1. Why is there a need for different levels of managements? List out the different models of management and write down short note on any two with proper example you are aware of.

Ch 15+3

Q2. Explain Scientific Management theory with proper examples. Is it still applicable in modern-day management practices?

Ch 18

Q3. What are the differences between single ownership and organization joint stock company?

Ch 24+4

Q5. What is personal management? Elaborate the various factors of wage and salary structure with proper examples.

Ch 23+5

Q6. Define the term outsourcing. Explain the process of recruitment and selection of manpower in an organization.

Ch 34+4

Q7. According to Herzberg's motivation-hygiene theory, where does motivation at work come from? Vroom's Valency theory is known as type of process theory, justify it.

Ch 34+4

Q8. What characteristics differentiate a Leader from regular employees? Explain Blakes and Mouton's Managerial Grid with proper examples.

Ch 48

Q9. Discuss the major steps of case study with relevant examples related to your field of study.

Ch 53+5

Q10. What are the role of MIS in any organization? Explain the four types of information systems.

Back2080 Baishakh

2080 Baishakh · Back · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1. What are the basic functions of management? In your opinion which management theory is the most practical and fruitful in today's business scenario?

Ch 18

Q3. Explain the difference between administrative management approach and behavioral management approach.

Ch 14+4

Q4. What is the process of formation of a joint-stock company in Nepal? What are the advantages and disadvantages of a joint-stock company?

Ch 24+4

Q5. Explain about the personal policy and describe about the importance of manpower planning in an organization.

Ch 38

Q6. Explain the vroom's expectancy theory of motivation.

Ch 38

Q7. Which style you recommend as most effective leader in industrial organization?

Ch 44+4

Q8. Explain about the case study and explain about the objectives of case study in detail.

Ch 44+2+2

Q9. What are case studies? Why are case studies conducted? What are the different types of case studies?

Ch 58

Q10. Explain how the management information system is used in different levels of management within an organization.

Regular2079 Bhadra

2079 Bhadra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BEI, BCT · 15 questions

Ch 13+5

Q1. Explain the historical development of the organization. Distinguish between formal and informal organizations.

Ch 18

Q2. Are Fayol's principles of management applicable in today's organization? How?

Ch 18

Q3. What do you mean by co-operative societies and describe different types of co-operatives.

Ch 14+4

Q4. Explain the advantages of line and staff organization over line and function organization and describe the committee and its types.

Ch 25+3

Q5. Explain the policies of personnel mangement. How can you identify the training needs of manpower in an organization?

Ch 22

Q6a. Explain the following: Job analysis

Ch 22

Q6b. Explain the following: Job evaluation

Ch 22

Q6c. Explain the following: Merit rating

Ch 22

Q6d. Explain the following: Recruitment

Ch 34+4

Q7. Describe about the motivational theory and explain about the Herzberg's hygiene maintenance theory.

Ch 34+4

Q8. Explain about the entrepreneurship and describe the steps for establishing a small scale unit of entrepreneurship.

Ch 48

Q9. What is case study? Explain the steps involves in case study.

Ch 14

Q10a. Write short notes on: Organization Structure

Ch 14

Q10b. Write short notes on: Marketing

Ch 34

Q10c. Write short notes on: Entrepreneurial characteristics

Back2079 Baishakh

2079 Baishakh · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 12+2+4

Q1. Define organization as a system. Describe the concepts of organization in this respect. Is it possible to have an informal organization within the same family?

Ch 14+2+2

Q2. Describe any two principal functions of a manager. Why do you think that these two functions are most important functions in an organization? What is the difference between organization and management?

Ch 14+4

Q3. What is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach? What is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach?

Ch 13+5

Q4. Why joint stock company is better than partnership firm? Discuss the process of a private company registration in Nepal, including the types of documents required.

Ch 14+4

Q5. How important is marketing in business? What are the different methods of purchasing?

Ch 24+4

Q6. How would HR Manager tackle with the problem of talent poaching in the modern industries? Elaborate how HR manager would implement employee development program with short term plans.

Ch 32+6

Q7. Define Intrinsic Motivation. Explain McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y of Motivation.

Ch 54+4

Q9. Why do we need MIS in addition to various softwares for specific tasks in an organization? What is the significance of Executive Information System (EIS) for top level managers?

Ch 38

Q10. Entrepreneurship is not only the creativity of entrepreneur but also strongly need the conductive environment for entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your own logic.

Regular2078 Bhadra

2078 Bhadra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 11+3+4

Q1. Define organization. "Management is both a science and an art". Discuss this statement, giving suitable examples. What are the managerial skill a modern manager needs to be equipped with?

Ch 18

Q3. What advantage does behavioral management theory has over scientific management theory? Explain in brief.

Ch 38

Q5. While ascending up the Maslow's pyramid some people fall from the grace (ie. they end up in cases like fraud, crime, rape, suicide, murder, jail terms, etc.) Describe this irony form your own perspective.

Ch 23+5

Q7. Define Manpower Planning. Why is it important to discuss Personnel Policy with the employees at Hiring?

Ch 33+5

Q8. Explain briefly about comparison of Alderfer and Herzberg's Theories. Explain the Vroom's expectancy of motivation theory.

Ch 33+5

Q9. Define the term leadership. Which leadership style is appropriate in the modern engineering project. Explain in brief.

Ch 54+4

Q10. Describe how data and information are used in an officer. What is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)?

Regular2076 Chaitra

2076 Chaitra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 15+3

Q1. Explain the importance of organization in the society. Define the term informal Organization.

Ch 14+4

Q3. What advantages does joint stock organization has over partnership organization? Explain the features of line organization.

Ch 24+4

Q5. Explain the role of personnel management in the organization. Why do we need manpower planning in the organization.

Ch 24+4

Q6. What do you mean by incentives. Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure.

Ch 34+4

Q8. Describe Trait Approach of Leadership. Explain the Vroom's Expectancy theory of motivation.

Back2076 Ashwin

2076 Ashwin · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4

Q2. Describe various roles for a manager to play in an organization. Briefly mention the different models of management.

Ch 14+4

Q3. What advantages does Joint stock Organization has over Partnership Organization? Explain the features of line Organization.

Ch 14+4

Q4. Draw an outline of purchasing process for an organization. What are the challenges for marketing of software products in Nepal?

Ch 24+4

Q5. Explain the role of Personnel Management in the organization. Why do we need manpower planning in the organization?

Ch 38

Q6. How do you see the significance of Blake and Mouton's managerial grid for organization's growth? Explain.

Ch 35+3

Q8. Describe the role of entrepreneurship in the development of IT sector in Nepal. What are the risks and challenges for an aspiring entrepreneur in Nepalese IT sector?

Ch 52+6

Q9. What is the relationship between computers and management information system? Explain how information systems can be organized in proper way?

Regular/Back2075 Chaitra

2075 Chaitra · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 12 questions

Ch 14+4

Q2. What are the function of Management? Briefly explain the features of scientific management theory.

Ch 2, 14+4

Q3. What is the significance of Human Resource Manager in modern organization? Elaborate how HR manager would implement Scientific Management Approach?

Ch 13+5

Q4. Define the term Marketing. Explain the importance of Marketing in an Organization.

Ch 25+3

Q5. What are the functions of personal management? How wages are calculated?

Ch 25+3

Q6. What kind of salary and benefits do you expect when you join an organization? Explain interviewing process.

Ch 33+5

Q7. What do you mean by motivation? Why is the theory proposed by Maslow on hierarchy of human needs called satisfaction progression process? Explain with examples.

Ch 34+2+2

Q8. What is the difference between a leader and manager? How do you want to pursue your career in future? What are the challenges for a good leader in modern times?

Ch 24

Q10a. Write short notes on: Manpower planning

Ch 14

Q10b. Write short notes on: Organizational structure

Ch 34

Q10c. Write short notes on: Satisfaction progression Vs Frustration Regression Process

Back2075 Ashwin

2075 Ashwin · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4

Q3. What is difference between Administrative Management Approach and Behavioral Management Approach? What is the rationale for Scientific Management Approach?

Ch 14+4

Q4. Discuss on different steps for formation of Joint Stock Company. Explain the merits and demerits of Committee organization.

Ch 38

Q6. Differentiate between attitude, group and executive motivation. List the techniques of motivation.

Ch 38

Q8. What is entrepreneurship? Why is there need for promotion of entrepreneurship in developing nation?

Ch 34+4

Q9. Describe how you envision yourself as a leader in the future professional career. What are the qualities of a good leader?

Ch 54+4

Q10. Describe how data and information are used in an officer. What is the difference between Decision Support System (DSS) and Management Information System (MIS)?

Back2074 Ashwin

2074 Ashwin · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 18

Q2. Which Management theory is best suited for the organizations in Nepal?

Ch 13+5

Q3. Explain the features of Partnership Organization. What difficulties can a Partnership Organization possibly face?

Ch 14+4

Q4. How important is Marketing in business? What are the different methods of Purchasing?

Ch 23+5

Q5. Define Personnel Management. How important is discussing Personnel Policy/Employee Handbook to newly hired employee?

Ch 23+5

Q6. What do you mean by incentives? Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure.

Ch 33+5

Q8. Define the term leadership. Which leadership style is appropriate in the engineering project? Comment.

Ch 33+5

Q9. Define the term Entrepreneurship. Explain entrepreneurship characteristic.

Ch 52+2+4

Q10. Define the term MIS. What do you mean by website? Explain the role of computer for management information system.

Back2073 Shrawan

2073 Shrawan · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 18

Q3. What advantage does Behavioral Management theory has over Scientific Management Theory. Explain in detail.

Ch 14+4

Q4. An organization may change its form of ownership. Explain this with some examples.

Ch 14+4

Q5. Explain the importance of marketing in modern business. Salesmanship is an important ingredient of marketing. Do you agree with this statement?

Ch 28

Q7. What is difference between appropriate and inappropriate human resources? List out some idea to elaborate them concerning with "Human Resources Management".

Ch 33+5

Q8. Discuss the role of management in Motivation. Explain McGregor's theory X and theory Y.

Ch 38

Q9. Entrepreneurship is not only the creativity of entrepreneur but also strongly need the conducive environment for entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your logic.

Ch 54+4

Q10. Explain the importance of Management Information System (MIS). Explain information support for functional areas of Management.

Regular2072 Chaitra

2072 Chaitra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4

Q2. State and explain the different levels of Management. What are the basic skills required for Management?

Ch 13+5

Q3. What is the difference between Scientific Management and Management Science? How do Taylor's principles illustrate importance of Scientific Management for production processes?

Ch 18

Q4. Which organization structure is more suitable to engineering project? Discuss with your logic.

Ch 15+3

Q5. Explain the different methods of Purchasing. Why is advertising one of the best form of Marketing?

Ch 24+4

Q6. What is the difference between recruitment and hiring? Why do we need incentives in an organization?

Ch 24+4

Q7. What are the different factors that affect wage / salary structure? Explain different methods of Training Manpower.

Ch 38

Q8. What is the difference between theory 'X' and theory 'Y'? Explain on the basis of different theory of motivation.

Ch 33+5

Q9. Describe Autocratic Leadership Style. Explain the different characteristics of Entrepreneur.

Ch 48

Q10. If you are asked to prepare the case study considering the planning horizon, leadership, motivation and human resource development for either Nepal Electricity Authority or Nepal Telecom to improve the existing performance of these institution. How do you prepare case study following its structure?

Back2072 Kartik

2072 Kartik · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 1

Q3. Explain Henry Fayol's 14th principle of management.

Ch 1

Q4. What do you mean by co-operative societies? Explain different types of co-operatives.

Ch 1

Q5. What do you mean by purchasing? Explain different function of purchasing department.

Ch 2

Q7. What do you mean by incentive? Explain different factors of salary structure.

Ch 3

Q9. Define leadership and explain different qualities of good leader.

Ch 5

Q10. How information system support for functional area of management.

Regular2071 Chaitra

2071 Chaitra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 12+2+4

Q2. What are the differences between the terms organization and management? Why do you need scientific approach of management to an organization?

Ch 12+2+4

Q3. What do you mean by organizational structure? How is it defined for a particular enterprise? Write advantages and disadvantage of line organization.

Ch 13+5

Q4. What do you mean by purchasing and procurement? Explain the functions of marketing.

Ch 22+4+2

Q5. Explain the motive behind personnel management? Describe various functions of personnel management. How does Human Resources Management System differ from personnel management?

Ch 25+3

Q6. Define the term job analysis and explain scientific selections of manpower.

Ch 32+2+4

Q7. What do you mean by Human need? How is a need used for motivation? Explain Herz Berg's Hygine theory of motivation.

Ch 35+3

Q8. A reader is leader. Elaborate it in terms of leadership styles. What are the differences between a leader and a manager?

Ch 55+3

Q9. Define Management Information System (MIS). Describe briefly about different types of Information System and their support to managers in decision making.

Ch 4, 53+5

Q10. What are the objectives of a case-study? Explain the needs, functions and importance of MIS.

Back2071 Shrawan

2071 Shrawan · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 12 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1. What are the principles of organization? Explain formal and informal organization.

Ch 14+4

Q3. What are the forms of ownership? Explain advantages and disadvantages of single ownership organization.

Ch 14+4

Q4. What do you understand by behavioral management approach? Explain administrative management approach.

Ch 14+4

Q5. What are the methods of purchasing? Explain the various functions of marketing.

Ch 25+3

Q7. What do you mean by Training and Development of Human resources? Explain various incentives used in organization.

Ch 33+5

Q8. What is motivation? Explain the difference between Maslow's Heirarchical need theory and Alderfer's ERG theory.

Ch 33+5

Q9. Define the term Entrepreneurship and write the steps for establishing a small scale unit of Entrepreneurship.

Ch 44

Q10i. Write short notes on: Objective of Case Study

Ch 14

Q10ii. Write short notes on: Organization structure and

Ch 54

Q10iii. Write short notes on: Organizing Information systems

Regular2070 Chaitra

2070 Chaitra · Regular · BEL, BEX,BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1. Describe why organization is considered as an open system. Explain the importance of organization.

Ch 13+5

Q2. Name the different models of management. Explain any three of them in detail.

Ch 18

Q3. State and describe H.Fayol's administrative management theory.

Ch 13+5

Q4. What is meant by 'Joint Stock Company'? Describe the procedure for forming 'Joint Stock Company'.

Ch 22+6

Q7. Define merit rating. State and describe the various methods of merit rating.

Ch 33+5

Q8. What do you mean by human needs? Describe A. Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory in detail.

Ch 52+6

Q10. Define Management Information System. Explain information support for functional areas of management.

Back2070 Ashad

2070 Ashad · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 13 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1. What are the principles of Organization? Explain the Informal Organization.

Ch 13+5

Q2. Explain the importance of Management and discuss the different function of Management.

Ch 18

Q3. Explain Administrative Management Theory.

Ch 13+5

Q5. Define the term purchasing. Explain different function of Purchasing department.

Ch 23+5

Q7. What do you mean by incentives? Explain the different factors affecting the wage/salary structure.

Ch 33+5

Q9. Define the term leadership and Explain the different qualities of good leader.

Ch 33

Q10a. Define the term Entrepreneurship.

Ch 35

Q10b. Explain the Vroom's Expectancy theory of Motivation.

Ch 44+4

Q11. What do you mean by Case study? Explain the objective of case study.

Regular2069 Chaitra

2069 Chaitra · Regular · BEL, BEX, BCT · 13 questions

Ch 1

Q3. What do you mean by Joint Stock Company? Explain the advantages and limitations of Joint Stock Company.

Ch 3

Q4. What do you mean by motivation? Describe Maslow's hierarchy of needs briefly. Can Maslow's theory explain tireless quest of Laxmi Prasad Devkota for excellent literary works?

Ch 2

Q5. Explain the process of recruitment and selection of man power in an organization. What do you mean by outsourcing in this context?

Ch 3

Q6a. Explain different Techniques of Motivation.

Ch 3

Q6b. Define term contingency approach of Leadership.

Ch 3

Q7. Define the term Entrepreneurship and explain the characteristics of Entrepreneurship.

Ch 5

Q8. Define Management Information System. Describe briefly various types of Management Information System.

Ch 3

Q9. Silicon Valley is the best example of successful entrepreneurship. Elaborate with your thoughts.

Ch 1

Q10a. Write short notes on: Computer aided Advertising

Ch 4

Q10b. Write short notes on: Objectives of case study

Ch 3

Q10c. Write short notes on: Satisfaction progression Vs. Frustration Regression Process

Regular/Back2068 Chaitra

2068 Chaitra · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 15 questions

Ch 14+4

Q1a. How can organization behavior be affected by management? Explain all the elements of an organization.

Ch 14+4

Q2a. How are Policy group and Executive groups different in an organization? Differentiates between marketing and purchasing.

Ch 53+5

Q3a. What is MIS? Why is hierarchy of information system necessary in an organization? Write in brief.

Ch 58

Q3b. Justify that information system is vital for planning and control process in an organization.

Ch 33+5

Q4a. What is motivation? Write differences between Maslow's hierarchical need and Alderfer's ERG theory of motivation.

Ch 33+5

Q4b. Why is leadership necessary in an organization? Explain various leadership styles.

Ch 14

Q6a. Write short notes on: Scientific Management

Ch 14

Q6b. Write short notes on: Span of control

Ch 54

Q6c. Write short notes on: Needs for MIS

Ch 24

Q6d. Write short notes on: Management by objective

Ch 24

Q6e. Write short notes on: Collective bargaining

Regular/Back2068 Baishakh

2068 Baishakh · Regular/Back · BEL , BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 54+4+3+5

Q3. Why is MIS necessary for management? Explain computer and MIS. What is information Architecture? Explain database information system.

Ch 34

Q6a. Write short notes on: Leadership style

Ch 54

Q6b. Write short notes on: Information system for planning process

Ch 14

Q6c. Write short notes on: Marketing concept

Ch 54

Q6d. Write short notes on: Database information system

Ch 24

Q6e. Write short notes on: Incentive programs

Regular/Back2067 Ashad

2067 Ashad · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 15+4+7

Q1. Differentiate between private limited and public limited company. Explain organization behaviour as a multidisciplinary field. What are the importance of contingency theory of management?

Ch 55+6+5

Q3. Explain the importance of management information system. Discuss the role of information in the planning process. What do you mean by network information system?

Ch 3, 16+6+4

Q4. Discuss the Herzberg's theory of motivation. How will you determine the most effective leader in the business organization? Define the term informal organization.

Ch 24+6+6

Q5. Explain the term job description. What are the processes of collective bargaining? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff.

Ch 14

Q6a. Write short notes on: Partnership organization

Ch 24

Q6b. Write short notes on: Industrial relation

Ch 24

Q6c. Write short notes on: Job design and work efficiency

Ch 14

Q6d. Write short notes on: Functional organization

Ch 54

Q6e. Write short notes on: Computer integrated manufacturing plants

Regular/Back2066 Bhadra

2066 Bhadra · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 55+6+5

Q3. Discuss the hierarchy of information needs. What are the role of information system for decision making process? Explain database information system.

Ch 3, 16+5+5

Q4. What are the motivational theory of Herzberg's hygiene factors and motivational factors? Discuss the behavioural approach of leadership. Define the term authority and power.

Ch 26+5+5

Q5. What do you mean by job analysis? Discuss the different steps of hiring and selecting staff. Explain the methods of performance appraisal.

Ch 14

Q6a. Write short notes on: Contingency Management Theory

Ch 54

Q6b. Write short notes on: Needs for Management Information System (MIS)

Ch 34

Q6c. Write short notes on: Contingency Approach of Leadership

Ch 24

Q6d. Write short notes on: Incentive Programs

Ch 44

Q6e. Write short notes on: Value of Case Study

Back2065 Kartik

2065 Kartik · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 1, 24+8+4

Q2. What do you mean by marketing? Explain the relation between marketing concept and production development. What do you mean by industrial relation?

Ch 54×4

Q3. What do you mean by management information system? Explain the sources of data. Define the term hierarchy of information needs and information system model.

Ch 34+4+8

Q4. What is motivation and why is it necessary in an organization? Explain MacGregor's theory X and theory Y of motivation.

Ch 23+8+5

Q5. Define the term Job analysis. How the personnel are selected in the organization explain? Does the job design help to work efficiency comment?

Ch 14

Q6a. Write short notes on: Organization as an open system

Ch 14

Q6b. Write short notes on: Authority and responsibility

Ch 14

Q6c. Write short notes on: Informal organization

Ch 54

Q6d. Write short notes on: Information system for decision making process

Ch 24

Q6e. Write short notes on: Performance appraisals

Regular/Back2065 Shrawan

2065 Shrawan · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 54×4

Q3. What do you mean by hierarchy of needs? Define the term information architecture. Discuss the term information system for planning process. Explain the database information system.

Ch 3, 25+3+4+4

Q4. Define the term theory 'X' and theory 'Y' in the motivation theory. Justify job design improve work efficiency. What do you mean by trait approach in leadership? Discuss the importance of participative management in organization.

Ch 14

Q6a. Write short notes on: Single ownership organization

Ch 24

Q6b. Write short notes on: Industrial relation

Ch 54

Q6c. Write short notes on: Networking information system

Ch 14

Q6d. Write short notes on: Informal organization

Ch 54

Q6e. Write short notes on: Needs of MIS

Back2064 Kartik

2064 Kartik · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 8 questions

Ch 1

Q2. What do you mean by organization structure? Explain the meaning of responsibility and authority.

Ch 5

Q3. What do you mean by hierarchy of information needs? Explain the information system for planning process.

Ch 3

Q4. Define the term 'Motivation'. How does Macgregor's theory 'X' and theory 'Y' apply to motivation?

Ch 2

Q5. What do you mean by job analysis? Explain different steps of hiring and selecting staff.

Ch 1

Q6a. Write short notes on: Transactional Management Model

Ch 1

Q6b. Write short notes on: Objective of Purchasing

Ch 5

Q6c. Write short notes on: Networking Information System

Regular/Back2064 Jestha

2064 Jestha · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 10 questions

Ch 14+4+8

Q2. What do you understand by division of labour? Define term span of control. Explain the term authority and responsibility.

Ch 57+9

Q3. What is the contribution of computer in management information system? Explain the role of software to on-line information system for planning process.

Ch 310+6

Q4. Explain different styles of leadership in brief. Which style you recommend as most effective leader in industrial organization?

Ch 25+5+8

Q5. What do you mean by human resource management? Define the term collective bargaining. Explain the process of collective bargaining.

Ch 14

Q6a. Write short notes on: Scientific management theory

Ch 24

Q6b. Write short notes on: Industrial relation

Ch 34

Q6c. Write short notes on: Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory

Ch 54

Q6d. Write short notes on: Information system model

Ch 24

Q6e. Write short notes on: Job analysis

Back2063 Ashwin

2063 Ashwin · Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 9 questions

Ch 1

Q1. Explain the concept of management in an organization and describe the level of management in details.

Ch 3

Q2. Is there a need for leadership? Explain what provides the power of leaders over their followers. Describe leadership styles in brief.

Ch 2

Q4. Describe the importance of hiring procedure in an organization and explain the steps of hiring in details.

Ch 4

Q5. What is case study? Explain in details of steps involve in the case study.

Ch 1

Q6b. Write short notes on: Market Structure

Ch 5

Q6c. Write short notes on: The Concept of Management Information System

Ch 5

Q6d. Write short notes on: Business Process and Information System

Regular/Back2062 Baishakh

2062 Baishakh · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 8 questions

Ch 1

Q2. What do you mean by production development? Explain different activities of the production development function.

Ch 5

Q3. What do you mean by information architecture? Explain information system for planning process.

Ch 3

Q4. What do you mean by leadership? Explain different leadership theories you are familiar with.

Ch 1

Q6a. Write short notes on: Behavioural Management Theory

Ch 2

Q6b. Write short notes on: Industrial Relation

Ch 3

Q6c. Write short notes on: Participative Management

Regular/Back2061 Baishakh

2061 Baishakh · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 8 questions

Ch 1

Q1. What do you mean by management? Explain the different models of management.

Ch 1

Q2. Define the term marketing and explain the importance of marketing management.

Ch 5

Q3. What is the contribution of computers for the management information system? Explain networking information system.

Ch 3, 1

Q4. What do you mean by participative management? Explain the role of informal organization in management.

Ch 2

Q5. What do you mean by collective bargaining? Explain the different process of collective bargaining.

Ch 5

Q6b. Write short notes on: Information Architecture

Ch 2

Q6c. Write short notes on: Incentive Programs

Regular/Back2059 Chaitra

2059 Chaitra · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 8 questions

Ch 1

Q1. "People dominated not by individual but by organization", comment.

Ch 5

Q3. What is the contribution of computers in the management information system? Explain an importance of networking information system.

Ch 3

Q4. Define the term motivation and explain the theory of Maslow's hierarchy of needs.

Ch 2

Q5. What do you mean by collective bargaining and explain the different process of collective bargaining?

Ch 1

Q6a. Write short notes on: Authority and power

Ch 5

Q6b. Write short notes on: Information system model

Ch 4

Q6c. Write short notes on: Case study

Regular/Back2058 Chaitra

2058 Chaitra · Regular/Back · BEL, BEX, BCT · 8 questions

Ch 1

Q2. What do you mean by organizational structure? Explain the salient features of line and staff organization.

Ch 5

Q3. What is the contribution of computers for the management information system? Explain the importance of networking information system.

Ch 2

Q5. What do you mean by salary structure and explain the different factors of wage and salary structure?

Ch 1

Q6b. Write short notes on: Informal Organization

Ch 5

Q6c. Write short notes on: Information Architecture

Regular/Back2057 Chaitra

2057 Chaitra · Regular/Back · BEL/BEX · 8 questions

Ch 1

Q1. Discuss the concept of Elton Mayo's human relation movement.

Ch 1

Q2. Define the term "purchasing" and explain the relation between marketing management and purchasing procedure.

Ch 5

Q3. What do you mean by management information system? Explain the hierarchy of information needs.

Ch 1

Q4. Describe the term "Authority and Power". Explain the sources of power in the organization.

Ch 2

Q5. What do you mean by performance appraisals and explain the different methods of performance appraisals.

Ch 1

Q6a. Write short notes on: Organization behaviour

Ch 3

Q6b. Write short notes on: Integrated approach to leadership

Ch 2

Q6c. Write short notes on: Job description

352 cards · 78 definitions and 274 exam questions · what you miss comes back sooner

Flashcards

The definitions and every exam question, asked one at a time. Mark yourself honestly: a card you knew moves up a box and waits twice as long, a card you did not drops to box one and comes back before you leave the page. Your boxes are saved in this browser, and nothing leaves the device.

How this works

  • Five boxes. A new card starts in box one. Knowing it moves it up; missing it sends it back to box one.
  • The box sets the wait: one day, two, four, eight, then sixteen.
  • A theory card shows the opening of the answer, the line to start with; its link opens the full answer.
  • Saved in this browser only. Clearing site data resets it.

5 maps · 76 topics · 516 lists · 2396 items

Every chapter as one map

This is a theory paper, and theory marks are lost on “name the types”: you can explain a term and still go blank on the list. Each map opens whole: the chapter, its topics, every list and every member, with the size of each list beside its name. Press Close all and the items go while the names and counts stay, so “5 Levels of Maslow’s hierarchy” becomes a question. The canvas pans, zooms and goes full screen. Every map is built from the chapter cards themselves, so it always matches them.

How to use the maps

  • Press anything to have it explained. A topic, a list or a single item opens a note beside the map; the arrow beside a topic opens its card.
  • Close all turns the map into a test. Name the members of each list before you open it. Answering before you look is what moves a list into memory.
  • The count is half the memory. Knowing there are six criteria tells you to keep going when you have named four.
  • Drag to move, zoom with the buttons or ctrl and the wheel; Fit puts the whole chapter back on screen.
100%

Drag to move · ctrl and wheel to zoom

Chapter 1Introduction 34 topics · 204 lists · 959 items
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗
  • ↗